github.com/artpar/rclone@v1.67.3/rclone.1

.\"t
.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc 2.9.2.1
.\"
.TH "rclone" "1" "Mar 10, 2024" "User Manual" ""
.hy
.SH Rclone syncs your files to cloud storage
.PP
.IP \[bu] 2
About rclone
.IP \[bu] 2
What can rclone do for you?
.IP \[bu] 2
What features does rclone have?
.IP \[bu] 2
What providers does rclone support?
.IP \[bu] 2
Download (https://rclone.org/downloads/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Install (https://rclone.org/install/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Donate. (https://rclone.org/donate/)
.SS About rclone
.PP
Rclone is a command-line program to manage files on cloud storage.
It is a feature-rich alternative to cloud vendors\[aq] web storage
interfaces.
Over 70 cloud storage products support rclone including S3 object
stores, business & consumer file storage services, as well as standard
transfer protocols.
.PP
Rclone has powerful cloud equivalents to the unix commands rsync, cp,
mv, mount, ls, ncdu, tree, rm, and cat.
Rclone\[aq]s familiar syntax includes shell pipeline support, and
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] protection.
It is used at the command line, in scripts or via its API.
.PP
Users call rclone \f[I]\[dq]The Swiss army knife of cloud
storage\[dq]\f[R], and \f[I]\[dq]Technology indistinguishable from
magic\[dq]\f[R].
.PP
Rclone really looks after your data.
It preserves timestamps and verifies checksums at all times.
Transfers over limited bandwidth; intermittent connections, or subject
to quota can be restarted, from the last good file transferred.
You can check (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) the integrity
of your files.
Where possible, rclone employs server-side transfers to minimise local
bandwidth use and transfers from one provider to another without using
local disk.
.PP
Virtual backends wrap local and cloud file systems to apply
encryption (https://rclone.org/crypt/),
compression (https://rclone.org/compress/),
chunking (https://rclone.org/chunker/),
hashing (https://rclone.org/hasher/) and
joining (https://rclone.org/union/).
.PP
Rclone mounts (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) any local,
cloud or virtual filesystem as a disk on Windows, macOS, linux and
FreeBSD, and also serves these over
SFTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/),
HTTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/),
WebDAV (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/),
FTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/) and
DLNA (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/).
.PP
Rclone is mature, open-source software originally inspired by rsync and
written in Go (https://golang.org).
The friendly support community is familiar with varied use cases.
Official Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora, Brew and Chocolatey repos.
include rclone.
For the latest version downloading from
rclone.org (https://rclone.org/downloads/) is recommended.
.PP
Rclone is widely used on Linux, Windows and Mac.
Third-party developers create innovative backup, restore, GUI and
business process solutions using the rclone command line or API.
.PP
Rclone does the heavy lifting of communicating with cloud storage.
.SS What can rclone do for you?
.PP
Rclone helps you:
.IP \[bu] 2
Backup (and encrypt) files to cloud storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Restore (and decrypt) files from cloud storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Mirror cloud data to other cloud services or locally
.IP \[bu] 2
Migrate data to the cloud, or between cloud storage vendors
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount multiple, encrypted, cached or diverse cloud storage as a disk
.IP \[bu] 2
Analyse and account for data held on cloud storage using
lsf (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/),
ljson (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/),
size (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/),
ncdu (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_ncdu/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Union (https://rclone.org/union/) file systems together to present
multiple local and/or cloud file systems as one
.SS Features
.IP \[bu] 2
Transfers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
MD5, SHA1 hashes are checked at all times for file integrity
.IP \[bu] 2
Timestamps are preserved on files
.IP \[bu] 2
Operations can be restarted at any time
.IP \[bu] 2
Can be to and from network, e.g.
two different cloud providers
.IP \[bu] 2
Can use multi-threaded downloads to local disk
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) new or changed files to
cloud storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Sync (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) to make a
directory identical
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync (https://rclone.org/bisync/) (two way) to keep two directories in
sync bidirectionally
.IP \[bu] 2
Move (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) files to cloud storage
deleting the local after verification
.IP \[bu] 2
Check (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) hashes and for
missing/extra files
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) your cloud storage as
a network disk
.IP \[bu] 2
Serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) local or remote files
over
HTTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/)/WebDav (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)/FTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/)/SFTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/)/DLNA (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Experimental Web based GUI (https://rclone.org/gui/)
.SS Supported providers
.PP
(There are many others, built on standard protocols such as WebDAV or
S3, that work out of the box.)
.IP \[bu] 2
1Fichier
.IP \[bu] 2
Akamai Netstorage
.IP \[bu] 2
Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon S3
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.IP \[bu] 2
Ceph
.IP \[bu] 2
China Mobile Ecloud Elastic Object Storage (EOS)
.IP \[bu] 2
Arvan Cloud Object Storage (AOS)
.IP \[bu] 2
Citrix ShareFile
.IP \[bu] 2
Cloudflare R2
.IP \[bu] 2
DigitalOcean Spaces
.IP \[bu] 2
Digi Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Dreamhost
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.IP \[bu] 2
Enterprise File Fabric
.IP \[bu] 2
Fastmail Files
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Photos
.IP \[bu] 2
HDFS
.IP \[bu] 2
Hetzner Storage Box
.IP \[bu] 2
HiDrive
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.IP \[bu] 2
ImageKit
.IP \[bu] 2
Internet Archive
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.IP \[bu] 2
IBM COS S3
.IP \[bu] 2
IDrive e2
.IP \[bu] 2
IONOS Cloud
.IP \[bu] 2
Koofr
.IP \[bu] 2
Leviia Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Liara Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Linkbox
.IP \[bu] 2
Linode Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Mail.ru Cloud
.IP \[bu] 2
Memset Memstore
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega
.IP \[bu] 2
Memory
.IP \[bu] 2
Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Microsoft Azure Files Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Microsoft OneDrive
.IP \[bu] 2
Minio
.IP \[bu] 2
Nextcloud
.IP \[bu] 2
OVH
.IP \[bu] 2
Blomp Cloud Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
OpenDrive
.IP \[bu] 2
OpenStack Swift
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Cloud Storage Swift
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
ownCloud
.IP \[bu] 2
pCloud
.IP \[bu] 2
Petabox
.IP \[bu] 2
PikPak
.IP \[bu] 2
premiumize.me
.IP \[bu] 2
put.io
.IP \[bu] 2
Proton Drive
.IP \[bu] 2
QingStor
.IP \[bu] 2
Qiniu Cloud Object Storage (Kodo)
.IP \[bu] 2
Quatrix by Maytech
.IP \[bu] 2
Rackspace Cloud Files
.IP \[bu] 2
rsync.net
.IP \[bu] 2
Scaleway
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile
.IP \[bu] 2
Seagate Lyve Cloud
.IP \[bu] 2
SeaweedFS
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.IP \[bu] 2
Sia
.IP \[bu] 2
SMB / CIFS
.IP \[bu] 2
StackPath
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.IP \[bu] 2
Synology
.IP \[bu] 2
SugarSync
.IP \[bu] 2
Tencent Cloud Object Storage (COS)
.IP \[bu] 2
Uptobox
.IP \[bu] 2
Wasabi
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex Disk
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho WorkDrive
.IP \[bu] 2
The local filesystem
.SS Virtual providers
.PP
These backends adapt or modify other storage providers:
.IP \[bu] 2
Alias: Rename existing remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache: Cache remotes (DEPRECATED)
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker: Split large files
.IP \[bu] 2
Combine: Combine multiple remotes into a directory tree
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress: Compress files
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt: Encrypt files
.IP \[bu] 2
Hasher: Hash files
.IP \[bu] 2
Union: Join multiple remotes to work together
.SS Links
.IP \[bu] 2
Home page (https://rclone.org/)
.IP \[bu] 2
GitHub project page for source and bug
tracker (https://github.com/artpar/artpar)
.IP \[bu] 2
Rclone Forum (https://forum.rclone.org)
.IP \[bu] 2
Downloads (https://rclone.org/downloads/)
.SH Install
.PP
Rclone is a Go program and comes as a single binary file.
.SS Quickstart
.IP \[bu] 2
Download (https://rclone.org/downloads/) the relevant binary.
.IP \[bu] 2
Extract the \f[C]rclone\f[R] executable, \f[C]rclone.exe\f[R] on
Windows, from the archive.
.IP \[bu] 2
Run \f[C]rclone config\f[R] to setup.
See rclone config docs (https://rclone.org/docs/) for more details.
.IP \[bu] 2
Optionally configure automatic execution.
.PP
See below for some expanded Linux / macOS / Windows instructions.
.PP
See the usage (https://rclone.org/docs/) docs for how to use rclone, or
run \f[C]rclone -h\f[R].
.PP
Already installed rclone can be easily updated to the latest version
using the rclone
selfupdate (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_selfupdate/) command.
.PP
See the release signing docs (https://rclone.org/release_signing/) for
how to verify signatures on the release.
.SS Script installation
.PP
To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo -v ; curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
For beta installation, run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo -v ; curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash -s beta
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that this script checks the version of rclone installed first and
won\[aq]t re-download if not needed.
.SS Linux installation
.SS Precompiled binary
.PP
Fetch and unpack
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
unzip rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
cd rclone-*-linux-amd64
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Copy binary file
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo cp rclone /usr/bin/
sudo chown root:root /usr/bin/rclone
sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Install manpage
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1
sudo cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/
sudo mandb
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Run \f[C]rclone config\f[R] to setup.
See rclone config docs (https://rclone.org/docs/) for more details.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.SS macOS installation
.SS Installation with brew
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
brew install rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
NOTE: This version of rclone will not support \f[C]mount\f[R] any more
(see #5373 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/5373)).
If mounting is wanted on macOS, either install a precompiled binary or
enable the relevant option when installing from source.
.PP
Note that this is a third party installer not controlled by the rclone
developers so it may be out of date.
Its current version is as below.
.PP
[IMAGE: Homebrew
package (https://repology.org/badge/version-for-repo/homebrew/rclone.svg)] (https://repology.org/project/rclone/versions)
.SS Installation with MacPorts (#macos-macports)
.PP
On macOS, rclone can also be installed via
MacPorts (https://www.macports.org):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo port install rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that this is a third party installer not controlled by the rclone
developers so it may be out of date.
Its current version is as below.
.PP
[IMAGE: MacPorts
port (https://repology.org/badge/version-for-repo/macports/rclone.svg)] (https://repology.org/project/rclone/versions)
.PP
More information here (https://ports.macports.org/port/rclone/).
.SS Precompiled binary, using curl
.PP
To avoid problems with macOS gatekeeper enforcing the binary to be
signed and notarized it is enough to download with \f[C]curl\f[R].
.PP
Download the latest version of rclone.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
cd && curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Unzip the download and cd to the extracted folder.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
unzip -a rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip && cd rclone-*-osx-amd64
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Move rclone to your $PATH.
You will be prompted for your password.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/bin
sudo mv rclone /usr/local/bin/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
(the \f[C]mkdir\f[R] command is safe to run, even if the directory
already exists).
.PP
Remove the leftover files.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
cd .. && rm -rf rclone-*-osx-amd64 rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Run \f[C]rclone config\f[R] to setup.
See rclone config docs (https://rclone.org/docs/) for more details.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Precompiled binary, using a web browser
.PP
When downloading a binary with a web browser, the browser will set the
macOS gatekeeper quarantine attribute.
Starting from Catalina, when attempting to run \f[C]rclone\f[R], a
pop-up will appear saying:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\[dq]rclone\[dq] cannot be opened because the developer cannot be verified.
macOS cannot verify that this app is free from malware.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The simplest fix is to run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
xattr -d com.apple.quarantine rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Windows installation
.SS Precompiled binary
.PP
Fetch the correct binary for your processor type by clicking on these
links.
If not sure, use the first link.
.IP \[bu] 2
Intel/AMD - 64
Bit (https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-windows-amd64.zip)
.IP \[bu] 2
Intel/AMD - 32
Bit (https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-windows-386.zip)
.IP \[bu] 2
ARM - 64
Bit (https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-windows-arm64.zip)
.PP
Open this file in the Explorer and extract \f[C]rclone.exe\f[R].
Rclone is a portable executable so you can place it wherever is
convenient.
.PP
Open a CMD window (or powershell) and run the binary.
Note that rclone does not launch a GUI by default, it runs in the CMD
Window.
.IP \[bu] 2
Run \f[C]rclone.exe config\f[R] to setup.
See rclone config docs (https://rclone.org/docs/) for more details.
.IP \[bu] 2
Optionally configure automatic execution.
.PP
If you are planning to use the rclone
mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) feature then you will
need to install the third party utility WinFsp (https://winfsp.dev/)
also.
.SS Windows package manager (Winget)
.PP
Winget (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/package-manager/)
comes pre-installed with the latest versions of Windows.
If not, update the App
Installer (https://www.microsoft.com/p/app-installer/9nblggh4nns1)
package from the Microsoft store.
.PP
To install rclone
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
winget install Rclone.Rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To uninstall rclone
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
winget uninstall Rclone.Rclone --force
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Chocolatey package manager
.PP
Make sure you have Choco (https://chocolatey.org/) installed
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
choco search rclone
choco install rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will install rclone on your Windows machine.
If you are planning to use rclone
mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) then
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
choco install winfsp
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
will install that too.
.PP
Note that this is a third party installer not controlled by the rclone
developers so it may be out of date.
Its current version is as below.
.PP
[IMAGE: Chocolatey
package (https://repology.org/badge/version-for-repo/chocolatey/rclone.svg)] (https://repology.org/project/rclone/versions)
.SS Scoop package manager
.PP
Make sure you have Scoop (https://scoop.sh/) installed
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
scoop install rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that this is a third party installer not controlled by the rclone
developers so it may be out of date.
Its current version is as below.
.PP
[IMAGE: Scoop
package (https://repology.org/badge/version-for-repo/scoop/rclone.svg)] (https://repology.org/project/rclone/versions)
.SS Package manager installation
.PP
Many Linux, Windows, macOS and other OS distributions package and
distribute rclone.
.PP
The distributed versions of rclone are often quite out of date and for
this reason we recommend one of the other installation methods if
possible.
.PP
You can get an idea of how up to date or not your OS distribution\[aq]s
package is here.
.PP
[IMAGE: Packaging
status (https://repology.org/badge/vertical-allrepos/rclone.svg?columns=3)] (https://repology.org/project/rclone/versions)
.SS Docker installation
.PP
The rclone developers maintain a docker image for
rclone (https://hub.docker.com/r/artpar/artpar).
.PP
These images are built as part of the release process based on a minimal
Alpine Linux.
.PP
The \f[C]:latest\f[R] tag will always point to the latest stable
release.
You can use the \f[C]:beta\f[R] tag to get the latest build from master.
You can also use version tags, e.g.
\f[C]:1.49.1\f[R], \f[C]:1.49\f[R] or \f[C]:1\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ docker pull artpar/artpar:latest
latest: Pulling from artpar/artpar
Digest: sha256:0e0ced72671989bb837fea8e88578b3fc48371aa45d209663683e24cfdaa0e11
\&...
$ docker run --rm artpar/artpar:latest version
rclone v1.49.1
- os/arch: linux/amd64
- go version: go1.12.9
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
There are a few command line options to consider when starting an rclone
Docker container from the rclone image.
.IP \[bu] 2
You need to mount the host rclone config dir at \f[C]/config/rclone\f[R]
into the Docker container.
Due to the fact that rclone updates tokens inside its config file, and
that the update process involves a file rename, you need to mount the
whole host rclone config dir, not just the single host rclone config
file.
.IP \[bu] 2
You need to mount a host data dir at \f[C]/data\f[R] into the Docker
container.
.IP \[bu] 2
By default, the rclone binary inside a Docker container runs with UID=0
(root).
As a result, all files created in a run will have UID=0.
If your config and data files reside on the host with a non-root
UID:GID, you need to pass these on the container start command line.
.IP \[bu] 2
If you want to access the RC interface (either via the API or the Web
UI), it is required to set the \f[C]--rc-addr\f[R] to \f[C]:5572\f[R] in
order to connect to it from outside the container.
An explanation about why this is necessary is present
here (https://web.archive.org/web/20200808071950/https://pythonspeed.com/articles/docker-connection-refused/).
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
NOTE: Users running this container with the docker network set to
\f[C]host\f[R] should probably set it to listen to localhost only, with
\f[C]127.0.0.1:5572\f[R] as the value for \f[C]--rc-addr\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
It is possible to use \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] inside a userspace Docker
container, and expose the resulting fuse mount to the host.
The exact \f[C]docker run\f[R] options to do that might vary slightly
between hosts.
See, e.g.
the discussion in this
thread (https://github.com/moby/moby/issues/9448).
.RS 2
.PP
You also need to mount the host \f[C]/etc/passwd\f[R] and
\f[C]/etc/group\f[R] for fuse to work inside the container.
.RE
.PP
Here are some commands tested on an Ubuntu 18.04.3 host:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# config on host at \[ti]/.config/artpar/artpar.conf
# data on host at \[ti]/data

# add a remote interactively
docker run --rm -it \[rs]
    --volume \[ti]/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \[rs]
    --user $(id -u):$(id -g) \[rs]
    artpar/artpar \[rs]
    config

# make sure the config is ok by listing the remotes
docker run --rm \[rs]
    --volume \[ti]/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \[rs]
    --user $(id -u):$(id -g) \[rs]
    artpar/artpar \[rs]
    listremotes

# perform mount inside Docker container, expose result to host
mkdir -p \[ti]/data/mount
docker run --rm \[rs]
    --volume \[ti]/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \[rs]
    --volume \[ti]/data:/data:shared \[rs]
    --user $(id -u):$(id -g) \[rs]
    --volume /etc/passwd:/etc/passwd:ro --volume /etc/group:/etc/group:ro \[rs]
    --device /dev/fuse --cap-add SYS_ADMIN --security-opt apparmor:unconfined \[rs]
    artpar/artpar \[rs]
    mount dropbox:Photos /data/mount &
ls \[ti]/data/mount
kill %1
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Snap installation
.PP
[IMAGE: Get it from the Snap
Store (https://snapcraft.io/static/images/badges/en/snap-store-black.svg)] (https://snapcraft.io/rclone)
.PP
Make sure you have Snapd
installed (https://snapcraft.io/docs/installing-snapd)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ sudo snap install rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Due to the strict confinement of Snap, rclone snap cannot access real
/home/$USER/.config/rclone directory, default config path is as below.
.IP \[bu] 2
Default config directory:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
/home/$USER/snap/rclone/current/.config/rclone
.RE
.PP
Note: Due to the strict confinement of Snap, \f[C]rclone mount\f[R]
feature is \f[C]not\f[R] supported.
.PP
If mounting is wanted, either install a precompiled binary or enable the
relevant option when installing from source.
.PP
Note that this is controlled by community
maintainer (https://github.com/boukendesho/rclone-snap) not the rclone
developers so it may be out of date.
Its current version is as below.
.PP
[IMAGE: rclone (https://snapcraft.io/rclone/badge.svg)] (https://snapcraft.io/rclone)
.SS Source installation
.PP
Make sure you have git and Go (https://golang.org/) installed.
Go version 1.18 or newer is required, the latest release is recommended.
You can get it from your package manager, or download it from
golang.org/dl (https://golang.org/dl/).
Then you can run the following:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
git clone https://github.com/artpar/artpar.git
cd rclone
go build
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will check out the rclone source in subfolder rclone, which you can
later modify and send pull requests with.
Then it will build the rclone executable in the same folder.
As an initial check you can now run \f[C]./rclone version\f[R]
(\f[C].\[rs]rclone version\f[R] on Windows).
.PP
Note that on macOS and Windows the
mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) command will not be
available unless you specify an additional build tag \f[C]cmount\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go build -tags cmount
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This assumes you have a GCC compatible C compiler (GCC or Clang) in your
PATH, as it uses cgo (https://pkg.go.dev/cmd/cgo).
But on Windows, the cgofuse (https://github.com/winfsp/cgofuse) library
that the cmount implementation is based on, also supports building
without cgo (https://github.com/golang/go/wiki/WindowsDLLs), i.e.
by setting environment variable CGO_ENABLED to value 0 (static linking).
This is how the official Windows release of rclone is being built,
starting with version 1.59.
It is still possible to build with cgo on Windows as well, by using the
MinGW port of GCC, e.g.
by installing it in a MSYS2 (https://www.msys2.org) distribution (make
sure you install it in the classic mingw64 subsystem, the ucrt64 version
is not compatible).
.PP
Additionally, to build with mount on Windows, you must install the third
party utility WinFsp (https://winfsp.dev/), with the \[dq]Developer\[dq]
feature selected.
If building with cgo, you must also set environment variable CPATH
pointing to the fuse include directory within the WinFsp installation
(normally
\f[C]C:\[rs]Program Files (x86)\[rs]WinFsp\[rs]inc\[rs]fuse\f[R]).
.PP
You may add arguments \f[C]-ldflags -s\f[R] to omit symbol table and
debug information, making the executable file smaller, and
\f[C]-trimpath\f[R] to remove references to local file system paths.
The official rclone releases are built with both of these.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go build -trimpath -ldflags -s -tags cmount
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you want to customize the version string, as reported by the
\f[C]rclone version\f[R] command, you can set one of the variables
\f[C]fs.Version\f[R], \f[C]fs.VersionTag\f[R] (to keep default suffix
but customize the number), or \f[C]fs.VersionSuffix\f[R] (to keep
default number but customize the suffix).
This can be done from the build command, by adding to the
\f[C]-ldflags\f[R] argument value as shown below.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go build -trimpath -ldflags \[dq]-s -X github.com/artpar/artpar/fs.Version=v9.9.9-test\[dq] -tags cmount
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
On Windows, the official executables also have the version information,
as well as a file icon, embedded as binary resources.
To get that with your own build you need to run the following command
\f[B]before\f[R] the build command.
It generates a Windows resource system object file, with extension
\&.syso, e.g.
\f[C]resource_windows_amd64.syso\f[R], that will be automatically picked
up by future build commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go run bin/resource_windows.go
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The above command will generate a resource file containing version
information based on the fs.Version variable in source at the time you
run the command, which means if the value of this variable changes you
need to re-run the command for it to be reflected in the version
information.
Also, if you override this version variable in the build command as
described above, you need to do that also when generating the resource
file, or else it will still use the value from the source.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go run bin/resource_windows.go -version v9.9.9-test
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Instead of executing the \f[C]go build\f[R] command directly, you can
run it via the Makefile.
The default target changes the version suffix from \[dq]-DEV\[dq] to
\[dq]-beta\[dq] followed by additional commit details, embeds version
information binary resources on Windows, and copies the resulting rclone
executable into your GOPATH bin folder (\f[C]$(go env GOPATH)/bin\f[R],
which corresponds to \f[C]\[ti]/go/bin/rclone\f[R] by default).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
make
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To include mount command on macOS and Windows with Makefile build:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
make GOTAGS=cmount
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
There are other make targets that can be used for more advanced builds,
such as cross-compiling for all supported os/architectures, and
packaging results into release artifacts.
See Makefile (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/Makefile) and
cross-compile.go (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/bin/cross-compile.go)
for details.
.PP
Another alternative method for source installation is to download the
source, build and install rclone - all in one operation, as a regular Go
package.
The source will be stored it in the Go module cache, and the resulting
executable will be in your GOPATH bin folder
(\f[C]$(go env GOPATH)/bin\f[R], which corresponds to
\f[C]\[ti]/go/bin/rclone\f[R] by default).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go install github.com/artpar/artpar\[at]latest
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Ansible installation
.PP
This can be done with Stefan Weichinger\[aq]s ansible
role (https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone).
.PP
Instructions
.IP "1." 3
\f[C]git clone https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone.git\f[R]
into your local roles-directory
.IP "2." 3
add the role to the hosts you want rclone installed to:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
    - hosts: rclone-hosts
      roles:
          - rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Portable installation
.PP
As mentioned above (https://rclone.org/install/#quickstart), rclone is
single executable (\f[C]rclone\f[R], or \f[C]rclone.exe\f[R] on Windows)
that you can download as a zip archive and extract into a location of
your choosing.
When executing different commands, it may create files in different
locations, such as a configuration file and various temporary files.
By default the locations for these are according to your operating
system, e.g.
configuration file in your user profile directory and temporary files in
the standard temporary directory, but you can customize all of them,
e.g.
to make a completely self-contained, portable installation.
.PP
Run the config paths (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_paths/)
command to see the locations that rclone will use.
.PP
To override them set the corresponding options (as command-line
arguments, or as environment
variables (https://rclone.org/docs/#environment-variables)): -
--config (https://rclone.org/docs/#config-config-file) -
--cache-dir (https://rclone.org/docs/#cache-dir-dir) -
--temp-dir (https://rclone.org/docs/#temp-dir-dir)
.SS Autostart
.PP
After installing and configuring rclone, as described above, you are
ready to use rclone as an interactive command line utility.
If your goal is to perform \f[I]periodic\f[R] operations, such as a
regular sync (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/), you will
probably want to configure your rclone command in your operating
system\[aq]s scheduler.
If you need to expose \f[I]service\f[R]-like features, such as remote
control (https://rclone.org/rc/), GUI (https://rclone.org/gui/),
serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) or
mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/), you will often want
an rclone command always running in the background, and configuring it
to run in a service infrastructure may be a better option.
Below are some alternatives on how to achieve this on different
operating systems.
.PP
NOTE: Before setting up autorun it is highly recommended that you have
tested your command manually from a Command Prompt first.
.SS Autostart on Windows
.PP
The most relevant alternatives for autostart on Windows are: - Run at
user log on using the Startup folder - Run at user log on, at system
startup or at schedule using Task Scheduler - Run at system startup
using Windows service
.SS Running in background
.PP
Rclone is a console application, so if not starting from an existing
Command Prompt, e.g.
when starting rclone.exe from a shortcut, it will open a Command Prompt
window.
When configuring rclone to run from task scheduler and windows service
you are able to set it to run hidden in background.
From rclone version 1.54 you can also make it run hidden from anywhere
by adding option \f[C]--no-console\f[R] (it may still flash briefly when
the program starts).
Since rclone normally writes information and any error messages to the
console, you must redirect this to a file to be able to see it.
Rclone has a built-in option \f[C]--log-file\f[R] for that.
.PP
Example command to run a sync in background:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
c:\[rs]rclone\[rs]rclone.exe sync c:\[rs]files remote:/files --no-console --log-file c:\[rs]rclone\[rs]logs\[rs]sync_files.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.SS User account
.PP
As mentioned in the mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/)
documentation, mounted drives created as Administrator are not visible
to other accounts, not even the account that was elevated as
Administrator.
By running the mount command as the built-in \f[C]SYSTEM\f[R] user
account, it will create drives accessible for everyone on the system.
Both scheduled task and Windows service can be used to achieve this.
.PP
NOTE: Remember that when rclone runs as the \f[C]SYSTEM\f[R] user, the
user profile that it sees will not be yours.
This means that if you normally run rclone with configuration file in
the default location, to be able to use the same configuration when
running as the system user you must explicitly tell rclone where to find
it with the
\f[C]--config\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#config-config-file) option,
or else it will look in the system users profile path
(\f[C]C:\[rs]Windows\[rs]System32\[rs]config\[rs]systemprofile\f[R]).
To test your command manually from a Command Prompt, you can run it with
the
PsExec (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sysinternals/downloads/psexec)
utility from Microsoft\[aq]s Sysinternals suite, which takes option
\f[C]-s\f[R] to execute commands as the \f[C]SYSTEM\f[R] user.
.SS Start from Startup folder
.PP
To quickly execute an rclone command you can simply create a standard
Windows Explorer shortcut for the complete rclone command you want to
run.
If you store this shortcut in the special \[dq]Startup\[dq] start-menu
folder, Windows will automatically run it at login.
To open this folder in Windows Explorer, enter path
\f[C]%APPDATA%\[rs]Microsoft\[rs]Windows\[rs]Start Menu\[rs]Programs\[rs]Startup\f[R],
or
\f[C]C:\[rs]ProgramData\[rs]Microsoft\[rs]Windows\[rs]Start Menu\[rs]Programs\[rs]StartUp\f[R]
if you want the command to start for \f[I]every\f[R] user that logs in.
.PP
This is the easiest approach to autostarting of rclone, but it offers no
functionality to set it to run as different user, or to set conditions
or actions on certain events.
Setting up a scheduled task as described below will often give you
better results.
.SS Start from Task Scheduler
.PP
Task Scheduler is an administrative tool built into Windows, and it can
be used to configure rclone to be started automatically in a highly
configurable way, e.g.
periodically on a schedule, on user log on, or at system startup.
It can run be configured to run as the current user, or for a mount
command that needs to be available to all users it can run as the
\f[C]SYSTEM\f[R] user.
For technical information, see
https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/win32/taskschd/task-scheduler-start-page.
.SS Run as service
.PP
For running rclone at system startup, you can create a Windows service
that executes your rclone command, as an alternative to scheduled task
configured to run at startup.
.SS Mount command built-in service integration
.PP
For mount commands, rclone has a built-in Windows service integration
via the third-party WinFsp library it uses.
Registering as a regular Windows service easy, as you just have to
execute the built-in PowerShell command \f[C]New-Service\f[R] (requires
administrative privileges).
.PP
Example of a PowerShell command that creates a Windows service for
mounting some \f[C]remote:/files\f[R] as drive letter \f[C]X:\f[R], for
\f[I]all\f[R] users (service will be running as the local system
account):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
New-Service -Name Rclone -BinaryPathName \[aq]c:\[rs]rclone\[rs]rclone.exe mount remote:/files X: --config c:\[rs]rclone\[rs]config\[rs]rclone.conf --log-file c:\[rs]rclone\[rs]logs\[rs]mount.txt\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The WinFsp service
infrastructure (https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture)
supports incorporating services for file system implementations, such as
rclone, into its own launcher service, as kind of \[dq]child
services\[dq].
This has the additional advantage that it also implements a network
provider that integrates into Windows standard methods for managing
network drives.
This is currently not officially supported by Rclone, but with WinFsp
version 2019.3 B2 / v1.5B2 or later it should be possible through path
rewriting as described
here (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/3340).
.SS Third-party service integration
.PP
To Windows service running any rclone command, the excellent third-party
utility NSSM (http://nssm.cc), the \[dq]Non-Sucking Service
Manager\[dq], can be used.
It includes some advanced features such as adjusting process priority,
defining process environment variables, redirect to file anything
written to stdout, and customized response to different exit codes, with
a GUI to configure everything from (although it can also be used from
command line ).
.PP
There are also several other alternatives.
To mention one more, WinSW (https://github.com/winsw/winsw),
\[dq]Windows Service Wrapper\[dq], is worth checking out.
It requires .NET Framework, but it is preinstalled on newer versions of
Windows, and it also provides alternative standalone distributions which
includes necessary runtime (.NET 5).
WinSW is a command-line only utility, where you have to manually create
an XML file with service configuration.
This may be a drawback for some, but it can also be an advantage as it
is easy to back up and reuse the configuration settings, without having
go through manual steps in a GUI.
One thing to note is that by default it does not restart the service on
error, one have to explicit enable this in the configuration file (via
the \[dq]onfailure\[dq] parameter).
.SS Autostart on Linux
.SS Start as a service
.PP
To always run rclone in background, relevant for mount commands etc, you
can use systemd to set up rclone as a system or user service.
Running as a system service ensures that it is run at startup even if
the user it is running as has no active session.
Running rclone as a user service ensures that it only starts after the
configured user has logged into the system.
.SS Run periodically from cron
.PP
To run a periodic command, such as a copy/sync, you can set up a cron
job.
.SH Usage
.PP
Rclone is a command line program to manage files on cloud storage.
After download (https://rclone.org/downloads/) and install, continue
here to learn how to use it: Initial configuration, what the basic
syntax looks like, describes the various subcommands, the various
options, and more.
.SS Configure
.PP
First, you\[aq]ll need to configure rclone.
As the object storage systems have quite complicated authentication
these are kept in a config file.
(See the \f[C]--config\f[R] entry for how to find the config file and
choose its location.)
.PP
The easiest way to make the config is to run rclone with the config
option:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the following for detailed instructions for
.IP \[bu] 2
1Fichier (https://rclone.org/fichier/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Akamai Netstorage (https://rclone.org/netstorage/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Alias (https://rclone.org/alias/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon S3 (https://rclone.org/s3/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2 (https://rclone.org/b2/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Box (https://rclone.org/box/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker (https://rclone.org/chunker/) - transparently splits large files
for other remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
Citrix ShareFile (https://rclone.org/sharefile/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress (https://rclone.org/compress/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Combine (https://rclone.org/combine/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt (https://rclone.org/crypt/) - to encrypt other remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
DigitalOcean Spaces (https://rclone.org/s3/#digitalocean-spaces)
.IP \[bu] 2
Digi Storage (https://rclone.org/koofr/#digi-storage)
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox (https://rclone.org/dropbox/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enterprise File Fabric (https://rclone.org/filefabric/)
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP (https://rclone.org/ftp/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage (https://rclone.org/googlecloudstorage/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive (https://rclone.org/drive/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Photos (https://rclone.org/googlephotos/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Hasher (https://rclone.org/hasher/) - to handle checksums for other
remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
HDFS (https://rclone.org/hdfs/)
.IP \[bu] 2
HiDrive (https://rclone.org/hidrive/)
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP (https://rclone.org/http/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Internet Archive (https://rclone.org/internetarchive/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud (https://rclone.org/jottacloud/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Koofr (https://rclone.org/koofr/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Linkbox (https://rclone.org/linkbox/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Mail.ru Cloud (https://rclone.org/mailru/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega (https://rclone.org/mega/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Memory (https://rclone.org/memory/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Microsoft Azure Blob Storage (https://rclone.org/azureblob/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Microsoft Azure Files Storage (https://rclone.org/azurefiles/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Microsoft OneDrive (https://rclone.org/onedrive/)
.IP \[bu] 2
OpenStack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Blomp Cloud Storage / Memset
Memstore (https://rclone.org/swift/)
.IP \[bu] 2
OpenDrive (https://rclone.org/opendrive/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Object Storage (https://rclone.org/oracleobjectstorage/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud (https://rclone.org/pcloud/)
.IP \[bu] 2
PikPak (https://rclone.org/pikpak/)
.IP \[bu] 2
premiumize.me (https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/)
.IP \[bu] 2
put.io (https://rclone.org/putio/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Proton Drive (https://rclone.org/protondrive/)
.IP \[bu] 2
QingStor (https://rclone.org/qingstor/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Quatrix by Maytech (https://rclone.org/quatrix/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile (https://rclone.org/seafile/)
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP (https://rclone.org/sftp/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Sia (https://rclone.org/sia/)
.IP \[bu] 2
SMB (https://rclone.org/smb/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj (https://rclone.org/storj/)
.IP \[bu] 2
SugarSync (https://rclone.org/sugarsync/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Union (https://rclone.org/union/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Uptobox (https://rclone.org/uptobox/)
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV (https://rclone.org/webdav/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex Disk (https://rclone.org/yandex/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho WorkDrive (https://rclone.org/zoho/)
.IP \[bu] 2
The local filesystem (https://rclone.org/local/)
.SS Basic syntax
.PP
Rclone syncs a directory tree from one storage system to another.
.PP
Its syntax is like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Syntax: [options] subcommand <parameters> <parameters...>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Source and destination paths are specified by the name you gave the
storage system in the config file then the sub path, e.g.
\[dq]drive:myfolder\[dq] to look at \[dq]myfolder\[dq] in Google drive.
.PP
You can define as many storage paths as you like in the config file.
.PP
Please use the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag while learning
rclone to avoid accidental data loss.
.SS Subcommands
.PP
rclone uses a system of subcommands.
For example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:path # lists a remote
rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
rclone sync --interactive /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote
\f[R]
.fi
.SH rclone config
.PP
Enter an interactive configuration session.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
remotes and manage existing ones.
You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config create (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/)
- Create a new remote with name, type and options.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config delete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/)
- Delete an existing remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config
disconnect (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_disconnect/) -
Disconnects user from remote
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config dump (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/) -
Dump the config file as JSON.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config edit (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_edit/) -
Enter an interactive configuration session.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config file (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_file/) -
Show path of configuration file in use.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config
password (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/) - Update
password in an existing remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config paths (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_paths/) -
Show paths used for configuration, cache, temp etc.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config
providers (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/) - List
in JSON format all the providers and options.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config
reconnect (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_reconnect/) -
Re-authenticates user with remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config
redacted (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_redacted/) - Print
redacted (decrypted) config file, or the redacted config for a single
remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config show (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_show/) -
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config touch (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_touch/) -
Ensure configuration file exists.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config update (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/)
- Update options in an existing remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config
userinfo (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_userinfo/) - Prints
info about logged in user of remote.
.SH rclone copy
.PP
Copy files from source to dest, skipping identical files.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Copy the source to the destination.
Does not transfer files that are identical on source and destination,
testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM.
Doesn\[aq]t delete files from the destination.
If you want to also delete files from destination, to make it match
source, use the sync (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) command
instead.
.PP
Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not
the directory itself.
So when source:path is a directory, it\[aq]s the contents of source:path
that are copied, not the directory name and contents.
.PP
To copy single files, use the
copyto (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyto/) command instead.
.PP
If dest:path doesn\[aq]t exist, it is created and the source:path
contents go there.
.PP
For example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Let\[aq]s say there are two files in sourcepath
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sourcepath/one.txt
sourcepath/two.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This copies them to
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
destpath/one.txt
destpath/two.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Not to
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
destpath/sourcepath/two.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you are familiar with \f[C]rsync\f[R], rclone always works as if you
had written a trailing \f[C]/\f[R] - meaning \[dq]copy the contents of
this directory\[dq].
This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the
source or destination.
.PP
See the --no-traverse (https://rclone.org/docs/#no-traverse) option for
controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not.
Supplying this option when copying a small number of files into a large
destination can speed transfers up greatly.
.PP
For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of
them change every day, you can copy all the files which have changed
recently very efficiently like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will sync the modification times of files and directories if the
backend supports it.
If metadata syncing is required then use the \f[C]--metadata\f[R] flag.
.PP
Note that the modification time and metadata for the root directory will
\f[B]not\f[R] be synced.
See https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/7652 for more info.
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R]: Use the \f[C]-P\f[R]/\f[C]--progress\f[R] flag to view
real-time transfer statistics.
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R]: Use the \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or the
\f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag to test without copying
anything.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after copy
  -h, --help                    help for copy
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Copy Options
.PP
Flags for anything which can Copy a file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
  -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only).
      --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional comma separated server-side paths during comparison
      --copy-dest stringArray                       Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from paths into destination
      --cutoff-mode HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS              Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default HARD)
      --ignore-case-sync                            Ignore case when synchronizing
      --ignore-checksum                             Skip post copy check of checksums
      --ignore-existing                             Skip all files that exist on destination
      --ignore-size                                 Ignore size when skipping use modtime or checksum
  -I, --ignore-times                                Don\[aq]t skip items that match size and time - transfer all unconditionally
      --immutable                                   Do not modify files, fail if existing files have been modified
      --inplace                                     Download directly to destination file instead of atomic download to temp/rename
      --max-backlog int                             Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
      --max-duration Duration                       Maximum duration rclone will transfer data for (default 0s)
      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                     Maximum size of data to transfer (default off)
  -M, --metadata                                    If set, preserve metadata when copying objects
      --modify-window Duration                      Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
      --multi-thread-chunk-size SizeSuffix          Chunk size for multi-thread downloads / uploads, if not set by filesystem (default 64Mi)
      --multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix              Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size (default 256Mi)
      --multi-thread-streams int                    Number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads (default 4)
      --multi-thread-write-buffer-size SizeSuffix   In memory buffer size for writing when in multi-thread mode (default 128Ki)
      --no-check-dest                               Don\[aq]t check the destination, copy regardless
      --no-traverse                                 Don\[aq]t traverse destination file system on copy
      --no-update-dir-modtime                       Don\[aq]t update directory modification times
      --no-update-modtime                           Don\[aq]t update destination modtime if files identical
      --order-by string                             Instructions on how to order the transfers, e.g. \[aq]size,descending\[aq]
      --partial-suffix string                       Add partial-suffix to temporary file name when --inplace is not used (default \[dq].partial\[dq])
      --refresh-times                               Refresh the modtime of remote files
      --server-side-across-configs                  Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different configs
      --size-only                                   Skip based on size only, not modtime or checksum
      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix          Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown, upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends (default 100Ki)
  -u, --update                                      Skip files that are newer on the destination
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone sync
.PP
Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only.
Doesn\[aq]t transfer files that are identical on source and destination,
testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM.
Destination is updated to match source, including deleting files if
necessary (except duplicate objects, see below).
If you don\[aq]t want to delete files from destination, use the
copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) command instead.
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R]: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive SOURCE remote:DESTINATION
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that files in the destination won\[aq]t be deleted if there were
any errors at any point.
Duplicate objects (files with the same name, on those providers that
support it) are also not yet handled.
.PP
It is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the
directory itself.
So when source:path is a directory, it\[aq]s the contents of source:path
that are copied, not the directory name and contents.
See extended explanation in the
copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) command if unsure.
.PP
If dest:path doesn\[aq]t exist, it is created and the source:path
contents go there.
.PP
It is not possible to sync overlapping remotes.
However, you may exclude the destination from the sync with a filter
rule or by putting an exclude-if-present file inside the destination
directory and sync to a destination that is inside the source directory.
.PP
Rclone will sync the modification times of files and directories if the
backend supports it.
If metadata syncing is required then use the \f[C]--metadata\f[R] flag.
.PP
Note that the modification time and metadata for the root directory will
\f[B]not\f[R] be synced.
See https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/7652 for more info.
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R]: Use the \f[C]-P\f[R]/\f[C]--progress\f[R] flag to view
real-time transfer statistics
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R]: Use the \f[C]rclone dedupe\f[R] command to deal with
\[dq]Duplicate object/directory found in source/destination -
ignoring\[dq] errors.
See this forum
post (https://forum.rclone.org/t/sync-not-clearing-duplicates/14372) for
more info.
.SH Logger Flags
.PP
The \f[C]--differ\f[R], \f[C]--missing-on-dst\f[R],
\f[C]--missing-on-src\f[R], \f[C]--match\f[R] and \f[C]--error\f[R]
flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is
\f[C]-\f[R]) supplied.
What they write is described in the help below.
For example \f[C]--differ\f[R] will write all paths which are present on
both the source and destination but different.
.PP
The \f[C]--combined\f[R] flag will write a file (or stdout) which
contains all file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path
to tell you what happened to it.
These are reminiscent of diff files.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]= path\f[R] means path was found in source and destination and was
identical
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]- path\[ga] means path was missing on the source, so only in the
destination
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]+ path\[ga] means path was missing on the destination, so only in
the source
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]* path\[ga] means path was present in source and destination but
different.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]! path\f[R] means there was an error reading or hashing the source
or dest.
.PP
The \f[C]--dest-after\f[R] flag writes a list file using the same format
flags as
\f[C]lsf\f[R] (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/#synopsis)
(including customizable options for hash, modtime,
etc. (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/#synopsis)) Conceptually it
is similar to rsync\[aq]s \f[C]--itemize-changes\f[R], but not identical
-- it should output an accurate list of what will be on the destination
after the sync.
.PP
Note that these logger flags have a few limitations, and certain
scenarios are not currently supported:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--max-duration\f[R] / \f[C]CutoffModeHard\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--compare-dest\f[R] / \f[C]--copy-dest\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
server-side moves of an entire dir at once
.IP \[bu] 2
High-level retries, because there would be duplicates (use
\f[C]--retries 1\f[R] to disable)
.IP \[bu] 2
Possibly some unusual error scenarios
.PP
Note also that each file is logged during the sync, as opposed to after,
so it is most useful as a predictor of what SHOULD happen to each file
(which may or may not match what actually DID.)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --absolute                Put a leading / in front of path names
      --combined string         Make a combined report of changes to this file
      --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after sync
      --csv                     Output in CSV format
      --dest-after string       Report all files that exist on the dest post-sync
      --differ string           Report all non-matching files to this file
  -d, --dir-slash               Append a slash to directory names (default true)
      --dirs-only               Only list directories
      --error string            Report all files with errors (hashing or reading) to this file
      --files-only              Only list files (default true)
  -F, --format string           Output format - see lsf help for details (default \[dq]p\[dq])
      --hash h                  Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default \[dq]md5\[dq])
  -h, --help                    help for sync
      --match string            Report all matching files to this file
      --missing-on-dst string   Report all files missing from the destination to this file
      --missing-on-src string   Report all files missing from the source to this file
  -s, --separator string        Separator for the items in the format (default \[dq];\[dq])
  -t, --timeformat string       Specify a custom time format, or \[aq]max\[aq] for max precision supported by remote (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Copy Options
.PP
Flags for anything which can Copy a file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
  -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only).
      --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional comma separated server-side paths during comparison
      --copy-dest stringArray                       Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from paths into destination
      --cutoff-mode HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS              Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default HARD)
      --ignore-case-sync                            Ignore case when synchronizing
      --ignore-checksum                             Skip post copy check of checksums
      --ignore-existing                             Skip all files that exist on destination
      --ignore-size                                 Ignore size when skipping use modtime or checksum
  -I, --ignore-times                                Don\[aq]t skip items that match size and time - transfer all unconditionally
      --immutable                                   Do not modify files, fail if existing files have been modified
      --inplace                                     Download directly to destination file instead of atomic download to temp/rename
      --max-backlog int                             Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
      --max-duration Duration                       Maximum duration rclone will transfer data for (default 0s)
      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                     Maximum size of data to transfer (default off)
  -M, --metadata                                    If set, preserve metadata when copying objects
      --modify-window Duration                      Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
      --multi-thread-chunk-size SizeSuffix          Chunk size for multi-thread downloads / uploads, if not set by filesystem (default 64Mi)
      --multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix              Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size (default 256Mi)
      --multi-thread-streams int                    Number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads (default 4)
      --multi-thread-write-buffer-size SizeSuffix   In memory buffer size for writing when in multi-thread mode (default 128Ki)
      --no-check-dest                               Don\[aq]t check the destination, copy regardless
      --no-traverse                                 Don\[aq]t traverse destination file system on copy
      --no-update-dir-modtime                       Don\[aq]t update directory modification times
      --no-update-modtime                           Don\[aq]t update destination modtime if files identical
      --order-by string                             Instructions on how to order the transfers, e.g. \[aq]size,descending\[aq]
      --partial-suffix string                       Add partial-suffix to temporary file name when --inplace is not used (default \[dq].partial\[dq])
      --refresh-times                               Refresh the modtime of remote files
      --server-side-across-configs                  Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different configs
      --size-only                                   Skip based on size only, not modtime or checksum
      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix          Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown, upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends (default 100Ki)
  -u, --update                                      Skip files that are newer on the destination
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Sync Options
.PP
Flags just used for \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --backup-dir string               Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR
      --delete-after                    When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
      --delete-before                   When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
      --delete-during                   When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
      --fix-case                        Force rename of case insensitive dest to match source
      --ignore-errors                   Delete even if there are I/O errors
      --max-delete int                  When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
      --max-delete-size SizeSuffix      When synchronizing, limit the total size of deletes (default off)
      --suffix string                   Suffix to add to changed files
      --suffix-keep-extension           Preserve the extension when using --suffix
      --track-renames                   When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server-side move if possible
      --track-renames-strategy string   Strategies to use when synchronizing using track-renames hash|modtime|leaf (default \[dq]hash\[dq])
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone move
.PP
Move files from source to dest.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination directory.
Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and the remote
does not support a server-side directory move operation.
.PP
To move single files, use the
moveto (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_moveto/) command instead.
.PP
If no filters are in use and if possible this will server-side move
\f[C]source:path\f[R] into \f[C]dest:path\f[R].
After this \f[C]source:path\f[R] will no longer exist.
.PP
Otherwise for each file in \f[C]source:path\f[R] selected by the filters
(if any) this will move it into \f[C]dest:path\f[R].
If possible a server-side move will be used, otherwise it will copy it
(server-side if possible) into \f[C]dest:path\f[R] then delete the
original (if no errors on copy) in \f[C]source:path\f[R].
.PP
If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the
\f[C]--delete-empty-src-dirs\f[R] flag.
.PP
See the --no-traverse (https://rclone.org/docs/#no-traverse) option for
controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not.
Supplying this option when moving a small number of files into a large
destination can speed transfers up greatly.
.PP
Rclone will sync the modification times of files and directories if the
backend supports it.
If metadata syncing is required then use the \f[C]--metadata\f[R] flag.
.PP
Note that the modification time and metadata for the root directory will
\f[B]not\f[R] be synced.
See https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/7652 for more info.
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R]: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag.
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R]: Use the \f[C]-P\f[R]/\f[C]--progress\f[R] flag to view
real-time transfer statistics.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after move
      --delete-empty-src-dirs   Delete empty source dirs after move
  -h, --help                    help for move
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Copy Options
.PP
Flags for anything which can Copy a file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
  -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only).
      --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional comma separated server-side paths during comparison
      --copy-dest stringArray                       Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from paths into destination
      --cutoff-mode HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS              Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default HARD)
      --ignore-case-sync                            Ignore case when synchronizing
      --ignore-checksum                             Skip post copy check of checksums
      --ignore-existing                             Skip all files that exist on destination
      --ignore-size                                 Ignore size when skipping use modtime or checksum
  -I, --ignore-times                                Don\[aq]t skip items that match size and time - transfer all unconditionally
      --immutable                                   Do not modify files, fail if existing files have been modified
      --inplace                                     Download directly to destination file instead of atomic download to temp/rename
      --max-backlog int                             Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
      --max-duration Duration                       Maximum duration rclone will transfer data for (default 0s)
      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                     Maximum size of data to transfer (default off)
  -M, --metadata                                    If set, preserve metadata when copying objects
      --modify-window Duration                      Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
      --multi-thread-chunk-size SizeSuffix          Chunk size for multi-thread downloads / uploads, if not set by filesystem (default 64Mi)
      --multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix              Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size (default 256Mi)
      --multi-thread-streams int                    Number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads (default 4)
      --multi-thread-write-buffer-size SizeSuffix   In memory buffer size for writing when in multi-thread mode (default 128Ki)
      --no-check-dest                               Don\[aq]t check the destination, copy regardless
      --no-traverse                                 Don\[aq]t traverse destination file system on copy
      --no-update-dir-modtime                       Don\[aq]t update directory modification times
      --no-update-modtime                           Don\[aq]t update destination modtime if files identical
      --order-by string                             Instructions on how to order the transfers, e.g. \[aq]size,descending\[aq]
      --partial-suffix string                       Add partial-suffix to temporary file name when --inplace is not used (default \[dq].partial\[dq])
      --refresh-times                               Refresh the modtime of remote files
      --server-side-across-configs                  Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different configs
      --size-only                                   Skip based on size only, not modtime or checksum
      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix          Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown, upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends (default 100Ki)
  -u, --update                                      Skip files that are newer on the destination
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone delete
.PP
Remove the files in path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Remove the files in path.
Unlike purge (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/) it obeys
include/exclude filters so can be used to selectively delete files.
.PP
\f[C]rclone delete\f[R] only deletes files but leaves the directory
structure alone.
If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use the
purge (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/) command.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--rmdirs\f[R] flag, it will remove all empty
directories along with it.
You can also use the separate command
rmdir (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/) or
rmdirs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) to delete empty
directories only.
.PP
For example, to delete all files bigger than 100 MiB, you may first want
to check what would be deleted (use either):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then proceed with the actual delete:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
That reads \[dq]delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MiB\[dq],
hence delete all files bigger than 100 MiB.
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R]: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone delete remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help     help for delete
      --rmdirs   rmdirs removes empty directories but leaves root intact
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone purge
.PP
Remove the path and all of its contents.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Remove the path and all of its contents.
Note that this does not obey include/exclude filters - everything will
be removed.
Use the delete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/) command if
you want to selectively delete files.
To delete empty directories only, use command
rmdir (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/) or
rmdirs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/).
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R]: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone purge remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for purge
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone mkdir
.PP
Make the path if it doesn\[aq]t already exist.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for mkdir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone rmdir
.PP
Remove the empty directory at path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This removes empty directory given by path.
Will not remove the path if it has any objects in it, not even empty
subdirectories.
Use command rmdirs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) (or
delete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/) with option
\f[C]--rmdirs\f[R]) to do that.
.PP
To delete a path and any objects in it, use
purge (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/) command.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for rmdir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone check
.PP
Checks the files in the source and destination match.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Checks the files in the source and destination match.
It compares sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files
that don\[aq]t match.
It doesn\[aq]t alter the source or destination.
.PP
For the crypt (https://rclone.org/crypt/) remote there is a dedicated
command, cryptcheck (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cryptcheck/),
that are able to check the checksums of the encrypted files.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--size-only\f[R] flag, it will only compare the
sizes not the hashes as well.
Use this for a quick check.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--download\f[R] flag, it will download the data
from both remotes and check them against each other on the fly.
This can be useful for remotes that don\[aq]t support hashes or if you
really want to check all the data.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--checkfile HASH\f[R] flag with a valid hash
name, the \f[C]source:path\f[R] must point to a text file in the SUM
format.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--one-way\f[R] flag, it will only check that
files in the source match the files in the destination, not the other
way around.
This means that extra files in the destination that are not in the
source will not be detected.
.PP
The \f[C]--differ\f[R], \f[C]--missing-on-dst\f[R],
\f[C]--missing-on-src\f[R], \f[C]--match\f[R] and \f[C]--error\f[R]
flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is
\f[C]-\f[R]) supplied.
What they write is described in the help below.
For example \f[C]--differ\f[R] will write all paths which are present on
both the source and destination but different.
.PP
The \f[C]--combined\f[R] flag will write a file (or stdout) which
contains all file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path
to tell you what happened to it.
These are reminiscent of diff files.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]= path\f[R] means path was found in source and destination and was
identical
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]- path\[ga] means path was missing on the source, so only in the
destination
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]+ path\[ga] means path was missing on the destination, so only in
the source
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]* path\[ga] means path was present in source and destination but
different.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]! path\f[R] means there was an error reading or hashing the source
or dest.
.PP
The default number of parallel checks is 8.
See the --checkers=N (https://rclone.org/docs/#checkers-n) option for
more information.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -C, --checkfile string        Treat source:path as a SUM file with hashes of given type
      --combined string         Make a combined report of changes to this file
      --differ string           Report all non-matching files to this file
      --download                Check by downloading rather than with hash
      --error string            Report all files with errors (hashing or reading) to this file
  -h, --help                    help for check
      --match string            Report all matching files to this file
      --missing-on-dst string   Report all files missing from the destination to this file
      --missing-on-src string   Report all files missing from the source to this file
      --one-way                 Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Check Options
.PP
Flags used for \f[C]rclone check\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --max-backlog int   Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone ls
.PP
List the objects in the path with size and path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
readable format with size and path.
Recurses by default.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone ls swift:bucket
    60295 bevajer5jef
    90613 canole
    94467 diwogej7
    37600 fubuwic
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
.PP
There are several related list commands
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ls\f[R] to list size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsl\f[R] to list modification time, size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsd\f[R] to list directories only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsf\f[R] to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] to list objects and directories in JSON format
.PP
\f[C]ls\f[R],\f[C]lsl\f[R],\f[C]lsd\f[R] are designed to be
human-readable.
\f[C]lsf\f[R] is designed to be human and machine-readable.
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] is designed to be machine-readable.
.PP
Note that \f[C]ls\f[R] and \f[C]lsl\f[R] recurse by default - use
\f[C]--max-depth 1\f[R] to stop the recursion.
.PP
The other list commands \f[C]lsd\f[R],\f[C]lsf\f[R],\f[C]lsjson\f[R] do
not recurse by default - use \f[C]-R\f[R] to make them recurse.
.PP
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes
which can\[aq]t have empty directories (e.g.
s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for ls
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone lsd
.PP
List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Lists the directories in the source path to standard output.
Does not recurse by default.
Use the \f[C]-R\f[R] flag to recurse.
.PP
This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if
not), the modification time (if known, the current time if not), the
number of objects in the directory (if known, -1 if not) and the name of
the directory, Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsd swift:
      494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20     10000 10000files
          65 2018-04-26 08:43:20         1 1File
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsd drive:test
          -1 2016-10-17 17:41:53        -1 1000files
          -1 2017-01-03 14:40:54        -1 2500files
          -1 2017-07-08 14:39:28        -1 4000files
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you just want the directory names use
\f[C]rclone lsf --dirs-only\f[R].
.PP
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
.PP
There are several related list commands
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ls\f[R] to list size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsl\f[R] to list modification time, size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsd\f[R] to list directories only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsf\f[R] to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] to list objects and directories in JSON format
.PP
\f[C]ls\f[R],\f[C]lsl\f[R],\f[C]lsd\f[R] are designed to be
human-readable.
\f[C]lsf\f[R] is designed to be human and machine-readable.
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] is designed to be machine-readable.
.PP
Note that \f[C]ls\f[R] and \f[C]lsl\f[R] recurse by default - use
\f[C]--max-depth 1\f[R] to stop the recursion.
.PP
The other list commands \f[C]lsd\f[R],\f[C]lsf\f[R],\f[C]lsjson\f[R] do
not recurse by default - use \f[C]-R\f[R] to make them recurse.
.PP
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes
which can\[aq]t have empty directories (e.g.
s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help        help for lsd
  -R, --recursive   Recurse into the listing
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone lsl
.PP
List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
readable format with modification time, size and path.
Recurses by default.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsl swift:bucket
    60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef
    90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole
    94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7
    37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwic
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
.PP
There are several related list commands
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ls\f[R] to list size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsl\f[R] to list modification time, size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsd\f[R] to list directories only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsf\f[R] to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] to list objects and directories in JSON format
.PP
\f[C]ls\f[R],\f[C]lsl\f[R],\f[C]lsd\f[R] are designed to be
human-readable.
\f[C]lsf\f[R] is designed to be human and machine-readable.
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] is designed to be machine-readable.
.PP
Note that \f[C]ls\f[R] and \f[C]lsl\f[R] recurse by default - use
\f[C]--max-depth 1\f[R] to stop the recursion.
.PP
The other list commands \f[C]lsd\f[R],\f[C]lsf\f[R],\f[C]lsjson\f[R] do
not recurse by default - use \f[C]-R\f[R] to make them recurse.
.PP
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes
which can\[aq]t have empty directories (e.g.
s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for lsl
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone md5sum
.PP
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
This is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.
.PP
By default, the hash is requested from the remote.
If MD5 is not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned.
With the download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and
hashed locally enabling MD5 for any remote.
.PP
For other algorithms, see the
hashsum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_hashsum/) command.
Running \f[C]rclone md5sum remote:path\f[R] is equivalent to running
\f[C]rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path\f[R].
.PP
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin), by
not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path when
there is data to read (if not, the hyphen will be treated literally, as
a relative path).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --base64               Output base64 encoded hashsum
  -C, --checkfile string     Validate hashes against a given SUM file instead of printing them
      --download             Download the file and hash it locally; if this flag is not specified, the hash is requested from the remote
  -h, --help                 help for md5sum
      --output-file string   Output hashsums to a file rather than the terminal
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone sha1sum
.PP
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
This is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.
.PP
By default, the hash is requested from the remote.
If SHA-1 is not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned.
With the download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and
hashed locally enabling SHA-1 for any remote.
.PP
For other algorithms, see the
hashsum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_hashsum/) command.
Running \f[C]rclone sha1sum remote:path\f[R] is equivalent to running
\f[C]rclone hashsum SHA1 remote:path\f[R].
.PP
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin), by
not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path when
there is data to read (if not, the hyphen will be treated literally, as
a relative path).
.PP
This command can also hash data received on STDIN, if not passing a
remote:path.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --base64               Output base64 encoded hashsum
  -C, --checkfile string     Validate hashes against a given SUM file instead of printing them
      --download             Download the file and hash it locally; if this flag is not specified, the hash is requested from the remote
  -h, --help                 help for sha1sum
      --output-file string   Output hashsums to a file rather than the terminal
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone size
.PP
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Counts objects in the path and calculates the total size.
Prints the result to standard output.
.PP
By default the output is in human-readable format, but shows values in
both human-readable format as well as the raw numbers (global option
\f[C]--human-readable\f[R] is not considered).
Use option \f[C]--json\f[R] to format output as JSON instead.
.PP
Recurses by default, use \f[C]--max-depth 1\f[R] to stop the recursion.
.PP
Some backends do not always provide file sizes, see for example Google
Photos (https://rclone.org/googlephotos/#size) and Google
Docs (https://rclone.org/drive/#limitations-of-google-docs).
Rclone will then show a notice in the log indicating how many such files
were encountered, and count them in as empty files in the output of the
size command.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone size remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for size
      --json   Format output as JSON
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone version
.PP
Show the version number.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Show the rclone version number, the go version, the build target OS and
architecture, the runtime OS and kernel version and bitness, build tags
and the type of executable (static or dynamic).
.PP
For example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone version
rclone v1.55.0
- os/version: ubuntu 18.04 (64 bit)
- os/kernel: 4.15.0-136-generic (x86_64)
- os/type: linux
- os/arch: amd64
- go/version: go1.16
- go/linking: static
- go/tags: none
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note: before rclone version 1.55 the os/type and os/arch lines were
merged, and the \[dq]go/version\[dq] line was tagged as \[dq]go
version\[dq].
.PP
If you supply the --check flag, then it will do an online check to
compare your version with the latest release and the latest beta.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone version --check
yours:  1.42.0.6
latest: 1.42          (released 2018-06-16)
beta:   1.42.0.5      (released 2018-06-17)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone version --check
yours:  1.41
latest: 1.42          (released 2018-06-16)
  upgrade: https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.42
beta:   1.42.0.5      (released 2018-06-17)
  upgrade: https://beta.rclone.org/v1.42-005-g56e1e820
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone version [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --check   Check for new version
  -h, --help    help for version
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone cleanup
.PP
Clean up the remote if possible.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Clean up the remote if possible.
Empty the trash or delete old file versions.
Not supported by all remotes.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for cleanup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone dedupe
.PP
Interactively find duplicate filenames and delete/rename them.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
By default \f[C]dedupe\f[R] interactively finds files with duplicate
names and offers to delete all but one or rename them to be different.
This is known as deduping by name.
.PP
Deduping by name is only useful with a small group of backends (e.g.
Google Drive, Opendrive) that can have duplicate file names.
It can be run on wrapping backends (e.g.
crypt) if they wrap a backend which supports duplicate file names.
.PP
However if \f[C]--by-hash\f[R] is passed in then dedupe will find files
with duplicate hashes instead which will work on any backend which
supports at least one hash.
This can be used to find files with duplicate content.
This is known as deduping by hash.
.PP
If deduping by name, first rclone will merge directories with the same
name.
It will do this iteratively until all the identically named directories
have been merged.
.PP
Next, if deduping by name, for every group of duplicate file names /
hashes, it will delete all but one identical file it finds without
confirmation.
This means that for most duplicated files the \f[C]dedupe\f[R] command
will not be interactive.
.PP
\f[C]dedupe\f[R] considers files to be identical if they have the same
file path and the same hash.
If the backend does not support hashes (e.g.
crypt wrapping Google Drive) then they will never be found to be
identical.
If you use the \f[C]--size-only\f[R] flag then files will be considered
identical if they have the same size (any hash will be ignored).
This can be useful on crypt backends which do not support hashes.
.PP
Next rclone will resolve the remaining duplicates.
Exactly which action is taken depends on the dedupe mode.
By default, rclone will interactively query the user for each one.
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R]: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag.
.PP
Here is an example run.
.PP
Before - with duplicates
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
  6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
  6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
   564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
  6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
  6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
  1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
   564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Now the \f[C]dedupe\f[R] session
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root \[aq]dupes\[aq]: Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
one.txt: Found 4 files with duplicate names
one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (MD5 \[dq]1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36\[dq])
one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
  1:      6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, MD5 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
  2:       564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, MD5 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> k
Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
two.txt: Found 3 files with duplicate names
two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
  1:       564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, MD5 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
  2:      6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, MD5 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
  3:      1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, MD5 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> r
two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The result being
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
  6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
   564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
  6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
  1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Dedupe can be run non interactively using the \f[C]--dedupe-mode\f[R]
flag or by using an extra parameter with the same value
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode interactive\f[R] - interactive as above.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode skip\f[R] - removes identical files then skips
anything left.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode first\f[R] - removes identical files then keeps the
first one.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode newest\f[R] - removes identical files then keeps the
newest one.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode oldest\f[R] - removes identical files then keeps the
oldest one.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode largest\f[R] - removes identical files then keeps the
largest one.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode smallest\f[R] - removes identical files then keeps
the smallest one.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode rename\f[R] - removes identical files then renames
the rest to be different.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode list\f[R] - lists duplicate dirs and files only and
changes nothing.
.PP
For example, to rename all the identically named photos in your Google
Photos directory, do
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename \[dq]drive:Google Photos\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone dedupe rename \[dq]drive:Google Photos\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --by-hash              Find identical hashes rather than names
      --dedupe-mode string   Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|largest|smallest|rename (default \[dq]interactive\[dq])
  -h, --help                 help for dedupe
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone about
.PP
Get quota information from the remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] prints quota information about a remote to
standard output.
The output is typically used, free, quota and trash contents.
.PP
E.g.
Typical output from \f[C]rclone about remote:\f[R] is:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Total:   17 GiB
Used:    7.444 GiB
Free:    1.315 GiB
Trashed: 100.000 MiB
Other:   8.241 GiB
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Where the fields are:
.IP \[bu] 2
Total: Total size available.
.IP \[bu] 2
Used: Total size used.
.IP \[bu] 2
Free: Total space available to this user.
.IP \[bu] 2
Trashed: Total space used by trash.
.IP \[bu] 2
Other: Total amount in other storage (e.g.
Gmail, Google Photos).
.IP \[bu] 2
Objects: Total number of objects in the storage.
.PP
All sizes are in number of bytes.
.PP
Applying a \f[C]--full\f[R] flag to the command prints the bytes in
full, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Total:   18253611008
Used:    7993453766
Free:    1411001220
Trashed: 104857602
Other:   8849156022
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
A \f[C]--json\f[R] flag generates conveniently machine-readable output,
e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]total\[dq]: 18253611008,
    \[dq]used\[dq]: 7993453766,
    \[dq]trashed\[dq]: 104857602,
    \[dq]other\[dq]: 8849156022,
    \[dq]free\[dq]: 1411001220
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Not all backends print all fields.
Information is not included if it is not provided by a backend.
Where the value is unlimited it is omitted.
.PP
Some backends does not support the \f[C]rclone about\f[R] command at
all, see complete list in
documentation (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone about remote: [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --full   Full numbers instead of human-readable
  -h, --help   help for about
      --json   Format output as JSON
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone authorize
.PP
Remote authorization.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Remote authorization.
Used to authorize a remote or headless rclone from a machine with a
browser - use as instructed by rclone config.
.PP
Use --auth-no-open-browser to prevent rclone to open auth link in
default browser automatically.
.PP
Use --template to generate HTML output via a custom Go template.
If a blank string is provided as an argument to this flag, the default
template is used.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone authorize [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --auth-no-open-browser   Do not automatically open auth link in default browser
  -h, --help                   help for authorize
      --template string        The path to a custom Go template for generating HTML responses
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone backend
.PP
Run a backend-specific command.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This runs a backend-specific command.
The commands themselves (except for \[dq]help\[dq] and
\[dq]features\[dq]) are defined by the backends and you should see the
backend docs for definitions.
.PP
You can discover what commands a backend implements by using
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend help remote:
rclone backend help <backendname>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You can also discover information about the backend using (see
operations/fsinfo (https://rclone.org/rc/#operations-fsinfo) in the
remote control docs for more info).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend features remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Pass options to the backend command with -o.
This should be key=value or key, e.g.:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend stats remote:path stats -o format=json -o long
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Pass arguments to the backend by placing them on the end of the line
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note to run these commands on a running backend then see
backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command) in the rc docs.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend <command> remote:path [opts] <args> [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help                 help for backend
      --json                 Always output in JSON format
  -o, --option stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone bisync
.PP
Perform bidirectional synchronization between two paths.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Perform bidirectional synchronization between two paths.
.PP
Bisync (https://rclone.org/bisync/) provides a bidirectional cloud sync
solution in rclone.
It retains the Path1 and Path2 filesystem listings from the prior run.
On each successive run it will: - list files on Path1 and Path2, and
check for changes on each side.
Changes include \f[C]New\f[R], \f[C]Newer\f[R], \f[C]Older\f[R], and
\f[C]Deleted\f[R] files.
- Propagate changes on Path1 to Path2, and vice-versa.
.PP
Bisync is \f[B]in beta\f[R] and is considered an \f[B]advanced
command\f[R], so use with care.
Make sure you have read and understood the entire
manual (https://rclone.org/bisync) (especially the
Limitations (https://rclone.org/bisync/#limitations) section) before
using, or data loss can result.
Questions can be asked in the Rclone Forum (https://forum.rclone.org/).
.PP
See full bisync description (https://rclone.org/bisync/) for details.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone bisync remote1:path1 remote2:path2 [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --backup-dir1 string                   --backup-dir for Path1. Must be a non-overlapping path on the same remote.
      --backup-dir2 string                   --backup-dir for Path2. Must be a non-overlapping path on the same remote.
      --check-access                         Ensure expected RCLONE_TEST files are found on both Path1 and Path2 filesystems, else abort.
      --check-filename string                Filename for --check-access (default: RCLONE_TEST)
      --check-sync string                    Controls comparison of final listings: true|false|only (default: true) (default \[dq]true\[dq])
      --compare string                       Comma-separated list of bisync-specific compare options ex. \[aq]size,modtime,checksum\[aq] (default: \[aq]size,modtime\[aq])
      --conflict-loser ConflictLoserAction   Action to take on the loser of a sync conflict (when there is a winner) or on both files (when there is no winner): , num, pathname, delete (default: num)
      --conflict-resolve string              Automatically resolve conflicts by preferring the version that is: none, path1, path2, newer, older, larger, smaller (default: none) (default \[dq]none\[dq])
      --conflict-suffix string               Suffix to use when renaming a --conflict-loser. Can be either one string or two comma-separated strings to assign different suffixes to Path1/Path2. (default: \[aq]conflict\[aq])
      --create-empty-src-dirs                Sync creation and deletion of empty directories. (Not compatible with --remove-empty-dirs)
      --download-hash                        Compute hash by downloading when otherwise unavailable. (warning: may be slow and use lots of data!)
      --filters-file string                  Read filtering patterns from a file
      --force                                Bypass --max-delete safety check and run the sync. Consider using with --verbose
  -h, --help                                 help for bisync
      --ignore-listing-checksum              Do not use checksums for listings (add --ignore-checksum to additionally skip post-copy checksum checks)
      --max-lock Duration                    Consider lock files older than this to be expired (default: 0 (never expire)) (minimum: 2m) (default 0s)
      --no-cleanup                           Retain working files (useful for troubleshooting and testing).
      --no-slow-hash                         Ignore listing checksums only on backends where they are slow
      --recover                              Automatically recover from interruptions without requiring --resync.
      --remove-empty-dirs                    Remove ALL empty directories at the final cleanup step.
      --resilient                            Allow future runs to retry after certain less-serious errors, instead of requiring --resync. Use at your own risk!
  -1, --resync                               Performs the resync run. Equivalent to --resync-mode path1. Consider using --verbose or --dry-run first.
      --resync-mode string                   During resync, prefer the version that is: path1, path2, newer, older, larger, smaller (default: path1 if --resync, otherwise none for no resync.) (default \[dq]none\[dq])
      --slow-hash-sync-only                  Ignore slow checksums for listings and deltas, but still consider them during sync calls.
      --workdir string                       Use custom working dir - useful for testing. (default: {WORKDIR})
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Copy Options
.PP
Flags for anything which can Copy a file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
  -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only).
      --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional comma separated server-side paths during comparison
      --copy-dest stringArray                       Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from paths into destination
      --cutoff-mode HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS              Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default HARD)
      --ignore-case-sync                            Ignore case when synchronizing
      --ignore-checksum                             Skip post copy check of checksums
      --ignore-existing                             Skip all files that exist on destination
      --ignore-size                                 Ignore size when skipping use modtime or checksum
  -I, --ignore-times                                Don\[aq]t skip items that match size and time - transfer all unconditionally
      --immutable                                   Do not modify files, fail if existing files have been modified
      --inplace                                     Download directly to destination file instead of atomic download to temp/rename
      --max-backlog int                             Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
      --max-duration Duration                       Maximum duration rclone will transfer data for (default 0s)
      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                     Maximum size of data to transfer (default off)
  -M, --metadata                                    If set, preserve metadata when copying objects
      --modify-window Duration                      Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
      --multi-thread-chunk-size SizeSuffix          Chunk size for multi-thread downloads / uploads, if not set by filesystem (default 64Mi)
      --multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix              Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size (default 256Mi)
      --multi-thread-streams int                    Number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads (default 4)
      --multi-thread-write-buffer-size SizeSuffix   In memory buffer size for writing when in multi-thread mode (default 128Ki)
      --no-check-dest                               Don\[aq]t check the destination, copy regardless
      --no-traverse                                 Don\[aq]t traverse destination file system on copy
      --no-update-dir-modtime                       Don\[aq]t update directory modification times
      --no-update-modtime                           Don\[aq]t update destination modtime if files identical
      --order-by string                             Instructions on how to order the transfers, e.g. \[aq]size,descending\[aq]
      --partial-suffix string                       Add partial-suffix to temporary file name when --inplace is not used (default \[dq].partial\[dq])
      --refresh-times                               Refresh the modtime of remote files
      --server-side-across-configs                  Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different configs
      --size-only                                   Skip based on size only, not modtime or checksum
      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix          Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown, upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends (default 100Ki)
  -u, --update                                      Skip files that are newer on the destination
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone cat
.PP
Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone cat sends any files to standard output.
.PP
You can use it like this to output a single file
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cat remote:path/to/file
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or like this to output any file in dir or its subdirectories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or its subdirectories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --include \[dq]*.txt\[dq] cat remote:path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Use the \f[C]--head\f[R] flag to print characters only at the start,
\f[C]--tail\f[R] for the end and \f[C]--offset\f[R] and
\f[C]--count\f[R] to print a section in the middle.
Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so
\f[C]--offset -1 --count 1\f[R] is equivalent to \f[C]--tail 1\f[R].
.PP
Use the \f[C]--separator\f[R] flag to print a separator value between
files.
Be sure to shell-escape special characters.
For example, to print a newline between files, use:
.IP \[bu] 2
bash:
.RS 2
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --include \[dq]*.txt\[dq] --separator $\[aq]\[rs]n\[aq] cat remote:path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
powershell:
.RS 2
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --include \[dq]*.txt\[dq] --separator \[dq]\[ga]n\[dq] cat remote:path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.RE
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cat remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --count int          Only print N characters (default -1)
      --discard            Discard the output instead of printing
      --head int           Only print the first N characters
  -h, --help               help for cat
      --offset int         Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve)
      --separator string   Separator to use between objects when printing multiple files
      --tail int           Only print the last N characters
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone checksum
.PP
Checks the files in the destination against a SUM file.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Checks that hashsums of destination files match the SUM file.
It compares hashes (MD5, SHA1, etc) and logs a report of files which
don\[aq]t match.
It doesn\[aq]t alter the file system.
.PP
The sumfile is treated as the source and the dst:path is treated as the
destination for the purposes of the output.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--download\f[R] flag, it will download the data
from the remote and calculate the content hash on the fly.
This can be useful for remotes that don\[aq]t support hashes or if you
really want to check all the data.
.PP
Note that hash values in the SUM file are treated as case insensitive.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--one-way\f[R] flag, it will only check that
files in the source match the files in the destination, not the other
way around.
This means that extra files in the destination that are not in the
source will not be detected.
.PP
The \f[C]--differ\f[R], \f[C]--missing-on-dst\f[R],
\f[C]--missing-on-src\f[R], \f[C]--match\f[R] and \f[C]--error\f[R]
flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is
\f[C]-\f[R]) supplied.
What they write is described in the help below.
For example \f[C]--differ\f[R] will write all paths which are present on
both the source and destination but different.
.PP
The \f[C]--combined\f[R] flag will write a file (or stdout) which
contains all file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path
to tell you what happened to it.
These are reminiscent of diff files.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]= path\f[R] means path was found in source and destination and was
identical
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]- path\[ga] means path was missing on the source, so only in the
destination
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]+ path\[ga] means path was missing on the destination, so only in
the source
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]* path\[ga] means path was present in source and destination but
different.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]! path\f[R] means there was an error reading or hashing the source
or dest.
.PP
The default number of parallel checks is 8.
See the --checkers=N (https://rclone.org/docs/#checkers-n) option for
more information.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone checksum <hash> sumfile dst:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --combined string         Make a combined report of changes to this file
      --differ string           Report all non-matching files to this file
      --download                Check by hashing the contents
      --error string            Report all files with errors (hashing or reading) to this file
  -h, --help                    help for checksum
      --match string            Report all matching files to this file
      --missing-on-dst string   Report all files missing from the destination to this file
      --missing-on-src string   Report all files missing from the source to this file
      --one-way                 Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone completion
.PP
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Generates a shell completion script for rclone.
Run with \f[C]--help\f[R] to list the supported shells.
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for completion
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone completion
bash (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_completion_bash/) - Output bash
completion script for rclone.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone completion
fish (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_completion_fish/) - Output fish
completion script for rclone.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone completion
powershell (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_completion_powershell/) -
Output powershell completion script for rclone.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone completion
zsh (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_completion_zsh/) - Output zsh
completion script for rclone.
.SH rclone completion bash
.PP
Output bash completion script for rclone.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
.PP
This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will probably
need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo rclone genautocomplete bash
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them
directly
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\&. /etc/bash_completion
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
.PP
If output_file is \[dq]-\[dq], then the output will be written to
stdout.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone completion bash [output_file] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for bash
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone completion (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_completion/) -
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SH rclone completion fish
.PP
Output fish completion script for rclone.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Generates a fish autocompletion script for rclone.
.PP
This writes to /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish by default so will
probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo rclone genautocomplete fish
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them
directly
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\&. /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
.PP
If output_file is \[dq]-\[dq], then the output will be written to
stdout.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone completion fish [output_file] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for fish
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone completion (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_completion/) -
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SH rclone completion powershell
.PP
Output powershell completion script for rclone.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Generate the autocompletion script for powershell.
.PP
To load completions in your current shell session:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone completion powershell | Out-String | Invoke-Expression
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To load completions for every new session, add the output of the above
command to your powershell profile.
.PP
If output_file is \[dq]-\[dq] or missing, then the output will be
written to stdout.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone completion powershell [output_file] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for powershell
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone completion (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_completion/) -
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SH rclone completion zsh
.PP
Output zsh completion script for rclone.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
.PP
This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so
will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them
directly
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
autoload -U compinit && compinit
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
.PP
If output_file is \[dq]-\[dq], then the output will be written to
stdout.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone completion zsh [output_file] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for zsh
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone completion (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_completion/) -
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SH rclone config create
.PP
Create a new remote with name, type and options.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Create a new remote of \f[C]name\f[R] with \f[C]type\f[R] and options.
The options should be passed in pairs of \f[C]key\f[R] \f[C]value\f[R]
or as \f[C]key=value\f[R].
.PP
For example, to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config
you would do:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth=true
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but
using remote authorization you would do this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local=false
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the
default is taken (unless \f[C]--non-interactive\f[R] is used).
Each time that happens rclone will print or DEBUG a message saying how
to affect the value taken.
.PP
If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will
automatically obscure them if they aren\[aq]t already obscured before
putting them in the config file.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and
consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about
whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured
passwords into the config file.
If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get obscured then use
the \f[C]--obscure\f[R] flag, or if you are 100% certain you are already
passing obscured passwords then use \f[C]--no-obscure\f[R].
You can also set obscured passwords using the
\f[C]rclone config password\f[R] command.
.PP
The flag \f[C]--non-interactive\f[R] is for use by applications that
wish to configure rclone themselves, rather than using rclone\[aq]s text
based configuration questions.
If this flag is set, and rclone needs to ask the user a question, a JSON
blob will be returned with the question in it.
.PP
This will look something like (some irrelevant detail removed):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]State\[dq]: \[dq]*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,\[dq],
    \[dq]Option\[dq]: {
        \[dq]Name\[dq]: \[dq]config_is_local\[dq],
        \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?\[rs]n * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use\[rs]n * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access\[rs]nIf not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.\[rs]n\[dq],
        \[dq]Default\[dq]: true,
        \[dq]Examples\[dq]: [
            {
                \[dq]Value\[dq]: \[dq]true\[dq],
                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Yes\[dq]
            },
            {
                \[dq]Value\[dq]: \[dq]false\[dq],
                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]No\[dq]
            }
        ],
        \[dq]Required\[dq]: false,
        \[dq]IsPassword\[dq]: false,
        \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]bool\[dq],
        \[dq]Exclusive\[dq]: true,
    },
    \[dq]Error\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The format of \f[C]Option\f[R] is the same as returned by
\f[C]rclone config providers\f[R].
The question should be asked to the user and returned to rclone as the
\f[C]--result\f[R] option along with the \f[C]--state\f[R] parameter.
.PP
The keys of \f[C]Option\f[R] are used as follows:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Name\f[R] - name of variable - show to user
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Help\f[R] - help text.
Hard wrapped at 80 chars.
Any URLs should be clicky.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Default\f[R] - default value - return this if the user just wants
the default.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Examples\f[R] - the user should be able to choose one of these
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Required\f[R] - the value should be non-empty
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]IsPassword\f[R] - the value is a password and should be edited as
such
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Type\f[R] - type of value, eg \f[C]bool\f[R], \f[C]string\f[R],
\f[C]int\f[R] and others
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Exclusive\f[R] - if set no free-form entry allowed only the
\f[C]Examples\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Irrelevant keys \f[C]Provider\f[R], \f[C]ShortOpt\f[R], \f[C]Hide\f[R],
\f[C]NoPrefix\f[R], \f[C]Advanced\f[R]
.PP
If \f[C]Error\f[R] is set then it should be shown to the user at the
same time as the question.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config update name --continue --state \[dq]*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,\[dq] --result \[dq]true\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that when using \f[C]--continue\f[R] all passwords should be passed
in the clear (not obscured).
Any default config values should be passed in with each invocation of
\f[C]--continue\f[R].
.PP
At the end of the non interactive process, rclone will return a result
with \f[C]State\f[R] as empty string.
.PP
If \f[C]--all\f[R] is passed then rclone will ask all the config
questions, not just the post config questions.
Any parameters are used as defaults for questions as usual.
.PP
Note that \f[C]bin/config.py\f[R] in the rclone source implements this
protocol as a readable demonstration.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config create name type [key value]* [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --all               Ask the full set of config questions
      --continue          Continue the configuration process with an answer
  -h, --help              help for create
      --no-obscure        Force any passwords not to be obscured
      --non-interactive   Don\[aq]t interact with user and return questions
      --obscure           Force any passwords to be obscured
      --result string     Result - use with --continue
      --state string      State - use with --continue
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config delete
.PP
Delete an existing remote.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config delete name [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for delete
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config disconnect
.PP
Disconnects user from remote
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This disconnects the remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
.PP
This normally means revoking the oauth token.
.PP
To reconnect use \[dq]rclone config reconnect\[dq].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for disconnect
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config dump
.PP
Dump the config file as JSON.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config dump [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for dump
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config edit
.PP
Enter an interactive configuration session.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
remotes and manage existing ones.
You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config edit [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for edit
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config file
.PP
Show path of configuration file in use.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config file [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for file
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config password
.PP
Update password in an existing remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Update an existing remote\[aq]s password.
The password should be passed in pairs of \f[C]key\f[R]
\f[C]password\f[R] or as \f[C]key=password\f[R].
The \f[C]password\f[R] should be passed in in clear (unobscured).
.PP
For example, to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword
rclone config password myremote fieldname=mypassword
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command is obsolete now that \[dq]config update\[dq] and
\[dq]config create\[dq] both support obscuring passwords directly.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config password name [key value]+ [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for password
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config paths
.PP
Show paths used for configuration, cache, temp etc.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config paths [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for paths
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config providers
.PP
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config providers [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for providers
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config reconnect
.PP
Re-authenticates user with remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This reconnects remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
.PP
To disconnect the remote use \[dq]rclone config disconnect\[dq].
.PP
This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for reconnect
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config redacted
.PP
Print redacted (decrypted) config file, or the redacted config for a
single remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This prints a redacted copy of the config file, either the whole config
file or for a given remote.
.PP
The config file will be redacted by replacing all passwords and other
sensitive info with XXX.
.PP
This makes the config file suitable for posting online for support.
.PP
It should be double checked before posting as the redaction may not be
perfect.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config redacted [<remote>] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for redacted
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config show
.PP
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for show
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config touch
.PP
Ensure configuration file exists.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config touch [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for touch
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config update
.PP
Update options in an existing remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Update an existing remote\[aq]s options.
The options should be passed in pairs of \f[C]key\f[R] \f[C]value\f[R]
or as \f[C]key=value\f[R].
.PP
For example, to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote
you would do:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config update myremote env_auth true
rclone config update myremote env_auth=true
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If the remote uses OAuth the token will be updated, if you don\[aq]t
require this add an extra parameter thus:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config update myremote env_auth=true config_refresh_token=false
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the
default is taken (unless \f[C]--non-interactive\f[R] is used).
Each time that happens rclone will print or DEBUG a message saying how
to affect the value taken.
.PP
If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will
automatically obscure them if they aren\[aq]t already obscured before
putting them in the config file.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and
consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about
whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured
passwords into the config file.
If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get obscured then use
the \f[C]--obscure\f[R] flag, or if you are 100% certain you are already
passing obscured passwords then use \f[C]--no-obscure\f[R].
You can also set obscured passwords using the
\f[C]rclone config password\f[R] command.
.PP
The flag \f[C]--non-interactive\f[R] is for use by applications that
wish to configure rclone themselves, rather than using rclone\[aq]s text
based configuration questions.
If this flag is set, and rclone needs to ask the user a question, a JSON
blob will be returned with the question in it.
.PP
This will look something like (some irrelevant detail removed):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]State\[dq]: \[dq]*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,\[dq],
    \[dq]Option\[dq]: {
        \[dq]Name\[dq]: \[dq]config_is_local\[dq],
        \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?\[rs]n * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use\[rs]n * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access\[rs]nIf not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.\[rs]n\[dq],
        \[dq]Default\[dq]: true,
        \[dq]Examples\[dq]: [
            {
                \[dq]Value\[dq]: \[dq]true\[dq],
                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Yes\[dq]
            },
            {
                \[dq]Value\[dq]: \[dq]false\[dq],
                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]No\[dq]
            }
        ],
        \[dq]Required\[dq]: false,
        \[dq]IsPassword\[dq]: false,
        \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]bool\[dq],
        \[dq]Exclusive\[dq]: true,
    },
    \[dq]Error\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The format of \f[C]Option\f[R] is the same as returned by
\f[C]rclone config providers\f[R].
The question should be asked to the user and returned to rclone as the
\f[C]--result\f[R] option along with the \f[C]--state\f[R] parameter.
.PP
The keys of \f[C]Option\f[R] are used as follows:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Name\f[R] - name of variable - show to user
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Help\f[R] - help text.
Hard wrapped at 80 chars.
Any URLs should be clicky.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Default\f[R] - default value - return this if the user just wants
the default.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Examples\f[R] - the user should be able to choose one of these
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Required\f[R] - the value should be non-empty
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]IsPassword\f[R] - the value is a password and should be edited as
such
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Type\f[R] - type of value, eg \f[C]bool\f[R], \f[C]string\f[R],
\f[C]int\f[R] and others
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Exclusive\f[R] - if set no free-form entry allowed only the
\f[C]Examples\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Irrelevant keys \f[C]Provider\f[R], \f[C]ShortOpt\f[R], \f[C]Hide\f[R],
\f[C]NoPrefix\f[R], \f[C]Advanced\f[R]
.PP
If \f[C]Error\f[R] is set then it should be shown to the user at the
same time as the question.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config update name --continue --state \[dq]*oauth-islocal,teamdrive,,\[dq] --result \[dq]true\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that when using \f[C]--continue\f[R] all passwords should be passed
in the clear (not obscured).
Any default config values should be passed in with each invocation of
\f[C]--continue\f[R].
.PP
At the end of the non interactive process, rclone will return a result
with \f[C]State\f[R] as empty string.
.PP
If \f[C]--all\f[R] is passed then rclone will ask all the config
questions, not just the post config questions.
Any parameters are used as defaults for questions as usual.
.PP
Note that \f[C]bin/config.py\f[R] in the rclone source implements this
protocol as a readable demonstration.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config update name [key value]+ [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --all               Ask the full set of config questions
      --continue          Continue the configuration process with an answer
  -h, --help              help for update
      --no-obscure        Force any passwords not to be obscured
      --non-interactive   Don\[aq]t interact with user and return questions
      --obscure           Force any passwords to be obscured
      --result string     Result - use with --continue
      --state string      State - use with --continue
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone config userinfo
.PP
Prints info about logged in user of remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage
system.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for userinfo
      --json   Format output as JSON
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) - Enter an
interactive configuration session.
.SH rclone copyto
.PP
Copy files from source to dest, skipping identical files.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or
directory named dest:path.
.PP
This can be used to upload single files to other than their current
name.
If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the
copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) command.
.PP
So
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copyto src dst
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local
or C:.
.PP
This will:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
if src is file
    copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
    copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
    see copy command for full details
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This doesn\[aq]t transfer files that are identical on src and dst,
testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM.
It doesn\[aq]t delete files from the destination.
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R]: Use the \f[C]-P\f[R]/\f[C]--progress\f[R] flag to view
real-time transfer statistics
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for copyto
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Copy Options
.PP
Flags for anything which can Copy a file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
  -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only).
      --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional comma separated server-side paths during comparison
      --copy-dest stringArray                       Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from paths into destination
      --cutoff-mode HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS              Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default HARD)
      --ignore-case-sync                            Ignore case when synchronizing
      --ignore-checksum                             Skip post copy check of checksums
      --ignore-existing                             Skip all files that exist on destination
      --ignore-size                                 Ignore size when skipping use modtime or checksum
  -I, --ignore-times                                Don\[aq]t skip items that match size and time - transfer all unconditionally
      --immutable                                   Do not modify files, fail if existing files have been modified
      --inplace                                     Download directly to destination file instead of atomic download to temp/rename
      --max-backlog int                             Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
      --max-duration Duration                       Maximum duration rclone will transfer data for (default 0s)
      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                     Maximum size of data to transfer (default off)
  -M, --metadata                                    If set, preserve metadata when copying objects
      --modify-window Duration                      Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
      --multi-thread-chunk-size SizeSuffix          Chunk size for multi-thread downloads / uploads, if not set by filesystem (default 64Mi)
      --multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix              Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size (default 256Mi)
      --multi-thread-streams int                    Number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads (default 4)
      --multi-thread-write-buffer-size SizeSuffix   In memory buffer size for writing when in multi-thread mode (default 128Ki)
      --no-check-dest                               Don\[aq]t check the destination, copy regardless
      --no-traverse                                 Don\[aq]t traverse destination file system on copy
      --no-update-dir-modtime                       Don\[aq]t update directory modification times
      --no-update-modtime                           Don\[aq]t update destination modtime if files identical
      --order-by string                             Instructions on how to order the transfers, e.g. \[aq]size,descending\[aq]
      --partial-suffix string                       Add partial-suffix to temporary file name when --inplace is not used (default \[dq].partial\[dq])
      --refresh-times                               Refresh the modtime of remote files
      --server-side-across-configs                  Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different configs
      --size-only                                   Skip based on size only, not modtime or checksum
      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix          Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown, upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends (default 100Ki)
  -u, --update                                      Skip files that are newer on the destination
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone copyurl
.PP
Copy the contents of the URL supplied content to dest:path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Download a URL\[aq]s content and copy it to the destination without
saving it in temporary storage.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--auto-filename\f[R] will attempt to automatically
determine the filename from the URL (after any redirections) and used in
the destination path.
.PP
With \f[C]--auto-filename-header\f[R] in addition, if a specific
filename is set in HTTP headers, it will be used instead of the name
from the URL.
With \f[C]--print-filename\f[R] in addition, the resulting file name
will be printed.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--no-clobber\f[R] will prevent overwriting file on the
destination if there is one with the same name.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--stdout\f[R] or making the output file name \f[C]-\f[R]
will cause the output to be written to standard output.
.SS Troublshooting
.PP
If you can\[aq]t get \f[C]rclone copyurl\f[R] to work then here are some
things you can try:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--disable-http2\f[R] rclone will use HTTP2 if available - try
disabling it
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--bind 0.0.0.0\f[R] rclone will use IPv6 if available - try
disabling it
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--bind ::0\f[R] to disable IPv4
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--user agent curl\f[R] - some sites have whitelists for curl\[aq]s
user-agent - try that
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure the site works with \f[C]curl\f[R] directly
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -a, --auto-filename     Get the file name from the URL and use it for destination file path
      --header-filename   Get the file name from the Content-Disposition header
  -h, --help              help for copyurl
      --no-clobber        Prevent overwriting file with same name
  -p, --print-filename    Print the resulting name from --auto-filename
      --stdout            Write the output to stdout rather than a file
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone cryptcheck
.PP
Cryptcheck checks the integrity of an encrypted remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a
crypted (https://rclone.org/crypt/) remote.
This is the equivalent of running rclone
check (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/), but able to check the
checksums of the encrypted remote.
.PP
For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support
some kind of checksum.
.PP
It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and
using that to encrypt each file on the remote:.
It then checks the checksum of the underlying file on the cryptedremote:
against the checksum of the file it has just encrypted.
.PP
Use it like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all the
files in remote:path.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--one-way\f[R] flag, it will only check that
files in the source match the files in the destination, not the other
way around.
This means that extra files in the destination that are not in the
source will not be detected.
.PP
The \f[C]--differ\f[R], \f[C]--missing-on-dst\f[R],
\f[C]--missing-on-src\f[R], \f[C]--match\f[R] and \f[C]--error\f[R]
flags write paths, one per line, to the file name (or stdout if it is
\f[C]-\f[R]) supplied.
What they write is described in the help below.
For example \f[C]--differ\f[R] will write all paths which are present on
both the source and destination but different.
.PP
The \f[C]--combined\f[R] flag will write a file (or stdout) which
contains all file paths with a symbol and then a space and then the path
to tell you what happened to it.
These are reminiscent of diff files.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]= path\f[R] means path was found in source and destination and was
identical
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]- path\[ga] means path was missing on the source, so only in the
destination
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]+ path\[ga] means path was missing on the destination, so only in
the source
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]* path\[ga] means path was present in source and destination but
different.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]! path\f[R] means there was an error reading or hashing the source
or dest.
.PP
The default number of parallel checks is 8.
See the --checkers=N (https://rclone.org/docs/#checkers-n) option for
more information.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --combined string         Make a combined report of changes to this file
      --differ string           Report all non-matching files to this file
      --error string            Report all files with errors (hashing or reading) to this file
  -h, --help                    help for cryptcheck
      --match string            Report all matching files to this file
      --missing-on-dst string   Report all files missing from the destination to this file
      --missing-on-src string   Report all files missing from the source to this file
      --one-way                 Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Check Options
.PP
Flags used for \f[C]rclone check\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --max-backlog int   Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone cryptdecode
.PP
Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with a
list of encrypted file names.
List limit is 10 items.
.PP
If you supply the \f[C]--reverse\f[R] flag, it will return encrypted
file names.
.PP
use it like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2

rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Another way to accomplish this is by using the
\f[C]rclone backend encode\f[R] (or \f[C]decode\f[R]) command.
See the documentation on the crypt (https://rclone.org/crypt/) overlay
for more info.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help      help for cryptdecode
      --reverse   Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenames
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone deletefile
.PP
Remove a single file from remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Remove a single file from remote.
Unlike \f[C]delete\f[R] it cannot be used to remove a directory and it
doesn\[aq]t obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists,
it will always be removed.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for deletefile
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone genautocomplete
.PP
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SH Synopsis
.PP
Generates a shell completion script for rclone.
Run with \f[C]--help\f[R] to list the supported shells.
.SH Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for genautocomplete
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone genautocomplete
bash (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash/) - Output
bash completion script for rclone.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone genautocomplete
fish (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_fish/) - Output
fish completion script for rclone.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone genautocomplete
zsh (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh/) - Output
zsh completion script for rclone.
.SH rclone genautocomplete bash
.PP
Output bash completion script for rclone.
.SH Synopsis
.PP
Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
.PP
This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will probably
need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo rclone genautocomplete bash
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them
directly
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\&. /etc/bash_completion
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
.PP
If output_file is \[dq]-\[dq], then the output will be written to
stdout.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SH Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for bash
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone
genautocomplete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) -
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SH rclone genautocomplete fish
.PP
Output fish completion script for rclone.
.SH Synopsis
.PP
Generates a fish autocompletion script for rclone.
.PP
This writes to /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish by default so will
probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo rclone genautocomplete fish
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them
directly
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\&. /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
.PP
If output_file is \[dq]-\[dq], then the output will be written to
stdout.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone genautocomplete fish [output_file] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SH Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for fish
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone
genautocomplete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) -
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SH rclone genautocomplete zsh
.PP
Output zsh completion script for rclone.
.SH Synopsis
.PP
Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
.PP
This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so
will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them
directly
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
autoload -U compinit && compinit
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
.PP
If output_file is \[dq]-\[dq], then the output will be written to
stdout.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SH Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for zsh
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone
genautocomplete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) -
Output completion script for a given shell.
.SH rclone gendocs
.PP
Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory
supplied.
These are in a format suitable for hugo to render into the rclone.org
website.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for gendocs
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone hashsum
.PP
Produces a hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash
named.
The output is in the same format as the standard md5sum/sha1sum tool.
.PP
By default, the hash is requested from the remote.
If the hash is not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned.
With the download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and
hashed locally enabling any hash for any remote.
.PP
For the MD5 and SHA1 algorithms there are also dedicated commands,
md5sum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_md5sum/) and
sha1sum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sha1sum/).
.PP
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin), by
not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path when
there is data to read (if not, the hyphen will be treated literally, as
a relative path).
.PP
Run without a hash to see the list of all supported hashes, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone hashsum
Supported hashes are:
  * md5
  * sha1
  * whirlpool
  * crc32
  * sha256
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that hash names are case insensitive and values are output in lower
case.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone hashsum [<hash> remote:path] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --base64               Output base64 encoded hashsum
  -C, --checkfile string     Validate hashes against a given SUM file instead of printing them
      --download             Download the file and hash it locally; if this flag is not specified, the hash is requested from the remote
  -h, --help                 help for hashsum
      --output-file string   Output hashsums to a file rather than the terminal
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone link
.PP
Generate public link to file/folder.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone link will create, retrieve or remove a public link to the given
file or folder.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone link remote:path/to/file
rclone link remote:path/to/folder/
rclone link --unlink remote:path/to/folder/
rclone link --expire 1d remote:path/to/file
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you supply the --expire flag, it will set the expiration time
otherwise it will use the default (100 years).
\f[B]Note\f[R] not all backends support the --expire flag - if the
backend doesn\[aq]t support it then the link returned won\[aq]t expire.
.PP
Use the --unlink flag to remove existing public links to the file or
folder.
\f[B]Note\f[R] not all backends support \[dq]--unlink\[dq] flag - those
that don\[aq]t will just ignore it.
.PP
If successful, the last line of the output will contain the link.
Exact capabilities depend on the remote, but the link will always by
default be created with the least constraints \[en] e.g.
no expiry, no password protection, accessible without account.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone link remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --expire Duration   The amount of time that the link will be valid (default off)
  -h, --help              help for link
      --unlink            Remove existing public link to file/folder
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone listremotes
.PP
List all the remotes in the config file and defined in environment
variables.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.
.PP
When used with the \f[C]--long\f[R] flag it lists the types and the
descriptions too.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone listremotes [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for listremotes
      --long   Show the type and the description as well as names
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone lsf
.PP
List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to
standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts.
By default this will just be the names of the objects and directories,
one per line.
The directories will have a / suffix.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsf swift:bucket
bevajer5jef
canole
diwogej7
ferejej3gux/
fubuwic
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Use the \f[C]--format\f[R] option to control what gets listed.
By default this is just the path, but you can use these parameters to
control the output:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
p - path
s - size
t - modification time
h - hash
i - ID of object
o - Original ID of underlying object
m - MimeType of object if known
e - encrypted name
T - tier of storage if known, e.g. \[dq]Hot\[dq] or \[dq]Cool\[dq]
M - Metadata of object in JSON blob format, eg {\[dq]key\[dq]:\[dq]value\[dq]}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use
\f[C]--format \[dq]pst\[dq]\f[R], or maybe
\f[C]--format \[dq]tsp\[dq]\f[R] to put the path last.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsf  --format \[dq]tsp\[dq] swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwic
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you specify \[dq]h\[dq] in the format you will get the MD5 hash by
default, use the \f[C]--hash\f[R] flag to change which hash you want.
Note that this can be returned as an empty string if it isn\[aq]t
available on the object (and for directories), \[dq]ERROR\[dq] if there
was an error reading it from the object and \[dq]UNSUPPORTED\[dq] if
that object does not support that hash type.
.PP
For example, to emulate the md5sum command you can use
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator \[dq]  \[dq] --files-only .
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator \[dq]  \[dq] --files-only swift:bucket
7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3  bevajer5jef
cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc  canole
03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91  diwogej7
8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d  fubuwic
99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b  gixacuh7ku
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
(Though \[dq]rclone md5sum .\[dq] is an easier way of typing this.)
.PP
By default the separator is \[dq];\[dq] this can be changed with the
\f[C]--separator\f[R] flag.
Note that separators aren\[aq]t escaped in the path so putting it last
is a good strategy.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsf  --separator \[dq],\[dq] --format \[dq]tshp\[dq] swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwic
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You can output in CSV standard format.
This will escape things in \[dq] if they contain ,
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path
test.log,22355
test.sh,449
\[dq]this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt\[dq],6
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that the \f[C]--absolute\f[R] parameter is useful for making lists
of files to pass to an rclone copy with the \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R]
flag.
.PP
For example, to find all the files modified within one day and copy
those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
rclone copy --files-from-raw new_files /path/to/local remote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The default time format is \f[C]\[aq]2006-01-02 15:04:05\[aq]\f[R].
Other formats (https://pkg.go.dev/time#pkg-constants) can be specified
with the \f[C]--time-format\f[R] flag.
Examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format \[aq]Jan 2, 2006 at 3:04pm (MST)\[aq]
rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format \[aq]2006-01-02 15:04:05.000000000\[aq]
rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format \[aq]2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00\[aq]
rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format RFC3339
rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format DateOnly
rclone lsf remote:path --format pt --time-format max
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[C]--time-format max\f[R] will automatically truncate
\[aq]\f[C]2006-01-02 15:04:05.000000000\f[R]\[aq] to the maximum
precision supported by the remote.
.PP
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
.PP
There are several related list commands
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ls\f[R] to list size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsl\f[R] to list modification time, size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsd\f[R] to list directories only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsf\f[R] to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] to list objects and directories in JSON format
.PP
\f[C]ls\f[R],\f[C]lsl\f[R],\f[C]lsd\f[R] are designed to be
human-readable.
\f[C]lsf\f[R] is designed to be human and machine-readable.
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] is designed to be machine-readable.
.PP
Note that \f[C]ls\f[R] and \f[C]lsl\f[R] recurse by default - use
\f[C]--max-depth 1\f[R] to stop the recursion.
.PP
The other list commands \f[C]lsd\f[R],\f[C]lsf\f[R],\f[C]lsjson\f[R] do
not recurse by default - use \f[C]-R\f[R] to make them recurse.
.PP
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes
which can\[aq]t have empty directories (e.g.
s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --absolute             Put a leading / in front of path names
      --csv                  Output in CSV format
  -d, --dir-slash            Append a slash to directory names (default true)
      --dirs-only            Only list directories
      --files-only           Only list files
  -F, --format string        Output format - see  help for details (default \[dq]p\[dq])
      --hash h               Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default \[dq]md5\[dq])
  -h, --help                 help for lsf
  -R, --recursive            Recurse into the listing
  -s, --separator string     Separator for the items in the format (default \[dq];\[dq])
  -t, --time-format string   Specify a custom time format, or \[aq]max\[aq] for max precision supported by remote (default: 2006-01-02 15:04:05)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone lsjson
.PP
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
.PP
The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
  \[dq]Hashes\[dq] : {
     \[dq]SHA-1\[dq] : \[dq]f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f\[dq],
     \[dq]MD5\[dq] : \[dq]b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184\[dq],
     \[dq]DropboxHash\[dq] : \[dq]ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc\[dq]
  },
  \[dq]ID\[dq]: \[dq]y2djkhiujf83u33\[dq],
  \[dq]OrigID\[dq]: \[dq]UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA\[dq],
  \[dq]IsBucket\[dq] : false,
  \[dq]IsDir\[dq] : false,
  \[dq]MimeType\[dq] : \[dq]application/octet-stream\[dq],
  \[dq]ModTime\[dq] : \[dq]2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00\[dq],
  \[dq]Name\[dq] : \[dq]file.txt\[dq],
  \[dq]Encrypted\[dq] : \[dq]v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338\[dq],
  \[dq]EncryptedPath\[dq] : \[dq]kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338\[dq],
  \[dq]Path\[dq] : \[dq]full/path/goes/here/file.txt\[dq],
  \[dq]Size\[dq] : 6,
  \[dq]Tier\[dq] : \[dq]hot\[dq],
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If \f[C]--hash\f[R] is not specified the Hashes property won\[aq]t be
emitted.
The types of hash can be specified with the \f[C]--hash-type\f[R]
parameter (which may be repeated).
If \f[C]--hash-type\f[R] is set then it implies \f[C]--hash\f[R].
.PP
If \f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] is specified then ModTime will be blank.
This can speed things up on remotes where reading the ModTime takes an
extra request (e.g.
s3, swift).
.PP
If \f[C]--no-mimetype\f[R] is specified then MimeType will be blank.
This can speed things up on remotes where reading the MimeType takes an
extra request (e.g.
s3, swift).
.PP
If \f[C]--encrypted\f[R] is not specified the Encrypted won\[aq]t be
emitted.
.PP
If \f[C]--dirs-only\f[R] is not specified files in addition to
directories are returned
.PP
If \f[C]--files-only\f[R] is not specified directories in addition to
the files will be returned.
.PP
If \f[C]--metadata\f[R] is set then an additional Metadata key will be
returned.
This will have metadata in rclone standard format as a JSON object.
.PP
if \f[C]--stat\f[R] is set then a single JSON blob will be returned
about the item pointed to.
This will return an error if the item isn\[aq]t found.
However on bucket based backends (like s3, gcs, b2, azureblob etc) if
the item isn\[aq]t found it will return an empty directory as it
isn\[aq]t possible to tell empty directories from missing directories
there.
.PP
The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being
listed.
If \[dq]remote:path\[dq] contains the file \[dq]subfolder/file.txt\[dq],
the Path for \[dq]file.txt\[dq] will be \[dq]subfolder/file.txt\[dq],
not \[dq]remote:path/subfolder/file.txt\[dq].
When used without \f[C]--recursive\f[R] the Path will always be the same
as Name.
.PP
If the directory is a bucket in a bucket-based backend, then
\[dq]IsBucket\[dq] will be set to true.
This key won\[aq]t be present unless it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The time is in RFC3339 format with up to nanosecond precision.
The number of decimal digits in the seconds will depend on the precision
that the remote can hold the times, so if times are accurate to the
nearest millisecond (e.g.
Google Drive) then 3 digits will always be shown
(\[dq]2017-05-31T16:15:57.034+01:00\[dq]) whereas if the times are
accurate to the nearest second (Dropbox, Box, WebDav, etc.) no digits
will be shown (\[dq]2017-05-31T16:15:57+01:00\[dq]).
.PP
The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it
can be processed line by line as each item is written one to a line.
.PP
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
.PP
There are several related list commands
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ls\f[R] to list size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsl\f[R] to list modification time, size and path of objects only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsd\f[R] to list directories only
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsf\f[R] to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] to list objects and directories in JSON format
.PP
\f[C]ls\f[R],\f[C]lsl\f[R],\f[C]lsd\f[R] are designed to be
human-readable.
\f[C]lsf\f[R] is designed to be human and machine-readable.
\f[C]lsjson\f[R] is designed to be machine-readable.
.PP
Note that \f[C]ls\f[R] and \f[C]lsl\f[R] recurse by default - use
\f[C]--max-depth 1\f[R] to stop the recursion.
.PP
The other list commands \f[C]lsd\f[R],\f[C]lsf\f[R],\f[C]lsjson\f[R] do
not recurse by default - use \f[C]-R\f[R] to make them recurse.
.PP
Listing a nonexistent directory will produce an error except for remotes
which can\[aq]t have empty directories (e.g.
s3, swift, or gcs - the bucket-based remotes).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --dirs-only               Show only directories in the listing
      --encrypted               Show the encrypted names
      --files-only              Show only files in the listing
      --hash                    Include hashes in the output (may take longer)
      --hash-type stringArray   Show only this hash type (may be repeated)
  -h, --help                    help for lsjson
  -M, --metadata                Add metadata to the listing
      --no-mimetype             Don\[aq]t read the mime type (can speed things up)
      --no-modtime              Don\[aq]t read the modification time (can speed things up)
      --original                Show the ID of the underlying Object
  -R, --recursive               Recurse into the listing
      --stat                    Just return the info for the pointed to file
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone mount
.PP
Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
Rclone\[aq]s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
.PP
First set up your remote using \f[C]rclone config\f[R].
Check it works with \f[C]rclone ls\f[R] etc.
.PP
On Linux and macOS, you can run mount in either foreground or background
(aka daemon) mode.
Mount runs in foreground mode by default.
Use the \f[C]--daemon\f[R] flag to force background mode.
On Windows you can run mount in foreground only, the flag is ignored.
.PP
In background mode rclone acts as a generic Unix mount program: the main
program starts, spawns background rclone process to setup and maintain
the mount, waits until success or timeout and exits with appropriate
code (killing the child process if it fails).
.PP
On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD start the mount like this, where
\f[C]/path/to/local/mount\f[R] is an \f[B]empty\f[R] \f[B]existing\f[R]
directory:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
On Windows you can start a mount in different ways.
See below for details.
If foreground mount is used interactively from a console window, rclone
will serve the mount and occupy the console so another window should be
used to work with the mount until rclone is interrupted e.g.
by pressing Ctrl-C.
.PP
The following examples will mount to an automatically assigned drive, to
specific drive letter \f[C]X:\f[R], to path
\f[C]C:\[rs]path\[rs]parent\[rs]mount\f[R] (where parent directory or
drive must exist, and mount must \f[B]not\f[R] exist, and is not
supported when mounting as a network drive), and the last example will
mount as network share \f[C]\[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote\f[R] and map it
to an automatically assigned drive:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mount remote:path/to/files *
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\[rs]path\[rs]parent\[rs]mount
rclone mount remote:path/to/files \[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or
receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount should be automatically
stopped.
.PP
When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount
manually:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# Linux
fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
# OS X
umount /path/to/local/mount
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
When that happens, it is the user\[aq]s responsibility to stop the mount
manually.
.PP
The size of the mounted file system will be set according to information
retrieved from the remote, the same as returned by the rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/) command.
Remotes with unlimited storage may report the used size only, then an
additional 1 PiB of free space is assumed.
If the remote does not
support (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) the about
feature at all, then 1 PiB is set as both the total and the free size.
.SS Installing on Windows
.PP
To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install
WinFsp (http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
.PP
WinFsp (https://github.com/winfsp/winfsp) is an open-source Windows File
System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems for
Windows.
It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with
cgofuse (https://github.com/winfsp/cgofuse).
Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful
during the implementation of rclone mount for Windows.
.SS Mounting modes on windows
.PP
Unlike other operating systems, Microsoft Windows provides a different
filesystem type for network and fixed drives.
It optimises access on the assumption fixed disk drives are fast and
reliable, while network drives have relatively high latency and less
reliability.
Some settings can also be differentiated between the two types, for
example that Windows Explorer should just display icons and not create
preview thumbnails for image and video files on network drives.
.PP
In most cases, rclone will mount the remote as a normal, fixed disk
drive by default.
However, you can also choose to mount it as a remote network drive,
often described as a network share.
If you mount an rclone remote using the default, fixed drive mode and
experience unexpected program errors, freezes or other issues, consider
mounting as a network drive instead.
.PP
When mounting as a fixed disk drive you can either mount to an unused
drive letter, or to a path representing a \f[B]nonexistent\f[R]
subdirectory of an \f[B]existing\f[R] parent directory or drive.
Using the special value \f[C]*\f[R] will tell rclone to automatically
assign the next available drive letter, starting with Z: and moving
backward.
Examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mount remote:path/to/files *
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\[rs]path\[rs]parent\[rs]mount
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Option \f[C]--volname\f[R] can be used to set a custom volume name for
the mounted file system.
The default is to use the remote name and path.
.PP
To mount as network drive, you can add option \f[C]--network-mode\f[R]
to your mount command.
Mounting to a directory path is not supported in this mode, it is a
limitation Windows imposes on junctions, so the remote must always be
mounted to a drive letter.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
A volume name specified with \f[C]--volname\f[R] will be used to create
the network share path.
A complete UNC path, such as \f[C]\[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote\f[R],
optionally with path
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote\[rs]madeup\[rs]path\f[R], will be used
as is.
Any other string will be used as the share part, after a default prefix
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]\f[R].
If no volume name is specified then \f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R]
will be used.
You must make sure the volume name is unique when you are mounting more
than one drive, or else the mount command will fail.
The share name will treated as the volume label for the mapped drive,
shown in Windows Explorer etc, while the complete
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R] will be reported as the remote UNC
path by \f[C]net use\f[R] etc, just like a normal network drive mapping.
.PP
If you specify a full network share UNC path with \f[C]--volname\f[R],
this will implicitly set the \f[C]--network-mode\f[R] option, so the
following two examples have same result:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X: --volname \[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You may also specify the network share UNC path as the mountpoint
itself.
Then rclone will automatically assign a drive letter, same as with
\f[C]*\f[R] and use that as mountpoint, and instead use the UNC path
specified as the volume name, as if it were specified with the
\f[C]--volname\f[R] option.
This will also implicitly set the \f[C]--network-mode\f[R] option.
This means the following two examples have same result:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mount remote:path/to/files \[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote
rclone mount remote:path/to/files * --volname \[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
There is yet another way to enable network mode, and to set the share
path, and that is to pass the \[dq]native\[dq] libfuse/WinFsp option
directly: \f[C]--fuse-flag --VolumePrefix=\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R].
Note that the path must be with just a single backslash prefix in this
case.
.PP
\f[I]Note:\f[R] In previous versions of rclone this was the only
supported method.
.PP
Read more about drive
mapping (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drive_mapping)
.PP
See also Limitations section below.
.SS Windows filesystem permissions
.PP
The FUSE emulation layer on Windows must convert between the POSIX-based
permission model used in FUSE, and the permission model used in Windows,
based on access-control lists (ACL).
.PP
The mounted filesystem will normally get three entries in its
access-control list (ACL), representing permissions for the POSIX
permission scopes: Owner, group and others.
By default, the owner and group will be taken from the current user, and
the built-in group \[dq]Everyone\[dq] will be used to represent others.
The user/group can be customized with FUSE options \[dq]UserName\[dq]
and \[dq]GroupName\[dq], e.g.
\f[C]-o UserName=user123 -o GroupName=\[dq]Authenticated Users\[dq]\f[R].
The permissions on each entry will be set according to options
\f[C]--dir-perms\f[R] and \f[C]--file-perms\f[R], which takes a value in
traditional Unix numeric
notation (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File-system_permissions#Numeric_notation).
.PP
The default permissions corresponds to
\f[C]--file-perms 0666 --dir-perms 0777\f[R], i.e.
read and write permissions to everyone.
This means you will not be able to start any programs from the mount.
To be able to do that you must add execute permissions, e.g.
\f[C]--file-perms 0777 --dir-perms 0777\f[R] to add it to everyone.
If the program needs to write files, chances are you will have to enable
VFS File Caching as well (see also limitations).
Note that the default write permission have some restrictions for
accounts other than the owner, specifically it lacks the \[dq]write
extended attributes\[dq], as explained next.
.PP
The mapping of permissions is not always trivial, and the result you see
in Windows Explorer may not be exactly like you expected.
For example, when setting a value that includes write access for the
group or others scope, this will be mapped to individual permissions
\[dq]write attributes\[dq], \[dq]write data\[dq] and \[dq]append
data\[dq], but not \[dq]write extended attributes\[dq].
Windows will then show this as basic permission \[dq]Special\[dq]
instead of \[dq]Write\[dq], because \[dq]Write\[dq] also covers the
\[dq]write extended attributes\[dq] permission.
When setting digit 0 for group or others, to indicate no permissions,
they will still get individual permissions \[dq]read attributes\[dq],
\[dq]read extended attributes\[dq] and \[dq]read permissions\[dq].
This is done for compatibility reasons, e.g.
to allow users without additional permissions to be able to read basic
metadata about files like in Unix.
.PP
WinFsp 2021 (version 1.9) introduced a new FUSE option
\[dq]FileSecurity\[dq], that allows the complete specification of file
security descriptors using
SDDL (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/secauthz/security-descriptor-string-format).
With this you get detailed control of the resulting permissions,
compared to use of the POSIX permissions described above, and no
additional permissions will be added automatically for compatibility
with Unix.
Some example use cases will following.
.PP
If you set POSIX permissions for only allowing access to the owner,
using \f[C]--file-perms 0600 --dir-perms 0700\f[R], the user group and
the built-in \[dq]Everyone\[dq] group will still be given some special
permissions, as described above.
Some programs may then (incorrectly) interpret this as the file being
accessible by everyone, for example an SSH client may warn about
\[dq]unprotected private key file\[dq].
You can work around this by specifying
\f[C]-o FileSecurity=\[dq]D:P(A;;FA;;;OW)\[dq]\f[R], which sets file all
access (FA) to the owner (OW), and nothing else.
.PP
When setting write permissions then, except for the owner, this does not
include the \[dq]write extended attributes\[dq] permission, as mentioned
above.
This may prevent applications from writing to files, giving permission
denied error instead.
To set working write permissions for the built-in \[dq]Everyone\[dq]
group, similar to what it gets by default but with the addition of the
\[dq]write extended attributes\[dq], you can specify
\f[C]-o FileSecurity=\[dq]D:P(A;;FRFW;;;WD)\[dq]\f[R], which sets file
read (FR) and file write (FW) to everyone (WD).
If file execute (FX) is also needed, then change to
\f[C]-o FileSecurity=\[dq]D:P(A;;FRFWFX;;;WD)\[dq]\f[R], or set file all
access (FA) to get full access permissions, including delete, with
\f[C]-o FileSecurity=\[dq]D:P(A;;FA;;;WD)\[dq]\f[R].
.SS Windows caveats
.PP
Drives created as Administrator are not visible to other accounts, not
even an account that was elevated to Administrator with the User Account
Control (UAC) feature.
A result of this is that if you mount to a drive letter from a Command
Prompt run as Administrator, and then try to access the same drive from
Windows Explorer (which does not run as Administrator), you will not be
able to see the mounted drive.
.PP
If you don\[aq]t need to access the drive from applications running with
administrative privileges, the easiest way around this is to always
create the mount from a non-elevated command prompt.
.PP
To make mapped drives available to the user account that created them
regardless if elevated or not, there is a special Windows setting called
linked
connections (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/troubleshoot/windows-client/networking/mapped-drives-not-available-from-elevated-command#detail-to-configure-the-enablelinkedconnections-registry-entry)
that can be enabled.
.PP
It is also possible to make a drive mount available to everyone on the
system, by running the process creating it as the built-in SYSTEM
account.
There are several ways to do this: One is to use the command-line
utility
PsExec (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sysinternals/downloads/psexec),
from Microsoft\[aq]s Sysinternals suite, which has option \f[C]-s\f[R]
to start processes as the SYSTEM account.
Another alternative is to run the mount command from a Windows Scheduled
Task, or a Windows Service, configured to run as the SYSTEM account.
A third alternative is to use the WinFsp.Launcher
infrastructure (https://github.com/winfsp/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture)).
Read more in the install documentation (https://rclone.org/install/).
Note that when running rclone as another user, it will not use the
configuration file from your profile unless you tell it to with the
\f[C]--config\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#config-config-file) option.
Note also that it is now the SYSTEM account that will have the owner
permissions, and other accounts will have permissions according to the
group or others scopes.
As mentioned above, these will then not get the \[dq]write extended
attributes\[dq] permission, and this may prevent writing to files.
You can work around this with the FileSecurity option, see example
above.
.PP
Note that mapping to a directory path, instead of a drive letter, does
not suffer from the same limitations.
.SS Mounting on macOS
.PP
Mounting on macOS can be done either via built-in NFS
server (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/),
macFUSE (https://osxfuse.github.io/) (also known as osxfuse) or
FUSE-T (https://www.fuse-t.org/).
macFUSE is a traditional FUSE driver utilizing a macOS kernel extension
(kext).
FUSE-T is an alternative FUSE system which \[dq]mounts\[dq] via an NFSv4
local server.
.SS Unicode Normalization
.PP
It is highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]--no-unicode-normalization=false\f[R] for all \f[C]mount\f[R] and
\f[C]serve\f[R] commands on macOS.
For details, see
vfs-case-sensitivity (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#vfs-case-sensitivity).
.SS NFS mount
.PP
This method spins up an NFS server using serve
nfs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/) command and mounts
it to the specified mountpoint.
If you run this in background mode using |--daemon|, you will need to
send SIGTERM signal to the rclone process using |kill| command to stop
the mount.
.PP
Note that \f[C]--nfs-cache-handle-limit\f[R] controls the maximum number
of cached file handles stored by the \f[C]nfsmount\f[R] caching handler.
This should not be set too low or you may experience errors when trying
to access files.
The default is 1000000, but consider lowering this limit if the
server\[aq]s system resource usage causes problems.
.SS macFUSE Notes
.PP
If installing macFUSE using dmg
packages (https://github.com/osxfuse/osxfuse/releases) from the website,
rclone will locate the macFUSE libraries without any further
intervention.
If however, macFUSE is installed using the
macports (https://www.macports.org/) package manager, the following
addition steps are required.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib
cd /usr/local/lib
sudo ln -s /opt/local/lib/libfuse.2.dylib
\f[R]
.fi
.SS FUSE-T Limitations, Caveats, and Notes
.PP
There are some limitations, caveats, and notes about how it works.
These are current as of FUSE-T version 1.0.14.
.SS ModTime update on read
.PP
As per the FUSE-T
wiki (https://github.com/macos-fuse-t/fuse-t/wiki#caveats):
.RS
.PP
File access and modification times cannot be set separately as it seems
to be an issue with the NFS client which always modifies both.
Can be reproduced with \[aq]touch -m\[aq] and \[aq]touch -a\[aq]
commands
.RE
.PP
This means that viewing files with various tools, notably macOS Finder,
will cause rlcone to update the modification time of the file.
This may make rclone upload a full new copy of the file.
.SS Read Only mounts
.PP
When mounting with \f[C]--read-only\f[R], attempts to write to files
will fail \f[I]silently\f[R] as opposed to with a clear warning as in
macFUSE.
.SS Limitations
.PP
Without the use of \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] this can only write files
sequentially, it can only seek when reading.
This means that many applications won\[aq]t work with their files on an
rclone mount without \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode writes\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode full\f[R].
See the VFS File Caching section for more info.
When using NFS mount on macOS, if you don\[aq]t specify
|--vfs-cache-mode| the mount point will be read-only.
.PP
The bucket-based remotes (e.g.
Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2) do not support the concept of
empty directories, so empty directories will have a tendency to
disappear once they fall out of the directory cache.
.PP
When \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] is invoked on Unix with \f[C]--daemon\f[R]
flag, the main rclone program will wait for the background mount to
become ready or until the timeout specified by the
\f[C]--daemon-wait\f[R] flag.
On Linux it can check mount status using ProcFS so the flag in fact sets
\f[B]maximum\f[R] time to wait, while the real wait can be less.
On macOS / BSD the time to wait is constant and the check is performed
only at the end.
We advise you to set wait time on macOS reasonably.
.PP
Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
.SS rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy
.PP
File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage
systems are a long way from 100% reliable.
The rclone sync/copy commands cope with this with lots of retries.
However rclone mount can\[aq]t use retries in the same way without
making local copies of the uploads.
Look at the VFS File Caching for solutions to make mount more reliable.
.SS Attribute caching
.PP
You can use the flag \f[C]--attr-timeout\f[R] to set the time the kernel
caches the attributes (size, modification time, etc.) for directory
entries.
.PP
The default is \f[C]1s\f[R] which caches files just long enough to avoid
too many callbacks to rclone from the kernel.
.PP
In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can
change outside the control of the kernel.
However this causes quite a few problems such as rclone using too much
memory (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/2157), rclone not
serving files to
samba (https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-1-39-vs-1-40-mount-issue/5112)
and excessive time listing
directories (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/2095#issuecomment-371141147).
.PP
The kernel can cache the info about a file for the time given by
\f[C]--attr-timeout\f[R].
You may see corruption if the remote file changes length during this
window.
It will show up as either a truncated file or a file with garbage on the
end.
With \f[C]--attr-timeout 1s\f[R] this is very unlikely but not
impossible.
The higher you set \f[C]--attr-timeout\f[R] the more likely it is.
The default setting of \[dq]1s\[dq] is the lowest setting which
mitigates the problems above.
.PP
If you set it higher (\f[C]10s\f[R] or \f[C]1m\f[R] say) then the kernel
will call back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however
there is more chance of the corruption issue above.
.PP
If files don\[aq]t change on the remote outside of the control of rclone
then there is no chance of corruption.
.PP
This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
.SS Filters
.PP
Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the
files to be visible in the mount.
.SS systemd
.PP
When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible to use
Type=notify.
In this case the service will enter the started state after the
mountpoint has been successfully set up.
Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement will
see all files and folders immediately in this mode.
.PP
Note that systemd runs mount units without any environment variables
including \f[C]PATH\f[R] or \f[C]HOME\f[R].
This means that tilde (\f[C]\[ti]\f[R]) expansion will not work and you
should provide \f[C]--config\f[R] and \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] explicitly
as absolute paths via rclone arguments.
Since mounting requires the \f[C]fusermount\f[R] program, rclone will
use the fallback PATH of \f[C]/bin:/usr/bin\f[R] in this scenario.
Please ensure that \f[C]fusermount\f[R] is present on this PATH.
.SS Rclone as Unix mount helper
.PP
The core Unix program \f[C]/bin/mount\f[R] normally takes the
\f[C]-t FSTYPE\f[R] argument then runs the \f[C]/sbin/mount.FSTYPE\f[R]
helper program passing it mount options as \f[C]-o key=val,...\f[R] or
\f[C]--opt=...\f[R].
Automount (classic or systemd) behaves in a similar way.
.PP
rclone by default expects GNU-style flags \f[C]--key val\f[R].
To run it as a mount helper you should symlink rclone binary to
\f[C]/sbin/mount.rclone\f[R] and optionally \f[C]/usr/bin/rclonefs\f[R],
e.g.
\f[C]ln -s /usr/bin/rclone /sbin/mount.rclone\f[R].
rclone will detect it and translate command-line arguments
appropriately.
.PP
Now you can run classic mounts like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
mount sftp1:subdir /mnt/data -t rclone -o vfs_cache_mode=writes,sftp_key_file=/path/to/pem
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or create systemd mount units:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.mount
[Unit]
Description=Mount for /mnt/data
[Mount]
Type=rclone
What=sftp1:subdir
Where=/mnt/data
Options=rw,_netdev,allow_other,args2env,vfs-cache-mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone.conf,cache-dir=/var/rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
optionally accompanied by systemd automount unit
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.automount
[Unit]
Description=AutoMount for /mnt/data
[Automount]
Where=/mnt/data
TimeoutIdleSec=600
[Install]
WantedBy=multi-user.target
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or add in \f[C]/etc/fstab\f[R] a line like
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sftp1:subdir /mnt/data rclone rw,noauto,nofail,_netdev,x-systemd.automount,args2env,vfs_cache_mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone.conf,cache_dir=/var/cache/rclone 0 0
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or use classic Automountd.
Remember to provide explicit \f[C]config=...,cache-dir=...\f[R] as a
workaround for mount units being run without \f[C]HOME\f[R].
.PP
Rclone in the mount helper mode will split \f[C]-o\f[R] argument(s) by
comma, replace \f[C]_\f[R] by \f[C]-\f[R] and prepend \f[C]--\f[R] to
get the command-line flags.
Options containing commas or spaces can be wrapped in single or double
quotes.
Any inner quotes inside outer quotes of the same type should be doubled.
.PP
Mount option syntax includes a few extra options treated specially:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]env.NAME=VALUE\f[R] will set an environment variable for the mount
process.
This helps with Automountd and Systemd.mount which don\[aq]t allow
setting custom environment for mount helpers.
Typically you will use \f[C]env.HTTPS_PROXY=proxy.host:3128\f[R] or
\f[C]env.HOME=/root\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]command=cmount\f[R] can be used to run \f[C]cmount\f[R] or any
other rclone command rather than the default \f[C]mount\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]args2env\f[R] will pass mount options to the mount helper running
in background via environment variables instead of command line
arguments.
This allows to hide secrets from such commands as \f[C]ps\f[R] or
\f[C]pgrep\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]vv...\f[R] will be transformed into appropriate
\f[C]--verbose=N\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
standard mount options like \f[C]x-systemd.automount\f[R],
\f[C]_netdev\f[R], \f[C]nosuid\f[R] and alike are intended only for
Automountd and ignored by rclone.
## VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory (not supported on Windows)
      --allow-other                            Allow access to other users (not supported on Windows)
      --allow-root                             Allow access to root user (not supported on Windows)
      --async-read                             Use asynchronous reads (not supported on Windows) (default true)
      --attr-timeout Duration                  Time for which file/directory attributes are cached (default 1s)
      --daemon                                 Run mount in background and exit parent process (as background output is suppressed, use --log-file with --log-format=pid,... to monitor) (not supported on Windows)
      --daemon-timeout Duration                Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported on Windows) (default 0s)
      --daemon-wait Duration                   Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s)
      --debug-fuse                             Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v
      --default-permissions                    Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows)
      --devname string                         Set the device name - default is remote:path
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --fuse-flag stringArray                  Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for mount
      --max-read-ahead SizeSuffix              The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads (not supported on Windows) (default 128Ki)
      --mount-case-insensitive Tristate        Tell the OS the mount is case insensitive (true) or sensitive (false) regardless of the backend (auto) (default unset)
      --network-mode                           Mount as remote network drive, instead of fixed disk drive (supported on Windows only)
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --noappledouble                          Ignore Apple Double (._) and .DS_Store files (supported on OSX only) (default true)
      --noapplexattr                           Ignore all \[dq]com.apple.*\[dq] extended attributes (supported on OSX only)
  -o, --option stringArray                     Option for libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
      --volname string                         Set the volume name (supported on Windows and OSX only)
      --write-back-cache                       Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone (without this, writethrough caching is used) (not supported on Windows)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone moveto
.PP
Move file or directory from source to dest.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or
directory named dest:path.
.PP
This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than
their existing name.
If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the
move (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) command.
.PP
So
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone moveto src dst
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local
or C:.
.PP
This will:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
if src is file
    move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
    move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
    see move command for full details
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This doesn\[aq]t transfer files that are identical on src and dst,
testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM.
src will be deleted on successful transfer.
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R]: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag.
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R]: Use the \f[C]-P\f[R]/\f[C]--progress\f[R] flag to view
real-time transfer statistics.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for moveto
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Copy Options
.PP
Flags for anything which can Copy a file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
  -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only).
      --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional comma separated server-side paths during comparison
      --copy-dest stringArray                       Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from paths into destination
      --cutoff-mode HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS              Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default HARD)
      --ignore-case-sync                            Ignore case when synchronizing
      --ignore-checksum                             Skip post copy check of checksums
      --ignore-existing                             Skip all files that exist on destination
      --ignore-size                                 Ignore size when skipping use modtime or checksum
  -I, --ignore-times                                Don\[aq]t skip items that match size and time - transfer all unconditionally
      --immutable                                   Do not modify files, fail if existing files have been modified
      --inplace                                     Download directly to destination file instead of atomic download to temp/rename
      --max-backlog int                             Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
      --max-duration Duration                       Maximum duration rclone will transfer data for (default 0s)
      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                     Maximum size of data to transfer (default off)
  -M, --metadata                                    If set, preserve metadata when copying objects
      --modify-window Duration                      Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
      --multi-thread-chunk-size SizeSuffix          Chunk size for multi-thread downloads / uploads, if not set by filesystem (default 64Mi)
      --multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix              Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size (default 256Mi)
      --multi-thread-streams int                    Number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads (default 4)
      --multi-thread-write-buffer-size SizeSuffix   In memory buffer size for writing when in multi-thread mode (default 128Ki)
      --no-check-dest                               Don\[aq]t check the destination, copy regardless
      --no-traverse                                 Don\[aq]t traverse destination file system on copy
      --no-update-dir-modtime                       Don\[aq]t update directory modification times
      --no-update-modtime                           Don\[aq]t update destination modtime if files identical
      --order-by string                             Instructions on how to order the transfers, e.g. \[aq]size,descending\[aq]
      --partial-suffix string                       Add partial-suffix to temporary file name when --inplace is not used (default \[dq].partial\[dq])
      --refresh-times                               Refresh the modtime of remote files
      --server-side-across-configs                  Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different configs
      --size-only                                   Skip based on size only, not modtime or checksum
      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix          Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown, upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends (default 100Ki)
  -u, --update                                      Skip files that are newer on the destination
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone ncdu
.PP
Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a
remote.
It is most useful for answering the question - \[dq]What is using all my
disk space?\[dq].
.PP
To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and
builds an in memory representation.
rclone ncdu can be used during this scanning phase and you will see it
building up the directory structure as it goes along.
.PP
You can interact with the user interface using key presses, press
\[aq]?\[aq] to toggle the help on and off.
The supported keys are:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 \[ua],\[da] or k,j to Move
 \[->],l to enter
 \[<-],h to return
 g toggle graph
 c toggle counts
 a toggle average size in directory
 m toggle modified time
 u toggle human-readable format
 n,s,C,A,M sort by name,size,count,asize,mtime
 d delete file/directory
 v select file/directory
 V enter visual select mode
 D delete selected files/directories
 y copy current path to clipboard
 Y display current path
 \[ha]L refresh screen (fix screen corruption)
 r recalculate file sizes
 ? to toggle help on and off
 q/ESC/\[ha]c to quit
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Listed files/directories may be prefixed by a one-character flag, some
of them combined with a description in brackets at end of line.
These flags have the following meaning:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
e means this is an empty directory, i.e. contains no files (but
  may contain empty subdirectories)
\[ti] means this is a directory where some of the files (possibly in
  subdirectories) have unknown size, and therefore the directory
  size may be underestimated (and average size inaccurate, as it
  is average of the files with known sizes).
\&. means an error occurred while reading a subdirectory, and
  therefore the directory size may be underestimated (and average
  size inaccurate)
! means an error occurred while reading this directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This an homage to the ncdu tool (https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu) but for
rclone remotes.
It is missing lots of features at the moment but is useful as it stands.
.PP
Note that it might take some time to delete big files/directories.
The UI won\[aq]t respond in the meantime since the deletion is done
synchronously.
.PP
For a non-interactive listing of the remote, see the
tree (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_tree/) command.
To just get the total size of the remote you can also use the
size (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for ncdu
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone nfsmount
.PP
Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone nfsmount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
Rclone\[aq]s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
.PP
First set up your remote using \f[C]rclone config\f[R].
Check it works with \f[C]rclone ls\f[R] etc.
.PP
On Linux and macOS, you can run mount in either foreground or background
(aka daemon) mode.
Mount runs in foreground mode by default.
Use the \f[C]--daemon\f[R] flag to force background mode.
On Windows you can run mount in foreground only, the flag is ignored.
.PP
In background mode rclone acts as a generic Unix mount program: the main
program starts, spawns background rclone process to setup and maintain
the mount, waits until success or timeout and exits with appropriate
code (killing the child process if it fails).
.PP
On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD start the mount like this, where
\f[C]/path/to/local/mount\f[R] is an \f[B]empty\f[R] \f[B]existing\f[R]
directory:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
On Windows you can start a mount in different ways.
See below for details.
If foreground mount is used interactively from a console window, rclone
will serve the mount and occupy the console so another window should be
used to work with the mount until rclone is interrupted e.g.
by pressing Ctrl-C.
.PP
The following examples will mount to an automatically assigned drive, to
specific drive letter \f[C]X:\f[R], to path
\f[C]C:\[rs]path\[rs]parent\[rs]mount\f[R] (where parent directory or
drive must exist, and mount must \f[B]not\f[R] exist, and is not
supported when mounting as a network drive), and the last example will
mount as network share \f[C]\[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote\f[R] and map it
to an automatically assigned drive:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files *
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files C:\[rs]path\[rs]parent\[rs]mount
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files \[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or
receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount should be automatically
stopped.
.PP
When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount
manually:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# Linux
fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
# OS X
umount /path/to/local/mount
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
When that happens, it is the user\[aq]s responsibility to stop the mount
manually.
.PP
The size of the mounted file system will be set according to information
retrieved from the remote, the same as returned by the rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/) command.
Remotes with unlimited storage may report the used size only, then an
additional 1 PiB of free space is assumed.
If the remote does not
support (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) the about
feature at all, then 1 PiB is set as both the total and the free size.
.SS Installing on Windows
.PP
To run rclone nfsmount on Windows, you will need to download and install
WinFsp (http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
.PP
WinFsp (https://github.com/winfsp/winfsp) is an open-source Windows File
System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems for
Windows.
It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with
cgofuse (https://github.com/winfsp/cgofuse).
Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful
during the implementation of rclone nfsmount for Windows.
.SS Mounting modes on windows
.PP
Unlike other operating systems, Microsoft Windows provides a different
filesystem type for network and fixed drives.
It optimises access on the assumption fixed disk drives are fast and
reliable, while network drives have relatively high latency and less
reliability.
Some settings can also be differentiated between the two types, for
example that Windows Explorer should just display icons and not create
preview thumbnails for image and video files on network drives.
.PP
In most cases, rclone will mount the remote as a normal, fixed disk
drive by default.
However, you can also choose to mount it as a remote network drive,
often described as a network share.
If you mount an rclone remote using the default, fixed drive mode and
experience unexpected program errors, freezes or other issues, consider
mounting as a network drive instead.
.PP
When mounting as a fixed disk drive you can either mount to an unused
drive letter, or to a path representing a \f[B]nonexistent\f[R]
subdirectory of an \f[B]existing\f[R] parent directory or drive.
Using the special value \f[C]*\f[R] will tell rclone to automatically
assign the next available drive letter, starting with Z: and moving
backward.
Examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files *
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files C:\[rs]path\[rs]parent\[rs]mount
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Option \f[C]--volname\f[R] can be used to set a custom volume name for
the mounted file system.
The default is to use the remote name and path.
.PP
To mount as network drive, you can add option \f[C]--network-mode\f[R]
to your nfsmount command.
Mounting to a directory path is not supported in this mode, it is a
limitation Windows imposes on junctions, so the remote must always be
mounted to a drive letter.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
A volume name specified with \f[C]--volname\f[R] will be used to create
the network share path.
A complete UNC path, such as \f[C]\[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote\f[R],
optionally with path
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote\[rs]madeup\[rs]path\f[R], will be used
as is.
Any other string will be used as the share part, after a default prefix
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]\f[R].
If no volume name is specified then \f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R]
will be used.
You must make sure the volume name is unique when you are mounting more
than one drive, or else the mount command will fail.
The share name will treated as the volume label for the mapped drive,
shown in Windows Explorer etc, while the complete
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R] will be reported as the remote UNC
path by \f[C]net use\f[R] etc, just like a normal network drive mapping.
.PP
If you specify a full network share UNC path with \f[C]--volname\f[R],
this will implicitly set the \f[C]--network-mode\f[R] option, so the
following two examples have same result:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --network-mode
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files X: --volname \[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You may also specify the network share UNC path as the mountpoint
itself.
Then rclone will automatically assign a drive letter, same as with
\f[C]*\f[R] and use that as mountpoint, and instead use the UNC path
specified as the volume name, as if it were specified with the
\f[C]--volname\f[R] option.
This will also implicitly set the \f[C]--network-mode\f[R] option.
This means the following two examples have same result:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files \[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote
rclone nfsmount remote:path/to/files * --volname \[rs]\[rs]cloud\[rs]remote
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
There is yet another way to enable network mode, and to set the share
path, and that is to pass the \[dq]native\[dq] libfuse/WinFsp option
directly: \f[C]--fuse-flag --VolumePrefix=\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R].
Note that the path must be with just a single backslash prefix in this
case.
.PP
\f[I]Note:\f[R] In previous versions of rclone this was the only
supported method.
.PP
Read more about drive
mapping (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drive_mapping)
.PP
See also Limitations section below.
.SS Windows filesystem permissions
.PP
The FUSE emulation layer on Windows must convert between the POSIX-based
permission model used in FUSE, and the permission model used in Windows,
based on access-control lists (ACL).
.PP
The mounted filesystem will normally get three entries in its
access-control list (ACL), representing permissions for the POSIX
permission scopes: Owner, group and others.
By default, the owner and group will be taken from the current user, and
the built-in group \[dq]Everyone\[dq] will be used to represent others.
The user/group can be customized with FUSE options \[dq]UserName\[dq]
and \[dq]GroupName\[dq], e.g.
\f[C]-o UserName=user123 -o GroupName=\[dq]Authenticated Users\[dq]\f[R].
The permissions on each entry will be set according to options
\f[C]--dir-perms\f[R] and \f[C]--file-perms\f[R], which takes a value in
traditional Unix numeric
notation (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File-system_permissions#Numeric_notation).
.PP
The default permissions corresponds to
\f[C]--file-perms 0666 --dir-perms 0777\f[R], i.e.
read and write permissions to everyone.
This means you will not be able to start any programs from the mount.
To be able to do that you must add execute permissions, e.g.
\f[C]--file-perms 0777 --dir-perms 0777\f[R] to add it to everyone.
If the program needs to write files, chances are you will have to enable
VFS File Caching as well (see also limitations).
Note that the default write permission have some restrictions for
accounts other than the owner, specifically it lacks the \[dq]write
extended attributes\[dq], as explained next.
.PP
The mapping of permissions is not always trivial, and the result you see
in Windows Explorer may not be exactly like you expected.
For example, when setting a value that includes write access for the
group or others scope, this will be mapped to individual permissions
\[dq]write attributes\[dq], \[dq]write data\[dq] and \[dq]append
data\[dq], but not \[dq]write extended attributes\[dq].
Windows will then show this as basic permission \[dq]Special\[dq]
instead of \[dq]Write\[dq], because \[dq]Write\[dq] also covers the
\[dq]write extended attributes\[dq] permission.
When setting digit 0 for group or others, to indicate no permissions,
they will still get individual permissions \[dq]read attributes\[dq],
\[dq]read extended attributes\[dq] and \[dq]read permissions\[dq].
This is done for compatibility reasons, e.g.
to allow users without additional permissions to be able to read basic
metadata about files like in Unix.
.PP
WinFsp 2021 (version 1.9) introduced a new FUSE option
\[dq]FileSecurity\[dq], that allows the complete specification of file
security descriptors using
SDDL (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/secauthz/security-descriptor-string-format).
With this you get detailed control of the resulting permissions,
compared to use of the POSIX permissions described above, and no
additional permissions will be added automatically for compatibility
with Unix.
Some example use cases will following.
.PP
If you set POSIX permissions for only allowing access to the owner,
using \f[C]--file-perms 0600 --dir-perms 0700\f[R], the user group and
the built-in \[dq]Everyone\[dq] group will still be given some special
permissions, as described above.
Some programs may then (incorrectly) interpret this as the file being
accessible by everyone, for example an SSH client may warn about
\[dq]unprotected private key file\[dq].
You can work around this by specifying
\f[C]-o FileSecurity=\[dq]D:P(A;;FA;;;OW)\[dq]\f[R], which sets file all
access (FA) to the owner (OW), and nothing else.
.PP
When setting write permissions then, except for the owner, this does not
include the \[dq]write extended attributes\[dq] permission, as mentioned
above.
This may prevent applications from writing to files, giving permission
denied error instead.
To set working write permissions for the built-in \[dq]Everyone\[dq]
group, similar to what it gets by default but with the addition of the
\[dq]write extended attributes\[dq], you can specify
\f[C]-o FileSecurity=\[dq]D:P(A;;FRFW;;;WD)\[dq]\f[R], which sets file
read (FR) and file write (FW) to everyone (WD).
If file execute (FX) is also needed, then change to
\f[C]-o FileSecurity=\[dq]D:P(A;;FRFWFX;;;WD)\[dq]\f[R], or set file all
access (FA) to get full access permissions, including delete, with
\f[C]-o FileSecurity=\[dq]D:P(A;;FA;;;WD)\[dq]\f[R].
.SS Windows caveats
.PP
Drives created as Administrator are not visible to other accounts, not
even an account that was elevated to Administrator with the User Account
Control (UAC) feature.
A result of this is that if you mount to a drive letter from a Command
Prompt run as Administrator, and then try to access the same drive from
Windows Explorer (which does not run as Administrator), you will not be
able to see the mounted drive.
.PP
If you don\[aq]t need to access the drive from applications running with
administrative privileges, the easiest way around this is to always
create the mount from a non-elevated command prompt.
.PP
To make mapped drives available to the user account that created them
regardless if elevated or not, there is a special Windows setting called
linked
connections (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/troubleshoot/windows-client/networking/mapped-drives-not-available-from-elevated-command#detail-to-configure-the-enablelinkedconnections-registry-entry)
that can be enabled.
.PP
It is also possible to make a drive mount available to everyone on the
system, by running the process creating it as the built-in SYSTEM
account.
There are several ways to do this: One is to use the command-line
utility
PsExec (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sysinternals/downloads/psexec),
from Microsoft\[aq]s Sysinternals suite, which has option \f[C]-s\f[R]
to start processes as the SYSTEM account.
Another alternative is to run the mount command from a Windows Scheduled
Task, or a Windows Service, configured to run as the SYSTEM account.
A third alternative is to use the WinFsp.Launcher
infrastructure (https://github.com/winfsp/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture)).
Read more in the install documentation (https://rclone.org/install/).
Note that when running rclone as another user, it will not use the
configuration file from your profile unless you tell it to with the
\f[C]--config\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#config-config-file) option.
Note also that it is now the SYSTEM account that will have the owner
permissions, and other accounts will have permissions according to the
group or others scopes.
As mentioned above, these will then not get the \[dq]write extended
attributes\[dq] permission, and this may prevent writing to files.
You can work around this with the FileSecurity option, see example
above.
.PP
Note that mapping to a directory path, instead of a drive letter, does
not suffer from the same limitations.
.SS Mounting on macOS
.PP
Mounting on macOS can be done either via built-in NFS
server (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/),
macFUSE (https://osxfuse.github.io/) (also known as osxfuse) or
FUSE-T (https://www.fuse-t.org/).
macFUSE is a traditional FUSE driver utilizing a macOS kernel extension
(kext).
FUSE-T is an alternative FUSE system which \[dq]mounts\[dq] via an NFSv4
local server.
.SS Unicode Normalization
.PP
It is highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]--no-unicode-normalization=false\f[R] for all \f[C]mount\f[R] and
\f[C]serve\f[R] commands on macOS.
For details, see
vfs-case-sensitivity (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#vfs-case-sensitivity).
.SS NFS mount
.PP
This method spins up an NFS server using serve
nfs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/) command and mounts
it to the specified mountpoint.
If you run this in background mode using |--daemon|, you will need to
send SIGTERM signal to the rclone process using |kill| command to stop
the mount.
.PP
Note that \f[C]--nfs-cache-handle-limit\f[R] controls the maximum number
of cached file handles stored by the \f[C]nfsmount\f[R] caching handler.
This should not be set too low or you may experience errors when trying
to access files.
The default is 1000000, but consider lowering this limit if the
server\[aq]s system resource usage causes problems.
.SS macFUSE Notes
.PP
If installing macFUSE using dmg
packages (https://github.com/osxfuse/osxfuse/releases) from the website,
rclone will locate the macFUSE libraries without any further
intervention.
If however, macFUSE is installed using the
macports (https://www.macports.org/) package manager, the following
addition steps are required.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo mkdir /usr/local/lib
cd /usr/local/lib
sudo ln -s /opt/local/lib/libfuse.2.dylib
\f[R]
.fi
.SS FUSE-T Limitations, Caveats, and Notes
.PP
There are some limitations, caveats, and notes about how it works.
These are current as of FUSE-T version 1.0.14.
.SS ModTime update on read
.PP
As per the FUSE-T
wiki (https://github.com/macos-fuse-t/fuse-t/wiki#caveats):
.RS
.PP
File access and modification times cannot be set separately as it seems
to be an issue with the NFS client which always modifies both.
Can be reproduced with \[aq]touch -m\[aq] and \[aq]touch -a\[aq]
commands
.RE
.PP
This means that viewing files with various tools, notably macOS Finder,
will cause rlcone to update the modification time of the file.
This may make rclone upload a full new copy of the file.
.SS Read Only mounts
.PP
When mounting with \f[C]--read-only\f[R], attempts to write to files
will fail \f[I]silently\f[R] as opposed to with a clear warning as in
macFUSE.
.SS Limitations
.PP
Without the use of \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] this can only write files
sequentially, it can only seek when reading.
This means that many applications won\[aq]t work with their files on an
rclone mount without \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode writes\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode full\f[R].
See the VFS File Caching section for more info.
When using NFS mount on macOS, if you don\[aq]t specify
|--vfs-cache-mode| the mount point will be read-only.
.PP
The bucket-based remotes (e.g.
Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2) do not support the concept of
empty directories, so empty directories will have a tendency to
disappear once they fall out of the directory cache.
.PP
When \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] is invoked on Unix with \f[C]--daemon\f[R]
flag, the main rclone program will wait for the background mount to
become ready or until the timeout specified by the
\f[C]--daemon-wait\f[R] flag.
On Linux it can check mount status using ProcFS so the flag in fact sets
\f[B]maximum\f[R] time to wait, while the real wait can be less.
On macOS / BSD the time to wait is constant and the check is performed
only at the end.
We advise you to set wait time on macOS reasonably.
.PP
Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
.SS rclone nfsmount vs rclone sync/copy
.PP
File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage
systems are a long way from 100% reliable.
The rclone sync/copy commands cope with this with lots of retries.
However rclone nfsmount can\[aq]t use retries in the same way without
making local copies of the uploads.
Look at the VFS File Caching for solutions to make nfsmount more
reliable.
.SS Attribute caching
.PP
You can use the flag \f[C]--attr-timeout\f[R] to set the time the kernel
caches the attributes (size, modification time, etc.) for directory
entries.
.PP
The default is \f[C]1s\f[R] which caches files just long enough to avoid
too many callbacks to rclone from the kernel.
.PP
In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can
change outside the control of the kernel.
However this causes quite a few problems such as rclone using too much
memory (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/2157), rclone not
serving files to
samba (https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-1-39-vs-1-40-mount-issue/5112)
and excessive time listing
directories (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/2095#issuecomment-371141147).
.PP
The kernel can cache the info about a file for the time given by
\f[C]--attr-timeout\f[R].
You may see corruption if the remote file changes length during this
window.
It will show up as either a truncated file or a file with garbage on the
end.
With \f[C]--attr-timeout 1s\f[R] this is very unlikely but not
impossible.
The higher you set \f[C]--attr-timeout\f[R] the more likely it is.
The default setting of \[dq]1s\[dq] is the lowest setting which
mitigates the problems above.
.PP
If you set it higher (\f[C]10s\f[R] or \f[C]1m\f[R] say) then the kernel
will call back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however
there is more chance of the corruption issue above.
.PP
If files don\[aq]t change on the remote outside of the control of rclone
then there is no chance of corruption.
.PP
This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
.SS Filters
.PP
Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the
files to be visible in the mount.
.SS systemd
.PP
When running rclone nfsmount as a systemd service, it is possible to use
Type=notify.
In this case the service will enter the started state after the
mountpoint has been successfully set up.
Units having the rclone nfsmount service specified as a requirement will
see all files and folders immediately in this mode.
.PP
Note that systemd runs mount units without any environment variables
including \f[C]PATH\f[R] or \f[C]HOME\f[R].
This means that tilde (\f[C]\[ti]\f[R]) expansion will not work and you
should provide \f[C]--config\f[R] and \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] explicitly
as absolute paths via rclone arguments.
Since mounting requires the \f[C]fusermount\f[R] program, rclone will
use the fallback PATH of \f[C]/bin:/usr/bin\f[R] in this scenario.
Please ensure that \f[C]fusermount\f[R] is present on this PATH.
.SS Rclone as Unix mount helper
.PP
The core Unix program \f[C]/bin/mount\f[R] normally takes the
\f[C]-t FSTYPE\f[R] argument then runs the \f[C]/sbin/mount.FSTYPE\f[R]
helper program passing it mount options as \f[C]-o key=val,...\f[R] or
\f[C]--opt=...\f[R].
Automount (classic or systemd) behaves in a similar way.
.PP
rclone by default expects GNU-style flags \f[C]--key val\f[R].
To run it as a mount helper you should symlink rclone binary to
\f[C]/sbin/mount.rclone\f[R] and optionally \f[C]/usr/bin/rclonefs\f[R],
e.g.
\f[C]ln -s /usr/bin/rclone /sbin/mount.rclone\f[R].
rclone will detect it and translate command-line arguments
appropriately.
.PP
Now you can run classic mounts like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
mount sftp1:subdir /mnt/data -t rclone -o vfs_cache_mode=writes,sftp_key_file=/path/to/pem
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or create systemd mount units:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.mount
[Unit]
Description=Mount for /mnt/data
[Mount]
Type=rclone
What=sftp1:subdir
Where=/mnt/data
Options=rw,_netdev,allow_other,args2env,vfs-cache-mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone.conf,cache-dir=/var/rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
optionally accompanied by systemd automount unit
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# /etc/systemd/system/mnt-data.automount
[Unit]
Description=AutoMount for /mnt/data
[Automount]
Where=/mnt/data
TimeoutIdleSec=600
[Install]
WantedBy=multi-user.target
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or add in \f[C]/etc/fstab\f[R] a line like
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sftp1:subdir /mnt/data rclone rw,noauto,nofail,_netdev,x-systemd.automount,args2env,vfs_cache_mode=writes,config=/etc/rclone.conf,cache_dir=/var/cache/rclone 0 0
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or use classic Automountd.
Remember to provide explicit \f[C]config=...,cache-dir=...\f[R] as a
workaround for mount units being run without \f[C]HOME\f[R].
.PP
Rclone in the mount helper mode will split \f[C]-o\f[R] argument(s) by
comma, replace \f[C]_\f[R] by \f[C]-\f[R] and prepend \f[C]--\f[R] to
get the command-line flags.
Options containing commas or spaces can be wrapped in single or double
quotes.
Any inner quotes inside outer quotes of the same type should be doubled.
.PP
Mount option syntax includes a few extra options treated specially:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]env.NAME=VALUE\f[R] will set an environment variable for the mount
process.
This helps with Automountd and Systemd.mount which don\[aq]t allow
setting custom environment for mount helpers.
Typically you will use \f[C]env.HTTPS_PROXY=proxy.host:3128\f[R] or
\f[C]env.HOME=/root\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]command=cmount\f[R] can be used to run \f[C]cmount\f[R] or any
other rclone command rather than the default \f[C]mount\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]args2env\f[R] will pass mount options to the mount helper running
in background via environment variables instead of command line
arguments.
This allows to hide secrets from such commands as \f[C]ps\f[R] or
\f[C]pgrep\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]vv...\f[R] will be transformed into appropriate
\f[C]--verbose=N\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
standard mount options like \f[C]x-systemd.automount\f[R],
\f[C]_netdev\f[R], \f[C]nosuid\f[R] and alike are intended only for
Automountd and ignored by rclone.
## VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone nfsmount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to
      --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory (not supported on Windows)
      --allow-other                            Allow access to other users (not supported on Windows)
      --allow-root                             Allow access to root user (not supported on Windows)
      --async-read                             Use asynchronous reads (not supported on Windows) (default true)
      --attr-timeout Duration                  Time for which file/directory attributes are cached (default 1s)
      --daemon                                 Run mount in background and exit parent process (as background output is suppressed, use --log-file with --log-format=pid,... to monitor) (not supported on Windows)
      --daemon-timeout Duration                Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported on Windows) (default 0s)
      --daemon-wait Duration                   Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s)
      --debug-fuse                             Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v
      --default-permissions                    Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows)
      --devname string                         Set the device name - default is remote:path
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --fuse-flag stringArray                  Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for nfsmount
      --max-read-ahead SizeSuffix              The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads (not supported on Windows) (default 128Ki)
      --mount-case-insensitive Tristate        Tell the OS the mount is case insensitive (true) or sensitive (false) regardless of the backend (auto) (default unset)
      --network-mode                           Mount as remote network drive, instead of fixed disk drive (supported on Windows only)
      --nfs-cache-handle-limit int             max file handles cached simultaneously (min 5) (default 1000000)
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --noappledouble                          Ignore Apple Double (._) and .DS_Store files (supported on OSX only) (default true)
      --noapplexattr                           Ignore all \[dq]com.apple.*\[dq] extended attributes (supported on OSX only)
  -o, --option stringArray                     Option for libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --sudo                                   Use sudo to run the mount command as root.
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
      --volname string                         Set the volume name (supported on Windows and OSX only)
      --write-back-cache                       Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone (without this, writethrough caching is used) (not supported on Windows)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone obscure
.PP
Obscure password for use in the rclone config file.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
In the rclone config file, human-readable passwords are obscured.
Obscuring them is done by encrypting them and writing them out in
base64.
This is \f[B]not\f[R] a secure way of encrypting these passwords as
rclone can decrypt them - it is to prevent \[dq]eyedropping\[dq] -
namely someone seeing a password in the rclone config file by accident.
.PP
Many equally important things (like access tokens) are not obscured in
the config file.
However it is very hard to shoulder surf a 64 character hex token.
.PP
This command can also accept a password through STDIN instead of an
argument by passing a hyphen as an argument.
This will use the first line of STDIN as the password not including the
trailing newline.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
echo \[dq]secretpassword\[dq] | rclone obscure -
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If there is no data on STDIN to read, rclone obscure will default to
obfuscating the hyphen itself.
.PP
If you want to encrypt the config file then please use config file
encryption - see rclone
config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) for more info.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone obscure password [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for obscure
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone rc
.PP
Run a command against a running rclone.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This runs a command against a running rclone.
Use the \f[C]--url\f[R] flag to specify an non default URL to connect
on.
This can be either a \[dq]:port\[dq] which is taken to mean
\[dq]http://localhost:port\[dq] or a \[dq]host:port\[dq] which is taken
to mean \[dq]http://host:port\[dq]
.PP
A username and password can be passed in with \f[C]--user\f[R] and
\f[C]--pass\f[R].
.PP
Note that \f[C]--rc-addr\f[R], \f[C]--rc-user\f[R], \f[C]--rc-pass\f[R]
will be read also for \f[C]--url\f[R], \f[C]--user\f[R],
\f[C]--pass\f[R].
.PP
Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.
.PP
The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.
.PP
The \f[C]--json\f[R] parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an
input instead of key=value arguments.
This is the only way of passing in more complicated values.
.PP
The \f[C]-o\f[R]/\f[C]--opt\f[R] option can be used to set a key
\[dq]opt\[dq] with key, value options in the form \f[C]-o key=value\f[R]
or \f[C]-o key\f[R].
It can be repeated as many times as required.
This is useful for rc commands which take the \[dq]opt\[dq] parameter
which by convention is a dictionary of strings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
-o key=value -o key2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Will place this in the \[dq]opt\[dq] value
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{\[dq]key\[dq]:\[dq]value\[dq], \[dq]key2\[dq],\[dq]\[dq])
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The \f[C]-a\f[R]/\f[C]--arg\f[R] option can be used to set strings in
the \[dq]arg\[dq] value.
It can be repeated as many times as required.
This is useful for rc commands which take the \[dq]arg\[dq] parameter
which by convention is a list of strings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
-a value -a value2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Will place this in the \[dq]arg\[dq] value
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[\[dq]value\[dq], \[dq]value2\[dq]]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Use \f[C]--loopback\f[R] to connect to the rclone instance running
\f[C]rclone rc\f[R].
This is very useful for testing commands without having to run an rclone
rc server, e.g.:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc --loopback operations/about fs=/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Use \f[C]rclone rc\f[R] to see a list of all possible commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc commands parameter [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -a, --arg stringArray   Argument placed in the \[dq]arg\[dq] array
  -h, --help              help for rc
      --json string       Input JSON - use instead of key=value args
      --loopback          If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP
      --no-output         If set, don\[aq]t output the JSON result
  -o, --opt stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name placed in the \[dq]opt\[dq] array
      --pass string       Password to use to connect to rclone remote control
      --url string        URL to connect to rclone remote control (default \[dq]http://localhost:5572/\[dq])
      --user string       Username to use to rclone remote control
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone rcat
.PP
Copies standard input to file on remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a single
remote file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
echo \[dq]hello world\[dq] | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If the remote file already exists, it will be overwritten.
.PP
rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is
usually more efficient than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints,
which use multiple requests.
Exact behaviour depends on the remote.
What is considered a small file may be set through
\f[C]--streaming-upload-cutoff\f[R].
Uploading only starts after the cutoff is reached or if the file ends
before that.
The data must fit into RAM.
The cutoff needs to be small enough to adhere the limits of your remote,
please see there.
Generally speaking, setting this cutoff too high will decrease your
performance.
.PP
Use the \f[C]--size\f[R] flag to preallocate the file in advance at the
remote end and actually stream it, even if remote backend doesn\[aq]t
support streaming.
.PP
\f[C]--size\f[R] should be the exact size of the input stream in bytes.
If the size of the stream is different in length to the \f[C]--size\f[R]
passed in then the transfer will likely fail.
.PP
Note that the upload cannot be retried because the data is not stored.
If the backend supports multipart uploading then individual chunks can
be retried.
If you need to transfer a lot of data, you may be better off caching it
locally and then \f[C]rclone move\f[R] it to the destination which can
use retries.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rcat remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help       help for rcat
      --size int   File size hint to preallocate (default -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone rcd
.PP
Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This runs rclone so that it only listens to remote control commands.
.PP
This is useful if you are controlling rclone via the rc API.
.PP
If you pass in a path to a directory, rclone will serve that directory
for GET requests on the URL passed in.
It will also open the URL in the browser when rclone is run.
.PP
See the rc documentation (https://rclone.org/rc/) for more info on the
rc flags.
.SS Server options
.PP
Use \f[C]--rc-addr\f[R] to specify which IP address and port the server
should listen on, eg \f[C]--rc-addr 1.2.3.4:8000\f[R] or
\f[C]--rc-addr :8080\f[R] to listen to all IPs.
By default it only listens on localhost.
You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
.PP
If you set \f[C]--rc-addr\f[R] to listen on a public or LAN accessible
IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section
for info.
.PP
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to
\f[C]unix:///path/to/socket\f[R] or just by using an absolute path name.
Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to
be done with file system permissions.
.PP
\f[C]--rc-addr\f[R] may be repeated to listen on multiple
IPs/ports/sockets.
.PP
\f[C]--rc-server-read-timeout\f[R] and
\f[C]--rc-server-write-timeout\f[R] can be used to control the timeouts
on the server.
Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
.PP
\f[C]--rc-max-header-bytes\f[R] controls the maximum number of bytes the
server will accept in the HTTP header.
.PP
\f[C]--rc-baseurl\f[R] controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from.
By default rclone will serve from the root.
If you used \f[C]--rc-baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] then rclone would
serve from a URL starting with \[dq]/rclone/\[dq].
This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve.
Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing \[dq]/\[dq] on
\f[C]--rc-baseurl\f[R], so \f[C]--rc-baseurl \[dq]rclone\[dq]\f[R],
\f[C]--rc-baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] and
\f[C]--rc-baseurl \[dq]/rclone/\[dq]\f[R] are all treated identically.
.SS TLS (SSL)
.PP
By default this will serve over http.
If you want you can serve over https.
You will need to supply the \f[C]--rc-cert\f[R] and \f[C]--rc-key\f[R]
flags.
If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need
to supply \f[C]--rc-client-ca\f[R] also.
.PP
\f[C]--rc-cert\f[R] should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a
concatenation of that with the CA certificate.
\f[C]--krc-ey\f[R] should be the PEM encoded private key and
\f[C]--rc-client-ca\f[R] should be the PEM encoded client certificate
authority certificate.
.PP
--rc-min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable.
Valid values are \[dq]tls1.0\[dq], \[dq]tls1.1\[dq], \[dq]tls1.2\[dq]
and \[dq]tls1.3\[dq] (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq]).
.SS Template
.PP
\f[C]--rc-template\f[R] allows a user to specify a custom markup
template for HTTP and WebDAV serve functions.
The server exports the following markup to be used within the template
to server pages:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
T{
Parameter
T}@T{
Description
T}
_
T{
\&.Name
T}@T{
The full path of a file/directory.
T}
T{
\&.Title
T}@T{
Directory listing of .Name
T}
T{
\&.Sort
T}@T{
The current sort used.
This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
T}
T{
T}@T{
Sort Options: namedirfirst,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)
T}
T{
\&.Order
T}@T{
The current ordering used.
This is changeable via ?order= parameter
T}
T{
T}@T{
Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)
T}
T{
\&.Query
T}@T{
Currently unused.
T}
T{
\&.Breadcrumb
T}@T{
Allows for creating a relative navigation
T}
T{
-- .Link
T}@T{
The relative to the root link of the Text.
T}
T{
-- .Text
T}@T{
The Name of the directory.
T}
T{
\&.Entries
T}@T{
Information about a specific file/directory.
T}
T{
-- .URL
T}@T{
The \[aq]url\[aq] of an entry.
T}
T{
-- .Leaf
T}@T{
Currently same as \[aq]URL\[aq] but intended to be \[aq]just\[aq] the
name.
T}
T{
-- .IsDir
T}@T{
Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
T}
T{
-- .Size
T}@T{
Size in Bytes of the entry.
T}
T{
-- .ModTime
T}@T{
The UTC timestamp of an entry.
T}
.TE
.PP
The server also makes the following functions available so that they can
be used within the template.
These functions help extend the options for dynamic rendering of HTML.
They can be used to render HTML based on specific conditions.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
T{
Function
T}@T{
Description
T}
_
T{
afterEpoch
T}@T{
Returns the time since the epoch for the given time.
T}
T{
contains
T}@T{
Checks whether a given substring is present or not in a given string.
T}
T{
hasPrefix
T}@T{
Checks whether the given string begins with the specified prefix.
T}
T{
hasSuffix
T}@T{
Checks whether the given string end with the specified suffix.
T}
.TE
.SS Authentication
.PP
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
.PP
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set
a single username and password with the \f[C]--rc-user\f[R] and
\f[C]--rc-pass\f[R] flags.
.PP
If no static users are configured by either of the above methods, and
client certificates are required by the \f[C]--client-ca\f[R] flag
passed to the server, the client certificate common name will be
considered as the username.
.PP
Use \f[C]--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd\f[R] to provide an htpasswd
file.
This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for
basic authentication.
Bcrypt is recommended.
.PP
To create an htpasswd file:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
.PP
Use \f[C]--rc-realm\f[R] to set the authentication realm.
.PP
Use \f[C]--rc-salt\f[R] to change the password hashing salt from the
default.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rcd <path to files to serve>* [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for rcd
\f[R]
.fi
.SS RC Options
.PP
Flags to control the Remote Control API.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --rc                                 Enable the remote control server
      --rc-addr stringArray                IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [localhost:5572])
      --rc-allow-origin string             Origin which cross-domain request (CORS) can be executed from
      --rc-baseurl string                  Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
      --rc-cert string                     TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
      --rc-client-ca string                Client certificate authority to verify clients with
      --rc-enable-metrics                  Enable prometheus metrics on /metrics
      --rc-files string                    Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server
      --rc-htpasswd string                 A htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
      --rc-job-expire-duration Duration    Expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s)
      --rc-job-expire-interval Duration    Interval to check for expired async jobs (default 10s)
      --rc-key string                      TLS PEM Private key
      --rc-max-header-bytes int            Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
      --rc-min-tls-version string          Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq])
      --rc-no-auth                         Don\[aq]t require auth for certain methods
      --rc-pass string                     Password for authentication
      --rc-realm string                    Realm for authentication
      --rc-salt string                     Password hashing salt (default \[dq]dlPL2MqE\[dq])
      --rc-serve                           Enable the serving of remote objects
      --rc-server-read-timeout Duration    Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
      --rc-server-write-timeout Duration   Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
      --rc-template string                 User-specified template
      --rc-user string                     User name for authentication
      --rc-web-fetch-url string            URL to fetch the releases for webgui (default \[dq]https://api.github.com/repos/artpar/artpar-webui-react/releases/latest\[dq])
      --rc-web-gui                         Launch WebGUI on localhost
      --rc-web-gui-force-update            Force update to latest version of web gui
      --rc-web-gui-no-open-browser         Don\[aq]t open the browser automatically
      --rc-web-gui-update                  Check and update to latest version of web gui
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone rmdirs
.PP
Remove empty directories under the path.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This recursively removes any empty directories (including directories
that only contain empty directories), that it finds under the path.
The root path itself will also be removed if it is empty, unless you
supply the \f[C]--leave-root\f[R] flag.
.PP
Use command rmdir (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/) to delete
just the empty directory given by path, not recurse.
.PP
This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of
empty directories in.
For example the delete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/)
command will delete files but leave the directory structure (unless used
with option \f[C]--rmdirs\f[R]).
.PP
This will delete \f[C]--checkers\f[R] directories concurrently so if you
have thousands of empty directories consider increasing this number.
.PP
To delete a path and any objects in it, use the
purge (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/) command.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help         help for rmdirs
      --leave-root   Do not remove root directory if empty
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone selfupdate
.PP
Update the rclone binary.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This command downloads the latest release of rclone and replaces the
currently running binary.
The download is verified with a hashsum and cryptographically signed
signature; see the release signing
docs (https://rclone.org/release_signing/) for details.
.PP
If used without flags (or with implied \f[C]--stable\f[R] flag), this
command will install the latest stable release.
However, some issues may be fixed (or features added) only in the latest
beta release.
In such cases you should run the command with the \f[C]--beta\f[R] flag,
i.e.
\f[C]rclone selfupdate --beta\f[R].
You can check in advance what version would be installed by adding the
\f[C]--check\f[R] flag, then repeat the command without it when you are
satisfied.
.PP
Sometimes the rclone team may recommend you a concrete beta or stable
rclone release to troubleshoot your issue or add a bleeding edge
feature.
The \f[C]--version VER\f[R] flag, if given, will update to the concrete
version instead of the latest one.
If you omit micro version from \f[C]VER\f[R] (for example
\f[C]1.53\f[R]), the latest matching micro version will be used.
.PP
Upon successful update rclone will print a message that contains a
previous version number.
You will need it if you later decide to revert your update for some
reason.
Then you\[aq]ll have to note the previous version and run the following
command: \f[C]rclone selfupdate [--beta] OLDVER\f[R].
If the old version contains only dots and digits (for example
\f[C]v1.54.0\f[R]) then it\[aq]s a stable release so you won\[aq]t need
the \f[C]--beta\f[R] flag.
Beta releases have an additional information similar to
\f[C]v1.54.0-beta.5111.06f1c0c61\f[R].
(if you are a developer and use a locally built rclone, the version
number will end with \f[C]-DEV\f[R], you will have to rebuild it as it
obviously can\[aq]t be distributed).
.PP
If you previously installed rclone via a package manager, the package
may include local documentation or configure services.
You may wish to update with the flag \f[C]--package deb\f[R] or
\f[C]--package rpm\f[R] (whichever is correct for your OS) to update
these too.
This command with the default \f[C]--package zip\f[R] will update only
the rclone executable so the local manual may become inaccurate after
it.
.PP
The rclone mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) command may
or may not support extended FUSE options depending on the build and OS.
\f[C]selfupdate\f[R] will refuse to update if the capability would be
discarded.
.PP
Note: Windows forbids deletion of a currently running executable so this
command will rename the old executable to \[aq]rclone.old.exe\[aq] upon
success.
.PP
Please note that this command was not available before rclone version
1.55.
If it fails for you with the message
\f[C]unknown command \[dq]selfupdate\[dq]\f[R] then you will need to
update manually following the install instructions located at
https://rclone.org/install/
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone selfupdate [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --beta             Install beta release
      --check            Check for latest release, do not download
  -h, --help             help for selfupdate
      --output string    Save the downloaded binary at a given path (default: replace running binary)
      --package string   Package format: zip|deb|rpm (default: zip)
      --stable           Install stable release (this is the default)
      --version string   Install the given rclone version (default: latest)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone serve
.PP
Serve a remote over a protocol.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Serve a remote over a given protocol.
Requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve http remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for serve
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve dlna (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/) -
Serve remote:path over DLNA
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve docker (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_docker/) -
Serve any remote on docker\[aq]s volume plugin API.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve ftp (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/) - Serve
remote:path over FTP.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve http (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/) -
Serve the remote over HTTP.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve nfs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_nfs/) - Serve
the remote as an NFS mount
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve restic (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_restic/) -
Serve the remote for restic\[aq]s REST API.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve s3 (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_s3/) - Serve
remote:path over s3.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve sftp (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/) -
Serve the remote over SFTP.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve webdav (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/) -
Serve remote:path over WebDAV.
.SH rclone serve dlna
.PP
Serve remote:path over DLNA
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Run a DLNA media server for media stored in an rclone remote.
Many devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically
discover this server in the LAN and play audio/video from it.
VLC is also supported.
Service discovery uses UDP multicast packets (SSDP) and will thus only
work on LANs.
.PP
Rclone will list all files present in the remote, without filtering
based on media formats or file extensions.
Additionally, there is no media transcoding support.
This means that some players might show files that they are not able to
play back correctly.
.SS Server options
.PP
Use \f[C]--addr\f[R] to specify which IP address and port the server
should listen on, e.g.
\f[C]--addr 1.2.3.4:8000\f[R] or \f[C]--addr :8080\f[R] to listen to all
IPs.
.PP
Use \f[C]--name\f[R] to choose the friendly server name, which is by
default \[dq]rclone (hostname)\[dq].
.PP
Use \f[C]--log-trace\f[R] in conjunction with \f[C]-vv\f[R] to enable
additional debug logging of all UPNP traffic.
## VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr string                            The ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to (default \[dq]:7879\[dq])
      --announce-interval Duration             The interval between SSDP announcements (default 12m0s)
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for dlna
      --interface stringArray                  The interface to use for SSDP (repeat as necessary)
      --log-trace                              Enable trace logging of SOAP traffic
      --name string                            Name of DLNA server
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone serve docker
.PP
Serve any remote on docker\[aq]s volume plugin API.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This command implements the Docker volume plugin API allowing docker to
use rclone as a data storage mechanism for various cloud providers.
rclone provides docker volume plugin based on it.
.PP
To create a docker plugin, one must create a Unix or TCP socket that
Docker will look for when you use the plugin and then it listens for
commands from docker daemon and runs the corresponding code when
necessary.
Docker plugins can run as a managed plugin under control of the docker
daemon or as an independent native service.
For testing, you can just run it directly from the command line, for
example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo rclone serve docker --base-dir /tmp/rclone-volumes --socket-addr localhost:8787 -vv
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Running \f[C]rclone serve docker\f[R] will create the said socket,
listening for commands from Docker to create the necessary Volumes.
Normally you need not give the \f[C]--socket-addr\f[R] flag.
The API will listen on the unix domain socket at
\f[C]/run/docker/plugins/rclone.sock\f[R].
In the example above rclone will create a TCP socket and a small file
\f[C]/etc/docker/plugins/rclone.spec\f[R] containing the socket address.
We use \f[C]sudo\f[R] because both paths are writeable only by the root
user.
.PP
If you later decide to change listening socket, the docker daemon must
be restarted to reconnect to \f[C]/run/docker/plugins/rclone.sock\f[R]
or parse new \f[C]/etc/docker/plugins/rclone.spec\f[R].
Until you restart, any volume related docker commands will timeout
trying to access the old socket.
Running directly is supported on \f[B]Linux only\f[R], not on Windows or
MacOS.
This is not a problem with managed plugin mode described in details in
the full documentation (https://rclone.org/docker).
.PP
The command will create volume mounts under the path given by
\f[C]--base-dir\f[R] (by default
\f[C]/var/lib/docker-volumes/rclone\f[R] available only to root) and
maintain the JSON formatted file \f[C]docker-plugin.state\f[R] in the
rclone cache directory with book-keeping records of created and mounted
volumes.
.PP
All mount and VFS options are submitted by the docker daemon via API,
but you can also provide defaults on the command line as well as set
path to the config file and cache directory or adjust logging verbosity.
## VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve docker [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory (not supported on Windows)
      --allow-other                            Allow access to other users (not supported on Windows)
      --allow-root                             Allow access to root user (not supported on Windows)
      --async-read                             Use asynchronous reads (not supported on Windows) (default true)
      --attr-timeout Duration                  Time for which file/directory attributes are cached (default 1s)
      --base-dir string                        Base directory for volumes (default \[dq]/var/lib/docker-volumes/rclone\[dq])
      --daemon                                 Run mount in background and exit parent process (as background output is suppressed, use --log-file with --log-format=pid,... to monitor) (not supported on Windows)
      --daemon-timeout Duration                Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported on Windows) (default 0s)
      --daemon-wait Duration                   Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s)
      --debug-fuse                             Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v
      --default-permissions                    Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows)
      --devname string                         Set the device name - default is remote:path
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --forget-state                           Skip restoring previous state
      --fuse-flag stringArray                  Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for docker
      --max-read-ahead SizeSuffix              The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads (not supported on Windows) (default 128Ki)
      --mount-case-insensitive Tristate        Tell the OS the mount is case insensitive (true) or sensitive (false) regardless of the backend (auto) (default unset)
      --network-mode                           Mount as remote network drive, instead of fixed disk drive (supported on Windows only)
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --no-spec                                Do not write spec file
      --noappledouble                          Ignore Apple Double (._) and .DS_Store files (supported on OSX only) (default true)
      --noapplexattr                           Ignore all \[dq]com.apple.*\[dq] extended attributes (supported on OSX only)
  -o, --option stringArray                     Option for libfuse/WinFsp (repeat if required)
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --socket-addr string                     Address <host:port> or absolute path (default: /run/docker/plugins/rclone.sock)
      --socket-gid int                         GID for unix socket (default: current process GID) (default 1000)
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
      --volname string                         Set the volume name (supported on Windows and OSX only)
      --write-back-cache                       Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone (without this, writethrough caching is used) (not supported on Windows)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone serve ftp
.PP
Serve remote:path over FTP.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Run a basic FTP server to serve a remote over FTP protocol.
This can be viewed with a FTP client or you can make a remote of type
FTP to read and write it.
.SS Server options
.PP
Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen
on, e.g.
--addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs.
By default it only listens on localhost.
You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
.PP
If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
.SS Authentication
.PP
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
.PP
You can set a single username and password with the --user and --pass
flags.
## VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.SS Auth Proxy
.PP
If you supply the parameter \f[C]--auth-proxy /path/to/program\f[R] then
rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then
are used to authenticate incoming requests.
This uses a simple JSON based protocol with input on STDIN and output on
STDOUT.
.PP
\f[B]PLEASE NOTE:\f[R] \f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] and
\f[C]--authorized-keys\f[R] cannot be used together, if
\f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] is set the authorized keys option will be
ignored.
.PP
There is an example program
bin/test_proxy.py (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/bin/test_proxy.py)
in the rclone source code.
.PP
The program\[aq]s job is to take a \f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R] on
the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON
format.
This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but
it won\[aq]t use configuration from environment variables or command
line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete
config.
.PP
This config generated must have this extra parameter - \f[C]_root\f[R] -
root to use for the backend
.PP
And it may have this parameter - \f[C]_obscure\f[R] - comma separated
strings for parameters to obscure
.PP
If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]pass\[dq]: \[dq]mypassword\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]public_key\[dq]: \[dq]AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And as an example return this on STDOUT
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]type\[dq]: \[dq]sftp\[dq],
    \[dq]_root\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
    \[dq]_obscure\[dq]: \[dq]pass\[dq],
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]pass\[dq]: \[dq]mypassword\[dq],
    \[dq]host\[dq]: \[dq]sftp.example.com\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R]/\f[C]public_key\f[R] returned in the
output to the host given.
Note that since \f[C]_obscure\f[R] is set to \f[C]pass\f[R], rclone will
obscure the \f[C]pass\f[R] parameter before creating the backend (which
is required for sftp backends).
.PP
The program can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make
the \f[C]user\f[R] be \f[C]user\[at]example.com\f[R] and then set the
\f[C]host\f[R] to \f[C]example.com\f[R] in the output and the user to
\f[C]user\f[R].
For security you\[aq]d probably want to restrict the \f[C]host\f[R] to a
limited list.
.PP
Note that an internal cache is keyed on \f[C]user\f[R] so only use that
for configuration, don\[aq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R] or \f[C]public_key\f[R].
This also means that if a user\[aq]s password or public-key is changed
the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes
effect.
.PP
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
that rclone supports.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default \[dq]localhost:2121\[dq])
      --auth-proxy string                      A program to use to create the backend from the auth
      --cert string                            TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for ftp
      --key string                             TLS PEM Private key
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --pass string                            Password for authentication (empty value allow every password)
      --passive-port string                    Passive port range to use (default \[dq]30000-32000\[dq])
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --public-ip string                       Public IP address to advertise for passive connections
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --user string                            User name for authentication (default \[dq]anonymous\[dq])
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone serve http
.PP
Serve the remote over HTTP.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Run a basic web server to serve a remote over HTTP.
This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a remote of type
http read from it.
.PP
You can use the filter flags (e.g.
\f[C]--include\f[R], \f[C]--exclude\f[R]) to control what is served.
.PP
The server will log errors.
Use \f[C]-v\f[R] to see access logs.
.PP
\f[C]--bwlimit\f[R] will be respected for file transfers.
Use \f[C]--stats\f[R] to control the stats printing.
.SS Server options
.PP
Use \f[C]--addr\f[R] to specify which IP address and port the server
should listen on, eg \f[C]--addr 1.2.3.4:8000\f[R] or
\f[C]--addr :8080\f[R] to listen to all IPs.
By default it only listens on localhost.
You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
.PP
If you set \f[C]--addr\f[R] to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP
address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for
info.
.PP
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to
\f[C]unix:///path/to/socket\f[R] or just by using an absolute path name.
Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to
be done with file system permissions.
.PP
\f[C]--addr\f[R] may be repeated to listen on multiple
IPs/ports/sockets.
.PP
\f[C]--server-read-timeout\f[R] and \f[C]--server-write-timeout\f[R] can
be used to control the timeouts on the server.
Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
.PP
\f[C]--max-header-bytes\f[R] controls the maximum number of bytes the
server will accept in the HTTP header.
.PP
\f[C]--baseurl\f[R] controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from.
By default rclone will serve from the root.
If you used \f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] then rclone would
serve from a URL starting with \[dq]/rclone/\[dq].
This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve.
Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing \[dq]/\[dq] on
\f[C]--baseurl\f[R], so \f[C]--baseurl \[dq]rclone\[dq]\f[R],
\f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] and
\f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone/\[dq]\f[R] are all treated identically.
.SS TLS (SSL)
.PP
By default this will serve over http.
If you want you can serve over https.
You will need to supply the \f[C]--cert\f[R] and \f[C]--key\f[R] flags.
If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need
to supply \f[C]--client-ca\f[R] also.
.PP
\f[C]--cert\f[R] should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a
concatenation of that with the CA certificate.
\f[C]--key\f[R] should be the PEM encoded private key and
\f[C]--client-ca\f[R] should be the PEM encoded client certificate
authority certificate.
.PP
--min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable.
Valid values are \[dq]tls1.0\[dq], \[dq]tls1.1\[dq], \[dq]tls1.2\[dq]
and \[dq]tls1.3\[dq] (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq]).
.SS Template
.PP
\f[C]--template\f[R] allows a user to specify a custom markup template
for HTTP and WebDAV serve functions.
The server exports the following markup to be used within the template
to server pages:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
T{
Parameter
T}@T{
Description
T}
_
T{
\&.Name
T}@T{
The full path of a file/directory.
T}
T{
\&.Title
T}@T{
Directory listing of .Name
T}
T{
\&.Sort
T}@T{
The current sort used.
This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
T}
T{
T}@T{
Sort Options: namedirfirst,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)
T}
T{
\&.Order
T}@T{
The current ordering used.
This is changeable via ?order= parameter
T}
T{
T}@T{
Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)
T}
T{
\&.Query
T}@T{
Currently unused.
T}
T{
\&.Breadcrumb
T}@T{
Allows for creating a relative navigation
T}
T{
-- .Link
T}@T{
The relative to the root link of the Text.
T}
T{
-- .Text
T}@T{
The Name of the directory.
T}
T{
\&.Entries
T}@T{
Information about a specific file/directory.
T}
T{
-- .URL
T}@T{
The \[aq]url\[aq] of an entry.
T}
T{
-- .Leaf
T}@T{
Currently same as \[aq]URL\[aq] but intended to be \[aq]just\[aq] the
name.
T}
T{
-- .IsDir
T}@T{
Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
T}
T{
-- .Size
T}@T{
Size in Bytes of the entry.
T}
T{
-- .ModTime
T}@T{
The UTC timestamp of an entry.
T}
.TE
.PP
The server also makes the following functions available so that they can
be used within the template.
These functions help extend the options for dynamic rendering of HTML.
They can be used to render HTML based on specific conditions.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
T{
Function
T}@T{
Description
T}
_
T{
afterEpoch
T}@T{
Returns the time since the epoch for the given time.
T}
T{
contains
T}@T{
Checks whether a given substring is present or not in a given string.
T}
T{
hasPrefix
T}@T{
Checks whether the given string begins with the specified prefix.
T}
T{
hasSuffix
T}@T{
Checks whether the given string end with the specified suffix.
T}
.TE
.SS Authentication
.PP
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
.PP
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set
a single username and password with the \f[C]--user\f[R] and
\f[C]--pass\f[R] flags.
.PP
If no static users are configured by either of the above methods, and
client certificates are required by the \f[C]--client-ca\f[R] flag
passed to the server, the client certificate common name will be
considered as the username.
.PP
Use \f[C]--htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd\f[R] to provide an htpasswd file.
This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for
basic authentication.
Bcrypt is recommended.
.PP
To create an htpasswd file:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
.PP
Use \f[C]--realm\f[R] to set the authentication realm.
.PP
Use \f[C]--salt\f[R] to change the password hashing salt from the
default.
## VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.SS Auth Proxy
.PP
If you supply the parameter \f[C]--auth-proxy /path/to/program\f[R] then
rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then
are used to authenticate incoming requests.
This uses a simple JSON based protocol with input on STDIN and output on
STDOUT.
.PP
\f[B]PLEASE NOTE:\f[R] \f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] and
\f[C]--authorized-keys\f[R] cannot be used together, if
\f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] is set the authorized keys option will be
ignored.
.PP
There is an example program
bin/test_proxy.py (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/bin/test_proxy.py)
in the rclone source code.
.PP
The program\[aq]s job is to take a \f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R] on
the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON
format.
This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but
it won\[aq]t use configuration from environment variables or command
line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete
config.
.PP
This config generated must have this extra parameter - \f[C]_root\f[R] -
root to use for the backend
.PP
And it may have this parameter - \f[C]_obscure\f[R] - comma separated
strings for parameters to obscure
.PP
If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]pass\[dq]: \[dq]mypassword\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]public_key\[dq]: \[dq]AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And as an example return this on STDOUT
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]type\[dq]: \[dq]sftp\[dq],
    \[dq]_root\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
    \[dq]_obscure\[dq]: \[dq]pass\[dq],
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]pass\[dq]: \[dq]mypassword\[dq],
    \[dq]host\[dq]: \[dq]sftp.example.com\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R]/\f[C]public_key\f[R] returned in the
output to the host given.
Note that since \f[C]_obscure\f[R] is set to \f[C]pass\f[R], rclone will
obscure the \f[C]pass\f[R] parameter before creating the backend (which
is required for sftp backends).
.PP
The program can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make
the \f[C]user\f[R] be \f[C]user\[at]example.com\f[R] and then set the
\f[C]host\f[R] to \f[C]example.com\f[R] in the output and the user to
\f[C]user\f[R].
For security you\[aq]d probably want to restrict the \f[C]host\f[R] to a
limited list.
.PP
Note that an internal cache is keyed on \f[C]user\f[R] so only use that
for configuration, don\[aq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R] or \f[C]public_key\f[R].
This also means that if a user\[aq]s password or public-key is changed
the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes
effect.
.PP
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
that rclone supports.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr stringArray                       IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [127.0.0.1:8080])
      --allow-origin string                    Origin which cross-domain request (CORS) can be executed from
      --auth-proxy string                      A program to use to create the backend from the auth
      --baseurl string                         Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
      --cert string                            TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
      --client-ca string                       Client certificate authority to verify clients with
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for http
      --htpasswd string                        A htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
      --key string                             TLS PEM Private key
      --max-header-bytes int                   Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
      --min-tls-version string                 Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq])
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --pass string                            Password for authentication
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --realm string                           Realm for authentication
      --salt string                            Password hashing salt (default \[dq]dlPL2MqE\[dq])
      --server-read-timeout Duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
      --server-write-timeout Duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
      --template string                        User-specified template
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --user string                            User name for authentication
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone serve nfs
.PP
Serve the remote as an NFS mount
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Create an NFS server that serves the given remote over the network.
.PP
The primary purpose for this command is to enable mount
command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) on recent macOS
versions where installing FUSE is very cumbersome.
.PP
Since this is running on NFSv3, no authentication method is available.
Any client will be able to access the data.
To limit access, you can use serve NFS on loopback address and rely on
secure tunnels (such as SSH).
For this reason, by default, a random TCP port is chosen and loopback
interface is used for the listening address; meaning that it is only
available to the local machine.
If you want other machines to access the NFS mount over local network,
you need to specify the listening address and port using
\f[C]--addr\f[R] flag.
.PP
Modifying files through NFS protocol requires VFS caching.
Usually you will need to specify \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] in order to
be able to write to the mountpoint (full is recommended).
If you don\[aq]t specify VFS cache mode, the mount will be read-only.
Note also that \f[C]--nfs-cache-handle-limit\f[R] controls the maximum
number of cached file handles stored by the caching handler.
This should not be set too low or you may experience errors when trying
to access files.
The default is \f[C]1000000\f[R], but consider lowering this limit if
the server\[aq]s system resource usage causes problems.
.PP
To serve NFS over the network use following command:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve nfs remote: --addr 0.0.0.0:$PORT --vfs-cache-mode=full
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
We specify a specific port that we can use in the mount command:
.PP
To mount the server under Linux/macOS, use the following command:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
mount -oport=$PORT,mountport=$PORT $HOSTNAME: path/to/mountpoint
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Where \f[C]$PORT\f[R] is the same port number we used in the serve nfs
command.
.PP
This feature is only available on Unix platforms.
.SS VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve nfs remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for nfs
      --nfs-cache-handle-limit int             max file handles cached simultaneously (min 5) (default 1000000)
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone serve restic
.PP
Serve the remote for restic\[aq]s REST API.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Run a basic web server to serve a remote over restic\[aq]s REST backend
API over HTTP.
This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage mechanism for cloud
providers that restic does not support directly.
.PP
Restic (https://restic.net/) is a command-line program for doing
backups.
.PP
The server will log errors.
Use -v to see access logs.
.PP
\f[C]--bwlimit\f[R] will be respected for file transfers.
Use \f[C]--stats\f[R] to control the stats printing.
.SS Setting up rclone for use by restic
.PP
First set up a remote for your chosen cloud
provider (https://rclone.org/docs/#configure).
.PP
Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example
\[dq]rclone lsd remote:\[dq].
You may have called the remote something other than \[dq]remote:\[dq] -
just substitute whatever you called it in the following instructions.
.PP
Now start the rclone restic server
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve restic -v remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Where you can replace \[dq]backup\[dq] in the above by whatever path in
the remote you wish to use.
.PP
By default this will serve on \[dq]localhost:8080\[dq] you can change
this with use of the \f[C]--addr\f[R] flag.
.PP
You might wish to start this server on boot.
.PP
Adding \f[C]--cache-objects=false\f[R] will cause rclone to stop caching
objects returned from the List call.
Caching is normally desirable as it speeds up downloading objects, saves
transactions and uses very little memory.
.SS Setting up restic to use rclone
.PP
Now you can follow the restic
instructions (http://restic.readthedocs.io/en/latest/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#rest-server)
on setting up restic.
.PP
Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with
rclone.
.PP
For the example above you will want to use
\[dq]http://localhost:8080/\[dq] as the URL for the REST server.
.PP
For example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/
$ export RESTIC_PASSWORD=yourpassword
$ restic init
created restic backend 8b1a4b56ae at rest:http://localhost:8080/

Please note that knowledge of your password is required to access
the repository. Losing your password means that your data is
irrecoverably lost.
$ restic backup /path/to/files/to/backup
scan [/path/to/files/to/backup]
scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00
[0:00] 100.00%  38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB  501 / 501 items  0 errors  ETA 0:00
duration: 0:00
snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Multiple repositories
.PP
Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories.
Do this by adding a directory name or path after the URL.
Note that these \f[B]must\f[R] end with /.
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/
# backup user1 stuff
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
# backup user2 stuff
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Private repositories
.PP
The\f[C]--private-repos\f[R] flag can be used to limit users to
repositories starting with a path of \f[C]/<username>/\f[R].
.SS Server options
.PP
Use \f[C]--addr\f[R] to specify which IP address and port the server
should listen on, eg \f[C]--addr 1.2.3.4:8000\f[R] or
\f[C]--addr :8080\f[R] to listen to all IPs.
By default it only listens on localhost.
You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
.PP
If you set \f[C]--addr\f[R] to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP
address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for
info.
.PP
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to
\f[C]unix:///path/to/socket\f[R] or just by using an absolute path name.
Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to
be done with file system permissions.
.PP
\f[C]--addr\f[R] may be repeated to listen on multiple
IPs/ports/sockets.
.PP
\f[C]--server-read-timeout\f[R] and \f[C]--server-write-timeout\f[R] can
be used to control the timeouts on the server.
Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
.PP
\f[C]--max-header-bytes\f[R] controls the maximum number of bytes the
server will accept in the HTTP header.
.PP
\f[C]--baseurl\f[R] controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from.
By default rclone will serve from the root.
If you used \f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] then rclone would
serve from a URL starting with \[dq]/rclone/\[dq].
This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve.
Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing \[dq]/\[dq] on
\f[C]--baseurl\f[R], so \f[C]--baseurl \[dq]rclone\[dq]\f[R],
\f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] and
\f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone/\[dq]\f[R] are all treated identically.
.SS TLS (SSL)
.PP
By default this will serve over http.
If you want you can serve over https.
You will need to supply the \f[C]--cert\f[R] and \f[C]--key\f[R] flags.
If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need
to supply \f[C]--client-ca\f[R] also.
.PP
\f[C]--cert\f[R] should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a
concatenation of that with the CA certificate.
\f[C]--key\f[R] should be the PEM encoded private key and
\f[C]--client-ca\f[R] should be the PEM encoded client certificate
authority certificate.
.PP
--min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable.
Valid values are \[dq]tls1.0\[dq], \[dq]tls1.1\[dq], \[dq]tls1.2\[dq]
and \[dq]tls1.3\[dq] (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq]).
.SS Authentication
.PP
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
.PP
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set
a single username and password with the \f[C]--user\f[R] and
\f[C]--pass\f[R] flags.
.PP
If no static users are configured by either of the above methods, and
client certificates are required by the \f[C]--client-ca\f[R] flag
passed to the server, the client certificate common name will be
considered as the username.
.PP
Use \f[C]--htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd\f[R] to provide an htpasswd file.
This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for
basic authentication.
Bcrypt is recommended.
.PP
To create an htpasswd file:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
.PP
Use \f[C]--realm\f[R] to set the authentication realm.
.PP
Use \f[C]--salt\f[R] to change the password hashing salt from the
default.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr stringArray                IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [127.0.0.1:8080])
      --allow-origin string             Origin which cross-domain request (CORS) can be executed from
      --append-only                     Disallow deletion of repository data
      --baseurl string                  Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
      --cache-objects                   Cache listed objects (default true)
      --cert string                     TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
      --client-ca string                Client certificate authority to verify clients with
  -h, --help                            help for restic
      --htpasswd string                 A htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
      --key string                      TLS PEM Private key
      --max-header-bytes int            Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
      --min-tls-version string          Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq])
      --pass string                     Password for authentication
      --private-repos                   Users can only access their private repo
      --realm string                    Realm for authentication
      --salt string                     Password hashing salt (default \[dq]dlPL2MqE\[dq])
      --server-read-timeout Duration    Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
      --server-write-timeout Duration   Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
      --stdio                           Run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
      --user string                     User name for authentication
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone serve s3
.PP
Serve remote:path over s3.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
\f[C]serve s3\f[R] implements a basic s3 server that serves a remote via
s3.
This can be viewed with an s3 client, or you can make an s3 type
remote (https://rclone.org/s3/) to read and write to it with rclone.
.PP
\f[C]serve s3\f[R] is considered \f[B]Experimental\f[R] so use with
care.
.PP
S3 server supports Signature Version 4 authentication.
Just use \f[C]--auth-key accessKey,secretKey\f[R] and set the
\f[C]Authorization\f[R] header correctly in the request.
(See the AWS
docs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html)).
.PP
\f[C]--auth-key\f[R] can be repeated for multiple auth pairs.
If \f[C]--auth-key\f[R] is not provided then \f[C]serve s3\f[R] will
allow anonymous access.
.PP
Please note that some clients may require HTTPS endpoints.
See the SSL docs for more information.
.PP
This command uses the VFS directory cache.
All the functionality will work with \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode off\f[R].
Using \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode full\f[R] (or \f[C]writes\f[R]) can be used
to cache objects locally to improve performance.
.PP
Use \f[C]--force-path-style=false\f[R] if you want to use the bucket
name as a part of the hostname (such as mybucket.local)
.PP
Use \f[C]--etag-hash\f[R] if you want to change the hash uses for the
\f[C]ETag\f[R].
Note that using anything other than \f[C]MD5\f[R] (the default) is
likely to cause problems for S3 clients which rely on the Etag being the
MD5.
.SS Quickstart
.PP
For a simple set up, to serve \f[C]remote:path\f[R] over s3, run the
server like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve s3 --auth-key ACCESS_KEY_ID,SECRET_ACCESS_KEY remote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will be compatible with an rclone remote which is defined like
this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[serves3]
type = s3
provider = Rclone
endpoint = http://127.0.0.1:8080/
access_key_id = ACCESS_KEY_ID
secret_access_key = SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
use_multipart_uploads = false
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that setting \f[C]disable_multipart_uploads = true\f[R] is to work
around a bug which will be fixed in due course.
.SS Bugs
.PP
When uploading multipart files \f[C]serve s3\f[R] holds all the parts in
memory (see #7453 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/7453)).
This is a limitaton of the library rclone uses for serving S3 and will
hopefully be fixed at some point.
.PP
Multipart server side copies do not work (see
#7454 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/7454)).
These take a very long time and eventually fail.
The default threshold for multipart server side copies is 5G which is
the maximum it can be, so files above this side will fail to be server
side copied.
.PP
For a current list of \f[C]serve s3\f[R] bugs see the serve
s3 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/labels/serve%20s3) bug category on
GitHub.
.SS Limitations
.PP
\f[C]serve s3\f[R] will treat all directories in the root as buckets and
ignore all files in the root.
You can use \f[C]CreateBucket\f[R] to create folders under the root, but
you can\[aq]t create empty folders under other folders not in the root.
.PP
When using \f[C]PutObject\f[R] or \f[C]DeleteObject\f[R], rclone will
automatically create or clean up empty folders.
If you don\[aq]t want to clean up empty folders automatically, use
\f[C]--no-cleanup\f[R].
.PP
When using \f[C]ListObjects\f[R], rclone will use \f[C]/\f[R] when the
delimiter is empty.
This reduces backend requests with no effect on most operations, but if
the delimiter is something other than \f[C]/\f[R] and empty, rclone will
do a full recursive search of the backend, which can take some time.
.PP
Versioning is not currently supported.
.PP
Metadata will only be saved in memory other than the rclone
\f[C]mtime\f[R] metadata which will be set as the modification time of
the file.
.SS Supported operations
.PP
\f[C]serve s3\f[R] currently supports the following operations.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bucket
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ListBuckets\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]CreateBucket\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]DeleteBucket\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Object
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]HeadObject\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ListObjects\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]GetObject\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]PutObject\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]DeleteObject\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]DeleteObjects\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]CreateMultipartUpload\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]CompleteMultipartUpload\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]AbortMultipartUpload\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]CopyObject\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]UploadPart\f[R]
.RE
.PP
Other operations will return error \f[C]Unimplemented\f[R].
.SS Server options
.PP
Use \f[C]--addr\f[R] to specify which IP address and port the server
should listen on, eg \f[C]--addr 1.2.3.4:8000\f[R] or
\f[C]--addr :8080\f[R] to listen to all IPs.
By default it only listens on localhost.
You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
.PP
If you set \f[C]--addr\f[R] to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP
address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for
info.
.PP
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to
\f[C]unix:///path/to/socket\f[R] or just by using an absolute path name.
Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to
be done with file system permissions.
.PP
\f[C]--addr\f[R] may be repeated to listen on multiple
IPs/ports/sockets.
.PP
\f[C]--server-read-timeout\f[R] and \f[C]--server-write-timeout\f[R] can
be used to control the timeouts on the server.
Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
.PP
\f[C]--max-header-bytes\f[R] controls the maximum number of bytes the
server will accept in the HTTP header.
.PP
\f[C]--baseurl\f[R] controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from.
By default rclone will serve from the root.
If you used \f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] then rclone would
serve from a URL starting with \[dq]/rclone/\[dq].
This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve.
Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing \[dq]/\[dq] on
\f[C]--baseurl\f[R], so \f[C]--baseurl \[dq]rclone\[dq]\f[R],
\f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] and
\f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone/\[dq]\f[R] are all treated identically.
.SS TLS (SSL)
.PP
By default this will serve over http.
If you want you can serve over https.
You will need to supply the \f[C]--cert\f[R] and \f[C]--key\f[R] flags.
If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need
to supply \f[C]--client-ca\f[R] also.
.PP
\f[C]--cert\f[R] should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a
concatenation of that with the CA certificate.
\f[C]--key\f[R] should be the PEM encoded private key and
\f[C]--client-ca\f[R] should be the PEM encoded client certificate
authority certificate.
.PP
--min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable.
Valid values are \[dq]tls1.0\[dq], \[dq]tls1.1\[dq], \[dq]tls1.2\[dq]
and \[dq]tls1.3\[dq] (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq]).
## VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve s3 remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr stringArray                       IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [127.0.0.1:8080])
      --allow-origin string                    Origin which cross-domain request (CORS) can be executed from
      --auth-key stringArray                   Set key pair for v4 authorization: access_key_id,secret_access_key
      --baseurl string                         Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
      --cert string                            TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
      --client-ca string                       Client certificate authority to verify clients with
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --etag-hash string                       Which hash to use for the ETag, or auto or blank for off (default \[dq]MD5\[dq])
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --force-path-style                       If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style (default true) (default true)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for s3
      --key string                             TLS PEM Private key
      --max-header-bytes int                   Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
      --min-tls-version string                 Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq])
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-cleanup                             Not to cleanup empty folder after object is deleted
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --server-read-timeout Duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
      --server-write-timeout Duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone serve sftp
.PP
Serve the remote over SFTP.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Run an SFTP server to serve a remote over SFTP.
This can be used with an SFTP client or you can make a remote of type
sftp to use with it.
.PP
You can use the filter flags (e.g.
\f[C]--include\f[R], \f[C]--exclude\f[R]) to control what is served.
.PP
The server will respond to a small number of shell commands, mainly
md5sum, sha1sum and df, which enable it to provide support for checksums
and the about feature when accessed from an sftp remote.
.PP
Note that this server uses standard 32 KiB packet payload size, which
means you must not configure the client to expect anything else, e.g.
with the chunk_size (https://rclone.org/sftp/#sftp-chunk-size) option on
an sftp remote.
.PP
The server will log errors.
Use \f[C]-v\f[R] to see access logs.
.PP
\f[C]--bwlimit\f[R] will be respected for file transfers.
Use \f[C]--stats\f[R] to control the stats printing.
.PP
You must provide some means of authentication, either with
\f[C]--user\f[R]/\f[C]--pass\f[R], an authorized keys file (specify
location with \f[C]--authorized-keys\f[R] - the default is the same as
ssh), an \f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R], or set the \f[C]--no-auth\f[R] flag for
no authentication when logging in.
.PP
If you don\[aq]t supply a host \f[C]--key\f[R] then rclone will generate
rsa, ecdsa and ed25519 variants, and cache them for later use in
rclone\[aq]s cache directory (see \f[C]rclone help flags cache-dir\f[R])
in the \[dq]serve-sftp\[dq] directory.
.PP
By default the server binds to localhost:2022 - if you want it to be
reachable externally then supply \f[C]--addr :2022\f[R] for example.
.PP
Note that the default of \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode off\f[R] is fine for the
rclone sftp backend, but it may not be with other SFTP clients.
.PP
If \f[C]--stdio\f[R] is specified, rclone will serve SFTP over stdio,
which can be used with sshd via \[ti]/.ssh/authorized_keys, for example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
restrict,command=\[dq]rclone serve sftp --stdio ./photos\[dq] ssh-rsa ...
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
On the client you need to set \f[C]--transfers 1\f[R] when using
\f[C]--stdio\f[R].
Otherwise multiple instances of the rclone server are started by OpenSSH
which can lead to \[dq]corrupted on transfer\[dq] errors.
This is the case because the client chooses indiscriminately which
server to send commands to while the servers all have different views of
the state of the filing system.
.PP
The \[dq]restrict\[dq] in authorized_keys prevents SHA1SUMs and MD5SUMs
from being used.
Omitting \[dq]restrict\[dq] and using \f[C]--sftp-path-override\f[R] to
enable checksumming is possible but less secure and you could use the
SFTP server provided by OpenSSH in this case.
.SS VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.SS Auth Proxy
.PP
If you supply the parameter \f[C]--auth-proxy /path/to/program\f[R] then
rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then
are used to authenticate incoming requests.
This uses a simple JSON based protocol with input on STDIN and output on
STDOUT.
.PP
\f[B]PLEASE NOTE:\f[R] \f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] and
\f[C]--authorized-keys\f[R] cannot be used together, if
\f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] is set the authorized keys option will be
ignored.
.PP
There is an example program
bin/test_proxy.py (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/bin/test_proxy.py)
in the rclone source code.
.PP
The program\[aq]s job is to take a \f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R] on
the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON
format.
This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but
it won\[aq]t use configuration from environment variables or command
line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete
config.
.PP
This config generated must have this extra parameter - \f[C]_root\f[R] -
root to use for the backend
.PP
And it may have this parameter - \f[C]_obscure\f[R] - comma separated
strings for parameters to obscure
.PP
If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]pass\[dq]: \[dq]mypassword\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]public_key\[dq]: \[dq]AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And as an example return this on STDOUT
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]type\[dq]: \[dq]sftp\[dq],
    \[dq]_root\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
    \[dq]_obscure\[dq]: \[dq]pass\[dq],
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]pass\[dq]: \[dq]mypassword\[dq],
    \[dq]host\[dq]: \[dq]sftp.example.com\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R]/\f[C]public_key\f[R] returned in the
output to the host given.
Note that since \f[C]_obscure\f[R] is set to \f[C]pass\f[R], rclone will
obscure the \f[C]pass\f[R] parameter before creating the backend (which
is required for sftp backends).
.PP
The program can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make
the \f[C]user\f[R] be \f[C]user\[at]example.com\f[R] and then set the
\f[C]host\f[R] to \f[C]example.com\f[R] in the output and the user to
\f[C]user\f[R].
For security you\[aq]d probably want to restrict the \f[C]host\f[R] to a
limited list.
.PP
Note that an internal cache is keyed on \f[C]user\f[R] so only use that
for configuration, don\[aq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R] or \f[C]public_key\f[R].
This also means that if a user\[aq]s password or public-key is changed
the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes
effect.
.PP
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
that rclone supports.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default \[dq]localhost:2022\[dq])
      --auth-proxy string                      A program to use to create the backend from the auth
      --authorized-keys string                 Authorized keys file (default \[dq]\[ti]/.ssh/authorized_keys\[dq])
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for sftp
      --key stringArray                        SSH private host key file (Can be multi-valued, leave blank to auto generate)
      --no-auth                                Allow connections with no authentication if set
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --pass string                            Password for authentication
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --stdio                                  Run an sftp server on stdin/stdout
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --user string                            User name for authentication
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone serve webdav
.PP
Serve remote:path over WebDAV.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Run a basic WebDAV server to serve a remote over HTTP via the WebDAV
protocol.
This can be viewed with a WebDAV client, through a web browser, or you
can make a remote of type WebDAV to read and write it.
.SS WebDAV options
.SS --etag-hash
.PP
This controls the ETag header.
Without this flag the ETag will be based on the ModTime and Size of the
object.
.PP
If this flag is set to \[dq]auto\[dq] then rclone will choose the first
supported hash on the backend or you can use a named hash such as
\[dq]MD5\[dq] or \[dq]SHA-1\[dq].
Use the hashsum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_hashsum/) command to
see the full list.
.SS Access WebDAV on Windows
.PP
WebDAV shared folder can be mapped as a drive on Windows, however the
default settings prevent it.
Windows will fail to connect to the server using insecure Basic
authentication.
It will not even display any login dialog.
Windows requires SSL / HTTPS connection to be used with Basic.
If you try to connect via Add Network Location Wizard you will get the
following error: \[dq]The folder you entered does not appear to be
valid.
Please choose another\[dq].
However, you still can connect if you set the following registry key on
a client machine: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINEto 2.
The BasicAuthLevel can be set to the following values: 0 - Basic
authentication disabled 1 - Basic authentication enabled for SSL
connections only 2 - Basic authentication enabled for SSL connections
and for non-SSL connections If required, increase the
FileSizeLimitInBytes to a higher value.
Navigate to the Services interface, then restart the WebClient service.
.SS Access Office applications on WebDAV
.PP
Navigate to following registry HKEY_CURRENT_USER[14.0/15.0/16.0] Create
a new DWORD BasicAuthLevel with value 2.
0 - Basic authentication disabled 1 - Basic authentication enabled for
SSL connections only 2 - Basic authentication enabled for SSL and for
non-SSL connections
.PP
https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/office/troubleshoot/powerpoint/office-opens-blank-from-sharepoint
.SS Server options
.PP
Use \f[C]--addr\f[R] to specify which IP address and port the server
should listen on, eg \f[C]--addr 1.2.3.4:8000\f[R] or
\f[C]--addr :8080\f[R] to listen to all IPs.
By default it only listens on localhost.
You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
.PP
If you set \f[C]--addr\f[R] to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP
address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for
info.
.PP
You can use a unix socket by setting the url to
\f[C]unix:///path/to/socket\f[R] or just by using an absolute path name.
Note that unix sockets bypass the authentication - this is expected to
be done with file system permissions.
.PP
\f[C]--addr\f[R] may be repeated to listen on multiple
IPs/ports/sockets.
.PP
\f[C]--server-read-timeout\f[R] and \f[C]--server-write-timeout\f[R] can
be used to control the timeouts on the server.
Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
.PP
\f[C]--max-header-bytes\f[R] controls the maximum number of bytes the
server will accept in the HTTP header.
.PP
\f[C]--baseurl\f[R] controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from.
By default rclone will serve from the root.
If you used \f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] then rclone would
serve from a URL starting with \[dq]/rclone/\[dq].
This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve.
Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing \[dq]/\[dq] on
\f[C]--baseurl\f[R], so \f[C]--baseurl \[dq]rclone\[dq]\f[R],
\f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone\[dq]\f[R] and
\f[C]--baseurl \[dq]/rclone/\[dq]\f[R] are all treated identically.
.SS TLS (SSL)
.PP
By default this will serve over http.
If you want you can serve over https.
You will need to supply the \f[C]--cert\f[R] and \f[C]--key\f[R] flags.
If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need
to supply \f[C]--client-ca\f[R] also.
.PP
\f[C]--cert\f[R] should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a
concatenation of that with the CA certificate.
\f[C]--key\f[R] should be the PEM encoded private key and
\f[C]--client-ca\f[R] should be the PEM encoded client certificate
authority certificate.
.PP
--min-tls-version is minimum TLS version that is acceptable.
Valid values are \[dq]tls1.0\[dq], \[dq]tls1.1\[dq], \[dq]tls1.2\[dq]
and \[dq]tls1.3\[dq] (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq]).
.SS Template
.PP
\f[C]--template\f[R] allows a user to specify a custom markup template
for HTTP and WebDAV serve functions.
The server exports the following markup to be used within the template
to server pages:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
T{
Parameter
T}@T{
Description
T}
_
T{
\&.Name
T}@T{
The full path of a file/directory.
T}
T{
\&.Title
T}@T{
Directory listing of .Name
T}
T{
\&.Sort
T}@T{
The current sort used.
This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
T}
T{
T}@T{
Sort Options: namedirfirst,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)
T}
T{
\&.Order
T}@T{
The current ordering used.
This is changeable via ?order= parameter
T}
T{
T}@T{
Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)
T}
T{
\&.Query
T}@T{
Currently unused.
T}
T{
\&.Breadcrumb
T}@T{
Allows for creating a relative navigation
T}
T{
-- .Link
T}@T{
The relative to the root link of the Text.
T}
T{
-- .Text
T}@T{
The Name of the directory.
T}
T{
\&.Entries
T}@T{
Information about a specific file/directory.
T}
T{
-- .URL
T}@T{
The \[aq]url\[aq] of an entry.
T}
T{
-- .Leaf
T}@T{
Currently same as \[aq]URL\[aq] but intended to be \[aq]just\[aq] the
name.
T}
T{
-- .IsDir
T}@T{
Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
T}
T{
-- .Size
T}@T{
Size in Bytes of the entry.
T}
T{
-- .ModTime
T}@T{
The UTC timestamp of an entry.
T}
.TE
.PP
The server also makes the following functions available so that they can
be used within the template.
These functions help extend the options for dynamic rendering of HTML.
They can be used to render HTML based on specific conditions.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
T{
Function
T}@T{
Description
T}
_
T{
afterEpoch
T}@T{
Returns the time since the epoch for the given time.
T}
T{
contains
T}@T{
Checks whether a given substring is present or not in a given string.
T}
T{
hasPrefix
T}@T{
Checks whether the given string begins with the specified prefix.
T}
T{
hasSuffix
T}@T{
Checks whether the given string end with the specified suffix.
T}
.TE
.SS Authentication
.PP
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
.PP
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set
a single username and password with the \f[C]--user\f[R] and
\f[C]--pass\f[R] flags.
.PP
If no static users are configured by either of the above methods, and
client certificates are required by the \f[C]--client-ca\f[R] flag
passed to the server, the client certificate common name will be
considered as the username.
.PP
Use \f[C]--htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd\f[R] to provide an htpasswd file.
This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for
basic authentication.
Bcrypt is recommended.
.PP
To create an htpasswd file:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
.PP
Use \f[C]--realm\f[R] to set the authentication realm.
.PP
Use \f[C]--salt\f[R] to change the password hashing salt from the
default.
## VFS - Virtual File System
.PP
This command uses the VFS layer.
This adapts the cloud storage objects that rclone uses into something
which looks much more like a disk filing system.
.PP
Cloud storage objects have lots of properties which aren\[aq]t like disk
files - you can\[aq]t extend them or write to the middle of them, so the
VFS layer has to deal with that.
Because there is no one right way of doing this there are various
options explained below.
.PP
The VFS layer also implements a directory cache - this caches info about
files and directories (but not the data) in memory.
.SS VFS Directory Cache
.PP
Using the \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] flag, you can control how long a
directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
backend.
Changes made through the VFS will appear immediately or invalidate the
cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--dir-cache-time duration   Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--poll-interval duration    Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable (default 1m0s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, changes made directly on the cloud storage by the web interface
or a different copy of rclone will only be picked up once the directory
cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
changes.
If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up within the
polling interval.
.PP
You can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it to flush all
directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache
like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc
to flush the whole directory cache:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or individual files or directories:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS File Buffering
.PP
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] flag determines the amount of memory, that
will be used to buffer data in advance.
.PP
Each open file will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory
at all times.
The buffered data is bound to one open file and won\[aq]t be shared.
.PP
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per open file.
The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not
yet read.
If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used.
.PP
The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
\f[C]--buffer-size * open files\f[R].
.SS VFS File Caching
.PP
These flags control the VFS file caching options.
File caching is necessary to make the VFS layer appear compatible with a
normal file system.
It can be disabled at the cost of some compatibility.
.PP
For example you\[aq]ll need to enable VFS caching if you want to read
and write simultaneously to a file.
See below for more details.
.PP
Note that the VFS cache is separate from the cache backend and you may
find that you need one or the other or both.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode             Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration           Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix        Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix  Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration     Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
--vfs-write-back duration              Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If run with \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will print the location of the file
cache.
The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent
but can be controlled with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] or setting the
appropriate environment variable.
.PP
The cache has 4 different modes selected by \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R].
The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost
of using disk space.
.PP
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed
and if they haven\[aq]t been accessed for \f[C]--vfs-write-back\f[R]
seconds.
If rclone is quit or dies with files that haven\[aq]t been uploaded,
these will be uploaded next time rclone is run with the same flags.
.PP
If using \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] note that the cache may exceed these
quotas for two reasons.
Firstly because it is only checked every
\f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval\f[R].
Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
When \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-size\f[R] is exceeded, rclone will attempt to
evict the least accessed files from the cache first.
rclone will start with files that haven\[aq]t been accessed for the
longest.
This cache flushing strategy is efficient and more relevant files are
likely to remain cached.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-age\f[R] will evict files from the cache after
the set time since last access has passed.
The default value of 1 hour will start evicting files from cache that
haven\[aq]t been accessed for 1 hour.
When a cached file is accessed the 1 hour timer is reset to 0 and will
wait for 1 more hour before evicting.
Specify the time with standard notation, s, m, h, d, w .
.PP
You \f[B]should not\f[R] run two copies of rclone using the same VFS
cache with the same or overlapping remotes if using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode > off\f[R].
This can potentially cause data corruption if you do.
You can work around this by giving each rclone its own cache hierarchy
with \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R].
You don\[aq]t need to worry about this if the remotes in use don\[aq]t
overlap.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode off
.PP
In this mode (the default) the cache will read directly from the remote
and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
.PP
This will mean some operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files can\[aq]t be opened for both read AND write
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only
.IP \[bu] 2
Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode minimal
.PP
This is very similar to \[dq]off\[dq] except that files opened for read
AND write will be buffered to disk.
This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible,
but uses the minimal disk space.
.PP
These operations are not possible
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only can\[aq]t be seeked
.IP \[bu] 2
Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set
.IP \[bu] 2
Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
If an upload fails it can\[aq]t be retried
.SS --vfs-cache-mode writes
.PP
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the
remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
.PP
If an upload fails it will be retried at exponentially increasing
intervals up to 1 minute.
.SS --vfs-cache-mode full
.PP
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.
When data is read from the remote this is buffered to disk as well.
.PP
In this mode the files in the cache will be sparse files and rclone will
keep track of which bits of the files it has downloaded.
.PP
So if an application only reads the starts of each file, then rclone
will only buffer the start of the file.
These files will appear to be their full size in the cache, but they
will be sparse files with only the data that has been downloaded present
in them.
.PP
This mode should support all normal file system operations and is
otherwise identical to \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes.
.PP
When reading a file rclone will read \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] plus
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] bytes ahead.
The \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is buffered in memory whereas the
\f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is buffered on disk.
.PP
When using this mode it is recommended that \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] is
not set too large and \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] is set large if
required.
.PP
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] not all file systems support sparse files.
In particular FAT/exFAT do not.
Rclone will perform very badly if the cache directory is on a filesystem
which doesn\[aq]t support sparse files and it will log an ERROR message
if one is detected.
.SS Fingerprinting
.PP
Various parts of the VFS use fingerprinting to see if a local file copy
has changed relative to a remote file.
Fingerprints are made from:
.IP \[bu] 2
size
.IP \[bu] 2
modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
hash
.PP
where available on an object.
.PP
On some backends some of these attributes are slow to read (they take an
extra API call per object, or extra work per object).
.PP
For example \f[C]hash\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]local\f[R] and
\f[C]sftp\f[R] backends as they have to read the entire file and hash
it, and \f[C]modtime\f[R] is slow with the \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]swift\f[R], \f[C]ftp\f[R] and \f[C]qinqstor\f[R] backends because
they need to do an extra API call to fetch it.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] flag then rclone will
not include the slow operations in the fingerprint.
This makes the fingerprinting less accurate but much faster and will
improve the opening time of cached files.
.PP
If you are running a vfs cache over \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] or
\f[C]swift\f[R] backends then using this flag is recommended.
.PP
Note that if you change the value of this flag, the fingerprints of the
files in the cache may be invalidated and the files will need to be
downloaded again.
.SS VFS Chunked Reading
.PP
When rclone reads files from a remote it reads them in chunks.
This means that rather than requesting the whole file rclone reads the
chunk specified.
This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting
only chunks from the remote that are actually read, at the cost of an
increased number of requests.
.PP
These flags control the chunking:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix        Read the source objects in chunks (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix  Max chunk doubling size (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will start reading a chunk of size
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], and then double the size for each read.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] is specified, and greater
than \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R], the chunk size for each open file
will get doubled only until the specified value is reached.
If the value is \[dq]off\[dq], which is the default, the limit is
disabled and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
.PP
With \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size 100M\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0\f[R] the following parts will be
downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on.
When \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M\f[R] is specified, the result
would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so
on.
.PP
Setting \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] to \f[C]0\f[R] or \[dq]off\[dq]
disables chunked reading.
.SS VFS Performance
.PP
These flags may be used to enable/disable features of the VFS for
performance or other reasons.
See also the chunked reading feature.
.PP
In particular S3 and Swift benefit hugely from the
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] flag (or use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] for a
slightly different effect) as each read of the modification time takes a
transaction.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--no-checksum     Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime      Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek         Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files.
--read-only       Only allow read-only access.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sometimes rclone is delivered reads or writes out of order.
Rather than seeking rclone will wait a short time for the in sequence
read or write to come in.
These flags only come into effect when not using an on disk cache file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-read-wait duration   Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
--vfs-write-wait duration  Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When using VFS write caching (\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] with value
writes or full), the global flag \f[C]--transfers\f[R] can be set to
adjust the number of parallel uploads of modified files from the cache
(the related global flag \f[C]--checkers\f[R] has no effect on the VFS).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--transfers int  Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS VFS Case Sensitivity
.PP
Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
.PP
File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
query.
It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
case.
.PP
Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive.
It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not
the default.
.PP
The \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] VFS flag controls how rclone
handles these two cases.
If its value is \[dq]false\[dq], rclone passes file names to the remote
as-is.
If the flag is \[dq]true\[dq] (or appears without a value on the command
line), rclone may perform a \[dq]fixup\[dq] as explained below.
.PP
The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
different than what is stored on the remote.
If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
name.
This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
the underlying remote.
.PP
Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system presented by
rclone (the source).
The flag controls whether \[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed to satisfy the
target.
.PP
If the flag is not provided on the command line, then its default value
depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[dq]true\[dq] on
Windows and macOS, \[dq]false\[dq] otherwise.
If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[dq]true\[dq].
.PP
The \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag controls whether a similar
\[dq]fixup\[dq] is performed for filenames that differ but are
canonically
equivalent (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_equivalence) with
respect to unicode.
Unicode normalization can be particularly helpful for users of macOS,
which prefers form NFD instead of the NFC used by most other platforms.
It is therefore highly recommended to keep the default of
\f[C]false\f[R] on macOS, to avoid encoding compatibility issues.
.PP
In the (probably unlikely) event that a directory has multiple duplicate
filenames after applying case and unicode normalization, the
\f[C]--vfs-block-norm-dupes\f[R] flag allows hiding these duplicates.
This comes with a performance tradeoff, as rclone will have to scan the
entire directory for duplicates when listing a directory.
For this reason, it is recommended to leave this disabled if not needed.
However, macOS users may wish to consider using it, as otherwise, if a
remote directory contains both NFC and NFD versions of the same
filename, an odd situation will occur: both versions of the file will be
visible in the mount, and both will appear to be editable, however,
editing either version will actually result in only the NFD version
getting edited under the hood.
\f[C]--vfs-block- norm-dupes\f[R] prevents this confusion by detecting
this scenario, hiding the duplicates, and logging an error, similar to
how this is handled in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS VFS Disk Options
.PP
This flag allows you to manually set the statistics about the filing
system.
It can be useful when those statistics cannot be read correctly
automatically.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--vfs-disk-space-total-size    Manually set the total disk space size (example: 256G, default: -1)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alternate report of used bytes
.PP
Some backends, most notably S3, do not report the amount of bytes used.
If you need this information to be available when running \f[C]df\f[R]
on the filesystem, then pass the flag \f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to
rclone.
With this flag set, instead of relying on the backend to report this
information, rclone will scan the whole remote similar to
\f[C]rclone size\f[R] and compute the total used space itself.
.PP
\f[I]WARNING.\f[R] Contrary to \f[C]rclone size\f[R], this flag ignores
filters so that the result is accurate.
However, this is very inefficient and may cost lots of API calls
resulting in extra charges.
Use it as a last resort and only with caching.
.SS Auth Proxy
.PP
If you supply the parameter \f[C]--auth-proxy /path/to/program\f[R] then
rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then
are used to authenticate incoming requests.
This uses a simple JSON based protocol with input on STDIN and output on
STDOUT.
.PP
\f[B]PLEASE NOTE:\f[R] \f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] and
\f[C]--authorized-keys\f[R] cannot be used together, if
\f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] is set the authorized keys option will be
ignored.
.PP
There is an example program
bin/test_proxy.py (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/bin/test_proxy.py)
in the rclone source code.
.PP
The program\[aq]s job is to take a \f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R] on
the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON
format.
This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but
it won\[aq]t use configuration from environment variables or command
line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete
config.
.PP
This config generated must have this extra parameter - \f[C]_root\f[R] -
root to use for the backend
.PP
And it may have this parameter - \f[C]_obscure\f[R] - comma separated
strings for parameters to obscure
.PP
If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]pass\[dq]: \[dq]mypassword\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]public_key\[dq]: \[dq]AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And as an example return this on STDOUT
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]type\[dq]: \[dq]sftp\[dq],
    \[dq]_root\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
    \[dq]_obscure\[dq]: \[dq]pass\[dq],
    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
    \[dq]pass\[dq]: \[dq]mypassword\[dq],
    \[dq]host\[dq]: \[dq]sftp.example.com\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R]/\f[C]public_key\f[R] returned in the
output to the host given.
Note that since \f[C]_obscure\f[R] is set to \f[C]pass\f[R], rclone will
obscure the \f[C]pass\f[R] parameter before creating the backend (which
is required for sftp backends).
.PP
The program can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make
the \f[C]user\f[R] be \f[C]user\[at]example.com\f[R] and then set the
\f[C]host\f[R] to \f[C]example.com\f[R] in the output and the user to
\f[C]user\f[R].
For security you\[aq]d probably want to restrict the \f[C]host\f[R] to a
limited list.
.PP
Note that an internal cache is keyed on \f[C]user\f[R] so only use that
for configuration, don\[aq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R] or \f[C]public_key\f[R].
This also means that if a user\[aq]s password or public-key is changed
the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes
effect.
.PP
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
that rclone supports.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --addr stringArray                       IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [127.0.0.1:8080])
      --allow-origin string                    Origin which cross-domain request (CORS) can be executed from
      --auth-proxy string                      A program to use to create the backend from the auth
      --baseurl string                         Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
      --cert string                            TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
      --client-ca string                       Client certificate authority to verify clients with
      --dir-cache-time Duration                Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
      --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
      --disable-dir-list                       Disable HTML directory list on GET request for a directory
      --etag-hash string                       Which hash to use for the ETag, or auto or blank for off
      --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
      --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
  -h, --help                                   help for webdav
      --htpasswd string                        A htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
      --key string                             TLS PEM Private key
      --max-header-bytes int                   Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
      --min-tls-version string                 Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq])
      --no-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download
      --no-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up)
      --no-seek                                Don\[aq]t allow seeking in files
      --pass string                            Password for authentication
      --poll-interval Duration                 Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --read-only                              Only allow read-only access
      --realm string                           Realm for authentication
      --salt string                            Password hashing salt (default \[dq]dlPL2MqE\[dq])
      --server-read-timeout Duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
      --server-write-timeout Duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
      --template string                        User-specified template
      --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 1000)
      --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem (not supported on Windows) (default 2)
      --user string                            User name for authentication
      --vfs-block-norm-dupes                   If duplicate filenames exist in the same directory (after normalization), log an error and hide the duplicates (may have a performance cost)
      --vfs-cache-max-age Duration             Max time since last access of objects in the cache (default 1h0m0s)
      --vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix          Max total size of objects in the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-min-free-space SizeSuffix    Target minimum free space on the disk containing the cache (default off)
      --vfs-cache-mode CacheMode               Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
      --vfs-cache-poll-interval Duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects (default 1m0s)
      --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match
      --vfs-disk-space-total-size SizeSuffix   Specify the total space of disk (default off)
      --vfs-fast-fingerprint                   Use fast (less accurate) fingerprints for change detection
      --vfs-read-ahead SizeSuffix              Extra read ahead over --buffer-size when using cache-mode full
      --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks (default 128Mi)
      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached (\[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited) (default off)
      --vfs-read-wait Duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking (default 20ms)
      --vfs-refresh                            Refreshes the directory cache recursively in the background on start
      --vfs-used-is-size rclone size           Use the rclone size algorithm for Used size
      --vfs-write-back Duration                Time to writeback files after last use when using cache (default 5s)
      --vfs-write-wait Duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error (default 1s)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) - Serve a
remote over a protocol.
.SH rclone settier
.PP
Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported.
Few cloud storage services provides different storage classes on
objects, for example AWS S3 and Glacier, Azure Blob storage - Hot, Cool
and Archive, Google Cloud Storage, Regional Storage, Nearline, Coldline
etc.
.PP
Note that, certain tier changes make objects not available to access
immediately.
For example tiering to archive in azure blob storage makes objects in
frozen state, user can restore by setting tier to Hot/Cool, similarly S3
to Glacier makes object inaccessible.true
.PP
You can use it to tier single object
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone settier Cool remote:path/file
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or use rclone filters to set tier on only specific files
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --include \[dq]*.txt\[dq] settier Hot remote:path/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or just provide remote directory and all files in directory will be
tiered
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone settier tier remote:path/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for settier
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone test
.PP
Run a test command
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Rclone test is used to run test commands.
.PP
Select which test command you want with the subcommand, eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone test memory remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Be careful running these commands, they may do strange
things so reading their documentation first is recommended.
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for test
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test
changenotify (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test_changenotify/) -
Log any change notify requests for the remote passed in.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test
histogram (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test_histogram/) - Makes a
histogram of file name characters.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test info (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test_info/) -
Discovers file name or other limitations for paths.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test makefile (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test_makefile/)
- Make files with random contents of the size given
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test
makefiles (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test_makefiles/) - Make a
random file hierarchy in a directory
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test memory (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test_memory/) -
Load all the objects at remote:path into memory and report memory stats.
.SH rclone test changenotify
.PP
Log any change notify requests for the remote passed in.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone test changenotify remote: [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help                     help for changenotify
      --poll-interval Duration   Time to wait between polling for changes (default 10s)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test/) - Run a test
command
.SH rclone test histogram
.PP
Makes a histogram of file name characters.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
This command outputs JSON which shows the histogram of characters used
in filenames in the remote:path specified.
.PP
The data doesn\[aq]t contain any identifying information but is useful
for the rclone developers when developing filename compression.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone test histogram [remote:path] [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for histogram
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test/) - Run a test
command
.SH rclone test info
.PP
Discovers file name or other limitations for paths.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone info discovers what filenames and upload methods are possible to
write to the paths passed in and how long they can be.
It can take some time.
It will write test files into the remote:path passed in.
It outputs a bit of go code for each one.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] this can create undeletable files and other hazards - use
with care
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone test info [remote:path]+ [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --all                    Run all tests
      --check-base32768        Check can store all possible base32768 characters
      --check-control          Check control characters
      --check-length           Check max filename length
      --check-normalization    Check UTF-8 Normalization
      --check-streaming        Check uploads with indeterminate file size
  -h, --help                   help for info
      --upload-wait Duration   Wait after writing a file (default 0s)
      --write-json string      Write results to file
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test/) - Run a test
command
.SH rclone test makefile
.PP
Make files with random contents of the size given
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone test makefile <size> [<file>]+ [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --ascii      Fill files with random ASCII printable bytes only
      --chargen    Fill files with a ASCII chargen pattern
  -h, --help       help for makefile
      --pattern    Fill files with a periodic pattern
      --seed int   Seed for the random number generator (0 for random) (default 1)
      --sparse     Make the files sparse (appear to be filled with ASCII 0x00)
      --zero       Fill files with ASCII 0x00
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test/) - Run a test
command
.SH rclone test makefiles
.PP
Make a random file hierarchy in a directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone test makefiles <dir> [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --ascii                      Fill files with random ASCII printable bytes only
      --chargen                    Fill files with a ASCII chargen pattern
      --files int                  Number of files to create (default 1000)
      --files-per-directory int    Average number of files per directory (default 10)
  -h, --help                       help for makefiles
      --max-depth int              Maximum depth of directory hierarchy (default 10)
      --max-file-size SizeSuffix   Maximum size of files to create (default 100)
      --max-name-length int        Maximum size of file names (default 12)
      --min-file-size SizeSuffix   Minimum size of file to create
      --min-name-length int        Minimum size of file names (default 4)
      --pattern                    Fill files with a periodic pattern
      --seed int                   Seed for the random number generator (0 for random) (default 1)
      --sparse                     Make the files sparse (appear to be filled with ASCII 0x00)
      --zero                       Fill files with ASCII 0x00
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test/) - Run a test
command
.SH rclone test memory
.PP
Load all the objects at remote:path into memory and report memory stats.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone test memory remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help   help for memory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test/) - Run a test
command
.SH rclone touch
.PP
Create new file or change file modification time.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
Set the modification time on file(s) as specified by remote:path to have
the current time.
.PP
If remote:path does not exist then a zero sized file will be created,
unless \f[C]--no-create\f[R] or \f[C]--recursive\f[R] is provided.
.PP
If \f[C]--recursive\f[R] is used then recursively sets the modification
time on all existing files that is found under the path.
Filters are supported, and you can test with the \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or
the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] flag.
.PP
If \f[C]--timestamp\f[R] is used then sets the modification time to that
time instead of the current time.
Times may be specified as one of:
.IP \[bu] 2
\[aq]YYMMDD\[aq] - e.g.
17.10.30
.IP \[bu] 2
\[aq]YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS\[aq] - e.g.
2006-01-02T15:04:05
.IP \[bu] 2
\[aq]YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSS\[aq] - e.g.
2006-01-02T15:04:05.123456789
.PP
Note that value of \f[C]--timestamp\f[R] is in UTC.
If you want local time then add the \f[C]--localtime\f[R] flag.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone touch remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -h, --help               help for touch
      --localtime          Use localtime for timestamp, not UTC
  -C, --no-create          Do not create the file if it does not exist (implied with --recursive)
  -R, --recursive          Recursively touch all files
  -t, --timestamp string   Use specified time instead of the current time of day
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important Options
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SH rclone tree
.PP
List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
.SS Synopsis
.PP
rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the unix
tree command.
.PP
For example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone tree remote:path
/
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file1
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file2
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file3
\[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] subdir
    \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file4
    \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file5

1 directories, 5 files
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (e.g.
\f[C]--include\f[R] and \f[C]--exclude\f[R].
You can also use \f[C]--fast-list\f[R].
.PP
The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which are
compatible with the tree command, for example you can include file sizes
with \f[C]--size\f[R].
Note that not all of them have short options as they conflict with
rclone\[aq]s short options.
.PP
For a more interactive navigation of the remote see the
ncdu (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_ncdu/) command.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone tree remote:path [flags]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -a, --all             All files are listed (list . files too)
  -d, --dirs-only       List directories only
      --dirsfirst       List directories before files (-U disables)
      --full-path       Print the full path prefix for each file
  -h, --help            help for tree
      --level int       Descend only level directories deep
  -D, --modtime         Print the date of last modification.
      --noindent        Don\[aq]t print indentation lines
      --noreport        Turn off file/directory count at end of tree listing
  -o, --output string   Output to file instead of stdout
  -p, --protections     Print the protections for each file.
  -Q, --quote           Quote filenames with double quotes.
  -s, --size            Print the size in bytes of each file.
      --sort string     Select sort: name,version,size,mtime,ctime
      --sort-ctime      Sort files by last status change time
  -t, --sort-modtime    Sort files by last modification time
  -r, --sort-reverse    Reverse the order of the sort
  -U, --unsorted        Leave files unsorted
      --version         Sort files alphanumerically by version
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter Options
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing Options
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
not listed here.
.SH SEE ALSO
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) - Show help for rclone
commands, flags and backends.
.SS Copying single files
.PP
rclone normally syncs or copies directories.
However, if the source remote points to a file, rclone will just copy
that file.
The destination remote must point to a directory - rclone will give the
error
\f[C]Failed to create file system for \[dq]remote:file\[dq]: is a file not a directory\f[R]
if it isn\[aq]t.
.PP
For example, suppose you have a remote with a file in called
\f[C]test.jpg\f[R], then you could copy just that file like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy remote:test.jpg /tmp/download
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The file \f[C]test.jpg\f[R] will be placed inside
\f[C]/tmp/download\f[R].
.PP
This is equivalent to specifying
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --files-from /tmp/files remote: /tmp/download
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Where \f[C]/tmp/files\f[R] contains the single line
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
test.jpg
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
It is recommended to use \f[C]copy\f[R] when copying individual files,
not \f[C]sync\f[R].
They have pretty much the same effect but \f[C]copy\f[R] will use a lot
less memory.
.SS Syntax of remote paths
.PP
The syntax of the paths passed to the rclone command are as follows.
.SS /path/to/dir
.PP
This refers to the local file system.
.PP
On Windows \f[C]\[rs]\f[R] may be used instead of \f[C]/\f[R] in local
paths \f[B]only\f[R], non local paths must use \f[C]/\f[R].
See local filesystem (https://rclone.org/local/#paths-on-windows)
documentation for more about Windows-specific paths.
.PP
These paths needn\[aq]t start with a leading \f[C]/\f[R] - if they
don\[aq]t then they will be relative to the current directory.
.SS remote:path/to/dir
.PP
This refers to a directory \f[C]path/to/dir\f[R] on \f[C]remote:\f[R] as
defined in the config file (configured with \f[C]rclone config\f[R]).
.SS remote:/path/to/dir
.PP
On most backends this is refers to the same directory as
\f[C]remote:path/to/dir\f[R] and that format should be preferred.
On a very small number of remotes (FTP, SFTP, Dropbox for business) this
will refer to a different directory.
On these, paths without a leading \f[C]/\f[R] will refer to your
\[dq]home\[dq] directory and paths with a leading \f[C]/\f[R] will refer
to the root.
.SS :backend:path/to/dir
.PP
This is an advanced form for creating remotes on the fly.
\f[C]backend\f[R] should be the name or prefix of a backend (the
\f[C]type\f[R] in the config file) and all the configuration for the
backend should be provided on the command line (or in environment
variables).
.PP
Here are some examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd --http-url https://pub.rclone.org :http:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To list all the directories in the root of
\f[C]https://pub.rclone.org/\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To list files and directories in
\f[C]https://example.com/path/to/dir/\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir /tmp/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy files and directories in
\f[C]https://example.com/path/to/dir\f[R] to \f[C]/tmp/dir\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --sftp-host example.com :sftp:path/to/dir /tmp/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy files and directories from \f[C]example.com\f[R] in the relative
directory \f[C]path/to/dir\f[R] to \f[C]/tmp/dir\f[R] using sftp.
.SS Connection strings
.PP
The above examples can also be written using a connection string syntax,
so instead of providing the arguments as command line parameters
\f[C]--http-url https://pub.rclone.org\f[R] they are provided as part of
the remote specification as a kind of connection string.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd \[dq]:http,url=\[aq]https://pub.rclone.org\[aq]:\[dq]
rclone lsf \[dq]:http,url=\[aq]https://example.com\[aq]:path/to/dir\[dq]
rclone copy \[dq]:http,url=\[aq]https://example.com\[aq]:path/to/dir\[dq] /tmp/dir
rclone copy :sftp,host=example.com:path/to/dir /tmp/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
These can apply to modify existing remotes as well as create new remotes
with the on the fly syntax.
This example is equivalent to adding the
\f[C]--drive-shared-with-me\f[R] parameter to the remote
\f[C]gdrive:\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf \[dq]gdrive,shared_with_me:path/to/dir\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The major advantage to using the connection string style syntax is that
it only applies to the remote, not to all the remotes of that type of
the command line.
A common confusion is this attempt to copy a file shared on google drive
to the normal drive which \f[B]does not work\f[R] because the
\f[C]--drive-shared-with-me\f[R] flag applies to both the source and the
destination.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --drive-shared-with-me gdrive:shared-file.txt gdrive:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However using the connection string syntax, this does work.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy \[dq]gdrive,shared_with_me:shared-file.txt\[dq] gdrive:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that the connection string only affects the options of the
immediate backend.
If for example gdriveCrypt is a crypt based on gdrive, then the
following command \f[B]will not work\f[R] as intended, because
\f[C]shared_with_me\f[R] is ignored by the crypt backend:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy \[dq]gdriveCrypt,shared_with_me:shared-file.txt\[dq] gdriveCrypt:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The connection strings have the following syntax
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
remote,parameter=value,parameter2=value2:path/to/dir
:backend,parameter=value,parameter2=value2:path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If the \f[C]parameter\f[R] has a \f[C]:\f[R] or \f[C],\f[R] then it must
be placed in quotes \f[C]\[dq]\f[R] or \f[C]\[aq]\f[R], so
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
remote,parameter=\[dq]colon:value\[dq],parameter2=\[dq]comma,value\[dq]:path/to/dir
:backend,parameter=\[aq]colon:value\[aq],parameter2=\[aq]comma,value\[aq]:path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If a quoted value needs to include that quote, then it should be
doubled, so
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
remote,parameter=\[dq]with\[dq]\[dq]quote\[dq],parameter2=\[aq]with\[aq]\[aq]quote\[aq]:path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will make \f[C]parameter\f[R] be \f[C]with\[dq]quote\f[R] and
\f[C]parameter2\f[R] be \f[C]with\[aq]quote\f[R].
.PP
If you leave off the \f[C]=parameter\f[R] then rclone will substitute
\f[C]=true\f[R] which works very well with flags.
For example, to use s3 configured in the environment you could use:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd :s3,env_auth:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Which is equivalent to
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd :s3,env_auth=true:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that on the command line you might need to surround these
connection strings with \f[C]\[dq]\f[R] or \f[C]\[aq]\f[R] to stop the
shell interpreting any special characters within them.
.PP
If you are a shell master then you\[aq]ll know which strings are OK and
which aren\[aq]t, but if you aren\[aq]t sure then enclose them in
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R] and use \f[C]\[aq]\f[R] as the inside quote.
This syntax works on all OSes.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy \[dq]:http,url=\[aq]https://example.com\[aq]:path/to/dir\[dq] /tmp/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
On Linux/macOS some characters are still interpreted inside
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R] strings in the shell (notably \f[C]\[rs]\f[R] and
\f[C]$\f[R] and \f[C]\[dq]\f[R]) so if your strings contain those you
can swap the roles of \f[C]\[dq]\f[R] and \f[C]\[aq]\f[R] thus.
(This syntax does not work on Windows.)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy \[aq]:http,url=\[dq]https://example.com\[dq]:path/to/dir\[aq] /tmp/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Connection strings, config and logging
.PP
If you supply extra configuration to a backend by command line flag,
environment variable or connection string then rclone will add a suffix
based on the hash of the config to the name of the remote, eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone -vv lsf --s3-chunk-size 20M s3:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Has the log message
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
DEBUG : s3: detected overridden config - adding \[dq]{Srj1p}\[dq] suffix to name
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This is so rclone can tell the modified remote apart from the unmodified
remote when caching the backends.
.PP
This should only be noticeable in the logs.
.PP
This means that on the fly backends such as
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone -vv lsf :s3,env_auth:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Will get their own names
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
DEBUG : :s3: detected overridden config - adding \[dq]{YTu53}\[dq] suffix to name
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Valid remote names
.PP
Remote names are case sensitive, and must adhere to the following rules:
- May contain number, letter, \f[C]_\f[R], \f[C]-\f[R], \f[C].\f[R],
\f[C]+\f[R], \f[C]\[at]\f[R] and space.
- May not start with \f[C]-\f[R] or space.
- May not end with space.
.PP
Starting with rclone version 1.61, any Unicode numbers and letters are
allowed, while in older versions it was limited to plain ASCII (0-9,
A-Z, a-z).
If you use the same rclone configuration from different shells, which
may be configured with different character encoding, you must be
cautious to use characters that are possible to write in all of them.
This is mostly a problem on Windows, where the console traditionally
uses a non-Unicode character set - defined by the so-called \[dq]code
page\[dq].
.PP
Do not use single character names on Windows as it creates ambiguity
with Windows drives\[aq] names, e.g.: remote called \f[C]C\f[R] is
indistinguishable from \f[C]C\f[R] drive.
Rclone will always assume that single letter name refers to a drive.
.SS Quoting and the shell
.PP
When you are typing commands to your computer you are using something
called the command line shell.
This interprets various characters in an OS specific way.
.PP
Here are some gotchas which may help users unfamiliar with the shell
rules
.SS Linux / OSX
.PP
If your names have spaces or shell metacharacters (e.g.
\f[C]*\f[R], \f[C]?\f[R], \f[C]$\f[R], \f[C]\[aq]\f[R], \f[C]\[dq]\f[R],
etc.) then you must quote them.
Use single quotes \f[C]\[aq]\f[R] by default.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy \[aq]Important files?\[aq] remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you want to send a \f[C]\[aq]\f[R] you will need to use
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R], e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy \[dq]O\[aq]Reilly Reviews\[dq] remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The rules for quoting metacharacters are complicated and if you want the
full details you\[aq]ll have to consult the manual page for your shell.
.SS Windows
.PP
If your names have spaces in you need to put them in \f[C]\[dq]\f[R],
e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy \[dq]E:\[rs]folder name\[rs]folder name\[rs]folder name\[dq] remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you are using the root directory on its own then don\[aq]t quote it
(see #464 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/464) for why), e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy E:\[rs] remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Copying files or directories with \f[C]:\f[R] in the names
.PP
rclone uses \f[C]:\f[R] to mark a remote name.
This is, however, a valid filename component in non-Windows OSes.
The remote name parser will only search for a \f[C]:\f[R] up to the
first \f[C]/\f[R] so if you need to act on a file or directory like this
then use the full path starting with a \f[C]/\f[R], or use \f[C]./\f[R]
as a current directory prefix.
.PP
So to sync a directory called \f[C]sync:me\f[R] to a remote called
\f[C]remote:\f[R] use
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive ./sync:me remote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /full/path/to/sync:me remote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Server Side Copy
.PP
Most remotes (but not all - see the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features)) support
server-side copy.
.PP
This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone
won\[aq]t download all the files and re-upload them; it will instruct
the server to copy them in place.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy s3:oldbucket s3:newbucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Will copy the contents of \f[C]oldbucket\f[R] to \f[C]newbucket\f[R]
without downloading and re-uploading.
.PP
Remotes which don\[aq]t support server-side copy \f[B]will\f[R] download
and re-upload in this case.
.PP
Server side copies are used with \f[C]sync\f[R] and \f[C]copy\f[R] and
will be identified in the log when using the \f[C]-v\f[R] flag.
The \f[C]move\f[R] command may also use them if remote doesn\[aq]t
support server-side move directly.
This is done by issuing a server-side copy then a delete which is much
quicker than a download and re-upload.
.PP
Server side copies will only be attempted if the remote names are the
same.
.PP
This can be used when scripting to make aged backups efficiently, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive remote:current-backup remote:previous-backup
rclone sync --interactive /path/to/files remote:current-backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Metadata support
.PP
Metadata is data about a file (or directory) which isn\[aq]t the
contents of the file (or directory).
Normally rclone only preserves the modification time and the content
(MIME) type where possible.
.PP
Rclone supports preserving all the available metadata on files and
directories when using the \f[C]--metadata\f[R] or \f[C]-M\f[R] flag.
.PP
Exactly what metadata is supported and what that support means depends
on the backend.
Backends that support metadata have a metadata section in their docs and
are listed in the features table (https://rclone.org/overview/#features)
(Eg local (https://rclone.org/local/#metadata), s3)
.PP
Some backends don\[aq]t support metadata, some only support metadata on
files and some support metadata on both files and directories.
.PP
Rclone only supports a one-time sync of metadata.
This means that metadata will be synced from the source object to the
destination object only when the source object has changed and needs to
be re-uploaded.
If the metadata subsequently changes on the source object without
changing the object itself then it won\[aq]t be synced to the
destination object.
This is in line with the way rclone syncs \f[C]Content-Type\f[R] without
the \f[C]--metadata\f[R] flag.
.PP
Using \f[C]--metadata\f[R] when syncing from local to local will
preserve file attributes such as file mode, owner, extended attributes
(not Windows).
.PP
Note that arbitrary metadata may be added to objects using the
\f[C]--metadata-set key=value\f[R] flag when the object is first
uploaded.
This flag can be repeated as many times as necessary.
.PP
The --metadata-mapper flag can be used to pass the name of a program in
which can transform metadata when it is being copied from source to
destination.
.PP
Rclone supports \f[C]--metadata-set\f[R] and \f[C]--metadata-mapper\f[R]
when doing sever side \f[C]Move\f[R] and server side \f[C]Copy\f[R], but
not when doing server side \f[C]DirMove\f[R] (renaming a directory) as
this would involve recursing into the directory.
Note that you can disable \f[C]DirMove\f[R] with
\f[C]--disable DirMove\f[R] and rclone will revert back to using
\f[C]Move\f[R] for each individual object where \f[C]--metadata-set\f[R]
and \f[C]--metadata-mapper\f[R] are supported.
.SS Types of metadata
.PP
Metadata is divided into two type.
System metadata and User metadata.
.PP
Metadata which the backend uses itself is called system metadata.
For example on the local backend the system metadata \f[C]uid\f[R] will
store the user ID of the file when used on a unix based platform.
.PP
Arbitrary metadata is called user metadata and this can be set however
is desired.
.PP
When objects are copied from backend to backend, they will attempt to
interpret system metadata if it is supplied.
Metadata may change from being user metadata to system metadata as
objects are copied between different backends.
For example copying an object from s3 sets the \f[C]content-type\f[R]
metadata.
In a backend which understands this (like \f[C]azureblob\f[R]) this will
become the Content-Type of the object.
In a backend which doesn\[aq]t understand this (like the \f[C]local\f[R]
backend) this will become user metadata.
However should the local object be copied back to s3, the Content-Type
will be set correctly.
.SS Metadata framework
.PP
Rclone implements a metadata framework which can read metadata from an
object and write it to the object when (and only when) it is being
uploaded.
.PP
This metadata is stored as a dictionary with string keys and string
values.
.PP
There are some limits on the names of the keys (these may be clarified
further in the future).
.IP \[bu] 2
must be lower case
.IP \[bu] 2
may be \f[C]a-z\f[R] \f[C]0-9\f[R] containing \f[C].\f[R] \f[C]-\f[R] or
\f[C]_\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
length is backend dependent
.PP
Each backend can provide system metadata that it understands.
Some backends can also store arbitrary user metadata.
.PP
Where possible the key names are standardized, so, for example, it is
possible to copy object metadata from s3 to azureblob for example and
metadata will be translated appropriately.
.PP
Some backends have limits on the size of the metadata and rclone will
give errors on upload if they are exceeded.
.SS Metadata preservation
.PP
The goal of the implementation is to
.IP "1." 3
Preserve metadata if at all possible
.IP "2." 3
Interpret metadata if at all possible
.PP
The consequences of 1 is that you can copy an S3 object to a local disk
then back to S3 losslessly.
Likewise you can copy a local file with file attributes and xattrs from
local disk to s3 and back again losslessly.
.PP
The consequence of 2 is that you can copy an S3 object with metadata to
Azureblob (say) and have the metadata appear on the Azureblob object
also.
.SS Standard system metadata
.PP
Here is a table of standard system metadata which, if appropriate, a
backend may implement.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(34.2n) lw(21.2n) lw(14.7n).
T{
key
T}@T{
description
T}@T{
example
T}
_
T{
mode
T}@T{
File type and mode: octal, unix style
T}@T{
0100664
T}
T{
uid
T}@T{
User ID of owner: decimal number
T}@T{
500
T}
T{
gid
T}@T{
Group ID of owner: decimal number
T}@T{
500
T}
T{
rdev
T}@T{
Device ID (if special file) => hexadecimal
T}@T{
0
T}
T{
atime
T}@T{
Time of last access: RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}
T{
mtime
T}@T{
Time of last modification: RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}
T{
btime
T}@T{
Time of file creation (birth): RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}
T{
utime
T}@T{
Time of file upload: RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}
T{
cache-control
T}@T{
Cache-Control header
T}@T{
no-cache
T}
T{
content-disposition
T}@T{
Content-Disposition header
T}@T{
inline
T}
T{
content-encoding
T}@T{
Content-Encoding header
T}@T{
gzip
T}
T{
content-language
T}@T{
Content-Language header
T}@T{
en-US
T}
T{
content-type
T}@T{
Content-Type header
T}@T{
text/plain
T}
.TE
.PP
The metadata keys \f[C]mtime\f[R] and \f[C]content-type\f[R] will take
precedence if supplied in the metadata over reading the
\f[C]Content-Type\f[R] or modification time of the source object.
.PP
Hashes are not included in system metadata as there is a well defined
way of reading those already.
.SS Options
.PP
Rclone has a number of options to control its behaviour.
.PP
Options that take parameters can have the values passed in two ways,
\f[C]--option=value\f[R] or \f[C]--option value\f[R].
However boolean (true/false) options behave slightly differently to the
other options in that \f[C]--boolean\f[R] sets the option to
\f[C]true\f[R] and the absence of the flag sets it to \f[C]false\f[R].
It is also possible to specify \f[C]--boolean=false\f[R] or
\f[C]--boolean=true\f[R].
Note that \f[C]--boolean false\f[R] is not valid - this is parsed as
\f[C]--boolean\f[R] and the \f[C]false\f[R] is parsed as an extra
command line argument for rclone.
.SS Time or duration options
.PP
TIME or DURATION options can be specified as a duration string or a time
string.
.PP
A duration string is a possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each
with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as \[dq]300ms\[dq],
\[dq]-1.5h\[dq] or \[dq]2h45m\[dq].
Default units are seconds or the following abbreviations are valid:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ms\f[R] - Milliseconds
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]s\f[R] - Seconds
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]m\f[R] - Minutes
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]h\f[R] - Hours
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]d\f[R] - Days
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]w\f[R] - Weeks
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]M\f[R] - Months
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]y\f[R] - Years
.PP
These can also be specified as an absolute time in the following
formats:
.IP \[bu] 2
RFC3339 - e.g.
\f[C]2006-01-02T15:04:05Z\f[R] or \f[C]2006-01-02T15:04:05+07:00\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - \f[C]2006-01-02T15:04:05\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - \f[C]2006-01-02 15:04:05\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
ISO8601 Date - \f[C]2006-01-02\f[R] (YYYY-MM-DD)
.SS Size options
.PP
Options which use SIZE use KiB (multiples of 1024 bytes) by default.
However, a suffix of \f[C]B\f[R] for Byte, \f[C]K\f[R] for KiB,
\f[C]M\f[R] for MiB, \f[C]G\f[R] for GiB, \f[C]T\f[R] for TiB and
\f[C]P\f[R] for PiB may be used.
These are the binary units, e.g.
1, 2**10, 2**20, 2**30 respectively.
.SS --backup-dir=DIR
.PP
When using \f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R] or \f[C]move\f[R] any files
which would have been overwritten or deleted are moved in their original
hierarchy into this directory.
.PP
If \f[C]--suffix\f[R] is set, then the moved files will have the suffix
added to them.
If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added)
in DIR, then it will be overwritten.
.PP
The remote in use must support server-side move or copy and you must use
the same remote as the destination of the sync.
The backup directory must not overlap the destination directory without
it being excluded by a filter rule.
.PP
For example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /path/to/local remote:current --backup-dir remote:old
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
will sync \f[C]/path/to/local\f[R] to \f[C]remote:current\f[R], but for
any files which would have been updated or deleted will be stored in
\f[C]remote:old\f[R].
.PP
If running rclone from a script you might want to use today\[aq]s date
as the directory name passed to \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] to store the old
files, or you might want to pass \f[C]--suffix\f[R] with today\[aq]s
date.
.PP
See \f[C]--compare-dest\f[R] and \f[C]--copy-dest\f[R].
.SS --bind string
.PP
Local address to bind to for outgoing connections.
This can be an IPv4 address (1.2.3.4), an IPv6 address (1234::789A) or
host name.
If the host name doesn\[aq]t resolve or resolves to more than one IP
address it will give an error.
.PP
You can use \f[C]--bind 0.0.0.0\f[R] to force rclone to use IPv4
addresses and \f[C]--bind ::0\f[R] to force rclone to use IPv6
addresses.
.SS --bwlimit=BANDWIDTH_SPEC
.PP
This option controls the bandwidth limit.
For example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--bwlimit 10M
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
would mean limit the upload and download bandwidth to 10 MiB/s.
\f[B]NB\f[R] this is \f[B]bytes\f[R] per second not \f[B]bits\f[R] per
second.
To use a single limit, specify the desired bandwidth in KiB/s, or use a
suffix B|K|M|G|T|P.
The default is \f[C]0\f[R] which means to not limit bandwidth.
.PP
The upload and download bandwidth can be specified separately, as
\f[C]--bwlimit UP:DOWN\f[R], so
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--bwlimit 10M:100k
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
would mean limit the upload bandwidth to 10 MiB/s and the download
bandwidth to 100 KiB/s.
Either limit can be \[dq]off\[dq] meaning no limit, so to just limit the
upload bandwidth you would use
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--bwlimit 10M:off
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
this would limit the upload bandwidth to 10 MiB/s but the download
bandwidth would be unlimited.
.PP
When specified as above the bandwidth limits last for the duration of
run of the rclone binary.
.PP
It is also possible to specify a \[dq]timetable\[dq] of limits, which
will cause certain limits to be applied at certain times.
To specify a timetable, format your entries as
\f[C]WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH...\f[R] where:
\f[C]WEEKDAY\f[R] is optional element.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]BANDWIDTH\f[R] can be a single number, e.g.\f[C]100k\f[R] or a pair
of numbers for upload:download, e.g.\f[C]10M:1M\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]WEEKDAY\f[R] can be written as the whole word or only using the
first 3 characters.
It is optional.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]HH:MM\f[R] is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
.PP
An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during
daytime working hours could be:
.PP
\f[C]--bwlimit \[dq]08:00,512k 12:00,10M 13:00,512k 18:00,30M 23:00,off\[dq]\f[R]
.PP
In this example, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512 KiB/s at 8am
every day.
At noon, it will rise to 10 MiB/s, and drop back to 512 KiB/sec at 1pm.
At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30 MiB/s, and at 11pm it will
be completely disabled (full speed).
Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain unlimited.
.PP
An example of timetable with \f[C]WEEKDAY\f[R] could be:
.PP
\f[C]--bwlimit \[dq]Mon-00:00,512 Fri-23:59,10M Sat-10:00,1M Sun-20:00,off\[dq]\f[R]
.PP
It means that, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512 KiB/s on
Monday.
It will rise to 10 MiB/s before the end of Friday.
At 10:00 on Saturday it will be set to 1 MiB/s.
From 20:00 on Sunday it will be unlimited.
.PP
Timeslots without \f[C]WEEKDAY\f[R] are extended to the whole week.
So this example:
.PP
\f[C]--bwlimit \[dq]Mon-00:00,512 12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off\[dq]\f[R]
.PP
Is equivalent to this:
.PP
\f[C]--bwlimit \[dq]Mon-00:00,512Mon-12:00,1M Tue-12:00,1M Wed-12:00,1M Thu-12:00,1M Fri-12:00,1M Sat-12:00,1M Sun-12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off\[dq]\f[R]
.PP
Bandwidth limit apply to the data transfer for all backends.
For most backends the directory listing bandwidth is also included
(exceptions being the non HTTP backends, \f[C]ftp\f[R], \f[C]sftp\f[R]
and \f[C]storj\f[R]).
.PP
Note that the units are \f[B]Byte/s\f[R], not \f[B]bit/s\f[R].
Typically connections are measured in bit/s - to convert divide by 8.
For example, let\[aq]s say you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish
rclone to use half of it - 5 Mbit/s.
This is 5/8 = 0.625 MiB/s so you would use a \f[C]--bwlimit 0.625M\f[R]
parameter for rclone.
.PP
On Unix systems (Linux, macOS, \&...) the bandwidth limiter can be
toggled by sending a \f[C]SIGUSR2\f[R] signal to rclone.
This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone transfer
and to restore it back to the value specified with \f[C]--bwlimit\f[R]
quickly when needed.
Assuming there is only one rclone instance running, you can toggle the
limiter like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
kill -SIGUSR2 $(pidof rclone)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use change
the bwlimit dynamically:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --bwlimit-file=BANDWIDTH_SPEC
.PP
This option controls per file bandwidth limit.
For the options see the \f[C]--bwlimit\f[R] flag.
.PP
For example use this to allow no transfers to be faster than 1 MiB/s
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--bwlimit-file 1M
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This can be used in conjunction with \f[C]--bwlimit\f[R].
.PP
Note that if a schedule is provided the file will use the schedule in
effect at the start of the transfer.
.SS --buffer-size=SIZE
.PP
Use this sized buffer to speed up file transfers.
Each \f[C]--transfer\f[R] will use this much memory for buffering.
.PP
When using \f[C]mount\f[R] or \f[C]cmount\f[R] each open file descriptor
will use this much memory for buffering.
See the mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering)
documentation for more details.
.PP
Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable the buffering for the minimum memory
usage.
.PP
Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the
--use-mmap flag.
.SS --cache-dir=DIR
.PP
Specify the directory rclone will use for caching, to override the
default.
.PP
Default value is depending on operating system: - Windows
\f[C]%LocalAppData%\[rs]rclone\f[R], if \f[C]LocalAppData\f[R] is
defined.
- macOS \f[C]$HOME/Library/Caches/rclone\f[R] if \f[C]HOME\f[R] is
defined.
- Unix \f[C]$XDG_CACHE_HOME/rclone\f[R] if \f[C]XDG_CACHE_HOME\f[R] is
defined, else \f[C]$HOME/.cache/rclone\f[R] if \f[C]HOME\f[R] is
defined.
- Fallback (on all OS) to \f[C]$TMPDIR/rclone\f[R], where
\f[C]TMPDIR\f[R] is the value from --temp-dir.
.PP
You can use the config
paths (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_paths/) command to see
the current value.
.PP
Cache directory is heavily used by the VFS File
Caching (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#vfs-file-caching)
mount feature, but also by
serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/), GUI and other parts
of rclone.
.SS --check-first
.PP
If this flag is set then in a \f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R] or
\f[C]move\f[R], rclone will do all the checks to see whether files need
to be transferred before doing any of the transfers.
Normally rclone would start running transfers as soon as possible.
.PP
This flag can be useful on IO limited systems where transfers interfere
with checking.
.PP
It can also be useful to ensure perfect ordering when using
\f[C]--order-by\f[R].
.PP
If both \f[C]--check-first\f[R] and \f[C]--order-by\f[R] are set when
doing \f[C]rclone move\f[R] then rclone will use the transfer thread to
delete source files which don\[aq]t need transferring.
This will enable perfect ordering of the transfers and deletes but will
cause the transfer stats to have more items in than expected.
.PP
Using this flag can use more memory as it effectively sets
\f[C]--max-backlog\f[R] to infinite.
This means that all the info on the objects to transfer is held in
memory before the transfers start.
.SS --checkers=N
.PP
Originally controlling just the number of file checkers to run in
parallel, e.g.
by \f[C]rclone copy\f[R].
Now a fairly universal parallelism control used by \f[C]rclone\f[R] in
several places.
.PP
Note: checkers do the equality checking of files during a sync.
For some storage systems (e.g.
S3, Swift, Dropbox) this can take a significant amount of time so they
are run in parallel.
.PP
The default is to run 8 checkers in parallel.
However, in case of slow-reacting backends you may need to lower (rather
than increase) this default by setting \f[C]--checkers\f[R] to 4 or less
threads.
This is especially advised if you are experiencing backend server
crashes during file checking phase (e.g.
on subsequent or top-up backups where little or no file copying is done
and checking takes up most of the time).
Increase this setting only with utmost care, while monitoring your
server health and file checking throughput.
.SS -c, --checksum
.PP
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see
if they are equal.
If you set this flag then rclone will check the file hash and size to
determine if files are equal.
.PP
This is useful when the remote doesn\[aq]t support setting modified time
and a more accurate sync is desired than just checking the file size.
.PP
This is very useful when transferring between remotes which store the
same hash type on the object, e.g.
Drive and Swift.
For details of which remotes support which hash type see the table in
the overview section (https://rclone.org/overview/).
.PP
Eg \f[C]rclone --checksum sync s3:/bucket swift:/bucket\f[R] would run
much quicker than without the \f[C]--checksum\f[R] flag.
.PP
When using this flag, rclone won\[aq]t update mtimes of remote files if
they are incorrect as it would normally.
.SS --color WHEN
.PP
Specify when colors (and other ANSI codes) should be added to the
output.
.PP
\f[C]AUTO\f[R] (default) only allows ANSI codes when the output is a
terminal
.PP
\f[C]NEVER\f[R] never allow ANSI codes
.PP
\f[C]ALWAYS\f[R] always add ANSI codes, regardless of the output format
(terminal or file)
.SS --compare-dest=DIR
.PP
When using \f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R] or \f[C]move\f[R] DIR is
checked in addition to the destination for files.
If a file identical to the source is found that file is NOT copied from
source.
This is useful to copy just files that have changed since the last
backup.
.PP
You must use the same remote as the destination of the sync.
The compare directory must not overlap the destination directory.
.PP
See \f[C]--copy-dest\f[R] and \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R].
.SS --config=CONFIG_FILE
.PP
Specify the location of the rclone configuration file, to override the
default.
E.g.
\f[C]rclone config --config=\[dq]rclone.conf\[dq]\f[R].
.PP
The exact default is a bit complex to describe, due to changes
introduced through different versions of rclone while preserving
backwards compatibility, but in most cases it is as simple as:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]%APPDATA%/artpar/artpar.conf\f[R] on Windows
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]\[ti]/.config/artpar/artpar.conf\f[R] on other
.PP
The complete logic is as follows: Rclone will look for an existing
configuration file in any of the following locations, in priority order:
.IP "1." 3
\f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] (in program directory, where rclone executable is)
.IP "2." 3
\f[C]%APPDATA%/artpar/artpar.conf\f[R] (only on Windows)
.IP "3." 3
\f[C]$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/artpar/artpar.conf\f[R] (on all systems, including
Windows)
.IP "4." 3
\f[C]\[ti]/.config/artpar/artpar.conf\f[R] (see below for explanation of
\[ti] symbol)
.IP "5." 3
\f[C]\[ti]/.rclone.conf\f[R]
.PP
If no existing configuration file is found, then a new one will be
created in the following location:
.IP \[bu] 2
On Windows: Location 2 listed above, except in the unlikely event that
\f[C]APPDATA\f[R] is not defined, then location 4 is used instead.
.IP \[bu] 2
On Unix: Location 3 if \f[C]XDG_CONFIG_HOME\f[R] is defined, else
location 4.
.IP \[bu] 2
Fallback to location 5 (on all OS), when the rclone directory cannot be
created, but if also a home directory was not found then path
\f[C].rclone.conf\f[R] relative to current working directory will be
used as a final resort.
.PP
The \f[C]\[ti]\f[R] symbol in paths above represent the home directory
of the current user on any OS, and the value is defined as following:
.IP \[bu] 2
On Windows: \f[C]%HOME%\f[R] if defined, else \f[C]%USERPROFILE%\f[R],
or else \f[C]%HOMEDRIVE%\[rs]%HOMEPATH%\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
On Unix: \f[C]$HOME\f[R] if defined, else by looking up current user in
OS-specific user database (e.g.
passwd file), or else use the result from shell command
\f[C]cd && pwd\f[R].
.PP
If you run \f[C]rclone config file\f[R] you will see where the default
location is for you.
.PP
The fact that an existing file \f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] in the same
directory as the rclone executable is always preferred, means that it is
easy to run in \[dq]portable\[dq] mode by downloading rclone executable
to a writable directory and then create an empty file
\f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] in the same directory.
.PP
If the location is set to empty string \f[C]\[dq]\[dq]\f[R] or path to a
file with name \f[C]notfound\f[R], or the os null device represented by
value \f[C]NUL\f[R] on Windows and \f[C]/dev/null\f[R] on Unix systems,
then rclone will keep the config file in memory only.
.PP
The file format is basic
INI (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Format): Sections of text,
led by a \f[C][section]\f[R] header and followed by \f[C]key=value\f[R]
entries on separate lines.
In rclone each remote is represented by its own section, where the
section name defines the name of the remote.
Options are specified as the \f[C]key=value\f[R] entries, where the key
is the option name without the \f[C]--backend-\f[R] prefix, in lowercase
and with \f[C]_\f[R] instead of \f[C]-\f[R].
E.g.
option \f[C]--mega-hard-delete\f[R] corresponds to key
\f[C]hard_delete\f[R].
Only backend options can be specified.
A special, and required, key \f[C]type\f[R] identifies the storage
system (https://rclone.org/overview/), where the value is the internal
lowercase name as returned by command \f[C]rclone help backends\f[R].
Comments are indicated by \f[C];\f[R] or \f[C]#\f[R] at the beginning of
a line.
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[megaremote]
type = mega
user = you\[at]example.com
pass = PDPcQVVjVtzFY-GTdDFozqBhTdsPg3qH
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that passwords are in
obscured (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/) form.
Also, many storage systems uses token-based authentication instead of
passwords, and this requires additional steps.
It is easier, and safer, to use the interactive command
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] instead of manually editing the configuration
file.
.PP
The configuration file will typically contain login information, and
should therefore have restricted permissions so that only the current
user can read it.
Rclone tries to ensure this when it writes the file.
You may also choose to encrypt the file.
.PP
When token-based authentication are used, the configuration file must be
writable, because rclone needs to update the tokens inside it.
.PP
To reduce risk of corrupting an existing configuration file, rclone will
not write directly to it when saving changes.
Instead it will first write to a new, temporary, file.
If a configuration file already existed, it will (on Unix systems) try
to mirror its permissions to the new file.
Then it will rename the existing file to a temporary name as backup.
Next, rclone will rename the new file to the correct name, before
finally cleaning up by deleting the backup file.
.PP
If the configuration file path used by rclone is a symbolic link, then
this will be evaluated and rclone will write to the resolved path,
instead of overwriting the symbolic link.
Temporary files used in the process (described above) will be written to
the same parent directory as that of the resolved configuration file,
but if this directory is also a symbolic link it will not be resolved
and the temporary files will be written to the location of the directory
symbolic link.
.SS --contimeout=TIME
.PP
Set the connection timeout.
This should be in go time format which looks like \f[C]5s\f[R] for 5
seconds, \f[C]10m\f[R] for 10 minutes, or \f[C]3h30m\f[R].
.PP
The connection timeout is the amount of time rclone will wait for a
connection to go through to a remote object storage system.
It is \f[C]1m\f[R] by default.
.SS --copy-dest=DIR
.PP
When using \f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R] or \f[C]move\f[R] DIR is
checked in addition to the destination for files.
If a file identical to the source is found that file is server-side
copied from DIR to the destination.
This is useful for incremental backup.
.PP
The remote in use must support server-side copy and you must use the
same remote as the destination of the sync.
The compare directory must not overlap the destination directory.
.PP
See \f[C]--compare-dest\f[R] and \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R].
.SS --dedupe-mode MODE
.PP
Mode to run dedupe command in.
One of \f[C]interactive\f[R], \f[C]skip\f[R], \f[C]first\f[R],
\f[C]newest\f[R], \f[C]oldest\f[R], \f[C]rename\f[R].
The default is \f[C]interactive\f[R].
.PD 0
.P
.PD
See the dedupe command for more information as to what these options
mean.
.SS --default-time TIME
.PP
If a file or directory does have a modification time rclone can read
then rclone will display this fixed time instead.
.PP
The default is \f[C]2000-01-01 00:00:00 UTC\f[R].
This can be configured in any of the ways shown in the time or duration
options.
.PP
For example \f[C]--default-time 2020-06-01\f[R] to set the default time
to the 1st of June 2020 or \f[C]--default-time 0s\f[R] to set the
default time to the time rclone started up.
.SS --disable FEATURE,FEATURE,...
.PP
This disables a comma separated list of optional features.
For example to disable server-side move and server-side copy use:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--disable move,copy
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The features can be put in any case.
.PP
To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--disable help
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The features a remote has can be seen in JSON format with:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend features remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the overview features (https://rclone.org/overview/#features) and
optional features (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) to
get an idea of which feature does what.
.PP
Note that some features can be set to \f[C]true\f[R] if they are
\f[C]true\f[R]/\f[C]false\f[R] feature flag features by prefixing them
with \f[C]!\f[R].
For example the \f[C]CaseInsensitive\f[R] feature can be forced to
\f[C]false\f[R] with \f[C]--disable CaseInsensitive\f[R] and forced to
\f[C]true\f[R] with \f[C]--disable \[aq]!CaseInsensitive\[aq]\f[R].
In general it isn\[aq]t a good idea doing this but it may be useful in
extremis.
.PP
(Note that \f[C]!\f[R] is a shell command which you will need to escape
with single quotes or a backslash on unix like platforms.)
.PP
This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances
(e.g.
Google Drive limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to 100
GiB/day).
.SS --disable-http2
.PP
This stops rclone from trying to use HTTP/2 if available.
This can sometimes speed up transfers due to a problem in the Go
standard library (https://github.com/golang/go/issues/37373).
.SS --dscp VALUE
.PP
Specify a DSCP value or name to use in connections.
This could help QoS system to identify traffic class.
BE, EF, DF, LE, CSx and AFxx are allowed.
.PP
See the description of differentiated
services (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Differentiated_services) to get
an idea of this field.
Setting this to 1 (LE) to identify the flow to SCAVENGER class can avoid
occupying too much bandwidth in a network with DiffServ support (RFC
8622 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8622)).
.PP
For example, if you configured QoS on router to handle LE properly.
Running:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --dscp LE from:/from to:/to
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
would make the priority lower than usual internet flows.
.PP
This option has no effect on Windows (see
golang/go#42728 (https://github.com/golang/go/issues/42728)).
.SS -n, --dry-run
.PP
Do a trial run with no permanent changes.
Use this to see what rclone would do without actually doing it.
Useful when setting up the \f[C]sync\f[R] command which deletes files in
the destination.
.SS --expect-continue-timeout=TIME
.PP
This specifies the amount of time to wait for a server\[aq]s first
response headers after fully writing the request headers if the request
has an \[dq]Expect: 100-continue\[dq] header.
Not all backends support using this.
.PP
Zero means no timeout and causes the body to be sent immediately,
without waiting for the server to approve.
This time does not include the time to send the request header.
.PP
The default is \f[C]1s\f[R].
Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable.
.SS --error-on-no-transfer
.PP
By default, rclone will exit with return code 0 if there were no errors.
.PP
This option allows rclone to return exit code 9 if no files were
transferred between the source and destination.
This allows using rclone in scripts, and triggering follow-on actions if
data was copied, or skipping if not.
.PP
NB: Enabling this option turns a usually non-fatal error into a
potentially fatal one - please check and adjust your scripts
accordingly!
.SS --fix-case
.PP
Normally, a sync to a case insensitive dest (such as macOS / Windows)
will not result in a matching filename if the source and dest filenames
have casing differences but are otherwise identical.
For example, syncing \f[C]hello.txt\f[R] to \f[C]HELLO.txt\f[R] will
normally result in the dest filename remaining \f[C]HELLO.txt\f[R].
If \f[C]--fix-case\f[R] is set, then \f[C]HELLO.txt\f[R] will be renamed
to \f[C]hello.txt\f[R] to match the source.
.PP
NB: - directory names with incorrect casing will also be fixed -
\f[C]--fix-case\f[R] will be ignored if \f[C]--immutable\f[R] is set -
using \f[C]--local-case-sensitive\f[R] instead is not advisable; it will
cause \f[C]HELLO.txt\f[R] to get deleted! - the old dest filename must
not be excluded by filters.
Be especially careful with
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] (https://rclone.org/filtering/#files-from-read-list-of-source-file-names),
which does not respect
\f[C]--ignore-case\f[R] (https://rclone.org/filtering/#ignore-case-make-searches-case-insensitive)!
- on remotes that do not support server-side move, \f[C]--fix-case\f[R]
will require downloading the file and re-uploading it.
To avoid this, do not use \f[C]--fix-case\f[R].
.SS --fs-cache-expire-duration=TIME
.PP
When using rclone via the API rclone caches created remotes for 5
minutes by default in the \[dq]fs cache\[dq].
This means that if you do repeated actions on the same remote then
rclone won\[aq]t have to build it again from scratch, which makes it
more efficient.
.PP
This flag sets the time that the remotes are cached for.
If you set it to \f[C]0\f[R] (or negative) then rclone won\[aq]t cache
the remotes at all.
.PP
Note that if you use some flags, eg \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] and if this
is set to \f[C]0\f[R] rclone may build two remotes (one for the source
or destination and one for the \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] where it may have
only built one before.
.SS --fs-cache-expire-interval=TIME
.PP
This controls how often rclone checks for cached remotes to expire.
See the \f[C]--fs-cache-expire-duration\f[R] documentation above for
more info.
The default is 60s, set to 0 to disable expiry.
.SS --header
.PP
Add an HTTP header for all transactions.
The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
.PP
If you want to add headers only for uploads use
\f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and if you want to add headers only for
downloads use \f[C]--header-download\f[R].
.PP
This flag is supported for all HTTP based backends even those not
supported by \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and \f[C]--header-download\f[R]
so may be used as a workaround for those with care.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:test --header \[dq]X-Rclone: Foo\[dq] --header \[dq]X-LetMeIn: Yes\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --header-download
.PP
Add an HTTP header for all download transactions.
The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive s3:test/src \[ti]/dst --header-download \[dq]X-Amz-Meta-Test: Foo\[dq] --header-download \[dq]X-Amz-Meta-Test2: Bar\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the GitHub issue here (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/59)
for currently supported backends.
.SS --header-upload
.PP
Add an HTTP header for all upload transactions.
The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive \[ti]/src s3:test/dst --header-upload \[dq]Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=\[aq]cool.html\[aq]\[dq] --header-upload \[dq]X-Amz-Meta-Test: FooBar\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the GitHub issue here (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/59)
for currently supported backends.
.SS --human-readable
.PP
Rclone commands output values for sizes (e.g.
number of bytes) and counts (e.g.
number of files) either as \f[I]raw\f[R] numbers, or in
\f[I]human-readable\f[R] format.
.PP
In human-readable format the values are scaled to larger units,
indicated with a suffix shown after the value, and rounded to three
decimals.
Rclone consistently uses binary units (powers of 2) for sizes and
decimal units (powers of 10) for counts.
The unit prefix for size is according to IEC standard notation, e.g.
\f[C]Ki\f[R] for kibi.
Used with byte unit, \f[C]1 KiB\f[R] means 1024 Byte.
In list type of output, only the unit prefix appended to the value (e.g.
\f[C]9.762Ki\f[R]), while in more textual output the full unit is shown
(e.g.
\f[C]9.762 KiB\f[R]).
For counts the SI standard notation is used, e.g.
prefix \f[C]k\f[R] for kilo.
Used with file counts, \f[C]1k\f[R] means 1000 files.
.PP
The various list (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_ls/) commands
output raw numbers by default.
Option \f[C]--human-readable\f[R] will make them output values in
human-readable format instead (with the short unit prefix).
.PP
The about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/) command outputs
human-readable by default, with a command-specific option
\f[C]--full\f[R] to output the raw numbers instead.
.PP
Command size (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) outputs both
human-readable and raw numbers in the same output.
.PP
The tree (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_tree/) command also
considers \f[C]--human-readable\f[R], but it will not use the exact same
notation as the other commands: It rounds to one decimal, and uses
single letter suffix, e.g.
\f[C]K\f[R] instead of \f[C]Ki\f[R].
The reason for this is that it relies on an external library.
.PP
The interactive command ncdu (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_ncdu/)
shows human-readable by default, and responds to key \f[C]u\f[R] for
toggling human-readable format.
.SS --ignore-case-sync
.PP
Using this option will cause rclone to ignore the case of the files when
synchronizing so files will not be copied/synced when the existing
filenames are the same, even if the casing is different.
.SS --ignore-checksum
.PP
Normally rclone will check that the checksums of transferred files
match, and give an error \[dq]corrupted on transfer\[dq] if they
don\[aq]t.
.PP
You can use this option to skip that check.
You should only use it if you have had the \[dq]corrupted on
transfer\[dq] error message and you are sure you might want to transfer
potentially corrupted data.
.SS --ignore-existing
.PP
Using this option will make rclone unconditionally skip all files that
exist on the destination, no matter the content of these files.
.PP
While this isn\[aq]t a generally recommended option, it can be useful in
cases where your files change due to encryption.
However, it cannot correct partial transfers in case a transfer was
interrupted.
.PP
When performing a \f[C]move\f[R]/\f[C]moveto\f[R] command, this flag
will leave skipped files in the source location unchanged when a file
with the same name exists on the destination.
.SS --ignore-size
.PP
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see
if they are equal.
If you set this flag then rclone will check only the modification time.
If \f[C]--checksum\f[R] is set then it only checks the checksum.
.PP
It will also cause rclone to skip verifying the sizes are the same after
transfer.
.PP
This can be useful for transferring files to and from OneDrive which
occasionally misreports the size of image files (see
#399 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/399) for more info).
.SS -I, --ignore-times
.PP
Using this option will cause rclone to unconditionally upload all files
regardless of the state of files on the destination.
.PP
Normally rclone would skip any files that have the same modification
time and are the same size (or have the same checksum if using
\f[C]--checksum\f[R]).
.SS --immutable
.PP
Treat source and destination files as immutable and disallow
modification.
.PP
With this option set, files will be created and deleted as requested,
but existing files will never be updated.
If an existing file does not match between the source and destination,
rclone will give the error
\f[C]Source and destination exist but do not match: immutable file modified\f[R].
.PP
Note that only commands which transfer files (e.g.
\f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R], \f[C]move\f[R]) are affected by this
behavior, and only modification is disallowed.
Files may still be deleted explicitly (e.g.
\f[C]delete\f[R], \f[C]purge\f[R]) or implicitly (e.g.
\f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]move\f[R]).
Use \f[C]copy --immutable\f[R] if it is desired to avoid deletion as
well as modification.
.PP
This can be useful as an additional layer of protection for immutable or
append-only data sets (notably backup archives), where modification
implies corruption and should not be propagated.
.SS --inplace
.PP
The \f[C]--inplace\f[R] flag changes the behaviour of rclone when
uploading files to some backends (backends with the
\f[C]PartialUploads\f[R] feature flag set) such as:
.IP \[bu] 2
local
.IP \[bu] 2
ftp
.IP \[bu] 2
sftp
.PP
Without \f[C]--inplace\f[R] (the default) rclone will first upload to a
temporary file with an extension like this, where \f[C]XXXXXX\f[R]
represents a random string and \f[C].partial\f[R] is --partial-suffix
value (\f[C].partial\f[R] by default).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
original-file-name.XXXXXX.partial
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
(rclone will make sure the final name is no longer than 100 characters
by truncating the \f[C]original-file-name\f[R] part if necessary).
.PP
When the upload is complete, rclone will rename the \f[C].partial\f[R]
file to the correct name, overwriting any existing file at that point.
If the upload fails then the \f[C].partial\f[R] file will be deleted.
.PP
This prevents other users of the backend from seeing partially uploaded
files in their new names and prevents overwriting the old file until the
new one is completely uploaded.
.PP
If the \f[C]--inplace\f[R] flag is supplied, rclone will upload directly
to the final name without creating a \f[C].partial\f[R] file.
.PP
This means that an incomplete file will be visible in the directory
listings while the upload is in progress and any existing files will be
overwritten as soon as the upload starts.
If the transfer fails then the file will be deleted.
This can cause data loss of the existing file if the transfer fails.
.PP
Note that on the local file system if you don\[aq]t use
\f[C]--inplace\f[R] hard links (Unix only) will be broken.
And if you do use \f[C]--inplace\f[R] you won\[aq]t be able to update in
use executables.
.PP
Note also that versions of rclone prior to v1.63.0 behave as if the
\f[C]--inplace\f[R] flag is always supplied.
.SS -i, --interactive
.PP
This flag can be used to tell rclone that you wish a manual confirmation
before destructive operations.
.PP
It is \f[B]recommended\f[R] that you use this flag while learning rclone
especially with \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.PP
For example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone delete --interactive /tmp/dir
rclone: delete \[dq]important-file.txt\[dq]?
y) Yes, this is OK (default)
n) No, skip this
s) Skip all delete operations with no more questions
!) Do all delete operations with no more questions
q) Exit rclone now.
y/n/s/!/q> n
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The options mean
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]y\f[R]: \f[B]Yes\f[R], this operation should go ahead.
You can also press Return for this to happen.
You\[aq]ll be asked every time unless you choose \f[C]s\f[R] or
\f[C]!\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]n\f[R]: \f[B]No\f[R], do not do this operation.
You\[aq]ll be asked every time unless you choose \f[C]s\f[R] or
\f[C]!\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]s\f[R]: \f[B]Skip\f[R] all the following operations of this type
with no more questions.
This takes effect until rclone exits.
If there are any different kind of operations you\[aq]ll be prompted for
them.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]!\f[R]: \f[B]Do all\f[R] the following operations with no more
questions.
Useful if you\[aq]ve decided that you don\[aq]t mind rclone doing that
kind of operation.
This takes effect until rclone exits .
If there are any different kind of operations you\[aq]ll be prompted for
them.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]q\f[R]: \f[B]Quit\f[R] rclone now, just in case!
.SS --leave-root
.PP
During rmdirs it will not remove root directory, even if it\[aq]s empty.
.SS --log-file=FILE
.PP
Log all of rclone\[aq]s output to FILE.
This is not active by default.
This can be useful for tracking down problems with syncs in combination
with the \f[C]-v\f[R] flag.
See the Logging section for more info.
.PP
If FILE exists then rclone will append to it.
.PP
Note that if you are using the \f[C]logrotate\f[R] program to manage
rclone\[aq]s logs, then you should use the \f[C]copytruncate\f[R] option
as rclone doesn\[aq]t have a signal to rotate logs.
.SS --log-format LIST
.PP
Comma separated list of log format options.
Accepted options are \f[C]date\f[R], \f[C]time\f[R],
\f[C]microseconds\f[R], \f[C]pid\f[R], \f[C]longfile\f[R],
\f[C]shortfile\f[R], \f[C]UTC\f[R].
Any other keywords will be silently ignored.
\f[C]pid\f[R] will tag log messages with process identifier which useful
with \f[C]rclone mount --daemon\f[R].
Other accepted options are explained in the go
documentation (https://pkg.go.dev/log#pkg-constants).
The default log format is \[dq]\f[C]date\f[R],\f[C]time\f[R]\[dq].
.SS --log-level LEVEL
.PP
This sets the log level for rclone.
The default log level is \f[C]NOTICE\f[R].
.PP
\f[C]DEBUG\f[R] is equivalent to \f[C]-vv\f[R].
It outputs lots of debug info - useful for bug reports and really
finding out what rclone is doing.
.PP
\f[C]INFO\f[R] is equivalent to \f[C]-v\f[R].
It outputs information about each transfer and prints stats once a
minute by default.
.PP
\f[C]NOTICE\f[R] is the default log level if no logging flags are
supplied.
It outputs very little when things are working normally.
It outputs warnings and significant events.
.PP
\f[C]ERROR\f[R] is equivalent to \f[C]-q\f[R].
It only outputs error messages.
.SS --use-json-log
.PP
This switches the log format to JSON for rclone.
The fields of json log are level, msg, source, time.
.SS --low-level-retries NUMBER
.PP
This controls the number of low level retries rclone does.
.PP
A low level retry is used to retry a failing operation - typically one
HTTP request.
This might be uploading a chunk of a big file for example.
You will see low level retries in the log with the \f[C]-v\f[R] flag.
.PP
This shouldn\[aq]t need to be changed from the default in normal
operations.
However, if you get a lot of low level retries you may wish to reduce
the value so rclone moves on to a high level retry (see the
\f[C]--retries\f[R] flag) quicker.
.PP
Disable low level retries with \f[C]--low-level-retries 1\f[R].
.SS --max-backlog=N
.PP
This is the maximum allowable backlog of files in a sync/copy/move
queued for being checked or transferred.
.PP
This can be set arbitrarily large.
It will only use memory when the queue is in use.
Note that it will use in the order of N KiB of memory when the backlog
is in use.
.PP
Setting this large allows rclone to calculate how many files are pending
more accurately, give a more accurate estimated finish time and make
\f[C]--order-by\f[R] work more accurately.
.PP
Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings of
the remote which may be desirable.
.PP
Setting this to a negative number will make the backlog as large as
possible.
.SS --max-delete=N
.PP
This tells rclone not to delete more than N files.
If that limit is exceeded then a fatal error will be generated and
rclone will stop the operation in progress.
.SS --max-delete-size=SIZE
.PP
Rclone will stop deleting files when the total size of deletions has
reached the size specified.
It defaults to off.
.PP
If that limit is exceeded then a fatal error will be generated and
rclone will stop the operation in progress.
.SS --max-depth=N
.PP
This modifies the recursion depth for all the commands except purge.
.PP
So if you do \f[C]rclone --max-depth 1 ls remote:path\f[R] you will see
only the files in the top level directory.
Using \f[C]--max-depth 2\f[R] means you will see all the files in first
two directory levels and so on.
.PP
For historical reasons the \f[C]lsd\f[R] command defaults to using a
\f[C]--max-depth\f[R] of 1 - you can override this with the command line
flag.
.PP
You can use this command to disable recursion (with
\f[C]--max-depth 1\f[R]).
.PP
Note that if you use this with \f[C]sync\f[R] and
\f[C]--delete-excluded\f[R] the files not recursed through are
considered excluded and will be deleted on the destination.
Test first with \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] if you are not sure what will
happen.
.SS --max-duration=TIME
.PP
Rclone will stop transferring when it has run for the duration
specified.
Defaults to off.
.PP
When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
Use \f[C]--cutoff-mode\f[R] to modify this behaviour.
.PP
Rclone will exit with exit code 10 if the duration limit is reached.
.SS --max-transfer=SIZE
.PP
Rclone will stop transferring when it has reached the size specified.
Defaults to off.
.PP
When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
Use \f[C]--cutoff-mode\f[R] to modify this behaviour.
.PP
Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.
.SS --cutoff-mode=hard|soft|cautious
.PP
This modifies the behavior of \f[C]--max-transfer\f[R] and
\f[C]--max-duration\f[R] Defaults to \f[C]--cutoff-mode=hard\f[R].
.PP
Specifying \f[C]--cutoff-mode=hard\f[R] will stop transferring
immediately when Rclone reaches the limit.
.PP
Specifying \f[C]--cutoff-mode=soft\f[R] will stop starting new transfers
when Rclone reaches the limit.
.PP
Specifying \f[C]--cutoff-mode=cautious\f[R] will try to prevent Rclone
from reaching the limit.
Only applicable for \f[C]--max-transfer\f[R]
.SS -M, --metadata
.PP
Setting this flag enables rclone to copy the metadata from the source to
the destination.
For local backends this is ownership, permissions, xattr etc.
See the metadata section for more info.
.SS --metadata-mapper SpaceSepList
.PP
If you supply the parameter \f[C]--metadata-mapper /path/to/program\f[R]
then rclone will use that program to map metadata from source object to
destination object.
.PP
The argument to this flag should be a command with an optional space
separated list of arguments.
If one of the arguments has a space in then enclose it in
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R], if you want a literal \f[C]\[dq]\f[R] in an argument
then enclose the argument in \f[C]\[dq]\f[R] and double the
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R].
See CSV encoding (https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) for more info.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--metadata-mapper \[dq]python bin/test_metadata_mapper.py\[dq]
--metadata-mapper \[aq]python bin/test_metadata_mapper.py \[dq]argument with a space\[dq]\[aq]
--metadata-mapper \[aq]python bin/test_metadata_mapper.py \[dq]argument with \[dq]\[dq]two\[dq]\[dq] quotes\[dq]\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This uses a simple JSON based protocol with input on STDIN and output on
STDOUT.
This will be called for every file and directory copied and may be
called concurrently.
.PP
The program\[aq]s job is to take a metadata blob on the input and turn
it into a metadata blob on the output suitable for the destination
backend.
.PP
Input to the program (via STDIN) might look like this.
This provides some context for the \f[C]Metadata\f[R] which may be
important.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]SrcFs\f[R] is the config string for the remote that the object is
currently on.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]SrcFsType\f[R] is the name of the source backend.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]DstFs\f[R] is the config string for the remote that the object is
being copied to
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]DstFsType\f[R] is the name of the destination backend.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Remote\f[R] is the path of the object relative to the root.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Size\f[R], \f[C]MimeType\f[R], \f[C]ModTime\f[R] are attributes of
the object.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]IsDir\f[R] is \f[C]true\f[R] if this is a directory (not yet
implemented).
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ID\f[R] is the source \f[C]ID\f[R] of the object if known.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Metadata\f[R] is the backend specific metadata as described in the
backend docs.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]SrcFs\[dq]: \[dq]gdrive:\[dq],
    \[dq]SrcFsType\[dq]: \[dq]drive\[dq],
    \[dq]DstFs\[dq]: \[dq]newdrive:user\[dq],
    \[dq]DstFsType\[dq]: \[dq]onedrive\[dq],
    \[dq]Remote\[dq]: \[dq]test.txt\[dq],
    \[dq]Size\[dq]: 6,
    \[dq]MimeType\[dq]: \[dq]text/plain; charset=utf-8\[dq],
    \[dq]ModTime\[dq]: \[dq]2022-10-11T17:53:10.286745272+01:00\[dq],
    \[dq]IsDir\[dq]: false,
    \[dq]ID\[dq]: \[dq]xyz\[dq],
    \[dq]Metadata\[dq]: {
        \[dq]btime\[dq]: \[dq]2022-10-11T16:53:11Z\[dq],
        \[dq]content-type\[dq]: \[dq]text/plain; charset=utf-8\[dq],
        \[dq]mtime\[dq]: \[dq]2022-10-11T17:53:10.286745272+01:00\[dq],
        \[dq]owner\[dq]: \[dq]user1\[at]domain1.com\[dq],
        \[dq]permissions\[dq]: \[dq]...\[dq],
        \[dq]description\[dq]: \[dq]my nice file\[dq],
        \[dq]starred\[dq]: \[dq]false\[dq]
    }
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The program should then modify the input as desired and send it to
STDOUT.
The returned \f[C]Metadata\f[R] field will be used in its entirety for
the destination object.
Any other fields will be ignored.
Note in this example we translate user names and permissions and add
something to the description:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]Metadata\[dq]: {
        \[dq]btime\[dq]: \[dq]2022-10-11T16:53:11Z\[dq],
        \[dq]content-type\[dq]: \[dq]text/plain; charset=utf-8\[dq],
        \[dq]mtime\[dq]: \[dq]2022-10-11T17:53:10.286745272+01:00\[dq],
        \[dq]owner\[dq]: \[dq]user1\[at]domain2.com\[dq],
        \[dq]permissions\[dq]: \[dq]...\[dq],
        \[dq]description\[dq]: \[dq]my nice file [migrated from domain1]\[dq],
        \[dq]starred\[dq]: \[dq]false\[dq]
    }
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Metadata can be removed here too.
.PP
An example python program might look something like this to implement
the above transformations.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
import sys, json

i = json.load(sys.stdin)
metadata = i[\[dq]Metadata\[dq]]
# Add tag to description
if \[dq]description\[dq] in metadata:
    metadata[\[dq]description\[dq]] += \[dq] [migrated from domain1]\[dq]
else:
    metadata[\[dq]description\[dq]] = \[dq][migrated from domain1]\[dq]
# Modify owner
if \[dq]owner\[dq] in metadata:
    metadata[\[dq]owner\[dq]] = metadata[\[dq]owner\[dq]].replace(\[dq]domain1.com\[dq], \[dq]domain2.com\[dq])
o = { \[dq]Metadata\[dq]: metadata }
json.dump(o, sys.stdout, indent=\[dq]\[rs]t\[dq])
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You can find this example (slightly expanded) in the rclone source code
at
bin/test_metadata_mapper.py (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/bin/test_metadata_mapper.py).
.PP
If you want to see the input to the metadata mapper and the output
returned from it in the log you can use \f[C]-vv --dump mapper\f[R].
.PP
See the metadata section for more info.
.SS --metadata-set key=value
.PP
Add metadata \f[C]key\f[R] = \f[C]value\f[R] when uploading.
This can be repeated as many times as required.
See the metadata section for more info.
.SS --modify-window=TIME
.PP
When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum
allowed time difference that a file can have and still be considered
equivalent.
.PP
The default is \f[C]1ns\f[R] unless this is overridden by a remote.
For example OS X only stores modification times to the nearest second so
if you are reading and writing to an OS X filing system this will be
\f[C]1s\f[R] by default.
.PP
This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.
.SS --multi-thread-write-buffer-size=SIZE
.PP
When transferring with multiple threads, rclone will buffer SIZE bytes
in memory before writing to disk for each thread.
.PP
This can improve performance if the underlying filesystem does not deal
well with a lot of small writes in different positions of the file, so
if you see transfers being limited by disk write speed, you might want
to experiment with different values.
Specially for magnetic drives and remote file systems a higher value can
be useful.
.PP
Nevertheless, the default of \f[C]128k\f[R] should be fine for almost
all use cases, so before changing it ensure that network is not really
your bottleneck.
.PP
As a final hint, size is not the only factor: block size (or similar
concept) can have an impact.
In one case, we observed that exact multiples of 16k performed much
better than other values.
.SS --multi-thread-chunk-size=SizeSuffix
.PP
Normally the chunk size for multi thread transfers is set by the
backend.
However some backends such as \f[C]local\f[R] and \f[C]smb\f[R] (which
implement \f[C]OpenWriterAt\f[R] but not \f[C]OpenChunkWriter\f[R])
don\[aq]t have a natural chunk size.
.PP
In this case the value of this option is used (default 64Mi).
.SS --multi-thread-cutoff=SIZE
.PP
When transferring files above SIZE to capable backends, rclone will use
multiple threads to transfer the file (default 256M).
.PP
Capable backends are marked in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) as
\f[C]MultithreadUpload\f[R].
(They need to implement either the \f[C]OpenWriterAt\f[R] or
\f[C]OpenChunkWriter\f[R] internal interfaces).
These include include, \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R],
\f[C]azureblob\f[R], \f[C]b2\f[R], \f[C]oracleobjectstorage\f[R] and
\f[C]smb\f[R] at the time of writing.
.PP
On the local disk, rclone preallocates the file (using
\f[C]fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE)\f[R] on unix or
\f[C]NTSetInformationFile\f[R] on Windows both of which takes no time)
then each thread writes directly into the file at the correct place.
This means that rclone won\[aq]t create fragmented or sparse files and
there won\[aq]t be any assembly time at the end of the transfer.
.PP
The number of threads used to transfer is controlled by
\f[C]--multi-thread-streams\f[R].
.PP
Use \f[C]-vv\f[R] if you wish to see info about the threads.
.PP
This will work with the \f[C]sync\f[R]/\f[C]copy\f[R]/\f[C]move\f[R]
commands and friends \f[C]copyto\f[R]/\f[C]moveto\f[R].
Multi thread transfers will be used with \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] and
\f[C]rclone serve\f[R] if \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] is set to
\f[C]writes\f[R] or above.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] that this \f[B]only\f[R] works with supported backends as
the destination but will work with any backend as the source.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] that multi-thread copies are disabled for local to local
copies as they are faster without unless
\f[C]--multi-thread-streams\f[R] is set explicitly.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] on Windows using multi-thread transfers to the local disk
will cause the resulting files to be
sparse (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparse_file).
Use \f[C]--local-no-sparse\f[R] to disable sparse files (which may cause
long delays at the start of transfers) or disable multi-thread transfers
with \f[C]--multi-thread-streams 0\f[R]
.SS --multi-thread-streams=N
.PP
When using multi thread transfers (see above
\f[C]--multi-thread-cutoff\f[R]) this sets the number of streams to use.
Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable multi thread transfers (Default 4).
.PP
If the backend has a \f[C]--backend-upload-concurrency\f[R] setting (eg
\f[C]--s3-upload-concurrency\f[R]) then this setting will be used as the
number of transfers instead if it is larger than the value of
\f[C]--multi-thread-streams\f[R] or \f[C]--multi-thread-streams\f[R]
isn\[aq]t set.
.SS --no-check-dest
.PP
The \f[C]--no-check-dest\f[R] can be used with \f[C]move\f[R] or
\f[C]copy\f[R] and it causes rclone not to check the destination at all
when copying files.
.PP
This means that:
.IP \[bu] 2
the destination is not listed minimising the API calls
.IP \[bu] 2
files are always transferred
.IP \[bu] 2
this can cause duplicates on remotes which allow it (e.g.
Google Drive)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--retries 1\f[R] is recommended otherwise you\[aq]ll transfer
everything again on a retry
.PP
This flag is useful to minimise the transactions if you know that none
of the files are on the destination.
.PP
This is a specialized flag which should be ignored by most users!
.SS --no-gzip-encoding
.PP
Don\[aq]t set \f[C]Accept-Encoding: gzip\f[R].
This means that rclone won\[aq]t ask the server for compressed files
automatically.
Useful if you\[aq]ve set the server to return files with
\f[C]Content-Encoding: gzip\f[R] but you uploaded compressed files.
.PP
There is no need to set this in normal operation, and doing so will
decrease the network transfer efficiency of rclone.
.SS --no-traverse
.PP
The \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] flag controls whether the destination file
system is traversed when using the \f[C]copy\f[R] or \f[C]move\f[R]
commands.
\f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] is not compatible with \f[C]sync\f[R] and will
be ignored if you supply it with \f[C]sync\f[R].
.PP
If you are only copying a small number of files (or are filtering most
of the files) and/or have a large number of files on the destination
then \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] will stop rclone listing the destination
and save time.
.PP
However, if you are copying a large number of files, especially if you
are doing a copy where lots of the files under consideration haven\[aq]t
changed and won\[aq]t need copying then you shouldn\[aq]t use
\f[C]--no-traverse\f[R].
.PP
See rclone copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) for an
example of how to use it.
.SS --no-unicode-normalization
.PP
Don\[aq]t normalize unicode characters in filenames during the sync
routine.
.PP
Sometimes, an operating system will store filenames containing unicode
parts in their decomposed form (particularly macOS).
Some cloud storage systems will then recompose the unicode, resulting in
duplicate files if the data is ever copied back to a local filesystem.
.PP
Using this flag will disable that functionality, treating each unicode
character as unique.
For example, by default e\[u0301] and \['e] will be normalized into the
same character.
With \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] they will be treated as unique
characters.
.SS --no-update-modtime
.PP
When using this flag, rclone won\[aq]t update modification times of
remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.
.PP
This can be used if the remote is being synced with another tool also
(e.g.
the Google Drive client).
.SS --no-update-dir-modtime
.PP
When using this flag, rclone won\[aq]t update modification times of
remote directories if they are incorrect as it would normally.
.SS --order-by string
.PP
The \f[C]--order-by\f[R] flag controls the order in which files in the
backlog are processed in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R], \f[C]rclone copy\f[R]
and \f[C]rclone move\f[R].
.PP
The order by string is constructed like this.
The first part describes what aspect is being measured:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]size\f[R] - order by the size of the files
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]name\f[R] - order by the full path of the files
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]modtime\f[R] - order by the modification date of the files
.PP
This can have a modifier appended with a comma:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ascending\f[R] or \f[C]asc\f[R] - order so that the smallest (or
oldest) is processed first
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]descending\f[R] or \f[C]desc\f[R] - order so that the largest (or
newest) is processed first
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]mixed\f[R] - order so that the smallest is processed first for some
threads and the largest for others
.PP
If the modifier is \f[C]mixed\f[R] then it can have an optional
percentage (which defaults to \f[C]50\f[R]), e.g.
\f[C]size,mixed,25\f[R] which means that 25% of the threads should be
taking the smallest items and 75% the largest.
The threads which take the smallest first will always take the smallest
first and likewise the largest first threads.
The \f[C]mixed\f[R] mode can be useful to minimise the transfer time
when you are transferring a mixture of large and small files - the large
files are guaranteed upload threads and bandwidth and the small files
will be processed continuously.
.PP
If no modifier is supplied then the order is \f[C]ascending\f[R].
.PP
For example
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--order-by size,desc\f[R] - send the largest files first
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--order-by modtime,ascending\f[R] - send the oldest files first
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--order-by name\f[R] - send the files with alphabetically by path
first
.PP
If the \f[C]--order-by\f[R] flag is not supplied or it is supplied with
an empty string then the default ordering will be used which is as
scanned.
With \f[C]--checkers 1\f[R] this is mostly alphabetical, however with
the default \f[C]--checkers 8\f[R] it is somewhat random.
.SS Limitations
.PP
The \f[C]--order-by\f[R] flag does not do a separate pass over the data.
This means that it may transfer some files out of the order specified if
.IP \[bu] 2
there are no files in the backlog or the source has not been fully
scanned yet
.IP \[bu] 2
there are more than --max-backlog files in the backlog
.PP
Rclone will do its best to transfer the best file it has so in practice
this should not cause a problem.
Think of \f[C]--order-by\f[R] as being more of a best efforts flag
rather than a perfect ordering.
.PP
If you want perfect ordering then you will need to specify --check-first
which will find all the files which need transferring first before
transferring any.
.SS --partial-suffix
.PP
When --inplace is not used, it causes rclone to use the
\f[C]--partial-suffix\f[R] as suffix for temporary files.
.PP
Suffix length limit is 16 characters.
.PP
The default is \f[C].partial\f[R].
.SS --password-command SpaceSepList
.PP
This flag supplies a program which should supply the config password
when run.
This is an alternative to rclone prompting for the password or setting
the \f[C]RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS\f[R] variable.
.PP
The argument to this should be a command with a space separated list of
arguments.
If one of the arguments has a space in then enclose it in
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R], if you want a literal \f[C]\[dq]\f[R] in an argument
then enclose the argument in \f[C]\[dq]\f[R] and double the
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R].
See CSV encoding (https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) for more info.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--password-command \[dq]echo hello\[dq]
--password-command \[aq]echo \[dq]hello with space\[dq]\[aq]
--password-command \[aq]echo \[dq]hello with \[dq]\[dq]quotes\[dq]\[dq] and space\[dq]\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the Configuration Encryption for more info.
.PP
See a Windows PowerShell example on the
Wiki (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/wiki/Windows-Powershell-use-rclone-password-command-for-Config-file-password).
.SS -P, --progress
.PP
This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the
terminal providing a realtime overview of the transfer.
.PP
Any log messages will scroll above the static block.
Log messages will push the static block down to the bottom of the
terminal where it will stay.
.PP
Normally this is updated every 500mS but this period can be overridden
with the \f[C]--stats\f[R] flag.
.PP
This can be used with the \f[C]--stats-one-line\f[R] flag for a simpler
display.
.PP
Note: On Windows until this
bug (https://github.com/Azure/go-ansiterm/issues/26) is fixed all
non-ASCII characters will be replaced with \f[C].\f[R] when
\f[C]--progress\f[R] is in use.
.SS --progress-terminal-title
.PP
This flag, when used with \f[C]-P/--progress\f[R], will print the string
\f[C]ETA: %s\f[R] to the terminal title.
.SS -q, --quiet
.PP
This flag will limit rclone\[aq]s output to error messages only.
.SS --refresh-times
.PP
The \f[C]--refresh-times\f[R] flag can be used to update modification
times of existing files when they are out of sync on backends which
don\[aq]t support hashes.
.PP
This is useful if you uploaded files with the incorrect timestamps and
you now wish to correct them.
.PP
This flag is \f[B]only\f[R] useful for destinations which don\[aq]t
support hashes (e.g.
\f[C]crypt\f[R]).
.PP
This can be used any of the sync commands \f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R]
or \f[C]move\f[R].
.PP
To use this flag you will need to be doing a modification time sync (so
not using \f[C]--size-only\f[R] or \f[C]--checksum\f[R]).
The flag will have no effect when using \f[C]--size-only\f[R] or
\f[C]--checksum\f[R].
.PP
If this flag is used when rclone comes to upload a file it will check to
see if there is an existing file on the destination.
If this file matches the source with size (and checksum if available)
but has a differing timestamp then instead of re-uploading it, rclone
will update the timestamp on the destination file.
If the checksum does not match rclone will upload the new file.
If the checksum is absent (e.g.
on a \f[C]crypt\f[R] backend) then rclone will update the timestamp.
.PP
Note that some remotes can\[aq]t set the modification time without
re-uploading the file so this flag is less useful on them.
.PP
Normally if you are doing a modification time sync rclone will update
modification times without \f[C]--refresh-times\f[R] provided that the
remote supports checksums \f[B]and\f[R] the checksums match on the file.
However if the checksums are absent then rclone will upload the file
rather than setting the timestamp as this is the safe behaviour.
.SS --retries int
.PP
Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).
.PP
Some remotes can be unreliable and a few retries help pick up the files
which didn\[aq]t get transferred because of errors.
.PP
Disable retries with \f[C]--retries 1\f[R].
.SS --retries-sleep=TIME
.PP
This sets the interval between each retry specified by
\f[C]--retries\f[R]
.PP
The default is \f[C]0\f[R].
Use \f[C]0\f[R] to disable.
.SS --server-side-across-configs
.PP
Allow server-side operations (e.g.
copy or move) to work across different configurations.
.PP
This can be useful if you wish to do a server-side copy or move between
two remotes which use the same backend but are configured differently.
.PP
Note that this isn\[aq]t enabled by default because it isn\[aq]t easy
for rclone to tell if it will work between any two configurations.
.SS --size-only
.PP
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see
if they are equal.
If you set this flag then rclone will check only the size.
.PP
This can be useful transferring files from Dropbox which have been
modified by the desktop sync client which doesn\[aq]t set checksums of
modification times in the same way as rclone.
.SS --stats=TIME
.PP
Commands which transfer data (\f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R],
\f[C]copyto\f[R], \f[C]move\f[R], \f[C]moveto\f[R]) will print data
transfer stats at regular intervals to show their progress.
.PP
This sets the interval.
.PP
The default is \f[C]1m\f[R].
Use \f[C]0\f[R] to disable.
.PP
If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats.
This can be useful when running other commands, \f[C]check\f[R] or
\f[C]mount\f[R] for example.
.PP
Stats are logged at \f[C]INFO\f[R] level by default which means they
won\[aq]t show at default log level \f[C]NOTICE\f[R].
Use \f[C]--stats-log-level NOTICE\f[R] or \f[C]-v\f[R] to make them
show.
See the Logging section for more info on log levels.
.PP
Note that on macOS you can send a SIGINFO (which is normally ctrl-T in
the terminal) to make the stats print immediately.
.SS --stats-file-name-length integer
.PP
By default, the \f[C]--stats\f[R] output will truncate file names and
paths longer than 40 characters.
This is equivalent to providing \f[C]--stats-file-name-length 40\f[R].
Use \f[C]--stats-file-name-length 0\f[R] to disable any truncation of
file names printed by stats.
.SS --stats-log-level string
.PP
Log level to show \f[C]--stats\f[R] output at.
This can be \f[C]DEBUG\f[R], \f[C]INFO\f[R], \f[C]NOTICE\f[R], or
\f[C]ERROR\f[R].
The default is \f[C]INFO\f[R].
This means at the default level of logging which is \f[C]NOTICE\f[R] the
stats won\[aq]t show - if you want them to then use
\f[C]--stats-log-level NOTICE\f[R].
See the Logging section for more info on log levels.
.SS --stats-one-line
.PP
When this is specified, rclone condenses the stats into a single line
showing the most important stats only.
.SS --stats-one-line-date
.PP
When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and
prepends the display with a date string.
The default is \f[C]2006/01/02 15:04:05 -\f[R]
.SS --stats-one-line-date-format
.PP
When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and
prepends the display with a user-supplied date string.
The date string MUST be enclosed in quotes.
Follow golang specs (https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.Format) for date
formatting syntax.
.SS --stats-unit=bits|bytes
.PP
By default, data transfer rates will be printed in bytes per second.
.PP
This option allows the data rate to be printed in bits per second.
.PP
Data transfer volume will still be reported in bytes.
.PP
The rate is reported as a binary unit, not SI unit.
So 1 Mbit/s equals 1,048,576 bit/s and not 1,000,000 bit/s.
.PP
The default is \f[C]bytes\f[R].
.SS --suffix=SUFFIX
.PP
When using \f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R] or \f[C]move\f[R] any files
which would have been overwritten or deleted will have the suffix added
to them.
If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added),
then it will be overwritten.
.PP
The remote in use must support server-side move or copy and you must use
the same remote as the destination of the sync.
.PP
This is for use with files to add the suffix in the current directory or
with \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R].
See \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] for more info.
.PP
For example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --interactive /path/to/local/file remote:current --suffix .bak
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
will copy \f[C]/path/to/local\f[R] to \f[C]remote:current\f[R], but for
any files which would have been updated or deleted have .bak added.
.PP
If using \f[C]rclone sync\f[R] with \f[C]--suffix\f[R] and without
\f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] then it is recommended to put a filter rule in
excluding the suffix otherwise the \f[C]sync\f[R] will delete the backup
files.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /path/to/local/file remote:current --suffix .bak --exclude \[dq]*.bak\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --suffix-keep-extension
.PP
When using \f[C]--suffix\f[R], setting this causes rclone put the SUFFIX
before the extension of the files that it backs up rather than after.
.PP
So let\[aq]s say we had \f[C]--suffix -2019-01-01\f[R], without the flag
\f[C]file.txt\f[R] would be backed up to \f[C]file.txt-2019-01-01\f[R]
and with the flag it would be backed up to
\f[C]file-2019-01-01.txt\f[R].
This can be helpful to make sure the suffixed files can still be opened.
.PP
If a file has two (or more) extensions and the second (or subsequent)
extension is recognised as a valid mime type, then the suffix will go
before that extension.
So \f[C]file.tar.gz\f[R] would be backed up to
\f[C]file-2019-01-01.tar.gz\f[R] whereas \f[C]file.badextension.gz\f[R]
would be backed up to \f[C]file.badextension-2019-01-01.gz\f[R].
.SS --syslog
.PP
On capable OSes (not Windows or Plan9) send all log output to syslog.
.PP
This can be useful for running rclone in a script or
\f[C]rclone mount\f[R].
.SS --syslog-facility string
.PP
If using \f[C]--syslog\f[R] this sets the syslog facility (e.g.
\f[C]KERN\f[R], \f[C]USER\f[R]).
See \f[C]man syslog\f[R] for a list of possible facilities.
The default facility is \f[C]DAEMON\f[R].
.SS --temp-dir=DIR
.PP
Specify the directory rclone will use for temporary files, to override
the default.
Make sure the directory exists and have accessible permissions.
.PP
By default the operating system\[aq]s temp directory will be used: - On
Unix systems, \f[C]$TMPDIR\f[R] if non-empty, else \f[C]/tmp\f[R].
- On Windows, the first non-empty value from \f[C]%TMP%\f[R],
\f[C]%TEMP%\f[R], \f[C]%USERPROFILE%\f[R], or the Windows directory.
.PP
When overriding the default with this option, the specified path will be
set as value of environment variable \f[C]TMPDIR\f[R] on Unix systems
and \f[C]TMP\f[R] and \f[C]TEMP\f[R] on Windows.
.PP
You can use the config
paths (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_paths/) command to see
the current value.
.SS --tpslimit float
.PP
Limit transactions per second to this number.
Default is 0 which is used to mean unlimited transactions per second.
.PP
A transaction is roughly defined as an API call; its exact meaning will
depend on the backend.
For HTTP based backends it is an HTTP PUT/GET/POST/etc and its response.
For FTP/SFTP it is a round trip transaction over TCP.
.PP
For example, to limit rclone to 10 transactions per second use
\f[C]--tpslimit 10\f[R], or to 1 transaction every 2 seconds use
\f[C]--tpslimit 0.5\f[R].
.PP
Use this when the number of transactions per second from rclone is
causing a problem with the cloud storage provider (e.g.
getting you banned or rate limited).
.PP
This can be very useful for \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] to control the
behaviour of applications using it.
.PP
This limit applies to all HTTP based backends and to the FTP and SFTP
backends.
It does not apply to the local backend or the Storj backend.
.PP
See also \f[C]--tpslimit-burst\f[R].
.SS --tpslimit-burst int
.PP
Max burst of transactions for \f[C]--tpslimit\f[R] (default
\f[C]1\f[R]).
.PP
Normally \f[C]--tpslimit\f[R] will do exactly the number of transaction
per second specified.
However if you supply \f[C]--tps-burst\f[R] then rclone can save up some
transactions from when it was idle giving a burst of up to the parameter
supplied.
.PP
For example if you provide \f[C]--tpslimit-burst 10\f[R] then if rclone
has been idle for more than 10*\f[C]--tpslimit\f[R] then it can do 10
transactions very quickly before they are limited again.
.PP
This may be used to increase performance of \f[C]--tpslimit\f[R] without
changing the long term average number of transactions per second.
.SS --track-renames
.PP
By default, rclone doesn\[aq]t keep track of renamed files, so if you
rename a file locally then sync it to a remote, rclone will delete the
old file on the remote and upload a new copy.
.PP
An rclone sync with \f[C]--track-renames\f[R] runs like a normal sync,
but keeps track of objects which exist in the destination but not in the
source (which would normally be deleted), and which objects exist in the
source but not the destination (which would normally be transferred).
These objects are then candidates for renaming.
.PP
After the sync, rclone matches up the source only and destination only
objects using the \f[C]--track-renames-strategy\f[R] specified and
either renames the destination object or transfers the source and
deletes the destination object.
\f[C]--track-renames\f[R] is stateless like all of rclone\[aq]s syncs.
.PP
To use this flag the destination must support server-side copy or
server-side move, and to use a hash based
\f[C]--track-renames-strategy\f[R] (the default) the source and the
destination must have a compatible hash.
.PP
If the destination does not support server-side copy or move, rclone
will fall back to the default behaviour and log an error level message
to the console.
.PP
Encrypted destinations are not currently supported by
\f[C]--track-renames\f[R] if \f[C]--track-renames-strategy\f[R] includes
\f[C]hash\f[R].
.PP
Note that \f[C]--track-renames\f[R] is incompatible with
\f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] and that it uses extra memory to keep track of
all the rename candidates.
.PP
Note also that \f[C]--track-renames\f[R] is incompatible with
\f[C]--delete-before\f[R] and will select \f[C]--delete-after\f[R]
instead of \f[C]--delete-during\f[R].
.SS --track-renames-strategy (hash,modtime,leaf,size)
.PP
This option changes the file matching criteria for
\f[C]--track-renames\f[R].
.PP
The matching is controlled by a comma separated selection of these
tokens:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]modtime\f[R] - the modification time of the file - not supported on
all backends
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]hash\f[R] - the hash of the file contents - not supported on all
backends
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]leaf\f[R] - the name of the file not including its directory name
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]size\f[R] - the size of the file (this is always enabled)
.PP
The default option is \f[C]hash\f[R].
.PP
Using \f[C]--track-renames-strategy modtime,leaf\f[R] would match files
based on modification time, the leaf of the file name and the size only.
.PP
Using \f[C]--track-renames-strategy modtime\f[R] or \f[C]leaf\f[R] can
enable \f[C]--track-renames\f[R] support for encrypted destinations.
.PP
Note that the \f[C]hash\f[R] strategy is not supported with encrypted
destinations.
.SS --delete-(before,during,after)
.PP
This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are
deleted when you sync folders.
.PP
Specifying the value \f[C]--delete-before\f[R] will delete all files
present on the destination, but not on the source \f[I]before\f[R]
starting the transfer of any new or updated files.
This uses two passes through the file systems, one for the deletions and
one for the copies.
.PP
Specifying \f[C]--delete-during\f[R] will delete files while checking
and uploading files.
This is the fastest option and uses the least memory.
.PP
Specifying \f[C]--delete-after\f[R] (the default value) will delay
deletion of files until all new/updated files have been successfully
transferred.
The files to be deleted are collected in the copy pass then deleted
after the copy pass has completed successfully.
The files to be deleted are held in memory so this mode may use more
memory.
This is the safest mode as it will only delete files if there have been
no errors subsequent to that.
If there have been errors before the deletions start then you will get
the message \f[C]not deleting files as there were IO errors\f[R].
.SS --fast-list
.PP
When doing anything which involves a directory listing (e.g.
\f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R], \f[C]ls\f[R] - in fact nearly every
command), rclone has different strategies to choose from.
.PP
The basic strategy is to list one directory and processes it before
using more directory lists to process any subdirectories.
This is a mandatory backend feature, called \f[C]List\f[R], which means
it is supported by all backends.
This strategy uses small amount of memory, and because it can be
parallelised it is fast for operations involving processing of the list
results.
.PP
Some backends provide the support for an alternative strategy, where all
files beneath a directory can be listed in one (or a small number) of
transactions.
Rclone supports this alternative strategy through an optional backend
feature called \f[C]ListR\f[R] (https://rclone.org/overview/#listr).
You can see in the storage system overview documentation\[aq]s optional
features (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) section which
backends it is enabled for (these tend to be the bucket-based ones, e.g.
S3, B2, GCS, Swift).
This strategy requires fewer transactions for highly recursive
operations, which is important on backends where this is charged or
heavily rate limited.
It may be faster (due to fewer transactions) or slower (because it
can\[aq]t be parallelized) depending on different parameters, and may
require more memory if rclone has to keep the whole listing in memory.
.PP
Which listing strategy rclone picks for a given operation is
complicated, but in general it tries to choose the best possible.
It will prefer \f[C]ListR\f[R] in situations where it doesn\[aq]t need
to store the listed files in memory, e.g.
for unlimited recursive \f[C]ls\f[R] command variants.
In other situations it will prefer \f[C]List\f[R], e.g.
for \f[C]sync\f[R] and \f[C]copy\f[R], where it needs to keep the listed
files in memory, and is performing operations on them where
parallelization may be a huge advantage.
.PP
Rclone is not able to take all relevant parameters into account for
deciding the best strategy, and therefore allows you to influence the
choice in two ways: You can stop rclone from using \f[C]ListR\f[R] by
disabling the feature, using the --disable option
(\f[C]--disable ListR\f[R]), or you can allow rclone to use
\f[C]ListR\f[R] where it would normally choose not to do so due to
higher memory usage, using the \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] option.
Rclone should always produce identical results either way.
Using \f[C]--disable ListR\f[R] or \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] on a remote
which doesn\[aq]t support \f[C]ListR\f[R] does nothing, rclone will just
ignore it.
.PP
A rule of thumb is that if you pay for transactions and can fit your
entire sync listing into memory, then \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] is
recommended.
If you have a very big sync to do, then don\[aq]t use
\f[C]--fast-list\f[R], otherwise you will run out of memory.
Run some tests and compare before you decide, and if in doubt then just
leave the default, let rclone decide, i.e.
not use \f[C]--fast-list\f[R].
.SS --timeout=TIME
.PP
This sets the IO idle timeout.
If a transfer has started but then becomes idle for this long it is
considered broken and disconnected.
.PP
The default is \f[C]5m\f[R].
Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable.
.SS --transfers=N
.PP
The number of file transfers to run in parallel.
It can sometimes be useful to set this to a smaller number if the remote
is giving a lot of timeouts or bigger if you have lots of bandwidth and
a fast remote.
.PP
The default is to run 4 file transfers in parallel.
.PP
Look at --multi-thread-streams if you would like to control single file
transfers.
.SS -u, --update
.PP
This forces rclone to skip any files which exist on the destination and
have a modified time that is newer than the source file.
.PP
This can be useful in avoiding needless transfers when transferring to a
remote which doesn\[aq]t support modification times directly (or when
using \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] to avoid extra API calls) as it is
more accurate than a \f[C]--size-only\f[R] check and faster than using
\f[C]--checksum\f[R].
On such remotes (or when using \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R]) the time
checked will be the uploaded time.
.PP
If an existing destination file has a modification time older than the
source file\[aq]s, it will be updated if the sizes are different.
If the sizes are the same, it will be updated if the checksum is
different or not available.
.PP
If an existing destination file has a modification time equal (within
the computed modify window) to the source file\[aq]s, it will be updated
if the sizes are different.
The checksum will not be checked in this case unless the
\f[C]--checksum\f[R] flag is provided.
.PP
In all other cases the file will not be updated.
.PP
Consider using the \f[C]--modify-window\f[R] flag to compensate for time
skews between the source and the backend, for backends that do not
support mod times, and instead use uploaded times.
However, if the backend does not support checksums, note that syncing or
copying within the time skew window may still result in additional
transfers for safety.
.SS --use-mmap
.PP
If this flag is set then rclone will use anonymous memory allocated by
mmap on Unix based platforms and VirtualAlloc on Windows for its
transfer buffers (size controlled by \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R]).
Memory allocated like this does not go on the Go heap and can be
returned to the OS immediately when it is finished with.
.PP
If this flag is not set then rclone will allocate and free the buffers
using the Go memory allocator which may use more memory as memory pages
are returned less aggressively to the OS.
.PP
It is possible this does not work well on all platforms so it is
disabled by default; in the future it may be enabled by default.
.SS --use-server-modtime
.PP
Some object-store backends (e.g, Swift, S3) do not preserve file
modification times (modtime).
On these backends, rclone stores the original modtime as additional
metadata on the object.
By default it will make an API call to retrieve the metadata when the
modtime is needed by an operation.
.PP
Use this flag to disable the extra API call and rely instead on the
server\[aq]s modified time.
In cases such as a local to remote sync using \f[C]--update\f[R],
knowing the local file is newer than the time it was last uploaded to
the remote is sufficient.
In those cases, this flag can speed up the process and reduce the number
of API calls necessary.
.PP
Using this flag on a sync operation without also using
\f[C]--update\f[R] would cause all files modified at any time other than
the last upload time to be uploaded again, which is probably not what
you want.
.SS -v, -vv, --verbose
.PP
With \f[C]-v\f[R] rclone will tell you about each file that is
transferred and a small number of significant events.
.PP
With \f[C]-vv\f[R] rclone will become very verbose telling you about
every file it considers and transfers.
Please send bug reports with a log with this setting.
.PP
When setting verbosity as an environment variable, use
\f[C]RCLONE_VERBOSE=1\f[R] or \f[C]RCLONE_VERBOSE=2\f[R] for
\f[C]-v\f[R] and \f[C]-vv\f[R] respectively.
.SS -V, --version
.PP
Prints the version number
.SS SSL/TLS options
.PP
The outgoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with
these options.
For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or WebDAV backends.
Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of configuration for SSL/TLS
which you can find in their documentation.
.SS --ca-cert stringArray
.PP
This loads the PEM encoded certificate authority certificates and uses
it to verify the certificates of the servers rclone connects to.
.PP
If you have generated certificates signed with a local CA then you will
need this flag to connect to servers using those certificates.
.SS --client-cert string
.PP
This loads the PEM encoded client side certificate.
.PP
This is used for mutual TLS
authentication (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mutual_authentication).
.PP
The \f[C]--client-key\f[R] flag is required too when using this.
.SS --client-key string
.PP
This loads the PEM encoded client side private key used for mutual TLS
authentication.
Used in conjunction with \f[C]--client-cert\f[R].
.SS --no-check-certificate=true/false
.PP
\f[C]--no-check-certificate\f[R] controls whether a client verifies the
server\[aq]s certificate chain and host name.
If \f[C]--no-check-certificate\f[R] is true, TLS accepts any certificate
presented by the server and any host name in that certificate.
In this mode, TLS is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks.
.PP
This option defaults to \f[C]false\f[R].
.PP
\f[B]This should be used only for testing.\f[R]
.SS Configuration Encryption
.PP
Your configuration file contains information for logging in to your
cloud services.
This means that you should keep your \f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] file in a
secure location.
.PP
If you are in an environment where that isn\[aq]t possible, you can add
a password to your configuration.
This means that you will have to supply the password every time you
start rclone.
.PP
To add a password to your rclone configuration, execute
\f[C]rclone config\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
>rclone config
Current remotes:

e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/s/q>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Go into \f[C]s\f[R], Set configuration password:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
e/n/d/s/q> s
Your configuration is not encrypted.
If you add a password, you will protect your login information to cloud services.
a) Add Password
q) Quit to main menu
a/q> a
Enter NEW configuration password:
password:
Confirm NEW password:
password:
Password set
Your configuration is encrypted.
c) Change Password
u) Unencrypt configuration
q) Quit to main menu
c/u/q>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Your configuration is now encrypted, and every time you start rclone you
will have to supply the password.
See below for details.
In the same menu, you can change the password or completely remove
encryption from your configuration.
.PP
There is no way to recover the configuration if you lose your password.
.PP
rclone uses nacl
secretbox (https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/crypto/nacl/secretbox) which
in turn uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate your
configuration with secret-key cryptography.
The password is SHA-256 hashed, which produces the key for secretbox.
The hashed password is not stored.
.PP
While this provides very good security, we do not recommend storing your
encrypted rclone configuration in public if it contains sensitive
information, maybe except if you use a very strong password.
.PP
If it is safe in your environment, you can set the
\f[C]RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS\f[R] environment variable to contain your
password, in which case it will be used for decrypting the
configuration.
.PP
You can set this for a session from a script.
For unix like systems save this to a file called
\f[C]set-rclone-password\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
#!/bin/echo Source this file don\[aq]t run it

read -s RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then source the file when you want to use it.
From the shell you would do \f[C]source set-rclone-password\f[R].
It will then ask you for the password and set it in the environment
variable.
.PP
An alternate means of supplying the password is to provide a script
which will retrieve the password and print on standard output.
This script should have a fully specified path name and not rely on any
environment variables.
The script is supplied either via
\f[C]--password-command=\[dq]...\[dq]\f[R] command line argument or via
the \f[C]RCLONE_PASSWORD_COMMAND\f[R] environment variable.
.PP
One useful example of this is using the \f[C]passwordstore\f[R]
application to retrieve the password:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
export RCLONE_PASSWORD_COMMAND=\[dq]pass rclone/config\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If the \f[C]passwordstore\f[R] password manager holds the password for
the rclone configuration, using the script method means the password is
primarily protected by the \f[C]passwordstore\f[R] system, and is never
embedded in the clear in scripts, nor available for examination using
the standard commands available.
It is quite possible with long running rclone sessions for copies of
passwords to be innocently captured in log files or terminal scroll
buffers, etc.
Using the script method of supplying the password enhances the security
of the config password considerably.
.PP
If you are running rclone inside a script, unless you are using the
\f[C]--password-command\f[R] method, you might want to disable password
prompts.
To do that, pass the parameter \f[C]--ask-password=false\f[R] to rclone.
This will make rclone fail instead of asking for a password if
\f[C]RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS\f[R] doesn\[aq]t contain a valid password, and
\f[C]--password-command\f[R] has not been supplied.
.PP
Whenever running commands that may be affected by options in a
configuration file, rclone will look for an existing file according to
the rules described above, and load any it finds.
If an encrypted file is found, this includes decrypting it, with the
possible consequence of a password prompt.
When executing a command line that you know are not actually using
anything from such a configuration file, you can avoid it being loaded
by overriding the location, e.g.
with one of the documented special values for memory-only configuration.
Since only backend options can be stored in configuration files, this is
normally unnecessary for commands that do not operate on backends, e.g.
\f[C]genautocomplete\f[R].
However, it will be relevant for commands that do operate on backends in
general, but are used without referencing a stored remote, e.g.
listing local filesystem paths, or connection strings:
\f[C]rclone --config=\[dq]\[dq] ls .\f[R]
.SS Developer options
.PP
These options are useful when developing or debugging rclone.
There are also some more remote specific options which aren\[aq]t
documented here which are used for testing.
These start with remote name e.g.
\f[C]--drive-test-option\f[R] - see the docs for the remote in question.
.SS --cpuprofile=FILE
.PP
Write CPU profile to file.
This can be analysed with \f[C]go tool pprof\f[R].
.SS --dump flag,flag,flag
.PP
The \f[C]--dump\f[R] flag takes a comma separated list of flags to dump
info about.
.PP
Note that some headers including \f[C]Accept-Encoding\f[R] as shown may
not be correct in the request and the response may not show
\f[C]Content-Encoding\f[R] if the go standard libraries auto gzip
encoding was in effect.
In this case the body of the request will be gunzipped before showing
it.
.PP
The available flags are:
.SS --dump headers
.PP
Dump HTTP headers with \f[C]Authorization:\f[R] lines removed.
May still contain sensitive info.
Can be very verbose.
Useful for debugging only.
.PP
Use \f[C]--dump auth\f[R] if you do want the \f[C]Authorization:\f[R]
headers.
.SS --dump bodies
.PP
Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info.
Can be very verbose.
Useful for debugging only.
.PP
Note that the bodies are buffered in memory so don\[aq]t use this for
enormous files.
.SS --dump requests
.PP
Like \f[C]--dump bodies\f[R] but dumps the request bodies and the
response headers.
Useful for debugging download problems.
.SS --dump responses
.PP
Like \f[C]--dump bodies\f[R] but dumps the response bodies and the
request headers.
Useful for debugging upload problems.
.SS --dump auth
.PP
Dump HTTP headers - will contain sensitive info such as
\f[C]Authorization:\f[R] headers - use \f[C]--dump headers\f[R] to dump
without \f[C]Authorization:\f[R] headers.
Can be very verbose.
Useful for debugging only.
.SS --dump filters
.PP
Dump the filters to the output.
Useful to see exactly what include and exclude options are filtering on.
.SS --dump goroutines
.PP
This dumps a list of the running go-routines at the end of the command
to standard output.
.SS --dump openfiles
.PP
This dumps a list of the open files at the end of the command.
It uses the \f[C]lsof\f[R] command to do that so you\[aq]ll need that
installed to use it.
.SS --dump mapper
.PP
This shows the JSON blobs being sent to the program supplied with
\f[C]--metadata-mapper\f[R] and received from it.
It can be useful for debugging the metadata mapper interface.
.SS --memprofile=FILE
.PP
Write memory profile to file.
This can be analysed with \f[C]go tool pprof\f[R].
.SS Filtering
.PP
For the filtering options
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--delete-excluded\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--filter\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--filter-from\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--exclude\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--exclude-from\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--exclude-if-present\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--include\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--include-from\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--files-from\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--min-size\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--max-size\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--min-age\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--max-age\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dump filters\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-include\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-include-from\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-exclude\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-exclude-from\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-filter\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-filter-from\f[R]
.PP
See the filtering section (https://rclone.org/filtering/).
.SS Remote control
.PP
For the remote control options and for instructions on how to remote
control rclone
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
and anything starting with \f[C]--rc-\f[R]
.PP
See the remote control section (https://rclone.org/rc/).
.SS Logging
.PP
rclone has 4 levels of logging, \f[C]ERROR\f[R], \f[C]NOTICE\f[R],
\f[C]INFO\f[R] and \f[C]DEBUG\f[R].
.PP
By default, rclone logs to standard error.
This means you can redirect standard error and still see the normal
output of rclone commands (e.g.
\f[C]rclone ls\f[R]).
.PP
By default, rclone will produce \f[C]Error\f[R] and \f[C]Notice\f[R]
level messages.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]-q\f[R] flag, rclone will only produce
\f[C]Error\f[R] messages.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]-v\f[R] flag, rclone will produce \f[C]Error\f[R],
\f[C]Notice\f[R] and \f[C]Info\f[R] messages.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]-vv\f[R] flag, rclone will produce \f[C]Error\f[R],
\f[C]Notice\f[R], \f[C]Info\f[R] and \f[C]Debug\f[R] messages.
.PP
You can also control the log levels with the \f[C]--log-level\f[R] flag.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--log-file=FILE\f[R] option, rclone will redirect
\f[C]Error\f[R], \f[C]Info\f[R] and \f[C]Debug\f[R] messages along with
standard error to FILE.
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--syslog\f[R] flag then rclone will log to syslog
and the \f[C]--syslog-facility\f[R] control which facility it uses.
.PP
Rclone prefixes all log messages with their level in capitals, e.g.
INFO which makes it easy to grep the log file for different kinds of
information.
.SS Exit Code
.PP
If any errors occur during the command execution, rclone will exit with
a non-zero exit code.
This allows scripts to detect when rclone operations have failed.
.PP
During the startup phase, rclone will exit immediately if an error is
detected in the configuration.
There will always be a log message immediately before exiting.
.PP
When rclone is running it will accumulate errors as it goes along, and
only exit with a non-zero exit code if (after retries) there were still
failed transfers.
For every error counted there will be a high priority log message
(visible with \f[C]-q\f[R]) showing the message and which file caused
the problem.
A high priority message is also shown when starting a retry so the user
can see that any previous error messages may not be valid after the
retry.
If rclone has done a retry it will log a high priority message if the
retry was successful.
.SS List of exit codes
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]0\f[R] - success
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]1\f[R] - Syntax or usage error
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]2\f[R] - Error not otherwise categorised
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]3\f[R] - Directory not found
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]4\f[R] - File not found
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]5\f[R] - Temporary error (one that more retries might fix) (Retry
errors)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]6\f[R] - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox)
(NoRetry errors)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]7\f[R] - Fatal error (one that more retries won\[aq]t fix, like
account suspended) (Fatal errors)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]8\f[R] - Transfer exceeded - limit set by --max-transfer reached
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]9\f[R] - Operation successful, but no files transferred
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]10\f[R] - Duration exceeded - limit set by --max-duration reached
.SS Environment Variables
.PP
Rclone can be configured entirely using environment variables.
These can be used to set defaults for options or config file entries.
.SS Options
.PP
Every option in rclone can have its default set by environment variable.
.PP
To find the name of the environment variable, first, take the long
option name, strip the leading \f[C]--\f[R], change \f[C]-\f[R] to
\f[C]_\f[R], make upper case and prepend \f[C]RCLONE_\f[R].
.PP
For example, to always set \f[C]--stats 5s\f[R], set the environment
variable \f[C]RCLONE_STATS=5s\f[R].
If you set stats on the command line this will override the environment
variable setting.
.PP
Or to always use the trash in drive \f[C]--drive-use-trash\f[R], set
\f[C]RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH=true\f[R].
.PP
Verbosity is slightly different, the environment variable equivalent of
\f[C]--verbose\f[R] or \f[C]-v\f[R] is \f[C]RCLONE_VERBOSE=1\f[R], or
for \f[C]-vv\f[R], \f[C]RCLONE_VERBOSE=2\f[R].
.PP
The same parser is used for the options and the environment variables so
they take exactly the same form.
.PP
The options set by environment variables can be seen with the
\f[C]-vv\f[R] flag, e.g.
\f[C]rclone version -vv\f[R].
.SS Config file
.PP
You can set defaults for values in the config file on an individual
remote basis.
The names of the config items are documented in the page for each
backend.
.PP
To find the name of the environment variable, you need to set, take
\f[C]RCLONE_CONFIG_\f[R] + name of remote + \f[C]_\f[R] + name of config
file option and make it all uppercase.
Note one implication here is the remote\[aq]s name must be convertible
into a valid environment variable name, so it can only contain letters,
digits, or the \f[C]_\f[R] (underscore) character.
.PP
For example, to configure an S3 remote named \f[C]mys3:\f[R] without a
config file (using unix ways of setting environment variables):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_TYPE=s3
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_ACCESS_KEY_ID=XXX
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=XXX
$ rclone lsd mys3:
          -1 2016-09-21 12:54:21        -1 my-bucket
$ rclone listremotes | grep mys3
mys3:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables you
must create the \f[C]..._TYPE\f[R] variable as above.
.PP
Note that the name of a remote created using environment variable is
case insensitive, in contrast to regular remotes stored in config file
as documented above.
You must write the name in uppercase in the environment variable, but as
seen from example above it will be listed and can be accessed in
lowercase, while you can also refer to the same remote in uppercase:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsd mys3:
          -1 2016-09-21 12:54:21        -1 my-bucket
$ rclone lsd MYS3:
          -1 2016-09-21 12:54:21        -1 my-bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that you can only set the options of the immediate backend, so
RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3CRYPT_ACCESS_KEY_ID has no effect, if myS3Crypt is a
crypt remote based on an S3 remote.
However RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID will set the access key of all remotes
using S3, including myS3Crypt.
.PP
Note also that now rclone has connection strings, it is probably easier
to use those instead which makes the above example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd :s3,access_key_id=XXX,secret_access_key=XXX:
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Precedence
.PP
The various different methods of backend configuration are read in this
order and the first one with a value is used.
.IP \[bu] 2
Parameters in connection strings, e.g.
\f[C]myRemote,skip_links:\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Flag values as supplied on the command line, e.g.
\f[C]--skip-links\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Remote specific environment vars, e.g.
\f[C]RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_SKIP_LINKS\f[R] (see above).
.IP \[bu] 2
Backend-specific environment vars, e.g.
\f[C]RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
Backend generic environment vars, e.g.
\f[C]RCLONE_SKIP_LINKS\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
Config file, e.g.
\f[C]skip_links = true\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
Default values, e.g.
\f[C]false\f[R] - these can\[aq]t be changed.
.PP
So if both \f[C]--skip-links\f[R] is supplied on the command line and an
environment variable \f[C]RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS\f[R] is set, the
command line flag will take preference.
.PP
The backend configurations set by environment variables can be seen with
the \f[C]-vv\f[R] flag, e.g.
\f[C]rclone about myRemote: -vv\f[R].
.PP
For non backend configuration the order is as follows:
.IP \[bu] 2
Flag values as supplied on the command line, e.g.
\f[C]--stats 5s\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
Environment vars, e.g.
\f[C]RCLONE_STATS=5s\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
Default values, e.g.
\f[C]1m\f[R] - these can\[aq]t be changed.
.SS Other environment variables
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS\f[R] set to contain your config file password
(see Configuration Encryption section)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]HTTP_PROXY\f[R], \f[C]HTTPS_PROXY\f[R] and \f[C]NO_PROXY\f[R] (or
the lowercase versions thereof).
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]HTTPS_PROXY\f[R] takes precedence over \f[C]HTTP_PROXY\f[R] for
https requests.
.IP \[bu] 2
The environment values may be either a complete URL or a
\[dq]host[:port]\[dq] for, in which case the \[dq]http\[dq] scheme is
assumed.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]USER\f[R] and \f[C]LOGNAME\f[R] values are used as fallbacks for
current username.
The primary method for looking up username is OS-specific: Windows API
on Windows, real user ID in /etc/passwd on Unix systems.
In the documentation the current username is simply referred to as
\f[C]$USER\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR\f[R] - rclone \f[B]sets\f[R] this variable for
use in config files and sub processes to point to the directory holding
the config file.
.PP
The options set by environment variables can be seen with the
\f[C]-vv\f[R] and \f[C]--log-level=DEBUG\f[R] flags, e.g.
\f[C]rclone version -vv\f[R].
.SH Configuring rclone on a remote / headless machine
.PP
Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an Internet
connected web browser.
.PP
If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no
browser available on it (e.g.
a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then you will need to use an
alternative means of configuration.
There are two ways of doing it, described below.
.SS Configuring using rclone authorize
.PP
On the headless box run \f[C]rclone\f[R] config but answer \f[C]N\f[R]
to the \f[C]Use web browser  to automatically authenticate?\f[R]
question.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\&...
Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
 * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
 * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes (default)
n) No
y/n> n
For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has
a web browser available.

For more help and alternate methods see: https://rclone.org/remote_setup/

Execute the following on the machine with the web browser (same rclone
version recommended):

    rclone authorize \[dq]dropbox\[dq]

Then paste the result below:
result>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then on your main desktop machine
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone authorize \[dq]dropbox\[dq]
If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Paste the following into your remote machine --->
SECRET_TOKEN
<---End paste
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then back to the headless box, paste in the code
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
result> SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
[acd12]
client_id = 
client_secret = 
token = SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Configuring by copying the config file
.PP
Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file.
This can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.
.PP
So first configure rclone on your desktop machine with
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
to set up the config file.
.PP
Find the config file by running \f[C]rclone config file\f[R], for
example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone config file
Configuration file is stored at:
/home/user/.rclone.conf
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Now transfer it to the remote box (scp, cut paste, ftp, sftp, etc.) and
place it in the correct place (use \f[C]rclone config file\f[R] on the
remote box to find out where).
.SS Configuring using SSH Tunnel
.PP
Linux and MacOS users can utilize SSH Tunnel to redirect the headless
box port 53682 to local machine by using the following command:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
ssh -L localhost:53682:localhost:53682 username\[at]remote_server
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then on the headless box run \f[C]rclone\f[R] config and answer
\f[C]Y\f[R] to the
\f[C]Use web  browser to automatically authenticate?\f[R] question.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\&...
Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
 * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
 * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes (default)
n) No
y/n> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then copy and paste the auth url
\f[C]http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth?state=xxxxxxxxxxxx\f[R] to the browser
on your local machine, complete the auth and it is done.
.SH Filtering, includes and excludes
.PP
Filter flags determine which files rclone \f[C]sync\f[R],
\f[C]move\f[R], \f[C]ls\f[R], \f[C]lsl\f[R], \f[C]md5sum\f[R],
\f[C]sha1sum\f[R], \f[C]size\f[R], \f[C]delete\f[R], \f[C]check\f[R] and
similar commands apply to.
.PP
They are specified in terms of path/file name patterns; path/file lists;
file age and size, or presence of a file in a directory.
Bucket based remotes without the concept of directory apply filters to
object key, age and size in an analogous way.
.PP
Rclone \f[C]purge\f[R] does not obey filters.
.PP
To test filters without risk of damage to data, apply them to
\f[C]rclone ls\f[R], or with the \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] and \f[C]-vv\f[R]
flags.
.PP
Rclone filter patterns can only be used in filter command line options,
not in the specification of a remote.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone copy \[dq]remote:dir*.jpg\[dq] /path/to/dir\f[R] does not
have a filter effect.
\f[C]rclone copy remote:dir /path/to/dir --include \[dq]*.jpg\[dq]\f[R]
does.
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R] Avoid mixing any two of \f[C]--include...\f[R],
\f[C]--exclude...\f[R] or \f[C]--filter...\f[R] flags in an rclone
command.
The results might not be what you expect.
Instead use a \f[C]--filter...\f[R] flag.
.SS Patterns for matching path/file names
.SS Pattern syntax
.PP
Here is a formal definition of the pattern syntax, examples are below.
.PP
Rclone matching rules follow a glob style:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
*         matches any sequence of non-separator (/) characters
**        matches any sequence of characters including / separators
?         matches any single non-separator (/) character
[ [ ! ] { character-range } ]
          character class (must be non-empty)
{ pattern-list }
          pattern alternatives
{{ regexp }}
          regular expression to match
c         matches character c (c != *, **, ?, \[rs], [, {, })
\[rs]c        matches reserved character c (c = *, **, ?, \[rs], [, {, }) or character class
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
character-range:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
c         matches character c (c != \[rs], -, ])
\[rs]c        matches reserved character c (c = \[rs], -, ])
lo - hi   matches character c for lo <= c <= hi
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
pattern-list:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
pattern { , pattern }
          comma-separated (without spaces) patterns
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
character classes (see Go regular expression
reference (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/)) include:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Named character classes (e.g. [\[rs]d], [\[ha]\[rs]d], [\[rs]D], [\[ha]\[rs]D])
Perl character classes (e.g. \[rs]s, \[rs]S, \[rs]w, \[rs]W)
ASCII character classes (e.g. [[:alnum:]], [[:alpha:]], [[:punct:]], [[:xdigit:]])
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
regexp for advanced users to insert a regular expression - see below for
more info:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Any re2 regular expression not containing \[ga]}}\[ga]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If the filter pattern starts with a \f[C]/\f[R] then it only matches at
the top level of the directory tree, \f[B]relative to the root of the
remote\f[R] (not necessarily the root of the drive).
If it does not start with \f[C]/\f[R] then it is matched starting at the
\f[B]end of the path/file name\f[R] but it only matches a complete path
element - it must match from a \f[C]/\f[R] separator or the beginning of
the path/file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
file.jpg   - matches \[dq]file.jpg\[dq]
           - matches \[dq]directory/file.jpg\[dq]
           - doesn\[aq]t match \[dq]afile.jpg\[dq]
           - doesn\[aq]t match \[dq]directory/afile.jpg\[dq]
/file.jpg  - matches \[dq]file.jpg\[dq] in the root directory of the remote
           - doesn\[aq]t match \[dq]afile.jpg\[dq]
           - doesn\[aq]t match \[dq]directory/file.jpg\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The top level of the remote might not be the top level of the drive.
.PP
E.g.
for a Microsoft Windows local directory structure
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
F:
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] bkp
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] data
\[br]   \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] excl
\[br]   \[br]   \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] 123.jpg
\[br]   \[br]   \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] 456.jpg
\[br]   \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] incl
\[br]   \[br]   \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] document.pdf
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy the contents of folder \f[C]data\f[R] into folder \f[C]bkp\f[R]
excluding the contents of subfolder \f[C]excl\f[R]the following command
treats \f[C]F:\[rs]data\f[R] and \f[C]F:\[rs]bkp\f[R] as top level for
filtering.
.PP
\f[C]rclone copy F:\[rs]data\[rs] F:\[rs]bkp\[rs] --exclude=/excl/**\f[R]
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R] Use \f[C]/\f[R] in path/file name patterns and not
\f[C]\[rs]\f[R] even if running on Microsoft Windows.
.PP
Simple patterns are case sensitive unless the \f[C]--ignore-case\f[R]
flag is used.
.PP
Without \f[C]--ignore-case\f[R] (default)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
potato - matches \[dq]potato\[dq]
       - doesn\[aq]t match \[dq]POTATO\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
With \f[C]--ignore-case\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
potato - matches \[dq]potato\[dq]
       - matches \[dq]POTATO\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Using regular expressions in filter patterns
.PP
The syntax of filter patterns is glob style matching (like
\f[C]bash\f[R] uses) to make things easy for users.
However this does not provide absolute control over the matching, so for
advanced users rclone also provides a regular expression syntax.
.PP
The regular expressions used are as defined in the Go regular expression
reference (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/).
Regular expressions should be enclosed in \f[C]{{\f[R] \f[C]}}\f[R].
They will match only the last path segment if the glob doesn\[aq]t start
with \f[C]/\f[R] or the whole path name if it does.
Note that rclone does not attempt to parse the supplied regular
expression, meaning that using any regular expression filter will
prevent rclone from using directory filter rules, as it will instead
check every path against the supplied regular expression(s).
.PP
Here is how the \f[C]{{regexp}}\f[R] is transformed into an full regular
expression to match the entire path:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{{regexp}}  becomes (\[ha]|/)(regexp)$
/{{regexp}} becomes \[ha](regexp)$
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Regexp syntax can be mixed with glob syntax, for example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
*.{{jpe?g}} to match file.jpg, file.jpeg but not file.png
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You can also use regexp flags - to set case insensitive, for example
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
*.{{(?i)jpg}} to match file.jpg, file.JPG but not file.png
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Be careful with wildcards in regular expressions - you don\[aq]t want
them to match path separators normally.
To match any file name starting with \f[C]start\f[R] and ending with
\f[C]end\f[R] write
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{{start[\[ha]/]*end\[rs].jpg}}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Not
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{{start.*end\[rs].jpg}}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Which will match a directory called \f[C]start\f[R] with a file called
\f[C]end.jpg\f[R] in it as the \f[C].*\f[R] will match \f[C]/\f[R]
characters.
.PP
Note that you can use \f[C]-vv --dump filters\f[R] to show the filter
patterns in regexp format - rclone implements the glob patterns by
transforming them into regular expressions.
.SS Filter pattern examples
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l l l l.
T{
Description
T}@T{
Pattern
T}@T{
Matches
T}@T{
Does not match
T}
_
T{
Wildcard
T}@T{
\f[C]*.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.png\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.png\f[R]
T}
T{
Rooted
T}@T{
\f[C]/*.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.png\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/file2.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.jpg\f[R]
T}
T{
Alternates
T}@T{
\f[C]*.{jpg,png}\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.gif\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.png\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.gif\f[R]
T}
T{
Path Wildcard
T}@T{
\f[C]dir/**\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/anyfile\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]file.png\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/subdir/dir/subsubdir/anyfile\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/subdir/file.png\f[R]
T}
T{
Any Char
T}@T{
\f[C]*.t?t\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.txt\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.qxt\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.tzt\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.png\f[R]
T}
T{
Range
T}@T{
\f[C]*.[a-z]\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.a\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.0\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.b\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.1\f[R]
T}
T{
Escape
T}@T{
\f[C]*.\[rs]?\[rs]?\[rs]?\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.???\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.abc\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.???\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.def\f[R]
T}
T{
Class
T}@T{
\f[C]*.\[rs]d\[rs]d\[rs]d\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.012\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.abc\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.345\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.def\f[R]
T}
T{
Regexp
T}@T{
\f[C]*.{{jpe?g}}\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.jpeg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.png\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.jpeeg\f[R]
T}
T{
Rooted Regexp
T}@T{
\f[C]/{{.*\[rs].jpe?g}}\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.jpeg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.png\f[R]
T}
T{
T}@T{
T}@T{
\f[C]/file.jpg\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]/dir/file.jpg\f[R]
T}
.TE
.SS How filter rules are applied to files
.PP
Rclone path/file name filters are made up of one or more of the
following flags:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--include\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--include-from\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--exclude\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--exclude-from\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--filter\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--filter-from\f[R]
.PP
There can be more than one instance of individual flags.
.PP
Rclone internally uses a combined list of all the include and exclude
rules.
The order in which rules are processed can influence the result of the
filter.
.PP
All flags of the same type are processed together in the order above,
regardless of what order the different types of flags are included on
the command line.
.PP
Multiple instances of the same flag are processed from left to right
according to their position in the command line.
.PP
To mix up the order of processing includes and excludes use
\f[C]--filter...\f[R] flags.
.PP
Within \f[C]--include-from\f[R], \f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] and
\f[C]--filter-from\f[R] flags rules are processed from top to bottom of
the referenced file.
.PP
If there is an \f[C]--include\f[R] or \f[C]--include-from\f[R] flag
specified, rclone implies a \f[C]- **\f[R] rule which it adds to the
bottom of the internal rule list.
Specifying a \f[C]+\f[R] rule with a \f[C]--filter...\f[R] flag does not
imply that rule.
.PP
Each path/file name passed through rclone is matched against the
combined filter list.
At first match to a rule the path/file name is included or excluded and
no further filter rules are processed for that path/file.
.PP
If rclone does not find a match, after testing against all rules
(including the implied rule if appropriate), the path/file name is
included.
.PP
Any path/file included at that stage is processed by the rclone command.
.PP
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] and \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R] flags over-ride
and cannot be combined with other filter options.
.PP
To see the internal combined rule list, in regular expression form, for
a command add the \f[C]--dump filters\f[R] flag.
Running an rclone command with \f[C]--dump filters\f[R] and
\f[C]-vv\f[R] flags lists the internal filter elements and shows how
they are applied to each source path/file.
There is not currently a means provided to pass regular expression
filter options into rclone directly though character class filter rules
contain character classes.
Go regular expression reference (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/)
.SS How filter rules are applied to directories
.PP
Rclone commands are applied to path/file names not directories.
The entire contents of a directory can be matched to a filter by the
pattern \f[C]directory/*\f[R] or recursively by \f[C]directory/**\f[R].
.PP
Directory filter rules are defined with a closing \f[C]/\f[R] separator.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]/directory/subdirectory/\f[R] is an rclone directory filter rule.
.PP
Rclone commands can use directory filter rules to determine whether they
recurse into subdirectories.
This potentially optimises access to a remote by avoiding listing
unnecessary directories.
Whether optimisation is desirable depends on the specific filter rules
and source remote content.
.PP
If any regular expression filters are in use, then no directory
recursion optimisation is possible, as rclone must check every path
against the supplied regular expression(s).
.PP
Directory recursion optimisation occurs if either:
.IP \[bu] 2
A source remote does not support the rclone \f[C]ListR\f[R] primitive.
local, sftp, Microsoft OneDrive and WebDAV do not support
\f[C]ListR\f[R].
Google Drive and most bucket type storage do.
Full list (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features)
.IP \[bu] 2
On other remotes (those that support \f[C]ListR\f[R]), if the rclone
command is not naturally recursive, and provided it is not run with the
\f[C]--fast-list\f[R] flag.
\f[C]ls\f[R], \f[C]lsf -R\f[R] and \f[C]size\f[R] are naturally
recursive but \f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R] and \f[C]move\f[R] are not.
.IP \[bu] 2
Whenever the \f[C]--disable ListR\f[R] flag is applied to an rclone
command.
.PP
Rclone commands imply directory filter rules from path/file filter
rules.
To view the directory filter rules rclone has implied for a command
specify the \f[C]--dump filters\f[R] flag.
.PP
E.g.
for an include rule
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
/a/*.jpg
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone implies the directory include rule
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
/a/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Directory filter rules specified in an rclone command can limit the
scope of an rclone command but path/file filters still have to be
specified.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --include /directory/\f[R] will not match any
files.
Because it is an \f[C]--include\f[R] option the \f[C]--exclude **\f[R]
rule is implied, and the \f[C]/directory/\f[R] pattern serves only to
optimise access to the remote by ignoring everything outside of that
directory.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --filter-from filter-list.txt\f[R] with a file
\f[C]filter-list.txt\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
- /dir1/
- /dir2/
+ *.pdf
- **
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
All files in directories \f[C]dir1\f[R] or \f[C]dir2\f[R] or their
subdirectories are completely excluded from the listing.
Only files of suffix \f[C]pdf\f[R] in the root of \f[C]remote:\f[R] or
its subdirectories are listed.
The \f[C]- **\f[R] rule prevents listing of any path/files not
previously matched by the rules above.
.PP
Option \f[C]exclude-if-present\f[R] creates a directory exclude rule
based on the presence of a file in a directory and takes precedence over
other rclone directory filter rules.
.PP
When using pattern list syntax, if a pattern item contains either
\f[C]/\f[R] or \f[C]**\f[R], then rclone will not able to imply a
directory filter rule from this pattern list.
.PP
E.g.
for an include rule
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{dir1/**,dir2/**}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rclone will match files below directories \f[C]dir1\f[R] or
\f[C]dir2\f[R] only, but will not be able to use this filter to exclude
a directory \f[C]dir3\f[R] from being traversed.
.PP
Directory recursion optimisation may affect performance, but normally
not the result.
One exception to this is sync operations with option
\f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R], where any traversed empty directories
will be created.
With the pattern list example \f[C]{dir1/**,dir2/**}\f[R] above, this
would create an empty directory \f[C]dir3\f[R] on destination (when it
exists on source).
Changing the filter to \f[C]{dir1,dir2}/**\f[R], or splitting it into
two include rules \f[C]--include dir1/** --include dir2/**\f[R], will
match the same files while also filtering directories, with the result
that an empty directory \f[C]dir3\f[R] will no longer be created.
.SS \f[C]--exclude\f[R] - Exclude files matching pattern
.PP
Excludes path/file names from an rclone command based on a single
exclude rule.
.PP
This flag can be repeated.
See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
.PP
\f[C]--exclude\f[R] should not be used with \f[C]--include\f[R],
\f[C]--include-from\f[R], \f[C]--filter\f[R] or \f[C]--filter-from\f[R]
flags.
.PP
\f[C]--exclude\f[R] has no effect when combined with
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] or \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R] flags.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --exclude *.bak\f[R] excludes all .bak files from
listing.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone size remote: \[dq]--exclude /dir/**\[dq]\f[R] returns the
total size of all files on \f[C]remote:\f[R] excluding those in root
directory \f[C]dir\f[R] and sub directories.
.PP
E.g.
on Microsoft Windows
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --exclude \[dq]*\[rs][{JP,KR,HK}\[rs]]*\[dq]\f[R]
lists the files in \f[C]remote:\f[R] without \f[C][JP]\f[R] or
\f[C][KR]\f[R] or \f[C][HK]\f[R] in their name.
Quotes prevent the shell from interpreting the \f[C]\[rs]\f[R]
characters.\f[C]\[rs]\f[R] characters escape the \f[C][\f[R] and
\f[C]]\f[R] so an rclone filter treats them literally rather than as a
character-range.
The \f[C]{\f[R] and \f[C]}\f[R] define an rclone pattern list.
For other operating systems single quotes are required ie
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --exclude \[aq]*\[rs][{JP,KR,HK}\[rs]]*\[aq]\f[R]
.SS \f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] - Read exclude patterns from file
.PP
Excludes path/file names from an rclone command based on rules in a
named file.
The file contains a list of remarks and pattern rules.
.PP
For an example \f[C]exclude-file.txt\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# a sample exclude rule file
*.bak
file2.jpg
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --exclude-from exclude-file.txt\f[R] lists the
files on \f[C]remote:\f[R] except those named \f[C]file2.jpg\f[R] or
with a suffix \f[C].bak\f[R].
That is equivalent to
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --exclude file2.jpg --exclude \[dq]*.bak\[dq]\f[R].
.PP
This flag can be repeated.
See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
.PP
The \f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] flag is useful where multiple exclude
filter rules are applied to an rclone command.
.PP
\f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] should not be used with \f[C]--include\f[R],
\f[C]--include-from\f[R], \f[C]--filter\f[R] or \f[C]--filter-from\f[R]
flags.
.PP
\f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] has no effect when combined with
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] or \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R] flags.
.PP
\f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] followed by \f[C]-\f[R] reads filter rules from
standard input.
.SS \f[C]--include\f[R] - Include files matching pattern
.PP
Adds a single include rule based on path/file names to an rclone
command.
.PP
This flag can be repeated.
See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
.PP
\f[C]--include\f[R] has no effect when combined with
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] or \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R] flags.
.PP
\f[C]--include\f[R] implies \f[C]--exclude **\f[R] at the end of an
rclone internal filter list.
Therefore if you mix \f[C]--include\f[R] and \f[C]--include-from\f[R]
flags with \f[C]--exclude\f[R], \f[C]--exclude-from\f[R],
\f[C]--filter\f[R] or \f[C]--filter-from\f[R], you must use include
rules for all the files you want in the include statement.
For more flexibility use the \f[C]--filter-from\f[R] flag.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --include \[dq]*.{png,jpg}\[dq]\f[R] lists the
files on \f[C]remote:\f[R] with suffix \f[C].png\f[R] and
\f[C].jpg\f[R].
All other files are excluded.
.PP
E.g.
multiple rclone copy commands can be combined with \f[C]--include\f[R]
and a pattern-list.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /vol1/A remote:A
rclone copy /vol1/B remote:B
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
is equivalent to:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /vol1 remote: --include \[dq]{A,B}/**\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote:/wheat --include \[dq]??[\[ha][:punct:]]*\[dq]\f[R]
lists the files \f[C]remote:\f[R] directory \f[C]wheat\f[R] (and
subdirectories) whose third character is not punctuation.
This example uses an ASCII character
class (https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/).
.SS \f[C]--include-from\f[R] - Read include patterns from file
.PP
Adds path/file names to an rclone command based on rules in a named
file.
The file contains a list of remarks and pattern rules.
.PP
For an example \f[C]include-file.txt\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# a sample include rule file
*.jpg
file2.avi
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --include-from include-file.txt\f[R] lists the
files on \f[C]remote:\f[R] with name \f[C]file2.avi\f[R] or suffix
\f[C].jpg\f[R].
That is equivalent to
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --include file2.avi --include \[dq]*.jpg\[dq]\f[R].
.PP
This flag can be repeated.
See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
.PP
The \f[C]--include-from\f[R] flag is useful where multiple include
filter rules are applied to an rclone command.
.PP
\f[C]--include-from\f[R] implies \f[C]--exclude **\f[R] at the end of an
rclone internal filter list.
Therefore if you mix \f[C]--include\f[R] and \f[C]--include-from\f[R]
flags with \f[C]--exclude\f[R], \f[C]--exclude-from\f[R],
\f[C]--filter\f[R] or \f[C]--filter-from\f[R], you must use include
rules for all the files you want in the include statement.
For more flexibility use the \f[C]--filter-from\f[R] flag.
.PP
\f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] has no effect when combined with
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] or \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R] flags.
.PP
\f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] followed by \f[C]-\f[R] reads filter rules from
standard input.
.SS \f[C]--filter\f[R] - Add a file-filtering rule
.PP
Specifies path/file names to an rclone command, based on a single
include or exclude rule, in \f[C]+\f[R] or \f[C]-\f[R] format.
.PP
This flag can be repeated.
See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
.PP
\f[C]--filter +\f[R] differs from \f[C]--include\f[R].
In the case of \f[C]--include\f[R] rclone implies an
\f[C]--exclude *\f[R] rule which it adds to the bottom of the internal
rule list.
\f[C]--filter...+\f[R] does not imply that rule.
.PP
\f[C]--filter\f[R] has no effect when combined with
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] or \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R] flags.
.PP
\f[C]--filter\f[R] should not be used with \f[C]--include\f[R],
\f[C]--include-from\f[R], \f[C]--exclude\f[R] or
\f[C]--exclude-from\f[R] flags.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --filter \[dq]- *.bak\[dq]\f[R] excludes all
\f[C].bak\f[R] files from a list of \f[C]remote:\f[R].
.SS \f[C]--filter-from\f[R] - Read filtering patterns from a file
.PP
Adds path/file names to an rclone command based on rules in a named
file.
The file contains a list of remarks and pattern rules.
Include rules start with \f[C]+\f[R] and exclude rules with \f[C]-\f[R].
\f[C]!\f[R] clears existing rules.
Rules are processed in the order they are defined.
.PP
This flag can be repeated.
See above for the order filter flags are processed in.
.PP
Arrange the order of filter rules with the most restrictive first and
work down.
.PP
E.g.
for \f[C]filter-file.txt\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# a sample filter rule file
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- /dir/Trash/**
+ /dir/**
# exclude everything else
- *
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --filter-from filter-file.txt\f[R] lists the
path/files on \f[C]remote:\f[R] including all \f[C]jpg\f[R] and
\f[C]png\f[R] files, excluding any matching \f[C]secret*.jpg\f[R] and
including \f[C]file2.avi\f[R].
It also includes everything in the directory \f[C]dir\f[R] at the root
of \f[C]remote\f[R], except \f[C]remote:dir/Trash\f[R] which it
excludes.
Everything else is excluded.
.PP
E.g.
for an alternative \f[C]filter-file.txt\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- *
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Files \f[C]file1.jpg\f[R], \f[C]file3.png\f[R] and \f[C]file2.avi\f[R]
are listed whilst \f[C]secret17.jpg\f[R] and files without the suffix
\f[C].jpg\f[R] or \f[C].png\f[R] are excluded.
.PP
E.g.
for an alternative \f[C]filter-file.txt\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
+ *.jpg
+ *.gif
!
+ 42.doc
- *
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Only file 42.doc is listed.
Prior rules are cleared by the \f[C]!\f[R].
.SS \f[C]--files-from\f[R] - Read list of source-file names
.PP
Adds path/files to an rclone command from a list in a named file.
Rclone processes the path/file names in the order of the list, and no
others.
.PP
Other filter flags (\f[C]--include\f[R], \f[C]--include-from\f[R],
\f[C]--exclude\f[R], \f[C]--exclude-from\f[R], \f[C]--filter\f[R] and
\f[C]--filter-from\f[R]) are ignored when \f[C]--files-from\f[R] is
used.
.PP
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] expects a list of files as its input.
Leading or trailing whitespace is stripped from the input lines.
Lines starting with \f[C]#\f[R] or \f[C];\f[R] are ignored.
.PP
Rclone commands with a \f[C]--files-from\f[R] flag traverse the remote,
treating the names in \f[C]--files-from\f[R] as a set of filters.
.PP
If the \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] and \f[C]--files-from\f[R] flags are used
together an rclone command does not traverse the remote.
Instead it addresses each path/file named in the file individually.
For each path/file name, that requires typically 1 API call.
This can be efficient for a short \f[C]--files-from\f[R] list and a
remote containing many files.
.PP
Rclone commands do not error if any names in the \f[C]--files-from\f[R]
file are missing from the source remote.
.PP
The \f[C]--files-from\f[R] flag can be repeated in a single rclone
command to read path/file names from more than one file.
The files are read from left to right along the command line.
.PP
Paths within the \f[C]--files-from\f[R] file are interpreted as starting
with the root specified in the rclone command.
Leading \f[C]/\f[R] separators are ignored.
See --files-from-raw if you need the input to be processed in a raw
manner.
.PP
E.g.
for a file \f[C]files-from.txt\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# comment
file1.jpg
subdir/file2.jpg
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[C]rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home/me/pics remote:pics\f[R]
copies the following, if they exist, and only those files.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
/home/me/pics/file1.jpg        \[->] remote:pics/file1.jpg
/home/me/pics/subdir/file2.jpg \[->] remote:pics/subdir/file2.jpg
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
E.g.
to copy the following files referenced by their absolute paths:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
/home/user1/42
/home/user1/dir/ford
/home/user2/prefect
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
First find a common subdirectory - in this case \f[C]/home\f[R] and put
the remaining files in \f[C]files-from.txt\f[R] with or without leading
\f[C]/\f[R], e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
user1/42
user1/dir/ford
user2/prefect
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then copy these to a remote:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The three files are transferred as follows:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
/home/user1/42       \[->] remote:backup/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/ford \[->] remote:backup/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/prefect  \[->] remote:backup/user2/stuff
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Alternatively if \f[C]/\f[R] is chosen as root \f[C]files-from.txt\f[R]
will be:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
/home/user1/42
/home/user1/dir/ford
/home/user2/prefect
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The copy command will be:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt / remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then there will be an extra \f[C]home\f[R] directory on the remote:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
/home/user1/42       \[->] remote:backup/home/user1/42
/home/user1/dir/ford \[->] remote:backup/home/user1/dir/ford
/home/user2/prefect  \[->] remote:backup/home/user2/prefect
\f[R]
.fi
.SS \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R] - Read list of source-file names without any processing
.PP
This flag is the same as \f[C]--files-from\f[R] except that input is
read in a raw manner.
Lines with leading / trailing whitespace, and lines starting with
\f[C];\f[R] or \f[C]#\f[R] are read without any processing.
rclone lsf (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/) has a compatible
format that can be used to export file lists from remotes for input to
\f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R].
.SS \f[C]--ignore-case\f[R] - make searches case insensitive
.PP
By default, rclone filter patterns are case sensitive.
The \f[C]--ignore-case\f[R] flag makes all of the filters patterns on
the command line case insensitive.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]--include \[dq]zaphod.txt\[dq]\f[R] does not match a file
\f[C]Zaphod.txt\f[R].
With \f[C]--ignore-case\f[R] a match is made.
.SS Quoting shell metacharacters
.PP
Rclone commands with filter patterns containing shell metacharacters may
not as work as expected in your shell and may require quoting.
.PP
E.g.
linux, OSX (\f[C]*\f[R] metacharacter)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--include \[rs]*.jpg\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--include \[aq]*.jpg\[aq]\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--include=\[aq]*.jpg\[aq]\f[R]
.PP
Microsoft Windows expansion is done by the command, not shell, so
\f[C]--include *.jpg\f[R] does not require quoting.
.PP
If the rclone error
\f[C]Command .... needs .... arguments maximum: you provided .... non flag arguments:\f[R]
is encountered, the cause is commonly spaces within the name of a remote
or flag value.
The fix then is to quote values containing spaces.
.SS Other filters
.SS \f[C]--min-size\f[R] - Don\[aq]t transfer any file smaller than this
.PP
Controls the minimum size file within the scope of an rclone command.
Default units are \f[C]KiB\f[R] but abbreviations \f[C]K\f[R],
\f[C]M\f[R], \f[C]G\f[R], \f[C]T\f[R] or \f[C]P\f[R] are valid.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --min-size 50k\f[R] lists files on
\f[C]remote:\f[R] of 50 KiB size or larger.
.PP
See the size option docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#size-option) for more
info.
.SS \f[C]--max-size\f[R] - Don\[aq]t transfer any file larger than this
.PP
Controls the maximum size file within the scope of an rclone command.
Default units are \f[C]KiB\f[R] but abbreviations \f[C]K\f[R],
\f[C]M\f[R], \f[C]G\f[R], \f[C]T\f[R] or \f[C]P\f[R] are valid.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --max-size 1G\f[R] lists files on
\f[C]remote:\f[R] of 1 GiB size or smaller.
.PP
See the size option docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#size-option) for more
info.
.SS \f[C]--max-age\f[R] - Don\[aq]t transfer any file older than this
.PP
Controls the maximum age of files within the scope of an rclone command.
.PP
\f[C]--max-age\f[R] applies only to files and not to directories.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --max-age 2d\f[R] lists files on
\f[C]remote:\f[R] of 2 days old or less.
.PP
See the time option docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#time-option) for
valid formats.
.SS \f[C]--min-age\f[R] - Don\[aq]t transfer any file younger than this
.PP
Controls the minimum age of files within the scope of an rclone command.
(see \f[C]--max-age\f[R] for valid formats)
.PP
\f[C]--min-age\f[R] applies only to files and not to directories.
.PP
E.g.
\f[C]rclone ls remote: --min-age 2d\f[R] lists files on
\f[C]remote:\f[R] of 2 days old or more.
.PP
See the time option docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#time-option) for
valid formats.
.SS Other flags
.SS \f[C]--delete-excluded\f[R] - Delete files on dest excluded from sync
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R] this flag is dangerous to your data - use with
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] and \f[C]-v\f[R] first.
.PP
In conjunction with \f[C]rclone sync\f[R], \f[C]--delete-excluded\f[R]
deletes any files on the destination which are excluded from the
command.
.PP
E.g.
the scope of \f[C]rclone sync --interactive A: B:\f[R] can be
restricted:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --min-size 50k --delete-excluded sync A: B:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
All files on \f[C]B:\f[R] which are less than 50 KiB are deleted because
they are excluded from the rclone sync command.
.SS \f[C]--dump filters\f[R] - dump the filters to the output
.PP
Dumps the defined filters to standard output in regular expression
format.
.PP
Useful for debugging.
.SS Exclude directory based on a file
.PP
The \f[C]--exclude-if-present\f[R] flag controls whether a directory is
within the scope of an rclone command based on the presence of a named
file within it.
The flag can be repeated to check for multiple file names, presence of
any of them will exclude the directory.
.PP
This flag has a priority over other filter flags.
.PP
E.g.
for the following directory structure:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
dir1/file1
dir1/dir2/file2
dir1/dir2/dir3/file3
dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The command \f[C]rclone ls --exclude-if-present .ignore dir1\f[R] does
not list \f[C]dir3\f[R], \f[C]file3\f[R] or \f[C].ignore\f[R].
.SS Metadata filters
.PP
The metadata filters work in a very similar way to the normal file name
filters, except they match metadata (https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata)
on the object.
.PP
The metadata should be specified as \f[C]key=value\f[R] patterns.
This may be wildcarded using the normal filter patterns or regular
expressions.
.PP
For example if you wished to list only local files with a mode of
\f[C]100664\f[R] you could do that with:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf -M --files-only --metadata-include \[dq]mode=100664\[dq] .
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or if you wished to show files with an \f[C]atime\f[R], \f[C]mtime\f[R]
or \f[C]btime\f[R] at a given date:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf -M --files-only --metadata-include \[dq][abm]time=2022-12-16*\[dq] .
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Like file filtering, metadata filtering only applies to files not to
directories.
.PP
The filters can be applied using these flags.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-include\f[R] - Include metadatas matching pattern
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-include-from\f[R] - Read metadata include patterns from
file (use - to read from stdin)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-exclude\f[R] - Exclude metadatas matching pattern
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-exclude-from\f[R] - Read metadata exclude patterns from
file (use - to read from stdin)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-filter\f[R] - Add a metadata filtering rule
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-filter-from\f[R] - Read metadata filtering patterns from
a file (use - to read from stdin)
.PP
Each flag can be repeated.
See the section on how filter rules are applied for more details - these
flags work in an identical way to the file name filtering flags, but
instead of file name patterns have metadata patterns.
.SS Common pitfalls
.PP
The most frequent filter support issues on the rclone
forum (https://forum.rclone.org/) are:
.IP \[bu] 2
Not using paths relative to the root of the remote
.IP \[bu] 2
Not using \f[C]/\f[R] to match from the root of a remote
.IP \[bu] 2
Not using \f[C]**\f[R] to match the contents of a directory
.SH GUI (Experimental)
.PP
Rclone can serve a web based GUI (graphical user interface).
This is somewhat experimental at the moment so things may be subject to
change.
.PP
Run this command in a terminal and rclone will download and then display
the GUI in a web browser.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rcd --rc-web-gui
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will produce logs like this and rclone needs to continue to run to
serve the GUI:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: A new release for gui is present at https://github.com/artpar/artpar-webui-react/releases/download/v0.0.6/currentbuild.zip
2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: Downloading webgui binary. Please wait. [Size: 3813937, Path :  /home/USER/.cache/rclone/webgui/v0.0.6.zip]
2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Unzipping
2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Serving remote control on http://127.0.0.1:5572/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This assumes you are running rclone locally on your machine.
It is possible to separate the rclone and the GUI - see below for
details.
.PP
If you wish to check for updates then you can add
\f[C]--rc-web-gui-update\f[R] to the command line.
.PP
If you find your GUI broken, you may force it to update by add
\f[C]--rc-web-gui-force-update\f[R].
.PP
By default, rclone will open your browser.
Add \f[C]--rc-web-gui-no-open-browser\f[R] to disable this feature.
.SS Using the GUI
.PP
Once the GUI opens, you will be looking at the dashboard which has an
overall overview.
.PP
On the left hand side you will see a series of view buttons you can
click on:
.IP \[bu] 2
Dashboard - main overview
.IP \[bu] 2
Configs - examine and create new configurations
.IP \[bu] 2
Explorer - view, download and upload files to the cloud storage systems
.IP \[bu] 2
Backend - view or alter the backend config
.IP \[bu] 2
Log out
.PP
(More docs and walkthrough video to come!)
.SS How it works
.PP
When you run the \f[C]rclone rcd --rc-web-gui\f[R] this is what happens
.IP \[bu] 2
Rclone starts but only runs the remote control API (\[dq]rc\[dq]).
.IP \[bu] 2
The API is bound to localhost with an auto-generated username and
password.
.IP \[bu] 2
If the API bundle is missing then rclone will download it.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone will start serving the files from the API bundle over the same
port as the API
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone will open the browser with a \f[C]login_token\f[R] so it can log
straight in.
.SS Advanced use
.PP
The \f[C]rclone rcd\f[R] may use any of the flags documented on the rc
page (https://rclone.org/rc/#supported-parameters).
.PP
The flag \f[C]--rc-web-gui\f[R] is shorthand for
.IP \[bu] 2
Download the web GUI if necessary
.IP \[bu] 2
Check we are using some authentication
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-user gui\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-pass <random password>\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-serve\f[R]
.PP
These flags can be overridden as desired.
.PP
See also the rclone rcd
documentation (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/).
.SS Example: Running a public GUI
.PP
For example the GUI could be served on a public port over SSL using an
htpasswd file using the following flags:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-web-gui\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-addr :443\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-cert /path/to/ssl.crt\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-key /path/to/ssl.key\f[R]
.SS Example: Running a GUI behind a proxy
.PP
If you want to run the GUI behind a proxy at \f[C]/rclone\f[R] you could
use these flags:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-web-gui\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-baseurl rclone\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd\f[R]
.PP
Or instead of htpasswd if you just want a single user and password:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-user me\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-pass mypassword\f[R]
.SS Project
.PP
The GUI is being developed in the: artpar/artpar-webui-react
repository (https://github.com/artpar/artpar-webui-react).
.PP
Bug reports and contributions are very welcome :-)
.PP
If you have questions then please ask them on the rclone
forum (https://forum.rclone.org/).
.SH Remote controlling rclone with its API
.PP
If rclone is run with the \f[C]--rc\f[R] flag then it starts an HTTP
server which can be used to remote control rclone using its API.
.PP
You can either use the rc command to access the API or use HTTP
directly.
.PP
If you just want to run a remote control then see the
rcd (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/) command.
.SS Supported parameters
.SS --rc
.PP
Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests
.SS --rc-addr=IP
.PP
IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to.
(default \[dq]localhost:5572\[dq])
.SS --rc-cert=KEY
.PP
SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
.SS --rc-client-ca=PATH
.PP
Client certificate authority to verify clients with
.SS --rc-htpasswd=PATH
.PP
htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
.SS --rc-key=PATH
.PP
SSL PEM Private key
.SS --rc-max-header-bytes=VALUE
.PP
Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
.SS --rc-min-tls-version=VALUE
.PP
The minimum TLS version that is acceptable.
Valid values are \[dq]tls1.0\[dq], \[dq]tls1.1\[dq], \[dq]tls1.2\[dq]
and \[dq]tls1.3\[dq] (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq]).
.SS --rc-user=VALUE
.PP
User name for authentication.
.SS --rc-pass=VALUE
.PP
Password for authentication.
.SS --rc-realm=VALUE
.PP
Realm for authentication (default \[dq]rclone\[dq])
.SS --rc-server-read-timeout=DURATION
.PP
Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
.SS --rc-server-write-timeout=DURATION
.PP
Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
.SS --rc-serve
.PP
Enable the serving of remote objects via the HTTP interface.
This means objects will be accessible at http://127.0.0.1:5572/ by
default, so you can browse to http://127.0.0.1:5572/ or
http://127.0.0.1:5572/* to see a listing of the remotes.
Objects may be requested from remotes using this syntax
http://127.0.0.1:5572/[remote:path]/path/to/object
.PP
Default Off.
.SS --rc-files /path/to/directory
.PP
Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
.PP
If this is set then rclone will serve the files in that directory.
It will also open the root in the web browser if specified.
This is for implementing browser based GUIs for rclone functions.
.PP
If \f[C]--rc-user\f[R] or \f[C]--rc-pass\f[R] is set then the URL that
is opened will have the authorization in the URL in the
\f[C]http://user:pass\[at]localhost/\f[R] style.
.PP
Default Off.
.SS --rc-enable-metrics
.PP
Enable OpenMetrics/Prometheus compatible endpoint at \f[C]/metrics\f[R].
.PP
Default Off.
.SS --rc-web-gui
.PP
Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.
.PP
Default Off.
.SS --rc-allow-origin
.PP
Set the allowed Access-Control-Allow-Origin for rc requests.
.PP
Can be used with --rc-web-gui if the rclone is running on different IP
than the web-gui.
.PP
Default is IP address on which rc is running.
.SS --rc-web-fetch-url
.PP
Set the URL to fetch the rclone-web-gui files from.
.PP
Default
https://api.github.com/repos/artpar/artpar-webui-react/releases/latest.
.SS --rc-web-gui-update
.PP
Set this flag to check and update rclone-webui-react from the
rc-web-fetch-url.
.PP
Default Off.
.SS --rc-web-gui-force-update
.PP
Set this flag to force update rclone-webui-react from the
rc-web-fetch-url.
.PP
Default Off.
.SS --rc-web-gui-no-open-browser
.PP
Set this flag to disable opening browser automatically when using
web-gui.
.PP
Default Off.
.SS --rc-job-expire-duration=DURATION
.PP
Expire finished async jobs older than DURATION (default 60s).
.SS --rc-job-expire-interval=DURATION
.PP
Interval duration to check for expired async jobs (default 10s).
.SS --rc-no-auth
.PP
By default rclone will require authorisation to have been set up on the
rc interface in order to use any methods which access any rclone
remotes.
Eg \f[C]operations/list\f[R] is denied as it involved creating a remote
as is \f[C]sync/copy\f[R].
.PP
If this is set then no authorisation will be required on the server to
use these methods.
The alternative is to use \f[C]--rc-user\f[R] and \f[C]--rc-pass\f[R]
and use these credentials in the request.
.PP
Default Off.
.SS --rc-baseurl
.PP
Prefix for URLs.
.PP
Default is root
.SS --rc-template
.PP
User-specified template.
.SS Accessing the remote control via the rclone rc command
.PP
Rclone itself implements the remote control protocol in its
\f[C]rclone rc\f[R] command.
.PP
You can use it like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone rc rc/noop param1=one param2=two
{
    \[dq]param1\[dq]: \[dq]one\[dq],
    \[dq]param2\[dq]: \[dq]two\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Run \f[C]rclone rc\f[R] on its own to see the help for the installed
remote control commands.
.SS JSON input
.PP
\f[C]rclone rc\f[R] also supports a \f[C]--json\f[R] flag which can be
used to send more complicated input parameters.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone rc --json \[aq]{ \[dq]p1\[dq]: [1,\[dq]2\[dq],null,4], \[dq]p2\[dq]: { \[dq]a\[dq]:1, \[dq]b\[dq]:2 } }\[aq] rc/noop
{
    \[dq]p1\[dq]: [
        1,
        \[dq]2\[dq],
        null,
        4
    ],
    \[dq]p2\[dq]: {
        \[dq]a\[dq]: 1,
        \[dq]b\[dq]: 2
    }
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If the parameter being passed is an object then it can be passed as a
JSON string rather than using the \f[C]--json\f[R] flag which simplifies
the command line.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc operations/list fs=/tmp remote=test opt=\[aq]{\[dq]showHash\[dq]: true}\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Rather than
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc operations/list --json \[aq]{\[dq]fs\[dq]: \[dq]/tmp\[dq], \[dq]remote\[dq]: \[dq]test\[dq], \[dq]opt\[dq]: {\[dq]showHash\[dq]: true}}\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Special parameters
.PP
The rc interface supports some special parameters which apply to
\f[B]all\f[R] commands.
These start with \f[C]_\f[R] to show they are different.
.SS Running asynchronous jobs with _async = true
.PP
Each rc call is classified as a job and it is assigned its own id.
By default jobs are executed immediately as they are created or
synchronously.
.PP
If \f[C]_async\f[R] has a true value when supplied to an rc call then it
will return immediately with a job id and the task will be run in the
background.
The \f[C]job/status\f[R] call can be used to get information of the
background job.
The job can be queried for up to 1 minute after it has finished.
.PP
It is recommended that potentially long running jobs, e.g.
\f[C]sync/sync\f[R], \f[C]sync/copy\f[R], \f[C]sync/move\f[R],
\f[C]operations/purge\f[R] are run with the \f[C]_async\f[R] flag to
avoid any potential problems with the HTTP request and response timing
out.
.PP
Starting a job with the \f[C]_async\f[R] flag:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone rc --json \[aq]{ \[dq]p1\[dq]: [1,\[dq]2\[dq],null,4], \[dq]p2\[dq]: { \[dq]a\[dq]:1, \[dq]b\[dq]:2 }, \[dq]_async\[dq]: true }\[aq] rc/noop
{
    \[dq]jobid\[dq]: 2
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Query the status to see if the job has finished.
For more information on the meaning of these return parameters see the
\f[C]job/status\f[R] call.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone rc --json \[aq]{ \[dq]jobid\[dq]:2 }\[aq] job/status
{
    \[dq]duration\[dq]: 0.000124163,
    \[dq]endTime\[dq]: \[dq]2018-10-27T11:38:07.911245881+01:00\[dq],
    \[dq]error\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
    \[dq]finished\[dq]: true,
    \[dq]id\[dq]: 2,
    \[dq]output\[dq]: {
        \[dq]_async\[dq]: true,
        \[dq]p1\[dq]: [
            1,
            \[dq]2\[dq],
            null,
            4
        ],
        \[dq]p2\[dq]: {
            \[dq]a\[dq]: 1,
            \[dq]b\[dq]: 2
        }
    },
    \[dq]startTime\[dq]: \[dq]2018-10-27T11:38:07.911121728+01:00\[dq],
    \[dq]success\[dq]: true
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[C]job/list\f[R] can be used to show the running or recently completed
jobs
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone rc job/list
{
    \[dq]jobids\[dq]: [
        2
    ]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Setting config flags with _config
.PP
If you wish to set config (the equivalent of the global flags) for the
duration of an rc call only then pass in the \f[C]_config\f[R]
parameter.
.PP
This should be in the same format as the \f[C]config\f[R] key returned
by options/get.
.PP
For example, if you wished to run a sync with the \f[C]--checksum\f[R]
parameter, you would pass this parameter in your JSON blob.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\[dq]_config\[dq]:{\[dq]CheckSum\[dq]: true}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If using \f[C]rclone rc\f[R] this could be passed as
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc sync/sync ... _config=\[aq]{\[dq]CheckSum\[dq]: true}\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Any config parameters you don\[aq]t set will inherit the global defaults
which were set with command line flags or environment variables.
.PP
Note that it is possible to set some values as strings or integers - see
data types for more info.
Here is an example setting the equivalent of \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] in
string or integer format.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\[dq]_config\[dq]:{\[dq]BufferSize\[dq]: \[dq]42M\[dq]}
\[dq]_config\[dq]:{\[dq]BufferSize\[dq]: 44040192}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you wish to check the \f[C]_config\f[R] assignment has worked
properly then calling \f[C]options/local\f[R] will show what the value
got set to.
.SS Setting filter flags with _filter
.PP
If you wish to set filters for the duration of an rc call only then pass
in the \f[C]_filter\f[R] parameter.
.PP
This should be in the same format as the \f[C]filter\f[R] key returned
by options/get.
.PP
For example, if you wished to run a sync with these flags
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--max-size 1M --max-age 42s --include \[dq]a\[dq] --include \[dq]b\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
you would pass this parameter in your JSON blob.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\[dq]_filter\[dq]:{\[dq]MaxSize\[dq]:\[dq]1M\[dq], \[dq]IncludeRule\[dq]:[\[dq]a\[dq],\[dq]b\[dq]], \[dq]MaxAge\[dq]:\[dq]42s\[dq]}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If using \f[C]rclone rc\f[R] this could be passed as
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc ... _filter=\[aq]{\[dq]MaxSize\[dq]:\[dq]1M\[dq], \[dq]IncludeRule\[dq]:[\[dq]a\[dq],\[dq]b\[dq]], \[dq]MaxAge\[dq]:\[dq]42s\[dq]}\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Any filter parameters you don\[aq]t set will inherit the global defaults
which were set with command line flags or environment variables.
.PP
Note that it is possible to set some values as strings or integers - see
data types for more info.
Here is an example setting the equivalent of \f[C]--buffer-size\f[R] in
string or integer format.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\[dq]_filter\[dq]:{\[dq]MinSize\[dq]: \[dq]42M\[dq]}
\[dq]_filter\[dq]:{\[dq]MinSize\[dq]: 44040192}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you wish to check the \f[C]_filter\f[R] assignment has worked
properly then calling \f[C]options/local\f[R] will show what the value
got set to.
.SS Assigning operations to groups with _group = value
.PP
Each rc call has its own stats group for tracking its metrics.
By default grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix
\f[C]job/\f[R] and id of the job like so \f[C]job/1\f[R].
.PP
If \f[C]_group\f[R] has a value then stats for that request will be
grouped under that value.
This allows caller to group stats under their own name.
.PP
Stats for specific group can be accessed by passing \f[C]group\f[R] to
\f[C]core/stats\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone rc --json \[aq]{ \[dq]group\[dq]: \[dq]job/1\[dq] }\[aq] core/stats
{
    \[dq]speed\[dq]: 12345
    ...
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Data types
.PP
When the API returns types, these will mostly be straight forward
integer, string or boolean types.
.PP
However some of the types returned by the options/get call and taken by
the options/set calls as well as the \f[C]vfsOpt\f[R],
\f[C]mountOpt\f[R] and the \f[C]_config\f[R] parameters.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Duration\f[R] - these are returned as an integer duration in
nanoseconds.
They may be set as an integer, or they may be set with time string, eg
\[dq]5s\[dq].
See the options section (https://rclone.org/docs/#options) for more
info.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]Size\f[R] - these are returned as an integer number of bytes.
They may be set as an integer or they may be set with a size suffix
string, eg \[dq]10M\[dq].
See the options section (https://rclone.org/docs/#options) for more
info.
.IP \[bu] 2
Enumerated type (such as \f[C]CutoffMode\f[R], \f[C]DumpFlags\f[R],
\f[C]LogLevel\f[R], \f[C]VfsCacheMode\f[R] - these will be returned as
an integer and may be set as an integer but more conveniently they can
be set as a string, eg \[dq]HARD\[dq] for \f[C]CutoffMode\f[R] or
\f[C]DEBUG\f[R] for \f[C]LogLevel\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]BandwidthSpec\f[R] - this will be set and returned as a string, eg
\[dq]1M\[dq].
.SS Specifying remotes to work on
.PP
Remotes are specified with the \f[C]fs=\f[R], \f[C]srcFs=\f[R],
\f[C]dstFs=\f[R] parameters depending on the command being used.
.PP
The parameters can be a string as per the rest of rclone, eg
\f[C]s3:bucket/path\f[R] or \f[C]:sftp:/my/dir\f[R].
They can also be specified as JSON blobs.
.PP
If specifying a JSON blob it should be a object mapping strings to
strings.
These values will be used to configure the remote.
There are 3 special values which may be set:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]type\f[R] - set to \f[C]type\f[R] to specify a remote called
\f[C]:type:\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]_name\f[R] - set to \f[C]name\f[R] to specify a remote called
\f[C]name:\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]_root\f[R] - sets the root of the remote - may be empty
.PP
One of \f[C]_name\f[R] or \f[C]type\f[R] should normally be set.
If the \f[C]local\f[R] backend is desired then \f[C]type\f[R] should be
set to \f[C]local\f[R].
If \f[C]_root\f[R] isn\[aq]t specified then it defaults to the root of
the remote.
.PP
For example this JSON is equivalent to \f[C]remote:/tmp\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]_name\[dq]: \[dq]remote\[dq],
    \[dq]_path\[dq]: \[dq]/tmp\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And this is equivalent to
\f[C]:sftp,host=\[aq]example.com\[aq]:/tmp\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]type\[dq]: \[dq]sftp\[dq],
    \[dq]host\[dq]: \[dq]example.com\[dq],
    \[dq]_path\[dq]: \[dq]/tmp\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And this is equivalent to \f[C]/tmp/dir\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    type = \[dq]local\[dq],
    _ path = \[dq]/tmp/dir\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Supported commands
.SS backend/command: Runs a backend command.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
command - a string with the command name
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
arg - a list of arguments for the backend command
.IP \[bu] 2
opt - a map of string to string of options
.PP
Returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
result - result from the backend command
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc backend/command command=noop fs=. -o echo=yes -o blue -a path1 -a path2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Returns
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]result\[dq]: {
        \[dq]arg\[dq]: [
            \[dq]path1\[dq],
            \[dq]path2\[dq]
        ],
        \[dq]name\[dq]: \[dq]noop\[dq],
        \[dq]opt\[dq]: {
            \[dq]blue\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
            \[dq]echo\[dq]: \[dq]yes\[dq]
        }
    }
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that this is the direct equivalent of using this \[dq]backend\[dq]
command:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend noop . -o echo=yes -o blue path1 path2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that arguments must be preceded by the \[dq]-a\[dq] flag
.PP
See the backend (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command
for more information.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache
.PP
Purge a remote from the cache backend.
Supports either a directory or a file.
Params: - remote = path to remote (required) - withData = true/false to
delete cached data (chunks) as well (optional)
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true
\f[R]
.fi
.SS cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks
.PP
Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.
.PP
The chunks= parameter specifies the file chunks to check.
It takes a comma separated list of array slice indices.
The slice indices are similar to Python slices: start[:end]
.PP
start is the 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to
fetch inclusive.
end is 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch
exclusive.
Both values can be negative, in which case they count from the back of
the file.
The value \[dq]-5:\[dq] represents the last 5 chunks of a file.
.PP
Some valid examples are: \[dq]:5,-5:\[dq] -> the first and last five
chunks \[dq]0,-2\[dq] -> the first and the second last chunk
\[dq]0:10\[dq] -> the first ten chunks
.PP
Any parameter with a key that starts with \[dq]file\[dq] can be used to
specify files to fetch, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc cache/fetch chunks=0 file=hello file2=home/goodbye
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote is
used on top of the cache.
.SS cache/stats: Get cache stats
.PP
Show statistics for the cache remote.
.SS config/create: create the config for a remote.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
name - name of remote
.IP \[bu] 2
parameters - a map of { \[dq]key\[dq]: \[dq]value\[dq] } pairs
.IP \[bu] 2
type - type of the new remote
.IP \[bu] 2
opt - a dictionary of options to control the configuration
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
obscure - declare passwords are plain and need obscuring
.IP \[bu] 2
noObscure - declare passwords are already obscured and don\[aq]t need
obscuring
.IP \[bu] 2
nonInteractive - don\[aq]t interact with a user, return questions
.IP \[bu] 2
continue - continue the config process with an answer
.IP \[bu] 2
all - ask all the config questions not just the post config ones
.IP \[bu] 2
state - state to restart with - used with continue
.IP \[bu] 2
result - result to restart with - used with continue
.RE
.PP
See the config
create (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file.
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
name - name of remote to delete
.PP
See the config
delete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/dump: Dumps the config file.
.PP
Returns a JSON object: - key: value
.PP
Where keys are remote names and values are the config parameters.
.PP
See the config dump (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/)
command for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/get: Get a remote in the config file.
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
name - name of remote to get
.PP
See the config dump (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/)
command for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file and defined in environment variables.
.PP
Returns - remotes - array of remote names
.PP
See the listremotes (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_listremotes/)
command for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/password: password the config for a remote.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
name - name of remote
.IP \[bu] 2
parameters - a map of { \[dq]key\[dq]: \[dq]value\[dq] } pairs
.PP
See the config
password (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/) command
for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/paths: Reads the config file path and other important paths.
.PP
Returns a JSON object with the following keys:
.IP \[bu] 2
config: path to config file
.IP \[bu] 2
cache: path to root of cache directory
.IP \[bu] 2
temp: path to root of temporary directory
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]cache\[dq]: \[dq]/home/USER/.cache/rclone\[dq],
    \[dq]config\[dq]: \[dq]/home/USER/.rclone.conf\[dq],
    \[dq]temp\[dq]: \[dq]/tmp\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the config paths (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_paths/)
command for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file.
.PP
Returns a JSON object: - providers - array of objects
.PP
See the config
providers (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/) command
for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/setpath: Set the path of the config file
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
path - path to the config file to use
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS config/update: update the config for a remote.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
name - name of remote
.IP \[bu] 2
parameters - a map of { \[dq]key\[dq]: \[dq]value\[dq] } pairs
.IP \[bu] 2
opt - a dictionary of options to control the configuration
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
obscure - declare passwords are plain and need obscuring
.IP \[bu] 2
noObscure - declare passwords are already obscured and don\[aq]t need
obscuring
.IP \[bu] 2
nonInteractive - don\[aq]t interact with a user, return questions
.IP \[bu] 2
continue - continue the config process with an answer
.IP \[bu] 2
all - ask all the config questions not just the post config ones
.IP \[bu] 2
state - state to restart with - used with continue
.IP \[bu] 2
result - result to restart with - used with continue
.RE
.PP
See the config
update (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit.
.PP
This sets the bandwidth limit to the string passed in.
This should be a single bandwidth limit entry or a pair of
upload:download bandwidth.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=off
{
    \[dq]bytesPerSecond\[dq]: -1,
    \[dq]bytesPerSecondTx\[dq]: -1,
    \[dq]bytesPerSecondRx\[dq]: -1,
    \[dq]rate\[dq]: \[dq]off\[dq]
}
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
{
    \[dq]bytesPerSecond\[dq]: 1048576,
    \[dq]bytesPerSecondTx\[dq]: 1048576,
    \[dq]bytesPerSecondRx\[dq]: 1048576,
    \[dq]rate\[dq]: \[dq]1M\[dq]
}
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M:100k
{
    \[dq]bytesPerSecond\[dq]: 1048576,
    \[dq]bytesPerSecondTx\[dq]: 1048576,
    \[dq]bytesPerSecondRx\[dq]: 131072,
    \[dq]rate\[dq]: \[dq]1M\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If the rate parameter is not supplied then the bandwidth is queried
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc core/bwlimit
{
    \[dq]bytesPerSecond\[dq]: 1048576,
    \[dq]bytesPerSecondTx\[dq]: 1048576,
    \[dq]bytesPerSecondRx\[dq]: 1048576,
    \[dq]rate\[dq]: \[dq]1M\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to --bwlimit
except only one bandwidth may be specified.
.PP
In either case \[dq]rate\[dq] is returned as a human-readable string,
and \[dq]bytesPerSecond\[dq] is returned as a number.
.SS core/command: Run a rclone terminal command over rc.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
command - a string with the command name.
.IP \[bu] 2
arg - a list of arguments for the backend command.
.IP \[bu] 2
opt - a map of string to string of options.
.IP \[bu] 2
returnType - one of (\[dq]COMBINED_OUTPUT\[dq], \[dq]STREAM\[dq],
\[dq]STREAM_ONLY_STDOUT\[dq], \[dq]STREAM_ONLY_STDERR\[dq]).
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Defaults to \[dq]COMBINED_OUTPUT\[dq] if not set.
.IP \[bu] 2
The STREAM returnTypes will write the output to the body of the HTTP
message.
.IP \[bu] 2
The COMBINED_OUTPUT will write the output to the \[dq]result\[dq]
parameter.
.RE
.PP
Returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
result - result from the backend command.
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Only set when using returnType \[dq]COMBINED_OUTPUT\[dq].
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
error - set if rclone exits with an error code.
.IP \[bu] 2
returnType - one of (\[dq]COMBINED_OUTPUT\[dq], \[dq]STREAM\[dq],
\[dq]STREAM_ONLY_STDOUT\[dq], \[dq]STREAM_ONLY_STDERR\[dq]).
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc core/command command=ls -a mydrive:/ -o max-depth=1
rclone rc core/command -a ls -a mydrive:/ -o max-depth=1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Returns:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]error\[dq]: false,
    \[dq]result\[dq]: \[dq]<Raw command line output>\[dq]
}

OR
{
    \[dq]error\[dq]: true,
    \[dq]result\[dq]: \[dq]<Raw command line output>\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS core/du: Returns disk usage of a locally attached disk.
.PP
This returns the disk usage for the local directory passed in as dir.
.PP
If the directory is not passed in, it defaults to the directory pointed
to by --cache-dir.
.IP \[bu] 2
dir - string (optional)
.PP
Returns:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]dir\[dq]: \[dq]/\[dq],
    \[dq]info\[dq]: {
        \[dq]Available\[dq]: 361769115648,
        \[dq]Free\[dq]: 361785892864,
        \[dq]Total\[dq]: 982141468672
    }
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS core/gc: Runs a garbage collection.
.PP
This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run.
It isn\[aq]t necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for
debugging memory problems.
.SS core/group-list: Returns list of stats.
.PP
This returns list of stats groups currently in memory.
.PP
Returns the following values:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]groups\[dq]:  an array of group names:
        [
            \[dq]group1\[dq],
            \[dq]group2\[dq],
            ...
        ]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics
.PP
This returns the memory statistics of the running program.
What the values mean are explained in the go docs:
https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats
.PP
The most interesting values for most people are:
.IP \[bu] 2
HeapAlloc - this is the amount of memory rclone is actually using
.IP \[bu] 2
HeapSys - this is the amount of memory rclone has obtained from the OS
.IP \[bu] 2
Sys - this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
It is virtual memory so may include unused memory
.RE
.SS core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in.
.PP
Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file: -
clear - string
.PP
Returns: - obscured - string
.SS core/pid: Return PID of current process
.PP
This returns PID of current process.
Useful for stopping rclone process.
.SS core/quit: Terminates the app.
.PP
(Optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app: -
exitCode - int
.SS core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers.
.PP
This returns all available stats:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc core/stats
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If group is not provided then summed up stats for all groups will be
returned.
.PP
Parameters
.IP \[bu] 2
group - name of the stats group (string)
.PP
Returns the following values:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]bytes\[dq]: total transferred bytes since the start of the group,
    \[dq]checks\[dq]: number of files checked,
    \[dq]deletes\[dq] : number of files deleted,
    \[dq]elapsedTime\[dq]: time in floating point seconds since rclone was started,
    \[dq]errors\[dq]: number of errors,
    \[dq]eta\[dq]: estimated time in seconds until the group completes,
    \[dq]fatalError\[dq]: boolean whether there has been at least one fatal error,
    \[dq]lastError\[dq]: last error string,
    \[dq]renames\[dq] : number of files renamed,
    \[dq]retryError\[dq]: boolean showing whether there has been at least one non-NoRetryError,
        \[dq]serverSideCopies\[dq]: number of server side copies done,
        \[dq]serverSideCopyBytes\[dq]: number bytes server side copied,
        \[dq]serverSideMoves\[dq]: number of server side moves done,
        \[dq]serverSideMoveBytes\[dq]: number bytes server side moved,
    \[dq]speed\[dq]: average speed in bytes per second since start of the group,
    \[dq]totalBytes\[dq]: total number of bytes in the group,
    \[dq]totalChecks\[dq]: total number of checks in the group,
    \[dq]totalTransfers\[dq]: total number of transfers in the group,
    \[dq]transferTime\[dq] : total time spent on running jobs,
    \[dq]transfers\[dq]: number of transferred files,
    \[dq]transferring\[dq]: an array of currently active file transfers:
        [
            {
                \[dq]bytes\[dq]: total transferred bytes for this file,
                \[dq]eta\[dq]: estimated time in seconds until file transfer completion
                \[dq]name\[dq]: name of the file,
                \[dq]percentage\[dq]: progress of the file transfer in percent,
                \[dq]speed\[dq]: average speed over the whole transfer in bytes per second,
                \[dq]speedAvg\[dq]: current speed in bytes per second as an exponentially weighted moving average,
                \[dq]size\[dq]: size of the file in bytes
            }
        ],
    \[dq]checking\[dq]: an array of names of currently active file checks
        []
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Values for \[dq]transferring\[dq], \[dq]checking\[dq] and
\[dq]lastError\[dq] are only assigned if data is available.
The value for \[dq]eta\[dq] is null if an eta cannot be determined.
.SS core/stats-delete: Delete stats group.
.PP
This deletes entire stats group.
.PP
Parameters
.IP \[bu] 2
group - name of the stats group (string)
.SS core/stats-reset: Reset stats.
.PP
This clears counters, errors and finished transfers for all stats or
specific stats group if group is provided.
.PP
Parameters
.IP \[bu] 2
group - name of the stats group (string)
.SS core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers.
.PP
This returns stats about completed transfers:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc core/transferred
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If group is not provided then completed transfers for all groups will be
returned.
.PP
Note only the last 100 completed transfers are returned.
.PP
Parameters
.IP \[bu] 2
group - name of the stats group (string)
.PP
Returns the following values:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]transferred\[dq]:  an array of completed transfers (including failed ones):
        [
            {
                \[dq]name\[dq]: name of the file,
                \[dq]size\[dq]: size of the file in bytes,
                \[dq]bytes\[dq]: total transferred bytes for this file,
                \[dq]checked\[dq]: if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted),
                \[dq]timestamp\[dq]: integer representing millisecond unix epoch,
                \[dq]error\[dq]: string description of the error (empty if successful),
                \[dq]jobid\[dq]: id of the job that this transfer belongs to
            }
        ]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime.
.PP
This shows the current version of go and the go runtime:
.IP \[bu] 2
version - rclone version, e.g.
\[dq]v1.53.0\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
decomposed - version number as [major, minor, patch]
.IP \[bu] 2
isGit - boolean - true if this was compiled from the git version
.IP \[bu] 2
isBeta - boolean - true if this is a beta version
.IP \[bu] 2
os - OS in use as according to Go
.IP \[bu] 2
arch - cpu architecture in use according to Go
.IP \[bu] 2
goVersion - version of Go runtime in use
.IP \[bu] 2
linking - type of rclone executable (static or dynamic)
.IP \[bu] 2
goTags - space separated build tags or \[dq]none\[dq]
.SS debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling.
.PP
SetBlockProfileRate controls the fraction of goroutine blocking events
that are reported in the blocking profile.
The profiler aims to sample an average of one blocking event per rate
nanoseconds spent blocked.
.PP
To include every blocking event in the profile, pass rate = 1.
To turn off profiling entirely, pass rate <= 0.
.PP
After calling this you can use this to see the blocking profile:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/block
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
rate - int
.SS debug/set-gc-percent: Call runtime/debug.SetGCPercent for setting the garbage collection target percentage.
.PP
SetGCPercent sets the garbage collection target percentage: a collection
is triggered when the ratio of freshly allocated data to live data
remaining after the previous collection reaches this percentage.
SetGCPercent returns the previous setting.
The initial setting is the value of the GOGC environment variable at
startup, or 100 if the variable is not set.
.PP
This setting may be effectively reduced in order to maintain a memory
limit.
A negative percentage effectively disables garbage collection, unless
the memory limit is reached.
.PP
See https://pkg.go.dev/runtime/debug#SetMemoryLimit for more details.
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
gc-percent - int
.SS debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling.
.PP
SetMutexProfileFraction controls the fraction of mutex contention events
that are reported in the mutex profile.
On average 1/rate events are reported.
The previous rate is returned.
.PP
To turn off profiling entirely, pass rate 0.
To just read the current rate, pass rate < 0.
(For n>1 the details of sampling may change.)
.PP
Once this is set you can look use this to profile the mutex contention:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/mutex
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
rate - int
.PP
Results:
.IP \[bu] 2
previousRate - int
.SS debug/set-soft-memory-limit: Call runtime/debug.SetMemoryLimit for setting a soft memory limit for the runtime.
.PP
SetMemoryLimit provides the runtime with a soft memory limit.
.PP
The runtime undertakes several processes to try to respect this memory
limit, including adjustments to the frequency of garbage collections and
returning memory to the underlying system more aggressively.
This limit will be respected even if GOGC=off (or, if SetGCPercent(-1)
is executed).
.PP
The input limit is provided as bytes, and includes all memory mapped,
managed, and not released by the Go runtime.
Notably, it does not account for space used by the Go binary and memory
external to Go, such as memory managed by the underlying system on
behalf of the process, or memory managed by non-Go code inside the same
process.
Examples of excluded memory sources include: OS kernel memory held on
behalf of the process, memory allocated by C code, and memory mapped by
syscall.Mmap (because it is not managed by the Go runtime).
.PP
A zero limit or a limit that\[aq]s lower than the amount of memory used
by the Go runtime may cause the garbage collector to run nearly
continuously.
However, the application may still make progress.
.PP
The memory limit is always respected by the Go runtime, so to
effectively disable this behavior, set the limit very high.
math.MaxInt64 is the canonical value for disabling the limit, but values
much greater than the available memory on the underlying system work
just as well.
.PP
See https://go.dev/doc/gc-guide for a detailed guide explaining the soft
memory limit in more detail, as well as a variety of common use-cases
and scenarios.
.PP
SetMemoryLimit returns the previously set memory limit.
A negative input does not adjust the limit, and allows for retrieval of
the currently set memory limit.
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
mem-limit - int
.SS fscache/clear: Clear the Fs cache.
.PP
This clears the fs cache.
This is where remotes created from backends are cached for a short while
to make repeated rc calls more efficient.
.PP
If you change the parameters of a backend then you may want to call this
to clear an existing remote out of the cache before re-creating it.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS fscache/entries: Returns the number of entries in the fs cache.
.PP
This returns the number of entries in the fs cache.
.PP
Returns - entries - number of items in the cache
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs
.PP
Parameters: None.
.PP
Results:
.IP \[bu] 2
executeId - string id of rclone executing (change after restart)
.IP \[bu] 2
jobids - array of integer job ids (starting at 1 on each restart)
.SS job/status: Reads the status of the job ID
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
jobid - id of the job (integer).
.PP
Results:
.IP \[bu] 2
finished - boolean
.IP \[bu] 2
duration - time in seconds that the job ran for
.IP \[bu] 2
endTime - time the job finished (e.g.
\[dq]2018-10-26T18:50:20.528746884+01:00\[dq])
.IP \[bu] 2
error - error from the job or empty string for no error
.IP \[bu] 2
finished - boolean whether the job has finished or not
.IP \[bu] 2
id - as passed in above
.IP \[bu] 2
startTime - time the job started (e.g.
\[dq]2018-10-26T18:50:20.528336039+01:00\[dq])
.IP \[bu] 2
success - boolean - true for success false otherwise
.IP \[bu] 2
output - output of the job as would have been returned if called
synchronously
.IP \[bu] 2
progress - output of the progress related to the underlying job
.SS job/stop: Stop the running job
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
jobid - id of the job (integer).
.SS job/stopgroup: Stop all running jobs in a group
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
group - name of the group (string).
.SS mount/listmounts: Show current mount points
.PP
This shows currently mounted points, which can be used for performing an
unmount.
.PP
This takes no parameters and returns
.IP \[bu] 2
mountPoints: list of current mount points
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc mount/listmounts
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS mount/mount: Create a new mount point
.PP
rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
Rclone\[aq]s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
.PP
If no mountType is provided, the priority is given as follows: 1.
mount 2.cmount 3.mount2
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote path to be mounted (required)
.IP \[bu] 2
mountPoint: valid path on the local machine (required)
.IP \[bu] 2
mountType: one of the values (mount, cmount, mount2) specifies the mount
implementation to use
.IP \[bu] 2
mountOpt: a JSON object with Mount options in.
.IP \[bu] 2
vfsOpt: a JSON object with VFS options in.
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint mountType=mount
rclone rc mount/mount fs=TestDrive: mountPoint=/mnt/tmp vfsOpt=\[aq]{\[dq]CacheMode\[dq]: 2}\[aq] mountOpt=\[aq]{\[dq]AllowOther\[dq]: true}\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The vfsOpt are as described in options/get and can be seen in the the
\[dq]vfs\[dq] section when running and the mountOpt can be seen in the
\[dq]mount\[dq] section:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc options/get
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS mount/types: Show all possible mount types
.PP
This shows all possible mount types and returns them as a list.
.PP
This takes no parameters and returns
.IP \[bu] 2
mountTypes: list of mount types
.PP
The mount types are strings like \[dq]mount\[dq], \[dq]mount2\[dq],
\[dq]cmount\[dq] and can be passed to mount/mount as the mountType
parameter.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc mount/types
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS mount/unmount: Unmount selected active mount
.PP
rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
Rclone\[aq]s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
mountPoint: valid path on the local machine where the mount was created
(required)
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc mount/unmount mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS mount/unmountall: Unmount all active mounts
.PP
rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
Rclone\[aq]s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
.PP
This takes no parameters and returns error if unmount does not succeed.
.PP
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc mount/unmountall
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/about: Return the space used on the remote
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.PP
The result is as returned from rclone about --json
.PP
See the about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/check: check the source and destination are the same
.PP
Checks the files in the source and destination match.
It compares sizes and hashes and logs a report of files that don\[aq]t
match.
It doesn\[aq]t alter the source or destination.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
srcFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq] for the source, \[dq]/\[dq] for local filesystem
.IP \[bu] 2
dstFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive2:\[dq] for the destination, \[dq]/\[dq] for local filesystem
.IP \[bu] 2
download - check by downloading rather than with hash
.IP \[bu] 2
checkFileHash - treat checkFileFs:checkFileRemote as a SUM file with
hashes of given type
.IP \[bu] 2
checkFileFs - treat checkFileFs:checkFileRemote as a SUM file with
hashes of given type
.IP \[bu] 2
checkFileRemote - treat checkFileFs:checkFileRemote as a SUM file with
hashes of given type
.IP \[bu] 2
oneWay - check one way only, source files must exist on remote
.IP \[bu] 2
combined - make a combined report of changes (default false)
.IP \[bu] 2
missingOnSrc - report all files missing from the source (default true)
.IP \[bu] 2
missingOnDst - report all files missing from the destination (default
true)
.IP \[bu] 2
match - report all matching files (default false)
.IP \[bu] 2
differ - report all non-matching files (default true)
.IP \[bu] 2
error - report all files with errors (hashing or reading) (default true)
.PP
If you supply the download flag, it will download the data from both
remotes and check them against each other on the fly.
This can be useful for remotes that don\[aq]t support hashes or if you
really want to check all the data.
.PP
If you supply the size-only global flag, it will only compare the sizes
not the hashes as well.
Use this for a quick check.
.PP
If you supply the checkFileHash option with a valid hash name, the
checkFileFs:checkFileRemote must point to a text file in the SUM format.
This treats the checksum file as the source and dstFs as the
destination.
Note that srcFs is not used and should not be supplied in this case.
.PP
Returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
success - true if no error, false otherwise
.IP \[bu] 2
status - textual summary of check, OK or text string
.IP \[bu] 2
hashType - hash used in check, may be missing
.IP \[bu] 2
combined - array of strings of combined report of changes
.IP \[bu] 2
missingOnSrc - array of strings of all files missing from the source
.IP \[bu] 2
missingOnDst - array of strings of all files missing from the
destination
.IP \[bu] 2
match - array of strings of all matching files
.IP \[bu] 2
differ - array of strings of all non-matching files
.IP \[bu] 2
error - array of strings of all files with errors (hashing or reading)
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.PP
See the cleanup (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/) command
for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
srcFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq] for the source, \[dq]/\[dq] for local filesystem
.IP \[bu] 2
srcRemote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]file.txt\[dq] for the source
.IP \[bu] 2
dstFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive2:\[dq] for the destination, \[dq]/\[dq] for local filesystem
.IP \[bu] 2
dstRemote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]file2.txt\[dq] for the destination
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
url - string, URL to read from
.IP \[bu] 2
autoFilename - boolean, set to true to retrieve destination file name
from url
.PP
See the copyurl (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyurl/) command
for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/delete: Remove files in the path
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.PP
See the delete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.PP
See the deletefile (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_deletefile/)
command for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.PP
This returns info about the remote passed in;
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
        // optional features and whether they are available or not
        \[dq]Features\[dq]: {
                \[dq]About\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]BucketBased\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]BucketBasedRootOK\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]CanHaveEmptyDirectories\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]CaseInsensitive\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]ChangeNotify\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]CleanUp\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]Command\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]Copy\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]DirCacheFlush\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]DirMove\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]Disconnect\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]DuplicateFiles\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]GetTier\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]IsLocal\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]ListR\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]MergeDirs\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]MetadataInfo\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]Move\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]OpenWriterAt\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]PublicLink\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]Purge\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]PutStream\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]PutUnchecked\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]ReadMetadata\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]ReadMimeType\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]ServerSideAcrossConfigs\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]SetTier\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]SetWrapper\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]Shutdown\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]SlowHash\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]SlowModTime\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]UnWrap\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]UserInfo\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]UserMetadata\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]WrapFs\[dq]: false,
                \[dq]WriteMetadata\[dq]: true,
                \[dq]WriteMimeType\[dq]: false
        },
        // Names of hashes available
        \[dq]Hashes\[dq]: [
                \[dq]md5\[dq],
                \[dq]sha1\[dq],
                \[dq]whirlpool\[dq],
                \[dq]crc32\[dq],
                \[dq]sha256\[dq],
                \[dq]dropbox\[dq],
                \[dq]mailru\[dq],
                \[dq]quickxor\[dq]
        ],
        \[dq]Name\[dq]: \[dq]local\[dq],        // Name as created
        \[dq]Precision\[dq]: 1,         // Precision of timestamps in ns
        \[dq]Root\[dq]: \[dq]/\[dq],            // Path as created
        \[dq]String\[dq]: \[dq]Local file system at /\[dq], // how the remote will appear in logs
        // Information about the system metadata for this backend
        \[dq]MetadataInfo\[dq]: {
                \[dq]System\[dq]: {
                        \[dq]atime\[dq]: {
                                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Time of last access\[dq],
                                \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]RFC 3339\[dq],
                                \[dq]Example\[dq]: \[dq]2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00\[dq]
                        },
                        \[dq]btime\[dq]: {
                                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Time of file birth (creation)\[dq],
                                \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]RFC 3339\[dq],
                                \[dq]Example\[dq]: \[dq]2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00\[dq]
                        },
                        \[dq]gid\[dq]: {
                                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Group ID of owner\[dq],
                                \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]decimal number\[dq],
                                \[dq]Example\[dq]: \[dq]500\[dq]
                        },
                        \[dq]mode\[dq]: {
                                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]File type and mode\[dq],
                                \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]octal, unix style\[dq],
                                \[dq]Example\[dq]: \[dq]0100664\[dq]
                        },
                        \[dq]mtime\[dq]: {
                                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Time of last modification\[dq],
                                \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]RFC 3339\[dq],
                                \[dq]Example\[dq]: \[dq]2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00\[dq]
                        },
                        \[dq]rdev\[dq]: {
                                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Device ID (if special file)\[dq],
                                \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]hexadecimal\[dq],
                                \[dq]Example\[dq]: \[dq]1abc\[dq]
                        },
                        \[dq]uid\[dq]: {
                                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]User ID of owner\[dq],
                                \[dq]Type\[dq]: \[dq]decimal number\[dq],
                                \[dq]Example\[dq]: \[dq]500\[dq]
                        }
                },
                \[dq]Help\[dq]: \[dq]Textual help string\[rs]n\[dq]
        }
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command does not have a command line equivalent so use this
instead:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc --loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.SS operations/hashsum: Produces a hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
.PP
Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash
named.
The output is in the same format as the standard md5sum/sha1sum tool.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq] for the source, \[dq]/\[dq] for local filesystem
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this can point to a file and just that file will be returned in the
listing.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
hashType - type of hash to be used
.IP \[bu] 2
download - check by downloading rather than with hash (boolean)
.IP \[bu] 2
base64 - output the hashes in base64 rather than hex (boolean)
.PP
If you supply the download flag, it will download the data from the
remote and create the hash on the fly.
This can be useful for remotes that don\[aq]t support the given hash or
if you really want to check all the data.
.PP
Note that if you wish to supply a checkfile to check hashes against the
current files then you should use operations/check instead of
operations/hashsum.
.PP
Returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
hashsum - array of strings of the hashes
.IP \[bu] 2
hashType - type of hash used
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone rc --loopback operations/hashsum fs=bin hashType=MD5 download=true base64=true
{
    \[dq]hashType\[dq]: \[dq]md5\[dq],
    \[dq]hashsum\[dq]: [
        \[dq]WTSVLpuiXyJO_kGzJerRLg==  backend-versions.sh\[dq],
        \[dq]v1b_OlWCJO9LtNq3EIKkNQ==  bisect-go-rclone.sh\[dq],
        \[dq]VHbmHzHh4taXzgag8BAIKQ==  bisect-rclone.sh\[dq],
    ]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the hashsum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_hashsum/) command
for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
opt - a dictionary of options to control the listing (optional)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
recurse - If set recurse directories
.IP \[bu] 2
noModTime - If set return modification time
.IP \[bu] 2
showEncrypted - If set show decrypted names
.IP \[bu] 2
showOrigIDs - If set show the IDs for each item if known
.IP \[bu] 2
showHash - If set return a dictionary of hashes
.IP \[bu] 2
noMimeType - If set don\[aq]t show mime types
.IP \[bu] 2
dirsOnly - If set only show directories
.IP \[bu] 2
filesOnly - If set only show files
.IP \[bu] 2
metadata - If set return metadata of objects also
.IP \[bu] 2
hashTypes - array of strings of hash types to show if showHash set
.RE
.PP
Returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
list
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This is an array of objects as described in the lsjson command
.RE
.PP
See the lsjson (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/) command for
more information on the above and examples.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.PP
See the mkdir (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mkdir/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
srcFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq] for the source, \[dq]/\[dq] for local filesystem
.IP \[bu] 2
srcRemote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]file.txt\[dq] for the source
.IP \[bu] 2
dstFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive2:\[dq] for the destination, \[dq]/\[dq] for local filesystem
.IP \[bu] 2
dstRemote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]file2.txt\[dq] for the destination
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
unlink - boolean - if set removes the link rather than adding it
(optional)
.IP \[bu] 2
expire - string - the expiry time of the link e.g.
\[dq]1d\[dq] (optional)
.PP
Returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
url - URL of the resource
.PP
See the link (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_link/) command for more
information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.PP
See the purge (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.PP
See the rmdir (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
leaveRoot - boolean, set to true not to delete the root
.PP
See the rmdirs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) command for
more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/settier: Changes storage tier or class on all files in the path
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.PP
See the settier (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_settier/) command
for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/settierfile: Changes storage tier or class on the single file pointed to
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.PP
See the settierfile (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_settierfile/)
command for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:path/to/dir\[dq]
.PP
Returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
count - number of files
.IP \[bu] 2
bytes - number of bytes in those files
.PP
See the size (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command for more
information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/stat: Give information about the supplied file or directory
.PP
This takes the following parameters
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string eg \[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote eg \[dq]dir\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
opt - a dictionary of options to control the listing (optional)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
see operations/list for the options
.RE
.PP
The result is
.IP \[bu] 2
item - an object as described in the lsjson command.
Will be null if not found.
.PP
Note that if you are only interested in files then it is much more
efficient to set the filesOnly flag in the options.
.PP
See the lsjson (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/) command for
more information on the above and examples.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS operations/uploadfile: Upload file using multiform/form-data
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
fs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
remote - a path within that remote e.g.
\[dq]dir\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
each part in body represents a file to be uploaded
.PP
See the uploadfile (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_uploadfile/)
command for more information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS options/blocks: List all the option blocks
.PP
Returns: - options - a list of the options block names
.SS options/get: Get all the global options
.PP
Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an
object with the current option values in.
.PP
Note that these are the global options which are unaffected by use of
the _config and _filter parameters.
If you wish to read the parameters set in _config then use
options/config and for _filter use options/filter.
.PP
This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should
map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.
.SS options/local: Get the currently active config for this call
.PP
Returns an object with the keys \[dq]config\[dq] and \[dq]filter\[dq].
The \[dq]config\[dq] key contains the local config and the
\[dq]filter\[dq] key contains the local filters.
.PP
Note that these are the local options specific to this rc call.
If _config was not supplied then they will be the global options.
Likewise with \[dq]_filter\[dq].
.PP
This call is mostly useful for seeing if _config and _filter passing is
working.
.PP
This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should
map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.
.SS options/set: Set an option
.PP
Parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
option block name containing an object with
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
key: value
.RE
.PP
Repeated as often as required.
.PP
Only supply the options you wish to change.
If an option is unknown it will be silently ignored.
Not all options will have an effect when changed like this.
.PP
For example:
.PP
This sets DEBUG level logs (-vv) (these can be set by number or string)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc options/set --json \[aq]{\[dq]main\[dq]: {\[dq]LogLevel\[dq]: \[dq]DEBUG\[dq]}}\[aq]
rclone rc options/set --json \[aq]{\[dq]main\[dq]: {\[dq]LogLevel\[dq]: 8}}\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And this sets INFO level logs (-v)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc options/set --json \[aq]{\[dq]main\[dq]: {\[dq]LogLevel\[dq]: \[dq]INFO\[dq]}}\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without -v)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc options/set --json \[aq]{\[dq]main\[dq]: {\[dq]LogLevel\[dq]: \[dq]NOTICE\[dq]}}\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS pluginsctl/addPlugin: Add a plugin using url
.PP
Used for adding a plugin to the webgui.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
url - http url of the github repo where the plugin is hosted
(http://github.com/artpar/artpar-webui-react).
.PP
Example:
.PP
rclone rc pluginsctl/addPlugin
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS pluginsctl/getPluginsForType: Get plugins with type criteria
.PP
This shows all possible plugins by a mime type.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
type - supported mime type by a loaded plugin e.g.
(video/mp4, audio/mp3).
.IP \[bu] 2
pluginType - filter plugins based on their type e.g.
(DASHBOARD, FILE_HANDLER, TERMINAL).
.PP
Returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
loadedPlugins - list of current production plugins.
.IP \[bu] 2
testPlugins - list of temporarily loaded development plugins, usually
running on a different server.
.PP
Example:
.PP
rclone rc pluginsctl/getPluginsForType type=video/mp4
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS pluginsctl/listPlugins: Get the list of currently loaded plugins
.PP
This allows you to get the currently enabled plugins and their details.
.PP
This takes no parameters and returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
loadedPlugins - list of current production plugins.
.IP \[bu] 2
testPlugins - list of temporarily loaded development plugins, usually
running on a different server.
.PP
E.g.
.PP
rclone rc pluginsctl/listPlugins
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS pluginsctl/listTestPlugins: Show currently loaded test plugins
.PP
Allows listing of test plugins with the rclone.test set to true in
package.json of the plugin.
.PP
This takes no parameters and returns:
.IP \[bu] 2
loadedTestPlugins - list of currently available test plugins.
.PP
E.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc pluginsctl/listTestPlugins
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS pluginsctl/removePlugin: Remove a loaded plugin
.PP
This allows you to remove a plugin using it\[aq]s name.
.PP
This takes parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
name - name of the plugin in the format
\f[C]author\f[R]/\f[C]plugin_name\f[R].
.PP
E.g.
.PP
rclone rc pluginsctl/removePlugin name=rclone/video-plugin
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS pluginsctl/removeTestPlugin: Remove a test plugin
.PP
This allows you to remove a plugin using it\[aq]s name.
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
name - name of the plugin in the format
\f[C]author\f[R]/\f[C]plugin_name\f[R].
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc pluginsctl/removeTestPlugin name=artpar/artpar-webui-react
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS rc/error: This returns an error
.PP
This returns an error with the input as part of its error string.
Useful for testing error handling.
.SS rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands
.PP
This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in
the commands response.
.SS rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters
.PP
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
purposes.
It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that
parameter passing is working properly.
.SS rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth
.PP
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
purposes.
It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that
parameter passing is working properly.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS sync/bisync: Perform bidirectional synchronization between two paths.
.PP
This takes the following parameters
.IP \[bu] 2
path1 - a remote directory string e.g.
\f[C]drive:path1\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
path2 - a remote directory string e.g.
\f[C]drive:path2\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
dryRun - dry-run mode
.IP \[bu] 2
resync - performs the resync run
.IP \[bu] 2
checkAccess - abort if RCLONE_TEST files are not found on both
filesystems
.IP \[bu] 2
checkFilename - file name for checkAccess (default: RCLONE_TEST)
.IP \[bu] 2
maxDelete - abort sync if percentage of deleted files is above this
threshold (default: 50)
.IP \[bu] 2
force - Bypass maxDelete safety check and run the sync
.IP \[bu] 2
checkSync - \f[C]true\f[R] by default, \f[C]false\f[R] disables
comparison of final listings, \f[C]only\f[R] will skip sync, only
compare listings from the last run
.IP \[bu] 2
createEmptySrcDirs - Sync creation and deletion of empty directories.
(Not compatible with --remove-empty-dirs)
.IP \[bu] 2
removeEmptyDirs - remove empty directories at the final cleanup step
.IP \[bu] 2
filtersFile - read filtering patterns from a file
.IP \[bu] 2
ignoreListingChecksum - Do not use checksums for listings
.IP \[bu] 2
resilient - Allow future runs to retry after certain less-serious
errors, instead of requiring resync.
Use at your own risk!
.IP \[bu] 2
workdir - server directory for history files (default:
\f[C]\[ti]/.cache/rclone/bisync\f[R])
.IP \[bu] 2
backupdir1 - --backup-dir for Path1.
Must be a non-overlapping path on the same remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
backupdir2 - --backup-dir for Path2.
Must be a non-overlapping path on the same remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
noCleanup - retain working files
.PP
See bisync command help (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_bisync/) and
full bisync description (https://rclone.org/bisync/) for more
information.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
srcFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:src\[dq] for the source
.IP \[bu] 2
dstFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:dst\[dq] for the destination
.IP \[bu] 2
createEmptySrcDirs - create empty src directories on destination if set
.PP
See the copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) command for more
information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
srcFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:src\[dq] for the source
.IP \[bu] 2
dstFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:dst\[dq] for the destination
.IP \[bu] 2
createEmptySrcDirs - create empty src directories on destination if set
.IP \[bu] 2
deleteEmptySrcDirs - delete empty src directories if set
.PP
See the move (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) command for more
information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote
.PP
This takes the following parameters:
.IP \[bu] 2
srcFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:src\[dq] for the source
.IP \[bu] 2
dstFs - a remote name string e.g.
\[dq]drive:dst\[dq] for the destination
.IP \[bu] 2
createEmptySrcDirs - create empty src directories on destination if set
.PP
See the sync (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) command for more
information on the above.
.PP
\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
.SS vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache.
.PP
This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be re-read
from the remote when needed.
.PP
If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the
directory cache.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path.
Any parameter key starting with file will forget that file and any
starting with dir will forget that dir, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command takes an \[dq]fs\[dq] parameter.
If this parameter is not supplied and if there is only one VFS in use
then that VFS will be used.
If there is more than one VFS in use then the \[dq]fs\[dq] parameter
must be supplied.
.SS vfs/list: List active VFSes.
.PP
This lists the active VFSes.
.PP
It returns a list under the key \[dq]vfses\[dq] where the values are the
VFS names that could be passed to the other VFS commands in the
\[dq]fs\[dq] parameter.
.SS vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option.
.PP
Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the
poll-interval setting.
.PP
When the interval=duration parameter is set, the poll-interval value is
updated and the polling function is notified.
Setting interval=0 disables poll-interval.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/poll-interval interval=5m
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The timeout=duration parameter can be used to specify a time to wait for
the current poll function to apply the new value.
If timeout is less or equal 0, which is the default, wait indefinitely.
.PP
The new poll-interval value will only be active when the timeout is not
reached.
.PP
If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes might
not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the used remote.
.PP
This command takes an \[dq]fs\[dq] parameter.
If this parameter is not supplied and if there is only one VFS in use
then that VFS will be used.
If there is more than one VFS in use then the \[dq]fs\[dq] parameter
must be supplied.
.SS vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache.
.PP
This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the
directory cache.
.PP
If no paths are passed in then it will refresh the root directory.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/refresh
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Otherwise pass directories in as dir=path.
Any parameter key starting with dir will refresh that directory, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rc vfs/refresh dir=home/junk dir2=data/misc
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree will
get refreshed.
This refresh will use --fast-list if enabled.
.PP
This command takes an \[dq]fs\[dq] parameter.
If this parameter is not supplied and if there is only one VFS in use
then that VFS will be used.
If there is more than one VFS in use then the \[dq]fs\[dq] parameter
must be supplied.
.SS vfs/stats: Stats for a VFS.
.PP
This returns stats for the selected VFS.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    // Status of the disk cache - only present if --vfs-cache-mode > off
    \[dq]diskCache\[dq]: {
        \[dq]bytesUsed\[dq]: 0,
        \[dq]erroredFiles\[dq]: 0,
        \[dq]files\[dq]: 0,
        \[dq]hashType\[dq]: 1,
        \[dq]outOfSpace\[dq]: false,
        \[dq]path\[dq]: \[dq]/home/user/.cache/rclone/vfs/local/mnt/a\[dq],
        \[dq]pathMeta\[dq]: \[dq]/home/user/.cache/rclone/vfsMeta/local/mnt/a\[dq],
        \[dq]uploadsInProgress\[dq]: 0,
        \[dq]uploadsQueued\[dq]: 0
    },
    \[dq]fs\[dq]: \[dq]/mnt/a\[dq],
    \[dq]inUse\[dq]: 1,
    // Status of the in memory metadata cache
    \[dq]metadataCache\[dq]: {
        \[dq]dirs\[dq]: 1,
        \[dq]files\[dq]: 0
    },
    // Options as returned by options/get
    \[dq]opt\[dq]: {
        \[dq]CacheMaxAge\[dq]: 3600000000000,
        // ...
        \[dq]WriteWait\[dq]: 1000000000
    }
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command takes an \[dq]fs\[dq] parameter.
If this parameter is not supplied and if there is only one VFS in use
then that VFS will be used.
If there is more than one VFS in use then the \[dq]fs\[dq] parameter
must be supplied.
.SS Accessing the remote control via HTTP
.PP
Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.
.PP
Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an
error.
The JSON objects are essentially a map of string names to values.
.PP
All calls must made using POST.
.PP
The input objects can be supplied using URL parameters, POST parameters
or by supplying \[dq]Content-Type: application/json\[dq] and a JSON blob
in the body.
There are examples of these below using \f[C]curl\f[R].
.PP
The response will be a JSON blob in the body of the response.
This is formatted to be reasonably human-readable.
.SS Error returns
.PP
If an error occurs then there will be an HTTP error status (e.g.
500) and the body of the response will contain a JSON encoded error
object, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]error\[dq]: \[dq]Expecting string value for key \[rs]\[dq]remote\[rs]\[dq] (was float64)\[dq],
    \[dq]input\[dq]: {
        \[dq]fs\[dq]: \[dq]/tmp\[dq],
        \[dq]remote\[dq]: 3
    },
    \[dq]status\[dq]: 400
    \[dq]path\[dq]: \[dq]operations/rmdir\[dq],
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The keys in the error response are - error - error string - input - the
input parameters to the call - status - the HTTP status code - path -
the path of the call
.SS CORS
.PP
The sever implements basic CORS support and allows all origins for that.
The response to a preflight OPTIONS request will echo the requested
\[dq]Access-Control-Request-Headers\[dq] back.
.SS Using POST with URL parameters only
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl -X POST \[aq]http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?potato=1&sausage=2\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Response
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]potato\[dq]: \[dq]1\[dq],
    \[dq]sausage\[dq]: \[dq]2\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Here is what an error response looks like:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl -X POST \[aq]http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]error\[dq]: \[dq]arbitrary error on input map[potato:1 sausage:2]\[dq],
    \[dq]input\[dq]: {
        \[dq]potato\[dq]: \[dq]1\[dq],
        \[dq]sausage\[dq]: \[dq]2\[dq]
    }
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that curl doesn\[aq]t return errors to the shell unless you use the
\f[C]-f\f[R] option
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ curl -f -X POST \[aq]http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2\[aq]
curl: (22) The requested URL returned error: 400 Bad Request
$ echo $?
22
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Using POST with a form
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl --data \[dq]potato=1\[dq] --data \[dq]sausage=2\[dq] http://localhost:5572/rc/noop
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Response
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]potato\[dq]: \[dq]1\[dq],
    \[dq]sausage\[dq]: \[dq]2\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that you can combine these with URL parameters too with the POST
parameters taking precedence.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl --data \[dq]potato=1\[dq] --data \[dq]sausage=2\[dq] \[dq]http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&sausage=4\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Response
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]potato\[dq]: \[dq]1\[dq],
    \[dq]rutabaga\[dq]: \[dq]3\[dq],
    \[dq]sausage\[dq]: \[dq]4\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Using POST with a JSON blob
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl -H \[dq]Content-Type: application/json\[dq] -X POST -d \[aq]{\[dq]potato\[dq]:2,\[dq]sausage\[dq]:1}\[aq] http://localhost:5572/rc/noop
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
response
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]password\[dq]: \[dq]xyz\[dq],
    \[dq]username\[dq]: \[dq]xyz\[dq]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This can be combined with URL parameters too if required.
The JSON blob takes precedence.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl -H \[dq]Content-Type: application/json\[dq] -X POST -d \[aq]{\[dq]potato\[dq]:2,\[dq]sausage\[dq]:1}\[aq] \[aq]http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&potato=4\[aq]
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]potato\[dq]: 2,
    \[dq]rutabaga\[dq]: \[dq]3\[dq],
    \[dq]sausage\[dq]: 1
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Debugging rclone with pprof
.PP
If you use the \f[C]--rc\f[R] flag this will also enable the use of the
go profiling tools on the same port.
.PP
To use these, first install go (https://golang.org/doc/install).
.SS Debugging memory use
.PP
To profile rclone\[aq]s memory use you can run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
go tool pprof -web http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This should open a page in your browser showing what is using what
memory.
.PP
You can also use the \f[C]-text\f[R] flag to produce a textual summary
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ go tool pprof -text http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
      flat  flat%   sum%        cum   cum%
 1024.03kB 66.62% 66.62%  1024.03kB 66.62%  github.com/artpar/artpar/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.addDecoderNode
     513kB 33.38%   100%      513kB 33.38%  net/http.newBufioWriterSize
         0     0%   100%  1024.03kB 66.62%  github.com/artpar/artpar/cmd/all.init
         0     0%   100%  1024.03kB 66.62%  github.com/artpar/artpar/cmd/serve.init
         0     0%   100%  1024.03kB 66.62%  github.com/artpar/artpar/cmd/serve/restic.init
         0     0%   100%  1024.03kB 66.62%  github.com/artpar/artpar/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2.init
         0     0%   100%  1024.03kB 66.62%  github.com/artpar/artpar/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init
         0     0%   100%  1024.03kB 66.62%  github.com/artpar/artpar/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init.0
         0     0%   100%  1024.03kB 66.62%  main.init
         0     0%   100%      513kB 33.38%  net/http.(*conn).readRequest
         0     0%   100%      513kB 33.38%  net/http.(*conn).serve
         0     0%   100%  1024.03kB 66.62%  runtime.main
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Debugging go routine leaks
.PP
Memory leaks are most often caused by go routine leaks keeping memory
alive which should have been garbage collected.
.PP
See all active go routines using
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or go to http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1 in your
browser.
.SS Other profiles to look at
.PP
You can see a summary of profiles available at
http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/
.PP
Here is how to use some of them:
.IP \[bu] 2
Memory: \f[C]go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Go routines:
\f[C]curl http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
30-second CPU profile:
\f[C]go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/profile\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
5-second execution trace:
\f[C]wget http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/trace?seconds=5\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Goroutine blocking profile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable first with:
\f[C]rclone rc debug/set-block-profile-rate rate=1\f[R] (docs)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/block\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Contended mutexes:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable first with:
\f[C]rclone rc debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction rate=1\f[R] (docs)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/mutex\f[R]
.RE
.PP
See the net/http/pprof docs (https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/pprof/) for
more info on how to use the profiling and for a general overview see the
Go team\[aq]s blog post on profiling go
programs (https://blog.golang.org/profiling-go-programs).
.PP
The profiling hook is zero overhead unless it is
used (https://stackoverflow.com/q/26545159/164234).
.SH Overview of cloud storage systems
.PP
Each cloud storage system is slightly different.
Rclone attempts to provide a unified interface to them, but some
underlying differences show through.
.SS Features
.PP
Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c c c c c.
T{
Name
T}@T{
Hash
T}@T{
ModTime
T}@T{
Case Insensitive
T}@T{
Duplicate Files
T}@T{
MIME Type
T}@T{
Metadata
T}
_
T{
1Fichier
T}@T{
Whirlpool
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Akamai Netstorage
T}@T{
MD5, SHA256
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Amazon S3 (or S3 compatible)
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
RWU
T}
T{
Backblaze B2
T}@T{
SHA1
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Box
T}@T{
SHA1
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Citrix ShareFile
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Dropbox
T}@T{
DBHASH \[S1]
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Enterprise File Fabric
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
FTP
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
R/W \[S1]\[u2070]
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Google Cloud Storage
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Google Drive
T}@T{
MD5, SHA1, SHA256
T}@T{
DR/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
DRWU
T}
T{
Google Photos
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
HDFS
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
HiDrive
T}@T{
HiDrive \[S1]\[S2]
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
HTTP
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Internet Archive
T}@T{
MD5, SHA1, CRC32
T}@T{
R/W \[S1]\[S1]
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
RWU
T}
T{
Jottacloud
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
RW
T}
T{
Koofr
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Linkbox
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Mail.ru Cloud
T}@T{
Mailru \[u2076]
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Mega
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Memory
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Microsoft Azure Files Storage
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Microsoft OneDrive
T}@T{
QuickXorHash \[u2075]
T}@T{
DR/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
DRW
T}
T{
OpenDrive
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Partial \[u2078]
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
OpenStack Swift
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Oracle Object Storage
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
pCloud
T}@T{
MD5, SHA1 \[u2077]
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
PikPak
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
premiumize.me
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
put.io
T}@T{
CRC-32
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Proton Drive
T}@T{
SHA1
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
QingStor
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
- \[u2079]
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Quatrix by Maytech
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Seafile
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
SFTP
T}@T{
MD5, SHA1 \[S2]
T}@T{
DR/W
T}@T{
Depends
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Sia
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
SMB
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
SugarSync
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Storj
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Uptobox
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
WebDAV
T}@T{
MD5, SHA1 \[S3]
T}@T{
R \[u2074]
T}@T{
Depends
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Yandex Disk
T}@T{
MD5
T}@T{
R/W
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
R
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
Zoho WorkDrive
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
-
T}
T{
The local filesystem
T}@T{
All
T}@T{
DR/W
T}@T{
Depends
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
-
T}@T{
DRWU
T}
.TE
.PP
\[S1] Dropbox supports its own custom
hash (https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash).
This is an SHA256 sum of all the 4 MiB block SHA256s.
.PP
\[S2] SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and
\f[C]md5sum\f[R] or \f[C]sha1sum\f[R] as well as \f[C]echo\f[R] are in
the remote\[aq]s PATH.
.PP
\[S3] WebDAV supports hashes when used with Fastmail Files, Owncloud and
Nextcloud only.
.PP
\[u2074] WebDAV supports modtimes when used with Fastmail Files,
Owncloud and Nextcloud only.
.PP
\[u2075]
QuickXorHash (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash)
is Microsoft\[aq]s own hash.
.PP
\[u2076] Mail.ru uses its own modified SHA1 hash
.PP
\[u2077] pCloud only supports SHA1 (not MD5) in its EU region
.PP
\[u2078] Opendrive does not support creation of duplicate files using
their web client interface or other stock clients, but the underlying
storage platform has been determined to allow duplicate files, and it is
possible to create them with \f[C]rclone\f[R].
It may be that this is a mistake or an unsupported feature.
.PP
\[u2079] QingStor does not support SetModTime for objects bigger than 5
GiB.
.PP
\[S1]\[u2070] FTP supports modtimes for the major FTP servers, and also
others if they advertised required protocol extensions.
See this (https://rclone.org/ftp/#modification-times) for more details.
.PP
\[S1]\[S1] Internet Archive requires option \f[C]wait_archive\f[R] to be
set to a non-zero value for full modtime support.
.PP
\[S1]\[S2] HiDrive supports its own custom
hash (https://static.hidrive.com/dev/0001).
It combines SHA1 sums for each 4 KiB block hierarchically to a single
top-level sum.
.SS Hash
.PP
The cloud storage system supports various hash types of the objects.
The hashes are used when transferring data as an integrity check and can
be specifically used with the \f[C]--checksum\f[R] flag in syncs and in
the \f[C]check\f[R] command.
.PP
To use the verify checksums when transferring between cloud storage
systems they must support a common hash type.
.SS ModTime
.PP
Almost all cloud storage systems store some sort of timestamp on
objects, but several of them not something that is appropriate to use
for syncing.
E.g.
some backends will only write a timestamp that represents the time of
the upload.
To be relevant for syncing it should be able to store the modification
time of the source object.
If this is not the case, rclone will only check the file size by
default, though can be configured to check the file hash (with the
\f[C]--checksum\f[R] flag).
Ideally it should also be possible to change the timestamp of an
existing file without having to re-upload it.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(19.4n) lw(50.6n).
T{
Key
T}@T{
Explanation
T}
_
T{
\f[C]-\f[R]
T}@T{
ModTimes not supported - times likely the upload time
T}
T{
\f[C]R\f[R]
T}@T{
ModTimes supported on files but can\[aq]t be changed without re-upload
T}
T{
\f[C]R/W\f[R]
T}@T{
Read and Write ModTimes fully supported on files
T}
T{
\f[C]DR\f[R]
T}@T{
ModTimes supported on files and directories but can\[aq]t be changed
without re-upload
T}
T{
\f[C]DR/W\f[R]
T}@T{
Read and Write ModTimes fully supported on files and directories
T}
.TE
.PP
Storage systems with a \f[C]-\f[R] in the ModTime column, means the
modification read on objects is not the modification time of the file
when uploaded.
It is most likely the time the file was uploaded, or possibly something
else (like the time the picture was taken in Google Photos).
.PP
Storage systems with a \f[C]R\f[R] (for read-only) in the ModTime
column, means the it keeps modification times on objects, and updates
them when uploading objects, but it does not support changing only the
modification time (\f[C]SetModTime\f[R] operation) without re-uploading,
possibly not even without deleting existing first.
Some operations in rclone, such as \f[C]copy\f[R] and \f[C]sync\f[R]
commands, will automatically check for \f[C]SetModTime\f[R] support and
re-upload if necessary to keep the modification times in sync.
Other commands will not work without \f[C]SetModTime\f[R] support, e.g.
\f[C]touch\f[R] command on an existing file will fail, and changes to
modification time only on a files in a \f[C]mount\f[R] will be silently
ignored.
.PP
Storage systems with \f[C]R/W\f[R] (for read/write) in the ModTime
column, means they do also support modtime-only operations.
.PP
Storage systems with \f[C]D\f[R] in the ModTime column means that the
following symbols apply to directories as well as files.
.SS Case Insensitive
.PP
If a cloud storage systems is case sensitive then it is possible to have
two files which differ only in case, e.g.
\f[C]file.txt\f[R] and \f[C]FILE.txt\f[R].
If a cloud storage system is case insensitive then that isn\[aq]t
possible.
.PP
This can cause problems when syncing between a case insensitive system
and a case sensitive system.
The symptom of this is that no matter how many times you run the sync it
never completes fully.
.PP
The local filesystem and SFTP may or may not be case sensitive depending
on OS.
.IP \[bu] 2
Windows - usually case insensitive, though case is preserved
.IP \[bu] 2
OSX - usually case insensitive, though it is possible to format case
sensitive
.IP \[bu] 2
Linux - usually case sensitive, but there are case insensitive file
systems (e.g.
FAT formatted USB keys)
.PP
Most of the time this doesn\[aq]t cause any problems as people tend to
avoid files whose name differs only by case even on case sensitive
systems.
.SS Duplicate files
.PP
If a cloud storage system allows duplicate files then it can have two
objects with the same name.
.PP
This confuses rclone greatly when syncing - use the
\f[C]rclone dedupe\f[R] command to rename or remove duplicates.
.SS Restricted filenames
.PP
Some cloud storage systems might have restrictions on the characters
that are usable in file or directory names.
When \f[C]rclone\f[R] detects such a name during a file upload, it will
transparently replace the restricted characters with similar looking
Unicode characters.
To handle the different sets of restricted characters for different
backends, rclone uses something it calls encoding.
.PP
This process is designed to avoid ambiguous file names as much as
possible and allow to move files between many cloud storage systems
transparently.
.PP
The name shown by \f[C]rclone\f[R] to the user or during log output will
only contain a minimal set of replaced characters to ensure correct
formatting and not necessarily the actual name used on the cloud
storage.
.PP
This transformation is reversed when downloading a file or parsing
\f[C]rclone\f[R] arguments.
For example, when uploading a file named \f[C]my file?.txt\f[R] to
Onedrive, it will be displayed as \f[C]my file?.txt\f[R] on the console,
but stored as \f[C]my file\[uFF1F].txt\f[R] to Onedrive (the \f[C]?\f[R]
gets replaced by the similar looking \f[C]\[uFF1F]\f[R] character, the
so-called \[dq]fullwidth question mark\[dq]).
The reverse transformation allows to read a file
\f[C]unusual/name.txt\f[R] from Google Drive, by passing the name
\f[C]unusual\[uFF0F]name.txt\f[R] on the command line (the \f[C]/\f[R]
needs to be replaced by the similar looking \f[C]\[uFF0F]\f[R]
character).
.SS Caveats
.PP
The filename encoding system works well in most cases, at least where
file names are written in English or similar languages.
You might not even notice it: It just works.
In some cases it may lead to issues, though.
E.g.
when file names are written in Chinese, or Japanese, where it is always
the Unicode fullwidth variants of the punctuation marks that are used.
.PP
On Windows, the characters \f[C]:\f[R], \f[C]*\f[R] and \f[C]?\f[R] are
examples of restricted characters.
If these are used in filenames on a remote that supports it, Rclone will
transparently convert them to their fullwidth Unicode variants
\f[C]\[uFF0A]\f[R], \f[C]\[uFF1F]\f[R] and \f[C]\[uFF1A]\f[R] when
downloading to Windows, and back again when uploading.
This way files with names that are not allowed on Windows can still be
stored.
.PP
However, if you have files on your Windows system originally with these
same Unicode characters in their names, they will be included in the
same conversion process.
E.g.
if you create a file in your Windows filesystem with name
\f[C]Test\[uFF1A]1.jpg\f[R], where \f[C]\[uFF1A]\f[R] is the Unicode
fullwidth colon symbol, and use rclone to upload it to Google Drive,
which supports regular \f[C]:\f[R] (halfwidth question mark), rclone
will replace the fullwidth \f[C]:\f[R] with the halfwidth \f[C]:\f[R]
and store the file as \f[C]Test:1.jpg\f[R] in Google Drive.
Since both Windows and Google Drive allows the name
\f[C]Test\[uFF1A]1.jpg\f[R], it would probably be better if rclone just
kept the name as is in this case.
.PP
With the opposite situation; if you have a file named
\f[C]Test:1.jpg\f[R], in your Google Drive, e.g.
uploaded from a Linux system where \f[C]:\f[R] is valid in file names.
Then later use rclone to copy this file to your Windows computer you
will notice that on your local disk it gets renamed to
\f[C]Test\[uFF1A]1.jpg\f[R].
The original filename is not legal on Windows, due to the \f[C]:\f[R],
and rclone therefore renames it to make the copy possible.
That is all good.
However, this can also lead to an issue: If you already had a
\f[I]different\f[R] file named \f[C]Test\[uFF1A]1.jpg\f[R] on Windows,
and then use rclone to copy either way.
Rclone will then treat the file originally named \f[C]Test:1.jpg\f[R] on
Google Drive and the file originally named \f[C]Test\[uFF1A]1.jpg\f[R]
on Windows as the same file, and replace the contents from one with the
other.
.PP
Its virtually impossible to handle all cases like these correctly in all
situations, but by customizing the encoding option, changing the set of
characters that rclone should convert, you should be able to create a
configuration that works well for your specific situation.
See also the
example (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding-example-windows) below.
.PP
(Windows was used as an example of a file system with many restricted
characters, and Google drive a storage system with few.)
.SS Default restricted characters
.PP
The table below shows the characters that are replaced by default.
.PP
When a replacement character is found in a filename, this character will
be escaped with the \f[C]\[u201B]\f[R] character to avoid ambiguous file
names.
(e.g.
a file named \f[C]\[u2400].txt\f[R] would shown as
\f[C]\[u201B]\[u2400].txt\f[R])
.PP
Each cloud storage backend can use a different set of characters, which
will be specified in the documentation for each backend.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
NUL
T}@T{
0x00
T}@T{
\[u2400]
T}
T{
SOH
T}@T{
0x01
T}@T{
\[u2401]
T}
T{
STX
T}@T{
0x02
T}@T{
\[u2402]
T}
T{
ETX
T}@T{
0x03
T}@T{
\[u2403]
T}
T{
EOT
T}@T{
0x04
T}@T{
\[u2404]
T}
T{
ENQ
T}@T{
0x05
T}@T{
\[u2405]
T}
T{
ACK
T}@T{
0x06
T}@T{
\[u2406]
T}
T{
BEL
T}@T{
0x07
T}@T{
\[u2407]
T}
T{
BS
T}@T{
0x08
T}@T{
\[u2408]
T}
T{
HT
T}@T{
0x09
T}@T{
\[u2409]
T}
T{
LF
T}@T{
0x0A
T}@T{
\[u240A]
T}
T{
VT
T}@T{
0x0B
T}@T{
\[u240B]
T}
T{
FF
T}@T{
0x0C
T}@T{
\[u240C]
T}
T{
CR
T}@T{
0x0D
T}@T{
\[u240D]
T}
T{
SO
T}@T{
0x0E
T}@T{
\[u240E]
T}
T{
SI
T}@T{
0x0F
T}@T{
\[u240F]
T}
T{
DLE
T}@T{
0x10
T}@T{
\[u2410]
T}
T{
DC1
T}@T{
0x11
T}@T{
\[u2411]
T}
T{
DC2
T}@T{
0x12
T}@T{
\[u2412]
T}
T{
DC3
T}@T{
0x13
T}@T{
\[u2413]
T}
T{
DC4
T}@T{
0x14
T}@T{
\[u2414]
T}
T{
NAK
T}@T{
0x15
T}@T{
\[u2415]
T}
T{
SYN
T}@T{
0x16
T}@T{
\[u2416]
T}
T{
ETB
T}@T{
0x17
T}@T{
\[u2417]
T}
T{
CAN
T}@T{
0x18
T}@T{
\[u2418]
T}
T{
EM
T}@T{
0x19
T}@T{
\[u2419]
T}
T{
SUB
T}@T{
0x1A
T}@T{
\[u241A]
T}
T{
ESC
T}@T{
0x1B
T}@T{
\[u241B]
T}
T{
FS
T}@T{
0x1C
T}@T{
\[u241C]
T}
T{
GS
T}@T{
0x1D
T}@T{
\[u241D]
T}
T{
RS
T}@T{
0x1E
T}@T{
\[u241E]
T}
T{
US
T}@T{
0x1F
T}@T{
\[u241F]
T}
T{
/
T}@T{
0x2F
T}@T{
\[uFF0F]
T}
T{
DEL
T}@T{
0x7F
T}@T{
\[u2421]
T}
.TE
.PP
The default encoding will also encode these file names as they are
problematic with many cloud storage systems.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c.
T{
File name
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
\&.
T}@T{
\[uFF0E]
T}
T{
\&..
T}@T{
\[uFF0E]\[uFF0E]
T}
.TE
.SS Invalid UTF-8 bytes
.PP
Some backends only support a sequence of well formed UTF-8 bytes as file
or directory names.
.PP
In this case all invalid UTF-8 bytes will be replaced with a quoted
representation of the byte value to allow uploading a file to such a
backend.
For example, the invalid byte \f[C]0xFE\f[R] will be encoded as
\f[C]\[u201B]FE\f[R].
.PP
A common source of invalid UTF-8 bytes are local filesystems, that store
names in a different encoding than UTF-8 or UTF-16, like latin1.
See the local filenames (https://rclone.org/local/#filenames) section
for details.
.SS Encoding option
.PP
Most backends have an encoding option, specified as a flag
\f[C]--backend-encoding\f[R] where \f[C]backend\f[R] is the name of the
backend, or as a config parameter \f[C]encoding\f[R] (you\[aq]ll need to
select the Advanced config in \f[C]rclone config\f[R] to see it).
.PP
This will have default value which encodes and decodes characters in
such a way as to preserve the maximum number of characters (see above).
.PP
However this can be incorrect in some scenarios, for example if you have
a Windows file system with Unicode fullwidth characters
\f[C]\[uFF0A]\f[R], \f[C]\[uFF1F]\f[R] or \f[C]\[uFF1A]\f[R], that you
want to remain as those characters on the remote rather than being
translated to regular (halfwidth) \f[C]*\f[R], \f[C]?\f[R] and
\f[C]:\f[R].
.PP
The \f[C]--backend-encoding\f[R] flags allow you to change that.
You can disable the encoding completely with
\f[C]--backend-encoding None\f[R] or set \f[C]encoding = None\f[R] in
the config file.
.PP
Encoding takes a comma separated list of encodings.
You can see the list of all possible values by passing an invalid value
to this flag, e.g.
\f[C]--local-encoding \[dq]help\[dq]\f[R].
The command \f[C]rclone help flags encoding\f[R] will show you the
defaults for the backends.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(21.7n) lw(24.1n) lw(24.1n).
T{
Encoding
T}@T{
Characters
T}@T{
Encoded as
T}
_
T{
Asterisk
T}@T{
\f[C]*\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF0A]\f[R]
T}
T{
BackQuote
T}@T{
\f[C]\[ga]\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF40]\f[R]
T}
T{
BackSlash
T}@T{
\f[C]\[rs]\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF3C]\f[R]
T}
T{
Colon
T}@T{
\f[C]:\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF1A]\f[R]
T}
T{
CrLf
T}@T{
CR 0x0D, LF 0x0A
T}@T{
\f[C]\[u240D]\f[R], \f[C]\[u240A]\f[R]
T}
T{
Ctl
T}@T{
All control characters 0x00-0x1F
T}@T{
\f[C]\[u2400]\[u2401]\[u2402]\[u2403]\[u2404]\[u2405]\[u2406]\[u2407]\[u2408]\[u2409]\[u240A]\[u240B]\[u240C]\[u240D]\[u240E]\[u240F]\[u2410]\[u2411]\[u2412]\[u2413]\[u2414]\[u2415]\[u2416]\[u2417]\[u2418]\[u2419]\[u241A]\[u241B]\[u241C]\[u241D]\[u241E]\[u241F]\f[R]
T}
T{
Del
T}@T{
DEL 0x7F
T}@T{
\f[C]\[u2421]\f[R]
T}
T{
Dollar
T}@T{
\f[C]$\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF04]\f[R]
T}
T{
Dot
T}@T{
\f[C].\f[R] or \f[C]..\f[R] as entire string
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF0E]\f[R], \f[C]\[uFF0E]\[uFF0E]\f[R]
T}
T{
DoubleQuote
T}@T{
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF02]\f[R]
T}
T{
Hash
T}@T{
\f[C]#\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF03]\f[R]
T}
T{
InvalidUtf8
T}@T{
An invalid UTF-8 character (e.g.
latin1)
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFFFD]\f[R]
T}
T{
LeftCrLfHtVt
T}@T{
CR 0x0D, LF 0x0A, HT 0x09, VT 0x0B on the left of a string
T}@T{
\f[C]\[u240D]\f[R], \f[C]\[u240A]\f[R], \f[C]\[u2409]\f[R],
\f[C]\[u240B]\f[R]
T}
T{
LeftPeriod
T}@T{
\f[C].\f[R] on the left of a string
T}@T{
\f[C].\f[R]
T}
T{
LeftSpace
T}@T{
SPACE on the left of a string
T}@T{
\f[C]\[u2420]\f[R]
T}
T{
LeftTilde
T}@T{
\f[C]\[ti]\f[R] on the left of a string
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF5E]\f[R]
T}
T{
LtGt
T}@T{
\f[C]<\f[R], \f[C]>\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF1C]\f[R], \f[C]\[uFF1E]\f[R]
T}
T{
None
T}@T{
No characters are encoded
T}@T{
T}
T{
Percent
T}@T{
\f[C]%\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF05]\f[R]
T}
T{
Pipe
T}@T{
|
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF5C]\f[R]
T}
T{
Question
T}@T{
\f[C]?\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF1F]\f[R]
T}
T{
RightCrLfHtVt
T}@T{
CR 0x0D, LF 0x0A, HT 0x09, VT 0x0B on the right of a string
T}@T{
\f[C]\[u240D]\f[R], \f[C]\[u240A]\f[R], \f[C]\[u2409]\f[R],
\f[C]\[u240B]\f[R]
T}
T{
RightPeriod
T}@T{
\f[C].\f[R] on the right of a string
T}@T{
\f[C].\f[R]
T}
T{
RightSpace
T}@T{
SPACE on the right of a string
T}@T{
\f[C]\[u2420]\f[R]
T}
T{
Semicolon
T}@T{
\f[C];\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF1B]\f[R]
T}
T{
SingleQuote
T}@T{
\f[C]\[aq]\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF07]\f[R]
T}
T{
Slash
T}@T{
\f[C]/\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF0F]\f[R]
T}
T{
SquareBracket
T}@T{
\f[C][\f[R], \f[C]]\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]\[uFF3B]\f[R], \f[C]\[uFF3D]\f[R]
T}
.TE
.SS Encoding example: FTP
.PP
To take a specific example, the FTP backend\[aq]s default encoding is
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--ftp-encoding \[dq]Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, let\[aq]s say the FTP server is running on Windows and
can\[aq]t have any of the invalid Windows characters in file names.
You are backing up Linux servers to this FTP server which do have those
characters in file names.
So you would add the Windows set which are
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
to the existing ones, giving:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot,Del,RightSpace
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This can be specified using the \f[C]--ftp-encoding\f[R] flag or using
an \f[C]encoding\f[R] parameter in the config file.
.SS Encoding example: Windows
.PP
As a nother example, take a Windows system where there is a file with
name \f[C]Test\[uFF1A]1.jpg\f[R], where \f[C]\[uFF1A]\f[R] is the
Unicode fullwidth colon symbol.
When using rclone to copy this to a remote which supports \f[C]:\f[R],
the regular (halfwidth) colon (such as Google Drive), you will notice
that the file gets renamed to \f[C]Test:1.jpg\f[R].
.PP
To avoid this you can change the set of characters rclone should convert
for the local filesystem, using command-line argument
\f[C]--local-encoding\f[R].
Rclone\[aq]s default behavior on Windows corresponds to
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--local-encoding \[dq]Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you want to use fullwidth characters \f[C]\[uFF1A]\f[R],
\f[C]\[uFF0A]\f[R] and \f[C]\[uFF1F]\f[R] in your filenames without
rclone changing them when uploading to a remote, then set the same as
the default value but without \f[C]Colon,Question,Asterisk\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--local-encoding \[dq]Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Alternatively, you can disable the conversion of any characters with
\f[C]--local-encoding None\f[R].
.PP
Instead of using command-line argument \f[C]--local-encoding\f[R], you
may also set it as environment
variable (https://rclone.org/docs/#environment-variables)
\f[C]RCLONE_LOCAL_ENCODING\f[R], or
configure (https://rclone.org/docs/#configure) a remote of type
\f[C]local\f[R] in your config, and set the \f[C]encoding\f[R] option
there.
.PP
The risk by doing this is that if you have a filename with the regular
(halfwidth) \f[C]:\f[R], \f[C]*\f[R] and \f[C]?\f[R] in your cloud
storage, and you try to download it to your Windows filesystem, this
will fail.
These characters are not valid in filenames on Windows, and you have
told rclone not to work around this by converting them to valid
fullwidth variants.
.SS MIME Type
.PP
MIME types (also known as media types) classify types of documents using
a simple text classification, e.g.
\f[C]text/html\f[R] or \f[C]application/pdf\f[R].
.PP
Some cloud storage systems support reading (\f[C]R\f[R]) the MIME type
of objects and some support writing (\f[C]W\f[R]) the MIME type of
objects.
.PP
The MIME type can be important if you are serving files directly to HTTP
from the storage system.
.PP
If you are copying from a remote which supports reading (\f[C]R\f[R]) to
a remote which supports writing (\f[C]W\f[R]) then rclone will preserve
the MIME types.
Otherwise they will be guessed from the extension, or the remote itself
may assign the MIME type.
.SS Metadata
.PP
Backends may or may support reading or writing metadata.
They may support reading and writing system metadata (metadata intrinsic
to that backend) and/or user metadata (general purpose metadata).
.PP
The levels of metadata support are
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(19.4n) lw(50.6n).
T{
Key
T}@T{
Explanation
T}
_
T{
\f[C]R\f[R]
T}@T{
Read only System Metadata on files only
T}
T{
\f[C]RW\f[R]
T}@T{
Read and write System Metadata on files only
T}
T{
\f[C]RWU\f[R]
T}@T{
Read and write System Metadata and read and write User Metadata on files
only
T}
T{
\f[C]DR\f[R]
T}@T{
Read only System Metadata on files and directories
T}
T{
\f[C]DRW\f[R]
T}@T{
Read and write System Metadata on files and directories
T}
T{
\f[C]DRWU\f[R]
T}@T{
Read and write System Metadata and read and write User Metadata on files
and directories
T}
.TE
.PP
See the metadata docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) for more info.
.SS Optional Features
.PP
All rclone remotes support a base command set.
Other features depend upon backend-specific capabilities.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(14.4n) cw(3.6n) cw(3.1n) cw(3.1n) cw(4.6n) cw(4.6n) cw(3.6n) cw(7.2n) lw(9.8n) cw(7.2n) cw(3.6n) cw(5.1n).
T{
Name
T}@T{
Purge
T}@T{
Copy
T}@T{
Move
T}@T{
DirMove
T}@T{
CleanUp
T}@T{
ListR
T}@T{
StreamUpload
T}@T{
MultithreadUpload
T}@T{
LinkSharing
T}@T{
About
T}@T{
EmptyDir
T}
_
T{
1Fichier
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Akamai Netstorage
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Amazon S3 (or S3 compatible)
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Backblaze B2
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Box
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Citrix ShareFile
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Dropbox
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Enterprise File Fabric
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
FTP
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Google Cloud Storage
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Google Drive
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Google Photos
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
HDFS
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
HiDrive
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
HTTP
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
ImageKit
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Internet Archive
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Jottacloud
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Koofr
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Mail.ru Cloud
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Mega
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Memory
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Microsoft Azure Files Storage
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Microsoft OneDrive
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes \[u2075]
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
OpenDrive
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
OpenStack Swift
T}@T{
Yes \[S1]
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Oracle Object Storage
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
pCloud
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
PikPak
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
premiumize.me
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
put.io
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Proton Drive
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
QingStor
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Quatrix by Maytech
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Seafile
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
SFTP
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes \[u2074]
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Sia
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
SMB
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
SugarSync
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Storj
T}@T{
Yes \[S2]
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
Uptobox
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}
T{
WebDAV
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes \[S3]
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Yandex Disk
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
Zoho WorkDrive
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
T{
The local filesystem
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
No
T}@T{
Yes
T}@T{
Yes
T}
.TE
.PP
\[S1] Note Swift implements this in order to delete directory markers
but it doesn\[aq]t actually have a quicker way of deleting files other
than deleting them individually.
.PP
\[S2] Storj implements this efficiently only for entire buckets.
If purging a directory inside a bucket, files are deleted individually.
.PP
\[S3] StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud
.PP
\[u2074] Use the \f[C]--sftp-copy-is-hardlink\f[R] flag to enable.
.PP
\[u2075] Use the \f[C]--onedrive-delta\f[R] flag to enable.
.SS Purge
.PP
This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in the
directory.
.SS Copy
.PP
Used when copying an object to and from the same remote.
This known as a server-side copy so you can copy a file without
downloading it and uploading it again.
It is used if you use \f[C]rclone copy\f[R] or \f[C]rclone move\f[R] if
the remote doesn\[aq]t support \f[C]Move\f[R] directly.
.PP
If the server doesn\[aq]t support \f[C]Copy\f[R] directly then for copy
operations the file is downloaded then re-uploaded.
.SS Move
.PP
Used when moving/renaming an object on the same remote.
This is known as a server-side move of a file.
This is used in \f[C]rclone move\f[R] if the server doesn\[aq]t support
\f[C]DirMove\f[R].
.PP
If the server isn\[aq]t capable of \f[C]Move\f[R] then rclone simulates
it with \f[C]Copy\f[R] then delete.
If the server doesn\[aq]t support \f[C]Copy\f[R] then rclone will
download the file and re-upload it.
.SS DirMove
.PP
This is used to implement \f[C]rclone move\f[R] to move a directory if
possible.
If it isn\[aq]t then it will use \f[C]Move\f[R] on each file (which
falls back to \f[C]Copy\f[R] then download and upload - see
\f[C]Move\f[R] section).
.SS CleanUp
.PP
This is used for emptying the trash for a remote by
\f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R].
.PP
If the server can\[aq]t do \f[C]CleanUp\f[R] then
\f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] will return an error.
.PP
\[dd]\[dd] Note that while Box implements this it has to delete every
file individually so it will be slower than emptying the trash via the
WebUI
.SS ListR
.PP
The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath a
directory quickly.
This enables the \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] flag to work.
See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
details.
.SS StreamUpload
.PP
Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size in
advance.
This allows certain operations to work without spooling the file to
local disk first, e.g.
\f[C]rclone rcat\f[R].
.SS MultithreadUpload
.PP
Some remotes allow transfers to the remote to be sent as chunks in
parallel.
If this is supported then rclone will use multi-thread copying to
transfer files much faster.
.SS LinkSharing
.PP
Sets the necessary permissions on a file or folder and prints a link
that allows others to access them, even if they don\[aq]t have an
account on the particular cloud provider.
.SS About
.PP
Rclone \f[C]about\f[R] prints quota information for a remote.
Typical output includes bytes used, free, quota and in trash.
.PP
If a remote lacks about capability \f[C]rclone about remote:\f[R]returns
an error.
.PP
Backends without about capability cannot determine free space for an
rclone mount, or use policy \f[C]mfs\f[R] (most free space) as a member
of an rclone union remote.
.PP
See rclone about command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)
.SS EmptyDir
.PP
The remote supports empty directories.
See Limitations (https://rclone.org/bugs/#limitations) for details.
Most Object/Bucket-based remotes do not support this.
.SH Global Flags
.PP
This describes the global flags available to every rclone command split
into groups.
.SS Copy
.PP
Flags for anything which can Copy a file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --check-first                                 Do all the checks before starting transfers
  -c, --checksum                                    Check for changes with size & checksum (if available, or fallback to size only).
      --compare-dest stringArray                    Include additional comma separated server-side paths during comparison
      --copy-dest stringArray                       Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from paths into destination
      --cutoff-mode HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS              Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default HARD)
      --ignore-case-sync                            Ignore case when synchronizing
      --ignore-checksum                             Skip post copy check of checksums
      --ignore-existing                             Skip all files that exist on destination
      --ignore-size                                 Ignore size when skipping use modtime or checksum
  -I, --ignore-times                                Don\[aq]t skip items that match size and time - transfer all unconditionally
      --immutable                                   Do not modify files, fail if existing files have been modified
      --inplace                                     Download directly to destination file instead of atomic download to temp/rename
      --max-backlog int                             Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
      --max-duration Duration                       Maximum duration rclone will transfer data for (default 0s)
      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                     Maximum size of data to transfer (default off)
  -M, --metadata                                    If set, preserve metadata when copying objects
      --modify-window Duration                      Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
      --multi-thread-chunk-size SizeSuffix          Chunk size for multi-thread downloads / uploads, if not set by filesystem (default 64Mi)
      --multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix              Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size (default 256Mi)
      --multi-thread-streams int                    Number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads (default 4)
      --multi-thread-write-buffer-size SizeSuffix   In memory buffer size for writing when in multi-thread mode (default 128Ki)
      --no-check-dest                               Don\[aq]t check the destination, copy regardless
      --no-traverse                                 Don\[aq]t traverse destination file system on copy
      --no-update-dir-modtime                       Don\[aq]t update directory modification times
      --no-update-modtime                           Don\[aq]t update destination modtime if files identical
      --order-by string                             Instructions on how to order the transfers, e.g. \[aq]size,descending\[aq]
      --partial-suffix string                       Add partial-suffix to temporary file name when --inplace is not used (default \[dq].partial\[dq])
      --refresh-times                               Refresh the modtime of remote files
      --server-side-across-configs                  Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different configs
      --size-only                                   Skip based on size only, not modtime or checksum
      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix          Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown, upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends (default 100Ki)
  -u, --update                                      Skip files that are newer on the destination
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Sync
.PP
Flags just used for \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --backup-dir string               Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR
      --delete-after                    When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
      --delete-before                   When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
      --delete-during                   When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
      --fix-case                        Force rename of case insensitive dest to match source
      --ignore-errors                   Delete even if there are I/O errors
      --max-delete int                  When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
      --max-delete-size SizeSuffix      When synchronizing, limit the total size of deletes (default off)
      --suffix string                   Suffix to add to changed files
      --suffix-keep-extension           Preserve the extension when using --suffix
      --track-renames                   When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server-side move if possible
      --track-renames-strategy string   Strategies to use when synchronizing using track-renames hash|modtime|leaf (default \[dq]hash\[dq])
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Important
.PP
Important flags useful for most commands.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -n, --dry-run         Do a trial run with no permanent changes
  -i, --interactive     Enable interactive mode
  -v, --verbose count   Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Check
.PP
Flags used for \f[C]rclone check\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --max-backlog int   Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog (default 10000)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Networking
.PP
General networking and HTTP stuff.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --bind string                        Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name
      --bwlimit BwTimetable                Bandwidth limit in KiB/s, or use suffix B|K|M|G|T|P or a full timetable
      --bwlimit-file BwTimetable           Bandwidth limit per file in KiB/s, or use suffix B|K|M|G|T|P or a full timetable
      --ca-cert stringArray                CA certificate used to verify servers
      --client-cert string                 Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
      --client-key string                  Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
      --contimeout Duration                Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
      --disable-http-keep-alives           Disable HTTP keep-alives and use each connection once.
      --disable-http2                      Disable HTTP/2 in the global transport
      --dscp string                        Set DSCP value to connections, value or name, e.g. CS1, LE, DF, AF21
      --expect-continue-timeout Duration   Timeout when using expect / 100-continue in HTTP (default 1s)
      --header stringArray                 Set HTTP header for all transactions
      --header-download stringArray        Set HTTP header for download transactions
      --header-upload stringArray          Set HTTP header for upload transactions
      --no-check-certificate               Do not verify the server SSL certificate (insecure)
      --no-gzip-encoding                   Don\[aq]t set Accept-Encoding: gzip
      --timeout Duration                   IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
      --tpslimit float                     Limit HTTP transactions per second to this
      --tpslimit-burst int                 Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit (default 1)
      --use-cookies                        Enable session cookiejar
      --user-agent string                  Set the user-agent to a specified string (default \[dq]rclone/v1.66.0\[dq])
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Performance
.PP
Flags helpful for increasing performance.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --buffer-size SizeSuffix   In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer (default 16Mi)
      --checkers int             Number of checkers to run in parallel (default 8)
      --transfers int            Number of file transfers to run in parallel (default 4)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Config
.PP
General configuration of rclone.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --ask-password                        Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration (default true)
      --auto-confirm                        If enabled, do not request console confirmation
      --cache-dir string                    Directory rclone will use for caching (default \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone\[dq])
      --color AUTO|NEVER|ALWAYS             When to show colors (and other ANSI codes) AUTO|NEVER|ALWAYS (default AUTO)
      --config string                       Config file (default \[dq]$HOME/.config/artpar/artpar.conf\[dq])
      --default-time Time                   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --disable string                      Disable a comma separated list of features (use --disable help to see a list)
  -n, --dry-run                             Do a trial run with no permanent changes
      --error-on-no-transfer                Sets exit code 9 if no files are transferred, useful in scripts
      --fs-cache-expire-duration Duration   Cache remotes for this long (0 to disable caching) (default 5m0s)
      --fs-cache-expire-interval Duration   Interval to check for expired remotes (default 1m0s)
      --human-readable                      Print numbers in a human-readable format, sizes with suffix Ki|Mi|Gi|Ti|Pi
  -i, --interactive                         Enable interactive mode
      --kv-lock-time Duration               Maximum time to keep key-value database locked by process (default 1s)
      --low-level-retries int               Number of low level retries to do (default 10)
      --no-console                          Hide console window (supported on Windows only)
      --no-unicode-normalization            Don\[aq]t normalize unicode characters in filenames
      --password-command SpaceSepList       Command for supplying password for encrypted configuration
      --retries int                         Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
      --retries-sleep Duration              Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g. 500ms, 60s, 5m (0 to disable) (default 0s)
      --temp-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for temporary files (default \[dq]/tmp\[dq])
      --use-mmap                            Use mmap allocator (see docs)
      --use-server-modtime                  Use server modified time instead of object metadata
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Debugging
.PP
Flags for developers.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --cpuprofile string   Write cpu profile to file
      --dump DumpFlags      List of items to dump from: headers, bodies, requests, responses, auth, filters, goroutines, openfiles, mapper
      --dump-bodies         Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
      --dump-headers        Dump HTTP headers - may contain sensitive info
      --memprofile string   Write memory profile to file
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Filter
.PP
Flags for filtering directory listings.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --delete-excluded                     Delete files on dest excluded from sync
      --exclude stringArray                 Exclude files matching pattern
      --exclude-from stringArray            Read file exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --exclude-if-present stringArray      Exclude directories if filename is present
      --files-from stringArray              Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --files-from-raw stringArray          Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
  -f, --filter stringArray                  Add a file filtering rule
      --filter-from stringArray             Read file filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --ignore-case                         Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
      --include stringArray                 Include files matching pattern
      --include-from stringArray            Read file include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --max-age Duration                    Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --max-depth int                       If set limits the recursion depth to this (default -1)
      --max-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files smaller than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --min-age Duration                    Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
      --min-size SizeSuffix                 Only transfer files bigger than this in KiB or suffix B|K|M|G|T|P (default off)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Listing
.PP
Flags for listing directories.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --default-time Time   Time to show if modtime is unknown for files and directories (default 2000-01-01T00:00:00Z)
      --fast-list           Use recursive list if available; uses more memory but fewer transactions
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Logging
.PP
Logging and statistics.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --log-file string                     Log everything to this file
      --log-format string                   Comma separated list of log format options (default \[dq]date,time\[dq])
      --log-level LogLevel                  Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default NOTICE)
      --log-systemd                         Activate systemd integration for the logger
      --max-stats-groups int                Maximum number of stats groups to keep in memory, on max oldest is discarded (default 1000)
  -P, --progress                            Show progress during transfer
      --progress-terminal-title             Show progress on the terminal title (requires -P/--progress)
  -q, --quiet                               Print as little stuff as possible
      --stats Duration                      Interval between printing stats, e.g. 500ms, 60s, 5m (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
      --stats-file-name-length int          Max file name length in stats (0 for no limit) (default 45)
      --stats-log-level LogLevel            Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default INFO)
      --stats-one-line                      Make the stats fit on one line
      --stats-one-line-date                 Enable --stats-one-line and add current date/time prefix
      --stats-one-line-date-format string   Enable --stats-one-line-date and use custom formatted date: Enclose date string in double quotes (\[dq]), see https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.Format
      --stats-unit string                   Show data rate in stats as either \[aq]bits\[aq] or \[aq]bytes\[aq] per second (default \[dq]bytes\[dq])
      --syslog                              Use Syslog for logging
      --syslog-facility string              Facility for syslog, e.g. KERN,USER,... (default \[dq]DAEMON\[dq])
      --use-json-log                        Use json log format
  -v, --verbose count                       Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Metadata
.PP
Flags to control metadata.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
  -M, --metadata                            If set, preserve metadata when copying objects
      --metadata-exclude stringArray        Exclude metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-exclude-from stringArray   Read metadata exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-filter stringArray         Add a metadata filtering rule
      --metadata-filter-from stringArray    Read metadata filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-include stringArray        Include metadatas matching pattern
      --metadata-include-from stringArray   Read metadata include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
      --metadata-mapper SpaceSepList        Program to run to transforming metadata before upload
      --metadata-set stringArray            Add metadata key=value when uploading
\f[R]
.fi
.SS RC
.PP
Flags to control the Remote Control API.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --rc                                 Enable the remote control server
      --rc-addr stringArray                IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to (default [localhost:5572])
      --rc-allow-origin string             Origin which cross-domain request (CORS) can be executed from
      --rc-baseurl string                  Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root
      --rc-cert string                     TLS PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
      --rc-client-ca string                Client certificate authority to verify clients with
      --rc-enable-metrics                  Enable prometheus metrics on /metrics
      --rc-files string                    Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server
      --rc-htpasswd string                 A htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
      --rc-job-expire-duration Duration    Expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s)
      --rc-job-expire-interval Duration    Interval to check for expired async jobs (default 10s)
      --rc-key string                      TLS PEM Private key
      --rc-max-header-bytes int            Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
      --rc-min-tls-version string          Minimum TLS version that is acceptable (default \[dq]tls1.0\[dq])
      --rc-no-auth                         Don\[aq]t require auth for certain methods
      --rc-pass string                     Password for authentication
      --rc-realm string                    Realm for authentication
      --rc-salt string                     Password hashing salt (default \[dq]dlPL2MqE\[dq])
      --rc-serve                           Enable the serving of remote objects
      --rc-server-read-timeout Duration    Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
      --rc-server-write-timeout Duration   Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
      --rc-template string                 User-specified template
      --rc-user string                     User name for authentication
      --rc-web-fetch-url string            URL to fetch the releases for webgui (default \[dq]https://api.github.com/repos/artpar/artpar-webui-react/releases/latest\[dq])
      --rc-web-gui                         Launch WebGUI on localhost
      --rc-web-gui-force-update            Force update to latest version of web gui
      --rc-web-gui-no-open-browser         Don\[aq]t open the browser automatically
      --rc-web-gui-update                  Check and update to latest version of web gui
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Backend
.PP
Backend only flags.
These can be set in the config file also.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
      --alias-description string                            Description of the remote
      --alias-remote string                                 Remote or path to alias
      --azureblob-access-tier string                        Access tier of blob: hot, cool, cold or archive
      --azureblob-account string                            Azure Storage Account Name
      --azureblob-archive-tier-delete                       Delete archive tier blobs before overwriting
      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size (default 4Mi)
      --azureblob-client-certificate-password string        Password for the certificate file (optional) (obscured)
      --azureblob-client-certificate-path string            Path to a PEM or PKCS12 certificate file including the private key
      --azureblob-client-id string                          The ID of the client in use
      --azureblob-client-secret string                      One of the service principal\[aq]s client secrets
      --azureblob-client-send-certificate-chain             Send the certificate chain when using certificate auth
      --azureblob-delete-snapshots string                   Set to specify how to deal with snapshots on blob deletion
      --azureblob-description string                        Description of the remote
      --azureblob-directory-markers                         Upload an empty object with a trailing slash when a new directory is created
      --azureblob-disable-checksum                          Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
      --azureblob-encoding Encoding                         The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
      --azureblob-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service
      --azureblob-env-auth                                  Read credentials from runtime (environment variables, CLI or MSI)
      --azureblob-key string                                Storage Account Shared Key
      --azureblob-list-chunk int                            Size of blob list (default 5000)
      --azureblob-msi-client-id string                      Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any
      --azureblob-msi-mi-res-id string                      Azure resource ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any
      --azureblob-msi-object-id string                      Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any
      --azureblob-no-check-container                        If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the container exists or create it
      --azureblob-no-head-object                            If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects
      --azureblob-password string                           The user\[aq]s password (obscured)
      --azureblob-public-access string                      Public access level of a container: blob or container
      --azureblob-sas-url string                            SAS URL for container level access only
      --azureblob-service-principal-file string             Path to file containing credentials for use with a service principal
      --azureblob-tenant string                             ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its directory ID
      --azureblob-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 16)
      --azureblob-upload-cutoff string                      Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256 MiB) (deprecated)
      --azureblob-use-emulator                              Uses local storage emulator if provided as \[aq]true\[aq]
      --azureblob-use-msi                                   Use a managed service identity to authenticate (only works in Azure)
      --azureblob-username string                           User name (usually an email address)
      --azurefiles-account string                           Azure Storage Account Name
      --azurefiles-chunk-size SizeSuffix                    Upload chunk size (default 4Mi)
      --azurefiles-client-certificate-password string       Password for the certificate file (optional) (obscured)
      --azurefiles-client-certificate-path string           Path to a PEM or PKCS12 certificate file including the private key
      --azurefiles-client-id string                         The ID of the client in use
      --azurefiles-client-secret string                     One of the service principal\[aq]s client secrets
      --azurefiles-client-send-certificate-chain            Send the certificate chain when using certificate auth
      --azurefiles-connection-string string                 Azure Files Connection String
      --azurefiles-description string                       Description of the remote
      --azurefiles-encoding Encoding                        The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --azurefiles-endpoint string                          Endpoint for the service
      --azurefiles-env-auth                                 Read credentials from runtime (environment variables, CLI or MSI)
      --azurefiles-key string                               Storage Account Shared Key
      --azurefiles-max-stream-size SizeSuffix               Max size for streamed files (default 10Gi)
      --azurefiles-msi-client-id string                     Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any
      --azurefiles-msi-mi-res-id string                     Azure resource ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any
      --azurefiles-msi-object-id string                     Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any
      --azurefiles-password string                          The user\[aq]s password (obscured)
      --azurefiles-sas-url string                           SAS URL
      --azurefiles-service-principal-file string            Path to file containing credentials for use with a service principal
      --azurefiles-share-name string                        Azure Files Share Name
      --azurefiles-tenant string                            ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its directory ID
      --azurefiles-upload-concurrency int                   Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 16)
      --azurefiles-use-msi                                  Use a managed service identity to authenticate (only works in Azure)
      --azurefiles-username string                          User name (usually an email address)
      --b2-account string                                   Account ID or Application Key ID
      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                            Upload chunk size (default 96Mi)
      --b2-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                           Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 4Gi)
      --b2-description string                               Description of the remote
      --b2-disable-checksum                                 Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
      --b2-download-auth-duration Duration                  Time before the public link authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d (default 1w)
      --b2-download-url string                              Custom endpoint for downloads
      --b2-encoding Encoding                                The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --b2-endpoint string                                  Endpoint for the service
      --b2-hard-delete                                      Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files
      --b2-key string                                       Application Key
      --b2-lifecycle int                                    Set the number of days deleted files should be kept when creating a bucket
      --b2-test-mode string                                 A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging
      --b2-upload-concurrency int                           Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 4)
      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200Mi)
      --b2-version-at Time                                  Show file versions as they were at the specified time (default off)
      --b2-versions                                         Include old versions in directory listings
      --box-access-token string                             Box App Primary Access Token
      --box-auth-url string                                 Auth server URL
      --box-box-config-file string                          Box App config.json location
      --box-box-sub-type string                              (default \[dq]user\[dq])
      --box-client-id string                                OAuth Client Id
      --box-client-secret string                            OAuth Client Secret
      --box-commit-retries int                              Max number of times to try committing a multipart file (default 100)
      --box-description string                              Description of the remote
      --box-encoding Encoding                               The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --box-impersonate string                              Impersonate this user ID when using a service account
      --box-list-chunk int                                  Size of listing chunk 1-1000 (default 1000)
      --box-owned-by string                                 Only show items owned by the login (email address) passed in
      --box-root-folder-id string                           Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point
      --box-token string                                    OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --box-token-url string                                Token server url
      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                        Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50 MiB) (default 50Mi)
      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration                 How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage (default 1m0s)
      --cache-chunk-no-memory                               Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming
      --cache-chunk-path string                             Directory to cache chunk files (default \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend\[dq])
      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                         The size of a chunk (partial file data) (default 5Mi)
      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix                   The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk (default 10Gi)
      --cache-db-path string                                Directory to store file structure metadata DB (default \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend\[dq])
      --cache-db-purge                                      Clear all the cached data for this remote on start
      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                         How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
      --cache-description string                            Description of the remote
      --cache-info-age Duration                             How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times, etc.) (default 6h0m0s)
      --cache-plex-insecure string                          Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
      --cache-plex-password string                          The password of the Plex user (obscured)
      --cache-plex-url string                               The URL of the Plex server
      --cache-plex-username string                          The username of the Plex user
      --cache-read-retries int                              How many times to retry a read from a cache storage (default 10)
      --cache-remote string                                 Remote to cache
      --cache-rps int                                       Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                        Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded
      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                        How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
      --cache-workers int                                   How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks (default 4)
      --cache-writes                                        Cache file data on writes through the FS
      --chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix                       Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks (default 2Gi)
      --chunker-description string                          Description of the remote
      --chunker-fail-hard                                   Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks
      --chunker-hash-type string                            Choose how chunker handles hash sums (default \[dq]md5\[dq])
      --chunker-remote string                               Remote to chunk/unchunk
      --combine-description string                          Description of the remote
      --combine-upstreams SpaceSepList                      Upstreams for combining
      --compress-description string                         Description of the remote
      --compress-level int                                  GZIP compression level (-2 to 9) (default -1)
      --compress-mode string                                Compression mode (default \[dq]gzip\[dq])
      --compress-ram-cache-limit SizeSuffix                 Some remotes don\[aq]t allow the upload of files with unknown size (default 20Mi)
      --compress-remote string                              Remote to compress
  -L, --copy-links                                          Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item
      --crypt-description string                            Description of the remote
      --crypt-directory-name-encryption                     Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact (default true)
      --crypt-filename-encoding string                      How to encode the encrypted filename to text string (default \[dq]base32\[dq])
      --crypt-filename-encryption string                    How to encrypt the filenames (default \[dq]standard\[dq])
      --crypt-no-data-encryption                            Option to either encrypt file data or leave it unencrypted
      --crypt-pass-bad-blocks                               If set this will pass bad blocks through as all 0
      --crypt-password string                               Password or pass phrase for encryption (obscured)
      --crypt-password2 string                              Password or pass phrase for salt (obscured)
      --crypt-remote string                                 Remote to encrypt/decrypt
      --crypt-server-side-across-configs                    Deprecated: use --server-side-across-configs instead
      --crypt-show-mapping                                  For all files listed show how the names encrypt
      --crypt-strict-names                                  If set, this will raise an error when crypt comes across a filename that can\[aq]t be decrypted
      --crypt-suffix string                                 If this is set it will override the default suffix of \[dq].bin\[dq] (default \[dq].bin\[dq])
      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                             Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded
      --drive-allow-import-name-change                      Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs
      --drive-auth-owner-only                               Only consider files owned by the authenticated user
      --drive-auth-url string                               Auth server URL
      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                         Upload chunk size (default 8Mi)
      --drive-client-id string                              Google Application Client Id
      --drive-client-secret string                          OAuth Client Secret
      --drive-copy-shortcut-content                         Server side copy contents of shortcuts instead of the shortcut
      --drive-description string                            Description of the remote
      --drive-disable-http2                                 Disable drive using http2 (default true)
      --drive-encoding Encoding                             The encoding for the backend (default InvalidUtf8)
      --drive-env-auth                                      Get IAM credentials from runtime (environment variables or instance meta data if no env vars)
      --drive-export-formats string                         Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs (default \[dq]docx,xlsx,pptx,svg\[dq])
      --drive-fast-list-bug-fix                             Work around a bug in Google Drive listing (default true)
      --drive-formats string                                Deprecated: See export_formats
      --drive-impersonate string                            Impersonate this user when using a service account
      --drive-import-formats string                         Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs
      --drive-keep-revision-forever                         Keep new head revision of each file forever
      --drive-list-chunk int                                Size of listing chunk 100-1000, 0 to disable (default 1000)
      --drive-metadata-labels Bits                          Control whether labels should be read or written in metadata (default off)
      --drive-metadata-owner Bits                           Control whether owner should be read or written in metadata (default read)
      --drive-metadata-permissions Bits                     Control whether permissions should be read or written in metadata (default off)
      --drive-pacer-burst int                               Number of API calls to allow without sleeping (default 100)
      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration                      Minimum time to sleep between API calls (default 100ms)
      --drive-resource-key string                           Resource key for accessing a link-shared file
      --drive-root-folder-id string                         ID of the root folder
      --drive-scope string                                  Comma separated list of scopes that rclone should use when requesting access from drive
      --drive-server-side-across-configs                    Deprecated: use --server-side-across-configs instead
      --drive-service-account-credentials string            Service Account Credentials JSON blob
      --drive-service-account-file string                   Service Account Credentials JSON file path
      --drive-shared-with-me                                Only show files that are shared with me
      --drive-show-all-gdocs                                Show all Google Docs including non-exportable ones in listings
      --drive-size-as-quota                                 Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size
      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                         Skip checksums on Google photos and videos only
      --drive-skip-dangling-shortcuts                       If set skip dangling shortcut files
      --drive-skip-gdocs                                    Skip google documents in all listings
      --drive-skip-shortcuts                                If set skip shortcut files
      --drive-starred-only                                  Only show files that are starred
      --drive-stop-on-download-limit                        Make download limit errors be fatal
      --drive-stop-on-upload-limit                          Make upload limit errors be fatal
      --drive-team-drive string                             ID of the Shared Drive (Team Drive)
      --drive-token string                                  OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --drive-token-url string                              Token server url
      --drive-trashed-only                                  Only show files that are in the trash
      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                      Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8Mi)
      --drive-use-created-date                              Use file created date instead of modified date
      --drive-use-shared-date                               Use date file was shared instead of modified date
      --drive-use-trash                                     Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently (default true)
      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix               If Object\[aq]s are greater, use drive v2 API to download (default off)
      --dropbox-auth-url string                             Auth server URL
      --dropbox-batch-commit-timeout Duration               Max time to wait for a batch to finish committing (default 10m0s)
      --dropbox-batch-mode string                           Upload file batching sync|async|off (default \[dq]sync\[dq])
      --dropbox-batch-size int                              Max number of files in upload batch
      --dropbox-batch-timeout Duration                      Max time to allow an idle upload batch before uploading (default 0s)
      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                       Upload chunk size (< 150Mi) (default 48Mi)
      --dropbox-client-id string                            OAuth Client Id
      --dropbox-client-secret string                        OAuth Client Secret
      --dropbox-description string                          Description of the remote
      --dropbox-encoding Encoding                           The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --dropbox-impersonate string                          Impersonate this user when using a business account
      --dropbox-pacer-min-sleep Duration                    Minimum time to sleep between API calls (default 10ms)
      --dropbox-shared-files                                Instructs rclone to work on individual shared files
      --dropbox-shared-folders                              Instructs rclone to work on shared folders
      --dropbox-token string                                OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --dropbox-token-url string                            Token server url
      --fichier-api-key string                              Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
      --fichier-cdn                                         Set if you wish to use CDN download links
      --fichier-description string                          Description of the remote
      --fichier-encoding Encoding                           The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --fichier-file-password string                        If you want to download a shared file that is password protected, add this parameter (obscured)
      --fichier-folder-password string                      If you want to list the files in a shared folder that is password protected, add this parameter (obscured)
      --fichier-shared-folder string                        If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
      --filefabric-description string                       Description of the remote
      --filefabric-encoding Encoding                        The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --filefabric-permanent-token string                   Permanent Authentication Token
      --filefabric-root-folder-id string                    ID of the root folder
      --filefabric-token string                             Session Token
      --filefabric-token-expiry string                      Token expiry time
      --filefabric-url string                               URL of the Enterprise File Fabric to connect to
      --filefabric-version string                           Version read from the file fabric
      --ftp-ask-password                                    Allow asking for FTP password when needed
      --ftp-close-timeout Duration                          Maximum time to wait for a response to close (default 1m0s)
      --ftp-concurrency int                                 Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
      --ftp-description string                              Description of the remote
      --ftp-disable-epsv                                    Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
      --ftp-disable-mlsd                                    Disable using MLSD even if server advertises support
      --ftp-disable-tls13                                   Disable TLS 1.3 (workaround for FTP servers with buggy TLS)
      --ftp-disable-utf8                                    Disable using UTF-8 even if server advertises support
      --ftp-encoding Encoding                               The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
      --ftp-explicit-tls                                    Use Explicit FTPS (FTP over TLS)
      --ftp-force-list-hidden                               Use LIST -a to force listing of hidden files and folders. This will disable the use of MLSD
      --ftp-host string                                     FTP host to connect to
      --ftp-idle-timeout Duration                           Max time before closing idle connections (default 1m0s)
      --ftp-no-check-certificate                            Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
      --ftp-pass string                                     FTP password (obscured)
      --ftp-port int                                        FTP port number (default 21)
      --ftp-shut-timeout Duration                           Maximum time to wait for data connection closing status (default 1m0s)
      --ftp-socks-proxy string                              Socks 5 proxy host
      --ftp-tls                                             Use Implicit FTPS (FTP over TLS)
      --ftp-tls-cache-size int                              Size of TLS session cache for all control and data connections (default 32)
      --ftp-user string                                     FTP username (default \[dq]$USER\[dq])
      --ftp-writing-mdtm                                    Use MDTM to set modification time (VsFtpd quirk)
      --gcs-anonymous                                       Access public buckets and objects without credentials
      --gcs-auth-url string                                 Auth server URL
      --gcs-bucket-acl string                               Access Control List for new buckets
      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                              Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies
      --gcs-client-id string                                OAuth Client Id
      --gcs-client-secret string                            OAuth Client Secret
      --gcs-decompress                                      If set this will decompress gzip encoded objects
      --gcs-description string                              Description of the remote
      --gcs-directory-markers                               Upload an empty object with a trailing slash when a new directory is created
      --gcs-encoding Encoding                               The encoding for the backend (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --gcs-endpoint string                                 Endpoint for the service
      --gcs-env-auth                                        Get GCP IAM credentials from runtime (environment variables or instance meta data if no env vars)
      --gcs-location string                                 Location for the newly created buckets
      --gcs-no-check-bucket                                 If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the bucket exists or create it
      --gcs-object-acl string                               Access Control List for new objects
      --gcs-project-number string                           Project number
      --gcs-service-account-file string                     Service Account Credentials JSON file path
      --gcs-storage-class string                            The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage
      --gcs-token string                                    OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --gcs-token-url string                                Token server url
      --gcs-user-project string                             User project
      --gphotos-auth-url string                             Auth server URL
      --gphotos-batch-commit-timeout Duration               Max time to wait for a batch to finish committing (default 10m0s)
      --gphotos-batch-mode string                           Upload file batching sync|async|off (default \[dq]sync\[dq])
      --gphotos-batch-size int                              Max number of files in upload batch
      --gphotos-batch-timeout Duration                      Max time to allow an idle upload batch before uploading (default 0s)
      --gphotos-client-id string                            OAuth Client Id
      --gphotos-client-secret string                        OAuth Client Secret
      --gphotos-description string                          Description of the remote
      --gphotos-encoding Encoding                           The encoding for the backend (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --gphotos-include-archived                            Also view and download archived media
      --gphotos-read-only                                   Set to make the Google Photos backend read only
      --gphotos-read-size                                   Set to read the size of media items
      --gphotos-start-year int                              Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year (default 2000)
      --gphotos-token string                                OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --gphotos-token-url string                            Token server url
      --hasher-auto-size SizeSuffix                         Auto-update checksum for files smaller than this size (disabled by default)
      --hasher-description string                           Description of the remote
      --hasher-hashes CommaSepList                          Comma separated list of supported checksum types (default md5,sha1)
      --hasher-max-age Duration                             Maximum time to keep checksums in cache (0 = no cache, off = cache forever) (default off)
      --hasher-remote string                                Remote to cache checksums for (e.g. myRemote:path)
      --hdfs-data-transfer-protection string                Kerberos data transfer protection: authentication|integrity|privacy
      --hdfs-description string                             Description of the remote
      --hdfs-encoding Encoding                              The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Colon,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --hdfs-namenode CommaSepList                          Hadoop name nodes and ports
      --hdfs-service-principal-name string                  Kerberos service principal name for the namenode
      --hdfs-username string                                Hadoop user name
      --hidrive-auth-url string                             Auth server URL
      --hidrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                       Chunksize for chunked uploads (default 48Mi)
      --hidrive-client-id string                            OAuth Client Id
      --hidrive-client-secret string                        OAuth Client Secret
      --hidrive-description string                          Description of the remote
      --hidrive-disable-fetching-member-count               Do not fetch number of objects in directories unless it is absolutely necessary
      --hidrive-encoding Encoding                           The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Dot)
      --hidrive-endpoint string                             Endpoint for the service (default \[dq]https://api.hidrive.strato.com/2.1\[dq])
      --hidrive-root-prefix string                          The root/parent folder for all paths (default \[dq]/\[dq])
      --hidrive-scope-access string                         Access permissions that rclone should use when requesting access from HiDrive (default \[dq]rw\[dq])
      --hidrive-scope-role string                           User-level that rclone should use when requesting access from HiDrive (default \[dq]user\[dq])
      --hidrive-token string                                OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --hidrive-token-url string                            Token server url
      --hidrive-upload-concurrency int                      Concurrency for chunked uploads (default 4)
      --hidrive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                    Cutoff/Threshold for chunked uploads (default 96Mi)
      --http-description string                             Description of the remote
      --http-headers CommaSepList                           Set HTTP headers for all transactions
      --http-no-head                                        Don\[aq]t use HEAD requests
      --http-no-slash                                       Set this if the site doesn\[aq]t end directories with /
      --http-url string                                     URL of HTTP host to connect to
      --imagekit-description string                         Description of the remote
      --imagekit-encoding Encoding                          The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Dollar,Question,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot,SquareBracket)
      --imagekit-endpoint string                            You can find your ImageKit.io URL endpoint in your [dashboard](https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys)
      --imagekit-only-signed Restrict unsigned image URLs   If you have configured Restrict unsigned image URLs in your dashboard settings, set this to true
      --imagekit-private-key string                         You can find your ImageKit.io private key in your [dashboard](https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys)
      --imagekit-public-key string                          You can find your ImageKit.io public key in your [dashboard](https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys)
      --imagekit-upload-tags string                         Tags to add to the uploaded files, e.g. \[dq]tag1,tag2\[dq]
      --imagekit-versions                                   Include old versions in directory listings
      --internetarchive-access-key-id string                IAS3 Access Key
      --internetarchive-description string                  Description of the remote
      --internetarchive-disable-checksum                    Don\[aq]t ask the server to test against MD5 checksum calculated by rclone (default true)
      --internetarchive-encoding Encoding                   The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,CrLf,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --internetarchive-endpoint string                     IAS3 Endpoint (default \[dq]https://s3.us.archive.org\[dq])
      --internetarchive-front-endpoint string               Host of InternetArchive Frontend (default \[dq]https://archive.org\[dq])
      --internetarchive-secret-access-key string            IAS3 Secret Key (password)
      --internetarchive-wait-archive Duration               Timeout for waiting the server\[aq]s processing tasks (specifically archive and book_op) to finish (default 0s)
      --jottacloud-auth-url string                          Auth server URL
      --jottacloud-client-id string                         OAuth Client Id
      --jottacloud-client-secret string                     OAuth Client Secret
      --jottacloud-description string                       Description of the remote
      --jottacloud-encoding Encoding                        The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --jottacloud-hard-delete                              Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash
      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix              Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required (default 10Mi)
      --jottacloud-no-versions                              Avoid server side versioning by deleting files and recreating files instead of overwriting them
      --jottacloud-token string                             OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --jottacloud-token-url string                         Token server url
      --jottacloud-trashed-only                             Only show files that are in the trash
      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix           Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail\[aq]s (default 10Mi)
      --koofr-description string                            Description of the remote
      --koofr-encoding Encoding                             The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --koofr-endpoint string                               The Koofr API endpoint to use
      --koofr-mountid string                                Mount ID of the mount to use
      --koofr-password string                               Your password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password) (obscured)
      --koofr-provider string                               Choose your storage provider
      --koofr-setmtime                                      Does the backend support setting modification time (default true)
      --koofr-user string                                   Your user name
      --linkbox-description string                          Description of the remote
      --linkbox-token string                                Token from https://www.linkbox.to/admin/account
  -l, --links                                               Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a \[aq].rclonelink\[aq] extension
      --local-case-insensitive                              Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
      --local-case-sensitive                                Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive
      --local-description string                            Description of the remote
      --local-encoding Encoding                             The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Dot)
      --local-no-check-updated                              Don\[aq]t check to see if the files change during upload
      --local-no-preallocate                                Disable preallocation of disk space for transferred files
      --local-no-set-modtime                                Disable setting modtime
      --local-no-sparse                                     Disable sparse files for multi-thread downloads
      --local-nounc                                         Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
      --local-unicode-normalization                         Apply unicode NFC normalization to paths and filenames
      --local-zero-size-links                               Assume the Stat size of links is zero (and read them instead) (deprecated)
      --mailru-auth-url string                              Auth server URL
      --mailru-check-hash                                   What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
      --mailru-client-id string                             OAuth Client Id
      --mailru-client-secret string                         OAuth Client Secret
      --mailru-description string                           Description of the remote
      --mailru-encoding Encoding                            The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --mailru-pass string                                  Password (obscured)
      --mailru-speedup-enable                               Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash (default true)
      --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string                 Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash) (default \[dq]*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf\[dq])
      --mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix                  This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3Gi)
      --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix                Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk (default 32Mi)
      --mailru-token string                                 OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --mailru-token-url string                             Token server url
      --mailru-user string                                  User name (usually email)
      --mega-debug                                          Output more debug from Mega
      --mega-description string                             Description of the remote
      --mega-encoding Encoding                              The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --mega-hard-delete                                    Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash
      --mega-pass string                                    Password (obscured)
      --mega-use-https                                      Use HTTPS for transfers
      --mega-user string                                    User name
      --memory-description string                           Description of the remote
      --netstorage-account string                           Set the NetStorage account name
      --netstorage-description string                       Description of the remote
      --netstorage-host string                              Domain+path of NetStorage host to connect to
      --netstorage-protocol string                          Select between HTTP or HTTPS protocol (default \[dq]https\[dq])
      --netstorage-secret string                            Set the NetStorage account secret/G2O key for authentication (obscured)
  -x, --one-file-system                                     Don\[aq]t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only)
      --onedrive-access-scopes SpaceSepList                 Set scopes to be requested by rclone (default Files.Read Files.ReadWrite Files.Read.All Files.ReadWrite.All Sites.Read.All offline_access)
      --onedrive-auth-url string                            Auth server URL
      --onedrive-av-override                                Allows download of files the server thinks has a virus
      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                      Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes) (default 10Mi)
      --onedrive-client-id string                           OAuth Client Id
      --onedrive-client-secret string                       OAuth Client Secret
      --onedrive-delta                                      If set rclone will use delta listing to implement recursive listings
      --onedrive-description string                         Description of the remote
      --onedrive-drive-id string                            The ID of the drive to use
      --onedrive-drive-type string                          The type of the drive (personal | business | documentLibrary)
      --onedrive-encoding Encoding                          The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                       Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings
      --onedrive-hash-type string                           Specify the hash in use for the backend (default \[dq]auto\[dq])
      --onedrive-link-password string                       Set the password for links created by the link command
      --onedrive-link-scope string                          Set the scope of the links created by the link command (default \[dq]anonymous\[dq])
      --onedrive-link-type string                           Set the type of the links created by the link command (default \[dq]view\[dq])
      --onedrive-list-chunk int                             Size of listing chunk (default 1000)
      --onedrive-metadata-permissions Bits                  Control whether permissions should be read or written in metadata (default off)
      --onedrive-no-versions                                Remove all versions on modifying operations
      --onedrive-region string                              Choose national cloud region for OneDrive (default \[dq]global\[dq])
      --onedrive-root-folder-id string                      ID of the root folder
      --onedrive-server-side-across-configs                 Deprecated: use --server-side-across-configs instead
      --onedrive-token string                               OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --onedrive-token-url string                           Token server url
      --oos-attempt-resume-upload                           If true attempt to resume previously started multipart upload for the object
      --oos-chunk-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5Mi)
      --oos-compartment string                              Object storage compartment OCID
      --oos-config-file string                              Path to OCI config file (default \[dq]\[ti]/.oci/config\[dq])
      --oos-config-profile string                           Profile name inside the oci config file (default \[dq]Default\[dq])
      --oos-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                          Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 4.656Gi)
      --oos-copy-timeout Duration                           Timeout for copy (default 1m0s)
      --oos-description string                              Description of the remote
      --oos-disable-checksum                                Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
      --oos-encoding Encoding                               The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --oos-endpoint string                                 Endpoint for Object storage API
      --oos-leave-parts-on-error                            If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts for manual recovery
      --oos-max-upload-parts int                            Maximum number of parts in a multipart upload (default 10000)
      --oos-namespace string                                Object storage namespace
      --oos-no-check-bucket                                 If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the bucket exists or create it
      --oos-provider string                                 Choose your Auth Provider (default \[dq]env_auth\[dq])
      --oos-region string                                   Object storage Region
      --oos-sse-customer-algorithm string                   If using SSE-C, the optional header that specifies \[dq]AES256\[dq] as the encryption algorithm
      --oos-sse-customer-key string                         To use SSE-C, the optional header that specifies the base64-encoded 256-bit encryption key to use to
      --oos-sse-customer-key-file string                    To use SSE-C, a file containing the base64-encoded string of the AES-256 encryption key associated
      --oos-sse-customer-key-sha256 string                  If using SSE-C, The optional header that specifies the base64-encoded SHA256 hash of the encryption
      --oos-sse-kms-key-id string                           if using your own master key in vault, this header specifies the
      --oos-storage-tier string                             The storage class to use when storing new objects in storage. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/Object/Concepts/understandingstoragetiers.htm (default \[dq]Standard\[dq])
      --oos-upload-concurrency int                          Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 10)
      --oos-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                        Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200Mi)
      --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Files will be uploaded in chunks this size (default 10Mi)
      --opendrive-description string                        Description of the remote
      --opendrive-encoding Encoding                         The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --opendrive-password string                           Password (obscured)
      --opendrive-username string                           Username
      --pcloud-auth-url string                              Auth server URL
      --pcloud-client-id string                             OAuth Client Id
      --pcloud-client-secret string                         OAuth Client Secret
      --pcloud-description string                           Description of the remote
      --pcloud-encoding Encoding                            The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --pcloud-hostname string                              Hostname to connect to (default \[dq]api.pcloud.com\[dq])
      --pcloud-password string                              Your pcloud password (obscured)
      --pcloud-root-folder-id string                        Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point (default \[dq]d0\[dq])
      --pcloud-token string                                 OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --pcloud-token-url string                             Token server url
      --pcloud-username string                              Your pcloud username
      --pikpak-auth-url string                              Auth server URL
      --pikpak-client-id string                             OAuth Client Id
      --pikpak-client-secret string                         OAuth Client Secret
      --pikpak-description string                           Description of the remote
      --pikpak-encoding Encoding                            The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --pikpak-hash-memory-limit SizeSuffix                 Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate hash if required (default 10Mi)
      --pikpak-pass string                                  Pikpak password (obscured)
      --pikpak-root-folder-id string                        ID of the root folder
      --pikpak-token string                                 OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --pikpak-token-url string                             Token server url
      --pikpak-trashed-only                                 Only show files that are in the trash
      --pikpak-use-trash                                    Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently (default true)
      --pikpak-user string                                  Pikpak username
      --premiumizeme-auth-url string                        Auth server URL
      --premiumizeme-client-id string                       OAuth Client Id
      --premiumizeme-client-secret string                   OAuth Client Secret
      --premiumizeme-description string                     Description of the remote
      --premiumizeme-encoding Encoding                      The encoding for the backend (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --premiumizeme-token string                           OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --premiumizeme-token-url string                       Token server url
      --protondrive-2fa string                              The 2FA code
      --protondrive-app-version string                      The app version string (default \[dq]macos-drive\[at]1.0.0-alpha.1+rclone\[dq])
      --protondrive-description string                      Description of the remote
      --protondrive-enable-caching                          Caches the files and folders metadata to reduce API calls (default true)
      --protondrive-encoding Encoding                       The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --protondrive-mailbox-password string                 The mailbox password of your two-password proton account (obscured)
      --protondrive-original-file-size                      Return the file size before encryption (default true)
      --protondrive-password string                         The password of your proton account (obscured)
      --protondrive-replace-existing-draft                  Create a new revision when filename conflict is detected
      --protondrive-username string                         The username of your proton account
      --putio-auth-url string                               Auth server URL
      --putio-client-id string                              OAuth Client Id
      --putio-client-secret string                          OAuth Client Secret
      --putio-description string                            Description of the remote
      --putio-encoding Encoding                             The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --putio-token string                                  OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --putio-token-url string                              Token server url
      --qingstor-access-key-id string                       QingStor Access Key ID
      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix                      Chunk size to use for uploading (default 4Mi)
      --qingstor-connection-retries int                     Number of connection retries (default 3)
      --qingstor-description string                         Description of the remote
      --qingstor-encoding Encoding                          The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
      --qingstor-endpoint string                            Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API
      --qingstor-env-auth                                   Get QingStor credentials from runtime
      --qingstor-secret-access-key string                   QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int                     Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 1)
      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                   Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200Mi)
      --qingstor-zone string                                Zone to connect to
      --quatrix-api-key string                              API key for accessing Quatrix account
      --quatrix-description string                          Description of the remote
      --quatrix-effective-upload-time string                Wanted upload time for one chunk (default \[dq]4s\[dq])
      --quatrix-encoding Encoding                           The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --quatrix-hard-delete                                 Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash
      --quatrix-host string                                 Host name of Quatrix account
      --quatrix-maximal-summary-chunk-size SizeSuffix       The maximal summary for all chunks. It should not be less than \[aq]transfers\[aq]*\[aq]minimal_chunk_size\[aq] (default 95.367Mi)
      --quatrix-minimal-chunk-size SizeSuffix               The minimal size for one chunk (default 9.537Mi)
      --quatrix-skip-project-folders                        Skip project folders in operations
      --s3-access-key-id string                             AWS Access Key ID
      --s3-acl string                                       Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects
      --s3-bucket-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets
      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                            Chunk size to use for uploading (default 5Mi)
      --s3-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                           Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 4.656Gi)
      --s3-decompress                                       If set this will decompress gzip encoded objects
      --s3-description string                               Description of the remote
      --s3-directory-markers                                Upload an empty object with a trailing slash when a new directory is created
      --s3-disable-checksum                                 Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
      --s3-disable-http2                                    Disable usage of http2 for S3 backends
      --s3-download-url string                              Custom endpoint for downloads
      --s3-encoding Encoding                                The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --s3-endpoint string                                  Endpoint for S3 API
      --s3-env-auth                                         Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars)
      --s3-force-path-style                                 If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style (default true)
      --s3-leave-parts-on-error                             If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery
      --s3-list-chunk int                                   Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request) (default 1000)
      --s3-list-url-encode Tristate                         Whether to url encode listings: true/false/unset (default unset)
      --s3-list-version int                                 Version of ListObjects to use: 1,2 or 0 for auto
      --s3-location-constraint string                       Location constraint - must be set to match the Region
      --s3-max-upload-parts int                             Maximum number of parts in a multipart upload (default 10000)
      --s3-might-gzip Tristate                              Set this if the backend might gzip objects (default unset)
      --s3-no-check-bucket                                  If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the bucket exists or create it
      --s3-no-head                                          If set, don\[aq]t HEAD uploaded objects to check integrity
      --s3-no-head-object                                   If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects
      --s3-no-system-metadata                               Suppress setting and reading of system metadata
      --s3-profile string                                   Profile to use in the shared credentials file
      --s3-provider string                                  Choose your S3 provider
      --s3-region string                                    Region to connect to
      --s3-requester-pays                                   Enables requester pays option when interacting with S3 bucket
      --s3-secret-access-key string                         AWS Secret Access Key (password)
      --s3-server-side-encryption string                    The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
      --s3-session-token string                             An AWS session token
      --s3-shared-credentials-file string                   Path to the shared credentials file
      --s3-sse-customer-algorithm string                    If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
      --s3-sse-customer-key string                          To use SSE-C you may provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data
      --s3-sse-customer-key-base64 string                   If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key encoded in base64 format to encrypt/decrypt your data
      --s3-sse-customer-key-md5 string                      If using SSE-C you may provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum (optional)
      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                            If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key
      --s3-storage-class string                             The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3
      --s3-sts-endpoint string                              Endpoint for STS
      --s3-upload-concurrency int                           Concurrency for multipart uploads and copies (default 4)
      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                         Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200Mi)
      --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint                          If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint
      --s3-use-accept-encoding-gzip Accept-Encoding: gzip   Whether to send Accept-Encoding: gzip header (default unset)
      --s3-use-already-exists Tristate                      Set if rclone should report BucketAlreadyExists errors on bucket creation (default unset)
      --s3-use-dual-stack                                   If true use AWS S3 dual-stack endpoint (IPv6 support)
      --s3-use-multipart-etag Tristate                      Whether to use ETag in multipart uploads for verification (default unset)
      --s3-use-multipart-uploads Tristate                   Set if rclone should use multipart uploads (default unset)
      --s3-use-presigned-request                            Whether to use a presigned request or PutObject for single part uploads
      --s3-v2-auth                                          If true use v2 authentication
      --s3-version-at Time                                  Show file versions as they were at the specified time (default off)
      --s3-version-deleted                                  Show deleted file markers when using versions
      --s3-versions                                         Include old versions in directory listings
      --seafile-2fa                                         Two-factor authentication (\[aq]true\[aq] if the account has 2FA enabled)
      --seafile-create-library                              Should rclone create a library if it doesn\[aq]t exist
      --seafile-description string                          Description of the remote
      --seafile-encoding Encoding                           The encoding for the backend (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
      --seafile-library string                              Name of the library
      --seafile-library-key string                          Library password (for encrypted libraries only) (obscured)
      --seafile-pass string                                 Password (obscured)
      --seafile-url string                                  URL of seafile host to connect to
      --seafile-user string                                 User name (usually email address)
      --sftp-ask-password                                   Allow asking for SFTP password when needed
      --sftp-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Upload and download chunk size (default 32Ki)
      --sftp-ciphers SpaceSepList                           Space separated list of ciphers to be used for session encryption, ordered by preference
      --sftp-concurrency int                                The maximum number of outstanding requests for one file (default 64)
      --sftp-copy-is-hardlink                               Set to enable server side copies using hardlinks
      --sftp-description string                             Description of the remote
      --sftp-disable-concurrent-reads                       If set don\[aq]t use concurrent reads
      --sftp-disable-concurrent-writes                      If set don\[aq]t use concurrent writes
      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                              Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available
      --sftp-host string                                    SSH host to connect to
      --sftp-host-key-algorithms SpaceSepList               Space separated list of host key algorithms, ordered by preference
      --sftp-idle-timeout Duration                          Max time before closing idle connections (default 1m0s)
      --sftp-key-exchange SpaceSepList                      Space separated list of key exchange algorithms, ordered by preference
      --sftp-key-file string                                Path to PEM-encoded private key file
      --sftp-key-file-pass string                           The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file (obscured)
      --sftp-key-pem string                                 Raw PEM-encoded private key
      --sftp-key-use-agent                                  When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent
      --sftp-known-hosts-file string                        Optional path to known_hosts file
      --sftp-macs SpaceSepList                              Space separated list of MACs (message authentication code) algorithms, ordered by preference
      --sftp-md5sum-command string                          The command used to read md5 hashes
      --sftp-pass string                                    SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent (obscured)
      --sftp-path-override string                           Override path used by SSH shell commands
      --sftp-port int                                       SSH port number (default 22)
      --sftp-pubkey-file string                             Optional path to public key file
      --sftp-server-command string                          Specifies the path or command to run a sftp server on the remote host
      --sftp-set-env SpaceSepList                           Environment variables to pass to sftp and commands
      --sftp-set-modtime                                    Set the modified time on the remote if set (default true)
      --sftp-sha1sum-command string                         The command used to read sha1 hashes
      --sftp-shell-type string                              The type of SSH shell on remote server, if any
      --sftp-skip-links                                     Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files
      --sftp-socks-proxy string                             Socks 5 proxy host
      --sftp-ssh SpaceSepList                               Path and arguments to external ssh binary
      --sftp-subsystem string                               Specifies the SSH2 subsystem on the remote host (default \[dq]sftp\[dq])
      --sftp-use-fstat                                      If set use fstat instead of stat
      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                            Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods
      --sftp-user string                                    SSH username (default \[dq]$USER\[dq])
      --sharefile-auth-url string                           Auth server URL
      --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size (default 64Mi)
      --sharefile-client-id string                          OAuth Client Id
      --sharefile-client-secret string                      OAuth Client Secret
      --sharefile-description string                        Description of the remote
      --sharefile-encoding Encoding                         The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --sharefile-endpoint string                           Endpoint for API calls
      --sharefile-root-folder-id string                     ID of the root folder
      --sharefile-token string                              OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --sharefile-token-url string                          Token server url
      --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (default 128Mi)
      --sia-api-password string                             Sia Daemon API Password (obscured)
      --sia-api-url string                                  Sia daemon API URL, like http://sia.daemon.host:9980 (default \[dq]http://127.0.0.1:9980\[dq])
      --sia-description string                              Description of the remote
      --sia-encoding Encoding                               The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Question,Hash,Percent,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --sia-user-agent string                               Siad User Agent (default \[dq]Sia-Agent\[dq])
      --skip-links                                          Don\[aq]t warn about skipped symlinks
      --smb-case-insensitive                                Whether the server is configured to be case-insensitive (default true)
      --smb-description string                              Description of the remote
      --smb-domain string                                   Domain name for NTLM authentication (default \[dq]WORKGROUP\[dq])
      --smb-encoding Encoding                               The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --smb-hide-special-share                              Hide special shares (e.g. print$) which users aren\[aq]t supposed to access (default true)
      --smb-host string                                     SMB server hostname to connect to
      --smb-idle-timeout Duration                           Max time before closing idle connections (default 1m0s)
      --smb-pass string                                     SMB password (obscured)
      --smb-port int                                        SMB port number (default 445)
      --smb-spn string                                      Service principal name
      --smb-user string                                     SMB username (default \[dq]$USER\[dq])
      --storj-access-grant string                           Access grant
      --storj-api-key string                                API key
      --storj-description string                            Description of the remote
      --storj-passphrase string                             Encryption passphrase
      --storj-provider string                               Choose an authentication method (default \[dq]existing\[dq])
      --storj-satellite-address string                      Satellite address (default \[dq]us1.storj.io\[dq])
      --sugarsync-access-key-id string                      Sugarsync Access Key ID
      --sugarsync-app-id string                             Sugarsync App ID
      --sugarsync-authorization string                      Sugarsync authorization
      --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string               Sugarsync authorization expiry
      --sugarsync-deleted-id string                         Sugarsync deleted folder id
      --sugarsync-description string                        Description of the remote
      --sugarsync-encoding Encoding                         The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --sugarsync-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files if true
      --sugarsync-private-access-key string                 Sugarsync Private Access Key
      --sugarsync-refresh-token string                      Sugarsync refresh token
      --sugarsync-root-id string                            Sugarsync root id
      --sugarsync-user string                               Sugarsync user
      --swift-application-credential-id string              Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
      --swift-application-credential-name string            Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
      --swift-application-credential-secret string          Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
      --swift-auth string                                   Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL)
      --swift-auth-token string                             Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
      --swift-auth-version int                              AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                         Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container (default 5Gi)
      --swift-description string                            Description of the remote
      --swift-domain string                                 User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
      --swift-encoding Encoding                             The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
      --swift-endpoint-type string                          Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default \[dq]public\[dq])
      --swift-env-auth                                      Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form
      --swift-key string                                    API key or password (OS_PASSWORD)
      --swift-leave-parts-on-error                          If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure
      --swift-no-chunk                                      Don\[aq]t chunk files during streaming upload
      --swift-no-large-objects                              Disable support for static and dynamic large objects
      --swift-region string                                 Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
      --swift-storage-policy string                         The storage policy to use when creating a new container
      --swift-storage-url string                            Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
      --swift-tenant string                                 Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
      --swift-tenant-domain string                          Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
      --swift-tenant-id string                              Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
      --swift-user string                                   User name to log in (OS_USERNAME)
      --swift-user-id string                                User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID)
      --union-action-policy string                          Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category (default \[dq]epall\[dq])
      --union-cache-time int                                Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds) (default 120)
      --union-create-policy string                          Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category (default \[dq]epmfs\[dq])
      --union-description string                            Description of the remote
      --union-min-free-space SizeSuffix                     Minimum viable free space for lfs/eplfs policies (default 1Gi)
      --union-search-policy string                          Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category (default \[dq]ff\[dq])
      --union-upstreams string                              List of space separated upstreams
      --uptobox-access-token string                         Your access token
      --uptobox-description string                          Description of the remote
      --uptobox-encoding Encoding                           The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,BackQuote,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --uptobox-private                                     Set to make uploaded files private
      --webdav-bearer-token string                          Bearer token instead of user/pass (e.g. a Macaroon)
      --webdav-bearer-token-command string                  Command to run to get a bearer token
      --webdav-description string                           Description of the remote
      --webdav-encoding string                              The encoding for the backend
      --webdav-headers CommaSepList                         Set HTTP headers for all transactions
      --webdav-nextcloud-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Nextcloud upload chunk size (default 10Mi)
      --webdav-owncloud-exclude-shares                      Exclude ownCloud shares
      --webdav-pacer-min-sleep Duration                     Minimum time to sleep between API calls (default 10ms)
      --webdav-pass string                                  Password (obscured)
      --webdav-url string                                   URL of http host to connect to
      --webdav-user string                                  User name
      --webdav-vendor string                                Name of the WebDAV site/service/software you are using
      --yandex-auth-url string                              Auth server URL
      --yandex-client-id string                             OAuth Client Id
      --yandex-client-secret string                         OAuth Client Secret
      --yandex-description string                           Description of the remote
      --yandex-encoding Encoding                            The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
      --yandex-hard-delete                                  Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash
      --yandex-token string                                 OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --yandex-token-url string                             Token server url
      --zoho-auth-url string                                Auth server URL
      --zoho-client-id string                               OAuth Client Id
      --zoho-client-secret string                           OAuth Client Secret
      --zoho-description string                             Description of the remote
      --zoho-encoding Encoding                              The encoding for the backend (default Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
      --zoho-region string                                  Zoho region to connect to
      --zoho-token string                                   OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
      --zoho-token-url string                               Token server url
\f[R]
.fi
.SH Docker Volume Plugin
.SS Introduction
.PP
Docker 1.9 has added support for creating named
volumes (https://docs.docker.com/storage/volumes/) via command-line
interface (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/volume_create/)
and mounting them in containers as a way to share data between them.
Since Docker 1.10 you can create named volumes with Docker
Compose (https://docs.docker.com/compose/) by descriptions in
docker-compose.yml (https://docs.docker.com/compose/compose-file/compose-file-v2/#volume-configuration-reference)
files for use by container groups on a single host.
As of Docker 1.12 volumes are supported by Docker
Swarm (https://docs.docker.com/engine/swarm/key-concepts/) included with
Docker Engine and created from descriptions in swarm compose
v3 (https://docs.docker.com/compose/compose-file/compose-file-v3/#volume-configuration-reference)
files for use with \f[I]swarm stacks\f[R] across multiple cluster nodes.
.PP
Docker Volume
Plugins (https://docs.docker.com/engine/extend/plugins_volume/) augment
the default \f[C]local\f[R] volume driver included in Docker with
stateful volumes shared across containers and hosts.
Unlike local volumes, your data will \f[I]not\f[R] be deleted when such
volume is removed.
Plugins can run managed by the docker daemon, as a native system service
(under systemd, \f[I]sysv\f[R] or \f[I]upstart\f[R]) or as a standalone
executable.
Rclone can run as docker volume plugin in all these modes.
It interacts with the local docker daemon via plugin
API (https://docs.docker.com/engine/extend/plugin_api/) and handles
mounting of remote file systems into docker containers so it must run on
the same host as the docker daemon or on every Swarm node.
.SS Getting started
.PP
In the first example we will use the SFTP (https://rclone.org/sftp/)
rclone volume with Docker engine on a standalone Ubuntu machine.
.PP
Start from installing Docker (https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/)
on the host.
.PP
The \f[I]FUSE\f[R] driver is a prerequisite for rclone mounting and
should be installed on host:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo apt-get -y install fuse
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Create two directories required by rclone docker plugin:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo mkdir -p /var/lib/docker-plugins/rclone/config
sudo mkdir -p /var/lib/docker-plugins/rclone/cache
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Install the managed rclone docker plugin for your architecture (here
\f[C]amd64\f[R]):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker plugin install rclone/docker-volume-rclone:amd64 args=\[dq]-v\[dq] --alias rclone --grant-all-permissions
docker plugin list
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Create your SFTP volume (https://rclone.org/sftp/#standard-options):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker volume create firstvolume -d rclone -o type=sftp -o sftp-host=_hostname_ -o sftp-user=_username_ -o sftp-pass=_password_ -o allow-other=true
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that since all options are static, you don\[aq]t even have to run
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] or create the \f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] file (but
the \f[C]config\f[R] directory should still be present).
In the simplest case you can use \f[C]localhost\f[R] as
\f[I]hostname\f[R] and your SSH credentials as \f[I]username\f[R] and
\f[I]password\f[R].
You can also change the remote path to your home directory on the host,
for example \f[C]-o path=/home/username\f[R].
.PP
Time to create a test container and mount the volume into it:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker run --rm -it -v firstvolume:/mnt --workdir /mnt ubuntu:latest bash
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If all goes well, you will enter the new container and change right to
the mounted SFTP remote.
You can type \f[C]ls\f[R] to list the mounted directory or otherwise
play with it.
Type \f[C]exit\f[R] when you are done.
The container will stop but the volume will stay, ready to be reused.
When it\[aq]s not needed anymore, remove it:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker volume list
docker volume remove firstvolume
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Now let us try \f[B]something more elaborate\f[R]: Google
Drive (https://rclone.org/drive/) volume on multi-node Docker Swarm.
.PP
You should start from installing Docker and FUSE, creating plugin
directories and installing rclone plugin on \f[I]every\f[R] swarm node.
Then setup the Swarm (https://docs.docker.com/engine/swarm/swarm-mode/).
.PP
Google Drive volumes need an access token which can be setup via web
browser and will be periodically renewed by rclone.
The managed plugin cannot run a browser so we will use a technique
similar to the rclone setup on a headless
box (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/).
.PP
Run rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/) on
\f[I]another\f[R] machine equipped with \f[I]web browser\f[R] and
graphical user interface.
Create the Google Drive
remote (https://rclone.org/drive/#standard-options).
When done, transfer the resulting \f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] to the Swarm
cluster and save as
\f[C]/var/lib/docker-plugins/rclone/config/rclone.conf\f[R] on
\f[I]every\f[R] node.
By default this location is accessible only to the root user so you will
need appropriate privileges.
The resulting config will look like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[gdrive]
type = drive
scope = drive
drive_id = 1234567...
root_folder_id = 0Abcd...
token = {\[dq]access_token\[dq]:...}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Now create the file named \f[C]example.yml\f[R] with a swarm stack
description like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
version: \[aq]3\[aq]
services:
  heimdall:
    image: linuxserver/heimdall:latest
    ports: [8080:80]
    volumes: [configdata:/config]
volumes:
  configdata:
    driver: rclone
    driver_opts:
      remote: \[aq]gdrive:heimdall\[aq]
      allow_other: \[aq]true\[aq]
      vfs_cache_mode: full
      poll_interval: 0
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
and run the stack:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker stack deploy example -c ./example.yml
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
After a few seconds docker will spread the parsed stack description over
cluster, create the \f[C]example_heimdall\f[R] service on port
\f[I]8080\f[R], run service containers on one or more cluster nodes and
request the \f[C]example_configdata\f[R] volume from rclone plugins on
the node hosts.
You can use the following commands to confirm results:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker service ls
docker service ps example_heimdall
docker volume ls
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Point your browser to \f[C]http://cluster.host.address:8080\f[R] and
play with the service.
Stop it with \f[C]docker stack remove example\f[R] when you are done.
Note that the \f[C]example_configdata\f[R] volume(s) created on demand
at the cluster nodes will not be automatically removed together with the
stack but stay for future reuse.
You can remove them manually by invoking the
\f[C]docker volume remove example_configdata\f[R] command on every node.
.SS Creating Volumes via CLI
.PP
Volumes can be created with docker volume
create (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/volume_create/).
Here are a few examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker volume create vol1 -d rclone -o remote=storj: -o vfs-cache-mode=full
docker volume create vol2 -d rclone -o remote=:storj,access_grant=xxx:heimdall
docker volume create vol3 -d rclone -o type=storj -o path=heimdall -o storj-access-grant=xxx -o poll-interval=0
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note the \f[C]-d rclone\f[R] flag that tells docker to request volume
from the rclone driver.
This works even if you installed managed driver by its full name
\f[C]rclone/docker-volume-rclone\f[R] because you provided the
\f[C]--alias rclone\f[R] option.
.PP
Volumes can be inspected as follows:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker volume list
docker volume inspect vol1
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Volume Configuration
.PP
Rclone flags and volume options are set via the \f[C]-o\f[R] flag to the
\f[C]docker volume create\f[R] command.
They include backend-specific parameters as well as mount and
\f[I]VFS\f[R] options.
Also there are a few special \f[C]-o\f[R] options: \f[C]remote\f[R],
\f[C]fs\f[R], \f[C]type\f[R], \f[C]path\f[R], \f[C]mount-type\f[R] and
\f[C]persist\f[R].
.PP
\f[C]remote\f[R] determines an existing remote name from the config
file, with trailing colon and optionally with a remote path.
See the full syntax in the rclone
documentation (https://rclone.org/docs/#syntax-of-remote-paths).
This option can be aliased as \f[C]fs\f[R] to prevent confusion with the
\f[I]remote\f[R] parameter of such backends as \f[I]crypt\f[R] or
\f[I]alias\f[R].
.PP
The \f[C]remote=:backend:dir/subdir\f[R] syntax can be used to create
on-the-fly (config-less)
remotes (https://rclone.org/docs/#backend-path-to-dir), while the
\f[C]type\f[R] and \f[C]path\f[R] options provide a simpler alternative
for this.
Using two split options
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
-o type=backend -o path=dir/subdir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
is equivalent to the combined syntax
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
-o remote=:backend:dir/subdir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
but is arguably easier to parameterize in scripts.
The \f[C]path\f[R] part is optional.
.PP
Mount and VFS
options (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_docker/#options) as
well as backend parameters (https://rclone.org/flags/#backend-flags) are
named like their twin command-line flags without the \f[C]--\f[R] CLI
prefix.
Optionally you can use underscores instead of dashes in option names.
For example, \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode full\f[R] becomes
\f[C]-o vfs-cache-mode=full\f[R] or \f[C]-o vfs_cache_mode=full\f[R].
Boolean CLI flags without value will gain the \f[C]true\f[R] value, e.g.
\f[C]--allow-other\f[R] becomes \f[C]-o allow-other=true\f[R] or
\f[C]-o allow_other=true\f[R].
.PP
Please note that you can provide parameters only for the backend
immediately referenced by the backend type of mounted \f[C]remote\f[R].
If this is a wrapping backend like \f[I]alias, chunker or crypt\f[R],
you cannot provide options for the referred to remote or backend.
This limitation is imposed by the rclone connection string parser.
The only workaround is to feed plugin with \f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] or
configure plugin arguments (see below).
.SS Special Volume Options
.PP
\f[C]mount-type\f[R] determines the mount method and in general can be
one of: \f[C]mount\f[R], \f[C]cmount\f[R], or \f[C]mount2\f[R].
This can be aliased as \f[C]mount_type\f[R].
It should be noted that the managed rclone docker plugin currently does
not support the \f[C]cmount\f[R] method and \f[C]mount2\f[R] is rarely
needed.
This option defaults to the first found method, which is usually
\f[C]mount\f[R] so you generally won\[aq]t need it.
.PP
\f[C]persist\f[R] is a reserved boolean (true/false) option.
In future it will allow to persist on-the-fly remotes in the plugin
\f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] file.
.SS Connection Strings
.PP
The \f[C]remote\f[R] value can be extended with connection
strings (https://rclone.org/docs/#connection-strings) as an alternative
way to supply backend parameters.
This is equivalent to the \f[C]-o\f[R] backend options with one
\f[I]syntactic difference\f[R].
Inside connection string the backend prefix must be dropped from
parameter names but in the \f[C]-o param=value\f[R] array it must be
present.
For instance, compare the following option array
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
-o remote=:sftp:/home -o sftp-host=localhost
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
with equivalent connection string:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
-o remote=:sftp,host=localhost:/home
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This difference exists because flag options \f[C]-o key=val\f[R] include
not only backend parameters but also mount/VFS flags and possibly other
settings.
Also it allows to discriminate the \f[C]remote\f[R] option from the
\f[C]crypt-remote\f[R] (or similarly named backend parameters) and
arguably simplifies scripting due to clearer value substitution.
.SS Using with Swarm or Compose
.PP
Both \f[I]Docker Swarm\f[R] and \f[I]Docker Compose\f[R] use
YAML (http://yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html)-formatted text files to
describe groups (stacks) of containers, their properties, networks and
volumes.
\f[I]Compose\f[R] uses the compose
v2 (https://docs.docker.com/compose/compose-file/compose-file-v2/#volume-configuration-reference)
format, \f[I]Swarm\f[R] uses the compose
v3 (https://docs.docker.com/compose/compose-file/compose-file-v3/#volume-configuration-reference)
format.
They are mostly similar, differences are explained in the docker
documentation (https://docs.docker.com/compose/compose-file/compose-versioning/#upgrading).
.PP
Volumes are described by the children of the top-level
\f[C]volumes:\f[R] node.
Each of them should be named after its volume and have at least two
elements, the self-explanatory \f[C]driver: rclone\f[R] value and the
\f[C]driver_opts:\f[R] structure playing the same role as
\f[C]-o key=val\f[R] CLI flags:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
volumes:
  volume_name_1:
    driver: rclone
    driver_opts:
      remote: \[aq]gdrive:\[aq]
      allow_other: \[aq]true\[aq]
      vfs_cache_mode: full
      token: \[aq]{\[dq]type\[dq]: \[dq]borrower\[dq], \[dq]expires\[dq]: \[dq]2021-12-31\[dq]}\[aq]
      poll_interval: 0
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Notice a few important details: - YAML prefers \f[C]_\f[R] in option
names instead of \f[C]-\f[R].
- YAML treats single and double quotes interchangeably.
Simple strings and integers can be left unquoted.
- Boolean values must be quoted like \f[C]\[aq]true\[aq]\f[R] or
\f[C]\[dq]false\[dq]\f[R] because these two words are reserved by YAML.
- The filesystem string is keyed with \f[C]remote\f[R] (or with
\f[C]fs\f[R]).
Normally you can omit quotes here, but if the string ends with colon,
you \f[B]must\f[R] quote it like
\f[C]remote: \[dq]storage_box:\[dq]\f[R].
- YAML is picky about surrounding braces in values as this is in fact
another syntax for key/value
mappings (http://yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html#id2790832).
For example, JSON access tokens usually contain double quotes and
surrounding braces, so you must put them in single quotes.
.SS Installing as Managed Plugin
.PP
Docker daemon can install plugins from an image registry and run them
managed.
We maintain the
docker-volume-rclone (https://hub.docker.com/p/rclone/docker-volume-rclone/)
plugin image on Docker Hub (https://hub.docker.com).
.PP
Rclone volume plugin requires \f[B]Docker Engine >= 19.03.15\f[R]
.PP
The plugin requires presence of two directories on the host before it
can be installed.
Note that plugin will \f[B]not\f[R] create them automatically.
By default they must exist on host at the following locations (though
you can tweak the paths): -
\f[C]/var/lib/docker-plugins/rclone/config\f[R] is reserved for the
\f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] config file and \f[B]must\f[R] exist even if
it\[aq]s empty and the config file is not present.
- \f[C]/var/lib/docker-plugins/rclone/cache\f[R] holds the plugin state
file as well as optional VFS caches.
.PP
You can install managed
plugin (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/plugin_install/)
with default settings as follows:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker plugin install rclone/docker-volume-rclone:amd64 --grant-all-permissions --alias rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The \f[C]:amd64\f[R] part of the image specification after colon is
called a \f[I]tag\f[R].
Usually you will want to install the latest plugin for your
architecture.
In this case the tag will just name it, like \f[C]amd64\f[R] above.
The following plugin architectures are currently available: -
\f[C]amd64\f[R] - \f[C]arm64\f[R] - \f[C]arm-v7\f[R]
.PP
Sometimes you might want a concrete plugin version, not the latest one.
Then you should use image tag in the form
\f[C]:ARCHITECTURE-VERSION\f[R].
For example, to install plugin version \f[C]v1.56.2\f[R] on architecture
\f[C]arm64\f[R] you will use tag \f[C]arm64-1.56.2\f[R] (note the
removed \f[C]v\f[R]) so the full image specification becomes
\f[C]rclone/docker-volume-rclone:arm64-1.56.2\f[R].
.PP
We also provide the \f[C]latest\f[R] plugin tag, but since docker does
not support multi-architecture plugins as of the time of this writing,
this tag is currently an \f[B]alias for \f[CB]amd64\f[B]\f[R].
By convention the \f[C]latest\f[R] tag is the default one and can be
omitted, thus both \f[C]rclone/docker-volume-rclone:latest\f[R] and just
\f[C]rclone/docker-volume-rclone\f[R] will refer to the latest plugin
release for the \f[C]amd64\f[R] platform.
.PP
Also the \f[C]amd64\f[R] part can be omitted from the versioned rclone
plugin tags.
For example, rclone image reference
\f[C]rclone/docker-volume-rclone:amd64-1.56.2\f[R] can be abbreviated as
\f[C]rclone/docker-volume-rclone:1.56.2\f[R] for convenience.
However, for non-intel architectures you still have to use the full tag
as \f[C]amd64\f[R] or \f[C]latest\f[R] will fail to start.
.PP
Managed plugin is in fact a special container running in a namespace
separate from normal docker containers.
Inside it runs the \f[C]rclone serve docker\f[R] command.
The config and cache directories are bind-mounted into the container at
start.
The docker daemon connects to a unix socket created by the command
inside the container.
The command creates on-demand remote mounts right inside, then docker
machinery propagates them through kernel mount namespaces and
bind-mounts into requesting user containers.
.PP
You can tweak a few plugin settings after installation when it\[aq]s
disabled (not in use), for instance:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker plugin disable rclone
docker plugin set rclone RCLONE_VERBOSE=2 config=/etc/rclone args=\[dq]--vfs-cache-mode=writes --allow-other\[dq]
docker plugin enable rclone
docker plugin inspect rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that if docker refuses to disable the plugin, you should find and
remove all active volumes connected with it as well as containers and
swarm services that use them.
This is rather tedious so please carefully plan in advance.
.PP
You can tweak the following settings: \f[C]args\f[R], \f[C]config\f[R],
\f[C]cache\f[R], \f[C]HTTP_PROXY\f[R], \f[C]HTTPS_PROXY\f[R],
\f[C]NO_PROXY\f[R] and \f[C]RCLONE_VERBOSE\f[R].
It\[aq]s \f[I]your\f[R] task to keep plugin settings in sync across
swarm cluster nodes.
.PP
\f[C]args\f[R] sets command-line arguments for the
\f[C]rclone serve docker\f[R] command (\f[I]none\f[R] by default).
Arguments should be separated by space so you will normally want to put
them in quotes on the docker plugin
set (https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/plugin_set/)
command line.
Both serve docker
flags (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_docker/#options) and
generic rclone flags (https://rclone.org/flags/) are supported,
including backend parameters that will be used as defaults for volume
creation.
Note that plugin will fail (due to this docker
bug (https://github.com/moby/moby/blob/v20.10.7/plugin/v2/plugin.go#L195))
if the \f[C]args\f[R] value is empty.
Use e.g.
\f[C]args=\[dq]-v\[dq]\f[R] as a workaround.
.PP
\f[C]config=/host/dir\f[R] sets alternative host location for the config
directory.
Plugin will look for \f[C]rclone.conf\f[R] here.
It\[aq]s not an error if the config file is not present but the
directory must exist.
Please note that plugin can periodically rewrite the config file, for
example when it renews storage access tokens.
Keep this in mind and try to avoid races between the plugin and other
instances of rclone on the host that might try to change the config
simultaneously resulting in corrupted \f[C]rclone.conf\f[R].
You can also put stuff like private key files for SFTP remotes in this
directory.
Just note that it\[aq]s bind-mounted inside the plugin container at the
predefined path \f[C]/data/config\f[R].
For example, if your key file is named \f[C]sftp-box1.key\f[R] on the
host, the corresponding volume config option should read
\f[C]-o sftp-key-file=/data/config/sftp-box1.key\f[R].
.PP
\f[C]cache=/host/dir\f[R] sets alternative host location for the
\f[I]cache\f[R] directory.
The plugin will keep VFS caches here.
Also it will create and maintain the \f[C]docker-plugin.state\f[R] file
in this directory.
When the plugin is restarted or reinstalled, it will look in this file
to recreate any volumes that existed previously.
However, they will not be re-mounted into consuming containers after
restart.
Usually this is not a problem as the docker daemon normally will restart
affected user containers after failures, daemon restarts or host
reboots.
.PP
\f[C]RCLONE_VERBOSE\f[R] sets plugin verbosity from \f[C]0\f[R] (errors
only, by default) to \f[C]2\f[R] (debugging).
Verbosity can be also tweaked via \f[C]args=\[dq]-v [-v] ...\[dq]\f[R].
Since arguments are more generic, you will rarely need this setting.
The plugin output by default feeds the docker daemon log on local host.
Log entries are reflected as \f[I]errors\f[R] in the docker log but
retain their actual level assigned by rclone in the encapsulated message
string.
.PP
\f[C]HTTP_PROXY\f[R], \f[C]HTTPS_PROXY\f[R], \f[C]NO_PROXY\f[R]
customize the plugin proxy settings.
.PP
You can set custom plugin options right when you install it, \f[I]in one
go\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker plugin remove rclone
docker plugin install rclone/docker-volume-rclone:amd64 \[rs]
       --alias rclone --grant-all-permissions \[rs]
       args=\[dq]-v --allow-other\[dq] config=/etc/rclone
docker plugin inspect rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Healthchecks
.PP
The docker plugin volume protocol doesn\[aq]t provide a way for plugins
to inform the docker daemon that a volume is (un-)available.
As a workaround you can setup a healthcheck to verify that the mount is
responding, for example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
services:
  my_service:
    image: my_image
    healthcheck:
      test: ls /path/to/rclone/mount || exit 1
      interval: 1m
      timeout: 15s
      retries: 3
      start_period: 15s
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Running Plugin under Systemd
.PP
In most cases you should prefer managed mode.
Moreover, MacOS and Windows do not support native Docker plugins.
Please use managed mode on these systems.
Proceed further only if you are on Linux.
.PP
First, install rclone (https://rclone.org/install/).
You can just run it (type \f[C]rclone serve docker\f[R] and hit enter)
for the test.
.PP
Install \f[I]FUSE\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo apt-get -y install fuse
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Download two systemd configuration files:
docker-volume-rclone.service (https://raw.githubusercontent.com/artpar/artpar/master/contrib/docker-plugin/systemd/docker-volume-rclone.service)
and
docker-volume-rclone.socket (https://raw.githubusercontent.com/artpar/artpar/master/contrib/docker-plugin/systemd/docker-volume-rclone.socket).
.PP
Put them to the \f[C]/etc/systemd/system/\f[R] directory:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
cp docker-volume-plugin.service /etc/systemd/system/
cp docker-volume-plugin.socket  /etc/systemd/system/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Please note that all commands in this section must be run as
\f[I]root\f[R] but we omit \f[C]sudo\f[R] prefix for brevity.
Now create directories required by the service:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
mkdir -p /var/lib/docker-volumes/rclone
mkdir -p /var/lib/docker-plugins/rclone/config
mkdir -p /var/lib/docker-plugins/rclone/cache
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Run the docker plugin service in the socket activated mode:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
systemctl daemon-reload
systemctl start docker-volume-rclone.service
systemctl enable docker-volume-rclone.socket
systemctl start docker-volume-rclone.socket
systemctl restart docker
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or run the service directly: - run \f[C]systemctl daemon-reload\f[R] to
let systemd pick up new config - run
\f[C]systemctl enable docker-volume-rclone.service\f[R] to make the new
service start automatically when you power on your machine.
- run \f[C]systemctl start docker-volume-rclone.service\f[R] to start
the service now.
- run \f[C]systemctl restart docker\f[R] to restart docker daemon and
let it detect the new plugin socket.
Note that this step is not needed in managed mode where docker knows
about plugin state changes.
.PP
The two methods are equivalent from the user perspective, but I
personally prefer socket activation.
.SS Troubleshooting
.PP
You can see managed plugin
settings (https://docs.docker.com/engine/extend/#debugging-plugins) with
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker plugin list
docker plugin inspect rclone
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that docker (including latest 20.10.7) will not show actual values
of \f[C]args\f[R], just the defaults.
.PP
Use \f[C]journalctl --unit docker\f[R] to see managed plugin output as
part of the docker daemon log.
Note that docker reflects plugin lines as \f[I]errors\f[R] but their
actual level can be seen from encapsulated message string.
.PP
You will usually install the latest version of managed plugin for your
platform.
Use the following commands to print the actual installed version:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
PLUGID=$(docker plugin list --no-trunc | awk \[aq]/rclone/{print$1}\[aq])
sudo runc --root /run/docker/runtime-runc/plugins.moby exec $PLUGID rclone version
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You can even use \f[C]runc\f[R] to run shell inside the plugin
container:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sudo runc --root /run/docker/runtime-runc/plugins.moby exec --tty $PLUGID bash
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Also you can use curl to check the plugin socket connectivity:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker plugin list --no-trunc
PLUGID=123abc...
sudo curl -H Content-Type:application/json -XPOST -d {} --unix-socket /run/docker/plugins/$PLUGID/rclone.sock http://localhost/Plugin.Activate
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
though this is rarely needed.
.SS Caveats
.PP
Finally I\[aq]d like to mention a \f[I]caveat with updating volume
settings\f[R].
Docker CLI does not have a dedicated command like
\f[C]docker volume update\f[R].
It may be tempting to invoke \f[C]docker volume create\f[R] with updated
options on existing volume, but there is a gotcha.
The command will do nothing, it won\[aq]t even return an error.
I hope that docker maintainers will fix this some day.
In the meantime be aware that you must remove your volume before
recreating it with new settings:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker volume remove my_vol
docker volume create my_vol -d rclone -o opt1=new_val1 ...
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
and verify that settings did update:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
docker volume list
docker volume inspect my_vol
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If docker refuses to remove the volume, you should find containers or
swarm services that use it and stop them first.
.SS Bisync
.PP
\f[C]bisync\f[R] is \f[B]in beta\f[R] and is considered an \f[B]advanced
command\f[R], so use with care.
Make sure you have read and understood the entire
manual (https://rclone.org/bisync) (especially the Limitations section)
before using, or data loss can result.
Questions can be asked in the Rclone Forum (https://forum.rclone.org/).
.SS Getting started
.IP \[bu] 2
Install rclone (https://rclone.org/install/) and setup your remotes.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync will create its working directory at
\f[C]\[ti]/.cache/rclone/bisync\f[R] on Linux,
\f[C]/Users/yourusername/Library/Caches/rclone/bisync\f[R] on Mac, or
\f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]AppData\[rs]Local\[rs]rclone\[rs]bisync\f[R]
on Windows.
Make sure that this location is writable.
.IP \[bu] 2
Run bisync with the \f[C]--resync\f[R] flag, specifying the paths to the
local and remote sync directory roots.
.IP \[bu] 2
For successive sync runs, leave off the \f[C]--resync\f[R] flag.
(\f[B]Important!\f[R])
.IP \[bu] 2
Consider using a filters file for excluding unnecessary files and
directories from the sync.
.IP \[bu] 2
Consider setting up the --check-access feature for safety.
.IP \[bu] 2
On Linux or Mac, consider setting up a crontab entry.
bisync can safely run in concurrent cron jobs thanks to lock files it
maintains.
.PP
For example, your first command might look like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone bisync remote1:path1 remote2:path2 --create-empty-src-dirs --compare size,modtime,checksum --slow-hash-sync-only --resilient -MvP --drive-skip-gdocs --fix-case --resync --dry-run
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If all looks good, run it again without \f[C]--dry-run\f[R].
After that, remove \f[C]--resync\f[R] as well.
.PP
Here is a typical run log (with timestamps removed for clarity):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone bisync /testdir/path1/ /testdir/path2/ --verbose
INFO  : Synching Path1 \[dq]/testdir/path1/\[dq] with Path2 \[dq]/testdir/path2/\[dq]
INFO  : Path1 checking for diffs
INFO  : - Path1    File is new                         - file11.txt
INFO  : - Path1    File is newer                       - file2.txt
INFO  : - Path1    File is newer                       - file5.txt
INFO  : - Path1    File is newer                       - file7.txt
INFO  : - Path1    File was deleted                    - file4.txt
INFO  : - Path1    File was deleted                    - file6.txt
INFO  : - Path1    File was deleted                    - file8.txt
INFO  : Path1:    7 changes:    1 new,    3 newer,    0 older,    3 deleted
INFO  : Path2 checking for diffs
INFO  : - Path2    File is new                         - file10.txt
INFO  : - Path2    File is newer                       - file1.txt
INFO  : - Path2    File is newer                       - file5.txt
INFO  : - Path2    File is newer                       - file6.txt
INFO  : - Path2    File was deleted                    - file3.txt
INFO  : - Path2    File was deleted                    - file7.txt
INFO  : - Path2    File was deleted                    - file8.txt
INFO  : Path2:    7 changes:    1 new,    3 newer,    0 older,    3 deleted
INFO  : Applying changes
INFO  : - Path1    Queue copy to Path2                 - /testdir/path2/file11.txt
INFO  : - Path1    Queue copy to Path2                 - /testdir/path2/file2.txt
INFO  : - Path2    Queue delete                        - /testdir/path2/file4.txt
NOTICE: - WARNING  New or changed in both paths        - file5.txt
NOTICE: - Path1    Renaming Path1 copy                 - /testdir/path1/file5.txt..path1
NOTICE: - Path1    Queue copy to Path2                 - /testdir/path2/file5.txt..path1
NOTICE: - Path2    Renaming Path2 copy                 - /testdir/path2/file5.txt..path2
NOTICE: - Path2    Queue copy to Path1                 - /testdir/path1/file5.txt..path2
INFO  : - Path2    Queue copy to Path1                 - /testdir/path1/file6.txt
INFO  : - Path1    Queue copy to Path2                 - /testdir/path2/file7.txt
INFO  : - Path2    Queue copy to Path1                 - /testdir/path1/file1.txt
INFO  : - Path2    Queue copy to Path1                 - /testdir/path1/file10.txt
INFO  : - Path1    Queue delete                        - /testdir/path1/file3.txt
INFO  : - Path2    Do queued copies to                 - Path1
INFO  : - Path1    Do queued copies to                 - Path2
INFO  : -          Do queued deletes on                - Path1
INFO  : -          Do queued deletes on                - Path2
INFO  : Updating listings
INFO  : Validating listings for Path1 \[dq]/testdir/path1/\[dq] vs Path2 \[dq]/testdir/path2/\[dq]
INFO  : Bisync successful
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Command line syntax
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone bisync --help
Usage:
  rclone bisync remote1:path1 remote2:path2 [flags]

Positional arguments:
  Path1, Path2  Local path, or remote storage with \[aq]:\[aq] plus optional path.
                Type \[aq]rclone listremotes\[aq] for list of configured remotes.

Optional Flags:
      --backup-dir1 string                   --backup-dir for Path1. Must be a non-overlapping path on the same remote.
      --backup-dir2 string                   --backup-dir for Path2. Must be a non-overlapping path on the same remote.
      --check-access                         Ensure expected RCLONE_TEST files are found on both Path1 and Path2 filesystems, else abort.
      --check-filename string                Filename for --check-access (default: RCLONE_TEST)
      --check-sync string                    Controls comparison of final listings: true|false|only (default: true) (default \[dq]true\[dq])
      --compare string                       Comma-separated list of bisync-specific compare options ex. \[aq]size,modtime,checksum\[aq] (default: \[aq]size,modtime\[aq])
      --conflict-loser ConflictLoserAction   Action to take on the loser of a sync conflict (when there is a winner) or on both files (when there is no winner): , num, pathname, delete (default: num)
      --conflict-resolve string              Automatically resolve conflicts by preferring the version that is: none, path1, path2, newer, older, larger, smaller (default: none) (default \[dq]none\[dq])
      --conflict-suffix string               Suffix to use when renaming a --conflict-loser. Can be either one string or two comma-separated strings to assign different suffixes to Path1/Path2. (default: \[aq]conflict\[aq])
      --create-empty-src-dirs                Sync creation and deletion of empty directories. (Not compatible with --remove-empty-dirs)
      --download-hash                        Compute hash by downloading when otherwise unavailable. (warning: may be slow and use lots of data!)
      --filters-file string                  Read filtering patterns from a file
      --force                                Bypass --max-delete safety check and run the sync. Consider using with --verbose
  -h, --help                                 help for bisync
      --ignore-listing-checksum              Do not use checksums for listings (add --ignore-checksum to additionally skip post-copy checksum checks)
      --max-lock Duration                    Consider lock files older than this to be expired (default: 0 (never expire)) (minimum: 2m) (default 0s)
      --no-cleanup                           Retain working files (useful for troubleshooting and testing).
      --no-slow-hash                         Ignore listing checksums only on backends where they are slow
      --recover                              Automatically recover from interruptions without requiring --resync.
      --remove-empty-dirs                    Remove ALL empty directories at the final cleanup step.
      --resilient                            Allow future runs to retry after certain less-serious errors, instead of requiring --resync. Use at your own risk!
  -1, --resync                               Performs the resync run. Equivalent to --resync-mode path1. Consider using --verbose or --dry-run first.
      --resync-mode string                   During resync, prefer the version that is: path1, path2, newer, older, larger, smaller (default: path1 if --resync, otherwise none for no resync.) (default \[dq]none\[dq])
      --retries int                          Retry operations this many times if they fail (requires --resilient). (default 3)
      --retries-sleep Duration               Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g. 500ms, 60s, 5m (0 to disable) (default 0s)
      --slow-hash-sync-only                  Ignore slow checksums for listings and deltas, but still consider them during sync calls.
      --workdir string                       Use custom working dir - useful for testing. (default: {WORKDIR})
      --max-delete PERCENT                   Safety check on maximum percentage of deleted files allowed. If exceeded, the bisync run will abort. (default: 50%)
  -n, --dry-run                              Go through the motions - No files are copied/deleted.
  -v, --verbose                              Increases logging verbosity. May be specified more than once for more details.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Arbitrary rclone flags may be specified on the bisync command
line (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_bisync/), for example
\f[C]rclone bisync ./testdir/path1/ gdrive:testdir/path2/ --drive-skip-gdocs -v -v --timeout 10s\f[R]
Note that interactions of various rclone flags with bisync process flow
has not been fully tested yet.
.SS Paths
.PP
Path1 and Path2 arguments may be references to any mix of local
directory paths (absolute or relative), UNC paths
(\f[C]//server/share/path\f[R]), Windows drive paths (with a drive
letter and \f[C]:\f[R]) or configured
remotes (https://rclone.org/docs/#syntax-of-remote-paths) with optional
subdirectory paths.
Cloud references are distinguished by having a \f[C]:\f[R] in the
argument (see Windows support below).
.PP
Path1 and Path2 are treated equally, in that neither has priority for
file changes (except during \f[C]--resync\f[R]), and access efficiency
does not change whether a remote is on Path1 or Path2.
.PP
The listings in bisync working directory (default:
\f[C]\[ti]/.cache/rclone/bisync\f[R]) are named based on the Path1 and
Path2 arguments so that separate syncs to individual directories within
the tree may be set up, e.g.:
\f[C]path_to_local_tree..dropbox_subdir.lst\f[R].
.PP
Any empty directories after the sync on both the Path1 and Path2
filesystems are not deleted by default, unless
\f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R] is specified.
If the \f[C]--remove-empty-dirs\f[R] flag is specified, then both paths
will have ALL empty directories purged as the last step in the process.
.SS Command-line flags
.SS --resync
.PP
This will effectively make both Path1 and Path2 filesystems contain a
matching superset of all files.
By default, Path2 files that do not exist in Path1 will be copied to
Path1, and the process will then copy the Path1 tree to Path2.
.PP
The \f[C]--resync\f[R] sequence is roughly equivalent to the following
(but see \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] for other options):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy Path2 Path1 --ignore-existing [--create-empty-src-dirs]
rclone copy Path1 Path2 [--create-empty-src-dirs]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The base directories on both Path1 and Path2 filesystems must exist or
bisync will fail.
This is required for safety - that bisync can verify that both paths are
valid.
.PP
When using \f[C]--resync\f[R], a newer version of a file on the Path2
filesystem will (by default) be overwritten by the Path1 filesystem
version.
(Note that this is NOT entirely
symmetrical (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/5681#issuecomment-938761815),
and more symmetrical options can be specified with the
\f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] flag.) Carefully evaluate deltas using
--dry-run (https://rclone.org/flags/#non-backend-flags).
.PP
For a resync run, one of the paths may be empty (no files in the path
tree).
The resync run should result in files on both paths, else a normal
non-resync run will fail.
.PP
For a non-resync run, either path being empty (no files in the tree)
fails with
\f[C]Empty current PathN listing. Cannot sync to an empty directory: X.pathN.lst\f[R]
This is a safety check that an unexpected empty path does not result in
deleting \f[B]everything\f[R] in the other path.
.PP
Note that \f[C]--resync\f[R] implies \f[C]--resync-mode path1\f[R]
unless a different \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] is explicitly specified.
It is not necessary to use both the \f[C]--resync\f[R] and
\f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] flags -- either one is sufficient without the
other.
.PP
\f[B]Note:\f[R] \f[C]--resync\f[R] (including \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R])
should only be used under three specific (rare) circumstances: 1.
It is your \f[I]first\f[R] bisync run (between these two paths) 2.
You\[aq]ve just made changes to your bisync settings (such as editing
the contents of your \f[C]--filters-file\f[R]) 3.
There was an error on the prior run, and as a result, bisync now
requires \f[C]--resync\f[R] to recover
.PP
The rest of the time, you should \f[I]omit\f[R] \f[C]--resync\f[R].
The reason is because \f[C]--resync\f[R] will only \f[I]copy\f[R] (not
\f[I]sync\f[R]) each side to the other.
Therefore, if you included \f[C]--resync\f[R] for every bisync run, it
would never be possible to delete a file -- the deleted file would
always keep reappearing at the end of every run (because it\[aq]s being
copied from the other side where it still exists).
Similarly, renaming a file would always result in a duplicate copy (both
old and new name) on both sides.
.PP
If you find that frequent interruptions from #3 are an issue, rather
than automatically running \f[C]--resync\f[R], the recommended
alternative is to use the \f[C]--resilient\f[R], \f[C]--recover\f[R],
and \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R] flags, (along with Graceful Shutdown
mode, when needed) for a very robust \[dq]set-it-and-forget-it\[dq]
bisync setup that can automatically bounce back from almost any
interruption it might encounter.
Consider adding something like the following:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--resilient --recover --max-lock 2m --conflict-resolve newer
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --resync-mode CHOICE
.PP
In the event that a file differs on both sides during a
\f[C]--resync\f[R], \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] controls which version will
overwrite the other.
The supported options are similar to \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R].
For all of the following options, the version that is kept is referred
to as the \[dq]winner\[dq], and the version that is overwritten
(deleted) is referred to as the \[dq]loser\[dq].
The options are named after the \[dq]winner\[dq]:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]path1\f[R] - (the default) - the version from Path1 is
unconditionally considered the winner (regardless of \f[C]modtime\f[R]
and \f[C]size\f[R], if any).
This can be useful if one side is more trusted or up-to-date than the
other, at the time of the \f[C]--resync\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]path2\f[R] - same as \f[C]path1\f[R], except the path2 version is
considered the winner.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]newer\f[R] - the newer file (by \f[C]modtime\f[R]) is considered
the winner, regardless of which side it came from.
This may result in having a mix of some winners from Path1, and some
winners from Path2.
(The implementation is analogous to running
\f[C]rclone copy --update\f[R] in both directions.)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]older\f[R] - same as \f[C]newer\f[R], except the older file is
considered the winner, and the newer file is considered the loser.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]larger\f[R] - the larger file (by \f[C]size\f[R]) is considered the
winner (regardless of \f[C]modtime\f[R], if any).
This can be a useful option for remotes without \f[C]modtime\f[R]
support, or with the kinds of files (such as logs) that tend to grow but
not shrink, over time.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]smaller\f[R] - the smaller file (by \f[C]size\f[R]) is considered
the winner (regardless of \f[C]modtime\f[R], if any).
.PP
For all of the above options, note the following: - If either of the
underlying remotes lacks support for the chosen method, it will be
ignored and will fall back to the default of \f[C]path1\f[R].
(For example, if \f[C]--resync-mode newer\f[R] is set, but one of the
paths uses a remote that doesn\[aq]t support \f[C]modtime\f[R].) - If a
winner can\[aq]t be determined because the chosen method\[aq]s attribute
is missing or equal, it will be ignored, and bisync will instead try to
determine whether the files differ by looking at the other
\f[C]--compare\f[R] methods in effect.
(For example, if \f[C]--resync-mode newer\f[R] is set, but the Path1 and
Path2 modtimes are identical, bisync will compare the sizes.) If bisync
concludes that they differ, preference is given to whichever is the
\[dq]source\[dq] at that moment.
(In practice, this gives a slight advantage to Path2, as the 2to1 copy
comes before the 1to2 copy.) If the files \f[I]do not\f[R] differ,
nothing is copied (as both sides are already correct).
- These options apply only to files that exist on both sides (with the
same name and relative path).
Files that exist \f[I]only\f[R] on one side and not the other are
\f[I]always\f[R] copied to the other, during \f[C]--resync\f[R] (this is
one of the main differences between resync and non-resync runs.).
- \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R], \f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R], and
\f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] do not apply during \f[C]--resync\f[R], and
unlike these flags, nothing is renamed during \f[C]--resync\f[R].
When a file differs on both sides during \f[C]--resync\f[R], one version
always overwrites the other (much like in \f[C]rclone copy\f[R].)
(Consider using \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] to retain a backup of the losing
version.) - Unlike for \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R],
\f[C]--resync-mode none\f[R] is not a valid option (or rather, it will
be interpreted as \[dq]no resync\[dq], unless \f[C]--resync\f[R] has
also been specified, in which case it will be ignored.) - Winners and
losers are decided at the individual file-level only (there is not
currently an option to pick an entire winning directory atomically,
although the \f[C]path1\f[R] and \f[C]path2\f[R] options typically
produce a similar result.) - To maintain backward-compatibility, the
\f[C]--resync\f[R] flag implies \f[C]--resync-mode path1\f[R] unless a
different \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] is explicitly specified.
Similarly, all \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] options (except \f[C]none\f[R])
imply \f[C]--resync\f[R], so it is not necessary to use both the
\f[C]--resync\f[R] and \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] flags simultaneously --
either one is sufficient without the other.
.SS --check-access
.PP
Access check files are an additional safety measure against data loss.
bisync will ensure it can find matching \f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R] files in
the same places in the Path1 and Path2 filesystems.
\f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R] files are not generated automatically.
For \f[C]--check-access\f[R] to succeed, you must first either:
\f[B]A)\f[R] Place one or more \f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R] files in both
systems, or \f[B]B)\f[R] Set \f[C]--check-filename\f[R] to a filename
already in use in various locations throughout your sync\[aq]d fileset.
Recommended methods for \f[B]A)\f[R] include: *
\f[C]rclone touch Path1/RCLONE_TEST\f[R] (create a new file) *
\f[C]rclone copyto Path1/RCLONE_TEST Path2/RCLONE_TEST\f[R] (copy an
existing file) *
\f[C]rclone copy Path1/RCLONE_TEST Path2/RCLONE_TEST  --include \[dq]RCLONE_TEST\[dq]\f[R]
(copy multiple files at once, recursively) * create the files manually
(outside of rclone) * run \f[C]bisync\f[R] once \f[I]without\f[R]
\f[C]--check-access\f[R] to set matching files on both filesystems will
also work, but is not preferred, due to potential for user error (you
are temporarily disabling the safety feature).
.PP
Note that \f[C]--check-access\f[R] is still enforced on
\f[C]--resync\f[R], so \f[C]bisync --resync --check-access\f[R] will not
work as a method of initially setting the files (this is to ensure that
bisync can\[aq]t inadvertently circumvent its own safety
switch (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=3.%20%2D%2Dcheck%2Daccess%20doesn%27t%20always%20fail%20when%20it%20should).)
.PP
Time stamps and file contents for \f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R] files are not
important, just the names and locations.
If you have symbolic links in your sync tree it is recommended to place
\f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R] files in the linked-to directory tree to protect
against bisync assuming a bunch of deleted files if the linked-to tree
should not be accessible.
See also the --check-filename flag.
.SS --check-filename
.PP
Name of the file(s) used in access health validation.
The default \f[C]--check-filename\f[R] is \f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R].
One or more files having this filename must exist, synchronized between
your source and destination filesets, in order for
\f[C]--check-access\f[R] to succeed.
See --check-access for additional details.
.SS --compare
.PP
As of \f[C]v1.66\f[R], bisync fully supports comparing based on any
combination of size, modtime, and checksum (lifting the prior
restriction on backends without modtime support.)
.PP
By default (without the \f[C]--compare\f[R] flag), bisync inherits the
same comparison options as \f[C]sync\f[R] (that is: \f[C]size\f[R] and
\f[C]modtime\f[R] by default, unless modified with flags such as
\f[C]--checksum\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#c-checksum) or
\f[C]--size-only\f[R].)
.PP
If the \f[C]--compare\f[R] flag is set, it will override these defaults.
This can be useful if you wish to compare based on combinations not
currently supported in \f[C]sync\f[R], such as comparing all three of
\f[C]size\f[R] AND \f[C]modtime\f[R] AND \f[C]checksum\f[R]
simultaneously (or just \f[C]modtime\f[R] AND \f[C]checksum\f[R]).
.PP
\f[C]--compare\f[R] takes a comma-separated list, with the currently
supported values being \f[C]size\f[R], \f[C]modtime\f[R], and
\f[C]checksum\f[R].
For example, if you want to compare size and checksum, but not modtime,
you would do:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--compare size,checksum
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or if you want to compare all three:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--compare size,modtime,checksum
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[C]--compare\f[R] overrides any conflicting flags.
For example, if you set the conflicting flags
\f[C]--compare checksum --size-only\f[R], \f[C]--size-only\f[R] will be
ignored, and bisync will compare checksum and not size.
To avoid confusion, it is recommended to use \f[I]either\f[R]
\f[C]--compare\f[R] or the normal \f[C]sync\f[R] flags, but not both.
.PP
If \f[C]--compare\f[R] includes \f[C]checksum\f[R] and both remotes
support checksums but have no hash types in common with each other,
checksums will be considered \f[I]only\f[R] for comparisons within the
same side (to determine what has changed since the prior sync), but not
for comparisons against the opposite side.
If one side supports checksums and the other does not, checksums will
only be considered on the side that supports them.
.PP
When comparing with \f[C]checksum\f[R] and/or \f[C]size\f[R] without
\f[C]modtime\f[R], bisync cannot determine whether a file is
\f[C]newer\f[R] or \f[C]older\f[R] -- only whether it is
\f[C]changed\f[R] or \f[C]unchanged\f[R].
(If it is \f[C]changed\f[R] on both sides, bisync still does the
standard equality-check to avoid declaring a sync conflict unless it
absolutely has to.)
.PP
It is recommended to do a \f[C]--resync\f[R] when changing
\f[C]--compare\f[R] settings, as otherwise your prior listing files may
not contain the attributes you wish to compare (for example, they will
not have stored checksums if you were not previously comparing
checksums.)
.SS --ignore-listing-checksum
.PP
When \f[C]--checksum\f[R] or \f[C]--compare checksum\f[R] is set, bisync
will retrieve (or generate) checksums (for backends that support them)
when creating the listings for both paths, and store the checksums in
the listing files.
\f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R] will disable this behavior, which
may speed things up considerably, especially on backends (such as
local (https://rclone.org/local/)) where hashes must be computed on the
fly instead of retrieved.
Please note the following:
.IP \[bu] 2
As of \f[C]v1.66\f[R], \f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R] is now
automatically set when neither \f[C]--checksum\f[R] nor
\f[C]--compare checksum\f[R] are in use (as the checksums would not be
used for anything.)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R] is NOT the same as
\f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#ignore-checksum),
and you may wish to use one or the other, or both.
In a nutshell: \f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R] controls whether
checksums are considered when scanning for diffs, while
\f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R] controls whether checksums are considered
during the copy/sync operations that follow, if there ARE diffs.
.IP \[bu] 2
Unless \f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R] is passed, bisync currently
computes hashes for one path \f[I]even when there\[aq]s no common hash
with the other path\f[R] (for example, a
crypt (https://rclone.org/crypt/#modification-times-and-hashes) remote.)
This can still be beneficial, as the hashes will still be used to detect
changes within the same side (if \f[C]--checksum\f[R] or
\f[C]--compare checksum\f[R] is set), even if they can\[aq]t be used to
compare against the opposite side.
.IP \[bu] 2
If you wish to ignore listing checksums \f[I]only\f[R] on remotes where
they are slow to compute, consider using \f[C]--no-slow-hash\f[R] (or
\f[C]--slow-hash-sync-only\f[R]) instead of
\f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
If \f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R] is used simultaneously with
\f[C]--compare checksum\f[R] (or \f[C]--checksum\f[R]), checksums will
be ignored for bisync deltas, but still considered during the sync
operations that follow (if deltas are detected based on modtime and/or
size.)
.SS --no-slow-hash
.PP
On some remotes (notably \f[C]local\f[R]), checksums can dramatically
slow down a bisync run, because hashes cannot be stored and need to be
computed in real-time when they are requested.
On other remotes (such as \f[C]drive\f[R]), they add practically no time
at all.
The \f[C]--no-slow-hash\f[R] flag will automatically skip checksums on
remotes where they are slow, while still comparing them on others
(assuming \f[C]--compare\f[R] includes \f[C]checksum\f[R].) This can be
useful when one of your bisync paths is slow but you still want to check
checksums on the other, for a more robust sync.
.SS --slow-hash-sync-only
.PP
Same as \f[C]--no-slow-hash\f[R], except slow hashes are still
considered during sync calls.
They are still NOT considered for determining deltas, nor or they
included in listings.
They are also skipped during \f[C]--resync\f[R].
The main use case for this flag is when you have a large number of
files, but relatively few of them change from run to run -- so you
don\[aq]t want to check your entire tree every time (it would take too
long), but you still want to consider checksums for the smaller group of
files for which a \f[C]modtime\f[R] or \f[C]size\f[R] change was
detected.
Keep in mind that this speed savings comes with a safety trade-off: if a
file\[aq]s content were to change without a change to its
\f[C]modtime\f[R] or \f[C]size\f[R], bisync would not detect it, and it
would not be synced.
.PP
\f[C]--slow-hash-sync-only\f[R] is only useful if both remotes share a
common hash type (if they don\[aq]t, bisync will automatically fall back
to \f[C]--no-slow-hash\f[R].) Both \f[C]--no-slow-hash\f[R] and
\f[C]--slow-hash-sync-only\f[R] have no effect without
\f[C]--compare checksum\f[R] (or \f[C]--checksum\f[R]).
.SS --download-hash
.PP
If \f[C]--download-hash\f[R] is set, bisync will use best efforts to
obtain an MD5 checksum by downloading and computing on-the-fly, when
checksums are not otherwise available (for example, a remote that
doesn\[aq]t support them.) Note that since rclone has to download the
entire file, this may dramatically slow down your bisync runs, and is
also likely to use a lot of data, so it is probably not practical for
bisync paths with a large total file size.
However, it can be a good option for syncing small-but-important files
with maximum accuracy (for example, a source code repo on a
\f[C]crypt\f[R] remote.) An additional advantage over methods like
\f[C]cryptcheck\f[R] (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cryptcheck/) is
that the original file is not required for comparison (for example,
\f[C]--download-hash\f[R] can be used to bisync two different crypt
remotes with different passwords.)
.PP
When \f[C]--download-hash\f[R] is set, bisync still looks for more
efficient checksums first, and falls back to downloading only when none
are found.
It takes priority over conflicting flags such as
\f[C]--no-slow-hash\f[R].
\f[C]--download-hash\f[R] is not suitable for Google Docs and other
files of unknown size, as their checksums would change from run to run
(due to small variances in the internals of the generated export file.)
Therefore, bisync automatically skips \f[C]--download-hash\f[R] for
files with a size less than 0.
.PP
See also: \f[C]Hasher\f[R] (https://rclone.org/hasher/) backend,
\f[C]cryptcheck\f[R] (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cryptcheck/)
command,
\f[C]rclone check --download\f[R] (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/)
option, \f[C]md5sum\f[R] (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_md5sum/)
command
.SS --max-delete
.PP
As a safety check, if greater than the \f[C]--max-delete\f[R] percent of
files were deleted on either the Path1 or Path2 filesystem, then bisync
will abort with a warning message, without making any changes.
The default \f[C]--max-delete\f[R] is \f[C]50%\f[R].
One way to trigger this limit is to rename a directory that contains
more than half of your files.
This will appear to bisync as a bunch of deleted files and a bunch of
new files.
This safety check is intended to block bisync from deleting all of the
files on both filesystems due to a temporary network access issue, or if
the user had inadvertently deleted the files on one side or the other.
To force the sync, either set a different delete percentage limit, e.g.
\f[C]--max-delete 75\f[R] (allows up to 75% deletion), or use
\f[C]--force\f[R] to bypass the check.
.PP
Also see the all files changed check.
.SS --filters-file
.PP
By using rclone filter features you can exclude file types or directory
sub-trees from the sync.
See the bisync filters section and generic
--filter-from (https://rclone.org/filtering/#filter-from-read-filtering-patterns-from-a-file)
documentation.
An example filters file contains filters for non-allowed files for
synching with Dropbox.
.PP
If you make changes to your filters file then bisync requires a run with
\f[C]--resync\f[R].
This is a safety feature, which prevents existing files on the Path1
and/or Path2 side from seeming to disappear from view (since they are
excluded in the new listings), which would fool bisync into seeing them
as deleted (as compared to the prior run listings), and then bisync
would proceed to delete them for real.
.PP
To block this from happening, bisync calculates an MD5 hash of the
filters file and stores the hash in a \f[C].md5\f[R] file in the same
place as your filters file.
On the next run with \f[C]--filters-file\f[R] set, bisync re-calculates
the MD5 hash of the current filters file and compares it to the hash
stored in the \f[C].md5\f[R] file.
If they don\[aq]t match, the run aborts with a critical error and thus
forces you to do a \f[C]--resync\f[R], likely avoiding a disaster.
.SS --conflict-resolve CHOICE
.PP
In bisync, a \[dq]conflict\[dq] is a file that is \f[I]new\f[R] or
\f[I]changed\f[R] on \f[I]both sides\f[R] (relative to the prior run)
AND is \f[I]not currently identical\f[R] on both sides.
\f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R] controls how bisync handles such a
scenario.
The currently supported options are:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]none\f[R] - (the default) - do not attempt to pick a winner, keep
and rename both files according to \f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R] and
\f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] settings.
For example, with the default settings, \f[C]file.txt\f[R] on Path1 is
renamed \f[C]file.txt.conflict1\f[R] and \f[C]file.txt\f[R] on Path2 is
renamed \f[C]file.txt.conflict2\f[R].
Both are copied to the opposite path during the run, so both sides end
up with a copy of both files.
(As \f[C]none\f[R] is the default, it is not necessary to specify
\f[C]--conflict-resolve none\f[R] -- you can just omit the flag.)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]newer\f[R] - the newer file (by \f[C]modtime\f[R]) is considered
the winner and is copied without renaming.
The older file (the \[dq]loser\[dq]) is handled according to
\f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R] and \f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] settings
(either renamed or deleted.) For example, if \f[C]file.txt\f[R] on Path1
is newer than \f[C]file.txt\f[R] on Path2, the result on both sides
(with other default settings) will be \f[C]file.txt\f[R] (winner from
Path1) and \f[C]file.txt.conflict1\f[R] (loser from Path2).
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]older\f[R] - same as \f[C]newer\f[R], except the older file is
considered the winner, and the newer file is considered the loser.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]larger\f[R] - the larger file (by \f[C]size\f[R]) is considered the
winner (regardless of \f[C]modtime\f[R], if any).
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]smaller\f[R] - the smaller file (by \f[C]size\f[R]) is considered
the winner (regardless of \f[C]modtime\f[R], if any).
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]path1\f[R] - the version from Path1 is unconditionally considered
the winner (regardless of \f[C]modtime\f[R] and \f[C]size\f[R], if any).
This can be useful if one side is usually more trusted or up-to-date
than the other.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]path2\f[R] - same as \f[C]path1\f[R], except the path2 version is
considered the winner.
.PP
For all of the above options, note the following: - If either of the
underlying remotes lacks support for the chosen method, it will be
ignored and fall back to \f[C]none\f[R].
(For example, if \f[C]--conflict-resolve newer\f[R] is set, but one of
the paths uses a remote that doesn\[aq]t support \f[C]modtime\f[R].) -
If a winner can\[aq]t be determined because the chosen method\[aq]s
attribute is missing or equal, it will be ignored and fall back to
\f[C]none\f[R].
(For example, if \f[C]--conflict-resolve newer\f[R] is set, but the
Path1 and Path2 modtimes are identical, even if the sizes may differ.) -
If the file\[aq]s content is currently identical on both sides, it is
not considered a \[dq]conflict\[dq], even if new or changed on both
sides since the prior sync.
(For example, if you made a change on one side and then synced it to the
other side by other means.) Therefore, none of the conflict resolution
flags apply in this scenario.
- The conflict resolution flags do not apply during a
\f[C]--resync\f[R], as there is no \[dq]prior run\[dq] to speak of (but
see \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] for similar options.)
.SS --conflict-loser CHOICE
.PP
\f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R] determines what happens to the
\[dq]loser\[dq] of a sync conflict (when \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R]
determines a winner) or to both files (when there is no winner.) The
currently supported options are:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]num\f[R] - (the default) - auto-number the conflicts by
automatically appending the next available number to the
\f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R], in chronological order.
For example, with the default settings, the first conflict for
\f[C]file.txt\f[R] will be renamed \f[C]file.txt.conflict1\f[R].
If \f[C]file.txt.conflict1\f[R] already exists,
\f[C]file.txt.conflict2\f[R] will be used instead (etc., up to a maximum
of 9223372036854775807 conflicts.)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]pathname\f[R] - rename the conflicts according to which side they
came from, which was the default behavior prior to \f[C]v1.66\f[R].
For example, with \f[C]--conflict-suffix path\f[R], \f[C]file.txt\f[R]
from Path1 will be renamed \f[C]file.txt.path1\f[R], and
\f[C]file.txt\f[R] from Path2 will be renamed \f[C]file.txt.path2\f[R].
If two non-identical suffixes are provided (ex.
\f[C]--conflict-suffix cloud,local\f[R]), the trailing digit is omitted.
Importantly, note that with \f[C]pathname\f[R], there is no
auto-numbering beyond \f[C]2\f[R], so if \f[C]file.txt.path2\f[R]
somehow already exists, it will be overwritten.
Using a dynamic date variable in your \f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] (see
below) is one possible way to avoid this.
Note also that conflicts-of-conflicts are possible, if the original
conflict is not manually resolved -- for example, if for some reason you
edited \f[C]file.txt.path1\f[R] on both sides, and those edits were
different, the result would be \f[C]file.txt.path1.path1\f[R] and
\f[C]file.txt.path1.path2\f[R] (in addition to
\f[C]file.txt.path2\f[R].)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]delete\f[R] - keep the winner only and delete the loser, instead of
renaming it.
If a winner cannot be determined (see \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R] for
details on how this could happen), \f[C]delete\f[R] is ignored and the
default \f[C]num\f[R] is used instead (i.e.
both versions are kept and renamed, and neither is deleted.)
\f[C]delete\f[R] is inherently the most destructive option, so use it
only with care.
.PP
For all of the above options, note that if a winner cannot be determined
(see \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R] for details on how this could happen),
or if \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R] is not in use, \f[I]both\f[R] files
will be renamed.
.SS --conflict-suffix STRING[,STRING]
.PP
\f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] controls the suffix that is appended when
bisync renames a \f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R] (default:
\f[C]conflict\f[R]).
\f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] will accept either one string or two
comma-separated strings to assign different suffixes to Path1 vs.
Path2.
This may be helpful later in identifying the source of the conflict.
(For example,
\f[C]--conflict-suffix dropboxconflict,laptopconflict\f[R])
.PP
With \f[C]--conflict-loser num\f[R], a number is always appended to the
suffix.
With \f[C]--conflict-loser pathname\f[R], a number is appended only when
one suffix is specified (or when two identical suffixes are specified.)
i.e.
with \f[C]--conflict-loser pathname\f[R], all of the following would
produce exactly the same result:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--conflict-suffix path
--conflict-suffix path,path
--conflict-suffix path1,path2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Suffixes may be as short as 1 character.
By default, the suffix is appended after any other extensions (ex.
\f[C]file.jpg.conflict1\f[R]), however, this can be changed with the
\f[C]--suffix-keep-extension\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#suffix-keep-extension)
flag (i.e.
to instead result in \f[C]file.conflict1.jpg\f[R]).
.PP
\f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] supports several \f[I]dynamic date
variables\f[R] when enclosed in curly braces as globs.
This can be helpful to track the date and/or time that each conflict was
handled by bisync.
For example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--conflict-suffix {DateOnly}-conflict
// result: myfile.txt.2006-01-02-conflict1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
All of the formats described
here (https://pkg.go.dev/time#pkg-constants) and
here (https://pkg.go.dev/time#example-Time.Format) are supported, but
take care to ensure that your chosen format does not use any characters
that are illegal on your remotes (for example, macOS does not allow
colons in filenames, and slashes are also best avoided as they are often
interpreted as directory separators.) To address this particular issue,
an additional \f[C]{MacFriendlyTime}\f[R] (or just \f[C]{mac}\f[R])
option is supported, which results in \f[C]2006-01-02 0304PM\f[R].
.PP
Note that \f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] is entirely separate from
rclone\[aq]s main
\f[C]--sufix\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#suffix-suffix) flag.
This is intentional, as users may wish to use both flags simultaneously,
if also using \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R].
.PP
Finally, note that the default in bisync prior to \f[C]v1.66\f[R] was to
rename conflicts with \f[C]..path1\f[R] and \f[C]..path2\f[R] (with two
periods, and \f[C]path\f[R] instead of \f[C]conflict\f[R].) Bisync now
defaults to a single dot instead of a double dot, but additional dots
can be added by including them in the specified suffix string.
For example, for behavior equivalent to the previous default, use:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[--conflict-resolve none] --conflict-loser pathname --conflict-suffix .path
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --check-sync
.PP
Enabled by default, the check-sync function checks that all of the same
files exist in both the Path1 and Path2 history listings.
This \f[I]check-sync\f[R] integrity check is performed at the end of the
sync run by default.
Any untrapped failing copy/deletes between the two paths might result in
differences between the two listings and in the untracked file content
differences between the two paths.
A resync run would correct the error.
.PP
Note that the default-enabled integrity check locally executes a load of
both the final Path1 and Path2 listings, and thus adds to the run time
of a sync.
Using \f[C]--check-sync=false\f[R] will disable it and may significantly
reduce the sync run times for very large numbers of files.
.PP
The check may be run manually with \f[C]--check-sync=only\f[R].
It runs only the integrity check and terminates without actually
synching.
.PP
Note that currently, \f[C]--check-sync\f[R] \f[B]only checks listing
snapshots and NOT the actual files on the remotes.\f[R] Note also that
the listing snapshots will not know about any changes that happened
during or after the latest bisync run, as those will be discovered on
the next run.
Therefore, while listings should always match \f[I]each other\f[R] at
the end of a bisync run, it is \f[I]expected\f[R] that they will not
match the underlying remotes, nor will the remotes match each other, if
there were changes during or after the run.
This is normal, and any differences will be detected and synced on the
next run.
.PP
For a robust integrity check of the current state of the remotes (as
opposed to just their listing snapshots), consider using \f[C]check\f[R]
(or
\f[C]cryptcheck\f[R] (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cryptcheck/),
if at least one path is a \f[C]crypt\f[R] remote) instead of
\f[C]--check-sync\f[R], keeping in mind that differences are expected if
files changed during or after your last bisync run.
.PP
For example, a possible sequence could look like this:
.IP "1." 3
Normally scheduled bisync run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone bisync Path1 Path2 -MPc --check-access --max-delete 10 --filters-file /path/to/filters.txt -v --no-cleanup --ignore-listing-checksum --disable ListR --checkers=16 --drive-pacer-min-sleep=10ms --create-empty-src-dirs --resilient
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "2." 3
Periodic independent integrity check (perhaps scheduled nightly or
weekly):
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone check -MvPc Path1 Path2 --filter-from /path/to/filters.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "3." 3
If diffs are found, you have some choices to correct them.
If one side is more up-to-date and you want to make the other side match
it, you could run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync Path1 Path2 --filter-from /path/to/filters.txt --create-empty-src-dirs -MPc -v
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
(or switch Path1 and Path2 to make Path2 the source-of-truth)
.PP
Or, if neither side is totally up-to-date, you could run a
\f[C]--resync\f[R] to bring them back into agreement (but remember that
this could cause deleted files to re-appear.)
.PP
*Note also that \f[C]rclone check\f[R] does not currently include empty
directories, so if you want to know if any empty directories are out of
sync, consider alternatively running the above \f[C]rclone sync\f[R]
command with \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] added.
.PP
See also: Concurrent modifications, \f[C]--resilient\f[R]
.SS --resilient
.PP
\f[B]\f[BI]Caution: this is an experimental feature. Use at your own
risk!\f[B]\f[R]
.PP
By default, most errors or interruptions will cause bisync to abort and
require \f[C]--resync\f[R] to recover.
This is a safety feature, to prevent bisync from running again until a
user checks things out.
However, in some cases, bisync can go too far and enforce a lockout when
one isn\[aq]t actually necessary, like for certain less-serious errors
that might resolve themselves on the next run.
When \f[C]--resilient\f[R] is specified, bisync tries its best to
recover and self-correct, and only requires \f[C]--resync\f[R] as a last
resort when a human\[aq]s involvement is absolutely necessary.
The intended use case is for running bisync as a background process
(such as via scheduled cron).
.PP
When using \f[C]--resilient\f[R] mode, bisync will still report the
error and abort, however it will not lock out future runs -- allowing
the possibility of retrying at the next normally scheduled time, without
requiring a \f[C]--resync\f[R] first.
Examples of such retryable errors include access test failures, missing
listing files, and filter change detections.
These safety features will still prevent the \f[I]current\f[R] run from
proceeding -- the difference is that if conditions have improved by the
time of the \f[I]next\f[R] run, that next run will be allowed to
proceed.
Certain more serious errors will still enforce a \f[C]--resync\f[R]
lockout, even in \f[C]--resilient\f[R] mode, to prevent data loss.
.PP
Behavior of \f[C]--resilient\f[R] may change in a future version.
(See also: \f[C]--recover\f[R], \f[C]--max-lock\f[R], Graceful Shutdown)
.SS --recover
.PP
If \f[C]--recover\f[R] is set, in the event of a sudden interruption or
other un-graceful shutdown, bisync will attempt to automatically recover
on the next run, instead of requiring \f[C]--resync\f[R].
Bisync is able to recover robustly by keeping one \[dq]backup\[dq]
listing at all times, representing the state of both paths after the
last known successful sync.
Bisync can then compare the current state with this snapshot to
determine which changes it needs to retry.
Changes that were synced after this snapshot (during the run that was
later interrupted) will appear to bisync as if they are \[dq]new or
changed on both sides\[dq], but in most cases this is not a problem, as
bisync will simply do its usual \[dq]equality check\[dq] and learn that
no action needs to be taken on these files, since they are already
identical on both sides.
.PP
In the rare event that a file is synced successfully during a run that
later aborts, and then that same file changes AGAIN before the next run,
bisync will think it is a sync conflict, and handle it accordingly.
(From bisync\[aq]s perspective, the file has changed on both sides since
the last trusted sync, and the files on either side are not currently
identical.) Therefore, \f[C]--recover\f[R] carries with it a slightly
increased chance of having conflicts -- though in practice this is
pretty rare, as the conditions required to cause it are quite specific.
This risk can be reduced by using bisync\[aq]s \[dq]Graceful
Shutdown\[dq] mode (triggered by sending \f[C]SIGINT\f[R] or
\f[C]Ctrl+C\f[R]), when you have the choice, instead of forcing a sudden
termination.
.PP
\f[C]--recover\f[R] and \f[C]--resilient\f[R] are similar, but distinct
-- the main difference is that \f[C]--resilient\f[R] is about
\f[I]retrying\f[R], while \f[C]--recover\f[R] is about
\f[I]recovering\f[R].
Most users will probably want both.
\f[C]--resilient\f[R] allows retrying when bisync has chosen to abort
itself due to safety features such as failing \f[C]--check-access\f[R]
or detecting a filter change.
\f[C]--resilient\f[R] does not cover external interruptions such as a
user shutting down their computer in the middle of a sync -- that is
what \f[C]--recover\f[R] is for.
.SS --max-lock
.PP
Bisync uses lock files as a safety feature to prevent interference from
other bisync runs while it is running.
Bisync normally removes these lock files at the end of a run, but if
bisync is abruptly interrupted, these files will be left behind.
By default, they will lock out all future runs, until the user has a
chance to manually check things out and remove the lock.
As an alternative, \f[C]--max-lock\f[R] can be used to make them
automatically expire after a certain period of time, so that future runs
are not locked out forever, and auto-recovery is possible.
\f[C]--max-lock\f[R] can be any duration \f[C]2m\f[R] or greater (or
\f[C]0\f[R] to disable).
If set, lock files older than this will be considered \[dq]expired\[dq],
and future runs will be allowed to disregard them and proceed.
(Note that the \f[C]--max-lock\f[R] duration must be set by the process
that left the lock file -- not the later one interpreting it.)
.PP
If set, bisync will also \[dq]renew\[dq] these lock files every
\f[C]--max-lock minus one minute\f[R] throughout a run, for extra
safety.
(For example, with \f[C]--max-lock 5m\f[R], bisync would renew the lock
file (for another 5 minutes) every 4 minutes until the run has
completed.) In other words, it should not be possible for a lock file to
pass its expiration time while the process that created it is still
running -- and you can therefore be reasonably sure that any
\f[I]expired\f[R] lock file you may find was left there by an
interrupted run, not one that is still running and just taking awhile.
.PP
If \f[C]--max-lock\f[R] is \f[C]0\f[R] or not set, the default is that
lock files will never expire, and will block future runs (of these same
two bisync paths) indefinitely.
.PP
For maximum resilience from disruptions, consider setting a relatively
short duration like \f[C]--max-lock 2m\f[R] along with
\f[C]--resilient\f[R] and \f[C]--recover\f[R], and a relatively frequent
cron schedule.
The result will be a very robust \[dq]set-it-and-forget-it\[dq] bisync
run that can automatically bounce back from almost any interruption it
might encounter, without requiring the user to get involved and run a
\f[C]--resync\f[R].
(See also: Graceful Shutdown mode)
.SS --backup-dir1 and --backup-dir2
.PP
As of \f[C]v1.66\f[R],
\f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#backup-dir-dir) is
supported in bisync.
Because \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] must be a non-overlapping path on the
same remote, Bisync has introduced new \f[C]--backup-dir1\f[R] and
\f[C]--backup-dir2\f[R] flags to support separate backup-dirs for
\f[C]Path1\f[R] and \f[C]Path2\f[R] (bisyncing between different remotes
with \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] would not otherwise be possible.)
\f[C]--backup-dir1\f[R] and \f[C]--backup-dir2\f[R] can use different
remotes from each other, but \f[C]--backup-dir1\f[R] must use the same
remote as \f[C]Path1\f[R], and \f[C]--backup-dir2\f[R] must use the same
remote as \f[C]Path2\f[R].
Each backup directory must not overlap its respective bisync Path
without being excluded by a filter rule.
.PP
The standard \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] will also work, if both paths use
the same remote (but note that deleted files from both paths would be
mixed together in the same dir).
If either \f[C]--backup-dir1\f[R] and \f[C]--backup-dir2\f[R] are set,
they will override \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R].
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone bisync /Users/someuser/some/local/path/Bisync gdrive:Bisync --backup-dir1 /Users/someuser/some/local/path/BackupDir --backup-dir2 gdrive:BackupDir --suffix -2023-08-26 --suffix-keep-extension --check-access --max-delete 10 --filters-file /Users/someuser/some/local/path/bisync_filters.txt --no-cleanup --ignore-listing-checksum --checkers=16 --drive-pacer-min-sleep=10ms --create-empty-src-dirs --resilient -MvP --drive-skip-gdocs --fix-case
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
In this example, if the user deletes a file in
\f[C]/Users/someuser/some/local/path/Bisync\f[R], bisync will propagate
the delete to the other side by moving the corresponding file from
\f[C]gdrive:Bisync\f[R] to \f[C]gdrive:BackupDir\f[R].
If the user deletes a file from \f[C]gdrive:Bisync\f[R], bisync moves it
from \f[C]/Users/someuser/some/local/path/Bisync\f[R] to
\f[C]/Users/someuser/some/local/path/BackupDir\f[R].
.PP
In the event of a rename due to a sync conflict, the rename is not
considered a delete, unless a previous conflict with the same name
already exists and would get overwritten.
.PP
See also: \f[C]--suffix\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#suffix-suffix),
\f[C]--suffix-keep-extension\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#suffix-keep-extension)
.SS Operation
.SS Runtime flow details
.PP
bisync retains the listings of the \f[C]Path1\f[R] and \f[C]Path2\f[R]
filesystems from the prior run.
On each successive run it will:
.IP \[bu] 2
list files on \f[C]path1\f[R] and \f[C]path2\f[R], and check for changes
on each side.
Changes include \f[C]New\f[R], \f[C]Newer\f[R], \f[C]Older\f[R], and
\f[C]Deleted\f[R] files.
.IP \[bu] 2
Propagate changes on \f[C]path1\f[R] to \f[C]path2\f[R], and vice-versa.
.SS Safety measures
.IP \[bu] 2
Lock file prevents multiple simultaneous runs when taking a while.
This can be particularly useful if bisync is run by cron scheduler.
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle change conflicts non-destructively by creating
\f[C].conflict1\f[R], \f[C].conflict2\f[R], etc.
file versions, according to \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R],
\f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R], and \f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] settings.
.IP \[bu] 2
File system access health check using \f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R] files (see
the \f[C]--check-access\f[R] flag).
.IP \[bu] 2
Abort on excessive deletes - protects against a failed listing being
interpreted as all the files were deleted.
See the \f[C]--max-delete\f[R] and \f[C]--force\f[R] flags.
.IP \[bu] 2
If something evil happens, bisync goes into a safe state to block damage
by later runs.
(See Error Handling)
.SS Normal sync checks
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(8.4n) lw(28.4n) lw(15.7n) lw(17.5n).
T{
Type
T}@T{
Description
T}@T{
Result
T}@T{
Implementation
T}
_
T{
Path2 new
T}@T{
File is new on Path2, does not exist on Path1
T}@T{
Path2 version survives
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path2 to Path1
T}
T{
Path2 newer
T}@T{
File is newer on Path2, unchanged on Path1
T}@T{
Path2 version survives
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path2 to Path1
T}
T{
Path2 deleted
T}@T{
File is deleted on Path2, unchanged on Path1
T}@T{
File is deleted
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone delete\f[R] Path1
T}
T{
Path1 new
T}@T{
File is new on Path1, does not exist on Path2
T}@T{
Path1 version survives
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path1 to Path2
T}
T{
Path1 newer
T}@T{
File is newer on Path1, unchanged on Path2
T}@T{
Path1 version survives
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path1 to Path2
T}
T{
Path1 older
T}@T{
File is older on Path1, unchanged on Path2
T}@T{
\f[I]Path1 version survives\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path1 to Path2
T}
T{
Path2 older
T}@T{
File is older on Path2, unchanged on Path1
T}@T{
\f[I]Path2 version survives\f[R]
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path2 to Path1
T}
T{
Path1 deleted
T}@T{
File no longer exists on Path1
T}@T{
File is deleted
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone delete\f[R] Path2
T}
.TE
.SS Unusual sync checks
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(17.2n) lw(21.0n) lw(19.4n) lw(12.4n).
T{
Type
T}@T{
Description
T}@T{
Result
T}@T{
Implementation
T}
_
T{
Path1 new/changed AND Path2 new/changed AND Path1 == Path2
T}@T{
File is new/changed on Path1 AND new/changed on Path2 AND Path1 version
is currently identical to Path2
T}@T{
No change
T}@T{
None
T}
T{
Path1 new AND Path2 new
T}@T{
File is new on Path1 AND new on Path2 (and Path1 version is NOT
identical to Path2)
T}@T{
Conflicts handled according to \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R] &
\f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R] settings
T}@T{
default: \f[C]rclone copy\f[R] renamed \f[C]Path2.conflict2\f[R] file to
Path1, \f[C]rclone copy\f[R] renamed \f[C]Path1.conflict1\f[R] file to
Path2
T}
T{
Path2 newer AND Path1 changed
T}@T{
File is newer on Path2 AND also changed (newer/older/size) on Path1 (and
Path1 version is NOT identical to Path2)
T}@T{
Conflicts handled according to \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R] &
\f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R] settings
T}@T{
default: \f[C]rclone copy\f[R] renamed \f[C]Path2.conflict2\f[R] file to
Path1, \f[C]rclone copy\f[R] renamed \f[C]Path1.conflict1\f[R] file to
Path2
T}
T{
Path2 newer AND Path1 deleted
T}@T{
File is newer on Path2 AND also deleted on Path1
T}@T{
Path2 version survives
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path2 to Path1
T}
T{
Path2 deleted AND Path1 changed
T}@T{
File is deleted on Path2 AND changed (newer/older/size) on Path1
T}@T{
Path1 version survives
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path1 to Path2
T}
T{
Path1 deleted AND Path2 changed
T}@T{
File is deleted on Path1 AND changed (newer/older/size) on Path2
T}@T{
Path2 version survives
T}@T{
\f[C]rclone copy\f[R] Path2 to Path1
T}
.TE
.PP
As of \f[C]rclone v1.64\f[R], bisync is now better at detecting
\f[I]false positive\f[R] sync conflicts, which would previously have
resulted in unnecessary renames and duplicates.
Now, when bisync comes to a file that it wants to rename (because it is
new/changed on both sides), it first checks whether the Path1 and Path2
versions are currently \f[I]identical\f[R] (using the same underlying
function as \f[C]check\f[R].) If bisync concludes that the files are
identical, it will skip them and move on.
Otherwise, it will create renamed duplicates, as before.
This behavior also improves the experience of renaming
directories (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=Renamed%20directories),
as a \f[C]--resync\f[R] is no longer required, so long as the same
change has been made on both sides.
.SS All files changed check
.PP
If \f[I]all\f[R] prior existing files on either of the filesystems have
changed (e.g.
timestamps have changed due to changing the system\[aq]s timezone) then
bisync will abort without making any changes.
Any new files are not considered for this check.
You could use \f[C]--force\f[R] to force the sync (whichever side has
the changed timestamp files wins).
Alternately, a \f[C]--resync\f[R] may be used (Path1 versions will be
pushed to Path2).
Consider the situation carefully and perhaps use \f[C]--dry-run\f[R]
before you commit to the changes.
.SS Modification times
.PP
By default, bisync compares files by modification time and size.
If you or your application should change the content of a file without
changing the modification time and size, then bisync will \f[I]not\f[R]
notice the change, and thus will not copy it to the other side.
As an alternative, consider comparing by checksum (if your remotes
support it).
See \f[C]--compare\f[R] for details.
.SS Error handling
.PP
Certain bisync critical errors, such as file copy/move failing, will
result in a bisync lockout of following runs.
The lockout is asserted because the sync status and history of the Path1
and Path2 filesystems cannot be trusted, so it is safer to block any
further changes until someone checks things out.
The recovery is to do a \f[C]--resync\f[R] again.
.PP
It is recommended to use \f[C]--resync --dry-run --verbose\f[R]
initially and \f[I]carefully\f[R] review what changes will be made
before running the \f[C]--resync\f[R] without \f[C]--dry-run\f[R].
.PP
Most of these events come up due to an error status from an internal
call.
On such a critical error the \f[C]{...}.path1.lst\f[R] and
\f[C]{...}.path2.lst\f[R] listing files are renamed to extension
\f[C].lst-err\f[R], which blocks any future bisync runs (since the
normal \f[C].lst\f[R] files are not found).
Bisync keeps them under \f[C]bisync\f[R] subdirectory of the rclone
cache directory, typically at \f[C]${HOME}/.cache/rclone/bisync/\f[R] on
Linux.
.PP
Some errors are considered temporary and re-running the bisync is not
blocked.
The \f[I]critical return\f[R] blocks further bisync runs.
.PP
See also: \f[C]--resilient\f[R], \f[C]--recover\f[R],
\f[C]--max-lock\f[R], Graceful Shutdown
.SS Lock file
.PP
When bisync is running, a lock file is created in the bisync working
directory, typically at
\f[C]\[ti]/.cache/rclone/bisync/PATH1..PATH2.lck\f[R] on Linux.
If bisync should crash or hang, the lock file will remain in place and
block any further runs of bisync \f[I]for the same paths\f[R].
Delete the lock file as part of debugging the situation.
The lock file effectively blocks follow-on (e.g., scheduled by
\f[I]cron\f[R]) runs when the prior invocation is taking a long time.
The lock file contains \f[I]PID\f[R] of the blocking process, which may
help in debug.
Lock files can be set to automatically expire after a certain amount of
time, using the \f[C]--max-lock\f[R] flag.
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R] that while concurrent bisync runs are allowed, \f[I]be
very cautious\f[R] that there is no overlap in the trees being synched
between concurrent runs, lest there be replicated files, deleted files
and general mayhem.
.SS Return codes
.PP
\f[C]rclone bisync\f[R] returns the following codes to calling program:
- \f[C]0\f[R] on a successful run, - \f[C]1\f[R] for a non-critical
failing run (a rerun may be successful), - \f[C]2\f[R] for a critically
aborted run (requires a \f[C]--resync\f[R] to recover).
.SS Graceful Shutdown
.PP
Bisync has a \[dq]Graceful Shutdown\[dq] mode which is activated by
sending \f[C]SIGINT\f[R] or pressing \f[C]Ctrl+C\f[R] during a run.
Once triggered, bisync will use best efforts to exit cleanly before the
timer runs out.
If bisync is in the middle of transferring files, it will attempt to
cleanly empty its queue by finishing what it has started but not taking
more.
If it cannot do so within 30 seconds, it will cancel the in-progress
transfers at that point and then give itself a maximum of 60 seconds to
wrap up, save its state for next time, and exit.
With the \f[C]-vP\f[R] flags you will see constant status updates and a
final confirmation of whether or not the graceful shutdown was
successful.
.PP
At any point during the \[dq]Graceful Shutdown\[dq] sequence, a second
\f[C]SIGINT\f[R] or \f[C]Ctrl+C\f[R] will trigger an immediate,
un-graceful exit, which will leave things in a messier state.
Usually a robust recovery will still be possible if using
\f[C]--recover\f[R] mode, otherwise you will need to do a
\f[C]--resync\f[R].
.PP
If you plan to use Graceful Shutdown mode, it is recommended to use
\f[C]--resilient\f[R] and \f[C]--recover\f[R], and it is important to
NOT use \f[C]--inplace\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#inplace),
otherwise you risk leaving partially-written files on one side, which
may be confused for real files on the next run.
Note also that in the event of an abrupt interruption, a lock file will
be left behind to block concurrent runs.
You will need to delete it before you can proceed with the next run (or
wait for it to expire on its own, if using \f[C]--max-lock\f[R].)
.SS Limitations
.SS Supported backends
.PP
Bisync is considered \f[I]BETA\f[R] and has been tested with the
following backends: - Local filesystem - Google Drive - Dropbox -
OneDrive - S3 - SFTP - Yandex Disk - Crypt
.PP
It has not been fully tested with other services yet.
If it works, or sorta works, please let us know and we\[aq]ll update the
list.
Run the test suite to check for proper operation as described below.
.PP
The first release of \f[C]rclone bisync\f[R] required both underlying
backends to support modification times, and refused to run otherwise.
This limitation has been lifted as of \f[C]v1.66\f[R], as bisync now
supports comparing checksum and/or size instead of (or in addition to)
modtime.
See \f[C]--compare\f[R] for details.
.SS Concurrent modifications
.PP
When using \f[B]Local, FTP or SFTP\f[R] remotes with
\f[C]--inplace\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#inplace), rclone does not
create \f[I]temporary\f[R] files at the destination when copying, and
thus if the connection is lost the created file may be corrupt, which
will likely propagate back to the original path on the next sync,
resulting in data loss.
It is therefore recommended to \f[I]omit\f[R] \f[C]--inplace\f[R].
.PP
Files that \f[B]change during\f[R] a bisync run may result in data loss.
Prior to \f[C]rclone v1.66\f[R], this was commonly seen in highly
dynamic environments, where the filesystem was getting hammered by
running processes during the sync.
As of \f[C]rclone v1.66\f[R], bisync was redesigned to use a
\[dq]snapshot\[dq] model, greatly reducing the risks from changes during
a sync.
Changes that are not detected during the current sync will now be
detected during the following sync, and will no longer cause the entire
run to throw a critical error.
There is additionally a mechanism to mark files as needing to be
internally rechecked next time, for added safety.
It should therefore no longer be necessary to sync only at quiet times
-- however, note that an error can still occur if a file happens to
change at the exact moment it\[aq]s being read/written by bisync (same
as would happen in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].) (See also:
\f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#ignore-checksum),
\f[C]--local-no-check-updated\f[R] (https://rclone.org/local/#local-no-check-updated))
.SS Empty directories
.PP
By default, new/deleted empty directories on one path are \f[I]not\f[R]
propagated to the other side.
This is because bisync (and rclone) natively works on files, not
directories.
However, this can be changed with the \f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R]
flag, which works in much the same way as in
\f[C]sync\f[R] (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) and
\f[C]copy\f[R] (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/).
When used, empty directories created or deleted on one side will also be
created or deleted on the other side.
The following should be noted: * \f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R] is
not compatible with \f[C]--remove-empty-dirs\f[R].
Use only one or the other (or neither).
* It is not recommended to switch back and forth between
\f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R] and the default (no
\f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R]) without running \f[C]--resync\f[R].
This is because it may appear as though all directories (not just the
empty ones) were created/deleted, when actually you\[aq]ve just toggled
between making them visible/invisible to bisync.
It looks scarier than it is, but it\[aq]s still probably best to stick
to one or the other, and use \f[C]--resync\f[R] when you need to switch.
.SS Renamed directories
.PP
By default, renaming a folder on the Path1 side results in deleting all
files on the Path2 side and then copying all files again from Path1 to
Path2.
Bisync sees this as all files in the old directory name as deleted and
all files in the new directory name as new.
.PP
A recommended solution is to use
\f[C]--track-renames\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#track-renames),
which is now supported in bisync as of \f[C]rclone v1.66\f[R].
Note that \f[C]--track-renames\f[R] is not available during
\f[C]--resync\f[R], as \f[C]--resync\f[R] does not delete anything
(\f[C]--track-renames\f[R] only supports \f[C]sync\f[R], not
\f[C]copy\f[R].)
.PP
Otherwise, the most effective and efficient method of renaming a
directory is to rename it to the same name on both sides.
(As of \f[C]rclone v1.64\f[R], a \f[C]--resync\f[R] is no longer
required after doing so, as bisync will automatically detect that Path1
and Path2 are in agreement.)
.SS \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] used by default
.PP
Unlike most other rclone commands, bisync uses
\f[C]--fast-list\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) by default,
for backends that support it.
In many cases this is desirable, however, there are some scenarios in
which bisync could be faster \f[I]without\f[R] \f[C]--fast-list\f[R],
and there is also a known issue concerning Google Drive users with many
empty
directories (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/commit/cbf3d4356135814921382dd3285d859d15d0aa77).
For now, the recommended way to avoid using \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] is to
add \f[C]--disable ListR\f[R] to all bisync commands.
The default behavior may change in a future version.
.SS Case (and unicode) sensitivity
.PP
As of \f[C]v1.66\f[R], case and unicode form differences no longer cause
critical errors, and normalization (when comparing between filesystems)
is handled according to the same flags and defaults as
\f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
See the following options (all of which are supported by bisync) to
control this behavior more granularly: -
\f[C]--fix-case\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#fix-case) -
\f[C]--ignore-case-sync\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#ignore-case-sync)
-
\f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#no-unicode-normalization)
-
\f[C]--local-unicode-normalization\f[R] (https://rclone.org/local/#local-unicode-normalization)
and
\f[C]--local-case-sensitive\f[R] (https://rclone.org/local/#local-case-sensitive)
(caution: these are normally not what you want.)
.PP
Note that in the (probably rare) event that \f[C]--fix-case\f[R] is used
AND a file is new/changed on both sides AND the checksums match AND the
filename case does not match, the Path1 filename is considered the
winner, for the purposes of \f[C]--fix-case\f[R] (Path2 will be renamed
to match it).
.SS Windows support
.PP
Bisync has been tested on Windows 8.1, Windows 10 Pro 64-bit and on
Windows GitHub runners.
.PP
Drive letters are allowed, including drive letters mapped to network
drives (\f[C]rclone bisync J:\[rs]localsync GDrive:\f[R]).
If a drive letter is omitted, the shell current drive is the default.
Drive letters are a single character follows by \f[C]:\f[R], so cloud
names must be more than one character long.
.PP
Absolute paths (with or without a drive letter), and relative paths
(with or without a drive letter) are supported.
.PP
Working directory is created at
\f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]AppData\[rs]Local\[rs]rclone\[rs]bisync\f[R].
.PP
Note that bisync output may show a mix of forward \f[C]/\f[R] and back
\f[C]\[rs]\f[R] slashes.
.PP
Be careful of case independent directory and file naming on Windows vs.
case dependent Linux
.SS Filtering
.PP
See filtering documentation (https://rclone.org/filtering/) for how
filter rules are written and interpreted.
.PP
Bisync\[aq]s \f[C]--filters-file\f[R] flag slightly extends the
rclone\[aq]s
--filter-from (https://rclone.org/filtering/#filter-from-read-filtering-patterns-from-a-file)
filtering mechanism.
For a given bisync run you may provide \f[I]only one\f[R]
\f[C]--filters-file\f[R].
The \f[C]--include*\f[R], \f[C]--exclude*\f[R], and \f[C]--filter\f[R]
flags are also supported.
.SS How to filter directories
.PP
Filtering portions of the directory tree is a critical feature for
synching.
.PP
Examples of directory trees (always beneath the Path1/Path2 root level)
you may want to exclude from your sync: - Directory trees containing
only software build intermediate files.
- Directory trees containing application temporary files and data such
as the Windows \f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]AppData\[rs]\f[R] tree.
- Directory trees containing files that are large, less important, or
are getting thrashed continuously by ongoing processes.
.PP
On the other hand, there may be only select directories that you
actually want to sync, and exclude all others.
See the Example include-style filters for Windows user directories
below.
.SS Filters file writing guidelines
.IP "1." 3
Begin with excluding directory trees:
.RS 4
.IP \[bu] 2
e.g.
\[ga]- /AppData/\[ga]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]**\f[R] on the end is not necessary.
Once a given directory level is excluded then everything beneath it
won\[aq]t be looked at by rclone.
.IP \[bu] 2
Exclude such directories that are unneeded, are big, dynamically
thrashed, or where there may be access permission issues.
.IP \[bu] 2
Excluding such dirs first will make rclone operations (much) faster.
.IP \[bu] 2
Specific files may also be excluded, as with the Dropbox exclusions
example below.
.RE
.IP "2." 3
Decide if it\[aq]s easier (or cleaner) to:
.RS 4
.IP \[bu] 2
Include select directories and therefore \f[I]exclude everything
else\f[R] -- or --
.IP \[bu] 2
Exclude select directories and therefore \f[I]include everything
else\f[R]
.RE
.IP "3." 3
Include select directories:
.RS 4
.IP \[bu] 2
Add lines like: \[ga]+ /Documents/PersonalFiles/**\[ga] to select which
directories to include in the sync.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]**\f[R] on the end specifies to include the full depth of the
specified tree.
.IP \[bu] 2
With Include-style filters, files at the Path1/Path2 root are not
included.
They may be included with \[ga]+ /*\[ga].
.IP \[bu] 2
Place RCLONE_TEST files within these included directory trees.
They will only be looked for in these directory trees.
.IP \[bu] 2
Finish by excluding everything else by adding \[ga]- **\[ga] at the end
of the filters file.
.IP \[bu] 2
Disregard step 4.
.RE
.IP "4." 3
Exclude select directories:
.RS 4
.IP \[bu] 2
Add more lines like in step 1.
For example: \f[C]-/Desktop/tempfiles/\f[R], or \[ga]-
/testdir/\f[C].    Again, a\f[R]**\[ga] on the end is not necessary.
.IP \[bu] 2
Do \f[I]not\f[R] add a \[ga]- **\[ga] in the file.
Without this line, everything will be included that has not been
explicitly excluded.
.IP \[bu] 2
Disregard step 3.
.RE
.PP
A few rules for the syntax of a filter file expanding on filtering
documentation (https://rclone.org/filtering/):
.IP \[bu] 2
Lines may start with spaces and tabs - rclone strips leading whitespace.
.IP \[bu] 2
If the first non-whitespace character is a \f[C]#\f[R] then the line is
a comment and will be ignored.
.IP \[bu] 2
Blank lines are ignored.
.IP \[bu] 2
The first non-whitespace character on a filter line must be a
\f[C]+\f[R] or \f[C]-\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
Exactly 1 space is allowed between the \f[C]+/-\f[R] and the path term.
.IP \[bu] 2
Only forward slashes (\f[C]/\f[R]) are used in path terms, even on
Windows.
.IP \[bu] 2
The rest of the line is taken as the path term.
Trailing whitespace is taken literally, and probably is an error.
.SS Example include-style filters for Windows user directories
.PP
This Windows \f[I]include-style\f[R] example is based on the sync root
(Path1) set to \f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\f[R].
The strategy is to select specific directories to be synched with a
network drive (Path2).
.IP \[bu] 2
\[ga]- /AppData/\[ga] excludes an entire tree of Windows stored stuff
that need not be synched.
In my case, AppData has >11 GB of stuff I don\[aq]t care about, and
there are some subdirectories beneath AppData that are not accessible to
my user login, resulting in bisync critical aborts.
.IP \[bu] 2
Windows creates cache files starting with both upper and lowercase
\f[C]NTUSER\f[R] at \f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\f[R].
These files may be dynamic, locked, and are generally \f[I]don\[aq]t
care\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
There are just a few directories with \f[I]my\f[R] data that I do want
synched, in the form of \[ga]+
/\f[C]. By selecting only the directory trees I   want to avoid the dozen plus directories that various apps make   at\f[R]C:\[ga].
.IP \[bu] 2
Include files in the root of the sync point,
\f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\f[R], by adding the \[ga]+ /*\[ga] line.
.IP \[bu] 2
This is an Include-style filters file, therefore it ends with \[ga]-
**\[ga] which excludes everything not explicitly included.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
- /AppData/
- NTUSER*
- ntuser*
+ /Documents/Family/**
+ /Documents/Sketchup/**
+ /Documents/Microcapture_Photo/**
+ /Documents/Microcapture_Video/**
+ /Desktop/**
+ /Pictures/**
+ /*
- **
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note also that Windows implements several \[dq]library\[dq] links such
as \f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]My Documents\[rs]My Music\f[R]
pointing to \f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]Music\f[R].
rclone sees these as links, so you must add \f[C]--links\f[R] to the
bisync command line if you which to follow these links.
I find that I get permission errors in trying to follow the links, so I
don\[aq]t include the rclone \f[C]--links\f[R] flag, but then you get
lots of \f[C]Can\[aq]t follow symlink\&...\f[R] noise from rclone about
not following the links.
This noise can be quashed by adding \f[C]--quiet\f[R] to the bisync
command line.
.SS Example exclude-style filters files for use with Dropbox
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox disallows synching the listed temporary and configuration/data
files.
The \[ga]- \[ga] filters exclude these files where ever they may occur
in the sync tree.
Consider adding similar exclusions for file types you don\[aq]t need to
sync, such as core dump and software build files.
.IP \[bu] 2
bisync testing creates \f[C]/testdir/\f[R] at the top level of the sync
tree, and usually deletes the tree after the test.
If a normal sync should run while the \f[C]/testdir/\f[R] tree exists
the \f[C]--check-access\f[R] phase may fail due to unbalanced
RCLONE_TEST files.
The \[ga]- /testdir/\[ga] filter blocks this tree from being synched.
You don\[aq]t need this exclusion if you are not doing bisync
development testing.
.IP \[bu] 2
Everything else beneath the Path1/Path2 root will be synched.
.IP \[bu] 2
RCLONE_TEST files may be placed anywhere within the tree, including the
root.
.SS Example filters file for Dropbox
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# Filter file for use with bisync
# See https://rclone.org/filtering/ for filtering rules
# NOTICE: If you make changes to this file you MUST do a --resync run.
#         Run with --dry-run to see what changes will be made.

# Dropbox won\[aq]t sync some files so filter them away here.
# See https://help.dropbox.com/installs-integrations/sync-uploads/files-not-syncing
- .dropbox.attr
- \[ti]*.tmp
- \[ti]$*
- .\[ti]*
- desktop.ini
- .dropbox

# Used for bisync testing, so excluded from normal runs
- /testdir/

# Other example filters
#- /TiBU/
#- /Photos/
\f[R]
.fi
.SS How --check-access handles filters
.PP
At the start of a bisync run, listings are gathered for Path1 and Path2
while using the user\[aq]s \f[C]--filters-file\f[R].
During the check access phase, bisync scans these listings for
\f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R] files.
Any \f[C]RCLONE_TEST\f[R] files hidden by the \f[C]--filters-file\f[R]
are \f[I]not\f[R] in the listings and thus not checked during the check
access phase.
.SS Troubleshooting
.SS Reading bisync logs
.PP
Here are two normal runs.
The first one has a newer file on the remote.
The second has no deltas between local and remote.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : Synching Path1 \[dq]/path/to/local/tree/\[dq] with Path2 \[dq]dropbox:/\[dq]
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : Path1 checking for diffs
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : - Path1    File is new                         - file.txt
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : Path1:    1 changes:    1 new,    0 newer,    0 older,    0 deleted
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : Path2 checking for diffs
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : Applying changes
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : - Path1    Queue copy to Path2                 - dropbox:/file.txt
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : - Path1    Do queued copies to                 - Path2
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : Updating listings
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : Validating listings for Path1 \[dq]/path/to/local/tree/\[dq] vs Path2 \[dq]dropbox:/\[dq]
2021/05/16 00:24:38 INFO  : Bisync successful

2021/05/16 00:36:52 INFO  : Synching Path1 \[dq]/path/to/local/tree/\[dq] with Path2 \[dq]dropbox:/\[dq]
2021/05/16 00:36:52 INFO  : Path1 checking for diffs
2021/05/16 00:36:52 INFO  : Path2 checking for diffs
2021/05/16 00:36:52 INFO  : No changes found
2021/05/16 00:36:52 INFO  : Updating listings
2021/05/16 00:36:52 INFO  : Validating listings for Path1 \[dq]/path/to/local/tree/\[dq] vs Path2 \[dq]dropbox:/\[dq]
2021/05/16 00:36:52 INFO  : Bisync successful
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Dry run oddity
.PP
The \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] messages may indicate that it would try to
delete some files.
For example, if a file is new on Path2 and does not exist on Path1 then
it would normally be copied to Path1, but with \f[C]--dry-run\f[R]
enabled those copies don\[aq]t happen, which leads to the attempted
delete on Path2, blocked again by --dry-run:
\f[C]... Not deleting as --dry-run\f[R].
.PP
This whole confusing situation is an artifact of the \f[C]--dry-run\f[R]
flag.
Scrutinize the proposed deletes carefully, and if the files would have
been copied to Path1 then the threatened deletes on Path2 may be
disregarded.
.SS Retries
.PP
Rclone has built-in retries.
If you run with \f[C]--verbose\f[R] you\[aq]ll see error and retry
messages such as shown below.
This is usually not a bug.
If at the end of the run, you see \f[C]Bisync successful\f[R] and not
\f[C]Bisync critical error\f[R] or \f[C]Bisync aborted\f[R] then the run
was successful, and you can ignore the error messages.
.PP
The following run shows an intermittent fail.
Lines \f[I]5\f[R] and _6- are low-level messages.
Line \f[I]6\f[R] is a bubbled-up \f[I]warning\f[R] message, conveying
the error.
Rclone normally retries failing commands, so there may be numerous such
messages in the log.
.PP
Since there are no final error/warning messages on line \f[I]7\f[R],
rclone has recovered from failure after a retry, and the overall sync
was successful.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
1: 2021/05/14 00:44:12 INFO  : Synching Path1 \[dq]/path/to/local/tree\[dq] with Path2 \[dq]dropbox:\[dq]
2: 2021/05/14 00:44:12 INFO  : Path1 checking for diffs
3: 2021/05/14 00:44:12 INFO  : Path2 checking for diffs
4: 2021/05/14 00:44:12 INFO  : Path2:  113 changes:   22 new,    0 newer,    0 older,   91 deleted
5: 2021/05/14 00:44:12 ERROR : /path/to/local/tree/objects/af: error listing: unexpected end of JSON input
6: 2021/05/14 00:44:12 NOTICE: WARNING  listing try 1 failed.                 - dropbox:
7: 2021/05/14 00:44:12 INFO  : Bisync successful
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This log shows a \f[I]Critical failure\f[R] which requires a
\f[C]--resync\f[R] to recover from.
See the Runtime Error Handling section.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
2021/05/12 00:49:40 INFO  : Google drive root \[aq]\[aq]: Waiting for checks to finish
2021/05/12 00:49:40 INFO  : Google drive root \[aq]\[aq]: Waiting for transfers to finish
2021/05/12 00:49:40 INFO  : Google drive root \[aq]\[aq]: not deleting files as there were IO errors
2021/05/12 00:49:40 ERROR : Attempt 3/3 failed with 3 errors and: not deleting files as there were IO errors
2021/05/12 00:49:40 ERROR : Failed to sync: not deleting files as there were IO errors
2021/05/12 00:49:40 NOTICE: WARNING  rclone sync try 3 failed.           - /path/to/local/tree/
2021/05/12 00:49:40 ERROR : Bisync aborted. Must run --resync to recover.
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Denied downloads of \[dq]infected\[dq] or \[dq]abusive\[dq] files
.PP
Google Drive has a filter for certain file types (\f[C].exe\f[R],
\f[C].apk\f[R], et cetera) that by default cannot be copied from Google
Drive to the local filesystem.
If you are having problems, run with \f[C]--verbose\f[R] to see
specifically which files are generating complaints.
If the error is
\f[C]This file has been identified as malware or spam and cannot be downloaded\f[R],
consider using the flag
--drive-acknowledge-abuse (https://rclone.org/drive/#drive-acknowledge-abuse).
.SS Google Docs (and other files of unknown size)
.PP
As of \f[C]v1.66\f[R], Google
Docs (https://rclone.org/drive/#import-export-of-google-documents)
(including Google Sheets, Slides, etc.) are now supported in bisync,
subject to the same options, defaults, and limitations as in
\f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
When bisyncing drive with non-drive backends, the drive -> non-drive
direction is controlled by
\f[C]--drive-export-formats\f[R] (https://rclone.org/drive/#drive-export-formats)
(default \f[C]\[dq]docx,xlsx,pptx,svg\[dq]\f[R]) and the non-drive ->
drive direction is controlled by
\f[C]--drive-import-formats\f[R] (https://rclone.org/drive/#drive-import-formats)
(default none.)
.PP
For example, with the default export/import formats, a Google Sheet on
the drive side will be synced to an \f[C].xlsx\f[R] file on the
non-drive side.
In the reverse direction, \f[C].xlsx\f[R] files with filenames that
match an existing Google Sheet will be synced to that Google Sheet,
while \f[C].xlsx\f[R] files that do NOT match an existing Google Sheet
will be copied to drive as normal \f[C].xlsx\f[R] files (without
conversion to Sheets, although the Google Drive web browser UI may still
give you the option to open it as one.)
.PP
If \f[C]--drive-import-formats\f[R] is set (it\[aq]s not, by default),
then all of the specified formats will be converted to Google Docs, if
there is no existing Google Doc with a matching name.
Caution: such conversion can be quite lossy, and in most cases it\[aq]s
probably not what you want!
.PP
To bisync Google Docs as URL shortcut links (in a manner similar to
\[dq]Drive for Desktop\[dq]), use: \f[C]--drive-export-formats url\f[R]
(or
alternatives (https://rclone.org/drive/#exportformats:~:text=available%20Google%20Documents.-,Extension,macOS,-Standard%20options).)
.PP
Note that these link files cannot be edited on the non-drive side -- you
will get errors if you try to sync an edited link file back to drive.
They CAN be deleted (it will result in deleting the corresponding Google
Doc.) If you create a \f[C].url\f[R] file on the non-drive side that
does not match an existing Google Doc, bisyncing it will just result in
copying the literal \f[C].url\f[R] file over to drive (no Google Doc
will be created.) So, as a general rule of thumb, think of them as
read-only placeholders on the non-drive side, and make all your changes
on the drive side.
.PP
Likewise, even with other export-formats, it is best to only move/rename
Google Docs on the drive side.
This is because otherwise, bisync will interpret this as a file deleted
and another created, and accordingly, it will delete the Google Doc and
create a new file at the new path.
(Whether or not that new file is a Google Doc depends on
\f[C]--drive-import-formats\f[R].)
.PP
Lastly, take note that all Google Docs on the drive side have a size of
\f[C]-1\f[R] and no checksum.
Therefore, they cannot be reliably synced with the \f[C]--checksum\f[R]
or \f[C]--size-only\f[R] flags.
(To be exact: they will still get created/deleted, and bisync\[aq]s
delta engine will notice changes and queue them for syncing, but the
underlying sync function will consider them identical and skip them.) To
work around this, use the default (modtime and size) instead of
\f[C]--checksum\f[R] or \f[C]--size-only\f[R].
.PP
To ignore Google Docs entirely, use
\f[C]--drive-skip-gdocs\f[R] (https://rclone.org/drive/#drive-skip-gdocs).
.SS Usage examples
.SS Cron
.PP
Rclone does not yet have a built-in capability to monitor the local file
system for changes and must be blindly run periodically.
On Windows this can be done using a \f[I]Task Scheduler\f[R], on Linux
you can use \f[I]Cron\f[R] which is described below.
.PP
The 1st example runs a sync every 5 minutes between a local directory
and an OwnCloud server, with output logged to a runlog file:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# Minute (0-59)
#      Hour (0-23)
#           Day of Month (1-31)
#                Month (1-12 or Jan-Dec)
#                     Day of Week (0-6 or Sun-Sat)
#                         Command
  */5  *    *    *    *   /path/to/rclone bisync /local/files MyCloud: --check-access --filters-file /path/to/bysync-filters.txt --log-file /path/to//bisync.log
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See crontab
syntax (https://www.man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/crontab.1p.html#INPUT_FILES)
for the details of crontab time interval expressions.
.PP
If you run \f[C]rclone bisync\f[R] as a cron job, redirect stdout/stderr
to a file.
The 2nd example runs a sync to Dropbox every hour and logs all stdout
(via the \f[C]>>\f[R]) and stderr (via \f[C]2>&1\f[R]) to a log file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
0 * * * * /path/to/rclone bisync /path/to/local/dropbox Dropbox: --check-access --filters-file /home/user/filters.txt >> /path/to/logs/dropbox-run.log 2>&1
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Sharing an encrypted folder tree between hosts
.PP
bisync can keep a local folder in sync with a cloud service, but what if
you have some highly sensitive files to be synched?
.PP
Usage of a cloud service is for exchanging both routine and sensitive
personal files between one\[aq]s home network, one\[aq]s personal
notebook when on the road, and with one\[aq]s work computer.
The routine data is not sensitive.
For the sensitive data, configure an rclone crypt
remote (https://rclone.org/crypt/) to point to a subdirectory within the
local disk tree that is bisync\[aq]d to Dropbox, and then set up an
bisync for this local crypt directory to a directory outside of the main
sync tree.
.SS Linux server setup
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]/path/to/DBoxroot\f[R] is the root of my local sync tree.
There are numerous subdirectories.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]/path/to/DBoxroot/crypt\f[R] is the root subdirectory for files
that are encrypted.
This local directory target is setup as an rclone crypt remote named
\f[C]Dropcrypt:\f[R].
See rclone.conf snippet below.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]/path/to/my/unencrypted/files\f[R] is the root of my sensitive
files - not encrypted, not within the tree synched to Dropbox.
.IP \[bu] 2
To sync my local unencrypted files with the encrypted Dropbox versions I
manually run \f[C]bisync /path/to/my/unencrypted/files DropCrypt:\f[R].
This step could be bundled into a script to run before and after the
full Dropbox tree sync in the last step, thus actively keeping the
sensitive files in sync.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]bisync /path/to/DBoxroot Dropbox:\f[R] runs periodically via cron,
keeping my full local sync tree in sync with Dropbox.
.SS Windows notebook setup
.IP \[bu] 2
The Dropbox client runs keeping the local tree
\f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]Dropbox\f[R] always in sync with
Dropbox.
I could have used \f[C]rclone bisync\f[R] instead.
.IP \[bu] 2
A separate directory tree at
\f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]Documents\[rs]DropLocal\f[R] hosts the
tree of unencrypted files/folders.
.IP \[bu] 2
To sync my local unencrypted files with the encrypted Dropbox versions I
manually run the following command:
\f[C]rclone bisync C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]Documents\[rs]DropLocal Dropcrypt:\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
The Dropbox client then syncs the changes with Dropbox.
.SS rclone.conf snippet
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[Dropbox]
type = dropbox
\&...

[Dropcrypt]
type = crypt
remote = /path/to/DBoxroot/crypt          # on the Linux server
remote = C:\[rs]Users\[rs]MyLogin\[rs]Dropbox\[rs]crypt   # on the Windows notebook
filename_encryption = standard
directory_name_encryption = true
password = ...
\&...
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Testing
.PP
You should read this section only if you are developing for rclone.
You need to have rclone source code locally to work with bisync tests.
.PP
Bisync has a dedicated test framework implemented in the
\f[C]bisync_test.go\f[R] file located in the rclone source tree.
The test suite is based on the \f[C]go test\f[R] command.
Series of tests are stored in subdirectories below the
\f[C]cmd/bisync/testdata\f[R] directory.
Individual tests can be invoked by their directory name, e.g.
\f[C]go test . -case basic -remote local -remote2 gdrive: -v\f[R]
.PP
Tests will make a temporary folder on remote and purge it afterwards.
If during test run there are intermittent errors and rclone retries,
these errors will be captured and flagged as invalid MISCOMPAREs.
Rerunning the test will let it pass.
Consider such failures as noise.
.SS Test command syntax
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
usage: go test ./cmd/bisync [options...]

Options:
  -case NAME        Name(s) of the test case(s) to run. Multiple names should
                    be separated by commas. You can remove the \[ga]test_\[ga] prefix
                    and replace \[ga]_\[ga] by \[ga]-\[ga] in test name for convenience.
                    If not \[ga]all\[ga], the name(s) should map to a directory under
                    \[ga]./cmd/bisync/testdata\[ga].
                    Use \[ga]all\[ga] to run all tests (default: all)
  -remote PATH1     \[ga]local\[ga] or name of cloud service with \[ga]:\[ga] (default: local)
  -remote2 PATH2    \[ga]local\[ga] or name of cloud service with \[ga]:\[ga] (default: local)
  -no-compare       Disable comparing test results with the golden directory
                    (default: compare)
  -no-cleanup       Disable cleanup of Path1 and Path2 testdirs.
                    Useful for troubleshooting. (default: cleanup)
  -golden           Store results in the golden directory (default: false)
                    This flag can be used with multiple tests.
  -debug            Print debug messages
  -stop-at NUM      Stop test after given step number. (default: run to the end)
                    Implies \[ga]-no-compare\[ga] and \[ga]-no-cleanup\[ga], if the test really
                    ends prematurely. Only meaningful for a single test case.
  -refresh-times    Force refreshing the target modtime, useful for Dropbox
                    (default: false)
  -verbose          Run tests verbosely
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note: unlike rclone flags which must be prefixed by double dash
(\f[C]--\f[R]), the test command flags can be equally prefixed by a
single \f[C]-\f[R] or double dash.
.SS Running tests
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]go test . -case basic -remote local -remote2 local\f[R] runs the
\f[C]test_basic\f[R] test case using only the local filesystem, synching
one local directory with another local directory.
Test script output is to the console, while commands within scenario.txt
have their output sent to the \f[C].../workdir/test.log\f[R] file, which
is finally compared to the golden copy.
.IP \[bu] 2
The first argument after \f[C]go test\f[R] should be a relative name of
the directory containing bisync source code.
If you run tests right from there, the argument will be \f[C].\f[R]
(current directory) as in most examples below.
If you run bisync tests from the rclone source directory, the command
should be \f[C]go test ./cmd/bisync ...\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
The test engine will mangle rclone output to ensure comparability with
golden listings and logs.
.IP \[bu] 2
Test scenarios are located in \f[C]./cmd/bisync/testdata\f[R].
The test \f[C]-case\f[R] argument should match the full name of a
subdirectory under that directory.
Every test subdirectory name on disk must start with \f[C]test_\f[R],
this prefix can be omitted on command line for brevity.
Also, underscores in the name can be replaced by dashes for convenience.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]go test . -remote local -remote2 local -case all\f[R] runs all
tests.
.IP \[bu] 2
Path1 and Path2 may either be the keyword \f[C]local\f[R] or may be
names of configured cloud services.
\f[C]go test . -remote gdrive: -remote2 dropbox: -case basic\f[R] will
run the test between these two services, without transferring any files
to the local filesystem.
.IP \[bu] 2
Test run stdout and stderr console output may be directed to a file,
e.g.
\f[C]go test . -remote gdrive: -remote2 local -case all > runlog.txt 2>&1\f[R]
.SS Test execution flow
.IP "1." 3
The base setup in the \f[C]initial\f[R] directory of the testcase is
applied on the Path1 and Path2 filesystems (via rclone copy the initial
directory to Path1, then rclone sync Path1 to Path2).
.IP "2." 3
The commands in the scenario.txt file are applied, with output directed
to the \f[C]test.log\f[R] file in the test working directory.
Typically, the first actual command in the \f[C]scenario.txt\f[R] file
is to do a \f[C]--resync\f[R], which establishes the baseline
\f[C]{...}.path1.lst\f[R] and \f[C]{...}.path2.lst\f[R] files in the
test working directory (\f[C].../workdir/\f[R] relative to the temporary
test directory).
Various commands and listing snapshots are done within the test.
.IP "3." 3
Finally, the contents of the test working directory are compared to the
contents of the testcase\[aq]s golden directory.
.SS Notes about testing
.IP \[bu] 2
Test cases are in individual directories beneath
\f[C]./cmd/bisync/testdata\f[R].
A command line reference to a test is understood to reference a
directory beneath \f[C]testdata\f[R].
For example,
\f[C]go test ./cmd/bisync -case dry-run -remote gdrive: -remote2 local\f[R]
refers to the test case in \f[C]./cmd/bisync/testdata/test_dry_run\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
The test working directory is located at \f[C].../workdir\f[R] relative
to a temporary test directory, usually under \f[C]/tmp\f[R] on Linux.
.IP \[bu] 2
The local test sync tree is created at a temporary directory named like
\f[C]bisync.XXX\f[R] under system temporary directory.
.IP \[bu] 2
The remote test sync tree is located at a temporary directory under
\f[C]<remote:>/bisync.XXX/\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]path1\f[R] and/or \f[C]path2\f[R] subdirectories are created in a
temporary directory under the respective local or cloud test remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
By default, the Path1 and Path2 test dirs and workdir will be deleted
after each test run.
The \f[C]-no-cleanup\f[R] flag disables purging these directories when
validating and debugging a given test.
These directories will be flushed before running another test,
independent of the \f[C]-no-cleanup\f[R] usage.
.IP \[bu] 2
You will likely want to add \[ga]-
/testdir/\f[C]to your normal   bisync\f[R]--filters-file\f[C]so that normal syncs do not attempt to sync   the test temporary directories, which may have\f[R]RCLONE_TEST\f[C]miscompares   in some testcases which would otherwise trip the\f[R]--check-access\f[C]system.   The\f[R]--check-access\f[C]mechanism is hard-coded to ignore\f[R]RCLONE_TEST\f[C]files beneath\f[R]bisync/testdata\[ga],
so the test cases may reside on the synched tree even if there are check
file mismatches in the test tree.
.IP \[bu] 2
Some Dropbox tests can fail, notably printing the following message:
\f[C]src and dst identical but can\[aq]t set mod time without deleting and re-uploading\f[R]
This is expected and happens due to the way Dropbox handles modification
times.
You should use the \f[C]-refresh-times\f[R] test flag to make up for
this.
.IP \[bu] 2
If Dropbox tests hit request limit for you and print error message
\f[C]too_many_requests/...: Too many requests or write operations.\f[R]
then follow the Dropbox App ID
instructions (https://rclone.org/dropbox/#get-your-own-dropbox-app-id).
.SS Updating golden results
.PP
Sometimes even a slight change in the bisync source can cause little
changes spread around many log files.
Updating them manually would be a nightmare.
.PP
The \f[C]-golden\f[R] flag will store the \f[C]test.log\f[R] and
\f[C]*.lst\f[R] listings from each test case into respective golden
directories.
Golden results will automatically contain generic strings instead of
local or cloud paths which means that they should match when run with a
different cloud service.
.PP
Your normal workflow might be as follows: 1.
Git-clone the rclone sources locally 2.
Modify bisync source and check that it builds 3.
Run the whole test suite \f[C]go test ./cmd/bisync -remote local\f[R] 4.
If some tests show log difference, recheck them individually, e.g.:
\f[C]go test ./cmd/bisync -remote local -case basic\f[R] 5.
If you are convinced with the difference, goldenize all tests at once:
\f[C]go test ./cmd/bisync -remote local -golden\f[R] 6.
Use word diff: \f[C]git diff --word-diff ./cmd/bisync/testdata/\f[R].
Please note that normal line-level diff is generally useless here.
7.
Check the difference \f[I]carefully\f[R]! 8.
Commit the change (\f[C]git commit\f[R]) \f[I]only\f[R] if you are sure.
If unsure, save your code changes then wipe the log diffs from git:
\f[C]git reset [--hard]\f[R].
.SS Structure of test scenarios
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]<testname>/initial/\f[R] contains a tree of files that will be set
as the initial condition on both Path1 and Path2 testdirs.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]<testname>/modfiles/\f[R] contains files that will be used to
modify the Path1 and/or Path2 filesystems.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]<testname>/golden/\f[R] contains the expected content of the test
working directory (\f[C]workdir\f[R]) at the completion of the testcase.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]<testname>/scenario.txt\f[R] contains the body of the test, in the
form of various commands to modify files, run bisync, and snapshot
listings.
Output from these commands is captured to \f[C].../workdir/test.log\f[R]
for comparison to the golden files.
.SS Supported test commands
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]test <some message>\f[R] Print the line to the console and to the
\f[C]test.log\f[R]:
\f[C]test sync is working correctly with options x, y, z\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]copy-listings <prefix>\f[R] Save a copy of all \f[C].lst\f[R]
listings in the test working directory with the specified prefix:
\f[C]save-listings exclude-pass-run\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]move-listings <prefix>\f[R] Similar to \f[C]copy-listings\f[R] but
removes the source
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]purge-children <dir>\f[R] This will delete all child files and
purge all child subdirs under given directory but keep the parent
intact.
This behavior is important for tests with Google Drive because removing
and re-creating the parent would change its ID.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]delete-file <file>\f[R] Delete a single file.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]delete-glob <dir> <pattern>\f[R] Delete a group of files located
one level deep in the given directory with names matching a given glob
pattern.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]touch-glob YYYY-MM-DD <dir> <pattern>\f[R] Change modification time
on a group of files.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]touch-copy YYYY-MM-DD <source-file> <dest-dir>\f[R] Change file
modification time then copy it to destination.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]copy-file <source-file> <dest-dir>\f[R] Copy a single file to given
directory.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]copy-as <source-file> <dest-file>\f[R] Similar to above but
destination must include both directory and the new file name at
destination.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]copy-dir <src> <dst>\f[R] and \f[C]sync-dir <src> <dst>\f[R]
Copy/sync a directory.
Equivalent of \f[C]rclone copy\f[R] and \f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]list-dirs <dir>\f[R] Equivalent to
\f[C]rclone lsf -R --dirs-only <dir>\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]bisync [options]\f[R] Runs bisync against \f[C]-remote\f[R] and
\f[C]-remote2\f[R].
.SS Supported substitution terms
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{testdir/}\f[R] - the root dir of the testcase
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{datadir/}\f[R] - the \f[C]modfiles\f[R] dir under the testcase
root
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{workdir/}\f[R] - the temporary test working directory
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{path1/}\f[R] - the root of the Path1 test directory tree
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{path2/}\f[R] - the root of the Path2 test directory tree
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{session}\f[R] - base name of the test listings
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{/}\f[R] - OS-specific path separator
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{spc}\f[R], \f[C]{tab}\f[R], \f[C]{eol}\f[R] - whitespace
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]{chr:HH}\f[R] - raw byte with given hexadecimal code
.PP
Substitution results of the terms named like \f[C]{dir/}\f[R] will end
with \f[C]/\f[R] (or backslash on Windows), so it is not necessary to
include slash in the usage, for example
\f[C]delete-file {path1/}file1.txt\f[R].
.SS Benchmarks
.PP
\f[I]This section is work in progress.\f[R]
.PP
Here are a few data points for scale, execution times, and memory usage.
.PP
The first set of data was taken between a local disk to Dropbox.
The speedtest.net (https://speedtest.net) download speed was \[ti]170
Mbps, and upload speed was \[ti]10 Mbps.
500 files (\[ti]9.5 MB each) had been already synched.
50 files were added in a new directory, each \[ti]9.5 MB, \[ti]475 MB
total.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(23.8n) lw(35.0n) lw(11.2n).
T{
Change
T}@T{
Operations and times
T}@T{
Overall run time
T}
_
T{
500 files synched (nothing to move)
T}@T{
1x listings for Path1 & Path2
T}@T{
1.5 sec
T}
T{
500 files synched with --check-access
T}@T{
1x listings for Path1 & Path2
T}@T{
1.5 sec
T}
T{
50 new files on remote
T}@T{
Queued 50 copies down: 27 sec
T}@T{
29 sec
T}
T{
Moved local dir
T}@T{
Queued 50 copies up: 410 sec, 50 deletes up: 9 sec
T}@T{
421 sec
T}
T{
Moved remote dir
T}@T{
Queued 50 copies down: 31 sec, 50 deletes down: <1 sec
T}@T{
33 sec
T}
T{
Delete local dir
T}@T{
Queued 50 deletes up: 9 sec
T}@T{
13 sec
T}
.TE
.PP
This next data is from a user\[aq]s application.
They had \[ti]400GB of data over 1.96 million files being sync\[aq]ed
between a Windows local disk and some remote cloud.
The file full path length was on average 35 characters (which factors
into load time and RAM required).
.IP \[bu] 2
Loading the prior listing into memory (1.96 million files, listing file
size 140 MB) took \[ti]30 sec and occupied about 1 GB of RAM.
.IP \[bu] 2
Getting a fresh listing of the local file system (producing the 140 MB
output file) took about XXX sec.
.IP \[bu] 2
Getting a fresh listing of the remote file system (producing the 140 MB
output file) took about XXX sec.
The network download speed was measured at XXX Mb/s.
.IP \[bu] 2
Once the prior and current Path1 and Path2 listings were loaded (a total
of four to be loaded, two at a time), determining the deltas was pretty
quick (a few seconds for this test case), and the transfer time for any
files to be copied was dominated by the network bandwidth.
.SS References
.PP
rclone\[aq]s bisync implementation was derived from the
rclonesync-V2 (https://github.com/cjnaz/rclonesync-V2) project,
including documentation and test mechanisms, with
[\[at]cjnaz](https://github.com/cjnaz)\[aq]s full support and
encouragement.
.PP
\f[C]rclone bisync\f[R] is similar in nature to a range of other
projects:
.IP \[bu] 2
unison (https://github.com/bcpierce00/unison)
.IP \[bu] 2
syncthing (https://github.com/syncthing/syncthing)
.IP \[bu] 2
cjnaz/rclonesync (https://github.com/cjnaz/rclonesync-V2)
.IP \[bu] 2
ConorWilliams/rsinc (https://github.com/ConorWilliams/rsinc)
.IP \[bu] 2
jwink3101/syncrclone (https://github.com/Jwink3101/syncrclone)
.IP \[bu] 2
DavideRossi/upback (https://github.com/DavideRossi/upback)
.PP
Bisync adopts the differential synchronization technique, which is based
on keeping history of changes performed by both synchronizing sides.
See the \f[I]Dual Shadow Method\f[R] section in Neil Fraser\[aq]s
article (https://neil.fraser.name/writing/sync/).
.PP
Also note a number of academic publications by Benjamin
Pierce (http://www.cis.upenn.edu/%7Ebcpierce/papers/index.shtml#File%20Synchronization)
about \f[I]Unison\f[R] and synchronization in general.
.SS Changelog
.SS \f[C]v1.66\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Copies and deletes are now handled in one operation instead of two
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--track-renames\f[R] and \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] are now supported
.IP \[bu] 2
Partial uploads known issue on
\f[C]local\f[R]/\f[C]ftp\f[R]/\f[C]sftp\f[R] has been resolved (unless
using \f[C]--inplace\f[R])
.IP \[bu] 2
Final listings are now generated from sync results, to avoid needing to
re-list
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync is now much more resilient to changes that happen during a bisync
run, and far less prone to critical errors / undetected changes
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync is now capable of rolling a file listing back in cases of
uncertainty, essentially marking the file as needing to be rechecked
next time.
.IP \[bu] 2
A few basic terminal colors are now supported, controllable with
\f[C]--color\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#color-when)
(\f[C]AUTO\f[R]|\f[C]NEVER\f[R]|\f[C]ALWAYS\f[R])
.IP \[bu] 2
Initial listing snapshots of Path1 and Path2 are now generated
concurrently, using the same \[dq]march\[dq] infrastructure as
\f[C]check\f[R] and \f[C]sync\f[R], for performance improvements and
less risk of
error (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=4.%20Listings%20should%20alternate%20between%20paths%20to%20minimize%20errors).
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed handling of unicode normalization and case insensitivity, support
for \f[C]--fix-case\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#fix-case),
\f[C]--ignore-case-sync\f[R], \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--resync\f[R] is now much more efficient (especially for users of
\f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R])
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Docs (and other files of unknown size) are now supported (with
the same options as in \f[C]sync\f[R])
.IP \[bu] 2
Equality checks before a sync conflict rename now fall back to
\f[C]cryptcheck\f[R] (when possible) or \f[C]--download\f[R], instead of
of \f[C]--size-only\f[R], when \f[C]check\f[R] is not available.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync no longer fails to find the correct listing file when configs are
overridden with backend-specific flags.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync now fully supports comparing based on any combination of size,
modtime, and checksum, lifting the prior restriction on backends without
modtime support.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync now supports a \[dq]Graceful Shutdown\[dq] mode to cleanly cancel
a run early without requiring \f[C]--resync\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
New \f[C]--recover\f[R] flag allows robust recovery in the event of
interruptions, without requiring \f[C]--resync\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
A new \f[C]--max-lock\f[R] setting allows lock files to automatically
renew and expire, for better automatic recovery when a run is
interrupted.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync now supports auto-resolving sync conflicts and customizing rename
behavior with new \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R],
\f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R], and \f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] flags.
.IP \[bu] 2
A new \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] flag allows more control over which
version of a file gets kept during a \f[C]--resync\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync now supports
\f[C]--retries\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#retries-int) and
\f[C]--retries-sleep\f[R] (when \f[C]--resilient\f[R] is set.)
.SS \f[C]v1.64\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed an
issue (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=1.%20Dry%20runs%20are%20not%20completely%20dry)
causing dry runs to inadvertently commit filter changes
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed an
issue (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=2.%20%2D%2Dresync%20deletes%20data%2C%20contrary%20to%20docs)
causing \f[C]--resync\f[R] to erroneously delete empty folders and
duplicate files unique to Path2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--check-access\f[R] is now enforced during \f[C]--resync\f[R],
preventing data loss in certain user error
scenarios (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=%2D%2Dcheck%2Daccess%20doesn%27t%20always%20fail%20when%20it%20should)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed an
issue (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=5.%20Bisync%20reads%20files%20in%20excluded%20directories%20during%20delete%20operations)
causing bisync to consider more files than necessary due to overbroad
filters during delete operations
.IP \[bu] 2
Improved detection of false positive change
conflicts (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=1.%20Identical%20files%20should%20be%20left%20alone%2C%20even%20if%20new/newer/changed%20on%20both%20sides)
(identical files are now left alone instead of renamed)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added support for
\f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R] (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=3.%20Bisync%20should%20create/delete%20empty%20directories%20as%20sync%20does%2C%20when%20%2D%2Dcreate%2Dempty%2Dsrc%2Ddirs%20is%20passed)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added experimental \f[C]--resilient\f[R] mode to allow recovery from
self-correctable
errors (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=2.%20Bisync%20should%20be%20more%20resilient%20to%20self%2Dcorrectable%20errors)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added new \f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R]
flag (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=6.%20%2D%2Dignore%2Dchecksum%20should%20be%20split%20into%20two%20flags%20for%20separate%20purposes)
to distinguish from \f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Performance
improvements (https://forum.rclone.org/t/bisync-bugs-and-feature-requests/37636#:~:text=6.%20Deletes%20take%20several%20times%20longer%20than%20copies)
for large remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
Documentation and testing improvements
.SH Release signing
.PP
The hashes of the binary artefacts of the rclone release are signed with
a public PGP/GPG key.
This can be verified manually as described below.
.PP
The same mechanism is also used by rclone
selfupdate (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_selfupdate/) to verify
that the release has not been tampered with before the new update is
installed.
This checks the SHA256 hash and the signature with a public key compiled
into the rclone binary.
.SS Release signing key
.PP
You may obtain the release signing key from:
.IP \[bu] 2
From KEYS on this website - this file contains all past signing keys
also.
.IP \[bu] 2
The git repository hosted on GitHub -
https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/docs/content/KEYS
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]gpg --keyserver hkps://keys.openpgp.org --search nick\[at]craig-wood.com\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]gpg --keyserver hkps://keyserver.ubuntu.com --search nick\[at]craig-wood.com\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
https://www.craig-wood.com/nick/pub/pgp-key.txt
.PP
After importing the key, verify that the fingerprint of one of the keys
matches: \f[C]FBF737ECE9F8AB18604BD2AC93935E02FF3B54FA\f[R] as this key
is used for signing.
.PP
We recommend that you cross-check the fingerprint shown above through
the domains listed below.
By cross-checking the integrity of the fingerprint across multiple
domains you can be confident that you obtained the correct key.
.IP \[bu] 2
The source for this page on
GitHub (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/docs/content/release_signing.md).
.IP \[bu] 2
Through DNS \f[C]dig key.rclone.org txt\f[R]
.PP
If you find anything that doesn\[aq]t not match, please contact the
developers at once.
.SS How to verify the release
.PP
In the release directory you will see the release files and some files
called \f[C]MD5SUMS\f[R], \f[C]SHA1SUMS\f[R] and \f[C]SHA256SUMS\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone lsf --http-url https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.63.1 :http:
MD5SUMS
SHA1SUMS
SHA256SUMS
rclone-v1.63.1-freebsd-386.zip
rclone-v1.63.1-freebsd-amd64.zip
\&...
rclone-v1.63.1-windows-arm64.zip
rclone-v1.63.1.tar.gz
version.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The \f[C]MD5SUMS\f[R], \f[C]SHA1SUMS\f[R] and \f[C]SHA256SUMS\f[R]
contain hashes of the binary files in the release directory along with a
signature.
.PP
For example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone cat --http-url https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.63.1 :http:SHA256SUMS
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----
Hash: SHA1

f6d1b2d7477475ce681bdce8cb56f7870f174cb6b2a9ac5d7b3764296ea4a113  rclone-v1.63.1-freebsd-386.zip
7266febec1f01a25d6575de51c44ddf749071a4950a6384e4164954dff7ac37e  rclone-v1.63.1-freebsd-amd64.zip
\&...
66ca083757fb22198309b73879831ed2b42309892394bf193ff95c75dff69c73  rclone-v1.63.1-windows-amd64.zip
bbb47c16882b6c5f2e8c1b04229378e28f68734c613321ef0ea2263760f74cd0  rclone-v1.63.1-windows-arm64.zip
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----

iF0EARECAB0WIQT79zfs6firGGBL0qyTk14C/ztU+gUCZLVKJQAKCRCTk14C/ztU
+pZuAJ0XJ+QWLP/3jCtkmgcgc4KAwd/rrwCcCRZQ7E+oye1FPY46HOVzCFU3L7g=
=8qrL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Download the files
.PP
The first step is to download the binary and SUMs file and verify that
the SUMs you have downloaded match.
Here we download \f[C]rclone-v1.63.1-windows-amd64.zip\f[R] - choose the
binary (or binaries) appropriate to your architecture.
We\[aq]ve also chosen the \f[C]SHA256SUMS\f[R] as these are the most
secure.
You could verify the other types of hash also for extra security.
\f[C]rclone selfupdate\f[R] verifies just the \f[C]SHA256SUMS\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ mkdir /tmp/check
$ cd /tmp/check
$ rclone copy --http-url https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.63.1 :http:SHA256SUMS .
$ rclone copy --http-url https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.63.1 :http:rclone-v1.63.1-windows-amd64.zip .
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Verify the signatures
.PP
First verify the signatures on the SHA256 file.
.PP
Import the key.
See above for ways to verify this key is correct.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ gpg --keyserver keyserver.ubuntu.com --receive-keys FBF737ECE9F8AB18604BD2AC93935E02FF3B54FA
gpg: key 93935E02FF3B54FA: public key \[dq]Nick Craig-Wood <nick\[at]craig-wood.com>\[dq] imported
gpg: Total number processed: 1
gpg:               imported: 1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then check the signature:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ gpg --verify SHA256SUMS 
gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2023 15:03:17 BST
gpg:                using DSA key FBF737ECE9F8AB18604BD2AC93935E02FF3B54FA
gpg: Good signature from \[dq]Nick Craig-Wood <nick\[at]craig-wood.com>\[dq] [ultimate]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Verify the signature was good and is using the fingerprint shown above.
.PP
Repeat for \f[C]MD5SUMS\f[R] and \f[C]SHA1SUMS\f[R] if desired.
.SS Verify the hashes
.PP
Now that we know the signatures on the hashes are OK we can verify the
binaries match the hashes, completing the verification.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ sha256sum -c SHA256SUMS 2>&1 | grep OK
rclone-v1.63.1-windows-amd64.zip: OK
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or do the check with rclone
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone hashsum sha256 -C SHA256SUMS rclone-v1.63.1-windows-amd64.zip 
2023/09/11 10:53:58 NOTICE: SHA256SUMS: improperly formatted checksum line 0
2023/09/11 10:53:58 NOTICE: SHA256SUMS: improperly formatted checksum line 1
2023/09/11 10:53:58 NOTICE: SHA256SUMS: improperly formatted checksum line 49
2023/09/11 10:53:58 NOTICE: SHA256SUMS: 4 warning(s) suppressed...
= rclone-v1.63.1-windows-amd64.zip
2023/09/11 10:53:58 NOTICE: Local file system at /tmp/check: 0 differences found
2023/09/11 10:53:58 NOTICE: Local file system at /tmp/check: 1 matching files
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Verify signatures and hashes together
.PP
You can verify the signatures and hashes in one command line like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ gpg --decrypt SHA256SUMS | sha256sum -c --ignore-missing
gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2023 15:03:17 BST
gpg:                using DSA key FBF737ECE9F8AB18604BD2AC93935E02FF3B54FA
gpg: Good signature from \[dq]Nick Craig-Wood <nick\[at]craig-wood.com>\[dq] [ultimate]
gpg:                 aka \[dq]Nick Craig-Wood <nick\[at]memset.com>\[dq] [unknown]
rclone-v1.63.1-windows-amd64.zip: OK
\f[R]
.fi
.SH 1Fichier
.PP
This is a backend for the 1fichier (https://1fichier.com) cloud storage
service.
Note that a Premium subscription is required to use the API.
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
The initial setup for 1Fichier involves getting the API key from the
website which you need to do in your browser.
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / 1Fichier
   \[rs] \[dq]fichier\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> fichier
** See help for fichier backend at: https://rclone.org/fichier/ **

Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
api_key> example_key

Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> 
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = fichier
api_key = example_key
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your 1Fichier account
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your 1Fichier account
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to a 1Fichier directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
1Fichier does not support modification times.
It supports the Whirlpool hash algorithm.
.SS Duplicated files
.PP
1Fichier can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike
a normal file system).
.PP
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
messages in the log about duplicates.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
In addition to the default restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
characters are also replaced:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
\[rs]
T}@T{
0x5C
T}@T{
\[uFF3C]
T}
T{
<
T}@T{
0x3C
T}@T{
\[uFF1C]
T}
T{
>
T}@T{
0x3E
T}@T{
\[uFF1E]
T}
T{
\[dq]
T}@T{
0x22
T}@T{
\[uFF02]
T}
T{
$
T}@T{
0x24
T}@T{
\[uFF04]
T}
T{
\[ga]
T}@T{
0x60
T}@T{
\[uFF40]
T}
T{
\[aq]
T}@T{
0x27
T}@T{
\[uFF07]
T}
.TE
.PP
File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
name:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
SP
T}@T{
0x20
T}@T{
\[u2420]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
.SS --fichier-api-key
.PP
Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: api_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_API_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
.SS --fichier-shared-folder
.PP
If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: shared_folder
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_SHARED_FOLDER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --fichier-file-password
.PP
If you want to download a shared file that is password protected, add
this parameter.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: file_password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_FILE_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --fichier-folder-password
.PP
If you want to list the files in a shared folder that is password
protected, add this parameter.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: folder_password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_FOLDER_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --fichier-cdn
.PP
Set if you wish to use CDN download links.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: cdn
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_CDN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --fichier-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --fichier-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] is not supported by the 1Fichier backend.
Backends without this capability cannot determine free space for an
rclone mount or use policy \f[C]mfs\f[R] (most free space) as a member
of an rclone union remote.
.PP
See List of backends that do not support rclone
about (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)
.SH Alias
.PP
The \f[C]alias\f[R] remote provides a new name for another remote.
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R] or
\f[C]/directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.PP
During the initial setup with \f[C]rclone config\f[R] you will specify
the target remote.
The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.
.PP
Subfolders can be used in target remote.
Assume an alias remote named \f[C]backup\f[R] with the target
\f[C]mydrive:private/backup\f[R].
Invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir backup:desktop\f[R] is exactly the same as
invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop\f[R].
.PP
There will be no special handling of paths containing \f[C]..\f[R]
segments.
Invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir backup:../desktop\f[R] is exactly the same as
invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop\f[R].
The empty path is not allowed as a remote.
To alias the current directory use \f[C].\f[R] instead.
.PP
The target remote can also be a connection
string (https://rclone.org/docs/#connection-strings).
This can be used to modify the config of a remote for different uses,
e.g.
the alias \f[C]myDriveTrash\f[R] with the target remote
\f[C]myDrive,trashed_only:\f[R] can be used to only show the trashed
files in \f[C]myDrive\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of how to make an alias called \f[C]remote\f[R] for
local folder.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Alias for an existing remote
   \[rs] \[dq]alias\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> alias
Remote or path to alias.
Can be \[dq]myremote:path/to/dir\[dq], \[dq]myremote:bucket\[dq], \[dq]myremote:\[dq] or \[dq]/local/path\[dq].
remote> /mnt/storage/backup
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
remote = /mnt/storage/backup
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
remote               alias

e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level in \f[C]/mnt/storage/backup\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in \f[C]/mnt/storage/backup\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:source
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to alias (Alias for an existing
remote).
.SS --alias-remote
.PP
Remote or path to alias.
.PP
Can be \[dq]myremote:path/to/dir\[dq], \[dq]myremote:bucket\[dq],
\[dq]myremote:\[dq] or \[dq]/local/path\[dq].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: remote
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ALIAS_REMOTE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to alias (Alias for an existing
remote).
.SS --alias-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ALIAS_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SH Amazon S3 Storage Providers
.PP
The S3 backend can be used with a number of different providers:
.IP \[bu] 2
AWS S3
.IP \[bu] 2
Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ceph
.IP \[bu] 2
China Mobile Ecloud Elastic Object Storage (EOS)
.IP \[bu] 2
Cloudflare R2
.IP \[bu] 2
Arvan Cloud Object Storage (AOS)
.IP \[bu] 2
DigitalOcean Spaces
.IP \[bu] 2
Dreamhost
.IP \[bu] 2
GCS
.IP \[bu] 2
Huawei OBS
.IP \[bu] 2
IBM COS S3
.IP \[bu] 2
IDrive e2
.IP \[bu] 2
IONOS Cloud
.IP \[bu] 2
Leviia Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Liara Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Linode Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Minio
.IP \[bu] 2
Petabox
.IP \[bu] 2
Qiniu Cloud Object Storage (Kodo)
.IP \[bu] 2
RackCorp Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Rclone Serve S3
.IP \[bu] 2
Scaleway
.IP \[bu] 2
Seagate Lyve Cloud
.IP \[bu] 2
SeaweedFS
.IP \[bu] 2
StackPath
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.IP \[bu] 2
Synology C2 Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Tencent Cloud Object Storage (COS)
.IP \[bu] 2
Wasabi
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:bucket\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R] for
the \f[C]lsd\f[R] command.) You may put subdirectories in too, e.g.
\f[C]remote:bucket/path/to/dir\f[R].
.PP
Once you have made a remote (see the provider specific section above)
you can use it like this:
.PP
See all buckets
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Make a new bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote bucket, deleting any
excess files in the bucket.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making an s3 configuration for the AWS S3
provider.
Most applies to the other providers as well, any differences are
described below.
.PP
First run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> s3
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
   \[rs] \[dq]AWS\[dq]
 2 / Ceph Object Storage
   \[rs] \[dq]Ceph\[dq]
 3 / DigitalOcean Spaces
   \[rs] \[dq]DigitalOcean\[dq]
 4 / Dreamhost DreamObjects
   \[rs] \[dq]Dreamhost\[dq]
 5 / IBM COS S3
   \[rs] \[dq]IBMCOS\[dq]
 6 / Minio Object Storage
   \[rs] \[dq]Minio\[dq]
 7 / Wasabi Object Storage
   \[rs] \[dq]Wasabi\[dq]
 8 / Any other S3 compatible provider
   \[rs] \[dq]Other\[dq]
provider> 1
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> XXX
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> YYY
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
   / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
 1 | US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest.
   | Leave location constraint empty.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-east-1\[dq]
   / US East (Ohio) Region
 2 | Needs location constraint us-east-2.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-east-2\[dq]
   / US West (Oregon) Region
 3 | Needs location constraint us-west-2.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-west-2\[dq]
   / US West (Northern California) Region
 4 | Needs location constraint us-west-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-west-1\[dq]
   / Canada (Central) Region
 5 | Needs location constraint ca-central-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]ca-central-1\[dq]
   / EU (Ireland) Region
 6 | Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]eu-west-1\[dq]
   / EU (London) Region
 7 | Needs location constraint eu-west-2.
   \[rs] \[dq]eu-west-2\[dq]
   / EU (Frankfurt) Region
 8 | Needs location constraint eu-central-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]eu-central-1\[dq]
   / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
 9 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-southeast-1\[dq]
   / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region
10 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-southeast-2\[dq]
   / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
11 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-northeast-1\[dq]
   / Asia Pacific (Seoul)
12 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-northeast-2\[dq]
   / Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
13 | Needs location constraint ap-south-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-south-1\[dq]
   / Asia Pacific (Hong Kong) Region
14 | Needs location constraint ap-east-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-east-1\[dq]
   / South America (Sao Paulo) Region
15 | Needs location constraint sa-east-1.
   \[rs] \[dq]sa-east-1\[dq]
region> 1
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
endpoint>
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest.
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / US East (Ohio) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-east-2\[dq]
 3 / US West (Oregon) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-west-2\[dq]
 4 / US West (Northern California) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-west-1\[dq]
 5 / Canada (Central) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]ca-central-1\[dq]
 6 / EU (Ireland) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]eu-west-1\[dq]
 7 / EU (London) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]eu-west-2\[dq]
 8 / EU Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]EU\[dq]
 9 / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-southeast-1\[dq]
10 / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-southeast-2\[dq]
11 / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-northeast-1\[dq]
12 / Asia Pacific (Seoul)
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-northeast-2\[dq]
13 / Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-south-1\[dq]
14 / Asia Pacific (Hong Kong)
   \[rs] \[dq]ap-east-1\[dq]
15 / South America (Sao Paulo) Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]sa-east-1\[dq]
location_constraint> 1
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] \[dq]private\[dq]
 2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] \[dq]public-read\[dq]
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
 3 | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
   \[rs] \[dq]public-read-write\[dq]
 4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] \[dq]authenticated-read\[dq]
   / Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.
 5 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
   \[rs] \[dq]bucket-owner-read\[dq]
   / Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
 6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
   \[rs] \[dq]bucket-owner-full-control\[dq]
acl> 1
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / None
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / AES256
   \[rs] \[dq]AES256\[dq]
server_side_encryption> 1
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Default
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / Standard storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]STANDARD\[dq]
 3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]REDUCED_REDUNDANCY\[dq]
 4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]STANDARD_IA\[dq]
 5 / One Zone Infrequent Access storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]ONEZONE_IA\[dq]
 6 / Glacier storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]GLACIER\[dq]
 7 / Glacier Deep Archive storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]DEEP_ARCHIVE\[dq]
 8 / Intelligent-Tiering storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]INTELLIGENT_TIERING\[dq]
 9 / Glacier Instant Retrieval storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]GLACIER_IR\[dq]
storage_class> 1
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = s3
provider = AWS
env_auth = false
access_key_id = XXX
secret_access_key = YYY
region = us-east-1
endpoint =
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.SS Modification times
.PP
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
\f[C]X-Amz-Meta-Mtime\f[R] as floating point since the epoch, accurate
to 1 ns.
.PP
If the modification time needs to be updated rclone will attempt to
perform a server side copy to update the modification if the object can
be copied in a single part.
In the case the object is larger than 5Gb or is in Glacier or Glacier
Deep Archive storage the object will be uploaded rather than copied.
.PP
Note that reading this from the object takes an additional
\f[C]HEAD\f[R] request as the metadata isn\[aq]t returned in object
listings.
.SS Hashes
.PP
For small objects which weren\[aq]t uploaded as multipart uploads
(objects sized below \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff\f[R] if uploaded with
rclone) rclone uses the \f[C]ETag:\f[R] header as an MD5 checksum.
.PP
However for objects which were uploaded as multipart uploads or with
server side encryption (SSE-AWS or SSE-C) the \f[C]ETag\f[R] header is
no longer the MD5 sum of the data, so rclone adds an additional piece of
metadata \f[C]X-Amz-Meta-Md5chksum\f[R] which is a base64 encoded MD5
hash (in the same format as is required for \f[C]Content-MD5\f[R]).
You can use base64 -d and hexdump to check this value manually:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
echo \[aq]VWTGdNx3LyXQDfA0e2Edxw==\[aq] | base64 -d | hexdump
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or you can use \f[C]rclone check\f[R] to verify the hashes are OK.
.PP
For large objects, calculating this hash can take some time so the
addition of this hash can be disabled with
\f[C]--s3-disable-checksum\f[R].
This will mean that these objects do not have an MD5 checksum.
.PP
Note that reading this from the object takes an additional
\f[C]HEAD\f[R] request as the metadata isn\[aq]t returned in object
listings.
.SS Reducing costs
.SS Avoiding HEAD requests to read the modification time
.PP
By default, rclone will use the modification time of objects stored in
S3 for syncing.
This is stored in object metadata which unfortunately takes an extra
HEAD request to read which can be expensive (in time and money).
.PP
The modification time is used by default for all operations that require
checking the time a file was last updated.
It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it
is inefficient on S3 because it requires an extra API call to retrieve
the metadata.
.PP
The extra API calls can be avoided when syncing (using
\f[C]rclone sync\f[R] or \f[C]rclone copy\f[R]) in a few different ways,
each with its own tradeoffs.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--size-only\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Only checks the size of files.
.IP \[bu] 2
Uses no extra transactions.
.IP \[bu] 2
If the file doesn\[aq]t change size then rclone won\[aq]t detect it has
changed.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone sync --size-only /path/to/source s3:bucket\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--checksum\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Checks the size and MD5 checksum of files.
.IP \[bu] 2
Uses no extra transactions.
.IP \[bu] 2
The most accurate detection of changes possible.
.IP \[bu] 2
Will cause the source to read an MD5 checksum which, if it is a local
disk, will cause lots of disk activity.
.IP \[bu] 2
If the source and destination are both S3 this is the
\f[B]recommended\f[R] flag to use for maximum efficiency.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone sync --checksum /path/to/source s3:bucket\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--update --use-server-modtime\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Uses no extra transactions.
.IP \[bu] 2
Modification time becomes the time the object was uploaded.
.IP \[bu] 2
For many operations this is sufficient to determine if it needs
uploading.
.IP \[bu] 2
Using \f[C]--update\f[R] along with \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R],
avoids the extra API call and uploads files whose local modification
time is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
.IP \[bu] 2
Files created with timestamps in the past will be missed by the sync.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone sync --update --use-server-modtime /path/to/source s3:bucket\f[R]
.RE
.PP
These flags can and should be used in combination with
\f[C]--fast-list\f[R] - see below.
.PP
If using \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] or any command using the VFS (eg
\f[C]rclone serve\f[R]) commands then you might want to consider using
the VFS flag \f[C]--no-modtime\f[R] which will stop rclone reading the
modification time for every object.
You could also use \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] if you are happy with
the modification times of the objects being the time of upload.
.SS Avoiding GET requests to read directory listings
.PP
Rclone\[aq]s default directory traversal is to process each directory
individually.
This takes one API call per directory.
Using the \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] flag will read all info about the
objects into memory first using a smaller number of API calls (one per
1000 objects).
See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
details.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --fast-list --checksum /path/to/source s3:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[C]--fast-list\f[R] trades off API transactions for memory use.
As a rough guide rclone uses 1k of memory per object stored, so using
\f[C]--fast-list\f[R] on a sync of a million objects will use roughly 1
GiB of RAM.
.PP
If you are only copying a small number of files into a big repository
then using \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] is a good idea.
This finds objects directly instead of through directory listings.
You can do a \[dq]top-up\[dq] sync very cheaply by using
\f[C]--max-age\f[R] and \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] to copy only recent
files, eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/source s3:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You\[aq]d then do a full \f[C]rclone sync\f[R] less often.
.PP
Note that \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] isn\[aq]t required in the top-up sync.
.SS Avoiding HEAD requests after PUT
.PP
By default, rclone will HEAD every object it uploads.
It does this to check the object got uploaded correctly.
.PP
You can disable this with the --s3-no-head option - see there for more
details.
.PP
Setting this flag increases the chance for undetected upload failures.
.SS Versions
.PP
When bucket versioning is enabled (this can be done with rclone with the
\f[C]rclone backend versioning\f[R] command) when rclone uploads a new
version of a file it creates a new version of
it (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/Versioning.html)
Likewise when you delete a file, the old version will be marked hidden
and still be available.
.PP
Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the
\f[C]--s3-versions\f[R] flag.
.PP
It is also possible to view a bucket as it was at a certain point in
time, using the \f[C]--s3-version-at\f[R] flag.
This will show the file versions as they were at that time, showing
files that have been deleted afterwards, and hiding files that were
created since.
.PP
If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the
\f[C]rclone backend cleanup-hidden remote:bucket\f[R] command which will
delete all the old hidden versions of files, leaving the current ones
intact.
You can also supply a path and only old versions under that path will be
deleted, e.g.
\f[C]rclone backend cleanup-hidden remote:bucket/path/to/stuff\f[R].
.PP
When you \f[C]purge\f[R] a bucket, the current and the old versions will
be deleted then the bucket will be deleted.
.PP
However \f[C]delete\f[R] will cause the current versions of the files to
become hidden old versions.
.PP
Here is a session showing the listing and retrieval of an old version
followed by a \f[C]cleanup\f[R] of the old versions.
.PP
Show current version and all the versions with \f[C]--s3-versions\f[R]
flag.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone -q ls s3:cleanup-test
        9 one.txt

$ rclone -q --s3-versions ls s3:cleanup-test
        9 one.txt
        8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
       16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
       15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Retrieve an old version
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone -q --s3-versions copy s3:cleanup-test/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt /tmp

$ ls -l /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
-rw-rw-r-- 1 ncw ncw 16 Jul  2 17:46 /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Clean up all the old versions and show that they\[aq]ve gone.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone -q backend cleanup-hidden s3:cleanup-test

$ rclone -q ls s3:cleanup-test
        9 one.txt

$ rclone -q --s3-versions ls s3:cleanup-test
        9 one.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Versions naming caveat
.PP
When using \f[C]--s3-versions\f[R] flag rclone is relying on the file
name to work out whether the objects are versions or not.
Versions\[aq] names are created by inserting timestamp between file name
and its extension.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
        9 file.txt
        8 file-v2023-07-17-161032-000.txt
       16 file-v2023-06-15-141003-000.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If there are real files present with the same names as versions, then
behaviour of \f[C]--s3-versions\f[R] can be unpredictable.
.SS Cleanup
.PP
If you run \f[C]rclone cleanup s3:bucket\f[R] then it will remove all
pending multipart uploads older than 24 hours.
You can use the \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]i\f[R] or
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] flag to see exactly what it will do.
If you want more control over the expiry date then run
\f[C]rclone backend cleanup s3:bucket -o max-age=1h\f[R] to expire all
uploads older than one hour.
You can use \f[C]rclone backend list-multipart-uploads s3:bucket\f[R] to
see the pending multipart uploads.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
S3 allows any valid UTF-8 string as a key.
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in XML.
.PP
The following characters are replaced since these are problematic when
dealing with the REST API:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
NUL
T}@T{
0x00
T}@T{
\[u2400]
T}
T{
/
T}@T{
0x2F
T}@T{
\[uFF0F]
T}
.TE
.PP
The encoding will also encode these file names as they don\[aq]t seem to
work with the SDK properly:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c.
T{
File name
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
\&.
T}@T{
\[uFF0E]
T}
T{
\&..
T}@T{
\[uFF0E]\[uFF0E]
T}
.TE
.SS Multipart uploads
.PP
rclone supports multipart uploads with S3 which means that it can upload
files bigger than 5 GiB.
.PP
Note that files uploaded \f[I]both\f[R] with multipart upload
\f[I]and\f[R] through crypt remotes do not have MD5 sums.
.PP
rclone switches from single part uploads to multipart uploads at the
point specified by \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff\f[R].
This can be a maximum of 5 GiB and a minimum of 0 (ie always upload
multipart files).
.PP
The chunk sizes used in the multipart upload are specified by
\f[C]--s3-chunk-size\f[R] and the number of chunks uploaded concurrently
is specified by \f[C]--s3-upload-concurrency\f[R].
.PP
Multipart uploads will use \f[C]--transfers\f[R] *
\f[C]--s3-upload-concurrency\f[R] * \f[C]--s3-chunk-size\f[R] extra
memory.
Single part uploads to not use extra memory.
.PP
Single part transfers can be faster than multipart transfers or slower
depending on your latency from S3 - the more latency, the more likely
single part transfers will be faster.
.PP
Increasing \f[C]--s3-upload-concurrency\f[R] will increase throughput (8
would be a sensible value) and increasing \f[C]--s3-chunk-size\f[R] also
increases throughput (16M would be sensible).
Increasing either of these will use more memory.
The default values are high enough to gain most of the possible
performance without using too much memory.
.SS Buckets and Regions
.PP
With Amazon S3 you can list buckets (\f[C]rclone lsd\f[R]) using any
region, but you can only access the content of a bucket from the region
it was created in.
If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong region, you will get an
error,
\f[C]incorrect region, the bucket is not in \[aq]XXX\[aq] region\f[R].
.SS Authentication
.PP
There are a number of ways to supply \f[C]rclone\f[R] with a set of AWS
credentials, with and without using the environment.
.PP
The different authentication methods are tried in this order:
.IP \[bu] 2
Directly in the rclone configuration file (\f[C]env_auth = false\f[R] in
the config file):
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]access_key_id\f[R] and \f[C]secret_access_key\f[R] are required.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]session_token\f[R] can be optionally set when using AWS STS.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Runtime configuration (\f[C]env_auth = true\f[R] in the config file):
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Export the following environment variables before running
\f[C]rclone\f[R]:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Access Key ID: \f[C]AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID\f[R] or \f[C]AWS_ACCESS_KEY\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Secret Access Key: \f[C]AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY\f[R] or
\f[C]AWS_SECRET_KEY\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Session Token: \f[C]AWS_SESSION_TOKEN\f[R] (optional)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Or, use a named
profile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-configure-files.html):
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Profile files are standard files used by AWS CLI tools
.IP \[bu] 2
By default it will use the profile in your home directory (e.g.
\f[C]\[ti]/.aws/credentials\f[R] on unix based systems) file and the
\[dq]default\[dq] profile, to change set these environment variables:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE\f[R] to control which file.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]AWS_PROFILE\f[R] to control which profile to use.
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Or, run \f[C]rclone\f[R] in an ECS task with an IAM role (AWS only).
.IP \[bu] 2
Or, run \f[C]rclone\f[R] on an EC2 instance with an IAM role (AWS only).
.IP \[bu] 2
Or, run \f[C]rclone\f[R] in an EKS pod with an IAM role that is
associated with a service account (AWS only).
.RE
.PP
If none of these option actually end up providing \f[C]rclone\f[R] with
AWS credentials then S3 interaction will be non-authenticated (see
below).
.SS S3 Permissions
.PP
When using the \f[C]sync\f[R] subcommand of \f[C]rclone\f[R] the
following minimum permissions are required to be available on the bucket
being written to:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]ListBucket\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]DeleteObject\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]GetObject\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]PutObject\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]PutObjectACL\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]CreateBucket\f[R] (unless using s3-no-check-bucket)
.PP
When using the \f[C]lsd\f[R] subcommand, the \f[C]ListAllMyBuckets\f[R]
permission is required.
.PP
Example policy:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]Version\[dq]: \[dq]2012-10-17\[dq],
    \[dq]Statement\[dq]: [
        {
            \[dq]Effect\[dq]: \[dq]Allow\[dq],
            \[dq]Principal\[dq]: {
                \[dq]AWS\[dq]: \[dq]arn:aws:iam::USER_SID:user/USER_NAME\[dq]
            },
            \[dq]Action\[dq]: [
                \[dq]s3:ListBucket\[dq],
                \[dq]s3:DeleteObject\[dq],
                \[dq]s3:GetObject\[dq],
                \[dq]s3:PutObject\[dq],
                \[dq]s3:PutObjectAcl\[dq]
            ],
            \[dq]Resource\[dq]: [
              \[dq]arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME/*\[dq],
              \[dq]arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME\[dq]
            ]
        },
        {
            \[dq]Effect\[dq]: \[dq]Allow\[dq],
            \[dq]Action\[dq]: \[dq]s3:ListAllMyBuckets\[dq],
            \[dq]Resource\[dq]: \[dq]arn:aws:s3:::*\[dq]
        }
    ]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Notes on above:
.IP "1." 3
This is a policy that can be used when creating bucket.
It assumes that \f[C]USER_NAME\f[R] has been created.
.IP "2." 3
The Resource entry must include both resource ARNs, as one implies the
bucket and the other implies the bucket\[aq]s objects.
.IP "3." 3
When using s3-no-check-bucket and the bucket already exsits, the
\f[C]\[dq]arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME\[dq]\f[R] doesn\[aq]t have to be
included.
.PP
For reference, here\[aq]s an Ansible
script (https://gist.github.com/ebridges/ebfc9042dd7c756cd101cfa807b7ae2b)
that will generate one or more buckets that will work with
\f[C]rclone sync\f[R].
.SS Key Management System (KMS)
.PP
If you are using server-side encryption with KMS then you must make sure
rclone is configured with \f[C]server_side_encryption = aws:kms\f[R]
otherwise you will find you can\[aq]t transfer small objects - these
will create checksum errors.
.SS Glacier and Glacier Deep Archive
.PP
You can upload objects using the glacier storage class or transition
them to glacier using a lifecycle
policy (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/create-lifecycle.html).
The bucket can still be synced or copied into normally, but if rclone
tries to access data from the glacier storage class you will see an
error like below.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
2017/09/11 19:07:43 Failed to sync: failed to open source object: Object in GLACIER, restore first: path/to/file
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
In this case you need to
restore (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/restore-archived-objects.html)
the object(s) in question before using rclone.
.PP
Note that rclone only speaks the S3 API it does not speak the Glacier
Vault API, so rclone cannot directly access Glacier Vaults.
.SS Object-lock enabled S3 bucket
.PP
According to AWS\[aq]s documentation on S3 Object
Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock-overview.html#object-lock-permission):
.RS
.PP
If you configure a default retention period on a bucket, requests to
upload objects in such a bucket must include the Content-MD5 header.
.RE
.PP
As mentioned in the Modification times and hashes section, small files
that are not uploaded as multipart, use a different tag, causing the
upload to fail.
A simple solution is to set the \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff 0\f[R] and force
all the files to be uploaded as multipart.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant
Storage Providers including AWS, Alibaba, ArvanCloud, Ceph, ChinaMobile,
Cloudflare, DigitalOcean, Dreamhost, GCS, HuaweiOBS, IBMCOS, IDrive,
IONOS, LyveCloud, Leviia, Liara, Linode, Minio, Netease, Petabox,
RackCorp, Rclone, Scaleway, SeaweedFS, StackPath, Storj, Synology,
TencentCOS, Wasabi, Qiniu and others).
.SS --s3-provider
.PP
Choose your S3 provider.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: provider
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROVIDER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]AWS\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Alibaba\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Alibaba Cloud Object Storage System (OSS) formerly Aliyun
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ArvanCloud\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Arvan Cloud Object Storage (AOS)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Ceph\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ceph Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ChinaMobile\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
China Mobile Ecloud Elastic Object Storage (EOS)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Cloudflare\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Cloudflare R2 Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]DigitalOcean\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
DigitalOcean Spaces
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Dreamhost\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Dreamhost DreamObjects
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]GCS\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]HuaweiOBS\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Huawei Object Storage Service
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]IBMCOS\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
IBM COS S3
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]IDrive\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
IDrive e2
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]IONOS\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
IONOS Cloud
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]LyveCloud\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Seagate Lyve Cloud
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Leviia\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Leviia Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Liara\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Liara Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Linode\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Linode Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Minio\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Minio Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Netease\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Netease Object Storage (NOS)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Petabox\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Petabox Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]RackCorp\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
RackCorp Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Rclone\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rclone S3 Server
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Scaleway\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Scaleway Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]SeaweedFS\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
SeaweedFS S3
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]StackPath\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
StackPath Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Storj\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj (S3 Compatible Gateway)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Synology\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Synology C2 Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]TencentCOS\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Tencent Cloud Object Storage (COS)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Wasabi\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Wasabi Object Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Qiniu\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Qiniu Object Storage (Kodo)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Other\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Any other S3 compatible provider
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-env-auth
.PP
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta
data if no env vars).
.PP
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: env_auth
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENV_AUTH
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]false\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]true\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-access-key-id
.PP
AWS Access Key ID.
.PP
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: access_key_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --s3-secret-access-key
.PP
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
.PP
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: secret_access_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --s3-region
.PP
Region to connect to.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: region
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-east-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
.IP \[bu] 2
US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest.
.IP \[bu] 2
Leave location constraint empty.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-east-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
US East (Ohio) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint us-east-2.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-west-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
US West (Northern California) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint us-west-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-west-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
US West (Oregon) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint us-west-2.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ca-central-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Canada (Central) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint ca-central-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-west-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Ireland) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-west-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (London) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint eu-west-2.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-west-3\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Paris) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint eu-west-3.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-north-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Stockholm) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint eu-north-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-south-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Milan) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint eu-south-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-central-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Frankfurt) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint eu-central-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-southeast-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-southeast-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-northeast-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-northeast-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Seoul).
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-northeast-3\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Osaka-Local).
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint ap-northeast-3.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-south-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Mumbai).
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint ap-south-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-east-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Hong Kong) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint ap-east-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]sa-east-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
South America (Sao Paulo) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint sa-east-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]me-south-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Middle East (Bahrain) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint me-south-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]af-south-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Africa (Cape Town) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint af-south-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]cn-north-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
China (Beijing) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint cn-north-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]cn-northwest-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
China (Ningxia) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint cn-northwest-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-gov-east-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
AWS GovCloud (US-East) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint us-gov-east-1.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-gov-west-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
AWS GovCloud (US) Region.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint us-gov-west-1.
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-endpoint
.PP
Endpoint for S3 API.
.PP
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: endpoint
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --s3-location-constraint
.PP
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
.PP
Used when creating buckets only.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: location_constraint
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-east-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
US East (Ohio) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-west-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
US West (Northern California) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-west-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
US West (Oregon) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ca-central-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Canada (Central) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-west-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Ireland) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-west-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (London) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-west-3\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Paris) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-north-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Stockholm) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu-south-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU (Milan) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]EU\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-southeast-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-southeast-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-northeast-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-northeast-2\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Seoul) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-northeast-3\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Osaka-Local) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-south-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Mumbai) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap-east-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Asia Pacific (Hong Kong) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]sa-east-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
South America (Sao Paulo) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]me-south-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Middle East (Bahrain) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]af-south-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Africa (Cape Town) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]cn-north-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
China (Beijing) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]cn-northwest-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
China (Ningxia) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-gov-east-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
AWS GovCloud (US-East) Region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us-gov-west-1\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
AWS GovCloud (US) Region
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-acl
.PP
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
.PP
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn\[aq]t set,
for creating buckets too.
.PP
For more info visit
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
.PP
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
.PP
If the acl is an empty string then no X-Amz-Acl: header is added and the
default (private) will be used.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: acl
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACL
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: !Storj,Synology,Cloudflare
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]default\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets Full_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
No one else has access rights (default).
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]private\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
No one else has access rights (default).
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]public-read\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AllUsers group gets READ access.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]public-read-write\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
.IP \[bu] 2
Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]authenticated-read\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]bucket-owner-read\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bucket owner gets READ access.
.IP \[bu] 2
If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores
it.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]bucket-owner-full-control\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the
object.
.IP \[bu] 2
If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores
it.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]private\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
No one else has access rights (default).
.IP \[bu] 2
This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage),
On-Premise COS.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]public-read\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AllUsers group gets READ access.
.IP \[bu] 2
This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage),
On-Premise IBM COS.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]public-read-write\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
.IP \[bu] 2
This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]authenticated-read\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
.IP \[bu] 2
Not supported on Buckets.
.IP \[bu] 2
This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS.
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-server-side-encryption
.PP
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in
S3.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: server_side_encryption
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS,Ceph,ChinaMobile,Minio
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]AES256\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
AES256
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]aws:kms\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
aws:kms
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-sse-kms-key-id
.PP
If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_kms_key_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_KMS_KEY_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS,Ceph,Minio
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:*\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
arn:aws:kms:*
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-storage-class
.PP
The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: storage_class
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Default
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]STANDARD\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Standard storage class
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]REDUCED_REDUNDANCY\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduced redundancy storage class
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]STANDARD_IA\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Standard Infrequent Access storage class
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ONEZONE_IA\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
One Zone Infrequent Access storage class
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]GLACIER\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Glacier storage class
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]DEEP_ARCHIVE\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Glacier Deep Archive storage class
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]INTELLIGENT_TIERING\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Intelligent-Tiering storage class
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]GLACIER_IR\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Glacier Instant Retrieval storage class
.RE
.RE
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant
Storage Providers including AWS, Alibaba, ArvanCloud, Ceph, ChinaMobile,
Cloudflare, DigitalOcean, Dreamhost, GCS, HuaweiOBS, IBMCOS, IDrive,
IONOS, LyveCloud, Leviia, Liara, Linode, Minio, Netease, Petabox,
RackCorp, Rclone, Scaleway, SeaweedFS, StackPath, Storj, Synology,
TencentCOS, Wasabi, Qiniu and others).
.SS --s3-bucket-acl
.PP
Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
.PP
For more info visit
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
.PP
Note that this ACL is applied when only when creating buckets.
If it isn\[aq]t set then \[dq]acl\[dq] is used instead.
.PP
If the \[dq]acl\[dq] and \[dq]bucket_acl\[dq] are empty strings then no
X-Amz-Acl: header is added and the default (private) will be used.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: bucket_acl
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_BUCKET_ACL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]private\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
No one else has access rights (default).
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]public-read\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AllUsers group gets READ access.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]public-read-write\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
.IP \[bu] 2
Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]authenticated-read\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
.IP \[bu] 2
The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-requester-pays
.PP
Enables requester pays option when interacting with S3 bucket.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: requester_pays
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REQUESTER_PAYS
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-sse-customer-algorithm
.PP
If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing
this object in S3.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_customer_algorithm
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS,Ceph,ChinaMobile,Minio
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]AES256\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
AES256
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-sse-customer-key
.PP
To use SSE-C you may provide the secret encryption key used to
encrypt/decrypt your data.
.PP
Alternatively you can provide --sse-customer-key-base64.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_customer_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS,Ceph,ChinaMobile,Minio
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-sse-customer-key-base64
.PP
If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key encoded in
base64 format to encrypt/decrypt your data.
.PP
Alternatively you can provide --sse-customer-key.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_customer_key_base64
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_BASE64
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS,Ceph,ChinaMobile,Minio
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-sse-customer-key-md5
.PP
If using SSE-C you may provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum
(optional).
.PP
If you leave it blank, this is calculated automatically from the
sse_customer_key provided.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_customer_key_md5
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_MD5
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS,Ceph,ChinaMobile,Minio
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.RE
.SS --s3-upload-cutoff
.PP
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
.PP
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size.
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: upload_cutoff
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 200Mi
.SS --s3-chunk-size
.PP
Chunk size to use for uploading.
.PP
When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff or files with unknown
size (e.g.
from \[dq]rclone rcat\[dq] or uploaded with \[dq]rclone mount\[dq] or
google photos or google docs) they will be uploaded as multipart uploads
using this chunk size.
.PP
Note that \[dq]--s3-upload-concurrency\[dq] chunks of this size are
buffered in memory per transfer.
.PP
If you are transferring large files over high-speed links and you have
enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.
.PP
Rclone will automatically increase the chunk size when uploading a large
file of known size to stay below the 10,000 chunks limit.
.PP
Files of unknown size are uploaded with the configured chunk_size.
Since the default chunk size is 5 MiB and there can be at most 10,000
chunks, this means that by default the maximum size of a file you can
stream upload is 48 GiB.
If you wish to stream upload larger files then you will need to increase
chunk_size.
.PP
Increasing the chunk size decreases the accuracy of the progress
statistics displayed with \[dq]-P\[dq] flag.
Rclone treats chunk as sent when it\[aq]s buffered by the AWS SDK, when
in fact it may still be uploading.
A bigger chunk size means a bigger AWS SDK buffer and progress reporting
more deviating from the truth.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 5Mi
.SS --s3-max-upload-parts
.PP
Maximum number of parts in a multipart upload.
.PP
This option defines the maximum number of multipart chunks to use when
doing a multipart upload.
.PP
This can be useful if a service does not support the AWS S3
specification of 10,000 chunks.
.PP
Rclone will automatically increase the chunk size when uploading a large
file of a known size to stay below this number of chunks limit.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: max_upload_parts
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MAX_UPLOAD_PARTS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 10000
.SS --s3-copy-cutoff
.PP
Cutoff for switching to multipart copy.
.PP
Any files larger than this that need to be server-side copied will be
copied in chunks of this size.
.PP
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: copy_cutoff
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_COPY_CUTOFF
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 4.656Gi
.SS --s3-disable-checksum
.PP
Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
.PP
Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object.
This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for
large files to start uploading.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: disable_checksum
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-shared-credentials-file
.PP
Path to the shared credentials file.
.PP
If env_auth = true then rclone can use a shared credentials file.
.PP
If this variable is empty rclone will look for the
\[dq]AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE\[dq] env variable.
If the env value is empty it will default to the current user\[aq]s home
directory.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Linux/OSX: \[dq]$HOME/.aws/credentials\[dq]
Windows:   \[dq]%USERPROFILE%\[rs].aws\[rs]credentials\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: shared_credentials_file
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --s3-profile
.PP
Profile to use in the shared credentials file.
.PP
If env_auth = true then rclone can use a shared credentials file.
This variable controls which profile is used in that file.
.PP
If empty it will default to the environment variable
\[dq]AWS_PROFILE\[dq] or \[dq]default\[dq] if that environment variable
is also not set.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: profile
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROFILE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --s3-session-token
.PP
An AWS session token.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: session_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SESSION_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --s3-upload-concurrency
.PP
Concurrency for multipart uploads and copies.
.PP
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently for multipart uploads and copies.
.PP
If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed links
and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing
this may help to speed up the transfers.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: upload_concurrency
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 4
.SS --s3-force-path-style
.PP
If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style.
.PP
If this is true (the default) then rclone will use path style access, if
false then rclone will use virtual path style.
See the AWS S3
docs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro)
for more info.
.PP
Some providers (e.g.
AWS, Aliyun OSS, Netease COS, or Tencent COS) require this set to false
- rclone will do this automatically based on the provider setting.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: force_path_style
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_FORCE_PATH_STYLE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --s3-v2-auth
.PP
If true use v2 authentication.
.PP
If this is false (the default) then rclone will use v4 authentication.
If it is set then rclone will use v2 authentication.
.PP
Use this only if v4 signatures don\[aq]t work, e.g.
pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: v2_auth
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_V2_AUTH
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-use-dual-stack
.PP
If true use AWS S3 dual-stack endpoint (IPv6 support).
.PP
See AWS Docs on Dualstack
Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/dual-stack-endpoints.html)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_dual_stack
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_DUAL_STACK
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint
.PP
If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
.PP
See: AWS S3 Transfer
acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration-examples.html)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_accelerate_endpoint
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_ACCELERATE_ENDPOINT
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-leave-parts-on-error
.PP
If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all
successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
.PP
It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions.
.PP
WARNING: Storing parts of an incomplete multipart upload counts towards
space usage on S3 and will add additional costs if not cleaned up.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: leave_parts_on_error
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-list-chunk
.PP
Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request).
.PP
This option is also known as \[dq]MaxKeys\[dq], \[dq]max-items\[dq], or
\[dq]page-size\[dq] from the AWS S3 specification.
Most services truncate the response list to 1000 objects even if
requested more than that.
In AWS S3 this is a global maximum and cannot be changed, see AWS
S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/s3/ls.html).
In Ceph, this can be increased with the \[dq]rgw list buckets max
chunk\[dq] option.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: list_chunk
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LIST_CHUNK
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 1000
.SS --s3-list-version
.PP
Version of ListObjects to use: 1,2 or 0 for auto.
.PP
When S3 originally launched it only provided the ListObjects call to
enumerate objects in a bucket.
.PP
However in May 2016 the ListObjectsV2 call was introduced.
This is much higher performance and should be used if at all possible.
.PP
If set to the default, 0, rclone will guess according to the provider
set which list objects method to call.
If it guesses wrong, then it may be set manually here.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: list_version
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LIST_VERSION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 0
.SS --s3-list-url-encode
.PP
Whether to url encode listings: true/false/unset
.PP
Some providers support URL encoding listings and where this is available
this is more reliable when using control characters in file names.
If this is set to unset (the default) then rclone will choose according
to the provider setting what to apply, but you can override rclone\[aq]s
choice here.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: list_url_encode
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LIST_URL_ENCODE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Tristate
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: unset
.SS --s3-no-check-bucket
.PP
If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the bucket exists or create it.
.PP
This can be useful when trying to minimise the number of transactions
rclone does if you know the bucket exists already.
.PP
It can also be needed if the user you are using does not have bucket
creation permissions.
Before v1.52.0 this would have passed silently due to a bug.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_check_bucket
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_CHECK_BUCKET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-no-head
.PP
If set, don\[aq]t HEAD uploaded objects to check integrity.
.PP
This can be useful when trying to minimise the number of transactions
rclone does.
.PP
Setting it means that if rclone receives a 200 OK message after
uploading an object with PUT then it will assume that it got uploaded
properly.
.PP
In particular it will assume:
.IP \[bu] 2
the metadata, including modtime, storage class and content type was as
uploaded
.IP \[bu] 2
the size was as uploaded
.PP
It reads the following items from the response for a single part PUT:
.IP \[bu] 2
the MD5SUM
.IP \[bu] 2
The uploaded date
.PP
For multipart uploads these items aren\[aq]t read.
.PP
If an source object of unknown length is uploaded then rclone
\f[B]will\f[R] do a HEAD request.
.PP
Setting this flag increases the chance for undetected upload failures,
in particular an incorrect size, so it isn\[aq]t recommended for normal
operation.
In practice the chance of an undetected upload failure is very small
even with this flag.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_head
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_HEAD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-no-head-object
.PP
If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_head_object
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_HEAD_OBJECT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --s3-memory-pool-flush-time
.PP
How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed.
(no longer used)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: memory_pool_flush_time
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Duration
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 1m0s
.SS --s3-memory-pool-use-mmap
.PP
Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
(no longer used)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: memory_pool_use_mmap
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-disable-http2
.PP
Disable usage of http2 for S3 backends.
.PP
There is currently an unsolved issue with the s3 (specifically minio)
backend and HTTP/2.
HTTP/2 is enabled by default for the s3 backend but can be disabled
here.
When the issue is solved this flag will be removed.
.PP
See: https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/4673,
https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/3631
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: disable_http2
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_HTTP2
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-download-url
.PP
Custom endpoint for downloads.
This is usually set to a CloudFront CDN URL as AWS S3 offers cheaper
egress for data downloaded through the CloudFront network.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: download_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DOWNLOAD_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --s3-directory-markers
.PP
Upload an empty object with a trailing slash when a new directory is
created
.PP
Empty folders are unsupported for bucket based remotes, this option
creates an empty object ending with \[dq]/\[dq], to persist the folder.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: directory_markers
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DIRECTORY_MARKERS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-use-multipart-etag
.PP
Whether to use ETag in multipart uploads for verification
.PP
This should be true, false or left unset to use the default for the
provider.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_multipart_etag
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_MULTIPART_ETAG
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Tristate
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: unset
.SS --s3-use-presigned-request
.PP
Whether to use a presigned request or PutObject for single part uploads
.PP
If this is false rclone will use PutObject from the AWS SDK to upload an
object.
.PP
Versions of rclone < 1.59 use presigned requests to upload a single part
object and setting this flag to true will re-enable that functionality.
This shouldn\[aq]t be necessary except in exceptional circumstances or
for testing.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_presigned_request
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_PRESIGNED_REQUEST
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-versions
.PP
Include old versions in directory listings.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: versions
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_VERSIONS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-version-at
.PP
Show file versions as they were at the specified time.
.PP
The parameter should be a date, \[dq]2006-01-02\[dq], datetime
\[dq]2006-01-02 15:04:05\[dq] or a duration for that long ago, eg
\[dq]100d\[dq] or \[dq]1h\[dq].
.PP
Note that when using this no file write operations are permitted, so you
can\[aq]t upload files or delete them.
.PP
See the time option docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#time-option) for
valid formats.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: version_at
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_VERSION_AT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Time
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: off
.SS --s3-version-deleted
.PP
Show deleted file markers when using versions.
.PP
This shows deleted file markers in the listing when using versions.
These will appear as 0 size files.
The only operation which can be performed on them is deletion.
.PP
Deleting a delete marker will reveal the previous version.
.PP
Deleted files will always show with a timestamp.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: version_deleted
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_VERSION_DELETED
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-decompress
.PP
If set this will decompress gzip encoded objects.
.PP
It is possible to upload objects to S3 with \[dq]Content-Encoding:
gzip\[dq] set.
Normally rclone will download these files as compressed objects.
.PP
If this flag is set then rclone will decompress these files with
\[dq]Content-Encoding: gzip\[dq] as they are received.
This means that rclone can\[aq]t check the size and hash but the file
contents will be decompressed.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: decompress
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DECOMPRESS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-might-gzip
.PP
Set this if the backend might gzip objects.
.PP
Normally providers will not alter objects when they are downloaded.
If an object was not uploaded with \f[C]Content-Encoding: gzip\f[R] then
it won\[aq]t be set on download.
.PP
However some providers may gzip objects even if they weren\[aq]t
uploaded with \f[C]Content-Encoding: gzip\f[R] (eg Cloudflare).
.PP
A symptom of this would be receiving errors like
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
ERROR corrupted on transfer: sizes differ NNN vs MMM
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you set this flag and rclone downloads an object with
Content-Encoding: gzip set and chunked transfer encoding, then rclone
will decompress the object on the fly.
.PP
If this is set to unset (the default) then rclone will choose according
to the provider setting what to apply, but you can override rclone\[aq]s
choice here.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: might_gzip
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MIGHT_GZIP
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Tristate
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: unset
.SS --s3-use-accept-encoding-gzip
.PP
Whether to send \f[C]Accept-Encoding: gzip\f[R] header.
.PP
By default, rclone will append \f[C]Accept-Encoding: gzip\f[R] to the
request to download compressed objects whenever possible.
.PP
However some providers such as Google Cloud Storage may alter the HTTP
headers, breaking the signature of the request.
.PP
A symptom of this would be receiving errors like
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
SignatureDoesNotMatch: The request signature we calculated does not match the signature you provided.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
In this case, you might want to try disabling this option.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_accept_encoding_gzip
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_ACCEPT_ENCODING_GZIP
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Tristate
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: unset
.SS --s3-no-system-metadata
.PP
Suppress setting and reading of system metadata
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_system_metadata
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_SYSTEM_METADATA
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --s3-sts-endpoint
.PP
Endpoint for STS.
.PP
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sts_endpoint
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STS_ENDPOINT
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: AWS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --s3-use-already-exists
.PP
Set if rclone should report BucketAlreadyExists errors on bucket
creation.
.PP
At some point during the evolution of the s3 protocol, AWS started
returning an \f[C]AlreadyOwnedByYou\f[R] error when attempting to create
a bucket that the user already owned, rather than a
\f[C]BucketAlreadyExists\f[R] error.
.PP
Unfortunately exactly what has been implemented by s3 clones is a little
inconsistent, some return \f[C]AlreadyOwnedByYou\f[R], some return
\f[C]BucketAlreadyExists\f[R] and some return no error at all.
.PP
This is important to rclone because it ensures the bucket exists by
creating it on quite a lot of operations (unless
\f[C]--s3-no-check-bucket\f[R] is used).
.PP
If rclone knows the provider can return \f[C]AlreadyOwnedByYou\f[R] or
returns no error then it can report \f[C]BucketAlreadyExists\f[R] errors
when the user attempts to create a bucket not owned by them.
Otherwise rclone ignores the \f[C]BucketAlreadyExists\f[R] error which
can lead to confusion.
.PP
This should be automatically set correctly for all providers rclone
knows about - please make a bug report if not.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_already_exists
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_ALREADY_EXISTS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Tristate
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: unset
.SS --s3-use-multipart-uploads
.PP
Set if rclone should use multipart uploads.
.PP
You can change this if you want to disable the use of multipart uploads.
This shouldn\[aq]t be necessary in normal operation.
.PP
This should be automatically set correctly for all providers rclone
knows about - please make a bug report if not.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_multipart_uploads
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_MULTIPART_UPLOADS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Tristate
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: unset
.SS --s3-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Metadata
.PP
User metadata is stored as x-amz-meta- keys.
S3 metadata keys are case insensitive and are always returned in lower
case.
.PP
Here are the possible system metadata items for the s3 backend.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(11.1n) lw(11.1n) lw(11.1n) lw(16.6n) lw(20.3n).
T{
Name
T}@T{
Help
T}@T{
Type
T}@T{
Example
T}@T{
Read Only
T}
_
T{
btime
T}@T{
Time of file birth (creation) read from Last-Modified header
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
cache-control
T}@T{
Cache-Control header
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
no-cache
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
content-disposition
T}@T{
Content-Disposition header
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
inline
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
content-encoding
T}@T{
Content-Encoding header
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
gzip
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
content-language
T}@T{
Content-Language header
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
en-US
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
content-type
T}@T{
Content-Type header
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
text/plain
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
mtime
T}@T{
Time of last modification, read from rclone metadata
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
tier
T}@T{
Tier of the object
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
GLACIER
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
.TE
.PP
See the metadata (https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.
.SS Backend commands
.PP
Here are the commands specific to the s3 backend.
.PP
Run them with
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend COMMAND remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
.PP
See the backend (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command
for more info on how to pass options and arguments.
.PP
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).
.SS restore
.PP
Restore objects from GLACIER to normal storage
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend restore remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command can be used to restore one or more objects from GLACIER to
normal storage.
.PP
Usage Examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend restore s3:bucket/path/to/object -o priority=PRIORITY -o lifetime=DAYS
rclone backend restore s3:bucket/path/to/directory -o priority=PRIORITY -o lifetime=DAYS
rclone backend restore s3:bucket -o priority=PRIORITY -o lifetime=DAYS
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This flag also obeys the filters.
Test first with --interactive/-i or --dry-run flags
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --interactive backend restore --include \[dq]*.txt\[dq] s3:bucket/path -o priority=Standard -o lifetime=1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
All the objects shown will be marked for restore, then
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend restore --include \[dq]*.txt\[dq] s3:bucket/path -o priority=Standard -o lifetime=1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
It returns a list of status dictionaries with Remote and Status keys.
The Status will be OK if it was successful or an error message if not.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[
    {
        \[dq]Status\[dq]: \[dq]OK\[dq],
        \[dq]Remote\[dq]: \[dq]test.txt\[dq]
    },
    {
        \[dq]Status\[dq]: \[dq]OK\[dq],
        \[dq]Remote\[dq]: \[dq]test/file4.txt\[dq]
    }
]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Options:
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]description\[dq]: The optional description for the job.
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]lifetime\[dq]: Lifetime of the active copy in days
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]priority\[dq]: Priority of restore: Standard|Expedited|Bulk
.SS restore-status
.PP
Show the restore status for objects being restored from GLACIER to
normal storage
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend restore-status remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command can be used to show the status for objects being restored
from GLACIER to normal storage.
.PP
Usage Examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend restore-status s3:bucket/path/to/object
rclone backend restore-status s3:bucket/path/to/directory
rclone backend restore-status -o all s3:bucket/path/to/directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command does not obey the filters.
.PP
It returns a list of status dictionaries.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[
    {
        \[dq]Remote\[dq]: \[dq]file.txt\[dq],
        \[dq]VersionID\[dq]: null,
        \[dq]RestoreStatus\[dq]: {
            \[dq]IsRestoreInProgress\[dq]: true,
            \[dq]RestoreExpiryDate\[dq]: \[dq]2023-09-06T12:29:19+01:00\[dq]
        },
        \[dq]StorageClass\[dq]: \[dq]GLACIER\[dq]
    },
    {
        \[dq]Remote\[dq]: \[dq]test.pdf\[dq],
        \[dq]VersionID\[dq]: null,
        \[dq]RestoreStatus\[dq]: {
            \[dq]IsRestoreInProgress\[dq]: false,
            \[dq]RestoreExpiryDate\[dq]: \[dq]2023-09-06T12:29:19+01:00\[dq]
        },
        \[dq]StorageClass\[dq]: \[dq]DEEP_ARCHIVE\[dq]
    }
]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Options:
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]all\[dq]: if set then show all objects, not just ones with restore
status
.SS list-multipart-uploads
.PP
List the unfinished multipart uploads
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend list-multipart-uploads remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command lists the unfinished multipart uploads in JSON format.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend list-multipart s3:bucket/path/to/object
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
It returns a dictionary of buckets with values as lists of unfinished
multipart uploads.
.PP
You can call it with no bucket in which case it lists all bucket, with a
bucket or with a bucket and path.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
  \[dq]rclone\[dq]: [
    {
      \[dq]Initiated\[dq]: \[dq]2020-06-26T14:20:36Z\[dq],
      \[dq]Initiator\[dq]: {
        \[dq]DisplayName\[dq]: \[dq]XXX\[dq],
        \[dq]ID\[dq]: \[dq]arn:aws:iam::XXX:user/XXX\[dq]
      },
      \[dq]Key\[dq]: \[dq]KEY\[dq],
      \[dq]Owner\[dq]: {
        \[dq]DisplayName\[dq]: null,
        \[dq]ID\[dq]: \[dq]XXX\[dq]
      },
      \[dq]StorageClass\[dq]: \[dq]STANDARD\[dq],
      \[dq]UploadId\[dq]: \[dq]XXX\[dq]
    }
  ],
  \[dq]rclone-1000files\[dq]: [],
  \[dq]rclone-dst\[dq]: []
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS cleanup
.PP
Remove unfinished multipart uploads.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend cleanup remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command removes unfinished multipart uploads of age greater than
max-age which defaults to 24 hours.
.PP
Note that you can use --interactive/-i or --dry-run with this command to
see what it would do.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend cleanup s3:bucket/path/to/object
rclone backend cleanup -o max-age=7w s3:bucket/path/to/object
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Durations are parsed as per the rest of rclone, 2h, 7d, 7w etc.
.PP
Options:
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]max-age\[dq]: Max age of upload to delete
.SS cleanup-hidden
.PP
Remove old versions of files.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend cleanup-hidden remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command removes any old hidden versions of files on a versions
enabled bucket.
.PP
Note that you can use --interactive/-i or --dry-run with this command to
see what it would do.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend cleanup-hidden s3:bucket/path/to/dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS versioning
.PP
Set/get versioning support for a bucket.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend versioning remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command sets versioning support if a parameter is passed and then
returns the current versioning status for the bucket supplied.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend versioning s3:bucket # read status only
rclone backend versioning s3:bucket Enabled
rclone backend versioning s3:bucket Suspended
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
It may return \[dq]Enabled\[dq], \[dq]Suspended\[dq] or
\[dq]Unversioned\[dq].
Note that once versioning has been enabled the status can\[aq]t be set
back to \[dq]Unversioned\[dq].
.SS set
.PP
Set command for updating the config parameters.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend set remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This set command can be used to update the config parameters for a
running s3 backend.
.PP
Usage Examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend set s3: [-o opt_name=opt_value] [-o opt_name2=opt_value2]
rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=s3: [-o opt_name=opt_value] [-o opt_name2=opt_value2]
rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=s3: -o session_token=X -o access_key_id=X -o secret_access_key=X
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The option keys are named as they are in the config file.
.PP
This rebuilds the connection to the s3 backend when it is called with
the new parameters.
Only new parameters need be passed as the values will default to those
currently in use.
.PP
It doesn\[aq]t return anything.
.SS Anonymous access to public buckets
.PP
If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a
blank \f[C]access_key_id\f[R] and \f[C]secret_access_key\f[R].
Your config should end up looking like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[anons3]
type = s3
provider = AWS
env_auth = false
access_key_id =
secret_access_key =
region = us-east-1
endpoint =
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then use it as normal with the name of the public bucket, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd anons3:1000genomes
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You will be able to list and copy data but not upload it.
.SS Providers
.SS AWS S3
.PP
This is the provider used as main example and described in the
configuration section above.
.SS AWS Snowball Edge
.PP
AWS Snowball (https://aws.amazon.com/snowball/) is a hardware appliance
used for transferring bulk data back to AWS.
Its main software interface is S3 object storage.
.PP
To use rclone with AWS Snowball Edge devices, configure as standard for
an \[aq]S3 Compatible Service\[aq].
.PP
If using rclone pre v1.59 be sure to set \f[C]upload_cutoff = 0\f[R]
otherwise you will run into authentication header issues as the snowball
device does not support query parameter based authentication.
.PP
With rclone v1.59 or later setting \f[C]upload_cutoff\f[R] should not be
necessary.
.PP
eg.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[snowball]
type = s3
provider = Other
access_key_id = YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key = YOUR_SECRET_KEY
endpoint = http://[IP of Snowball]:8080
upload_cutoff = 0
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Ceph
.PP
Ceph (https://ceph.com/) is an open-source, unified, distributed storage
system designed for excellent performance, reliability and scalability.
It has an S3 compatible object storage interface.
.PP
To use rclone with Ceph, configure as above but leave the region blank
and set the endpoint.
You should end up with something like this in your config:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[ceph]
type = s3
provider = Ceph
env_auth = false
access_key_id = XXX
secret_access_key = YYY
region =
endpoint = https://ceph.endpoint.example.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you are using an older version of CEPH (e.g.
10.2.x Jewel) and a version of rclone before v1.59 then you may need to
supply the parameter \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff 0\f[R] or put this in the
config file as \f[C]upload_cutoff 0\f[R] to work around a bug which
causes uploading of small files to fail.
.PP
Note also that Ceph sometimes puts \f[C]/\f[R] in the passwords it gives
users.
If you read the secret access key using the command line tools you will
get a JSON blob with the \f[C]/\f[R] escaped as \f[C]\[rs]/\f[R].
Make sure you only write \f[C]/\f[R] in the secret access key.
.PP
Eg the dump from Ceph looks something like this (irrelevant keys
removed).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]user_id\[dq]: \[dq]xxx\[dq],
    \[dq]display_name\[dq]: \[dq]xxxx\[dq],
    \[dq]keys\[dq]: [
        {
            \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]xxx\[dq],
            \[dq]access_key\[dq]: \[dq]xxxxxx\[dq],
            \[dq]secret_key\[dq]: \[dq]xxxxxx\[rs]/xxxx\[dq]
        }
    ],
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Because this is a json dump, it is encoding the \f[C]/\f[R] as
\f[C]\[rs]/\f[R], so if you use the secret key as \f[C]xxxxxx/xxxx\f[R]
it will work fine.
.SS Cloudflare R2
.PP
Cloudflare R2 (https://blog.cloudflare.com/r2-open-beta/) Storage allows
developers to store large amounts of unstructured data without the
costly egress bandwidth fees associated with typical cloud storage
services.
.PP
Here is an example of making a Cloudflare R2 configuration.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.PP
Note that all buckets are private, and all are stored in the same
\[dq]auto\[dq] region.
It is necessary to use Cloudflare workers to share the content of a
bucket publicly.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> r2
Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
\&...
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, China Mobile, Cloudflare, ArvanCloud, DigitalOcean, Dreamhost, Huawei OBS, IBM COS, Lyve Cloud, Minio, Netease, RackCorp, Scaleway, SeaweedFS, StackPath, Storj, Synology, Tencent COS and Wasabi
   \[rs] (s3)
\&...
Storage> s3
Option provider.
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
\&...
XX / Cloudflare R2 Storage
   \[rs] (Cloudflare)
\&...
provider> Cloudflare
Option env_auth.
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth> 1
Option access_key_id.
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> ACCESS_KEY
Option secret_access_key.
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
Option region.
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / R2 buckets are automatically distributed across Cloudflare\[aq]s data centers for low latency.
   \[rs] (auto)
region> 1
Option endpoint.
Endpoint for S3 API.
Required when using an S3 clone.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
endpoint> https://ACCOUNT_ID.r2.cloudflarestorage.com
Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will leave your config looking something like:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[r2]
type = s3
provider = Cloudflare
access_key_id = ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key = SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
region = auto
endpoint = https://ACCOUNT_ID.r2.cloudflarestorage.com
acl = private
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Now run \f[C]rclone lsf r2:\f[R] to see your buckets and
\f[C]rclone lsf r2:bucket\f[R] to look within a bucket.
.SS Dreamhost
.PP
Dreamhost DreamObjects (https://www.dreamhost.com/cloud/storage/) is an
object storage system based on CEPH.
.PP
To use rclone with Dreamhost, configure as above but leave the region
blank and set the endpoint.
You should end up with something like this in your config:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[dreamobjects]
type = s3
provider = DreamHost
env_auth = false
access_key_id = your_access_key
secret_access_key = your_secret_key
region =
endpoint = objects-us-west-1.dream.io
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Google Cloud Storage
.PP
GoogleCloudStorage (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs) is an
S3-interoperable (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/interoperability)
object storage service from Google Cloud Platform.
.PP
To connect to Google Cloud Storage you will need an access key and
secret key.
These can be retrieved by creating an HMAC
key (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/authentication/managing-hmackeys).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[gs]
type = s3
provider = GCS
access_key_id = your_access_key
secret_access_key = your_secret_key
endpoint = https://storage.googleapis.com
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R] that \f[C]--s3-versions\f[R] does not work with GCS when
it needs to do directory paging.
Rclone will return the error:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
s3 protocol error: received versions listing with IsTruncated set with no NextKeyMarker
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This is Google bug
#312292516 (https://issuetracker.google.com/u/0/issues/312292516).
.SS DigitalOcean Spaces
.PP
Spaces (https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/) is an
S3-interoperable (https://developers.digitalocean.com/documentation/spaces/)
object storage service from cloud provider DigitalOcean.
.PP
To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret
key.
These can be retrieved on the \[dq]Applications &
API (https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens)\[dq] page of
the DigitalOcean control panel.
They will be needed when prompted by \f[C]rclone config\f[R] for your
\f[C]access_key_id\f[R] and \f[C]secret_access_key\f[R].
.PP
When prompted for a \f[C]region\f[R] or \f[C]location_constraint\f[R],
press enter to use the default value.
The region must be included in the \f[C]endpoint\f[R] setting (e.g.
\f[C]nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com\f[R]).
The default values can be used for other settings.
.PP
Going through the whole process of creating a new remote by running
\f[C]rclone config\f[R], each prompt should be answered as shown below:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Storage> s3
env_auth> 1
access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_KEY
region>
endpoint> nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
location_constraint>
acl>
storage_class>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The resulting configuration file should look like:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[spaces]
type = s3
provider = DigitalOcean
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key = YOUR_SECRET_KEY
region =
endpoint = nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Once configured, you can create a new Space and begin copying files.
For example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir spaces:my-new-space
rclone copy /path/to/files spaces:my-new-space
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Huawei OBS
.PP
Object Storage Service (OBS) provides stable, secure, efficient, and
easy-to-use cloud storage that lets you store virtually any volume of
unstructured data in any format and access it from anywhere.
.PP
OBS provides an S3 interface, you can copy and modify the following
configuration and add it to your rclone configuration file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[obs]
type = s3
provider = HuaweiOBS
access_key_id = your-access-key-id
secret_access_key = your-secret-access-key
region = af-south-1
endpoint = obs.af-south-1.myhuaweicloud.com
acl = private
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or you can also configure via the interactive command line:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> obs
Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] (s3)
[snip]
Storage> s3
Option provider.
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
[snip]
 9 / Huawei Object Storage Service
   \[rs] (HuaweiOBS)
[snip]
provider> 9
Option env_auth.
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth> 1
Option access_key_id.
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> your-access-key-id
Option secret_access_key.
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> your-secret-access-key
Option region.
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / AF-Johannesburg
   \[rs] (af-south-1)
 2 / AP-Bangkok
   \[rs] (ap-southeast-2)
[snip]
region> 1
Option endpoint.
Endpoint for OBS API.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / AF-Johannesburg
   \[rs] (obs.af-south-1.myhuaweicloud.com)
 2 / AP-Bangkok
   \[rs] (obs.ap-southeast-2.myhuaweicloud.com)
[snip]
endpoint> 1
Option acl.
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn\[aq]t set, for creating buckets too.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
[snip]
acl> 1
Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n>
--------------------
[obs]
type = s3
provider = HuaweiOBS
access_key_id = your-access-key-id
secret_access_key = your-secret-access-key
region = af-south-1
endpoint = obs.af-south-1.myhuaweicloud.com
acl = private
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
obs                  s3

e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
\f[R]
.fi
.SS IBM COS (S3)
.PP
Information stored with IBM Cloud Object Storage is encrypted and
dispersed across multiple geographic locations, and accessed through an
implementation of the S3 API.
This service makes use of the distributed storage technologies provided
by IBM\[cq]s Cloud Object Storage System (formerly Cleversafe).
For more information visit: (http://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage)
.PP
To configure access to IBM COS S3, follow the steps below:
.IP "1." 3
Run rclone config and select n for a new remote.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
    2018/02/14 14:13:11 NOTICE: Config file \[dq]C:\[rs]\[rs]Users\[rs]\[rs]a\[rs]\[rs].config\[rs]\[rs]rclone\[rs]\[rs]rclone.conf\[dq] not found - using defaults
    No remotes found, make a new one?
    n) New remote
    s) Set configuration password
    q) Quit config
    n/s/q> n
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "2." 3
Enter the name for the configuration
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
    name> <YOUR NAME>
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "3." 3
Select \[dq]s3\[dq] storage.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> s3
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "4." 3
Select IBM COS as the S3 Storage Provider.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose the S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
     1 / Choose this option to configure Storage to AWS S3
       \[rs] \[dq]AWS\[dq]
     2 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Ceph Systems
     \[rs] \[dq]Ceph\[dq]
     3 /  Choose this option to configure Storage to Dreamhost
     \[rs] \[dq]Dreamhost\[dq]
   4 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to IBM COS S3
     \[rs] \[dq]IBMCOS\[dq]
     5 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to Minio
     \[rs] \[dq]Minio\[dq]
     Provider>4
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "5." 3
Enter the Access Key and Secret.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
    AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
    access_key_id> <>
    AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
    secret_access_key> <>
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "6." 3
Specify the endpoint for IBM COS.
For Public IBM COS, choose from the option below.
For On Premise IBM COS, enter an endpoint address.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
    Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API.
    Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
     1 / US Cross Region Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net\[dq]
     2 / US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net\[dq]
     3 / US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net\[dq]
     4 / US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net\[dq]
     5 / US Cross Region Private Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com\[dq]
     6 / US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com\[dq]
     7 / US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com\[dq]
     8 / US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com\[dq]
     9 / US Region East Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net\[dq]
    10 / US Region East Private Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com\[dq]
    11 / US Region South Endpoint
[snip]
    34 / Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint
       \[rs] \[dq]s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com\[dq]
    endpoint>1
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "7." 3
Specify a IBM COS Location Constraint.
The location constraint must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public.
For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
     1 / US Cross Region Standard
       \[rs] \[dq]us-standard\[dq]
     2 / US Cross Region Vault
       \[rs] \[dq]us-vault\[dq]
     3 / US Cross Region Cold
       \[rs] \[dq]us-cold\[dq]
     4 / US Cross Region Flex
       \[rs] \[dq]us-flex\[dq]
     5 / US East Region Standard
       \[rs] \[dq]us-east-standard\[dq]
     6 / US East Region Vault
       \[rs] \[dq]us-east-vault\[dq]
     7 / US East Region Cold
       \[rs] \[dq]us-east-cold\[dq]
     8 / US East Region Flex
       \[rs] \[dq]us-east-flex\[dq]
     9 / US South Region Standard
       \[rs] \[dq]us-south-standard\[dq]
    10 / US South Region Vault
       \[rs] \[dq]us-south-vault\[dq]
[snip]
    32 / Toronto Flex
       \[rs] \[dq]tor01-flex\[dq]
location_constraint>1
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "9." 3
Specify a canned ACL.
IBM Cloud (Storage) supports \[dq]public-read\[dq] and
\[dq]private\[dq].
IBM Cloud(Infra) supports all the canned ACLs.
On-Premise COS supports all the canned ACLs.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
      1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS
      \[rs] \[dq]private\[dq]
      2  / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS
      \[rs] \[dq]public-read\[dq]
      3 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS
      \[rs] \[dq]public-read-write\[dq]
      4  / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS
      \[rs] \[dq]authenticated-read\[dq]
acl> 1
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "12." 4
Review the displayed configuration and accept to save the
\[dq]remote\[dq] then quit.
The config file should look like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
    [xxx]
    type = s3
    Provider = IBMCOS
    access_key_id = xxx
    secret_access_key = yyy
    endpoint = s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net
    location_constraint = us-standard
    acl = private
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "13." 4
Execute rclone commands
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
    1)  Create a bucket.
        rclone mkdir IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
    2)  List available buckets.
        rclone lsd IBM-COS-XREGION:
        -1 2017-11-08 21:16:22        -1 test
        -1 2018-02-14 20:16:39        -1 newbucket
    3)  List contents of a bucket.
        rclone ls IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
        18685952 test.exe
    4)  Copy a file from local to remote.
        rclone copy /Users/file.txt IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
    5)  Copy a file from remote to local.
        rclone copy IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt .
    6)  Delete a file on remote.
        rclone delete IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.SS IDrive e2
.PP
Here is an example of making an IDrive e2 (https://www.idrive.com/e2/)
configuration.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n

Enter name for new remote.
name> e2

Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] (s3)
[snip]
Storage> s3

Option provider.
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
[snip]
XX / IDrive e2
   \[rs] (IDrive)
[snip]
provider> IDrive

Option env_auth.
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth> 

Option access_key_id.
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY

Option secret_access_key.
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_KEY

Option acl.
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn\[aq]t set, for creating buckets too.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 2 | The AllUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] (public-read)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 3 | The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
   | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
   \[rs] (public-read-write)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 4 | The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] (authenticated-read)
   / Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 5 | Bucket owner gets READ access.
   | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
   \[rs] (bucket-owner-read)
   / Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
 6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
   \[rs] (bucket-owner-full-control)
acl> 

Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> 

Configuration complete.
Options:
- type: s3
- provider: IDrive
- access_key_id: YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
- secret_access_key: YOUR_SECRET_KEY
- endpoint: q9d9.la12.idrivee2-5.com
Keep this \[dq]e2\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.SS IONOS Cloud
.PP
IONOS S3 Object Storage (https://cloud.ionos.com/storage/object-storage)
is a service offered by IONOS for storing and accessing unstructured
data.
To connect to the service, you will need an access key and a secret key.
These can be found in the Data Center Designer (https://dcd.ionos.com/),
by selecting \f[B]Manager resources\f[R] > \f[B]Object Storage Key
Manager\f[R].
.PP
Here is an example of a configuration.
First, run \f[C]rclone config\f[R].
This will walk you through an interactive setup process.
Type \f[C]n\f[R] to add the new remote, and then enter a name:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Enter name for new remote.
name> ionos-fra
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Type \f[C]s3\f[R] to choose the connection type:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] (s3)
[snip]
Storage> s3
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Type \f[C]IONOS\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Option provider.
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
[snip]
XX / IONOS Cloud
   \[rs] (IONOS)
[snip]
provider> IONOS
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Press Enter to choose the default option
\f[C]Enter AWS credentials in the next step\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Option env_auth.
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Enter your Access Key and Secret key.
These can be retrieved in the Data Center
Designer (https://dcd.ionos.com/), click on the menu \[lq]Manager
resources\[rq] / \[dq]Object Storage Key Manager\[dq].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Option access_key_id.
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY

Option secret_access_key.
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_KEY
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Choose the region where your bucket is located:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Option region.
Region where your bucket will be created and your data stored.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / Frankfurt, Germany
   \[rs] (de)
 2 / Berlin, Germany
   \[rs] (eu-central-2)
 3 / Logrono, Spain
   \[rs] (eu-south-2)
region> 2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Choose the endpoint from the same region:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Option endpoint.
Endpoint for IONOS S3 Object Storage.
Specify the endpoint from the same region.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / Frankfurt, Germany
   \[rs] (s3-eu-central-1.ionoscloud.com)
 2 / Berlin, Germany
   \[rs] (s3-eu-central-2.ionoscloud.com)
 3 / Logrono, Spain
   \[rs] (s3-eu-south-2.ionoscloud.com)
endpoint> 1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Press Enter to choose the default option or choose the desired ACL
setting:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Option acl.
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn\[aq]t set, for creating buckets too.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
[snip]
acl>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Press Enter to skip the advanced config:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Press Enter to save the configuration, and then \f[C]q\f[R] to quit the
configuration process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Configuration complete.
Options:
- type: s3
- provider: IONOS
- access_key_id: YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
- secret_access_key: YOUR_SECRET_KEY
- endpoint: s3-eu-central-1.ionoscloud.com
Keep this \[dq]ionos-fra\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Done! Now you can try some commands (for macOS, use \f[C]./rclone\f[R]
instead of \f[C]rclone\f[R]).
.IP "1)" 3
Create a bucket (the name must be unique within the whole IONOS S3)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir ionos-fra:my-bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "2)" 3
List available buckets
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd ionos-fra:
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "4)" 3
Copy a file from local to remote
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /Users/file.txt ionos-fra:my-bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "3)" 3
List contents of a bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls ionos-fra:my-bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "5)" 3
Copy a file from remote to local
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy ionos-fra:my-bucket/file.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Minio
.PP
Minio (https://minio.io/) is an object storage server built for cloud
application developers and devops.
.PP
It is very easy to install and provides an S3 compatible server which
can be used by rclone.
.PP
To use it, install Minio following the instructions
here (https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-quickstart-guide).
.PP
When it configures itself Minio will print something like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Endpoint:  http://192.168.1.106:9000  http://172.23.0.1:9000
AccessKey: USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
SecretKey: MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
Region:    us-east-1
SQS ARNs:  arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:1:redis arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:2:redis

Browser Access:
   http://192.168.1.106:9000  http://172.23.0.1:9000

Command-line Access: https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-client-quickstart-guide
   $ mc config host add myminio http://192.168.1.106:9000 USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03

Object API (Amazon S3 compatible):
   Go:         https://docs.minio.io/docs/golang-client-quickstart-guide
   Java:       https://docs.minio.io/docs/java-client-quickstart-guide
   Python:     https://docs.minio.io/docs/python-client-quickstart-guide
   JavaScript: https://docs.minio.io/docs/javascript-client-quickstart-guide
   .NET:       https://docs.minio.io/docs/dotnet-client-quickstart-guide

Drive Capacity: 26 GiB Free, 165 GiB Total
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
These details need to go into \f[C]rclone config\f[R] like this.
Note that it is important to put the region in as stated above.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
env_auth> 1
access_key_id> USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
secret_access_key> MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
region> us-east-1
endpoint> http://192.168.1.106:9000
location_constraint>
server_side_encryption>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Which makes the config file look like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[minio]
type = s3
provider = Minio
env_auth = false
access_key_id = USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
secret_access_key = MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
region = us-east-1
endpoint = http://192.168.1.106:9000
location_constraint =
server_side_encryption =
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
So once set up, for example, to copy files into a bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /path/to/files minio:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Qiniu Cloud Object Storage (Kodo)
.PP
Qiniu Cloud Object Storage
(Kodo) (https://www.qiniu.com/en/products/kodo), a completely
independent-researched core technology which is proven by repeated
customer experience has occupied absolute leading market leader
position.
Kodo can be widely applied to mass data management.
.PP
To configure access to Qiniu Kodo, follow the steps below:
.IP "1." 3
Run \f[C]rclone config\f[R] and select \f[C]n\f[R] for a new remote.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "2." 3
Give the name of the configuration.
For example, name it \[aq]qiniu\[aq].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
name> qiniu
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "3." 3
Select \f[C]s3\f[R] storage.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] (s3)
[snip]
Storage> s3
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "4." 3
Select \f[C]Qiniu\f[R] provider.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
   \[rs] \[dq]AWS\[dq]
[snip]
22 / Qiniu Object Storage (Kodo)
   \[rs] (Qiniu)
[snip]
provider> Qiniu
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "5." 3
Enter your SecretId and SecretKey of Qiniu Kodo.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
access_key_id> AKIDxxxxxxxxxx
AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
secret_access_key> xxxxxxxxxxx
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "6." 3
Select endpoint for Qiniu Kodo.
This is the standard endpoint for different region.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
   / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
 1 | East China Region 1.
   | Needs location constraint cn-east-1.
   \[rs] (cn-east-1)
   / East China Region 2.
 2 | Needs location constraint cn-east-2.
   \[rs] (cn-east-2)
   / North China Region 1.
 3 | Needs location constraint cn-north-1.
   \[rs] (cn-north-1)
   / South China Region 1.
 4 | Needs location constraint cn-south-1.
   \[rs] (cn-south-1)
   / North America Region.
 5 | Needs location constraint us-north-1.
   \[rs] (us-north-1)
   / Southeast Asia Region 1.
 6 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
   \[rs] (ap-southeast-1)
   / Northeast Asia Region 1.
 7 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
   \[rs] (ap-northeast-1)
[snip]
endpoint> 1

Option endpoint.
Endpoint for Qiniu Object Storage.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / East China Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (s3-cn-east-1.qiniucs.com)
 2 / East China Endpoint 2
   \[rs] (s3-cn-east-2.qiniucs.com)
 3 / North China Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (s3-cn-north-1.qiniucs.com)
 4 / South China Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (s3-cn-south-1.qiniucs.com)
 5 / North America Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (s3-us-north-1.qiniucs.com)
 6 / Southeast Asia Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (s3-ap-southeast-1.qiniucs.com)
 7 / Northeast Asia Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (s3-ap-northeast-1.qiniucs.com)
endpoint> 1

Option location_constraint.
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / East China Region 1
   \[rs] (cn-east-1)
 2 / East China Region 2
   \[rs] (cn-east-2)
 3 / North China Region 1
   \[rs] (cn-north-1)
 4 / South China Region 1
   \[rs] (cn-south-1)
 5 / North America Region 1
   \[rs] (us-north-1)
 6 / Southeast Asia Region 1
   \[rs] (ap-southeast-1)
 7 / Northeast Asia Region 1
   \[rs] (ap-northeast-1)
location_constraint> 1
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "7." 3
Choose acl and storage class.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 2 | The AllUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] (public-read)
[snip]
acl> 2
The storage class to use when storing new objects in Tencent COS.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Standard storage class
   \[rs] (STANDARD)
 2 / Infrequent access storage mode
   \[rs] (LINE)
 3 / Archive storage mode
   \[rs] (GLACIER)
 4 / Deep archive storage mode
   \[rs] (DEEP_ARCHIVE)
[snip]
storage_class> 1
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[qiniu]
- type: s3
- provider: Qiniu
- access_key_id: xxx
- secret_access_key: xxx
- region: cn-east-1
- endpoint: s3-cn-east-1.qiniucs.com
- location_constraint: cn-east-1
- acl: public-read
- storage_class: STANDARD
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
qiniu                s3
\f[R]
.fi
.SS RackCorp
.PP
RackCorp Object Storage (https://www.rackcorp.com/storage/s3storage) is
an S3 compatible object storage platform from your friendly cloud
provider RackCorp.
The service is fast, reliable, well priced and located in many strategic
locations unserviced by others, to ensure you can maintain data
sovereignty.
.PP
Before you can use RackCorp Object Storage, you\[aq]ll need to \[dq]sign
up (https://www.rackcorp.com/signup)\[dq] for an account on our
\[dq]portal (https://portal.rackcorp.com)\[dq].
Next you can create an \f[C]access key\f[R], a \f[C]secret key\f[R] and
\f[C]buckets\f[R], in your location of choice with ease.
These details are required for the next steps of configuration, when
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] asks for your \f[C]access_key_id\f[R] and
\f[C]secret_access_key\f[R].
.PP
Your config should end up looking a bit like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[RCS3-demo-config]
type = s3
provider = RackCorp
env_auth = true
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region = au-nsw
endpoint = s3.rackcorp.com
location_constraint = au-nsw
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Rclone Serve S3
.PP
Rclone can serve any remote over the S3 protocol.
For details see the rclone serve
s3 (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/) documentation.
.PP
For example, to serve \f[C]remote:path\f[R] over s3, run the server like
this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone serve s3 --auth-key ACCESS_KEY_ID,SECRET_ACCESS_KEY remote:path
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will be compatible with an rclone remote which is defined like
this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[serves3]
type = s3
provider = Rclone
endpoint = http://127.0.0.1:8080/
access_key_id = ACCESS_KEY_ID
secret_access_key = SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
use_multipart_uploads = false
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that setting \f[C]disable_multipart_uploads = true\f[R] is to work
around a bug (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/#bugs) which
will be fixed in due course.
.SS Scaleway
.PP
Scaleway (https://www.scaleway.com/object-storage/) The Object Storage
platform allows you to store anything from backups, logs and web assets
to documents and photos.
Files can be dropped from the Scaleway console or transferred through
our API and CLI or using any S3-compatible tool.
.PP
Scaleway provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with
rclone like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[scaleway]
type = s3
provider = Scaleway
env_auth = false
endpoint = s3.nl-ams.scw.cloud
access_key_id = SCWXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
secret_access_key = 1111111-2222-3333-44444-55555555555555
region = nl-ams
location_constraint =
acl = private
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
C14 Cold Storage (https://www.online.net/en/storage/c14-cold-storage) is
the low-cost S3 Glacier alternative from Scaleway and it works the same
way as on S3 by accepting the \[dq]GLACIER\[dq] \f[C]storage_class\f[R].
So you can configure your remote with the
\f[C]storage_class = GLACIER\f[R] option to upload directly to C14.
Don\[aq]t forget that in this state you can\[aq]t read files back after,
you will need to restore them to \[dq]STANDARD\[dq] storage_class first
before being able to read them (see \[dq]restore\[dq] section above)
.SS Seagate Lyve Cloud
.PP
Seagate Lyve
Cloud (https://www.seagate.com/gb/en/services/cloud/storage/) is an S3
compatible object storage platform from Seagate (https://seagate.com/)
intended for enterprise use.
.PP
Here is a config run through for a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R] - you
may choose a different name of course.
Note that to create an access key and secret key you will need to create
a service account first.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone config
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Choose \f[C]s3\f[R] backend
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] (s3)
[snip]
Storage> s3
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Choose \f[C]LyveCloud\f[R] as S3 provider
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
[snip]
XX / Seagate Lyve Cloud
   \[rs] (LyveCloud)
[snip]
provider> LyveCloud
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Take the default (just press enter) to enter access key and secret in
the config file.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth>
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> XXX
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> YYY
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Leave region blank
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Region to connect to.
Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don\[aq]t have a region.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / Use this if unsure.
 1 | Will use v4 signatures and an empty region.
   \[rs] ()
   / Use this only if v4 signatures don\[aq]t work.
 2 | E.g. pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
   \[rs] (other-v2-signature)
region>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Choose an endpoint from the list
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Endpoint for S3 API.
Required when using an S3 clone.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / Seagate Lyve Cloud US East 1 (Virginia)
   \[rs] (s3.us-east-1.lyvecloud.seagate.com)
 2 / Seagate Lyve Cloud US West 1 (California)
   \[rs] (s3.us-west-1.lyvecloud.seagate.com)
 3 / Seagate Lyve Cloud AP Southeast 1 (Singapore)
   \[rs] (s3.ap-southeast-1.lyvecloud.seagate.com)
endpoint> 1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Leave location constraint blank
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Leave blank if not sure. Used when creating buckets only.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
location_constraint>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Choose default ACL (\f[C]private\f[R]).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn\[aq]t set, for creating buckets too.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
[snip]
acl>
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And the config file should end up looking like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[remote]
type = s3
provider = LyveCloud
access_key_id = XXX
secret_access_key = YYY
endpoint = s3.us-east-1.lyvecloud.seagate.com
\f[R]
.fi
.SS SeaweedFS
.PP
SeaweedFS (https://github.com/chrislusf/seaweedfs/) is a distributed
storage system for blobs, objects, files, and data lake, with O(1) disk
seek and a scalable file metadata store.
It has an S3 compatible object storage interface.
SeaweedFS can also act as a gateway to remote S3 compatible object
store (https://github.com/chrislusf/seaweedfs/wiki/Gateway-to-Remote-Object-Storage)
to cache data and metadata with asynchronous write back, for fast local
speed and minimize access cost.
.PP
Assuming the SeaweedFS are configured with \f[C]weed shell\f[R] as such:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
> s3.bucket.create -name foo
> s3.configure -access_key=any -secret_key=any -buckets=foo -user=me -actions=Read,Write,List,Tagging,Admin -apply
{
  \[dq]identities\[dq]: [
    {
      \[dq]name\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
      \[dq]credentials\[dq]: [
        {
          \[dq]accessKey\[dq]: \[dq]any\[dq],
          \[dq]secretKey\[dq]: \[dq]any\[dq]
        }
      ],
      \[dq]actions\[dq]: [
        \[dq]Read:foo\[dq],
        \[dq]Write:foo\[dq],
        \[dq]List:foo\[dq],
        \[dq]Tagging:foo\[dq],
        \[dq]Admin:foo\[dq]
      ]
    }
  ]
}
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To use rclone with SeaweedFS, above configuration should end up with
something like this in your config:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[seaweedfs_s3]
type = s3
provider = SeaweedFS
access_key_id = any
secret_access_key = any
endpoint = localhost:8333
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
So once set up, for example to copy files into a bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /path/to/files seaweedfs_s3:foo
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Wasabi
.PP
Wasabi (https://wasabi.com) is a cloud-based object storage service for
a broad range of applications and use cases.
Wasabi is designed for individuals and organizations that require a
high-performance, reliable, and secure data storage infrastructure at
minimal cost.
.PP
Wasabi provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with
rclone like this.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> wasabi
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, ChinaMobile, ArvanCloud, Minio, Liara)
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> s3
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> YOURACCESSKEY
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
   / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
 1 | US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest.
   | Leave location constraint empty.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-east-1\[dq]
[snip]
region> us-east-1
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph.
endpoint> s3.wasabisys.com
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest.
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
[snip]
location_constraint>
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] \[dq]private\[dq]
[snip]
acl>
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / None
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / AES256
   \[rs] \[dq]AES256\[dq]
server_side_encryption>
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Default
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / Standard storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]STANDARD\[dq]
 3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]REDUCED_REDUNDANCY\[dq]
 4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]STANDARD_IA\[dq]
storage_class>
Remote config
--------------------
[wasabi]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region = us-east-1
endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will leave the config file looking like this.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[wasabi]
type = s3
provider = Wasabi
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region =
endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Alibaba OSS
.PP
Here is an example of making an Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun)
OSS (https://www.alibabacloud.com/product/oss/) configuration.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> oss
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> s3
Choose your S3 provider.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
   \[rs] \[dq]AWS\[dq]
 2 / Alibaba Cloud Object Storage System (OSS) formerly Aliyun
   \[rs] \[dq]Alibaba\[dq]
 3 / Ceph Object Storage
   \[rs] \[dq]Ceph\[dq]
[snip]
provider> Alibaba
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
access_key_id> accesskeyid
AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
secret_access_key> secretaccesskey
Endpoint for OSS API.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / East China 1 (Hangzhou)
   \[rs] \[dq]oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com\[dq]
 2 / East China 2 (Shanghai)
   \[rs] \[dq]oss-cn-shanghai.aliyuncs.com\[dq]
 3 / North China 1 (Qingdao)
   \[rs] \[dq]oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com\[dq]
[snip]
endpoint> 1
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.

Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] \[dq]private\[dq]
 2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] \[dq]public-read\[dq]
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
[snip]
acl> 1
The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Default
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / Standard storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]STANDARD\[dq]
 3 / Archive storage mode.
   \[rs] \[dq]GLACIER\[dq]
 4 / Infrequent access storage mode.
   \[rs] \[dq]STANDARD_IA\[dq]
storage_class> 1
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[oss]
type = s3
provider = Alibaba
env_auth = false
access_key_id = accesskeyid
secret_access_key = secretaccesskey
endpoint = oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com
acl = private
storage_class = Standard
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.SS China Mobile Ecloud Elastic Object Storage (EOS)
.PP
Here is an example of making an China Mobile Ecloud Elastic Object
Storage (EOS) (https:///ecloud.10086.cn/home/product-introduction/eos/)
configuration.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> ChinaMobile
Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
 ...
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] (s3)
 ...
Storage> s3
Option provider.
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 ...
 4 / China Mobile Ecloud Elastic Object Storage (EOS)
   \[rs] (ChinaMobile)
 ...
provider> ChinaMobile
Option env_auth.
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth>
Option access_key_id.
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> accesskeyid
Option secret_access_key.
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> secretaccesskey
Option endpoint.
Endpoint for China Mobile Ecloud Elastic Object Storage (EOS) API.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
 1 | East China (Suzhou)
   \[rs] (eos-wuxi-1.cmecloud.cn)
 2 / East China (Jinan)
   \[rs] (eos-jinan-1.cmecloud.cn)
 3 / East China (Hangzhou)
   \[rs] (eos-ningbo-1.cmecloud.cn)
 4 / East China (Shanghai-1)
   \[rs] (eos-shanghai-1.cmecloud.cn)
 5 / Central China (Zhengzhou)
   \[rs] (eos-zhengzhou-1.cmecloud.cn)
 6 / Central China (Changsha-1)
   \[rs] (eos-hunan-1.cmecloud.cn)
 7 / Central China (Changsha-2)
   \[rs] (eos-zhuzhou-1.cmecloud.cn)
 8 / South China (Guangzhou-2)
   \[rs] (eos-guangzhou-1.cmecloud.cn)
 9 / South China (Guangzhou-3)
   \[rs] (eos-dongguan-1.cmecloud.cn)
10 / North China (Beijing-1)
   \[rs] (eos-beijing-1.cmecloud.cn)
11 / North China (Beijing-2)
   \[rs] (eos-beijing-2.cmecloud.cn)
12 / North China (Beijing-3)
   \[rs] (eos-beijing-4.cmecloud.cn)
13 / North China (Huhehaote)
   \[rs] (eos-huhehaote-1.cmecloud.cn)
14 / Southwest China (Chengdu)
   \[rs] (eos-chengdu-1.cmecloud.cn)
15 / Southwest China (Chongqing)
   \[rs] (eos-chongqing-1.cmecloud.cn)
16 / Southwest China (Guiyang)
   \[rs] (eos-guiyang-1.cmecloud.cn)
17 / Nouthwest China (Xian)
   \[rs] (eos-xian-1.cmecloud.cn)
18 / Yunnan China (Kunming)
   \[rs] (eos-yunnan.cmecloud.cn)
19 / Yunnan China (Kunming-2)
   \[rs] (eos-yunnan-2.cmecloud.cn)
20 / Tianjin China (Tianjin)
   \[rs] (eos-tianjin-1.cmecloud.cn)
21 / Jilin China (Changchun)
   \[rs] (eos-jilin-1.cmecloud.cn)
22 / Hubei China (Xiangyan)
   \[rs] (eos-hubei-1.cmecloud.cn)
23 / Jiangxi China (Nanchang)
   \[rs] (eos-jiangxi-1.cmecloud.cn)
24 / Gansu China (Lanzhou)
   \[rs] (eos-gansu-1.cmecloud.cn)
25 / Shanxi China (Taiyuan)
   \[rs] (eos-shanxi-1.cmecloud.cn)
26 / Liaoning China (Shenyang)
   \[rs] (eos-liaoning-1.cmecloud.cn)
27 / Hebei China (Shijiazhuang)
   \[rs] (eos-hebei-1.cmecloud.cn)
28 / Fujian China (Xiamen)
   \[rs] (eos-fujian-1.cmecloud.cn)
29 / Guangxi China (Nanning)
   \[rs] (eos-guangxi-1.cmecloud.cn)
30 / Anhui China (Huainan)
   \[rs] (eos-anhui-1.cmecloud.cn)
endpoint> 1
Option location_constraint.
Location constraint - must match endpoint.
Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / East China (Suzhou)
   \[rs] (wuxi1)
 2 / East China (Jinan)
   \[rs] (jinan1)
 3 / East China (Hangzhou)
   \[rs] (ningbo1)
 4 / East China (Shanghai-1)
   \[rs] (shanghai1)
 5 / Central China (Zhengzhou)
   \[rs] (zhengzhou1)
 6 / Central China (Changsha-1)
   \[rs] (hunan1)
 7 / Central China (Changsha-2)
   \[rs] (zhuzhou1)
 8 / South China (Guangzhou-2)
   \[rs] (guangzhou1)
 9 / South China (Guangzhou-3)
   \[rs] (dongguan1)
10 / North China (Beijing-1)
   \[rs] (beijing1)
11 / North China (Beijing-2)
   \[rs] (beijing2)
12 / North China (Beijing-3)
   \[rs] (beijing4)
13 / North China (Huhehaote)
   \[rs] (huhehaote1)
14 / Southwest China (Chengdu)
   \[rs] (chengdu1)
15 / Southwest China (Chongqing)
   \[rs] (chongqing1)
16 / Southwest China (Guiyang)
   \[rs] (guiyang1)
17 / Nouthwest China (Xian)
   \[rs] (xian1)
18 / Yunnan China (Kunming)
   \[rs] (yunnan)
19 / Yunnan China (Kunming-2)
   \[rs] (yunnan2)
20 / Tianjin China (Tianjin)
   \[rs] (tianjin1)
21 / Jilin China (Changchun)
   \[rs] (jilin1)
22 / Hubei China (Xiangyan)
   \[rs] (hubei1)
23 / Jiangxi China (Nanchang)
   \[rs] (jiangxi1)
24 / Gansu China (Lanzhou)
   \[rs] (gansu1)
25 / Shanxi China (Taiyuan)
   \[rs] (shanxi1)
26 / Liaoning China (Shenyang)
   \[rs] (liaoning1)
27 / Hebei China (Shijiazhuang)
   \[rs] (hebei1)
28 / Fujian China (Xiamen)
   \[rs] (fujian1)
29 / Guangxi China (Nanning)
   \[rs] (guangxi1)
30 / Anhui China (Huainan)
   \[rs] (anhui1)
location_constraint> 1
Option acl.
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn\[aq]t set, for creating buckets too.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 2 | The AllUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] (public-read)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 3 | The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
   | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
   \[rs] (public-read-write)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 4 | The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] (authenticated-read)
   / Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
acl> private
Option server_side_encryption.
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / None
   \[rs] ()
 2 / AES256
   \[rs] (AES256)
server_side_encryption>
Option storage_class.
The storage class to use when storing new objects in ChinaMobile.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / Default
   \[rs] ()
 2 / Standard storage class
   \[rs] (STANDARD)
 3 / Archive storage mode
   \[rs] (GLACIER)
 4 / Infrequent access storage mode
   \[rs] (STANDARD_IA)
storage_class>
Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
--------------------
[ChinaMobile]
type = s3
provider = ChinaMobile
access_key_id = accesskeyid
secret_access_key = secretaccesskey
endpoint = eos-wuxi-1.cmecloud.cn
location_constraint = wuxi1
acl = private
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Leviia Cloud Object Storage
.PP
Leviia Object Storage (https://www.leviia.com/object-storage/), backup
and secure your data in a 100% French cloud, independent of GAFAM..
.PP
To configure access to Leviia, follow the steps below:
.IP "1." 3
Run \f[C]rclone config\f[R] and select \f[C]n\f[R] for a new remote.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "2." 3
Give the name of the configuration.
For example, name it \[aq]leviia\[aq].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
name> leviia
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "3." 3
Select \f[C]s3\f[R] storage.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] (s3)
[snip]
Storage> s3
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "4." 3
Select \f[C]Leviia\f[R] provider.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
   \[rs] \[dq]AWS\[dq]
[snip]
15 / Leviia Object Storage
   \[rs] (Leviia)
[snip]
provider> Leviia
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "5." 3
Enter your SecretId and SecretKey of Leviia.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
access_key_id> ZnIx.xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
secret_access_key> xxxxxxxxxxx
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "6." 3
Select endpoint for Leviia.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
   / The default endpoint
 1 | Leviia.
   \[rs] (s3.leviia.com)
[snip]
endpoint> 1
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "7." 3
Choose acl.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 2 | The AllUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] (public-read)
[snip]
acl> 1
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[leviia]
- type: s3
- provider: Leviia
- access_key_id: ZnIx.xxxxxxx
- secret_access_key: xxxxxxxx
- endpoint: s3.leviia.com
- acl: private
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
leviia                s3
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Liara
.PP
Here is an example of making a Liara Object
Storage (https://liara.ir/landing/object-storage) configuration.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> Liara
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, ChinaMobile, ArvanCloud, Liara, Minio)
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> s3
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> YOURACCESSKEY
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
   / The default endpoint
 1 | US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest.
   | Leave location constraint empty.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-east-1\[dq]
[snip]
region>
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using Liara to use the default endpoint for the region.
Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph.
endpoint> storage.iran.liara.space
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] \[dq]private\[dq]
[snip]
acl>
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / None
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / AES256
   \[rs] \[dq]AES256\[dq]
server_side_encryption>
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Default
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / Standard storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]STANDARD\[dq]
storage_class>
Remote config
--------------------
[Liara]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
endpoint = storage.iran.liara.space
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will leave the config file looking like this.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[Liara]
type = s3
provider = Liara
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region =
endpoint = storage.iran.liara.space
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Linode
.PP
Here is an example of making a Linode Object
Storage (https://www.linode.com/products/object-storage/) configuration.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n

Enter name for new remote.
name> linode

Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...Linode, ...and others
   \[rs] (s3)
[snip]
Storage> s3

Option provider.
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
[snip]
XX / Linode Object Storage
   \[rs] (Linode)
[snip]
provider> Linode

Option env_auth.
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth> 

Option access_key_id.
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> ACCESS_KEY

Option secret_access_key.
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> SECRET_ACCESS_KEY

Option endpoint.
Endpoint for Linode Object Storage API.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / Atlanta, GA (USA), us-southeast-1
   \[rs] (us-southeast-1.linodeobjects.com)
 2 / Chicago, IL (USA), us-ord-1
   \[rs] (us-ord-1.linodeobjects.com)
 3 / Frankfurt (Germany), eu-central-1
   \[rs] (eu-central-1.linodeobjects.com)
 4 / Milan (Italy), it-mil-1
   \[rs] (it-mil-1.linodeobjects.com)
 5 / Newark, NJ (USA), us-east-1
   \[rs] (us-east-1.linodeobjects.com)
 6 / Paris (France), fr-par-1
   \[rs] (fr-par-1.linodeobjects.com)
 7 / Seattle, WA (USA), us-sea-1
   \[rs] (us-sea-1.linodeobjects.com)
 8 / Singapore ap-south-1
   \[rs] (ap-south-1.linodeobjects.com)
 9 / Stockholm (Sweden), se-sto-1
   \[rs] (se-sto-1.linodeobjects.com)
10 / Washington, DC, (USA), us-iad-1
   \[rs] (us-iad-1.linodeobjects.com)
endpoint> 3

Option acl.
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn\[aq]t set, for creating buckets too.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
If the acl is an empty string then no X-Amz-Acl: header is added and
the default (private) will be used.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
[snip]
acl> 

Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n

Configuration complete.
Options:
- type: s3
- provider: Linode
- access_key_id: ACCESS_KEY
- secret_access_key: SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
- endpoint: eu-central-1.linodeobjects.com
Keep this \[dq]linode\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will leave the config file looking like this.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[linode]
type = s3
provider = Linode
access_key_id = ACCESS_KEY
secret_access_key = SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
endpoint = eu-central-1.linodeobjects.com
\f[R]
.fi
.SS ArvanCloud
.PP
ArvanCloud (https://www.arvancloud.com/en/products/cloud-storage)
ArvanCloud Object Storage goes beyond the limited traditional file
storage.
It gives you access to backup and archived files and allows sharing.
Files like profile image in the app, images sent by users or scanned
documents can be stored securely and easily in our Object Storage
service.
.PP
ArvanCloud provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with
rclone like this.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> ArvanCloud
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, ChinaMobile, ArvanCloud, Liara, Minio)
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> s3
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> YOURACCESSKEY
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
Region to connect to.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
   / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
 1 | US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest.
   | Leave location constraint empty.
   \[rs] \[dq]us-east-1\[dq]
[snip]
region> 
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using ArvanCloud to use the default endpoint for the region.
Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph.
endpoint> s3.arvanstorage.com
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Empty for Iran-Tehran Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
[snip]
location_constraint>
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] \[dq]private\[dq]
[snip]
acl>
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / None
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / AES256
   \[rs] \[dq]AES256\[dq]
server_side_encryption>
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Default
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
 2 / Standard storage class
   \[rs] \[dq]STANDARD\[dq]
storage_class>
Remote config
--------------------
[ArvanCloud]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region = ir-thr-at1
endpoint = s3.arvanstorage.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will leave the config file looking like this.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[ArvanCloud]
type = s3
provider = ArvanCloud
env_auth = false
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
region =
endpoint = s3.arvanstorage.com
location_constraint =
acl =
server_side_encryption =
storage_class =
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Tencent COS
.PP
Tencent Cloud Object Storage
(COS) (https://intl.cloud.tencent.com/product/cos) is a distributed
storage service offered by Tencent Cloud for unstructured data.
It is secure, stable, massive, convenient, low-delay and low-cost.
.PP
To configure access to Tencent COS, follow the steps below:
.IP "1." 3
Run \f[C]rclone config\f[R] and select \f[C]n\f[R] for a new remote.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "2." 3
Give the name of the configuration.
For example, name it \[aq]cos\[aq].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
name> cos
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "3." 3
Select \f[C]s3\f[R] storage.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> s3
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "4." 3
Select \f[C]TencentCOS\f[R] provider.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
   \[rs] \[dq]AWS\[dq]
[snip]
11 / Tencent Cloud Object Storage (COS)
   \[rs] \[dq]TencentCOS\[dq]
[snip]
provider> TencentCOS
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "5." 3
Enter your SecretId and SecretKey of Tencent Cloud.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
access_key_id> AKIDxxxxxxxxxx
AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
secret_access_key> xxxxxxxxxxx
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "6." 3
Select endpoint for Tencent COS.
This is the standard endpoint for different region.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 1 / Beijing Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]cos.ap-beijing.myqcloud.com\[dq]
 2 / Nanjing Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]cos.ap-nanjing.myqcloud.com\[dq]
 3 / Shanghai Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]cos.ap-shanghai.myqcloud.com\[dq]
 4 / Guangzhou Region.
   \[rs] \[dq]cos.ap-guangzhou.myqcloud.com\[dq]
[snip]
endpoint> 4
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "7." 3
Choose acl and storage class.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Owner gets Full_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] \[dq]default\[dq]
[snip]
acl> 1
The storage class to use when storing new objects in Tencent COS.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Default
   \[rs] \[dq]\[dq]
[snip]
storage_class> 1
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[cos]
type = s3
provider = TencentCOS
env_auth = false
access_key_id = xxx
secret_access_key = xxx
endpoint = cos.ap-guangzhou.myqcloud.com
acl = default
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
cos                  s3
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Netease NOS
.PP
For Netease NOS configure as per the configurator
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] setting the provider \f[C]Netease\f[R].
This will automatically set \f[C]force_path_style = false\f[R] which is
necessary for it to run properly.
.SS Petabox
.PP
Here is an example of making a Petabox (https://petabox.io/)
configuration.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n

Enter name for new remote.
name> My Petabox Storage

Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip]
XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> s3

Option provider.
Choose your S3 provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
[snip]
XX / Petabox Object Storage
   \[rs] (Petabox)
[snip]
provider> Petabox

Option env_auth.
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth> 1

Option access_key_id.
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY_ID

Option secret_access_key.
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY

Option region.
Region where your bucket will be created and your data stored.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / US East (N. Virginia)
   \[rs] (us-east-1)
 2 / Europe (Frankfurt)
   \[rs] (eu-central-1)
 3 / Asia Pacific (Singapore)
   \[rs] (ap-southeast-1)
 4 / Middle East (Bahrain)
   \[rs] (me-south-1)
 5 / South America (S\[~a]o Paulo)
   \[rs] (sa-east-1)
region> 1

Option endpoint.
Endpoint for Petabox S3 Object Storage.
Specify the endpoint from the same region.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
 1 / US East (N. Virginia)
   \[rs] (s3.petabox.io)
 2 / US East (N. Virginia)
   \[rs] (s3.us-east-1.petabox.io)
 3 / Europe (Frankfurt)
   \[rs] (s3.eu-central-1.petabox.io)
 4 / Asia Pacific (Singapore)
   \[rs] (s3.ap-southeast-1.petabox.io)
 5 / Middle East (Bahrain)
   \[rs] (s3.me-south-1.petabox.io)
 6 / South America (S\[~a]o Paulo)
   \[rs] (s3.sa-east-1.petabox.io)
endpoint> 1

Option acl.
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn\[aq]t set, for creating buckets too.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn\[aq]t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
If the acl is an empty string then no X-Amz-Acl: header is added and
the default (private) will be used.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 1 | No one else has access rights (default).
   \[rs] (private)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 2 | The AllUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] (public-read)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 3 | The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
   | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
   \[rs] (public-read-write)
   / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 4 | The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
   \[rs] (authenticated-read)
   / Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 5 | Bucket owner gets READ access.
   | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
   \[rs] (bucket-owner-read)
   / Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
 6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
   \[rs] (bucket-owner-full-control)
acl> 1

Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> No

Configuration complete.
Options:
- type: s3
- provider: Petabox
- access_key_id: YOUR_ACCESS_KEY_ID
- secret_access_key: YOUR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
- region: us-east-1
- endpoint: s3.petabox.io
Keep this \[dq]My Petabox Storage\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will leave the config file looking like this.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[My Petabox Storage]
type = s3
provider = Petabox
access_key_id = YOUR_ACCESS_KEY_ID
secret_access_key = YOUR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
region = us-east-1
endpoint = s3.petabox.io
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Storj
.PP
Storj is a decentralized cloud storage which can be used through its
native protocol or an S3 compatible gateway.
.PP
The S3 compatible gateway is configured using \f[C]rclone config\f[R]
with a type of \f[C]s3\f[R] and with a provider name of \f[C]Storj\f[R].
Here is an example run of the configurator.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Type of storage to configure.
Storage> s3
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step.
   \[rs] (false)
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
   \[rs] (true)
env_auth> 1
Option access_key_id.
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> XXXX (as shown when creating the access grant)
Option secret_access_key.
AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> XXXX (as shown when creating the access grant)
Option endpoint.
Endpoint of the Shared Gateway.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / EU1 Shared Gateway
   \[rs] (gateway.eu1.storjshare.io)
 2 / US1 Shared Gateway
   \[rs] (gateway.us1.storjshare.io)
 3 / Asia-Pacific Shared Gateway
   \[rs] (gateway.ap1.storjshare.io)
endpoint> 1 (as shown when creating the access grant)
Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that s3 credentials are generated when you create an access
grant (https://docs.storj.io/dcs/api-reference/s3-compatible-gateway#usage).
.SS Backend quirks
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--chunk-size\f[R] is forced to be 64 MiB or greater.
This will use more memory than the default of 5 MiB.
.IP \[bu] 2
Server side copy is disabled as it isn\[aq]t currently supported in the
gateway.
.IP \[bu] 2
GetTier and SetTier are not supported.
.SS Backend bugs
.PP
Due to issue #39 (https://github.com/storj/gateway-mt/issues/39)
uploading multipart files via the S3 gateway causes them to lose their
metadata.
For rclone\[aq]s purpose this means that the modification time is not
stored, nor is any MD5SUM (if one is available from the source).
.PP
This has the following consequences:
.IP \[bu] 2
Using \f[C]rclone rcat\f[R] will fail as the medatada doesn\[aq]t match
after upload
.IP \[bu] 2
Uploading files with \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] will fail for the same
reason
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This can worked around by using \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode writes\f[R] or
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode full\f[R] or setting \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff\f[R]
large
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Files uploaded via a multipart upload won\[aq]t have their modtimes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This will mean that \f[C]rclone sync\f[R] will likely keep trying to
upload files bigger than \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
This can be worked around with \f[C]--checksum\f[R] or
\f[C]--size-only\f[R] or setting \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff\f[R] large
.IP \[bu] 2
The maximum value for \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff\f[R] is 5GiB though
.RE
.PP
One general purpose workaround is to set
\f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff 5G\f[R].
This means that rclone will upload files smaller than 5GiB as single
parts.
Note that this can be set in the config file with
\f[C]upload_cutoff = 5G\f[R] or configured in the advanced settings.
If you regularly transfer files larger than 5G then using
\f[C]--checksum\f[R] or \f[C]--size-only\f[R] in \f[C]rclone sync\f[R]
is the recommended workaround.
.SS Comparison with the native protocol
.PP
Use the the native protocol to take advantage of client-side encryption
as well as to achieve the best possible download performance.
Uploads will be erasure-coded locally, thus a 1gb upload will result in
2.68gb of data being uploaded to storage nodes across the network.
.PP
Use this backend and the S3 compatible Hosted Gateway to increase upload
performance and reduce the load on your systems and network.
Uploads will be encrypted and erasure-coded server-side, thus a 1GB
upload will result in only in 1GB of data being uploaded to storage
nodes across the network.
.PP
For more detailed comparison please check the documentation of the storj
backend.
.SS Limitations
.PP
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] is not supported by the S3 backend.
Backends without this capability cannot determine free space for an
rclone mount or use policy \f[C]mfs\f[R] (most free space) as a member
of an rclone union remote.
.PP
See List of backends that do not support rclone
about (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)
.SS Synology C2 Object Storage
.PP
Synology C2 Object
Storage (https://c2.synology.com/en-global/object-storage/overview)
provides a secure, S3-compatible, and cost-effective cloud storage
solution without API request, download fees, and deletion penalty.
.PP
The S3 compatible gateway is configured using \f[C]rclone config\f[R]
with a type of \f[C]s3\f[R] and with a provider name of
\f[C]Synology\f[R].
Here is an example run of the configurator.
.PP
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config

n/s/q> n

Enter name for new remote.1
name> syno

Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value

XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, ...
   \[rs] \[dq]s3\[dq]

Storage> s3

Choose your S3 provider.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 24 / Synology C2 Object Storage
   \[rs] (Synology)

provider> Synology

Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]

env_auth> 1

AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).

access_key_id> accesskeyid

AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).

secret_access_key> secretaccesskey

Region where your data stored.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / Europe Region 1
   \[rs] (eu-001)
 2 / Europe Region 2
   \[rs] (eu-002)
 3 / US Region 1
   \[rs] (us-001)
 4 / US Region 2
   \[rs] (us-002)
 5 / Asia (Taiwan)
   \[rs] (tw-001)

region > 1

Option endpoint.
Endpoint for Synology C2 Object Storage API.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
 1 / EU Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (eu-001.s3.synologyc2.net)
 2 / US Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (us-001.s3.synologyc2.net)
 3 / TW Endpoint 1
   \[rs] (tw-001.s3.synologyc2.net)

endpoint> 1

Option location_constraint.
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Leave blank if not sure. Used when creating buckets only.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
location_constraint>

Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y

Option no_check_bucket.
If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the bucket exists or create it.
This can be useful when trying to minimise the number of transactions
rclone does if you know the bucket exists already.
It can also be needed if the user you are using does not have bucket
creation permissions. Before v1.52.0 this would have passed silently
due to a bug.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (true).

no_check_bucket> true

Configuration complete.
Options:
- type: s3
- provider: Synology
- region: eu-001
- endpoint: eu-001.s3.synologyc2.net
- no_check_bucket: true
Keep this \[dq]syno\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote

y/e/d> y

#  Backblaze B2

B2 is [Backblaze\[aq]s cloud storage system](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/).

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:bucket\[ga] (or \[ga]remote:\[ga] for the \[ga]lsd\[ga]
command.)  You may put subdirectories in too, e.g. \[ga]remote:bucket/path/to/dir\[ga].

## Configuration

Here is an example of making a b2 configuration.  First run

    rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process.  To authenticate
you will either need your Account ID (a short hex number) and Master
Application Key (a long hex number) OR an Application Key, which is the
recommended method. See below for further details on generating and using
an Application Key.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote q) Quit config n/q> n name> remote Type of storage to
configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Backblaze B2 \ \[dq]b2\[dq] [snip] Storage> b2 Account ID or Application
Key ID account> 123456789abc Application Key key>
0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789 Endpoint for the service -
leave blank normally.
endpoint> Remote config -------------------- [remote] account =
123456789abc key = 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789 endpoint =
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete
this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
This remote is called \[ga]remote\[ga] and can now be used like this

See all buckets

    rclone lsd remote:

Create a new bucket

    rclone mkdir remote:bucket

List the contents of a bucket

    rclone ls remote:bucket

Sync \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga] to the remote bucket, deleting any
excess files in the bucket.

    rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:bucket

### Application Keys

B2 supports multiple [Application Keys for different access permission
to B2 Buckets](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/application_keys.html).

You can use these with rclone too; you will need to use rclone version 1.43
or later.

Follow Backblaze\[aq]s docs to create an Application Key with the required
permission and add the \[ga]applicationKeyId\[ga] as the \[ga]account\[ga] and the
\[ga]Application Key\[ga] itself as the \[ga]key\[ga].

Note that you must put the _applicationKeyId_ as the \[ga]account\[ga] \[en] you
can\[aq]t use the master Account ID.  If you try then B2 will return 401
errors.

### --fast-list

This remote supports \[ga]--fast-list\[ga] which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.

### Modification times

The modification time is stored as metadata on the object as
\[ga]X-Bz-Info-src_last_modified_millis\[ga] as milliseconds since 1970-01-01
in the Backblaze standard.  Other tools should be able to use this as
a modified time.

Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported. Note that
if a modification time needs to be updated on an object then it will
create a new version of the object.

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \[rs]         | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]           |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

Note that in 2020-05 Backblaze started allowing \[rs] characters in file
names. Rclone hasn\[aq]t changed its encoding as this could cause syncs to
re-transfer files. If you want rclone not to replace \[rs] then see the
\[ga]--b2-encoding\[ga] flag below and remove the \[ga]BackSlash\[ga] from the
string. This can be set in the config.

### SHA1 checksums

The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and
will be used in the syncing process.

Large files (bigger than the limit in \[ga]--b2-upload-cutoff\[ga]) which are
uploaded in chunks will store their SHA1 on the object as
\[ga]X-Bz-Info-large_file_sha1\[ga] as recommended by Backblaze.

For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source
needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1
checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1.
See [the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#features) for exactly which remotes
support SHA1.

Sources which don\[aq]t support SHA1, in particular \[ga]crypt\[ga] will upload
large files without SHA1 checksums.  This may be fixed in the future
(see [#1767](https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/1767)).

Files sizes below \[ga]--b2-upload-cutoff\[ga] will always have an SHA1
regardless of the source.

### Transfers

Backblaze recommends that you do lots of transfers simultaneously for
maximum speed.  In tests from my SSD equipped laptop the optimum
setting is about \[ga]--transfers 32\[ga] though higher numbers may be used
for a slight speed improvement. The optimum number for you may vary
depending on your hardware, how big the files are, how much you want
to load your computer, etc.  The default of \[ga]--transfers 4\[ga] is
definitely too low for Backblaze B2 though.

Note that uploading big files (bigger than 200 MiB by default) will use
a 96 MiB RAM buffer by default.  There can be at most \[ga]--transfers\[ga] of
these in use at any moment, so this sets the upper limit on the memory
used.

### Versions

When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a [new version
of it](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/file_versions.html).
Likewise when you delete a file, the old version will be marked hidden
and still be available.  Conversely, you may opt in to a \[dq]hard delete\[dq]
of files with the \[ga]--b2-hard-delete\[ga] flag which would permanently remove
the file instead of hiding it.

Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the 
\[ga]--b2-versions\[ga] flag.

It is also possible to view a bucket as it was at a certain point in time,
using the \[ga]--b2-version-at\[ga] flag. This will show the file versions as they
were at that time, showing files that have been deleted afterwards, and
hiding files that were created since.

If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the
\[ga]rclone cleanup remote:bucket\[ga] command which will delete all the old
versions of files, leaving the current ones intact.  You can also
supply a path and only old versions under that path will be deleted,
e.g. \[ga]rclone cleanup remote:bucket/path/to/stuff\[ga].

Note that \[ga]cleanup\[ga] will remove partially uploaded files from the bucket
if they are more than a day old.

When you \[ga]purge\[ga] a bucket, the current and the old versions will be
deleted then the bucket will be deleted.

However \[ga]delete\[ga] will cause the current versions of the files to
become hidden old versions.

Here is a session showing the listing and retrieval of an old
version followed by a \[ga]cleanup\[ga] of the old versions.

Show current version and all the versions with \[ga]--b2-versions\[ga] flag.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt
.PP
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt 8
one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt 16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt 15
one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Retrieve an old version
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q --b2-versions copy
b2:cleanup-test/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt /tmp
.PP
$ ls -l /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt -rw-rw-r-- 1 ncw ncw 16 Jul
2 17:46 /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Clean up all the old versions and show that they\[aq]ve gone.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q cleanup b2:cleanup-test
.PP
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt
.PP
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
#### Versions naming caveat

When using \[ga]--b2-versions\[ga] flag rclone is relying on the file name
to work out whether the objects are versions or not. Versions\[aq] names
are created by inserting timestamp between file name and its extension.
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
    9 file.txt
    8 file-v2023-07-17-161032-000.txt
   16 file-v2023-06-15-141003-000.txt
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
If there are real files present with the same names as versions, then
behaviour of \[ga]--b2-versions\[ga] can be unpredictable.

### Data usage

It is useful to know how many requests are sent to the server in different scenarios.

All copy commands send the following 4 requests:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account /b2api/v1/b2_create_bucket
/b2api/v1/b2_list_buckets /b2api/v1/b2_list_file_names
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
The \[ga]b2_list_file_names\[ga] request will be sent once for every 1k files
in the remote path, providing the checksum and modification time of
the listed files. As of version 1.33 issue
[#818](https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/818) causes extra requests
to be sent when using B2 with Crypt. When a copy operation does not
require any files to be uploaded, no more requests will be sent.

Uploading files that do not require chunking, will send 2 requests per
file upload:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_url /b2api/v1/b2_upload_file/
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Uploading files requiring chunking, will send 2 requests (one each to
start and finish the upload) and another 2 requests for each chunk:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
/b2api/v1/b2_start_large_file /b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_part_url
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_part/ /b2api/v1/b2_finish_large_file
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
#### Versions

Versions can be viewed with the \[ga]--b2-versions\[ga] flag. When it is set
rclone will show and act on older versions of files.  For example

Listing without \[ga]--b2-versions\[ga]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
And with
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt 8
one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt 16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt 15
one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Showing that the current version is unchanged but older versions can
be seen.  These have the UTC date that they were uploaded to the
server to the nearest millisecond appended to them.

Note that when using \[ga]--b2-versions\[ga] no file write operations are
permitted, so you can\[aq]t upload files or delete them.

### B2 and rclone link

Rclone supports generating file share links for private B2 buckets.
They can either be for a file for example:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\&./rclone link B2:bucket/path/to/file.txt
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/to/file.txt?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
or if run on a directory you will get:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\&./rclone link B2:bucket/path
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
you can then use the authorization token (the part of the url from the
 \[ga]?Authorization=\[ga] on) on any file path under that directory. For example:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/to/file1?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/file2?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/folder/file3?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
.IP
.nf
\f[C]

### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).

#### --b2-account

Account ID or Application Key ID.

Properties:

- Config:      account
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_ACCOUNT
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --b2-key

Application Key.

Properties:

- Config:      key
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_KEY
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --b2-hard-delete

Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.

Properties:

- Config:      hard_delete
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_HARD_DELETE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).

#### --b2-endpoint

Endpoint for the service.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --b2-test-mode

A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.

This is for debugging purposes only. Setting it to one of the strings
below will cause b2 to return specific errors:

  * \[dq]fail_some_uploads\[dq]
  * \[dq]expire_some_account_authorization_tokens\[dq]
  * \[dq]force_cap_exceeded\[dq]

These will be set in the \[dq]X-Bz-Test-Mode\[dq] header which is documented
in the [b2 integrations checklist](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html).

Properties:

- Config:      test_mode
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_TEST_MODE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --b2-versions

Include old versions in directory listings.

Note that when using this no file write operations are permitted,
so you can\[aq]t upload files or delete them.

Properties:

- Config:      versions
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_VERSIONS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --b2-version-at

Show file versions as they were at the specified time.

Note that when using this no file write operations are permitted,
so you can\[aq]t upload files or delete them.

Properties:

- Config:      version_at
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_VERSION_AT
- Type:        Time
- Default:     off

#### --b2-upload-cutoff

Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.

Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of \[dq]--b2-chunk-size\[dq].

This value should be set no larger than 4.657 GiB (== 5 GB).

Properties:

- Config:      upload_cutoff
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     200Mi

#### --b2-copy-cutoff

Cutoff for switching to multipart copy.

Any files larger than this that need to be server-side copied will be
copied in chunks of this size.

The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 4.6 GiB.

Properties:

- Config:      copy_cutoff
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_COPY_CUTOFF
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     4Gi

#### --b2-chunk-size

Upload chunk size.

When uploading large files, chunk the file into this size.

Must fit in memory. These chunks are buffered in memory and there
might a maximum of \[dq]--transfers\[dq] chunks in progress at once.

5,000,000 Bytes is the minimum size.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     96Mi

#### --b2-upload-concurrency

Concurrency for multipart uploads.

This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently.

Note that chunks are stored in memory and there may be up to
\[dq]--transfers\[dq] * \[dq]--b2-upload-concurrency\[dq] chunks stored at once
in memory.

Properties:

- Config:      upload_concurrency
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type:        int
- Default:     4

#### --b2-disable-checksum

Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files.

Normally rclone will calculate the SHA1 checksum of the input before
uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files
to start uploading.

Properties:

- Config:      disable_checksum
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --b2-download-url

Custom endpoint for downloads.

This is usually set to a Cloudflare CDN URL as Backblaze offers
free egress for data downloaded through the Cloudflare network.
Rclone works with private buckets by sending an \[dq]Authorization\[dq] header.
If the custom endpoint rewrites the requests for authentication,
e.g., in Cloudflare Workers, this header needs to be handled properly.
Leave blank if you want to use the endpoint provided by Backblaze.

The URL provided here SHOULD have the protocol and SHOULD NOT have
a trailing slash or specify the /file/bucket subpath as rclone will
request files with \[dq]{download_url}/file/{bucket_name}/{path}\[dq].

Example:
> https://mysubdomain.mydomain.tld
(No trailing \[dq]/\[dq], \[dq]file\[dq] or \[dq]bucket\[dq])

Properties:

- Config:      download_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --b2-download-auth-duration

Time before the public link authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d.

This is used in combination with \[dq]rclone link\[dq] for making files
accessible to the public and sets the duration before the download
authorization token will expire.

The minimum value is 1 second. The maximum value is one week.

Properties:

- Config:      download_auth_duration
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_AUTH_DURATION
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     1w

#### --b2-memory-pool-flush-time

How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (no longer used)

Properties:

- Config:      memory_pool_flush_time
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     1m0s

#### --b2-memory-pool-use-mmap

Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool. (no longer used)

Properties:

- Config:      memory_pool_use_mmap
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --b2-lifecycle

Set the number of days deleted files should be kept when creating a bucket.

On bucket creation, this parameter is used to create a lifecycle rule
for the entire bucket.

If lifecycle is 0 (the default) it does not create a lifecycle rule so
the default B2 behaviour applies. This is to create versions of files
on delete and overwrite and to keep them indefinitely.

If lifecycle is >0 then it creates a single rule setting the number of
days before a file that is deleted or overwritten is deleted
permanently. This is known as daysFromHidingToDeleting in the b2 docs.

The minimum value for this parameter is 1 day.

You can also enable hard_delete in the config also which will mean
deletions won\[aq]t cause versions but overwrites will still cause
versions to be made.

See: [rclone backend lifecycle](#lifecycle) for setting lifecycles after bucket creation.


Properties:

- Config:      lifecycle
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_LIFECYCLE
- Type:        int
- Default:     0

#### --b2-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --b2-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

## Backend commands

Here are the commands specific to the b2 backend.

Run them with

    rclone backend COMMAND remote:

The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.

See the [backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command for more
info on how to pass options and arguments.

These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).

### lifecycle

Read or set the lifecycle for a bucket

    rclone backend lifecycle remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This command can be used to read or set the lifecycle for a bucket.

Usage Examples:

To show the current lifecycle rules:

    rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket

This will dump something like this showing the lifecycle rules.

    [
        {
            \[dq]daysFromHidingToDeleting\[dq]: 1,
            \[dq]daysFromUploadingToHiding\[dq]: null,
            \[dq]fileNamePrefix\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq]
        }
    ]

If there are no lifecycle rules (the default) then it will just return [].

To reset the current lifecycle rules:

    rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=30
    rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromUploadingToHiding=5 -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=1

This will run and then print the new lifecycle rules as above.

Rclone only lets you set lifecycles for the whole bucket with the
fileNamePrefix = \[dq]\[dq].

You can\[aq]t disable versioning with B2. The best you can do is to set
the daysFromHidingToDeleting to 1 day. You can enable hard_delete in
the config also which will mean deletions won\[aq]t cause versions but
overwrites will still cause versions to be made.

    rclone backend lifecycle b2:bucket -o daysFromHidingToDeleting=1

See: https://www.backblaze.com/docs/cloud-storage-lifecycle-rules


Options:

- \[dq]daysFromHidingToDeleting\[dq]: After a file has been hidden for this many days it is deleted. 0 is off.
- \[dq]daysFromUploadingToHiding\[dq]: This many days after uploading a file is hidden



## Limitations

\[ga]rclone about\[ga] is not supported by the B2 backend. Backends without
this capability cannot determine free space for an rclone mount or
use policy \[ga]mfs\[ga] (most free space) as a member of an rclone union
remote.

See [List of backends that do not support rclone about](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and [rclone about](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)

#  Box

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:path\[ga]

Paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

The initial setup for Box involves getting a token from Box which you
can do either in your browser, or with a config.json downloaded from Box
to use JWT authentication.  \[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks you through it.

## Configuration

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Box
\ \[dq]box\[dq] [snip] Storage> box Box App Client Id - leave blank
normally.
client_id> Box App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret> Box App config.json location Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
box_config_file> Box App Primary Access Token Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
access_token>
.PP
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]user\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Rclone should
act on behalf of a user \ \[dq]user\[dq] 2 / Rclone should act on behalf
of a service account \ \[dq]enterprise\[dq] box_sub_type> Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
* Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use *
Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y.
If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to
the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize
rclone for access Waiting for code...
Got code -------------------- [remote] client_id = client_secret = token
=
{\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq]}
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete
this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.

Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Box. This only runs from the moment it opens
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code.  This
is on \[ga]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\[ga] and this it may require you to unblock
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.

Once configured you can then use \[ga]rclone\[ga] like this,

List directories in top level of your Box

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your Box

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to an Box directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

### Using rclone with an Enterprise account with SSO

If you have an \[dq]Enterprise\[dq] account type with Box with single sign on
(SSO), you need to create a password to use Box with rclone. This can
be done at your Enterprise Box account by going to Settings, \[dq]Account\[dq]
Tab, and then set the password in the \[dq]Authentication\[dq] field.

Once you have done this, you can setup your Enterprise Box account
using the same procedure detailed above in the, using the password you
have just set.

### Invalid refresh token

According to the [box docs](https://developer.box.com/v2.0/docs/oauth-20#section-6-using-the-access-and-refresh-tokens):

> Each refresh_token is valid for one use in 60 days.

This means that if you

  * Don\[aq]t use the box remote for 60 days
  * Copy the config file with a box refresh token in and use it in two places
  * Get an error on a token refresh

then rclone will return an error which includes the text \[ga]Invalid
refresh token\[ga].

To fix this you will need to use oauth2 again to update the refresh
token.  You can use the methods in [the remote setup
docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/), bearing in mind that if you use the copy the
config file method, you should not use that remote on the computer you
did the authentication on.

Here is how to do it.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone config Current remotes:
.PP
Name Type ==== ==== remote box
.IP "e)" 3
Edit existing remote
.IP "f)" 3
New remote
.IP "g)" 3
Delete remote
.IP "h)" 3
Rename remote
.IP "i)" 3
Copy remote
.IP "j)" 3
Set configuration password
.IP "k)" 3
Quit config e/n/d/r/c/s/q> e Choose a number from below, or type in an
existing value 1 > remote remote> remote -------------------- [remote]
type = box token =
{\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2017-07-08T23:40:08.059167677+01:00\[dq]}
-------------------- Edit remote Value \[dq]client_id\[dq] = \[dq]\[dq]
Edit?
(y/n)>
.IP "l)" 3
Yes
.IP "m)" 3
No y/n> n Value \[dq]client_secret\[dq] = \[dq]\[dq] Edit?
(y/n)>
.IP "n)" 3
Yes
.IP "o)" 3
No y/n> n Remote config Already have a token - refresh?
.IP "p)" 3
Yes
.IP "q)" 3
No y/n> y Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with
remote?
.IP \[bu] 2
Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
.IP \[bu] 2
Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y.
If Y failed, try N.
.IP "y)" 3
Yes
.IP "z)" 3
No y/n> y If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the
following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize rclone
for access Waiting for code...
Got code -------------------- [remote] type = box token =
{\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]YYY\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]YYY\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2017-07-23T12:22:29.259137901+01:00\[dq]}
--------------------
.IP "a)" 3
Yes this is OK
.IP "b)" 3
Edit this remote
.IP "c)" 3
Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### Modification times and hashes

Box allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second.  These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.

Box supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the \[ga]--checksum\[ga]
flag.

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \[rs]         | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]           |

File names can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP        | 0x20  | \[u2420]           |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

### Transfers

For files above 50 MiB rclone will use a chunked transfer.  Rclone will
upload up to \[ga]--transfers\[ga] chunks at the same time (shared among all
the multipart uploads).  Chunks are buffered in memory and are
normally 8 MiB so increasing \[ga]--transfers\[ga] will increase memory use.

### Deleting files

Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will
either be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.

Emptying the trash is supported via the rclone however cleanup command
however this deletes every trashed file and folder individually so it
may take a very long time. 
Emptying the trash via the  WebUI does not have this limitation 
so it is advised to empty the trash via the WebUI.

### Root folder ID

You can set the \[ga]root_folder_id\[ga] for rclone.  This is the directory
(identified by its \[ga]Folder ID\[ga]) that rclone considers to be the root
of your Box drive.

Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the
correct root to use itself.

However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
hierarchy.

In order to do this you will have to find the \[ga]Folder ID\[ga] of the
directory you wish rclone to display.  This will be the last segment
of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the Box web
interface.

So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
\[ga]https://app.box.com/folder/11xxxxxxxxx8\[ga]
in the browser, then you use \[ga]11xxxxxxxxx8\[ga] as
the \[ga]root_folder_id\[ga] in the config.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to box (Box).

#### --box-client-id

OAuth Client Id.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-box-config-file

Box App config.json location

Leave blank normally.

Leading \[ga]\[ti]\[ga] will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as \[ga]${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}\[ga].

Properties:

- Config:      box_config_file
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_BOX_CONFIG_FILE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-access-token

Box App Primary Access Token

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      access_token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_ACCESS_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-box-sub-type



Properties:

- Config:      box_sub_type
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_BOX_SUB_TYPE
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]user\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]user\[dq]
        - Rclone should act on behalf of a user.
    - \[dq]enterprise\[dq]
        - Rclone should act on behalf of a service account.

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to box (Box).

#### --box-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-root-folder-id

Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.

Properties:

- Config:      root_folder_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]0\[dq]

#### --box-upload-cutoff

Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50 MiB).

Properties:

- Config:      upload_cutoff
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     50Mi

#### --box-commit-retries

Max number of times to try committing a multipart file.

Properties:

- Config:      commit_retries
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_COMMIT_RETRIES
- Type:        int
- Default:     100

#### --box-list-chunk

Size of listing chunk 1-1000.

Properties:

- Config:      list_chunk
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_LIST_CHUNK
- Type:        int
- Default:     1000

#### --box-owned-by

Only show items owned by the login (email address) passed in.

Properties:

- Config:      owned_by
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_OWNED_BY
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-impersonate

Impersonate this user ID when using a service account.

Setting this flag allows rclone, when using a JWT service account, to
act on behalf of another user by setting the as-user header.

The user ID is the Box identifier for a user. User IDs can found for
any user via the GET /users endpoint, which is only available to
admins, or by calling the GET /users/me endpoint with an authenticated
user session.

See: https://developer.box.com/guides/authentication/jwt/as-user/


Properties:

- Config:      impersonate
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_IMPERSONATE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --box-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --box-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

Note that Box is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file called
\[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].

Box file names can\[aq]t have the \[ga]\[rs]\[ga] character in.  rclone maps this to
and from an identical looking unicode equivalent \[ga]\[uFF3C]\[ga] (U+FF3C Fullwidth
Reverse Solidus).

Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.

Box has [API rate limits](https://developer.box.com/guides/api-calls/permissions-and-errors/rate-limits/) that sometimes reduce the speed of rclone.

\[ga]rclone about\[ga] is not supported by the Box backend. Backends without
this capability cannot determine free space for an rclone mount or
use policy \[ga]mfs\[ga] (most free space) as a member of an rclone union
remote.

See [List of backends that do not support rclone about](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and [rclone about](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)

## Get your own Box App ID

Here is how to create your own Box App ID for rclone:

1. Go to the [Box Developer Console](https://app.box.com/developers/console)
and login, then click \[ga]My Apps\[ga] on the sidebar. Click \[ga]Create New App\[ga]
and select \[ga]Custom App\[ga].

2. In the first screen on the box that pops up, you can pretty much enter
whatever you want. The \[ga]App Name\[ga] can be whatever. For \[ga]Purpose\[ga] choose
automation to avoid having to fill out anything else. Click \[ga]Next\[ga].

3. In the second screen of the creation screen, select
\[ga]User Authentication (OAuth 2.0)\[ga]. Then click \[ga]Create App\[ga].

4. You should now be on the \[ga]Configuration\[ga] tab of your new app. If not,
click on it at the top of the webpage. Copy down \[ga]Client ID\[ga]
and \[ga]Client Secret\[ga], you\[aq]ll need those for rclone.

5. Under \[dq]OAuth 2.0 Redirect URI\[dq], add \[ga]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\[ga]

6. For \[ga]Application Scopes\[ga], select \[ga]Read all files and folders stored in Box\[ga]
and \[ga]Write all files and folders stored in box\[ga] (assuming you want to do both).
Leave others unchecked. Click \[ga]Save Changes\[ga] at the top right.

#  Cache

The \[ga]cache\[ga] remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure
and its data for long running tasks like \[ga]rclone mount\[ga].

## Status

The cache backend code is working but it currently doesn\[aq]t
have a maintainer so there are [outstanding bugs](https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Abug+label%3A%22Remote%3A+Cache%22) which aren\[aq]t getting fixed.

The cache backend is due to be phased out in favour of the VFS caching
layer eventually which is more tightly integrated into rclone.

Until this happens we recommend only using the cache backend if you
find you can\[aq]t work without it. There are many docs online describing
the use of the cache backend to minimize API hits and by-and-large
these are out of date and the cache backend isn\[aq]t needed in those
scenarios any more.

## Configuration

To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured
with \[ga]cache\[ga].

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]test-cache\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote r) Rename remote c) Copy remote s) Set configuration
password q) Quit config n/r/c/s/q> n name> test-cache Type of storage to
configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Cache
a remote \ \[dq]cache\[dq] [snip] Storage> cache Remote to cache.
Normally should contain a \[aq]:\[aq] and a path, e.g.
\[dq]myremote:path/to/dir\[dq], \[dq]myremote:bucket\[dq] or maybe
\[dq]myremote:\[dq] (not recommended).
remote> local:/test Optional: The URL of the Plex server plex_url>
http://127.0.0.1:32400 Optional: The username of the Plex user
plex_username> dummyusername Optional: The password of the Plex user y)
Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password n) No leave this
optional password blank y/g/n> y Enter the password: password: Confirm
the password: password: The size of a chunk.
Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading.
Default: 5M Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / 1
MiB \ \[dq]1M\[dq] 2 / 5 MiB \ \[dq]5M\[dq] 3 / 10 MiB \ \[dq]10M\[dq]
chunk_size> 2 How much time should object info (file size, file hashes,
etc.) be stored in cache.
Use a very high value if you don\[aq]t plan on changing the source FS
from outside the cache.
Accepted units are: \[dq]s\[dq], \[dq]m\[dq], \[dq]h\[dq].
Default: 5m Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / 1
hour \ \[dq]1h\[dq] 2 / 24 hours \ \[dq]24h\[dq] 3 / 24 hours
\ \[dq]48h\[dq] info_age> 2 The maximum size of stored chunks.
When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be
deleted.
Default: 10G Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 /
500 MiB \ \[dq]500M\[dq] 2 / 1 GiB \ \[dq]1G\[dq] 3 / 10 GiB
\ \[dq]10G\[dq] chunk_total_size> 3 Remote config --------------------
[test-cache] remote = local:/test plex_url = http://127.0.0.1:32400
plex_username = dummyusername plex_password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
chunk_size = 5M info_age = 48h chunk_total_size = 10G
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
You can then use it like this,

List directories in top level of your drive

    rclone lsd test-cache:

List all the files in your drive

    rclone ls test-cache:

To start a cached mount

    rclone mount --allow-other test-cache: /var/tmp/test-cache

### Write Features ###

### Offline uploading ###

In an effort to make writing through cache more reliable, the backend 
now supports this feature which can be activated by specifying a
\[ga]cache-tmp-upload-path\[ga].

A files goes through these states when using this feature:

1. An upload is started (usually by copying a file on the cache remote)
2. When the copy to the temporary location is complete the file is part 
of the cached remote and looks and behaves like any other file (reading included)
3. After \[ga]cache-tmp-wait-time\[ga] passes and the file is next in line, \[ga]rclone move\[ga] 
is used to move the file to the cloud provider
4. Reading the file still works during the upload but most modifications on it will be prohibited
5. Once the move is complete the file is unlocked for modifications as it
becomes as any other regular file
6. If the file is being read through \[ga]cache\[ga] when it\[aq]s actually
deleted from the temporary path then \[ga]cache\[ga] will simply swap the source
to the cloud provider without interrupting the reading (small blip can happen though)

Files are uploaded in sequence and only one file is uploaded at a time.
Uploads will be stored in a queue and be processed based on the order they were added.
The queue and the temporary storage is persistent across restarts but
can be cleared on startup with the \[ga]--cache-db-purge\[ga] flag.

### Write Support ###

Writes are supported through \[ga]cache\[ga].
One caveat is that a mounted cache remote does not add any retry or fallback
mechanism to the upload operation. This will depend on the implementation
of the wrapped remote. Consider using \[ga]Offline uploading\[ga] for reliable writes.

One special case is covered with \[ga]cache-writes\[ga] which will cache the file
data at the same time as the upload when it is enabled making it available
from the cache store immediately once the upload is finished.

### Read Features ###

#### Multiple connections ####

To counter the high latency between a local PC where rclone is running
and cloud providers, the cache remote can split multiple requests to the
cloud provider for smaller file chunks and combines them together locally
where they can be available almost immediately before the reader usually
needs them.

This is similar to buffering when media files are played online. Rclone
will stay around the current marker but always try its best to stay ahead
and prepare the data before.

#### Plex Integration ####

There is a direct integration with Plex which allows cache to detect during reading
if the file is in playback or not. This helps cache to adapt how it queries
the cloud provider depending on what is needed for.

Scans will have a minimum amount of workers (1) while in a confirmed playback cache
will deploy the configured number of workers.

This integration opens the doorway to additional performance improvements
which will be explored in the near future.

**Note:** If Plex options are not configured, \[ga]cache\[ga] will function with its
configured options without adapting any of its settings.

How to enable? Run \[ga]rclone config\[ga] and add all the Plex options (endpoint, username
and password) in your remote and it will be automatically enabled.

Affected settings:
- \[ga]cache-workers\[ga]: _Configured value_ during confirmed playback or _1_ all the other times

##### Certificate Validation #####

When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it is
possible to use \[ga].plex.direct\[ga] URLs to ensure certificate validation succeeds.
These URLs are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.

The format for these URLs is the following:

\[ga]https://ip-with-dots-replaced.server-hash.plex.direct:32400/\[ga]

The \[ga]ip-with-dots-replaced\[ga] part can be any IPv4 address, where the dots
have been replaced with dashes, e.g. \[ga]127.0.0.1\[ga] becomes \[ga]127-0-0-1\[ga].

To get the \[ga]server-hash\[ga] part, the easiest way is to visit

https://plex.tv/api/resources?includeHttps=1&X-Plex-Token=your-plex-token

This page will list all the available Plex servers for your account
with at least one \[ga].plex.direct\[ga] link for each. Copy one URL and replace
the IP address with the desired address. This can be used as the
\[ga]plex_url\[ga] value.

### Known issues ###

#### Mount and --dir-cache-time ####

--dir-cache-time controls the first layer of directory caching which works at the mount layer.
Being an independent caching mechanism from the \[ga]cache\[ga] backend, it will manage its own entries
based on the configured time.

To avoid getting in a scenario where dir cache has obsolete data and cache would have the correct
one, try to set \[ga]--dir-cache-time\[ga] to a lower time than \[ga]--cache-info-age\[ga]. Default values are
already configured in this way. 

#### Windows support - Experimental ####

There are a couple of issues with Windows \[ga]mount\[ga] functionality that still require some investigations.
It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for this OS.

Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems
on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependent on them.

Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.
 
- https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/1935
- https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/1907
- https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/1834

#### Risk of throttling ####

Future iterations of the cache backend will make use of the pooling functionality
of the cloud provider to synchronize and at the same time make writing through it
more tolerant to failures. 

There are a couple of enhancements in track to add these but in the meantime
there is a valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud provider
throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.

Some recommendations:
- don\[aq]t use a very small interval for entry information (\[ga]--cache-info-age\[ga])
- while writes aren\[aq]t yet optimised, you can still write through \[ga]cache\[ga] which gives you the advantage
of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.

Future enhancements:

- https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/1937
- https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/1936

#### cache and crypt ####

One common scenario is to keep your data encrypted in the cloud provider
using the \[ga]crypt\[ga] remote. \[ga]crypt\[ga] uses a similar technique to wrap around
an existing remote and handles this translation in a seamless way.

There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order:
**cloud remote** -> **crypt** -> **cache**

During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order.
I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider
which makes it think we\[aq]re downloading the full file instead of small chunks.
Organizing the remotes in this order yields better results:
**cloud remote** -> **cache** -> **crypt**

#### absolute remote paths ####

\[ga]cache\[ga] can not differentiate between relative and absolute paths for the wrapped remote.
Any path given in the \[ga]remote\[ga] config setting and on the command line will be passed to
the wrapped remote as is, but for storing the chunks on disk the path will be made
relative by removing any leading \[ga]/\[ga] character.

This behavior is irrelevant for most backend types, but there are backends where a leading \[ga]/\[ga]
changes the effective directory, e.g. in the \[ga]sftp\[ga] backend paths starting with a \[ga]/\[ga] are
relative to the root of the SSH server and paths without are relative to the user home directory.
As a result \[ga]sftp:bin\[ga] and \[ga]sftp:/bin\[ga] will share the same cache folder, even if they represent
a different directory on the SSH server.

### Cache and Remote Control (--rc) ###
Cache supports the new \[ga]--rc\[ga] mode in rclone and can be remote controlled through the following end points:
By default, the listener is disabled if you do not add the flag.

### rc cache/expire
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file.
It supports both encrypted and unencrypted file names if cache is wrapped by crypt.

Params:
  - **remote** = path to remote **(required)**
  - **withData** = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well _(optional, false by default)_


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to cache (Cache a remote).

#### --cache-remote

Remote to cache.

Normally should contain a \[aq]:\[aq] and a path, e.g. \[dq]myremote:path/to/dir\[dq],
\[dq]myremote:bucket\[dq] or maybe \[dq]myremote:\[dq] (not recommended).

Properties:

- Config:      remote
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_REMOTE
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --cache-plex-url

The URL of the Plex server.

Properties:

- Config:      plex_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --cache-plex-username

The username of the Plex user.

Properties:

- Config:      plex_username
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_USERNAME
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --cache-plex-password

The password of the Plex user.

**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      plex_password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_PASSWORD
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --cache-chunk-size

The size of a chunk (partial file data).

Use lower numbers for slower connections. If the chunk size is
changed, any downloaded chunks will be invalid and cache-chunk-path
will need to be cleared or unexpected EOF errors will occur.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     5Mi
- Examples:
    - \[dq]1M\[dq]
        - 1 MiB
    - \[dq]5M\[dq]
        - 5 MiB
    - \[dq]10M\[dq]
        - 10 MiB

#### --cache-info-age

How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times, etc.). 
If all write operations are done through the cache then you can safely make
this value very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time.

Properties:

- Config:      info_age
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_INFO_AGE
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     6h0m0s
- Examples:
    - \[dq]1h\[dq]
        - 1 hour
    - \[dq]24h\[dq]
        - 24 hours
    - \[dq]48h\[dq]
        - 48 hours

#### --cache-chunk-total-size

The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk.

If the cache exceeds this value then it will start to delete the
oldest chunks until it goes under this value.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_total_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_TOTAL_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     10Gi
- Examples:
    - \[dq]500M\[dq]
        - 500 MiB
    - \[dq]1G\[dq]
        - 1 GiB
    - \[dq]10G\[dq]
        - 10 GiB

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to cache (Cache a remote).

#### --cache-plex-token

The plex token for authentication - auto set normally.

Properties:

- Config:      plex_token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --cache-plex-insecure

Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server.

Properties:

- Config:      plex_insecure
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --cache-db-path

Directory to store file structure metadata DB.

The remote name is used as the DB file name.

Properties:

- Config:      db_path
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PATH
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend\[dq]

#### --cache-chunk-path

Directory to cache chunk files.

Path to where partial file data (chunks) are stored locally. The remote
name is appended to the final path.

This config follows the \[dq]--cache-db-path\[dq]. If you specify a custom
location for \[dq]--cache-db-path\[dq] and don\[aq]t specify one for \[dq]--cache-chunk-path\[dq]
then \[dq]--cache-chunk-path\[dq] will use the same path as \[dq]--cache-db-path\[dq].

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_path
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_PATH
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend\[dq]

#### --cache-db-purge

Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.

Properties:

- Config:      db_purge
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PURGE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --cache-chunk-clean-interval

How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage.

The default value should be ok for most people. If you find that the
cache goes over \[dq]cache-chunk-total-size\[dq] too often then try to lower
this value to force it to perform cleanups more often.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_clean_interval
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_CLEAN_INTERVAL
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     1m0s

#### --cache-read-retries

How many times to retry a read from a cache storage.

Since reading from a cache stream is independent from downloading file
data, readers can get to a point where there\[aq]s no more data in the
cache.  Most of the times this can indicate a connectivity issue if
cache isn\[aq]t able to provide file data anymore.

For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is
able to provide data but your experience will be very stuttering.

Properties:

- Config:      read_retries
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_READ_RETRIES
- Type:        int
- Default:     10

#### --cache-workers

How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks.

Higher values will mean more parallel processing (better CPU needed)
and more concurrent requests on the cloud provider.  This impacts
several aspects like the cloud provider API limits, more stress on the
hardware that rclone runs on but it also means that streams will be
more fluid and data will be available much more faster to readers.

**Note**: If the optional Plex integration is enabled then this
setting will adapt to the type of reading performed and the value
specified here will be used as a maximum number of workers to use.

Properties:

- Config:      workers
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_WORKERS
- Type:        int
- Default:     4

#### --cache-chunk-no-memory

Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.

By default, cache will keep file data during streaming in RAM as well
to provide it to readers as fast as possible.

This transient data is evicted as soon as it is read and the number of
chunks stored doesn\[aq]t exceed the number of workers. However, depending
on other settings like \[dq]cache-chunk-size\[dq] and \[dq]cache-workers\[dq] this footprint
can increase if there are parallel streams too (multiple files being read
at the same time).

If the hardware permits it, use this feature to provide an overall better
performance during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not
available on the local machine.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_no_memory
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_NO_MEMORY
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --cache-rps

Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable).

This setting places a hard limit on the number of requests per second
that cache will be doing to the cloud provider remote and try to
respect that value by setting waits between reads.

If you find that you\[aq]re getting banned or limited on the cloud
provider through cache and know that a smaller number of requests per
second will allow you to work with it then you can use this setting
for that.

A good balance of all the other settings should make this setting
useless but it is available to set for more special cases.

**NOTE**: This will limit the number of requests during streams but
other API calls to the cloud provider like directory listings will
still pass.

Properties:

- Config:      rps
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_RPS
- Type:        int
- Default:     -1

#### --cache-writes

Cache file data on writes through the FS.

If you need to read files immediately after you upload them through
cache you can enable this flag to have their data stored in the
cache store at the same time during upload.

Properties:

- Config:      writes
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_WRITES
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --cache-tmp-upload-path

Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.

This is the path where cache will use as a temporary storage for new
files that need to be uploaded to the cloud provider.

Specifying a value will enable this feature. Without it, it is
completely disabled and files will be uploaded directly to the cloud
provider

Properties:

- Config:      tmp_upload_path
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_UPLOAD_PATH
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --cache-tmp-wait-time

How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded.

This is the duration that a file must wait in the temporary location
_cache-tmp-upload-path_ before it is selected for upload.

Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer
to start the upload if a queue formed for this purpose.

Properties:

- Config:      tmp_wait_time
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_WAIT_TIME
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     15s

#### --cache-db-wait-time

How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited.

Only one process can have the DB open at any one time, so rclone waits
for this duration for the DB to become available before it gives an
error.

If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.

Properties:

- Config:      db_wait_time
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_DB_WAIT_TIME
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     1s

#### --cache-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

## Backend commands

Here are the commands specific to the cache backend.

Run them with

    rclone backend COMMAND remote:

The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.

See the [backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command for more
info on how to pass options and arguments.

These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).

### stats

Print stats on the cache backend in JSON format.

    rclone backend stats remote: [options] [<arguments>+]



#  Chunker

The \[ga]chunker\[ga] overlay transparently splits large files into smaller chunks
during upload to wrapped remote and transparently assembles them back
when the file is downloaded. This allows to effectively overcome size limits
imposed by storage providers.

## Configuration

To use it, first set up the underlying remote following the configuration
instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of
a remote.

First check your chosen remote is working - we\[aq]ll call it \[ga]remote:path\[ga] here.
Note that anything inside \[ga]remote:path\[ga] will be chunked and anything outside
won\[aq]t. This means that if you are using a bucket-based remote (e.g. S3, B2, swift)
then you should probably put the bucket in the remote \[ga]s3:bucket\[ga].

Now configure \[ga]chunker\[ga] using \[ga]rclone config\[ga]. We will call this one \[ga]overlay\[ga]
to separate it from the \[ga]remote\[ga] itself.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> overlay Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Transparently chunk/split large files \ \[dq]chunker\[dq] [snip]
Storage> chunker Remote to chunk/unchunk.
Normally should contain a \[aq]:\[aq] and a path, e.g.
\[dq]myremote:path/to/dir\[dq], \[dq]myremote:bucket\[dq] or maybe
\[dq]myremote:\[dq] (not recommended).
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
remote> remote:path Files larger than chunk size will be split in
chunks.
Enter a size with suffix K,M,G,T.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]2G\[dq]).
chunk_size> 100M Choose how chunker handles hash sums.
All modes but \[dq]none\[dq] require metadata.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]md5\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Pass any hash
supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files, return nothing
otherwise \ \[dq]none\[dq] 2 / MD5 for composite files \ \[dq]md5\[dq] 3
/ SHA1 for composite files \ \[dq]sha1\[dq] 4 / MD5 for all files
\ \[dq]md5all\[dq] 5 / SHA1 for all files \ \[dq]sha1all\[dq] 6 /
Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source falling back
to SHA1 if unsupported \ \[dq]md5quick\[dq] 7 / Similar to
\[dq]md5quick\[dq] but prefers SHA1 over MD5 \ \[dq]sha1quick\[dq]
hash_type> md5 Edit advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config -------------------- [overlay]
type = chunker remote = remote:bucket chunk_size = 100M hash_type = md5
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete
this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### Specifying the remote

In normal use, make sure the remote has a \[ga]:\[ga] in. If you specify the remote
without a \[ga]:\[ga] then rclone will use a local directory of that name.
So if you use a remote of \[ga]/path/to/secret/files\[ga] then rclone will
chunk stuff in that directory. If you use a remote of \[ga]name\[ga] then rclone
will put files in a directory called \[ga]name\[ga] in the current directory.


### Chunking

When rclone starts a file upload, chunker checks the file size. If it
doesn\[aq]t exceed the configured chunk size, chunker will just pass the file
to the wrapped remote (however, see caveat below). If a file is large, chunker will transparently cut
data in pieces with temporary names and stream them one by one, on the fly.
Each data chunk will contain the specified number of bytes, except for the
last one which may have less data. If file size is unknown in advance
(this is called a streaming upload), chunker will internally create
a temporary copy, record its size and repeat the above process.

When upload completes, temporary chunk files are finally renamed.
This scheme guarantees that operations can be run in parallel and look
from outside as atomic.
A similar method with hidden temporary chunks is used for other operations
(copy/move/rename, etc.). If an operation fails, hidden chunks are normally
destroyed, and the target composite file stays intact.

When a composite file download is requested, chunker transparently
assembles it by concatenating data chunks in order. As the split is trivial
one could even manually concatenate data chunks together to obtain the
original content.

When the \[ga]list\[ga] rclone command scans a directory on wrapped remote,
the potential chunk files are accounted for, grouped and assembled into
composite directory entries. Any temporary chunks are hidden.

List and other commands can sometimes come across composite files with
missing or invalid chunks, e.g. shadowed by like-named directory or
another file. This usually means that wrapped file system has been directly
tampered with or damaged. If chunker detects a missing chunk it will
by default print warning, skip the whole incomplete group of chunks but
proceed with current command.
You can set the \[ga]--chunker-fail-hard\[ga] flag to have commands abort with
error message in such cases.

**Caveat**: As it is now, chunker will always create a temporary file in the 
backend and then rename it, even if the file is below the chunk threshold.
This will result in unnecessary API calls and can severely restrict throughput
when handling transfers primarily composed of small files on some backends (e.g. Box).
A workaround to this issue is to use chunker only for files above the chunk threshold
via \[ga]--min-size\[ga] and then perform a separate call without chunker on the remaining
files. 


#### Chunk names

The default chunk name format is \[ga]*.rclone_chunk.###\[ga], hence by default
chunk names are \[ga]BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone_chunk.001\[ga],
\[ga]BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone_chunk.002\[ga] etc. You can configure another name format
using the \[ga]name_format\[ga] configuration file option. The format uses asterisk
\[ga]*\[ga] as a placeholder for the base file name and one or more consecutive
hash characters \[ga]#\[ga] as a placeholder for sequential chunk number.
There must be one and only one asterisk. The number of consecutive hash
characters defines the minimum length of a string representing a chunk number.
If decimal chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is
left-padded by zeros. If the decimal string is longer, it is left intact.
By default numbering starts from 1 but there is another option that allows
user to start from 0, e.g. for compatibility with legacy software.

For example, if name format is \[ga]big_*-##.part\[ga] and original file name is
\[ga]data.txt\[ga] and numbering starts from 0, then the first chunk will be named
\[ga]big_data.txt-00.part\[ga], the 99th chunk will be \[ga]big_data.txt-98.part\[ga]
and the 302nd chunk will become \[ga]big_data.txt-301.part\[ga].

Note that \[ga]list\[ga] assembles composite directory entries only when chunk names
match the configured format and treats non-conforming file names as normal
non-chunked files.

When using \[ga]norename\[ga] transactions, chunk names will additionally have a unique
file version suffix. For example, \[ga]BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone_chunk.001_bp562k\[ga].


### Metadata

Besides data chunks chunker will by default create metadata object for
a composite file. The object is named after the original file.
Chunker allows user to disable metadata completely (the \[ga]none\[ga] format).
Note that metadata is normally not created for files smaller than the
configured chunk size. This may change in future rclone releases.

#### Simple JSON metadata format

This is the default format. It supports hash sums and chunk validation
for composite files. Meta objects carry the following fields:

- \[ga]ver\[ga]     - version of format, currently \[ga]1\[ga]
- \[ga]size\[ga]    - total size of composite file
- \[ga]nchunks\[ga] - number of data chunks in file
- \[ga]md5\[ga]     - MD5 hashsum of composite file (if present)
- \[ga]sha1\[ga]    - SHA1 hashsum (if present)
- \[ga]txn\[ga]     - identifies current version of the file

There is no field for composite file name as it\[aq]s simply equal to the name
of meta object on the wrapped remote. Please refer to respective sections
for details on hashsums and modified time handling.

#### No metadata

You can disable meta objects by setting the meta format option to \[ga]none\[ga].
In this mode chunker will scan directory for all files that follow
configured chunk name format, group them by detecting chunks with the same
base name and show group names as virtual composite files.
This method is more prone to missing chunk errors (especially missing
last chunk) than format with metadata enabled.


### Hashsums

Chunker supports hashsums only when a compatible metadata is present.
Hence, if you choose metadata format of \[ga]none\[ga], chunker will report hashsum
as \[ga]UNSUPPORTED\[ga].

Please note that by default metadata is stored only for composite files.
If a file is smaller than configured chunk size, chunker will transparently
redirect hash requests to wrapped remote, so support depends on that.
You will see the empty string as a hashsum of requested type for small
files if the wrapped remote doesn\[aq]t support it.

Many storage backends support MD5 and SHA1 hash types, so does chunker.
With chunker you can choose one or another but not both.
MD5 is set by default as the most supported type.
Since chunker keeps hashes for composite files and falls back to the
wrapped remote hash for non-chunked ones, we advise you to choose the same
hash type as supported by wrapped remote so that your file listings
look coherent.

If your storage backend does not support MD5 or SHA1 but you need consistent
file hashing, configure chunker with \[ga]md5all\[ga] or \[ga]sha1all\[ga]. These two modes
guarantee given hash for all files. If wrapped remote doesn\[aq]t support it,
chunker will then add metadata to all files, even small. However, this can
double the amount of small files in storage and incur additional service charges.
You can even use chunker to force md5/sha1 support in any other remote
at expense of sidecar meta objects by setting e.g. \[ga]hash_type=sha1all\[ga]
to force hashsums and \[ga]chunk_size=1P\[ga] to effectively disable chunking.

Normally, when a file is copied to chunker controlled remote, chunker
will ask the file source for compatible file hash and revert to on-the-fly
calculation if none is found. This involves some CPU overhead but provides
a guarantee that given hashsum is available. Also, chunker will reject
a server-side copy or move operation if source and destination hashsum
types are different resulting in the extra network bandwidth, too.
In some rare cases this may be undesired, so chunker provides two optional
choices: \[ga]sha1quick\[ga] and \[ga]md5quick\[ga]. If the source does not support primary
hash type and the quick mode is enabled, chunker will try to fall back to
the secondary type. This will save CPU and bandwidth but can result in empty
hashsums at destination. Beware of consequences: the \[ga]sync\[ga] command will
revert (sometimes silently) to time/size comparison if compatible hashsums
between source and target are not found.


### Modification times

Chunker stores modification times using the wrapped remote so support
depends on that. For a small non-chunked file the chunker overlay simply
manipulates modification time of the wrapped remote file.
For a composite file with metadata chunker will get and set
modification time of the metadata object on the wrapped remote.
If file is chunked but metadata format is \[ga]none\[ga] then chunker will
use modification time of the first data chunk.


### Migrations

The idiomatic way to migrate to a different chunk size, hash type, transaction
style or chunk naming scheme is to:

- Collect all your chunked files under a directory and have your
  chunker remote point to it.
- Create another directory (most probably on the same cloud storage)
  and configure a new remote with desired metadata format,
  hash type, chunk naming etc.
- Now run \[ga]rclone sync --interactive oldchunks: newchunks:\[ga] and all your data
  will be transparently converted in transfer.
  This may take some time, yet chunker will try server-side
  copy if possible.
- After checking data integrity you may remove configuration section
  of the old remote.

If rclone gets killed during a long operation on a big composite file,
hidden temporary chunks may stay in the directory. They will not be
shown by the \[ga]list\[ga] command but will eat up your account quota.
Please note that the \[ga]deletefile\[ga] command deletes only active
chunks of a file. As a workaround, you can use remote of the wrapped
file system to see them.
An easy way to get rid of hidden garbage is to copy littered directory
somewhere using the chunker remote and purge the original directory.
The \[ga]copy\[ga] command will copy only active chunks while the \[ga]purge\[ga] will
remove everything including garbage.


### Caveats and Limitations

Chunker requires wrapped remote to support server-side \[ga]move\[ga] (or \[ga]copy\[ga] +
\[ga]delete\[ga]) operations, otherwise it will explicitly refuse to start.
This is because it internally renames temporary chunk files to their final
names when an operation completes successfully.

Chunker encodes chunk number in file name, so with default \[ga]name_format\[ga]
setting it adds 17 characters. Also chunker adds 7 characters of temporary
suffix during operations. Many file systems limit base file name without path
by 255 characters. Using rclone\[aq]s crypt remote as a base file system limits
file name by 143 characters. Thus, maximum name length is 231 for most files
and 119 for chunker-over-crypt. A user in need can change name format to
e.g. \[ga]*.rcc##\[ga] and save 10 characters (provided at most 99 chunks per file).

Note that a move implemented using the copy-and-delete method may incur
double charging with some cloud storage providers.

Chunker will not automatically rename existing chunks when you run
\[ga]rclone config\[ga] on a live remote and change the chunk name format.
Beware that in result of this some files which have been treated as chunks
before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal files
and vice versa. The same warning holds for the chunk size.
If you desperately need to change critical chunking settings, you should
run data migration as described above.

If wrapped remote is case insensitive, the chunker overlay will inherit
that property (so you can\[aq]t have a file called \[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and \[dq]hello.doc\[dq]
in the same directory).

Chunker included in rclone releases up to \[ga]v1.54\[ga] can sometimes fail to
detect metadata produced by recent versions of rclone. We recommend users
to keep rclone up-to-date to avoid data corruption.

Changing \[ga]transactions\[ga] is dangerous and requires explicit migration.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).

#### --chunker-remote

Remote to chunk/unchunk.

Normally should contain a \[aq]:\[aq] and a path, e.g. \[dq]myremote:path/to/dir\[dq],
\[dq]myremote:bucket\[dq] or maybe \[dq]myremote:\[dq] (not recommended).

Properties:

- Config:      remote
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_REMOTE
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --chunker-chunk-size

Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     2Gi

#### --chunker-hash-type

Choose how chunker handles hash sums.

All modes but \[dq]none\[dq] require metadata.

Properties:

- Config:      hash_type
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_HASH_TYPE
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]md5\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]none\[dq]
        - Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files.
        - Return nothing otherwise.
    - \[dq]md5\[dq]
        - MD5 for composite files.
    - \[dq]sha1\[dq]
        - SHA1 for composite files.
    - \[dq]md5all\[dq]
        - MD5 for all files.
    - \[dq]sha1all\[dq]
        - SHA1 for all files.
    - \[dq]md5quick\[dq]
        - Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source.
        - Falling back to SHA1 if unsupported.
    - \[dq]sha1quick\[dq]
        - Similar to \[dq]md5quick\[dq] but prefers SHA1 over MD5.

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).

#### --chunker-name-format

String format of chunk file names.

The two placeholders are: base file name (*) and chunk number (#...).
There must be one and only one asterisk and one or more consecutive hash characters.
If chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is left-padded by zeros.
If there are more digits in the number, they are left as is.
Possible chunk files are ignored if their name does not match given format.

Properties:

- Config:      name_format
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_NAME_FORMAT
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]*.rclone_chunk.###\[dq]

#### --chunker-start-from

Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1.

By default chunk numbers start from 1.

Properties:

- Config:      start_from
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_START_FROM
- Type:        int
- Default:     1

#### --chunker-meta-format

Format of the metadata object or \[dq]none\[dq].

By default \[dq]simplejson\[dq].
Metadata is a small JSON file named after the composite file.

Properties:

- Config:      meta_format
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_META_FORMAT
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]simplejson\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]none\[dq]
        - Do not use metadata files at all.
        - Requires hash type \[dq]none\[dq].
    - \[dq]simplejson\[dq]
        - Simple JSON supports hash sums and chunk validation.
        - 
        - It has the following fields: ver, size, nchunks, md5, sha1.

#### --chunker-fail-hard

Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.

Properties:

- Config:      fail_hard
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_FAIL_HARD
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]true\[dq]
        - Report errors and abort current command.
    - \[dq]false\[dq]
        - Warn user, skip incomplete file and proceed.

#### --chunker-transactions

Choose how chunker should handle temporary files during transactions.

Properties:

- Config:      transactions
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_TRANSACTIONS
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]rename\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]rename\[dq]
        - Rename temporary files after a successful transaction.
    - \[dq]norename\[dq]
        - Leave temporary file names and write transaction ID to metadata file.
        - Metadata is required for no rename transactions (meta format cannot be \[dq]none\[dq]).
        - If you are using norename transactions you should be careful not to downgrade Rclone
        - as older versions of Rclone don\[aq]t support this transaction style and will misinterpret
        - files manipulated by norename transactions.
        - This method is EXPERIMENTAL, don\[aq]t use on production systems.
    - \[dq]auto\[dq]
        - Rename or norename will be used depending on capabilities of the backend.
        - If meta format is set to \[dq]none\[dq], rename transactions will always be used.
        - This method is EXPERIMENTAL, don\[aq]t use on production systems.

#### --chunker-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CHUNKER_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



#  Citrix ShareFile

[Citrix ShareFile](https://sharefile.com) is a secure file sharing and transfer service aimed as business.

## Configuration

The initial setup for Citrix ShareFile involves getting a token from
Citrix ShareFile which you can in your browser.  \[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks you
through it.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value XX / Citrix
Sharefile \ \[dq]sharefile\[dq] Storage> sharefile ** See help for
sharefile backend at: https://rclone.org/sharefile/ **
.PP
ID of the root folder
.PP
Leave blank to access \[dq]Personal Folders\[dq].
You can use one of the standard values here or any folder ID (long hex
number ID).
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Access the
Personal Folders.
(Default) \ \[dq]\[dq] 2 / Access the Favorites folder.
\ \[dq]favorites\[dq] 3 / Access all the shared folders.
\ \[dq]allshared\[dq] 4 / Access all the individual connectors.
\ \[dq]connectors\[dq] 5 / Access the home, favorites, and shared
folders as well as the connectors.
\ \[dq]top\[dq] root_folder_id> Edit advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config Use web browser to automatically
authenticate rclone with remote?
* Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use *
Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y.
If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to
the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth?state=XXX Log in and
authorize rclone for access Waiting for code...
Got code -------------------- [remote] type = sharefile endpoint =
https://XXX.sharefile.com token =
{\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2019-09-30T19:41:45.878561877+01:00\[dq]}
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete
this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.

Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Citrix ShareFile. This only runs from the moment it opens
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code.  This
is on \[ga]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\[ga] and this it may require you to unblock
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.

Once configured you can then use \[ga]rclone\[ga] like this,

List directories in top level of your ShareFile

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your ShareFile

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to an ShareFile directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

Paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

### Modification times and hashes

ShareFile allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second.  These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.

ShareFile supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the \[ga]--checksum\[ga]
flag.

### Transfers

For files above 128 MiB rclone will use a chunked transfer.  Rclone will
upload up to \[ga]--transfers\[ga] chunks at the same time (shared among all
the multipart uploads).  Chunks are buffered in memory and are
normally 64 MiB so increasing \[ga]--transfers\[ga] will increase memory use.

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \[rs]\[rs]        | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]           |
| *         | 0x2A  | \[uFF0A]           |
| <         | 0x3C  | \[uFF1C]           |
| >         | 0x3E  | \[uFF1E]           |
| ?         | 0x3F  | \[uFF1F]           |
| :         | 0x3A  | \[uFF1A]           |
| \[rs]|        | 0x7C  | \[uFF5C]           |
| \[dq]         | 0x22  | \[uFF02]           |

File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
name:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP        | 0x20  | \[u2420]           |
| .         | 0x2E  | \[uFF0E]           |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).

#### --sharefile-client-id

OAuth Client Id.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --sharefile-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --sharefile-root-folder-id

ID of the root folder.

Leave blank to access \[dq]Personal Folders\[dq].  You can use one of the
standard values here or any folder ID (long hex number ID).

Properties:

- Config:      root_folder_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]\[dq]
        - Access the Personal Folders (default).
    - \[dq]favorites\[dq]
        - Access the Favorites folder.
    - \[dq]allshared\[dq]
        - Access all the shared folders.
    - \[dq]connectors\[dq]
        - Access all the individual connectors.
    - \[dq]top\[dq]
        - Access the home, favorites, and shared folders as well as the connectors.

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).

#### --sharefile-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --sharefile-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --sharefile-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --sharefile-upload-cutoff

Cutoff for switching to multipart upload.

Properties:

- Config:      upload_cutoff
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     128Mi

#### --sharefile-chunk-size

Upload chunk size.

Must a power of 2 >= 256k.

Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk
is buffered in memory one per transfer.

Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     64Mi

#### --sharefile-endpoint

Endpoint for API calls.

This is usually auto discovered as part of the oauth process, but can
be set manually to something like: https://XXX.sharefile.com


Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --sharefile-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --sharefile-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false


## Limitations

Note that ShareFile is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file called
\[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].

ShareFile only supports filenames up to 256 characters in length.

\[ga]rclone about\[ga] is not supported by the Citrix ShareFile backend. Backends without
this capability cannot determine free space for an rclone mount or
use policy \[ga]mfs\[ga] (most free space) as a member of an rclone union
remote.

See [List of backends that do not support rclone about](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and [rclone about](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)

#  Crypt

Rclone \[ga]crypt\[ga] remotes encrypt and decrypt other remotes.

A remote of type \[ga]crypt\[ga] does not access a [storage system](https://rclone.org/overview/)
directly, but instead wraps another remote, which in turn accesses
the storage system. This is similar to how [alias](https://rclone.org/alias/),
[union](https://rclone.org/union/), [chunker](https://rclone.org/chunker/)
and a few others work. It makes the usage very flexible, as you can
add a layer, in this case an encryption layer, on top of any other
backend, even in multiple layers. Rclone\[aq]s functionality
can be used as with any other remote, for example you can
[mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) a crypt remote.

Accessing a storage system through a crypt remote realizes client-side
encryption, which makes it safe to keep your data in a location you do
not trust will not get compromised.
When working against the \[ga]crypt\[ga] remote, rclone will automatically
encrypt (before uploading) and decrypt (after downloading) on your local
system as needed on the fly, leaving the data encrypted at rest in the
wrapped remote. If you access the storage system using an application
other than rclone, or access the wrapped remote directly using rclone,
there will not be any encryption/decryption: Downloading existing content
will just give you the encrypted (scrambled) format, and anything you
upload will *not* become encrypted.

The encryption is a secret-key encryption (also called symmetric key encryption)
algorithm, where a password (or pass phrase) is used to generate real encryption key.
The password can be supplied by user, or you may chose to let rclone
generate one. It will be stored in the configuration file, in a lightly obscured form.
If you are in an environment where you are not able to keep your configuration
secured, you should add
[configuration encryption](https://rclone.org/docs/#configuration-encryption)
as protection. As long as you have this configuration file, you will be able to
decrypt your data. Without the configuration file, as long as you remember
the password (or keep it in a safe place), you can re-create the configuration
and gain access to the existing data. You may also configure a corresponding
remote in a different installation to access the same data.
See below for guidance to [changing password](#changing-password).

Encryption uses [cryptographic salt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salt_(cryptography)),
to permute the encryption key so that the same string may be encrypted in
different ways. When configuring the crypt remote it is optional to enter a salt,
or to let rclone generate a unique salt. If omitted, rclone uses a built-in unique string.
Normally in cryptography, the salt is stored together with the encrypted content,
and do not have to be memorized by the user. This is not the case in rclone,
because rclone does not store any additional information on the remotes. Use of
custom salt is effectively a second password that must be memorized.

[File content](#file-encryption) encryption is performed using
[NaCl SecretBox](https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/crypto/nacl/secretbox),
based on XSalsa20 cipher and Poly1305 for integrity.
[Names](#name-encryption) (file- and directory names) are also encrypted
by default, but this has some implications and is therefore
possible to be turned off.

## Configuration

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]secret\[ga].

To use \[ga]crypt\[ga], first set up the underlying remote. Follow the
\[ga]rclone config\[ga] instructions for the specific backend.

Before configuring the crypt remote, check the underlying remote is
working. In this example the underlying remote is called \[ga]remote\[ga].
We will configure a path \[ga]path\[ga] within this remote to contain the
encrypted content. Anything inside \[ga]remote:path\[ga] will be encrypted
and anything outside will not.

Configure \[ga]crypt\[ga] using \[ga]rclone config\[ga]. In this example the \[ga]crypt\[ga]
remote is called \[ga]secret\[ga], to differentiate it from the underlying
\[ga]remote\[ga].

When you are done you can use the crypt remote named \[ga]secret\[ga] just
as you would with any other remote, e.g. \[ga]rclone copy D:\[rs]docs secret:\[rs]docs\[ga],
and rclone will encrypt and decrypt as needed on the fly.
If you access the wrapped remote \[ga]remote:path\[ga] directly you will bypass
the encryption, and anything you read will be in encrypted form, and
anything you write will be unencrypted. To avoid issues it is best to
configure a dedicated path for encrypted content, and access it
exclusively through a crypt remote.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> secret Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Encrypt/Decrypt a remote \ \[dq]crypt\[dq] [snip] Storage> crypt ** See
help for crypt backend at: https://rclone.org/crypt/ **
.PP
Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
Normally should contain a \[aq]:\[aq] and a path, eg
\[dq]myremote:path/to/dir\[dq], \[dq]myremote:bucket\[dq] or maybe
\[dq]myremote:\[dq] (not recommended).
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
remote> remote:path How to encrypt the filenames.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]standard\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
/ Encrypt the filenames.
1 | See the docs for the details.
\ \[dq]standard\[dq] 2 / Very simple filename obfuscation.
\ \[dq]obfuscate\[dq] / Don\[aq]t encrypt the file names.
3 | Adds a \[dq].bin\[dq] extension only.
\ \[dq]off\[dq] filename_encryption> Option to either encrypt directory
names or leave them intact.
.PP
NB If filename_encryption is \[dq]off\[dq] then this option will do
nothing.
Enter a boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]true\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Encrypt
directory names.
\ \[dq]true\[dq] 2 / Don\[aq]t encrypt directory names, leave them
intact.
\ \[dq]false\[dq] directory_name_encryption> Password or pass phrase for
encryption.
y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password y/g> y Enter
the password: password: Confirm the password: password: Password or pass
phrase for salt.
Optional but recommended.
Should be different to the previous password.
y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password n) No leave
this optional password blank (default) y/g/n> g Password strength in
bits.
64 is just about memorable 128 is secure 1024 is the maximum Bits> 128
Your password is: JAsJvRcgR-_veXNfy_sGmQ Use this password?
Please note that an obscured version of this password (and not the
password itself) will be stored under your configuration file, so keep
this generated password in a safe place.
y) Yes (default) n) No y/n> Edit advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> Remote config --------------------
[secret] type = crypt remote = remote:path password = *** ENCRYPTED
\f[B]\f[BI] password2 = \f[B]\f[R] ENCRYPTED *** -------------------- y)
Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
**Important** The crypt password stored in \[ga]rclone.conf\[ga] is lightly
obscured. That only protects it from cursory inspection. It is not
secure unless [configuration encryption](https://rclone.org/docs/#configuration-encryption) of \[ga]rclone.conf\[ga] is specified.

A long passphrase is recommended, or \[ga]rclone config\[ga] can generate a
random one.

The obscured password is created using AES-CTR with a static key. The
salt is stored verbatim at the beginning of the obscured password. This
static key is shared between all versions of rclone.

If you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases
elsewhere it will be compatible, but the obscured version will be different
due to the different salt.

Rclone does not encrypt

  * file length - this can be calculated within 16 bytes
  * modification time - used for syncing

### Specifying the remote

When configuring the remote to encrypt/decrypt, you may specify any
string that rclone accepts as a source/destination of other commands.

The primary use case is to specify the path into an already configured
remote (e.g. \[ga]remote:path/to/dir\[ga] or \[ga]remote:bucket\[ga]), such that
data in a remote untrusted location can be stored encrypted.

You may also specify a local filesystem path, such as
\[ga]/path/to/dir\[ga] on Linux, \[ga]C:\[rs]path\[rs]to\[rs]dir\[ga] on Windows. By creating
a crypt remote pointing to such a local filesystem path, you can
use rclone as a utility for pure local file encryption, for example
to keep encrypted files on a removable USB drive.

**Note**: A string which do not contain a \[ga]:\[ga] will by rclone be treated
as a relative path in the local filesystem. For example, if you enter
the name \[ga]remote\[ga] without the trailing \[ga]:\[ga], it will be treated as
a subdirectory of the current directory with name \[dq]remote\[dq].

If a path \[ga]remote:path/to/dir\[ga] is specified, rclone stores encrypted
files in \[ga]path/to/dir\[ga] on the remote. With file name encryption, files
saved to \[ga]secret:subdir/subfile\[ga] are stored in the unencrypted path
\[ga]path/to/dir\[ga] but the \[ga]subdir/subpath\[ga] element is encrypted.

The path you specify does not have to exist, rclone will create
it when needed.

If you intend to use the wrapped remote both directly for keeping
unencrypted content, as well as through a crypt remote for encrypted
content, it is recommended to point the crypt remote to a separate
directory within the wrapped remote. If you use a bucket-based storage
system (e.g. Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2) it is generally
advisable to wrap the crypt remote around a specific bucket (\[ga]s3:bucket\[ga]).
If wrapping around the entire root of the storage (\[ga]s3:\[ga]), and use the
optional file name encryption, rclone will encrypt the bucket name.

### Changing password

Should the password, or the configuration file containing a lightly obscured
form of the password, be compromised, you need to re-encrypt your data with
a new password. Since rclone uses secret-key encryption, where the encryption
key is generated directly from the password kept on the client, it is not
possible to change the password/key of already encrypted content. Just changing
the password configured for an existing crypt remote means you will no longer
able to decrypt any of the previously encrypted content. The only possibility
is to re-upload everything via a crypt remote configured with your new password.

Depending on the size of your data, your bandwidth, storage quota etc, there are
different approaches you can take:
- If you have everything in a different location, for example on your local system,
you could remove all of the prior encrypted files, change the password for your
configured crypt remote (or delete and re-create the crypt configuration),
and then re-upload everything from the alternative location.
- If you have enough space on the storage system you can create a new crypt
remote pointing to a separate directory on the same backend, and then use
rclone to copy everything from the original crypt remote to the new,
effectively decrypting everything on the fly using the old password and
re-encrypting using the new password. When done, delete the original crypt
remote directory and finally the rclone crypt configuration with the old password.
All data will be streamed from the storage system and back, so you will
get half the bandwidth and be charged twice if you have upload and download quota
on the storage system.

**Note**: A security problem related to the random password generator
was fixed in rclone version 1.53.3 (released 2020-11-19). Passwords generated
by rclone config in version 1.49.0 (released 2019-08-26) to 1.53.2
(released 2020-10-26) are not considered secure and should be changed.
If you made up your own password, or used rclone version older than 1.49.0 or
newer than 1.53.2 to generate it, you are *not* affected by this issue.
See [issue #4783](https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/4783) for more
details, and a tool you can use to check if you are affected.

### Example

Create the following file structure using \[dq]standard\[dq] file name
encryption.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
plaintext/ \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file0.txt \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500]
file1.txt \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] subdir \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500]
file2.txt \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file3.txt \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500]
subsubdir \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file4.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Copy these to the remote, and list them
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q copy plaintext secret: $ rclone -q ls secret: 7 file1.txt 6
file0.txt 8 subdir/file2.txt 10 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt 9
subdir/file3.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
The crypt remote looks like
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q ls remote:path 55 hagjclgavj2mbiqm6u6cnjjqcg 54
v05749mltvv1tf4onltun46gls 57
86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/dlj7fkq4kdq72emafg7a7s41uo 58
86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/7uu829995du6o42n32otfhjqp4/b9pausrfansjth5ob3jkdqd4lc
56 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/8njh1sk437gttmep3p70g81aps
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
The directory structure is preserved
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q ls secret:subdir 8 file2.txt 9 file3.txt 10
subsubdir/file4.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Without file name encryption \[ga].bin\[ga] extensions are added to underlying
names. This prevents the cloud provider attempting to interpret file
content.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone -q ls remote:path 54 file0.txt.bin 57 subdir/file3.txt.bin 56
subdir/file2.txt.bin 58 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt.bin 55 file1.txt.bin
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### File name encryption modes

Off

  * doesn\[aq]t hide file names or directory structure
  * allows for longer file names (\[ti]246 characters)
  * can use sub paths and copy single files

Standard

  * file names encrypted
  * file names can\[aq]t be as long (\[ti]143 characters)
  * can use sub paths and copy single files
  * directory structure visible
  * identical files names will have identical uploaded names
  * can use shortcuts to shorten the directory recursion

Obfuscation

This is a simple \[dq]rotate\[dq] of the filename, with each file having a rot
distance based on the filename. Rclone stores the distance at the
beginning of the filename. A file called \[dq]hello\[dq] may become \[dq]53.jgnnq\[dq].

Obfuscation is not a strong encryption of filenames, but hinders
automated scanning tools picking up on filename patterns. It is an
intermediate between \[dq]off\[dq] and \[dq]standard\[dq] which allows for longer path
segment names.

There is a possibility with some unicode based filenames that the
obfuscation is weak and may map lower case characters to upper case
equivalents.

Obfuscation cannot be relied upon for strong protection.

  * file names very lightly obfuscated
  * file names can be longer than standard encryption
  * can use sub paths and copy single files
  * directory structure visible
  * identical files names will have identical uploaded names

Cloud storage systems have limits on file name length and
total path length which rclone is more likely to breach using
\[dq]Standard\[dq] file name encryption.  Where file names are less than 156
characters in length issues should not be encountered, irrespective of
cloud storage provider.

An experimental advanced option \[ga]filename_encoding\[ga] is now provided to
address this problem to a certain degree.
For cloud storage systems with case sensitive file names (e.g. Google Drive),
\[ga]base64\[ga] can be used to reduce file name length. 
For cloud storage systems using UTF-16 to store file names internally
(e.g. OneDrive, Dropbox, Box), \[ga]base32768\[ga] can be used to drastically reduce
file name length. 

An alternative, future rclone file name encryption mode may tolerate
backend provider path length limits.

### Directory name encryption

Crypt offers the option of encrypting dir names or leaving them intact.
There are two options:

True

Encrypts the whole file path including directory names
Example:
\[ga]1/12/123.txt\[ga] is encrypted to
\[ga]p0e52nreeaj0a5ea7s64m4j72s/l42g6771hnv3an9cgc8cr2n1ng/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0\[ga]

False

Only encrypts file names, skips directory names
Example:
\[ga]1/12/123.txt\[ga] is encrypted to
\[ga]1/12/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0\[ga]


### Modification times and hashes

Crypt stores modification times using the underlying remote so support
depends on that.

Hashes are not stored for crypt. However the data integrity is
protected by an extremely strong crypto authenticator.

Use the \[ga]rclone cryptcheck\[ga] command to check the
integrity of an encrypted remote instead of \[ga]rclone check\[ga] which can\[aq]t
check the checksums properly.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).

#### --crypt-remote

Remote to encrypt/decrypt.

Normally should contain a \[aq]:\[aq] and a path, e.g. \[dq]myremote:path/to/dir\[dq],
\[dq]myremote:bucket\[dq] or maybe \[dq]myremote:\[dq] (not recommended).

Properties:

- Config:      remote
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_REMOTE
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --crypt-filename-encryption

How to encrypt the filenames.

Properties:

- Config:      filename_encryption
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCRYPTION
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]standard\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]standard\[dq]
        - Encrypt the filenames.
        - See the docs for the details.
    - \[dq]obfuscate\[dq]
        - Very simple filename obfuscation.
    - \[dq]off\[dq]
        - Don\[aq]t encrypt the file names.
        - Adds a \[dq].bin\[dq], or \[dq]suffix\[dq] extension only.

#### --crypt-directory-name-encryption

Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.

NB If filename_encryption is \[dq]off\[dq] then this option will do nothing.

Properties:

- Config:      directory_name_encryption
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION
- Type:        bool
- Default:     true
- Examples:
    - \[dq]true\[dq]
        - Encrypt directory names.
    - \[dq]false\[dq]
        - Don\[aq]t encrypt directory names, leave them intact.

#### --crypt-password

Password or pass phrase for encryption.

**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --crypt-password2

Password or pass phrase for salt.

Optional but recommended.
Should be different to the previous password.

**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      password2
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD2
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).

#### --crypt-server-side-across-configs

Deprecated: use --server-side-across-configs instead.

Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different crypt configs.

Normally this option is not what you want, but if you have two crypts
pointing to the same backend you can use it.

This can be used, for example, to change file name encryption type
without re-uploading all the data. Just make two crypt backends
pointing to two different directories with the single changed
parameter and use rclone move to move the files between the crypt
remotes.

Properties:

- Config:      server_side_across_configs
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --crypt-show-mapping

For all files listed show how the names encrypt.

If this flag is set then for each file that the remote is asked to
list, it will log (at level INFO) a line stating the decrypted file
name and the encrypted file name.

This is so you can work out which encrypted names are which decrypted
names just in case you need to do something with the encrypted file
names, or for debugging purposes.

Properties:

- Config:      show_mapping
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_SHOW_MAPPING
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --crypt-no-data-encryption

Option to either encrypt file data or leave it unencrypted.

Properties:

- Config:      no_data_encryption
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_NO_DATA_ENCRYPTION
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]true\[dq]
        - Don\[aq]t encrypt file data, leave it unencrypted.
    - \[dq]false\[dq]
        - Encrypt file data.

#### --crypt-pass-bad-blocks

If set this will pass bad blocks through as all 0.

This should not be set in normal operation, it should only be set if
trying to recover an encrypted file with errors and it is desired to
recover as much of the file as possible.

Properties:

- Config:      pass_bad_blocks
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_PASS_BAD_BLOCKS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --crypt-strict-names

If set, this will raise an error when crypt comes across a filename that can\[aq]t be decrypted.

(By default, rclone will just log a NOTICE and continue as normal.)
This can happen if encrypted and unencrypted files are stored in the same
directory (which is not recommended.) It may also indicate a more serious
problem that should be investigated.

Properties:

- Config:      strict_names
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_STRICT_NAMES
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --crypt-filename-encoding

How to encode the encrypted filename to text string.

This option could help with shortening the encrypted filename. The 
suitable option would depend on the way your remote count the filename
length and if it\[aq]s case sensitive.

Properties:

- Config:      filename_encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCODING
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]base32\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]base32\[dq]
        - Encode using base32. Suitable for all remote.
    - \[dq]base64\[dq]
        - Encode using base64. Suitable for case sensitive remote.
    - \[dq]base32768\[dq]
        - Encode using base32768. Suitable if your remote counts UTF-16 or
        - Unicode codepoint instead of UTF-8 byte length. (Eg. Onedrive, Dropbox)

#### --crypt-suffix

If this is set it will override the default suffix of \[dq].bin\[dq].

Setting suffix to \[dq]none\[dq] will result in an empty suffix. This may be useful 
when the path length is critical.

Properties:

- Config:      suffix
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_SUFFIX
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq].bin\[dq]

#### --crypt-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

Any metadata supported by the underlying remote is read and written.

See the [metadata](https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.

## Backend commands

Here are the commands specific to the crypt backend.

Run them with

    rclone backend COMMAND remote:

The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.

See the [backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command for more
info on how to pass options and arguments.

These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).

### encode

Encode the given filename(s)

    rclone backend encode remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This encodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of
strings of the encoded results.

Usage Example:

    rclone backend encode crypt: file1 [file2...]
    rclone rc backend/command command=encode fs=crypt: file1 [file2...]


### decode

Decode the given filename(s)

    rclone backend decode remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This decodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of
strings of the decoded results. It will return an error if any of the
inputs are invalid.

Usage Example:

    rclone backend decode crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]
    rclone rc backend/command command=decode fs=crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]




## Backing up an encrypted remote

If you wish to backup an encrypted remote, it is recommended that you use
\[ga]rclone sync\[ga] on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are
the same in the new encrypted remote.

This will have the following advantages

  * \[ga]rclone sync\[ga] will check the checksums while copying
  * you can use \[ga]rclone check\[ga] between the encrypted remotes
  * you don\[aq]t decrypt and encrypt unnecessarily

For example, let\[aq]s say you have your original remote at \[ga]remote:\[ga] with
the encrypted version at \[ga]eremote:\[ga] with path \[ga]remote:crypt\[ga].  You
would then set up the new remote \[ga]remote2:\[ga] and then the encrypted
version \[ga]eremote2:\[ga] with path \[ga]remote2:crypt\[ga] using the same passwords
as \[ga]eremote:\[ga].

To sync the two remotes you would do

    rclone sync --interactive remote:crypt remote2:crypt

And to check the integrity you would do

    rclone check remote:crypt remote2:crypt

## File formats

### File encryption

Files are encrypted 1:1 source file to destination object.  The file
has a header and is divided into chunks.

#### Header

  * 8 bytes magic string \[ga]RCLONE\[rs]x00\[rs]x00\[ga]
  * 24 bytes Nonce (IV)

The initial nonce is generated from the operating systems crypto
strong random number generator.  The nonce is incremented for each
chunk read making sure each nonce is unique for each block written.
The chance of a nonce being reused is minuscule.  If you wrote an
exabyte of data (10\[S1]\[u2078] bytes) you would have a probability of
approximately 2\[tmu]10\[u207B]\[S3]\[S2] of re-using a nonce.

#### Chunk

Each chunk will contain 64 KiB of data, except for the last one which
may have less data. The data chunk is in standard NaCl SecretBox
format. SecretBox uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and
authenticate messages.

Each chunk contains:

  * 16 Bytes of Poly1305 authenticator
  * 1 - 65536 bytes XSalsa20 encrypted data

64k chunk size was chosen as the best performing chunk size (the
authenticator takes too much time below this and the performance drops
off due to cache effects above this).  Note that these chunks are
buffered in memory so they can\[aq]t be too big.

This uses a 32 byte (256 bit key) key derived from the user password.

#### Examples

1 byte file will encrypt to

  * 32 bytes header
  * 17 bytes data chunk

49 bytes total

1 MiB (1048576 bytes) file will encrypt to

  * 32 bytes header
  * 16 chunks of 65568 bytes

1049120 bytes total (a 0.05% overhead). This is the overhead for big
files.

### Name encryption

File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up
into \[ga]/\[ga] separated strings and these are encrypted individually.

File segments are padded using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes
before encryption.

They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME
(ECB-Mix-ECB) is a wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003
paper \[dq]A Parallelizable Enciphering Mode\[dq] by Halevi and Rogaway.

This makes for deterministic encryption which is what we want - the
same filename must encrypt to the same thing otherwise we can\[aq]t find
it on the cloud storage system.

This means that

  * filenames with the same name will encrypt the same
  * filenames which start the same won\[aq]t have a common prefix

This uses a 32 byte key (256 bits) and a 16 byte (128 bits) IV both of
which are derived from the user password.

After encryption they are written out using a modified version of
standard \[ga]base32\[ga] encoding as described in RFC4648.  The standard
encoding is modified in two ways:

  * it becomes lower case (no-one likes upper case filenames!)
  * we strip the padding character \[ga]=\[ga]

\[ga]base32\[ga] is used rather than the more efficient \[ga]base64\[ga] so rclone can be
used on case insensitive remotes (e.g. Windows, Box, Dropbox, Onedrive etc).

### Key derivation

Rclone uses \[ga]scrypt\[ga] with parameters \[ga]N=16384, r=8, p=1\[ga] with an
optional user supplied salt (password2) to derive the 32+32+16 = 80
bytes of key material required.  If the user doesn\[aq]t supply a salt
then rclone uses an internal one.

\[ga]scrypt\[ga] makes it impractical to mount a dictionary attack on rclone
encrypted data.  For full protection against this you should always use
a salt.

## SEE ALSO

* [rclone cryptdecode](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cryptdecode/)    - Show forward/reverse mapping of encrypted filenames

#  Compress

## Warning

This remote is currently **experimental**. Things may break and data may be lost. Anything you do with this remote is
at your own risk. Please understand the risks associated with using experimental code and don\[aq]t use this remote in
critical applications.

The \[ga]Compress\[ga] remote adds compression to another remote. It is best used with remotes containing
many large compressible files.

## Configuration

To use this remote, all you need to do is specify another remote and a compression mode to use:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Current remotes:
.PP
Name Type ==== ==== remote_to_press sometype
.IP "e)" 3
Edit existing remote $ rclone config
.IP "f)" 3
New remote
.IP "g)" 3
Delete remote
.IP "h)" 3
Rename remote
.IP "i)" 3
Copy remote
.IP "j)" 3
Set configuration password
.IP "k)" 3
Quit config e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n name> compress ...
8 / Compress a remote \ \[dq]compress\[dq] ...
Storage> compress ** See help for compress backend at:
https://rclone.org/compress/ **
.PP
Remote to compress.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
remote> remote_to_press:subdir Compression mode.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]gzip\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Gzip
compression balanced for speed and compression strength.
\ \[dq]gzip\[dq] compression_mode> gzip Edit advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n Remote config --------------------
[compress] type = compress remote = remote_to_press:subdir
compression_mode = gzip -------------------- y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### Compression Modes

Currently only gzip compression is supported. It provides a decent balance between speed and size and is well
supported by other applications. Compression strength can further be configured via an advanced setting where 0 is no
compression and 9 is strongest compression.

### File types

If you open a remote wrapped by compress, you will see that there are many files with an extension corresponding to
the compression algorithm you chose. These files are standard files that can be opened by various archive programs, 
but they have some hidden metadata that allows them to be used by rclone.
While you may download and decompress these files at will, do **not** manually delete or rename files. Files without
correct metadata files will not be recognized by rclone.

### File names

The compressed files will be named \[ga]*.###########.gz\[ga] where \[ga]*\[ga] is the base file and the \[ga]#\[ga] part is base64 encoded 
size of the uncompressed file. The file names should not be changed by anything other than the rclone compression backend.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to compress (Compress a remote).

#### --compress-remote

Remote to compress.

Properties:

- Config:      remote
- Env Var:     RCLONE_COMPRESS_REMOTE
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --compress-mode

Compression mode.

Properties:

- Config:      mode
- Env Var:     RCLONE_COMPRESS_MODE
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]gzip\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]gzip\[dq]
        - Standard gzip compression with fastest parameters.

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to compress (Compress a remote).

#### --compress-level

GZIP compression level (-2 to 9).

Generally -1 (default, equivalent to 5) is recommended.
Levels 1 to 9 increase compression at the cost of speed. Going past 6 
generally offers very little return.

Level -2 uses Huffman encoding only. Only use if you know what you
are doing.
Level 0 turns off compression.

Properties:

- Config:      level
- Env Var:     RCLONE_COMPRESS_LEVEL
- Type:        int
- Default:     -1

#### --compress-ram-cache-limit

Some remotes don\[aq]t allow the upload of files with unknown size.
In this case the compressed file will need to be cached to determine
it\[aq]s size.

Files smaller than this limit will be cached in RAM, files larger than 
this limit will be cached on disk.

Properties:

- Config:      ram_cache_limit
- Env Var:     RCLONE_COMPRESS_RAM_CACHE_LIMIT
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     20Mi

#### --compress-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_COMPRESS_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

Any metadata supported by the underlying remote is read and written.

See the [metadata](https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.



#  Combine

The \[ga]combine\[ga] backend joins remotes together into a single directory
tree.

For example you might have a remote for images on one provider:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone tree s3:imagesbucket / \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] image1.jpg
\[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] image2.jpg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
And a remote for files on another:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone tree drive:important/files / \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file1.txt
\[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file2.txt
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
The \[ga]combine\[ga] backend can join these together into a synthetic
directory structure like this:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone tree combined: / \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] files \[br]
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file1.txt \[br] \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500]
file2.txt \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] images \[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500]
image1.jpg \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] image2.jpg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
You\[aq]d do this by specifying an \[ga]upstreams\[ga] parameter in the config
like this

    upstreams = images=s3:imagesbucket files=drive:important/files

During the initial setup with \[ga]rclone config\[ga] you will specify the
upstreams remotes as a space separated list. The upstream remotes can
either be a local paths or other remotes.

## Configuration

Here is an example of how to make a combine called \[ga]remote\[ga] for the
example above. First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
\&...
XX / Combine several remotes into one \ (combine) ...
Storage> combine Option upstreams.
Upstreams for combining These should be in the form dir=remote:path
dir2=remote2:path Where before the = is specified the root directory and
after is the remote to put there.
Embedded spaces can be added using quotes \[dq]dir=remote:path with
space\[dq] \[dq]dir2=remote2:path with space\[dq] Enter a
fs.SpaceSepList value.
upstreams> images=s3:imagesbucket files=drive:important/files
-------------------- [remote] type = combine upstreams =
images=s3:imagesbucket files=drive:important/files --------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### Configuring for Google Drive Shared Drives

Rclone has a convenience feature for making a combine backend for all
the shared drives you have access to.

Assuming your main (non shared drive) Google drive remote is called
\[ga]drive:\[ga] you would run

    rclone backend -o config drives drive:

This would produce something like this:

    [My Drive]
    type = alias
    remote = drive,team_drive=0ABCDEF-01234567890,root_folder_id=:

    [Test Drive]
    type = alias
    remote = drive,team_drive=0ABCDEFabcdefghijkl,root_folder_id=:

    [AllDrives]
    type = combine
    upstreams = \[dq]My Drive=My Drive:\[dq] \[dq]Test Drive=Test Drive:\[dq]

If you then add that config to your config file (find it with \[ga]rclone
config file\[ga]) then you can access all the shared drives in one place
with the \[ga]AllDrives:\[ga] remote.

See [the Google Drive docs](https://rclone.org/drive/#drives) for full info.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to combine (Combine several remotes into one).

#### --combine-upstreams

Upstreams for combining

These should be in the form

    dir=remote:path dir2=remote2:path

Where before the = is specified the root directory and after is the remote to
put there.

Embedded spaces can be added using quotes

    \[dq]dir=remote:path with space\[dq] \[dq]dir2=remote2:path with space\[dq]



Properties:

- Config:      upstreams
- Env Var:     RCLONE_COMBINE_UPSTREAMS
- Type:        SpaceSepList
- Default:     

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to combine (Combine several remotes into one).

#### --combine-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_COMBINE_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

Any metadata supported by the underlying remote is read and written.

See the [metadata](https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.



#  Dropbox

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:path\[ga]

Dropbox paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

## Configuration

The initial setup for dropbox involves getting a token from Dropbox
which you need to do in your browser.  \[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks you
through it.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "n)" 3
New remote
.IP "o)" 3
Delete remote
.IP "p)" 3
Quit config e/n/d/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Dropbox \ \[dq]dropbox\[dq] [snip] Storage> dropbox Dropbox App Key -
leave blank normally.
app_key> Dropbox App Secret - leave blank normally.
app_secret> Remote config Please visit:
https://www.dropbox.com/1/oauth2/authorize?client_id=XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX&response_type=code
Enter the code: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXXXXXXXX
-------------------- [remote] app_key = app_secret = token =
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXX_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
--------------------
.IP "q)" 3
Yes this is OK
.IP "r)" 3
Edit this remote
.IP "s)" 3
Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.

Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Dropbox. This only
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
the verification code.  This is on \[ga]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\[ga] and it
may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
firewall, or use manual mode.

You can then use it like this,

List directories in top level of your dropbox

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your dropbox

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to a dropbox directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

### Dropbox for business

Rclone supports Dropbox for business and Team Folders.

When using Dropbox for business \[ga]remote:\[ga] and \[ga]remote:path/to/file\[ga]
will refer to your personal folder.

If you wish to see Team Folders you must use a leading \[ga]/\[ga] in the
path, so \[ga]rclone lsd remote:/\[ga] will refer to the root and show you all
Team Folders and your User Folder.

You can then use team folders like this \[ga]remote:/TeamFolder\[ga] and
\[ga]remote:/TeamFolder/path/to/file\[ga].

A leading \[ga]/\[ga] for a Dropbox personal account will do nothing, but it
will take an extra HTTP transaction so it should be avoided.

### Modification times and hashes

Dropbox supports modified times, but the only way to set a
modification time is to re-upload the file.

This means that if you uploaded your data with an older version of
rclone which didn\[aq]t support the v2 API and modified times, rclone will
decide to upload all your old data to fix the modification times.  If
you don\[aq]t want this to happen use \[ga]--size-only\[ga] or \[ga]--checksum\[ga] flag
to stop it.

Dropbox supports [its own hash
type](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash) which
is checked for all transfers.

### Restricted filename characters

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| NUL       | 0x00  | \[u2400]           |
| /         | 0x2F  | \[uFF0F]           |
| DEL       | 0x7F  | \[u2421]           |
| \[rs]         | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]           |

File names can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP        | 0x20  | \[u2420]           |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

### Batch mode uploads {#batch-mode}

Using batch mode uploads is very important for performance when using
the Dropbox API. See [the dropbox performance guide](https://developers.dropbox.com/dbx-performance-guide)
for more info.

There are 3 modes rclone can use for uploads.

#### --dropbox-batch-mode off

In this mode rclone will not use upload batching. This was the default
before rclone v1.55. It has the disadvantage that it is very likely to
encounter \[ga]too_many_requests\[ga] errors like this

    NOTICE: too_many_requests/.: Too many requests or write operations. Trying again in 15 seconds.

When rclone receives these it has to wait for 15s or sometimes 300s
before continuing which really slows down transfers.

This will happen especially if \[ga]--transfers\[ga] is large, so this mode
isn\[aq]t recommended except for compatibility or investigating problems.

#### --dropbox-batch-mode sync

In this mode rclone will batch up uploads to the size specified by
\[ga]--dropbox-batch-size\[ga] and commit them together.

Using this mode means you can use a much higher \[ga]--transfers\[ga]
parameter (32 or 64 works fine) without receiving \[ga]too_many_requests\[ga]
errors.

This mode ensures full data integrity.

Note that there may be a pause when quitting rclone while rclone
finishes up the last batch using this mode.

#### --dropbox-batch-mode async

In this mode rclone will batch up uploads to the size specified by
\[ga]--dropbox-batch-size\[ga] and commit them together.

However it will not wait for the status of the batch to be returned to
the caller. This means rclone can use a much bigger batch size (much
bigger than \[ga]--transfers\[ga]), at the cost of not being able to check the
status of the upload.

This provides the maximum possible upload speed especially with lots
of small files, however rclone can\[aq]t check the file got uploaded
properly using this mode.

If you are using this mode then using \[dq]rclone check\[dq] after the
transfer completes is recommended. Or you could do an initial transfer
with \[ga]--dropbox-batch-mode async\[ga] then do a final transfer with
\[ga]--dropbox-batch-mode sync\[ga] (the default).

Note that there may be a pause when quitting rclone while rclone
finishes up the last batch using this mode.



### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).

#### --dropbox-client-id

OAuth Client Id.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --dropbox-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).

#### --dropbox-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --dropbox-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --dropbox-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --dropbox-chunk-size

Upload chunk size (< 150Mi).

Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this size.

Note that chunks are buffered in memory (one at a time) so rclone can
deal with retries.  Setting this larger will increase the speed
slightly (at most 10% for 128 MiB in tests) at the cost of using more
memory.  It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     48Mi

#### --dropbox-impersonate

Impersonate this user when using a business account.

Note that if you want to use impersonate, you should make sure this
flag is set when running \[dq]rclone config\[dq] as this will cause rclone to
request the \[dq]members.read\[dq] scope which it won\[aq]t normally. This is
needed to lookup a members email address into the internal ID that
dropbox uses in the API.

Using the \[dq]members.read\[dq] scope will require a Dropbox Team Admin
to approve during the OAuth flow.

You will have to use your own App (setting your own client_id and
client_secret) to use this option as currently rclone\[aq]s default set of
permissions doesn\[aq]t include \[dq]members.read\[dq]. This can be added once
v1.55 or later is in use everywhere.


Properties:

- Config:      impersonate
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_IMPERSONATE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --dropbox-shared-files

Instructs rclone to work on individual shared files.

In this mode rclone\[aq]s features are extremely limited - only list (ls, lsl, etc.) 
operations and read operations (e.g. downloading) are supported in this mode.
All other operations will be disabled.

Properties:

- Config:      shared_files
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_SHARED_FILES
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --dropbox-shared-folders

Instructs rclone to work on shared folders.
            
When this flag is used with no path only the List operation is supported and 
all available shared folders will be listed. If you specify a path the first part 
will be interpreted as the name of shared folder. Rclone will then try to mount this 
shared to the root namespace. On success shared folder rclone proceeds normally. 
The shared folder is now pretty much a normal folder and all normal operations 
are supported. 

Note that we don\[aq]t unmount the shared folder afterwards so the 
--dropbox-shared-folders can be omitted after the first use of a particular 
shared folder.

Properties:

- Config:      shared_folders
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_SHARED_FOLDERS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --dropbox-pacer-min-sleep

Minimum time to sleep between API calls.

Properties:

- Config:      pacer_min_sleep
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_PACER_MIN_SLEEP
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     10ms

#### --dropbox-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --dropbox-batch-mode

Upload file batching sync|async|off.

This sets the batch mode used by rclone.

For full info see [the main docs](https://rclone.org/dropbox/#batch-mode)

This has 3 possible values

- off - no batching
- sync - batch uploads and check completion (default)
- async - batch upload and don\[aq]t check completion

Rclone will close any outstanding batches when it exits which may make
a delay on quit.


Properties:

- Config:      batch_mode
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_MODE
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]sync\[dq]

#### --dropbox-batch-size

Max number of files in upload batch.

This sets the batch size of files to upload. It has to be less than 1000.

By default this is 0 which means rclone which calculate the batch size
depending on the setting of batch_mode.

- batch_mode: async - default batch_size is 100
- batch_mode: sync - default batch_size is the same as --transfers
- batch_mode: off - not in use

Rclone will close any outstanding batches when it exits which may make
a delay on quit.

Setting this is a great idea if you are uploading lots of small files
as it will make them a lot quicker. You can use --transfers 32 to
maximise throughput.


Properties:

- Config:      batch_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_SIZE
- Type:        int
- Default:     0

#### --dropbox-batch-timeout

Max time to allow an idle upload batch before uploading.

If an upload batch is idle for more than this long then it will be
uploaded.

The default for this is 0 which means rclone will choose a sensible
default based on the batch_mode in use.

- batch_mode: async - default batch_timeout is 10s
- batch_mode: sync - default batch_timeout is 500ms
- batch_mode: off - not in use


Properties:

- Config:      batch_timeout
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_TIMEOUT
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     0s

#### --dropbox-batch-commit-timeout

Max time to wait for a batch to finish committing

Properties:

- Config:      batch_commit_timeout
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_COMMIT_TIMEOUT
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     10m0s

#### --dropbox-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

Note that Dropbox is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file called
\[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].

There are some file names such as \[ga]thumbs.db\[ga] which Dropbox can\[aq]t
store.  There is a full list of them in the [\[dq]Ignored Files\[dq] section
of this document](https://www.dropbox.com/en/help/145).  Rclone will
issue an error message \[ga]File name disallowed - not uploading\[ga] if it
attempts to upload one of those file names, but the sync won\[aq]t fail.

Some errors may occur if you try to sync copyright-protected files
because Dropbox has its own [copyright detector](https://techcrunch.com/2014/03/30/how-dropbox-knows-when-youre-sharing-copyrighted-stuff-without-actually-looking-at-your-stuff/) that
prevents this sort of file being downloaded. This will return the error \[ga]ERROR :
/path/to/your/file: Failed to copy: failed to open source object:
path/restricted_content/.\[ga]

If you have more than 10,000 files in a directory then \[ga]rclone purge
dropbox:dir\[ga] will return the error \[ga]Failed to purge: There are too
many files involved in this operation\[ga].  As a work-around do an
\[ga]rclone delete dropbox:dir\[ga] followed by an \[ga]rclone rmdir dropbox:dir\[ga].

When using \[ga]rclone link\[ga] you\[aq]ll need to set \[ga]--expire\[ga] if using a
non-personal account otherwise the visibility may not be correct.
(Note that \[ga]--expire\[ga] isn\[aq]t supported on personal accounts). See the
[forum discussion](https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-link-dropbox-permissions/23211) and the 
[dropbox SDK issue](https://github.com/dropbox/dropbox-sdk-go-unofficial/issues/75).

## Get your own Dropbox App ID

When you use rclone with Dropbox in its default configuration you are using rclone\[aq]s App ID. This is shared between all the rclone users.

Here is how to create your own Dropbox App ID for rclone:

1. Log into the [Dropbox App console](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/apps/create) with your Dropbox Account (It need not
to be the same account as the Dropbox you want to access)

2. Choose an API => Usually this should be \[ga]Dropbox API\[ga]

3. Choose the type of access you want to use => \[ga]Full Dropbox\[ga] or \[ga]App Folder\[ga]. If you want to use Team Folders, \[ga]Full Dropbox\[ga] is required ([see here](https://www.dropboxforum.com/t5/Dropbox-API-Support-Feedback/How-to-create-team-folder-inside-my-app-s-folder/m-p/601005/highlight/true#M27911)).

4. Name your App. The app name is global, so you can\[aq]t use \[ga]rclone\[ga] for example

5. Click the button \[ga]Create App\[ga]

6. Switch to the \[ga]Permissions\[ga] tab. Enable at least the following permissions: \[ga]account_info.read\[ga], \[ga]files.metadata.write\[ga], \[ga]files.content.write\[ga], \[ga]files.content.read\[ga], \[ga]sharing.write\[ga]. The \[ga]files.metadata.read\[ga] and \[ga]sharing.read\[ga] checkboxes will be marked too. Click \[ga]Submit\[ga]

7. Switch to the \[ga]Settings\[ga] tab. Fill \[ga]OAuth2 - Redirect URIs\[ga] as \[ga]http://localhost:53682/\[ga] and click on \[ga]Add\[ga]

8. Find the \[ga]App key\[ga] and \[ga]App secret\[ga] values on the \[ga]Settings\[ga] tab. Use these values in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote. The \[ga]App key\[ga] setting corresponds to \[ga]client_id\[ga] in rclone config, the \[ga]App secret\[ga] corresponds to \[ga]client_secret\[ga]

#  Enterprise File Fabric

This backend supports [Storage Made Easy\[aq]s Enterprise File
Fabric\[tm]](https://storagemadeeasy.com/about/) which provides a software
solution to integrate and unify File and Object Storage accessible
through a global file system.

## Configuration

The initial setup for the Enterprise File Fabric backend involves
getting a token from the Enterprise File Fabric which you need to
do in your browser.  \[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks you through it.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Enterprise File Fabric \ \[dq]filefabric\[dq] [snip] Storage> filefabric
** See help for filefabric backend at: https://rclone.org/filefabric/ **
.PP
URL of the Enterprise File Fabric to connect to Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Storage Made
Easy US \ \[dq]https://storagemadeeasy.com\[dq] 2 / Storage Made Easy EU
\ \[dq]https://eu.storagemadeeasy.com\[dq] 3 / Connect to your
Enterprise File Fabric \ \[dq]https://yourfabric.smestorage.com\[dq]
url> https://yourfabric.smestorage.com/ ID of the root folder Leave
blank normally.
.PP
Fill in to make rclone start with directory of a given ID.
.PP
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
root_folder_id> Permanent Authentication Token
.PP
A Permanent Authentication Token can be created in the Enterprise File
Fabric, on the users Dashboard under Security, there is an entry
you\[aq]ll see called \[dq]My Authentication Tokens\[dq].
Click the Manage button to create one.
.PP
These tokens are normally valid for several years.
.PP
For more info see:
https://docs.storagemadeeasy.com/organisationcloud/api-tokens
.PP
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
permanent_token> xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Edit advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n Remote config --------------------
[remote] type = filefabric url = https://yourfabric.smestorage.com/
permanent_token = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx --------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Once configured you can then use \[ga]rclone\[ga] like this,

List directories in top level of your Enterprise File Fabric

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your Enterprise File Fabric

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to an Enterprise File Fabric directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

### Modification times and hashes

The Enterprise File Fabric allows modification times to be set on
files accurate to 1 second.  These will be used to detect whether
objects need syncing or not.

The Enterprise File Fabric does not support any data hashes at this time.

### Restricted filename characters

The [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
will be replaced.

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

### Empty files

Empty files aren\[aq]t supported by the Enterprise File Fabric. Rclone will therefore
upload an empty file as a single space with a mime type of
\[ga]application/vnd.rclone.empty.file\[ga] and files with that mime type are
treated as empty.

### Root folder ID ###

You can set the \[ga]root_folder_id\[ga] for rclone.  This is the directory
(identified by its \[ga]Folder ID\[ga]) that rclone considers to be the root
of your Enterprise File Fabric.

Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the
correct root to use itself.

However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
hierarchy.

In order to do this you will have to find the \[ga]Folder ID\[ga] of the
directory you wish rclone to display.  These aren\[aq]t displayed in the
web interface, but you can use \[ga]rclone lsf\[ga] to find them, for example
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
$ rclone lsf --dirs-only -Fip --csv filefabric: 120673758,Burnt PDFs/
120673759,My Quick Uploads/ 120673755,My Syncs/ 120673756,My backups/
120673757,My contacts/ 120673761,S3 Storage/
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
The ID for \[dq]S3 Storage\[dq] would be \[ga]120673761\[ga].


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to filefabric (Enterprise File Fabric).

#### --filefabric-url

URL of the Enterprise File Fabric to connect to.

Properties:

- Config:      url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    true
- Examples:
    - \[dq]https://storagemadeeasy.com\[dq]
        - Storage Made Easy US
    - \[dq]https://eu.storagemadeeasy.com\[dq]
        - Storage Made Easy EU
    - \[dq]https://yourfabric.smestorage.com\[dq]
        - Connect to your Enterprise File Fabric

#### --filefabric-root-folder-id

ID of the root folder.

Leave blank normally.

Fill in to make rclone start with directory of a given ID.


Properties:

- Config:      root_folder_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --filefabric-permanent-token

Permanent Authentication Token.

A Permanent Authentication Token can be created in the Enterprise File
Fabric, on the users Dashboard under Security, there is an entry
you\[aq]ll see called \[dq]My Authentication Tokens\[dq]. Click the Manage button
to create one.

These tokens are normally valid for several years.

For more info see: https://docs.storagemadeeasy.com/organisationcloud/api-tokens


Properties:

- Config:      permanent_token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_PERMANENT_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to filefabric (Enterprise File Fabric).

#### --filefabric-token

Session Token.

This is a session token which rclone caches in the config file. It is
usually valid for 1 hour.

Don\[aq]t set this value - rclone will set it automatically.


Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --filefabric-token-expiry

Token expiry time.

Don\[aq]t set this value - rclone will set it automatically.


Properties:

- Config:      token_expiry
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_TOKEN_EXPIRY
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --filefabric-version

Version read from the file fabric.

Don\[aq]t set this value - rclone will set it automatically.


Properties:

- Config:      version
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_VERSION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --filefabric-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --filefabric-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



#  FTP

FTP is the File Transfer Protocol. Rclone FTP support is provided using the
[github.com/jlaffaye/ftp](https://godoc.org/github.com/jlaffaye/ftp)
package.

[Limitations of Rclone\[aq]s FTP backend](#limitations)

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:path\[ga]. If the path does not begin with
a \[ga]/\[ga] it is relative to the home directory of the user.  An empty path
\[ga]remote:\[ga] refers to the user\[aq]s home directory.

## Configuration

To create an FTP configuration named \[ga]remote\[ga], run

    rclone config

Rclone config guides you through an interactive setup process. A minimal
rclone FTP remote definition only requires host, username and password.
For an anonymous FTP server, see [below](#anonymous-ftp).
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote r) Rename remote c) Copy remote s) Set configuration
password q) Quit config n/r/c/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to
configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / FTP
\ \[dq]ftp\[dq] [snip] Storage> ftp ** See help for ftp backend at:
https://rclone.org/ftp/ **
.PP
FTP host to connect to Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Connect to
ftp.example.com \ \[dq]ftp.example.com\[dq] host> ftp.example.com FTP
username Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]$USER\[dq]).
user> FTP port number Enter a signed integer.
Press Enter for the default (21).
port> FTP password y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random
password y/g> y Enter the password: password: Confirm the password:
password: Use FTP over TLS (Implicit) Enter a boolean value (true or
false).
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
tls> Use FTP over TLS (Explicit) Enter a boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
explicit_tls> Remote config -------------------- [remote] type = ftp
host = ftp.example.com pass = *** ENCRYPTED *** -------------------- y)
Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
To see all directories in the home directory of \[ga]remote\[ga]

    rclone lsd remote:

Make a new directory

    rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory

List the contents of a directory

    rclone ls remote:path/to/directory

Sync \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga] to the remote directory, deleting any
excess files in the directory.

    rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:directory

### Anonymous FTP

When connecting to a FTP server that allows anonymous login, you can use the
special \[dq]anonymous\[dq] username. Traditionally, this user account accepts any
string as a password, although it is common to use either the password
\[dq]anonymous\[dq] or \[dq]guest\[dq]. Some servers require the use of a valid e-mail
address as password.

Using [on-the-fly](#backend-path-to-dir) or
[connection string](https://rclone.org/docs/#connection-strings) remotes makes it easy to access
such servers, without requiring any configuration in advance. The following
are examples of that:

    rclone lsf :ftp: --ftp-host=speedtest.tele2.net --ftp-user=anonymous --ftp-pass=$(rclone obscure dummy)
    rclone lsf :ftp,host=speedtest.tele2.net,user=anonymous,pass=$(rclone obscure dummy):

The above examples work in Linux shells and in PowerShell, but not Windows
Command Prompt. They execute the [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/)
command to create a password string in the format required by the
[pass](#ftp-pass) option. The following examples are exactly the same, except use
an already obscured string representation of the same password \[dq]dummy\[dq], and
therefore works even in Windows Command Prompt:

    rclone lsf :ftp: --ftp-host=speedtest.tele2.net --ftp-user=anonymous --ftp-pass=IXs2wc8OJOz7SYLBk47Ji1rHTmxM
    rclone lsf :ftp,host=speedtest.tele2.net,user=anonymous,pass=IXs2wc8OJOz7SYLBk47Ji1rHTmxM:

### Implicit TLS

Rlone FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS). This has to
be enabled in the FTP backend config for the remote, or with
[\[ga]--ftp-tls\[ga]](#ftp-tls). The default FTPS port is \[ga]990\[ga], not \[ga]21\[ga] and
can be set with [\[ga]--ftp-port\[ga]](#ftp-port).

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

File names cannot end with the following characters. Replacement is
limited to the last character in a file name:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP        | 0x20  | \[u2420]           |

Not all FTP servers can have all characters in file names, for example:

| FTP Server| Forbidden characters |
| --------- |:--------------------:|
| proftpd   | \[ga]*\[ga]                  |
| pureftpd  | \[ga]\[rs] [ ]\[ga]              |

This backend\[aq]s interactive configuration wizard provides a selection of
sensible encoding settings for major FTP servers: ProFTPd, PureFTPd, VsFTPd.
Just hit a selection number when prompted.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to ftp (FTP).

#### --ftp-host

FTP host to connect to.

E.g. \[dq]ftp.example.com\[dq].

Properties:

- Config:      host
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_HOST
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --ftp-user

FTP username.

Properties:

- Config:      user
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_USER
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]$USER\[dq]

#### --ftp-port

FTP port number.

Properties:

- Config:      port
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_PORT
- Type:        int
- Default:     21

#### --ftp-pass

FTP password.

**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      pass
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_PASS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --ftp-tls

Use Implicit FTPS (FTP over TLS).

When using implicit FTP over TLS the client connects using TLS
right from the start which breaks compatibility with
non-TLS-aware servers. This is usually served over port 990 rather
than port 21. Cannot be used in combination with explicit FTPS.

Properties:

- Config:      tls
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_TLS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-explicit-tls

Use Explicit FTPS (FTP over TLS).

When using explicit FTP over TLS the client explicitly requests
security from the server in order to upgrade a plain text connection
to an encrypted one. Cannot be used in combination with implicit FTPS.

Properties:

- Config:      explicit_tls
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_EXPLICIT_TLS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to ftp (FTP).

#### --ftp-concurrency

Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited.

Note that setting this is very likely to cause deadlocks so it should
be used with care.

If you are doing a sync or copy then make sure concurrency is one more
than the sum of \[ga]--transfers\[ga] and \[ga]--checkers\[ga].

If you use \[ga]--check-first\[ga] then it just needs to be one more than the
maximum of \[ga]--checkers\[ga] and \[ga]--transfers\[ga].

So for \[ga]concurrency 3\[ga] you\[aq]d use \[ga]--checkers 2 --transfers 2
--check-first\[ga] or \[ga]--checkers 1 --transfers 1\[ga].



Properties:

- Config:      concurrency
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_CONCURRENCY
- Type:        int
- Default:     0

#### --ftp-no-check-certificate

Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server.

Properties:

- Config:      no_check_certificate
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_NO_CHECK_CERTIFICATE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-disable-epsv

Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support.

Properties:

- Config:      disable_epsv
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_EPSV
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-disable-mlsd

Disable using MLSD even if server advertises support.

Properties:

- Config:      disable_mlsd
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_MLSD
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-disable-utf8

Disable using UTF-8 even if server advertises support.

Properties:

- Config:      disable_utf8
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_UTF8
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-writing-mdtm

Use MDTM to set modification time (VsFtpd quirk)

Properties:

- Config:      writing_mdtm
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_WRITING_MDTM
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-force-list-hidden

Use LIST -a to force listing of hidden files and folders. This will disable the use of MLSD.

Properties:

- Config:      force_list_hidden
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_FORCE_LIST_HIDDEN
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-idle-timeout

Max time before closing idle connections.

If no connections have been returned to the connection pool in the time
given, rclone will empty the connection pool.

Set to 0 to keep connections indefinitely.


Properties:

- Config:      idle_timeout
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_IDLE_TIMEOUT
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     1m0s

#### --ftp-close-timeout

Maximum time to wait for a response to close.

Properties:

- Config:      close_timeout
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_CLOSE_TIMEOUT
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     1m0s

#### --ftp-tls-cache-size

Size of TLS session cache for all control and data connections.

TLS cache allows to resume TLS sessions and reuse PSK between connections.
Increase if default size is not enough resulting in TLS resumption errors.
Enabled by default. Use 0 to disable.

Properties:

- Config:      tls_cache_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_TLS_CACHE_SIZE
- Type:        int
- Default:     32

#### --ftp-disable-tls13

Disable TLS 1.3 (workaround for FTP servers with buggy TLS)

Properties:

- Config:      disable_tls13
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_TLS13
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-shut-timeout

Maximum time to wait for data connection closing status.

Properties:

- Config:      shut_timeout
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_SHUT_TIMEOUT
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     1m0s

#### --ftp-ask-password

Allow asking for FTP password when needed.

If this is set and no password is supplied then rclone will ask for a password


Properties:

- Config:      ask_password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_ASK_PASSWORD
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --ftp-socks-proxy

Socks 5 proxy host.
        
        Supports the format user:pass\[at]host:port, user\[at]host:port, host:port.
        
        Example:
        
            myUser:myPass\[at]localhost:9005
        

Properties:

- Config:      socks_proxy
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_SOCKS_PROXY
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --ftp-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot
- Examples:
    - \[dq]Asterisk,Ctl,Dot,Slash\[dq]
        - ProFTPd can\[aq]t handle \[aq]*\[aq] in file names
    - \[dq]BackSlash,Ctl,Del,Dot,RightSpace,Slash,SquareBracket\[dq]
        - PureFTPd can\[aq]t handle \[aq][]\[aq] or \[aq]*\[aq] in file names
    - \[dq]Ctl,LeftPeriod,Slash\[dq]
        - VsFTPd can\[aq]t handle file names starting with dot

#### --ftp-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

FTP servers acting as rclone remotes must support \[ga]passive\[ga] mode.
The mode cannot be configured as \[ga]passive\[ga] is the only supported one.
Rclone\[aq]s FTP implementation is not compatible with \[ga]active\[ga] mode
as [the library it uses doesn\[aq]t support it](https://github.com/jlaffaye/ftp/issues/29).
This will likely never be supported due to security concerns.

Rclone\[aq]s FTP backend does not support any checksums but can compare
file sizes.

\[ga]rclone about\[ga] is not supported by the FTP backend. Backends without
this capability cannot determine free space for an rclone mount or
use policy \[ga]mfs\[ga] (most free space) as a member of an rclone union
remote.

See [List of backends that do not support rclone about](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and [rclone about](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)

The implementation of : \[ga]--dump headers\[ga],
\[ga]--dump bodies\[ga], \[ga]--dump auth\[ga] for debugging isn\[aq]t the same as
for rclone HTTP based backends - it has less fine grained control.

\[ga]--timeout\[ga] isn\[aq]t supported (but \[ga]--contimeout\[ga] is).

\[ga]--bind\[ga] isn\[aq]t supported.

Rclone\[aq]s FTP backend could support server-side move but does not
at present.

The \[ga]ftp_proxy\[ga] environment variable is not currently supported.

### Modification times

File modification time (timestamps) is supported to 1 second resolution
for major FTP servers: ProFTPd, PureFTPd, VsFTPd, and FileZilla FTP server.
The \[ga]VsFTPd\[ga] server has non-standard implementation of time related protocol
commands and needs a special configuration setting: \[ga]writing_mdtm = true\[ga].

Support for precise file time with other FTP servers varies depending on what
protocol extensions they advertise. If all the \[ga]MLSD\[ga], \[ga]MDTM\[ga] and \[ga]MFTM\[ga]
extensions are present, rclone will use them together to provide precise time.
Otherwise the times you see on the FTP server through rclone are those of the
last file upload.

You can use the following command to check whether rclone can use precise time
with your FTP server: \[ga]rclone backend features your_ftp_remote:\[ga] (the trailing
colon is important). Look for the number in the line tagged by \[ga]Precision\[ga]
designating the remote time precision expressed as nanoseconds. A value of
\[ga]1000000000\[ga] means that file time precision of 1 second is available.
A value of \[ga]3153600000000000000\[ga] (or another large number) means \[dq]unsupported\[dq].

#  Google Cloud Storage

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:bucket\[ga] (or \[ga]remote:\[ga] for the \[ga]lsd\[ga]
command.)  You may put subdirectories in too, e.g. \[ga]remote:bucket/path/to/dir\[ga].

## Configuration

The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Cloud Storage
which you need to do in your browser.  \[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks you
through it.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "n)" 3
New remote
.IP "o)" 3
Delete remote
.IP "p)" 3
Quit config e/n/d/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Google
Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive) \ \[dq]google cloud
storage\[dq] [snip] Storage> google cloud storage Google Application
Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id> Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret> Project number optional - needed only for
list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.
project_number> 12345678 Service Account Credentials JSON file path -
needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
service_account_file> Access Control List for new objects.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Object owner
gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
\ \[dq]authenticatedRead\[dq] 2 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and
project team owners get OWNER access.
\ \[dq]bucketOwnerFullControl\[dq] 3 / Object owner gets OWNER access,
and project team owners get READER access.
\ \[dq]bucketOwnerRead\[dq] 4 / Object owner gets OWNER access [default
if left blank].
\ \[dq]private\[dq] 5 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team
members get access according to their roles.
\ \[dq]projectPrivate\[dq] 6 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all
Users get READER access.
\ \[dq]publicRead\[dq] object_acl> 4 Access Control List for new
buckets.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Project team
owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
\ \[dq]authenticatedRead\[dq] 2 / Project team owners get OWNER access
[default if left blank].
\ \[dq]private\[dq] 3 / Project team members get access according to
their roles.
\ \[dq]projectPrivate\[dq] 4 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and
all Users get READER access.
\ \[dq]publicRead\[dq] 5 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all
Users get WRITER access.
\ \[dq]publicReadWrite\[dq] bucket_acl> 2 Location for the newly created
buckets.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Empty for
default location (US).
\ \[dq]\[dq] 2 / Multi-regional location for Asia.
\ \[dq]asia\[dq] 3 / Multi-regional location for Europe.
\ \[dq]eu\[dq] 4 / Multi-regional location for United States.
\ \[dq]us\[dq] 5 / Taiwan.
\ \[dq]asia-east1\[dq] 6 / Tokyo.
\ \[dq]asia-northeast1\[dq] 7 / Singapore.
\ \[dq]asia-southeast1\[dq] 8 / Sydney.
\ \[dq]australia-southeast1\[dq] 9 / Belgium.
\ \[dq]europe-west1\[dq] 10 / London.
\ \[dq]europe-west2\[dq] 11 / Iowa.
\ \[dq]us-central1\[dq] 12 / South Carolina.
\ \[dq]us-east1\[dq] 13 / Northern Virginia.
\ \[dq]us-east4\[dq] 14 / Oregon.
\ \[dq]us-west1\[dq] location> 12 The storage class to use when storing
objects in Google Cloud Storage.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Default
\ \[dq]\[dq] 2 / Multi-regional storage class \ \[dq]MULTI_REGIONAL\[dq]
3 / Regional storage class \ \[dq]REGIONAL\[dq] 4 / Nearline storage
class \ \[dq]NEARLINE\[dq] 5 / Coldline storage class
\ \[dq]COLDLINE\[dq] 6 / Durable reduced availability storage class
\ \[dq]DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY\[dq] storage_class> 5 Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
.IP \[bu] 2
Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
.IP \[bu] 2
Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y.
If Y failed, try N.
.IP "y)" 3
Yes
.IP "z)" 3
No y/n> y If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the
following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize rclone
for access Waiting for code...
Got code -------------------- [remote] type = google cloud storage
client_id = client_secret = token =
{\[dq]AccessToken\[dq]:\[dq]xxxx.xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]RefreshToken\[dq]:\[dq]x/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]Expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2014-07-17T20:49:14.929208288+01:00\[dq],\[dq]Extra\[dq]:null}
project_number = 12345678 object_acl = private bucket_acl = private
--------------------
.IP "a)" 3
Yes this is OK
.IP "b)" 3
Edit this remote
.IP "c)" 3
Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.

Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Google if using web browser to automatically 
authenticate. This only
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
the verification code.  This is on \[ga]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\[ga] and this
it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
firewall, or use manual mode.

This remote is called \[ga]remote\[ga] and can now be used like this

See all the buckets in your project

    rclone lsd remote:

Make a new bucket

    rclone mkdir remote:bucket

List the contents of a bucket

    rclone ls remote:bucket

Sync \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga] to the remote bucket, deleting any excess
files in the bucket.

    rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:bucket

### Service Account support

You can set up rclone with Google Cloud Storage in an unattended mode,
i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful
when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don\[aq]t have
actively logged-in users, for example build machines.

To get credentials for Google Cloud Platform
[IAM Service Accounts](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts),
please head to the
[Service Account](https://console.cloud.google.com/permissions/serviceaccounts)
section of the Google Developer Console. Service Accounts behave just
like normal \[ga]User\[ga] permissions in
[Google Cloud Storage ACLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control),
so you can limit their access (e.g. make them read only). After
creating an account, a JSON file containing the Service Account\[aq]s
credentials will be downloaded onto your machines. These credentials
are what rclone will use for authentication.

To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path
to your Service Account credentials at the \[ga]service_account_file\[ga]
prompt and rclone won\[aq]t use the browser based authentication
flow. If you\[aq]d rather stuff the contents of the credentials file into
the rclone config file, you can set \[ga]service_account_credentials\[ga] with
the actual contents of the file instead, or set the equivalent
environment variable.

### Anonymous Access

For downloads of objects that permit public access you can configure rclone
to use anonymous access by setting \[ga]anonymous\[ga] to \[ga]true\[ga].
With unauthorized access you can\[aq]t write or create files but only read or list
those buckets and objects that have public read access.

### Application Default Credentials

If no other source of credentials is provided, rclone will fall back
to
[Application Default Credentials](https://cloud.google.com/video-intelligence/docs/common/auth#authenticating_with_application_default_credentials)
this is useful both when you already have configured authentication
for your developer account, or in production when running on a google
compute host. Note that if running in docker, you may need to run
additional commands on your google compute machine -
[see this page](https://cloud.google.com/container-registry/docs/advanced-authentication#gcloud_as_a_docker_credential_helper).

Note that in the case application default credentials are used, there
is no need to explicitly configure a project number.

### --fast-list

This remote supports \[ga]--fast-list\[ga] which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.

### Custom upload headers

You can set custom upload headers with the \[ga]--header-upload\[ga]
flag. Google Cloud Storage supports the headers as described in the
[working with metadata documentation](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WorkingWithObjectMetadata)

- Cache-Control
- Content-Disposition
- Content-Encoding
- Content-Language
- Content-Type
- X-Goog-Storage-Class
- X-Goog-Meta-

Eg \[ga]--header-upload \[dq]Content-Type text/potato\[dq]\[ga]

Note that the last of these is for setting custom metadata in the form
\[ga]--header-upload \[dq]x-goog-meta-key: value\[dq]\[ga]

### Modification times

Google Cloud Storage stores md5sum natively.
Google\[aq]s [gsutil](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil) tool stores modification time
with one-second precision as \[ga]goog-reserved-file-mtime\[ga] in file metadata.

To ensure compatibility with gsutil, rclone stores modification time in 2 separate metadata entries.
\[ga]mtime\[ga] uses RFC3339 format with one-nanosecond precision.
\[ga]goog-reserved-file-mtime\[ga] uses Unix timestamp format with one-second precision.
To get modification time from object metadata, rclone reads the metadata in the following order: \[ga]mtime\[ga], \[ga]goog-reserved-file-mtime\[ga], object updated time.

Note that rclone\[aq]s default modify window is 1ns.
Files uploaded by gsutil only contain timestamps with one-second precision.
If you use rclone to sync files previously uploaded by gsutil,
rclone will attempt to update modification time for all these files.
To avoid these possibly unnecessary updates, use \[ga]--modify-window 1s\[ga].

### Restricted filename characters

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| NUL       | 0x00  | \[u2400]           |
| LF        | 0x0A  | \[u240A]           |
| CR        | 0x0D  | \[u240D]           |
| /         | 0x2F  | \[uFF0F]          |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).

#### --gcs-client-id

OAuth Client Id.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-project-number

Project number.

Optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.

Properties:

- Config:      project_number
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_PROJECT_NUMBER
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-user-project

User project.

Optional - needed only for requester pays.

Properties:

- Config:      user_project
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_USER_PROJECT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-service-account-file

Service Account Credentials JSON file path.

Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.

Leading \[ga]\[ti]\[ga] will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as \[ga]${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}\[ga].

Properties:

- Config:      service_account_file
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-service-account-credentials

Service Account Credentials JSON blob.

Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.

Properties:

- Config:      service_account_credentials
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-anonymous

Access public buckets and objects without credentials.

Set to \[aq]true\[aq] if you just want to download files and don\[aq]t configure credentials.

Properties:

- Config:      anonymous
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_ANONYMOUS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --gcs-object-acl

Access Control List for new objects.

Properties:

- Config:      object_acl
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_OBJECT_ACL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]authenticatedRead\[dq]
        - Object owner gets OWNER access.
        - All Authenticated Users get READER access.
    - \[dq]bucketOwnerFullControl\[dq]
        - Object owner gets OWNER access.
        - Project team owners get OWNER access.
    - \[dq]bucketOwnerRead\[dq]
        - Object owner gets OWNER access.
        - Project team owners get READER access.
    - \[dq]private\[dq]
        - Object owner gets OWNER access.
        - Default if left blank.
    - \[dq]projectPrivate\[dq]
        - Object owner gets OWNER access.
        - Project team members get access according to their roles.
    - \[dq]publicRead\[dq]
        - Object owner gets OWNER access.
        - All Users get READER access.

#### --gcs-bucket-acl

Access Control List for new buckets.

Properties:

- Config:      bucket_acl
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_ACL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]authenticatedRead\[dq]
        - Project team owners get OWNER access.
        - All Authenticated Users get READER access.
    - \[dq]private\[dq]
        - Project team owners get OWNER access.
        - Default if left blank.
    - \[dq]projectPrivate\[dq]
        - Project team members get access according to their roles.
    - \[dq]publicRead\[dq]
        - Project team owners get OWNER access.
        - All Users get READER access.
    - \[dq]publicReadWrite\[dq]
        - Project team owners get OWNER access.
        - All Users get WRITER access.

#### --gcs-bucket-policy-only

Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.

If you want to upload objects to a bucket with Bucket Policy Only set
then you will need to set this.

When it is set, rclone:

- ignores ACLs set on buckets
- ignores ACLs set on objects
- creates buckets with Bucket Policy Only set

Docs: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-policy-only


Properties:

- Config:      bucket_policy_only
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_POLICY_ONLY
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --gcs-location

Location for the newly created buckets.

Properties:

- Config:      location
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_LOCATION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]\[dq]
        - Empty for default location (US)
    - \[dq]asia\[dq]
        - Multi-regional location for Asia
    - \[dq]eu\[dq]
        - Multi-regional location for Europe
    - \[dq]us\[dq]
        - Multi-regional location for United States
    - \[dq]asia-east1\[dq]
        - Taiwan
    - \[dq]asia-east2\[dq]
        - Hong Kong
    - \[dq]asia-northeast1\[dq]
        - Tokyo
    - \[dq]asia-northeast2\[dq]
        - Osaka
    - \[dq]asia-northeast3\[dq]
        - Seoul
    - \[dq]asia-south1\[dq]
        - Mumbai
    - \[dq]asia-south2\[dq]
        - Delhi
    - \[dq]asia-southeast1\[dq]
        - Singapore
    - \[dq]asia-southeast2\[dq]
        - Jakarta
    - \[dq]australia-southeast1\[dq]
        - Sydney
    - \[dq]australia-southeast2\[dq]
        - Melbourne
    - \[dq]europe-north1\[dq]
        - Finland
    - \[dq]europe-west1\[dq]
        - Belgium
    - \[dq]europe-west2\[dq]
        - London
    - \[dq]europe-west3\[dq]
        - Frankfurt
    - \[dq]europe-west4\[dq]
        - Netherlands
    - \[dq]europe-west6\[dq]
        - Z\[:u]rich
    - \[dq]europe-central2\[dq]
        - Warsaw
    - \[dq]us-central1\[dq]
        - Iowa
    - \[dq]us-east1\[dq]
        - South Carolina
    - \[dq]us-east4\[dq]
        - Northern Virginia
    - \[dq]us-west1\[dq]
        - Oregon
    - \[dq]us-west2\[dq]
        - California
    - \[dq]us-west3\[dq]
        - Salt Lake City
    - \[dq]us-west4\[dq]
        - Las Vegas
    - \[dq]northamerica-northeast1\[dq]
        - Montr\['e]al
    - \[dq]northamerica-northeast2\[dq]
        - Toronto
    - \[dq]southamerica-east1\[dq]
        - S\[~a]o Paulo
    - \[dq]southamerica-west1\[dq]
        - Santiago
    - \[dq]asia1\[dq]
        - Dual region: asia-northeast1 and asia-northeast2.
    - \[dq]eur4\[dq]
        - Dual region: europe-north1 and europe-west4.
    - \[dq]nam4\[dq]
        - Dual region: us-central1 and us-east1.

#### --gcs-storage-class

The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.

Properties:

- Config:      storage_class
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_STORAGE_CLASS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]\[dq]
        - Default
    - \[dq]MULTI_REGIONAL\[dq]
        - Multi-regional storage class
    - \[dq]REGIONAL\[dq]
        - Regional storage class
    - \[dq]NEARLINE\[dq]
        - Nearline storage class
    - \[dq]COLDLINE\[dq]
        - Coldline storage class
    - \[dq]ARCHIVE\[dq]
        - Archive storage class
    - \[dq]DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY\[dq]
        - Durable reduced availability storage class

#### --gcs-env-auth

Get GCP IAM credentials from runtime (environment variables or instance meta data if no env vars).

Only applies if service_account_file and service_account_credentials is blank.

Properties:

- Config:      env_auth
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_ENV_AUTH
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]false\[dq]
        - Enter credentials in the next step.
    - \[dq]true\[dq]
        - Get GCP IAM credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).

#### --gcs-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-directory-markers

Upload an empty object with a trailing slash when a new directory is created

Empty folders are unsupported for bucket based remotes, this option creates an empty
object ending with \[dq]/\[dq], to persist the folder.


Properties:

- Config:      directory_markers
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_DIRECTORY_MARKERS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --gcs-no-check-bucket

If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the bucket exists or create it.

This can be useful when trying to minimise the number of transactions
rclone does if you know the bucket exists already.


Properties:

- Config:      no_check_bucket
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_NO_CHECK_BUCKET
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --gcs-decompress

If set this will decompress gzip encoded objects.

It is possible to upload objects to GCS with \[dq]Content-Encoding: gzip\[dq]
set. Normally rclone will download these files as compressed objects.

If this flag is set then rclone will decompress these files with
\[dq]Content-Encoding: gzip\[dq] as they are received. This means that rclone
can\[aq]t check the size and hash but the file contents will be decompressed.


Properties:

- Config:      decompress
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_DECOMPRESS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --gcs-endpoint

Endpoint for the service.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --gcs-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --gcs-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

\[ga]rclone about\[ga] is not supported by the Google Cloud Storage backend. Backends without
this capability cannot determine free space for an rclone mount or
use policy \[ga]mfs\[ga] (most free space) as a member of an rclone union
remote.

See [List of backends that do not support rclone about](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and [rclone about](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)

#  Google Drive

Paths are specified as \[ga]drive:path\[ga]

Drive paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]drive:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

## Configuration

The initial setup for drive involves getting a token from Google drive
which you need to do in your browser.  \[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks you
through it.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote r) Rename remote c) Copy remote s) Set configuration
password q) Quit config n/r/c/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to
configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Google
Drive \ \[dq]drive\[dq] [snip] Storage> drive Google Application Client
Id - leave blank normally.
client_id> Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret> Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from
drive.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Full access
all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
\ \[dq]drive\[dq] 2 / Read-only access to file metadata and file
contents.
\ \[dq]drive.readonly\[dq] / Access to files created by rclone only.
3 | These are visible in the drive website.
| File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
\ \[dq]drive.file\[dq] / Allows read and write access to the Application
Data folder.
4 | This is not visible in the drive website.
\ \[dq]drive.appfolder\[dq] / Allows read-only access to file metadata
but 5 | does not allow any access to read or download file content.
\ \[dq]drive.metadata.readonly\[dq] scope> 1 Service Account Credentials
JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive
login.
service_account_file> Remote config Use web browser to automatically
authenticate rclone with remote?
* Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use *
Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y.
If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to
the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize
rclone for access Waiting for code...
Got code Configure this as a Shared Drive (Team Drive)?
y) Yes n) No y/n> n -------------------- [remote] client_id =
client_secret = scope = drive root_folder_id = service_account_file =
token =
{\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]Bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z\[dq]}
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete
this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.

Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Google if using web browser to automatically 
authenticate. This only
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
the verification code.  This is on \[ga]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\[ga] and it
may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
firewall, or use manual mode.

You can then use it like this,

List directories in top level of your drive

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your drive

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

### Scopes

Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to
use.  This changes what type of token is granted to rclone.  [The
scopes are defined
here](https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).

A comma-separated list is allowed e.g. \[ga]drive.readonly,drive.file\[ga].

The scope are

#### drive

This is the default scope and allows full access to all files, except
for the Application Data Folder (see below).

Choose this one if you aren\[aq]t sure.

#### drive.readonly

This allows read only access to all files.  Files may be listed and
downloaded but not uploaded, renamed or deleted.

#### drive.file

With this scope rclone can read/view/modify only those files and
folders it creates.

So if you uploaded files to drive via the web interface (or any other
means) they will not be visible to rclone.

This can be useful if you are using rclone to backup data and you want
to be sure confidential data on your drive is not visible to rclone.

Files created with this scope are visible in the web interface.

#### drive.appfolder

This gives rclone its own private area to store files.  Rclone will
not be able to see any other files on your drive and you won\[aq]t be able
to see rclone\[aq]s files from the web interface either.

#### drive.metadata.readonly

This allows read only access to file names only.  It does not allow
rclone to download or upload data, or rename or delete files or
directories.

### Root folder ID

This option has been moved to the advanced section. You can set the \[ga]root_folder_id\[ga] for rclone.  This is the directory
(identified by its \[ga]Folder ID\[ga]) that rclone considers to be the root
of your drive.

Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the
correct root to use itself.

However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
hierarchy or to access data within the \[dq]Computers\[dq] tab on the drive
web interface (where files from Google\[aq]s Backup and Sync desktop
program go).

In order to do this you will have to find the \[ga]Folder ID\[ga] of the
directory you wish rclone to display.  This will be the last segment
of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the drive web
interface.

So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
\[ga]https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh\[ga]
in the browser, then you use \[ga]1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh\[ga] as
the \[ga]root_folder_id\[ga] in the config.

**NB** folders under the \[dq]Computers\[dq] tab seem to be read only (drive
gives a 500 error) when using rclone.

There doesn\[aq]t appear to be an API to discover the folder IDs of the
\[dq]Computers\[dq] tab - please contact us if you know otherwise!

Note also that rclone can\[aq]t access any data under the \[dq]Backups\[dq] tab on
the google drive web interface yet.

### Service Account support

You can set up rclone with Google Drive in an unattended mode,
i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful
when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don\[aq]t have
actively logged-in users, for example build machines.

To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path
to your Service Account credentials at the \[ga]service_account_file\[ga]
prompt during \[ga]rclone config\[ga] and rclone won\[aq]t use the browser based
authentication flow. If you\[aq]d rather stuff the contents of the
credentials file into the rclone config file, you can set
\[ga]service_account_credentials\[ga] with the actual contents of the file
instead, or set the equivalent environment variable.

#### Use case - Google Apps/G-suite account and individual Drive

Let\[aq]s say that you are the administrator of a Google Apps (old) or
G-suite account.
The goal is to store data on an individual\[aq]s Drive account, who IS
a member of the domain.
We\[aq]ll call the domain **example.com**, and the user
**foo\[at]example.com**.

There\[aq]s a few steps we need to go through to accomplish this:

##### 1. Create a service account for example.com
  - To create a service account and obtain its credentials, go to the
[Google Developer Console](https://console.developers.google.com).
  - You must have a project - create one if you don\[aq]t.
  - Then go to \[dq]IAM & admin\[dq] -> \[dq]Service Accounts\[dq].
  - Use the \[dq]Create Service Account\[dq] button. Fill in \[dq]Service account name\[dq]
and \[dq]Service account ID\[dq] with something that identifies your client.
  - Select \[dq]Create And Continue\[dq]. Step 2 and 3 are optional.
  - These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication.
If you ever need to remove access, press the \[dq]Delete service
account key\[dq] button.

##### 2. Allowing API access to example.com Google Drive
  - Go to example.com\[aq]s admin console
  - Go into \[dq]Security\[dq] (or use the search bar)
  - Select \[dq]Show more\[dq] and then \[dq]Advanced settings\[dq]
  - Select \[dq]Manage API client access\[dq] in the \[dq]Authentication\[dq] section
  - In the \[dq]Client Name\[dq] field enter the service account\[aq]s
\[dq]Client ID\[dq] - this can be found in the Developer Console under
\[dq]IAM & Admin\[dq] -> \[dq]Service Accounts\[dq], then \[dq]View Client ID\[dq] for
the newly created service account.
It is a \[ti]21 character numerical string.
  - In the next field, \[dq]One or More API Scopes\[dq], enter
\[ga]https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive\[ga]
to grant access to Google Drive specifically.

##### 3. Configure rclone, assuming a new install
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone config
.PP
n/s/q> n # New name>gdrive # Gdrive is an example name Storage> # Select
the number shown for Google Drive client_id> # Can be left blank
client_secret> # Can be left blank scope> # Select your scope, 1 for
example root_folder_id> # Can be left blank service_account_file>
/home/foo/myJSONfile.json # This is where the JSON file goes! y/n> #
Auto config, n
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
##### 4. Verify that it\[aq]s working
  - \[ga]rclone -v --drive-impersonate foo\[at]example.com lsf gdrive:backup\[ga]
  - The arguments do:
    - \[ga]-v\[ga] - verbose logging
    - \[ga]--drive-impersonate foo\[at]example.com\[ga] - this is what does
the magic, pretending to be user foo.
    - \[ga]lsf\[ga] - list files in a parsing friendly way
    - \[ga]gdrive:backup\[ga] - use the remote called gdrive, work in
the folder named backup.

Note: in case you configured a specific root folder on gdrive and rclone is unable to access the contents of that folder when using \[ga]--drive-impersonate\[ga], do this instead:
  - in the gdrive web interface, share your root folder with the user/email of the new Service Account you created/selected at step #1
  - use rclone without specifying the \[ga]--drive-impersonate\[ga] option, like this:
        \[ga]rclone -v lsf gdrive:backup\[ga]


### Shared drives (team drives)

If you want to configure the remote to point to a Google Shared Drive
(previously known as Team Drives) then answer \[ga]y\[ga] to the question
\[ga]Configure this as a Shared Drive (Team Drive)?\[ga].

This will fetch the list of Shared Drives from google and allow you to
configure which one you want to use. You can also type in a Shared
Drive ID if you prefer.

For example:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Configure this as a Shared Drive (Team Drive)?
y) Yes n) No y/n> y Fetching Shared Drive list...
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Rclone Test
\ \[dq]xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq] 2 / Rclone Test 2
\ \[dq]yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy\[dq] 3 / Rclone Test 3
\ \[dq]zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz\[dq] Enter a Shared Drive ID> 1
-------------------- [remote] client_id = client_secret = token =
{\[dq]AccessToken\[dq]:\[dq]xxxx.x.xxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]RefreshToken\[dq]:\[dq]1/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]Expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z\[dq],\[dq]Extra\[dq]:null}
team_drive = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx -------------------- y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### --fast-list

This remote supports \[ga]--fast-list\[ga] which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.

It does this by combining multiple \[ga]list\[ga] calls into a single API request.

This works by combining many \[ga]\[aq]%s\[aq] in parents\[ga] filters into one expression.
To list the contents of directories a, b and c, the following requests will be send by the regular \[ga]List\[ga] function:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
trashed=false and \[aq]a\[aq] in parents trashed=false and \[aq]b\[aq]
in parents trashed=false and \[aq]c\[aq] in parents
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
These can now be combined into a single request:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
trashed=false and (\[aq]a\[aq] in parents or \[aq]b\[aq] in parents or
\[aq]c\[aq] in parents)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
The implementation of \[ga]ListR\[ga] will put up to 50 \[ga]parents\[ga] filters into one request.
It will  use the \[ga]--checkers\[ga] value to specify the number of requests to run in parallel.

In tests, these batch requests were up to 20x faster than the regular method.
Running the following command against different sized folders gives:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone lsjson -vv -R --checkers=6 gdrive:folder
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
small folder (220 directories, 700 files):

- without \[ga]--fast-list\[ga]: 38s
- with \[ga]--fast-list\[ga]: 10s

large folder (10600 directories, 39000 files):

- without \[ga]--fast-list\[ga]: 22:05 min
- with \[ga]--fast-list\[ga]: 58s

### Modification times and hashes

Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.

Hash algorithms MD5, SHA1 and SHA256 are supported. Note, however,
that a small fraction of files uploaded may not have SHA1 or SHA256
hashes especially if they were uploaded before 2018.

### Restricted filename characters

Only Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

In contrast to other backends, \[ga]/\[ga] can also be used in names and \[ga].\[ga]
or \[ga]..\[ga] are valid names.

### Revisions

Google drive stores revisions of files.  When you upload a change to
an existing file to google drive using rclone it will create a new
revision of that file.

Revisions follow the standard google policy which at time of writing
was

  * They are deleted after 30 days or 100 revisions (whatever comes first).
  * They do not count towards a user storage quota.

### Deleting files

By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting
files.  If deleting them permanently is required then use the
\[ga]--drive-use-trash=false\[ga] flag, or set the equivalent environment
variable.

### Shortcuts

In March 2020 Google introduced a new feature in Google Drive called
[drive shortcuts](https://support.google.com/drive/answer/9700156)
([API](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/shortcuts)). These
will (by September 2020) [replace the ability for files or folders to
be in multiple folders at once](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/g-suite/simplifying-google-drives-folder-structure-and-sharing-models).

Shortcuts are files that link to other files on Google Drive somewhat
like a symlink in unix, except they point to the underlying file data
(e.g. the inode in unix terms) so they don\[aq]t break if the source is
renamed or moved about.

By default rclone treats these as follows.

For shortcuts pointing to files:

- When listing a file shortcut appears as the destination file.
- When downloading the contents of the destination file is downloaded.
- When updating shortcut file with a non shortcut file, the shortcut is removed then a new file is uploaded in place of the shortcut.
- When server-side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the destination file.
- When server-side copying the shortcut is copied, not the contents of the shortcut. (unless \[ga]--drive-copy-shortcut-content\[ga] is in use in which case the contents of the shortcut gets copied).
- When deleting the shortcut is deleted not the linked file.
- When setting the modification time, the modification time of the linked file will be set.

For shortcuts pointing to folders:

- When listing the shortcut appears as a folder and that folder will contain the contents of the linked folder appear (including any sub folders)
- When downloading the contents of the linked folder and sub contents are downloaded
- When uploading to a shortcut folder the file will be placed in the linked folder
- When server-side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the destination folder
- When server-side copying the contents of the linked folder is copied, not the shortcut.
- When deleting with \[ga]rclone rmdir\[ga] or \[ga]rclone purge\[ga] the shortcut is deleted not the linked folder.
- **NB** When deleting with \[ga]rclone remove\[ga] or \[ga]rclone mount\[ga] the contents of the linked folder will be deleted.

The [rclone backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command can be used to create shortcuts.  

Shortcuts can be completely ignored with the \[ga]--drive-skip-shortcuts\[ga] flag
or the corresponding \[ga]skip_shortcuts\[ga] configuration setting.

### Emptying trash

If you wish to empty your trash you can use the \[ga]rclone cleanup remote:\[ga]
command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command
does not take any path arguments.

Note that Google Drive takes some time (minutes to days) to empty the
trash even though the command returns within a few seconds.  No output
is echoed, so there will be no confirmation even using -v or -vv.

### Quota information

To view your current quota you can use the \[ga]rclone about remote:\[ga]
command which will display your usage limit (quota), the usage in Google
Drive, the size of all files in the Trash and the space used by other
Google services such as Gmail. This command does not take any path
arguments.

#### Import/Export of google documents

Google documents can be exported from and uploaded to Google Drive.

When rclone downloads a Google doc it chooses a format to download
depending upon the \[ga]--drive-export-formats\[ga] setting.
By default the export formats are \[ga]docx,xlsx,pptx,svg\[ga] which are a
sensible default for an editable document.

When choosing a format, rclone runs down the list provided in order
and chooses the first file format the doc can be exported as from the
list. If the file can\[aq]t be exported to a format on the formats list,
then rclone will choose a format from the default list.

If you prefer an archive copy then you might use \[ga]--drive-export-formats
pdf\[ga], or if you prefer openoffice/libreoffice formats you might use
\[ga]--drive-export-formats ods,odt,odp\[ga].

Note that rclone adds the extension to the google doc, so if it is
called \[ga]My Spreadsheet\[ga] on google docs, it will be exported as \[ga]My
Spreadsheet.xlsx\[ga] or \[ga]My Spreadsheet.pdf\[ga] etc.

When importing files into Google Drive, rclone will convert all
files with an extension in \[ga]--drive-import-formats\[ga] to their
associated document type.
rclone will not convert any files by default, since the conversion
is lossy process.

The conversion must result in a file with the same extension when
the \[ga]--drive-export-formats\[ga] rules are applied to the uploaded document.

Here are some examples for allowed and prohibited conversions.

| export-formats | import-formats | Upload Ext | Document Ext | Allowed |
| -------------- | -------------- | ---------- | ------------ | ------- |
| odt | odt | odt | odt | Yes |
| odt | docx,odt | odt | odt | Yes |
|  | docx | docx | docx | Yes |
|  | odt | odt | docx | No |
| odt,docx | docx,odt | docx | odt | No |
| docx,odt | docx,odt | docx | docx | Yes |
| docx,odt | docx,odt | odt | docx | No |

This limitation can be disabled by specifying \[ga]--drive-allow-import-name-change\[ga].
When using this flag, rclone can convert multiple files types resulting
in the same document type at once, e.g. with \[ga]--drive-import-formats docx,odt,txt\[ga],
all files having these extension would result in a document represented as a docx file.
This brings the additional risk of overwriting a document, if multiple files
have the same stem. Many rclone operations will not handle this name change
in any way. They assume an equal name when copying files and might copy the
file again or delete them when the name changes. 

Here are the possible export extensions with their corresponding mime types.
Most of these can also be used for importing, but there more that are not
listed here. Some of these additional ones might only be available when
the operating system provides the correct MIME type entries.

This list can be changed by Google Drive at any time and might not
represent the currently available conversions.

| Extension | Mime Type | Description |
| --------- |-----------| ------------|
| bmp  | image/bmp | Windows Bitmap format |
| csv  | text/csv | Standard CSV format for Spreadsheets |
| doc  | application/msword | Classic Word file |
| docx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document | Microsoft Office Document |
| epub | application/epub+zip | E-book format |
| html | text/html | An HTML Document |
| jpg  | image/jpeg | A JPEG Image File |
| json | application/vnd.google-apps.script+json | JSON Text Format for Google Apps scripts |
| odp  | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation | Openoffice Presentation |
| ods  | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet | Openoffice Spreadsheet |
| ods  | application/x-vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet | Openoffice Spreadsheet |
| odt  | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text | Openoffice Document |
| pdf  | application/pdf | Adobe PDF Format |
| pjpeg | image/pjpeg | Progressive JPEG Image |
| png  | image/png | PNG Image Format|
| pptx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation | Microsoft Office Powerpoint |
| rtf  | application/rtf | Rich Text Format |
| svg  | image/svg+xml | Scalable Vector Graphics Format |
| tsv  | text/tab-separated-values | Standard TSV format for spreadsheets |
| txt  | text/plain | Plain Text |
| wmf  | application/x-msmetafile | Windows Meta File |
| xls  | application/vnd.ms-excel | Classic Excel file |
| xlsx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet | Microsoft Office Spreadsheet |
| zip  | application/zip | A ZIP file of HTML, Images CSS |

Google documents can also be exported as link files. These files will
open a browser window for the Google Docs website of that document
when opened. The link file extension has to be specified as a
\[ga]--drive-export-formats\[ga] parameter. They will match all available
Google Documents.

| Extension | Description | OS Support |
| --------- | ----------- | ---------- |
| desktop | freedesktop.org specified desktop entry | Linux |
| link.html | An HTML Document with a redirect | All |
| url | INI style link file | macOS, Windows |
| webloc | macOS specific XML format | macOS |


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to drive (Google Drive).

#### --drive-client-id

Google Application Client Id
Setting your own is recommended.
See https://rclone.org/drive/#making-your-own-client-id for how to create your own.
If you leave this blank, it will use an internal key which is low performance.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-scope

Comma separated list of scopes that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.

Properties:

- Config:      scope
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SCOPE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]drive\[dq]
        - Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
    - \[dq]drive.readonly\[dq]
        - Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.
    - \[dq]drive.file\[dq]
        - Access to files created by rclone only.
        - These are visible in the drive website.
        - File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
    - \[dq]drive.appfolder\[dq]
        - Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.
        - This is not visible in the drive website.
    - \[dq]drive.metadata.readonly\[dq]
        - Allows read-only access to file metadata but
        - does not allow any access to read or download file content.

#### --drive-service-account-file

Service Account Credentials JSON file path.

Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.

Leading \[ga]\[ti]\[ga] will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as \[ga]${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}\[ga].

Properties:

- Config:      service_account_file
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-alternate-export

Deprecated: No longer needed.

Properties:

- Config:      alternate_export
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_ALTERNATE_EXPORT
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to drive (Google Drive).

#### --drive-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-root-folder-id

ID of the root folder.
Leave blank normally.

Fill in to access \[dq]Computers\[dq] folders (see docs), or for rclone to use
a non root folder as its starting point.


Properties:

- Config:      root_folder_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-service-account-credentials

Service Account Credentials JSON blob.

Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.

Properties:

- Config:      service_account_credentials
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-team-drive

ID of the Shared Drive (Team Drive).

Properties:

- Config:      team_drive
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_TEAM_DRIVE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-auth-owner-only

Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_owner_only
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_OWNER_ONLY
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-use-trash

Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently.

Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash.
Use \[ga]--drive-use-trash=false\[ga] to delete files permanently instead.

Properties:

- Config:      use_trash
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH
- Type:        bool
- Default:     true

#### --drive-copy-shortcut-content

Server side copy contents of shortcuts instead of the shortcut.

When doing server side copies, normally rclone will copy shortcuts as
shortcuts.

If this flag is used then rclone will copy the contents of shortcuts
rather than shortcuts themselves when doing server side copies.

Properties:

- Config:      copy_shortcut_content
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_COPY_SHORTCUT_CONTENT
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-skip-gdocs

Skip google documents in all listings.

If given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone.

Properties:

- Config:      skip_gdocs
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_GDOCS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-show-all-gdocs

Show all Google Docs including non-exportable ones in listings.

If you try a server side copy on a Google Form without this flag, you
will get this error:

    No export formats found for \[dq]application/vnd.google-apps.form\[dq]

However adding this flag will allow the form to be server side copied.

Note that rclone doesn\[aq]t add extensions to the Google Docs file names
in this mode.

Do **not** use this flag when trying to download Google Docs - rclone
will fail to download them.


Properties:

- Config:      show_all_gdocs
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SHOW_ALL_GDOCS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos

Skip checksums on Google photos and videos only.

Use this if you get checksum errors when transferring Google photos or
videos.

Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a
blank checksums.

Google photos are identified by being in the \[dq]photos\[dq] space.

Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but
not updating the checksum.

Properties:

- Config:      skip_checksum_gphotos
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_CHECKSUM_GPHOTOS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-shared-with-me

Only show files that are shared with me.

Instructs rclone to operate on your \[dq]Shared with me\[dq] folder (where
Google Drive lets you access the files and folders others have shared
with you).

This works both with the \[dq]list\[dq] (lsd, lsl, etc.) and the \[dq]copy\[dq]
commands (copy, sync, etc.), and with all other commands too.

Properties:

- Config:      shared_with_me
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SHARED_WITH_ME
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-trashed-only

Only show files that are in the trash.

This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.

Properties:

- Config:      trashed_only
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_TRASHED_ONLY
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-starred-only

Only show files that are starred.

Properties:

- Config:      starred_only
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_STARRED_ONLY
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-formats

Deprecated: See export_formats.

Properties:

- Config:      formats
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_FORMATS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-export-formats

Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs.

Properties:

- Config:      export_formats
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_EXPORT_FORMATS
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]docx,xlsx,pptx,svg\[dq]

#### --drive-import-formats

Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.

Properties:

- Config:      import_formats
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPORT_FORMATS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-allow-import-name-change

Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs.

E.g. file.doc to file.docx. This will confuse sync and reupload every time.

Properties:

- Config:      allow_import_name_change
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_ALLOW_IMPORT_NAME_CHANGE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-use-created-date

Use file created date instead of modified date.

Useful when downloading data and you want the creation date used in
place of the last modified date.

**WARNING**: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.

When uploading to your drive all files will be overwritten unless they
haven\[aq]t been modified since their creation. And the inverse will occur
while downloading.  This side effect can be avoided by using the
\[dq]--checksum\[dq] flag.

This feature was implemented to retain photos capture date as recorded
by google photos. You will first need to check the \[dq]Create a Google
Photos folder\[dq] option in your google drive settings. You can then copy
or move the photos locally and use the date the image was taken
(created) set as the modification date.

Properties:

- Config:      use_created_date
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_CREATED_DATE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-use-shared-date

Use date file was shared instead of modified date.

Note that, as with \[dq]--drive-use-created-date\[dq], this flag may have
unexpected consequences when uploading/downloading files.

If both this flag and \[dq]--drive-use-created-date\[dq] are set, the created
date is used.

Properties:

- Config:      use_shared_date
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_SHARED_DATE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-list-chunk

Size of listing chunk 100-1000, 0 to disable.

Properties:

- Config:      list_chunk
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_LIST_CHUNK
- Type:        int
- Default:     1000

#### --drive-impersonate

Impersonate this user when using a service account.

Properties:

- Config:      impersonate
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPERSONATE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-upload-cutoff

Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.

Properties:

- Config:      upload_cutoff
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     8Mi

#### --drive-chunk-size

Upload chunk size.

Must a power of 2 >= 256k.

Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk
is buffered in memory one per transfer.

Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     8Mi

#### --drive-acknowledge-abuse

Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.

If downloading a file returns the error \[dq]This file has been identified
as malware or spam and cannot be downloaded\[dq] with the error code
\[dq]cannotDownloadAbusiveFile\[dq] then supply this flag to rclone to
indicate you acknowledge the risks of downloading the file and rclone
will download it anyway.

Note that if you are using service account it will need Manager
permission (not Content Manager) to for this flag to work. If the SA
does not have the right permission, Google will just ignore the flag.

Properties:

- Config:      acknowledge_abuse
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ABUSE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-keep-revision-forever

Keep new head revision of each file forever.

Properties:

- Config:      keep_revision_forever
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_KEEP_REVISION_FOREVER
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-size-as-quota

Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.

Show the size of a file as the storage quota used. This is the
current version plus any older versions that have been set to keep
forever.

**WARNING**: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.

It is not recommended to set this flag in your config - the
recommended usage is using the flag form --drive-size-as-quota when
doing rclone ls/lsl/lsf/lsjson/etc only.

If you do use this flag for syncing (not recommended) then you will
need to use --ignore size also.

Properties:

- Config:      size_as_quota
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SIZE_AS_QUOTA
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-v2-download-min-size

If Object\[aq]s are greater, use drive v2 API to download.

Properties:

- Config:      v2_download_min_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_V2_DOWNLOAD_MIN_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     off

#### --drive-pacer-min-sleep

Minimum time to sleep between API calls.

Properties:

- Config:      pacer_min_sleep
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_MIN_SLEEP
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     100ms

#### --drive-pacer-burst

Number of API calls to allow without sleeping.

Properties:

- Config:      pacer_burst
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_BURST
- Type:        int
- Default:     100

#### --drive-server-side-across-configs

Deprecated: use --server-side-across-configs instead.

Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different drive configs.

This can be useful if you wish to do a server-side copy between two
different Google drives.  Note that this isn\[aq]t enabled by default
because it isn\[aq]t easy to tell if it will work between any two
configurations.

Properties:

- Config:      server_side_across_configs
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-disable-http2

Disable drive using http2.

There is currently an unsolved issue with the google drive backend and
HTTP/2.  HTTP/2 is therefore disabled by default for the drive backend
but can be re-enabled here.  When the issue is solved this flag will
be removed.

See: https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/3631



Properties:

- Config:      disable_http2
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_DISABLE_HTTP2
- Type:        bool
- Default:     true

#### --drive-stop-on-upload-limit

Make upload limit errors be fatal.

At the time of writing it is only possible to upload 750 GiB of data to
Google Drive a day (this is an undocumented limit). When this limit is
reached Google Drive produces a slightly different error message. When
this flag is set it causes these errors to be fatal.  These will stop
the in-progress sync.

Note that this detection is relying on error message strings which
Google don\[aq]t document so it may break in the future.

See: https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/3857


Properties:

- Config:      stop_on_upload_limit
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_STOP_ON_UPLOAD_LIMIT
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-stop-on-download-limit

Make download limit errors be fatal.

At the time of writing it is only possible to download 10 TiB of data from
Google Drive a day (this is an undocumented limit). When this limit is
reached Google Drive produces a slightly different error message. When
this flag is set it causes these errors to be fatal.  These will stop
the in-progress sync.

Note that this detection is relying on error message strings which
Google don\[aq]t document so it may break in the future.


Properties:

- Config:      stop_on_download_limit
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_STOP_ON_DOWNLOAD_LIMIT
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-skip-shortcuts

If set skip shortcut files.

Normally rclone dereferences shortcut files making them appear as if
they are the original file (see [the shortcuts section](#shortcuts)).
If this flag is set then rclone will ignore shortcut files completely.


Properties:

- Config:      skip_shortcuts
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_SHORTCUTS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-skip-dangling-shortcuts

If set skip dangling shortcut files.

If this is set then rclone will not show any dangling shortcuts in listings.


Properties:

- Config:      skip_dangling_shortcuts
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_DANGLING_SHORTCUTS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --drive-resource-key

Resource key for accessing a link-shared file.

If you need to access files shared with a link like this

    https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/XXX?resourcekey=YYY&usp=sharing

Then you will need to use the first part \[dq]XXX\[dq] as the \[dq]root_folder_id\[dq]
and the second part \[dq]YYY\[dq] as the \[dq]resource_key\[dq] otherwise you will get
404 not found errors when trying to access the directory.

See: https://developers.google.com/drive/api/guides/resource-keys

This resource key requirement only applies to a subset of old files.

Note also that opening the folder once in the web interface (with the
user you\[aq]ve authenticated rclone with) seems to be enough so that the
resource key is not needed.


Properties:

- Config:      resource_key
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_RESOURCE_KEY
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --drive-fast-list-bug-fix

Work around a bug in Google Drive listing.

Normally rclone will work around a bug in Google Drive when using
--fast-list (ListR) where the search \[dq](A in parents) or (B in
parents)\[dq] returns nothing sometimes. See #3114, #4289 and
https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/149522397

Rclone detects this by finding no items in more than one directory
when listing and retries them as lists of individual directories.

This means that if you have a lot of empty directories rclone will end
up listing them all individually and this can take many more API
calls.

This flag allows the work-around to be disabled. This is **not**
recommended in normal use - only if you have a particular case you are
having trouble with like many empty directories.


Properties:

- Config:      fast_list_bug_fix
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_FAST_LIST_BUG_FIX
- Type:        bool
- Default:     true

#### --drive-metadata-owner

Control whether owner should be read or written in metadata.

Owner is a standard part of the file metadata so is easy to read. But it
isn\[aq]t always desirable to set the owner from the metadata.

Note that you can\[aq]t set the owner on Shared Drives, and that setting
ownership will generate an email to the new owner (this can\[aq]t be
disabled), and you can\[aq]t transfer ownership to someone outside your
organization.


Properties:

- Config:      metadata_owner
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_METADATA_OWNER
- Type:        Bits
- Default:     read
- Examples:
    - \[dq]off\[dq]
        - Do not read or write the value
    - \[dq]read\[dq]
        - Read the value only
    - \[dq]write\[dq]
        - Write the value only
    - \[dq]read,write\[dq]
        - Read and Write the value.

#### --drive-metadata-permissions

Control whether permissions should be read or written in metadata.

Reading permissions metadata from files can be done quickly, but it
isn\[aq]t always desirable to set the permissions from the metadata.

Note that rclone drops any inherited permissions on Shared Drives and
any owner permission on My Drives as these are duplicated in the owner
metadata.


Properties:

- Config:      metadata_permissions
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_METADATA_PERMISSIONS
- Type:        Bits
- Default:     off
- Examples:
    - \[dq]off\[dq]
        - Do not read or write the value
    - \[dq]read\[dq]
        - Read the value only
    - \[dq]write\[dq]
        - Write the value only
    - \[dq]read,write\[dq]
        - Read and Write the value.

#### --drive-metadata-labels

Control whether labels should be read or written in metadata.

Reading labels metadata from files takes an extra API transaction and
will slow down listings. It isn\[aq]t always desirable to set the labels
from the metadata.

The format of labels is documented in the drive API documentation at
https://developers.google.com/drive/api/reference/rest/v3/Label -
rclone just provides a JSON dump of this format.

When setting labels, the label and fields must already exist - rclone
will not create them. This means that if you are transferring labels
from two different accounts you will have to create the labels in
advance and use the metadata mapper to translate the IDs between the
two accounts.


Properties:

- Config:      metadata_labels
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_METADATA_LABELS
- Type:        Bits
- Default:     off
- Examples:
    - \[dq]off\[dq]
        - Do not read or write the value
    - \[dq]read\[dq]
        - Read the value only
    - \[dq]write\[dq]
        - Write the value only
    - \[dq]read,write\[dq]
        - Read and Write the value.

#### --drive-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     InvalidUtf8

#### --drive-env-auth

Get IAM credentials from runtime (environment variables or instance meta data if no env vars).

Only applies if service_account_file and service_account_credentials is blank.

Properties:

- Config:      env_auth
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_ENV_AUTH
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]false\[dq]
        - Enter credentials in the next step.
    - \[dq]true\[dq]
        - Get GCP IAM credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).

#### --drive-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

User metadata is stored in the properties field of the drive object.

Metadata is supported on files and directories.

Here are the possible system metadata items for the drive backend.

| Name | Help | Type | Example | Read Only |
|------|------|------|---------|-----------|
| btime | Time of file birth (creation) with mS accuracy. Note that this is only writable on fresh uploads - it can\[aq]t be written for updates. | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999Z07:00 | N |
| content-type | The MIME type of the file. | string | text/plain | N |
| copy-requires-writer-permission | Whether the options to copy, print, or download this file, should be disabled for readers and commenters. | boolean | true | N |
| description | A short description of the file. | string | Contract for signing | N |
| folder-color-rgb | The color for a folder or a shortcut to a folder as an RGB hex string. | string | 881133 | N |
| labels | Labels attached to this file in a JSON dump of Googled drive format. Enable with --drive-metadata-labels. | JSON | [] | N |
| mtime | Time of last modification with mS accuracy. | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999Z07:00 | N |
| owner | The owner of the file. Usually an email address. Enable with --drive-metadata-owner. | string | user\[at]example.com | N |
| permissions | Permissions in a JSON dump of Google drive format. On shared drives these will only be present if they aren\[aq]t inherited. Enable with --drive-metadata-permissions. | JSON | {} | N |
| starred | Whether the user has starred the file. | boolean | false | N |
| viewed-by-me | Whether the file has been viewed by this user. | boolean | true | **Y** |
| writers-can-share | Whether users with only writer permission can modify the file\[aq]s permissions. Not populated for items in shared drives. | boolean | false | N |

See the [metadata](https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.

## Backend commands

Here are the commands specific to the drive backend.

Run them with

    rclone backend COMMAND remote:

The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.

See the [backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command for more
info on how to pass options and arguments.

These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).

### get

Get command for fetching the drive config parameters

    rclone backend get remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This is a get command which will be used to fetch the various drive config parameters

Usage Examples:

    rclone backend get drive: [-o service_account_file] [-o chunk_size]
    rclone rc backend/command command=get fs=drive: [-o service_account_file] [-o chunk_size]


Options:

- \[dq]chunk_size\[dq]: show the current upload chunk size
- \[dq]service_account_file\[dq]: show the current service account file

### set

Set command for updating the drive config parameters

    rclone backend set remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This is a set command which will be used to update the various drive config parameters

Usage Examples:

    rclone backend set drive: [-o service_account_file=sa.json] [-o chunk_size=67108864]
    rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=drive: [-o service_account_file=sa.json] [-o chunk_size=67108864]


Options:

- \[dq]chunk_size\[dq]: update the current upload chunk size
- \[dq]service_account_file\[dq]: update the current service account file

### shortcut

Create shortcuts from files or directories

    rclone backend shortcut remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This command creates shortcuts from files or directories.

Usage:

    rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item destination_shortcut
    rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item -o target=drive2: destination_shortcut

In the first example this creates a shortcut from the \[dq]source_item\[dq]
which can be a file or a directory to the \[dq]destination_shortcut\[dq]. The
\[dq]source_item\[dq] and the \[dq]destination_shortcut\[dq] should be relative paths
from \[dq]drive:\[dq]

In the second example this creates a shortcut from the \[dq]source_item\[dq]
relative to \[dq]drive:\[dq] to the \[dq]destination_shortcut\[dq] relative to
\[dq]drive2:\[dq]. This may fail with a permission error if the user
authenticated with \[dq]drive2:\[dq] can\[aq]t read files from \[dq]drive:\[dq].


Options:

- \[dq]target\[dq]: optional target remote for the shortcut destination

### drives

List the Shared Drives available to this account

    rclone backend drives remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This command lists the Shared Drives (Team Drives) available to this
account.

Usage:

    rclone backend [-o config] drives drive:

This will return a JSON list of objects like this

    [
        {
            \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]0ABCDEF-01234567890\[dq],
            \[dq]kind\[dq]: \[dq]drive#teamDrive\[dq],
            \[dq]name\[dq]: \[dq]My Drive\[dq]
        },
        {
            \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]0ABCDEFabcdefghijkl\[dq],
            \[dq]kind\[dq]: \[dq]drive#teamDrive\[dq],
            \[dq]name\[dq]: \[dq]Test Drive\[dq]
        }
    ]

With the -o config parameter it will output the list in a format
suitable for adding to a config file to make aliases for all the
drives found and a combined drive.

    [My Drive]
    type = alias
    remote = drive,team_drive=0ABCDEF-01234567890,root_folder_id=:

    [Test Drive]
    type = alias
    remote = drive,team_drive=0ABCDEFabcdefghijkl,root_folder_id=:

    [AllDrives]
    type = combine
    upstreams = \[dq]My Drive=My Drive:\[dq] \[dq]Test Drive=Test Drive:\[dq]

Adding this to the rclone config file will cause those team drives to
be accessible with the aliases shown. Any illegal characters will be
substituted with \[dq]_\[dq] and duplicate names will have numbers suffixed.
It will also add a remote called AllDrives which shows all the shared
drives combined into one directory tree.


### untrash

Untrash files and directories

    rclone backend untrash remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This command untrashes all the files and directories in the directory
passed in recursively.

Usage:

This takes an optional directory to trash which make this easier to
use via the API.

    rclone backend untrash drive:directory
    rclone backend --interactive untrash drive:directory subdir

Use the --interactive/-i or --dry-run flag to see what would be restored before restoring it.

Result:

    {
        \[dq]Untrashed\[dq]: 17,
        \[dq]Errors\[dq]: 0
    }


### copyid

Copy files by ID

    rclone backend copyid remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This command copies files by ID

Usage:

    rclone backend copyid drive: ID path
    rclone backend copyid drive: ID1 path1 ID2 path2

It copies the drive file with ID given to the path (an rclone path which
will be passed internally to rclone copyto). The ID and path pairs can be
repeated.

The path should end with a / to indicate copy the file as named to
this directory. If it doesn\[aq]t end with a / then the last path
component will be used as the file name.

If the destination is a drive backend then server-side copying will be
attempted if possible.

Use the --interactive/-i or --dry-run flag to see what would be copied before copying.


### exportformats

Dump the export formats for debug purposes

    rclone backend exportformats remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

### importformats

Dump the import formats for debug purposes

    rclone backend importformats remote: [options] [<arguments>+]



## Limitations

Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting.  This causes rclone to be
limited to transferring about 2 files per second only.  Individual
files may be transferred much faster at 100s of MiB/s but lots of
small files can take a long time.

Server side copies are also subject to a separate rate limit. If you
see User rate limit exceeded errors, wait at least 24 hours and retry.
You can disable server-side copies with \[ga]--disable copy\[ga] to download
and upload the files if you prefer.

### Limitations of Google Docs

Google docs will appear as size -1 in \[ga]rclone ls\[ga], \[ga]rclone ncdu\[ga] etc,
and as size 0 in anything which uses the VFS layer, e.g. \[ga]rclone mount\[ga]
and \[ga]rclone serve\[ga]. When calculating directory totals, e.g. in
\[ga]rclone size\[ga] and \[ga]rclone ncdu\[ga], they will be counted in as empty
files.

This is because rclone can\[aq]t find out the size of the Google docs
without downloading them.

Google docs will transfer correctly with \[ga]rclone sync\[ga], \[ga]rclone copy\[ga]
etc as rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.

However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able
to download Google docs using \[ga]rclone mount\[ga]. If it doesn\[aq]t work you
will get a 0 sized file.  If you try again the doc may gain its
correct size and be downloadable. Whether it will work on not depends
on the application accessing the mount and the OS you are running -
experiment to find out if it does work for you!

### Duplicated files

Sometimes, for no reason I\[aq]ve been able to track down, drive will
duplicate a file that rclone uploads.  Drive unlike all the other
remotes can have duplicated files.

Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
messages in the log about duplicates.

Use \[ga]rclone dedupe\[ga] to fix duplicated files.

Note that this isn\[aq]t just a problem with rclone, even Google Photos on
Android duplicates files on drive sometimes.

### Rclone appears to be re-copying files it shouldn\[aq]t

The most likely cause of this is the duplicated file issue above - run
\[ga]rclone dedupe\[ga] and check your logs for duplicate object or directory
messages.

This can also be caused by a delay/caching on google drive\[aq]s end when
comparing directory listings. Specifically with team drives used in
combination with --fast-list. Files that were uploaded recently may
not appear on the directory list sent to rclone when using --fast-list.

Waiting a moderate period of time between attempts (estimated to be
approximately 1 hour) and/or not using --fast-list both seem to be
effective in preventing the problem.

### SHA1 or SHA256 hashes may be missing

All files have MD5 hashes, but a small fraction of files uploaded may
not have SHA1 or SHA256 hashes especially if they were uploaded before 2018.

## Making your own client_id

When you use rclone with Google drive in its default configuration you
are using rclone\[aq]s client_id.  This is shared between all the rclone
users.  There is a global rate limit on the number of queries per
second that each client_id can do set by Google.  rclone already has a
high quota and I will continue to make sure it is high enough by
contacting Google.

It is strongly recommended to use your own client ID as the default rclone ID is heavily used. If you have multiple services running, it is recommended to use an API key for each service. The default Google quota is 10 transactions per second so it is recommended to stay under that number as if you use more than that, it will cause rclone to rate limit and make things slower.

Here is how to create your own Google Drive client ID for rclone:

1. Log into the [Google API
Console](https://console.developers.google.com/) with your Google
account. It doesn\[aq]t matter what Google account you use. (It need not
be the same account as the Google Drive you want to access)

2. Select a project or create a new project.

3. Under \[dq]ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES\[dq] search for \[dq]Drive\[dq], and enable the
\[dq]Google Drive API\[dq].

4. Click \[dq]Credentials\[dq] in the left-side panel (not \[dq]Create
credentials\[dq], which opens the wizard).

5. If you already configured an \[dq]Oauth Consent Screen\[dq], then skip
to the next step; if not, click on \[dq]CONFIGURE CONSENT SCREEN\[dq] button 
(near the top right corner of the right panel), then select \[dq]External\[dq]
and click on \[dq]CREATE\[dq]; on the next screen, enter an \[dq]Application name\[dq]
(\[dq]rclone\[dq] is OK); enter \[dq]User Support Email\[dq] (your own email is OK); 
enter \[dq]Developer Contact Email\[dq] (your own email is OK); then click on
\[dq]Save\[dq] (all other data is optional). You will also have to add some scopes,
including \[ga].../auth/docs\[ga] and \[ga].../auth/drive\[ga] in order to be able to edit,
create and delete files with RClone. You may also want to include the
\[ga]../auth/drive.metadata.readonly\[ga] scope. After adding scopes, click
\[dq]Save and continue\[dq] to add test users. Be sure to add your own account to
the test users. Once you\[aq]ve added yourself as a test user and saved the
changes, click again on \[dq]Credentials\[dq] on the left panel to go back to
the \[dq]Credentials\[dq] screen.

   (PS: if you are a GSuite user, you could also select \[dq]Internal\[dq] instead
of \[dq]External\[dq] above, but this will restrict API use to Google Workspace 
users in your organisation). 

6.  Click on the \[dq]+ CREATE CREDENTIALS\[dq] button at the top of the screen,
then select \[dq]OAuth client ID\[dq].

7. Choose an application type of \[dq]Desktop app\[dq] and click \[dq]Create\[dq]. (the default name is fine)

8. It will show you a client ID and client secret. Make a note of these.
   
   (If you selected \[dq]External\[dq] at Step 5 continue to Step 9. 
   If you chose \[dq]Internal\[dq] you don\[aq]t need to publish and can skip straight to
   Step 10 but your destination drive must be part of the same Google Workspace.)

9. Go to \[dq]Oauth consent screen\[dq] and then click \[dq]PUBLISH APP\[dq] button and confirm.
   You will also want to add yourself as a test user.

10. Provide the noted client ID and client secret to rclone.

Be aware that, due to the \[dq]enhanced security\[dq] recently introduced by
Google, you are theoretically expected to \[dq]submit your app for verification\[dq]
and then wait a few weeks(!) for their response; in practice, you can go right
ahead and use the client ID and client secret with rclone, the only issue will
be a very scary confirmation screen shown when you connect via your browser 
for rclone to be able to get its token-id (but as this only happens during 
the remote configuration, it\[aq]s not such a big deal). Keeping the application in
\[dq]Testing\[dq] will work as well, but the limitation is that any grants will expire
after a week, which can be annoying to refresh constantly. If, for whatever
reason, a short grant time is not a problem, then keeping the application in
testing mode would also be sufficient.

(Thanks to \[at]balazer on github for these instructions.)

Sometimes, creation of an OAuth consent in Google API Console fails due to an error message
\[lq]The request failed because changes to one of the field of the resource is not supported\[rq].
As a convenient workaround, the necessary Google Drive API key can be created on the
[Python Quickstart](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/quickstart/python) page.
Just push the Enable the Drive API button to receive the Client ID and Secret.
Note that it will automatically create a new project in the API Console.

#  Google Photos

The rclone backend for [Google Photos](https://www.google.com/photos/about/) is
a specialized backend for transferring photos and videos to and from
Google Photos.

**NB** The Google Photos API which rclone uses has quite a few
limitations, so please read the [limitations section](#limitations)
carefully to make sure it is suitable for your use.

## Configuration

The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Photos
which you need to do in your browser.  \[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks you
through it.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Google
Photos \ \[dq]google photos\[dq] [snip] Storage> google photos ** See
help for google photos backend at: https://rclone.org/googlephotos/ **
.PP
Google Application Client Id Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
client_id> Google Application Client Secret Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
client_secret> Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
.PP
If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access
to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access.
Enter a boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
read_only> Edit advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config Use web browser to automatically
authenticate rclone with remote?
* Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use *
Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y.
If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to
the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize
rclone for access Waiting for code...
Got code
.PP
*** IMPORTANT: All media items uploaded to Google Photos with rclone ***
are stored in full resolution at original quality.
These uploads *** will count towards storage in your Google Account.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(20.4n).
T{
[remote] type = google photos token =
{\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]Bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2019-06-28T17:38:04.644930156+01:00\[dq]}
T}
_
T{
y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
\[ga]\[ga]\[ga]
T}
T{
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to
set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
T}
T{
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Google if using web browser to automatically
authenticate.
This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you
get back the verification code.
This is on \f[C]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\f[R] and this may require you to
unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual
mode.
T}
T{
This remote is called \f[C]remote\f[R] and can now be used like this
T}
T{
See all the albums in your photos
T}
T{
rclone lsd remote:album
T}
T{
Make a new album
T}
T{
rclone mkdir remote:album/newAlbum
T}
T{
List the contents of an album
T}
T{
rclone ls remote:album/newAlbum
T}
T{
Sync \f[C]/home/local/images\f[R] to the Google Photos, removing any
excess files in the album.
T}
T{
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/image remote:album/newAlbum
T}
T{
### Layout
T}
T{
As Google Photos is not a general purpose cloud storage system, the
backend is laid out to help you navigate it.
T}
T{
The directories under \f[C]media\f[R] show different ways of
categorizing the media.
Each file will appear multiple times.
So if you want to make a backup of your google photos you might choose
to backup \f[C]remote:media/by-month\f[R].
(\f[B]NB\f[R] \f[C]remote:media/by-day\f[R] is rather slow at the moment
so avoid for syncing.)
T}
T{
Note that all your photos and videos will appear somewhere under
\f[C]media\f[R], but they may not appear under \f[C]album\f[R] unless
you\[aq]ve put them into albums.
T}
T{
\f[C]/ - upload - file1.jpg - file2.jpg - ... - media - all - file1.jpg - file2.jpg - ... - by-year - 2000 - file1.jpg - ... - 2001 - file2.jpg - ... - ... - by-month - 2000 - 2000-01 - file1.jpg - ... - 2000-02 - file2.jpg - ... - ... - by-day - 2000 - 2000-01-01 - file1.jpg - ... - 2000-01-02 - file2.jpg - ... - ... - album - album name - album name/sub - shared-album - album name - album name/sub - feature - favorites - file1.jpg - file2.jpg\f[R]
T}
T{
There are two writable parts of the tree, the \f[C]upload\f[R] directory
and sub directories of the \f[C]album\f[R] directory.
T}
T{
The \f[C]upload\f[R] directory is for uploading files you don\[aq]t want
to put into albums.
This will be empty to start with and will contain the files you\[aq]ve
uploaded for one rclone session only, becoming empty again when you
restart rclone.
The use case for this would be if you have a load of files you just want
to once off dump into Google Photos.
For repeated syncing, uploading to \f[C]album\f[R] will work better.
T}
T{
Directories within the \f[C]album\f[R] directory are also writeable and
you may create new directories (albums) under \f[C]album\f[R].
If you copy files with a directory hierarchy in there then rclone will
create albums with the \f[C]/\f[R] character in them.
For example if you do
T}
T{
rclone copy /path/to/images remote:album/images
T}
T{
and the images directory contains
T}
T{
\f[C]images - file1.jpg dir file2.jpg dir2 dir3 file3.jpg\f[R]
T}
T{
Then rclone will create the following albums with the following files in
T}
T{
- images - file1.jpg - images/dir - file2.jpg - images/dir2/dir3 -
file3.jpg
T}
T{
This means that you can use the \f[C]album\f[R] path pretty much like a
normal filesystem and it is a good target for repeated syncing.
T}
T{
The \f[C]shared-album\f[R] directory shows albums shared with you or by
you.
This is similar to the Sharing tab in the Google Photos web interface.
T}
T{
### Standard options
T}
T{
Here are the Standard options specific to google photos (Google Photos).
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-client-id
T}
T{
OAuth Client Id.
T}
T{
Leave blank normally.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: client_id - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_ID - Type: string -
Required: false
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-client-secret
T}
T{
OAuth Client Secret.
T}
T{
Leave blank normally.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: client_secret - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_SECRET - Type:
string - Required: false
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-read-only
T}
T{
Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
T}
T{
If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access
to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: read_only - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_ONLY - Type: bool -
Default: false
T}
T{
### Advanced options
T}
T{
Here are the Advanced options specific to google photos (Google Photos).
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-token
T}
T{
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: token - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_TOKEN - Type: string -
Required: false
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-auth-url
T}
T{
Auth server URL.
T}
T{
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: auth_url - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_AUTH_URL - Type: string -
Required: false
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-token-url
T}
T{
Token server url.
T}
T{
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: token_url - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_TOKEN_URL - Type: string -
Required: false
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-read-size
T}
T{
Set to read the size of media items.
T}
T{
Normally rclone does not read the size of media items since this takes
another transaction.
This isn\[aq]t necessary for syncing.
However rclone mount needs to know the size of files in advance of
reading them, so setting this flag when using rclone mount is
recommended if you want to read the media.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: read_size - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_SIZE - Type: bool -
Default: false
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-start-year
T}
T{
Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded
after the given year.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: start_year - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_START_YEAR - Type: int -
Default: 2000
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-include-archived
T}
T{
Also view and download archived media.
T}
T{
By default, rclone does not request archived media.
Thus, when syncing, archived media is not visible in directory listings
or transferred.
T}
T{
Note that media in albums is always visible and synced, no matter their
archive status.
T}
T{
With this flag, archived media are always visible in directory listings
and transferred.
T}
T{
Without this flag, archived media will not be visible in directory
listings and won\[aq]t be transferred.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: include_archived - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_INCLUDE_ARCHIVED -
Type: bool - Default: false
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-encoding
T}
T{
The encoding for the backend.
T}
T{
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: encoding - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_ENCODING - Type: Encoding -
Default: Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-batch-mode
T}
T{
Upload file batching sync|async|off.
T}
T{
This sets the batch mode used by rclone.
T}
T{
This has 3 possible values
T}
T{
- off - no batching - sync - batch uploads and check completion
(default) - async - batch upload and don\[aq]t check completion
T}
T{
Rclone will close any outstanding batches when it exits which may make a
delay on quit.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: batch_mode - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_BATCH_MODE - Type: string
- Default: \[dq]sync\[dq]
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-batch-size
T}
T{
Max number of files in upload batch.
T}
T{
This sets the batch size of files to upload.
It has to be less than 50.
T}
T{
By default this is 0 which means rclone which calculate the batch size
depending on the setting of batch_mode.
T}
T{
- batch_mode: async - default batch_size is 50 - batch_mode: sync -
default batch_size is the same as --transfers - batch_mode: off - not in
use
T}
T{
Rclone will close any outstanding batches when it exits which may make a
delay on quit.
T}
T{
Setting this is a great idea if you are uploading lots of small files as
it will make them a lot quicker.
You can use --transfers 32 to maximise throughput.
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: batch_size - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_BATCH_SIZE - Type: int -
Default: 0
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-batch-timeout
T}
T{
Max time to allow an idle upload batch before uploading.
T}
T{
If an upload batch is idle for more than this long then it will be
uploaded.
T}
T{
The default for this is 0 which means rclone will choose a sensible
default based on the batch_mode in use.
T}
T{
- batch_mode: async - default batch_timeout is 10s - batch_mode: sync -
default batch_timeout is 1s - batch_mode: off - not in use
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: batch_timeout - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_BATCH_TIMEOUT - Type:
Duration - Default: 0s
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-batch-commit-timeout
T}
T{
Max time to wait for a batch to finish committing
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: batch_commit_timeout - Env Var:
RCLONE_GPHOTOS_BATCH_COMMIT_TIMEOUT - Type: Duration - Default: 10m0s
T}
T{
#### --gphotos-description
T}
T{
Description of the remote
T}
T{
Properties:
T}
T{
- Config: description - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_DESCRIPTION - Type:
string - Required: false
T}
T{
## Limitations
T}
T{
Only images and videos can be uploaded.
If you attempt to upload non videos or images or formats that Google
Photos doesn\[aq]t understand, rclone will upload the file, then Google
Photos will give an error when it is put turned into a media item.
T}
T{
Note that all media items uploaded to Google Photos through the API are
stored in full resolution at \[dq]original quality\[dq] and
\f[B]will\f[R] count towards your storage quota in your Google Account.
The API does \f[B]not\f[R] offer a way to upload in \[dq]high
quality\[dq] mode..
T}
T{
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] is not supported by the Google Photos backend.
Backends without this capability cannot determine free space for an
rclone mount or use policy \f[C]mfs\f[R] (most free space) as a member
of an rclone union remote.
T}
T{
See List of backends that do not support rclone
about (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) See rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)
T}
T{
### Downloading Images
T}
T{
When Images are downloaded this strips EXIF location (according to the
docs and my tests).
This is a limitation of the Google Photos API and is covered by bug
#112096115 (https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/112096115).
T}
T{
\f[B]The current google API does not allow photos to be downloaded at
original resolution. This is very important if you are, for example,
relying on \[dq]Google Photos\[dq] as a backup of your photos. You will
not be able to use rclone to redownload original images. You could use
\[aq]google takeout\[aq] to recover the original photos as a last
resort\f[R]
T}
T{
### Downloading Videos
T}
T{
When videos are downloaded they are downloaded in a really compressed
version of the video compared to downloading it via the Google Photos
web interface.
This is covered by bug
#113672044 (https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/113672044).
T}
T{
### Duplicates
T}
T{
If a file name is duplicated in a directory then rclone will add the
file ID into its name.
So two files called \f[C]file.jpg\f[R] would then appear as
\f[C]file {123456}.jpg\f[R] and \f[C]file {ABCDEF}.jpg\f[R] (the actual
IDs are a lot longer alas!).
T}
T{
If you upload the same image (with the same binary data) twice then
Google Photos will deduplicate it.
However it will retain the filename from the first upload which may
confuse rclone.
For example if you uploaded an image to \f[C]upload\f[R] then uploaded
the same image to \f[C]album/my_album\f[R] the filename of the image in
\f[C]album/my_album\f[R] will be what it was uploaded with initially,
not what you uploaded it with to \f[C]album\f[R].
In practise this shouldn\[aq]t cause too many problems.
T}
T{
### Modification times
T}
T{
The date shown of media in Google Photos is the creation date as
determined by the EXIF information, or the upload date if that is not
known.
T}
T{
This is not changeable by rclone and is not the modification date of the
media on local disk.
This means that rclone cannot use the dates from Google Photos for
syncing purposes.
T}
T{
### Size
T}
T{
The Google Photos API does not return the size of media.
This means that when syncing to Google Photos, rclone can only do a file
existence check.
T}
T{
It is possible to read the size of the media, but this needs an extra
HTTP HEAD request per media item so is \f[B]very slow\f[R] and uses up a
lot of transactions.
This can be enabled with the \f[C]--gphotos-read-size\f[R] option or the
\f[C]read_size = true\f[R] config parameter.
T}
T{
If you want to use the backend with \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] you may need
to enable this flag (depending on your OS and application using the
photos) otherwise you may not be able to read media off the mount.
You\[aq]ll need to experiment to see if it works for you without the
flag.
T}
T{
### Albums
T}
T{
Rclone can only upload files to albums it created.
This is a limitation of the Google Photos
API (https://developers.google.com/photos/library/guides/manage-albums).
T}
T{
Rclone can remove files it uploaded from albums it created only.
T}
T{
### Deleting files
T}
T{
Rclone can remove files from albums it created, but note that the Google
Photos API does not allow media to be deleted permanently so this media
will still remain.
See bug #109759781 (https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/109759781).
T}
T{
Rclone cannot delete files anywhere except under \f[C]album\f[R].
T}
T{
### Deleting albums
T}
T{
The Google Photos API does not support deleting albums - see bug
#135714733 (https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/135714733).
T}
T{
# Hasher
T}
T{
Hasher is a special overlay backend to create remotes which handle
checksums for other remotes.
It\[aq]s main functions include: - Emulate hash types unimplemented by
backends - Cache checksums to help with slow hashing of large local or
(S)FTP files - Warm up checksum cache from external SUM files
T}
T{
## Getting started
T}
T{
To use Hasher, first set up the underlying remote following the
configuration instructions for that remote.
You can also use a local pathname instead of a remote.
Check that your base remote is working.
T}
T{
Let\[aq]s call the base remote \f[C]myRemote:path\f[R] here.
Note that anything inside \f[C]myRemote:path\f[R] will be handled by
hasher and anything outside won\[aq]t.
This means that if you are using a bucket based remote (S3, B2, Swift)
then you should put the bucket in the remote \f[C]s3:bucket\f[R].
T}
T{
Now proceed to interactive or manual configuration.
T}
T{
### Interactive configuration
T}
T{
Run \f[C]rclone config\f[R]: \[ga]\[ga]\[ga] No remotes found, make a
new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> Hasher1 Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Handle
checksums for other remotes \ \[dq]hasher\[dq] [snip] Storage> hasher
Remote to cache checksums for, like myremote:mypath.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
remote> myRemote:path Comma separated list of supported checksum types.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]md5,sha1\[dq]).
hashsums> md5 Maximum time to keep checksums in cache.
0 = no cache, off = cache forever.
max_age> off Edit advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config
T}
.TE
.PP
[Hasher1] type = hasher remote = myRemote:path hashsums = md5 max_age =
off -------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete
this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### Manual configuration

Run \[ga]rclone config path\[ga] to see the path of current active config file,
usually \[ga]YOURHOME/.config/artpar/artpar.conf\[ga].
Open it in your favorite text editor, find section for the base remote
and create new section for hasher like in the following examples:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
[Hasher1] type = hasher remote = myRemote:path hashes = md5 max_age =
off
.PP
[Hasher2] type = hasher remote = /local/path hashes = dropbox,sha1
max_age = 24h
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Hasher takes basically the following parameters:
- \[ga]remote\[ga] is required,
- \[ga]hashes\[ga] is a comma separated list of supported checksums
   (by default \[ga]md5,sha1\[ga]),
- \[ga]max_age\[ga] - maximum time to keep a checksum value in the cache,
   \[ga]0\[ga] will disable caching completely,
   \[ga]off\[ga] will cache \[dq]forever\[dq] (that is until the files get changed).

Make sure the \[ga]remote\[ga] has \[ga]:\[ga] (colon) in. If you specify the remote without
a colon then rclone will use a local directory of that name. So if you use
a remote of \[ga]/local/path\[ga] then rclone will handle hashes for that directory.
If you use \[ga]remote = name\[ga] literally then rclone will put files
**in a directory called \[ga]name\[ga] located under current directory**.

## Usage

### Basic operations

Now you can use it as \[ga]Hasher2:subdir/file\[ga] instead of base remote.
Hasher will transparently update cache with new checksums when a file
is fully read or overwritten, like:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone copy External:path/file Hasher:dest/path
.PP
rclone cat Hasher:path/to/file > /dev/null
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
The way to refresh **all** cached checksums (even unsupported by the base backend)
for a subtree is to **re-download** all files in the subtree. For example,
use \[ga]hashsum --download\[ga] using **any** supported hashsum on the command line
(we just care to re-read):
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone hashsum MD5 --download Hasher:path/to/subtree > /dev/null
.PP
rclone backend dump Hasher:path/to/subtree
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
You can print or drop hashsum cache using custom backend commands:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone backend dump Hasher:dir/subdir
.PP
rclone backend drop Hasher:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### Pre-Seed from a SUM File

Hasher supports two backend commands: generic SUM file \[ga]import\[ga] and faster
but less consistent \[ga]stickyimport\[ga].
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone backend import Hasher:dir/subdir SHA1 /path/to/SHA1SUM
[--checkers 4]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Instead of SHA1 it can be any hash supported by the remote. The last argument
can point to either a local or an \[ga]other-remote:path\[ga] text file in SUM format.
The command will parse the SUM file, then walk down the path given by the
first argument, snapshot current fingerprints and fill in the cache entries
correspondingly.
- Paths in the SUM file are treated as relative to \[ga]hasher:dir/subdir\[ga].
- The command will **not** check that supplied values are correct.
  You **must know** what you are doing.
- This is a one-time action. The SUM file will not get \[dq]attached\[dq] to the
  remote. Cache entries can still be overwritten later, should the object\[aq]s
  fingerprint change.
- The tree walk can take long depending on the tree size. You can increase
  \[ga]--checkers\[ga] to make it faster. Or use \[ga]stickyimport\[ga] if you don\[aq]t care
  about fingerprints and consistency.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone backend stickyimport hasher:path/to/data sha1
remote:/path/to/sum.sha1
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\[ga]stickyimport\[ga] is similar to \[ga]import\[ga] but works much faster because it
does not need to stat existing files and skips initial tree walk.
Instead of binding cache entries to file fingerprints it creates _sticky_
entries bound to the file name alone ignoring size, modification time etc.
Such hash entries can be replaced only by \[ga]purge\[ga], \[ga]delete\[ga], \[ga]backend drop\[ga]
or by full re-read/re-write of the files.

## Configuration reference


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to hasher (Better checksums for other remotes).

#### --hasher-remote

Remote to cache checksums for (e.g. myRemote:path).

Properties:

- Config:      remote
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HASHER_REMOTE
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --hasher-hashes

Comma separated list of supported checksum types.

Properties:

- Config:      hashes
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HASHER_HASHES
- Type:        CommaSepList
- Default:     md5,sha1

#### --hasher-max-age

Maximum time to keep checksums in cache (0 = no cache, off = cache forever).

Properties:

- Config:      max_age
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HASHER_MAX_AGE
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     off

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to hasher (Better checksums for other remotes).

#### --hasher-auto-size

Auto-update checksum for files smaller than this size (disabled by default).

Properties:

- Config:      auto_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HASHER_AUTO_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     0

#### --hasher-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HASHER_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

Any metadata supported by the underlying remote is read and written.

See the [metadata](https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.

## Backend commands

Here are the commands specific to the hasher backend.

Run them with

    rclone backend COMMAND remote:

The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.

See the [backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command for more
info on how to pass options and arguments.

These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).

### drop

Drop cache

    rclone backend drop remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

Completely drop checksum cache.
Usage Example:
    rclone backend drop hasher:


### dump

Dump the database

    rclone backend dump remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

Dump cache records covered by the current remote

### fulldump

Full dump of the database

    rclone backend fulldump remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

Dump all cache records in the database

### import

Import a SUM file

    rclone backend import remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

Amend hash cache from a SUM file and bind checksums to files by size/time.
Usage Example:
    rclone backend import hasher:subdir md5 /path/to/sum.md5


### stickyimport

Perform fast import of a SUM file

    rclone backend stickyimport remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

Fill hash cache from a SUM file without verifying file fingerprints.
Usage Example:
    rclone backend stickyimport hasher:subdir md5 remote:path/to/sum.md5




## Implementation details (advanced)

This section explains how various rclone operations work on a hasher remote.

**Disclaimer. This section describes current implementation which can
change in future rclone versions!.**

### Hashsum command

The \[ga]rclone hashsum\[ga] (or \[ga]md5sum\[ga] or \[ga]sha1sum\[ga]) command will:

1. if requested hash is supported by lower level, just pass it.
2. if object size is below \[ga]auto_size\[ga] then download object and calculate
   _requested_ hashes on the fly.
3. if unsupported and the size is big enough, build object \[ga]fingerprint\[ga]
   (including size, modtime if supported, first-found _other_ hash if any).
4. if the strict match is found in cache for the requested remote, return
   the stored hash.
5. if remote found but fingerprint mismatched, then purge the entry and
   proceed to step 6.
6. if remote not found or had no requested hash type or after step 5:
   download object, calculate all _supported_ hashes on the fly and store
   in cache; return requested hash.

### Other operations

- whenever a file is uploaded or downloaded **in full**, capture the stream
  to calculate all supported hashes on the fly and update database
- server-side \[ga]move\[ga]  will update keys of existing cache entries
- \[ga]deletefile\[ga] will remove a single cache entry
- \[ga]purge\[ga] will remove all cache entries under the purged path

Note that setting \[ga]max_age = 0\[ga] will disable checksum caching completely.

If you set \[ga]max_age = off\[ga], checksums in cache will never age, unless you
fully rewrite or delete the file.

### Cache storage

Cached checksums are stored as \[ga]bolt\[ga] database files under rclone cache
directory, usually \[ga]\[ti]/.cache/rclone/kv/\[ga]. Databases are maintained
one per _base_ backend, named like \[ga]BaseRemote\[ti]hasher.bolt\[ga].
Checksums for multiple \[ga]alias\[ga]-es into a single base backend
will be stored in the single database. All local paths are treated as
aliases into the \[ga]local\[ga] backend (unless encrypted or chunked) and stored
in \[ga]\[ti]/.cache/rclone/kv/local\[ti]hasher.bolt\[ga].
Databases can be shared between multiple rclone processes.

#  HDFS

[HDFS](https://hadoop.apache.org/docs/stable/hadoop-project-dist/hadoop-hdfs/HdfsDesign.html) is a
distributed file-system, part of the [Apache Hadoop](https://hadoop.apache.org/) framework.

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:\[ga] or \[ga]remote:path/to/dir\[ga].

## Configuration

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga]. First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [skip] XX / Hadoop
distributed file system \ \[dq]hdfs\[dq] [skip] Storage> hdfs ** See
help for hdfs backend at: https://rclone.org/hdfs/ **
.PP
hadoop name node and port Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Connect to
host namenode at port 8020 \ \[dq]namenode:8020\[dq] namenode>
namenode.hadoop:8020 hadoop user name Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Connect to
hdfs as root \ \[dq]root\[dq] username> root Edit advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n Remote config --------------------
[remote] type = hdfs namenode = namenode.hadoop:8020 username = root
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d)
Delete this remote y/e/d> y Current remotes:
.PP
Name Type ==== ==== hadoop hdfs
.IP "e)" 3
Edit existing remote
.IP "f)" 3
New remote
.IP "g)" 3
Delete remote
.IP "h)" 3
Rename remote
.IP "i)" 3
Copy remote
.IP "j)" 3
Set configuration password
.IP "k)" 3
Quit config e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
This remote is called \[ga]remote\[ga] and can now be used like this

See all the top level directories

    rclone lsd remote:

List the contents of a directory

    rclone ls remote:directory

Sync the remote \[ga]directory\[ga] to \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga], deleting any excess files.

    rclone sync --interactive remote:directory /home/local/directory

### Setting up your own HDFS instance for testing

You may start with a [manual setup](https://hadoop.apache.org/docs/stable/hadoop-project-dist/hadoop-common/SingleCluster.html)
or use the docker image from the tests:

If you want to build the docker image
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
git clone https://github.com/artpar/artpar.git cd
rclone/fstest/testserver/images/test-hdfs docker build --rm -t
rclone/test-hdfs .
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Or you can just use the latest one pushed
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
docker run --rm --name \[dq]rclone-hdfs\[dq] -p 127.0.0.1:9866:9866 -p
127.0.0.1:8020:8020 --hostname \[dq]rclone-hdfs\[dq] rclone/test-hdfs
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
**NB** it need few seconds to startup.

For this docker image the remote needs to be configured like this:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
[remote] type = hdfs namenode = 127.0.0.1:8020 username = root
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
You can stop this image with \[ga]docker kill rclone-hdfs\[ga] (**NB** it does not use volumes, so all data
uploaded will be lost.)

### Modification times

Time accurate to 1 second is stored.

### Checksum

No checksums are implemented.

### Usage information

You can use the \[ga]rclone about remote:\[ga] command which will display filesystem size and current usage.

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| :         | 0x3A  | \[uFF1A]           |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8).


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to hdfs (Hadoop distributed file system).

#### --hdfs-namenode

Hadoop name nodes and ports.

E.g. \[dq]namenode-1:8020,namenode-2:8020,...\[dq] to connect to host namenodes at port 8020.

Properties:

- Config:      namenode
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HDFS_NAMENODE
- Type:        CommaSepList
- Default:     

#### --hdfs-username

Hadoop user name.

Properties:

- Config:      username
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HDFS_USERNAME
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]root\[dq]
        - Connect to hdfs as root.

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to hdfs (Hadoop distributed file system).

#### --hdfs-service-principal-name

Kerberos service principal name for the namenode.

Enables KERBEROS authentication. Specifies the Service Principal Name
(SERVICE/FQDN) for the namenode. E.g. \[rs]\[dq]hdfs/namenode.hadoop.docker\[rs]\[dq]
for namenode running as service \[aq]hdfs\[aq] with FQDN \[aq]namenode.hadoop.docker\[aq].

Properties:

- Config:      service_principal_name
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HDFS_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_NAME
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --hdfs-data-transfer-protection

Kerberos data transfer protection: authentication|integrity|privacy.

Specifies whether or not authentication, data signature integrity
checks, and wire encryption are required when communicating with
the datanodes. Possible values are \[aq]authentication\[aq], \[aq]integrity\[aq]
and \[aq]privacy\[aq]. Used only with KERBEROS enabled.

Properties:

- Config:      data_transfer_protection
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HDFS_DATA_TRANSFER_PROTECTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]privacy\[dq]
        - Ensure authentication, integrity and encryption enabled.

#### --hdfs-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HDFS_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,Colon,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --hdfs-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HDFS_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

- No server-side \[ga]Move\[ga] or \[ga]DirMove\[ga].
- Checksums not implemented.

#  HiDrive

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:path\[ga]

Paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

The initial setup for hidrive involves getting a token from HiDrive
which you need to do in your browser.
\[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks you through it.

## Configuration

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration
password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to
configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
HiDrive \ \[dq]hidrive\[dq] [snip] Storage> hidrive OAuth Client Id -
Leave blank normally.
client_id> OAuth Client Secret - Leave blank normally.
client_secret> Access permissions that rclone should use when requesting
access from HiDrive.
Leave blank normally.
scope_access> Edit advanced config?
y/n> n Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
* Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use *
Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y.
If Y failed, try N.
y/n> y If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the
following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth?state=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Log in and authorize rclone for access Waiting for code...
Got code -------------------- [remote] type = hidrive token =
{\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]Bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq]}
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d)
Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
**You should be aware that OAuth-tokens can be used to access your account
and hence should not be shared with other persons.**
See the [below section](#keeping-your-tokens-safe) for more information.

See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.

Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from HiDrive. This only runs from the moment it opens
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code.
The webserver runs on \[ga]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\[ga].
If local port \[ga]53682\[ga] is protected by a firewall you may need to temporarily
unblock the firewall to complete authorization.

Once configured you can then use \[ga]rclone\[ga] like this,

List directories in top level of your HiDrive root folder

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your HiDrive filesystem

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to a HiDrive directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

### Keeping your tokens safe

Any OAuth-tokens will be stored by rclone in the remote\[aq]s configuration file as unencrypted text.
Anyone can use a valid refresh-token to access your HiDrive filesystem without knowing your password.
Therefore you should make sure no one else can access your configuration.

It is possible to encrypt rclone\[aq]s configuration file.
You can find information on securing your configuration file by viewing the [configuration encryption docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#configuration-encryption).

### Invalid refresh token

As can be verified [here](https://developer.hidrive.com/basics-flows/),
each \[ga]refresh_token\[ga] (for Native Applications) is valid for 60 days.
If used to access HiDrivei, its validity will be automatically extended.

This means that if you

  * Don\[aq]t use the HiDrive remote for 60 days

then rclone will return an error which includes a text
that implies the refresh token is *invalid* or *expired*.

To fix this you will need to authorize rclone to access your HiDrive account again.

Using

    rclone config reconnect remote:

the process is very similar to the process of initial setup exemplified before.

### Modification times and hashes

HiDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second.

HiDrive supports [its own hash type](https://static.hidrive.com/dev/0001)
which is used to verify the integrity of file contents after successful transfers.

### Restricted filename characters

HiDrive cannot store files or folders that include
\[ga]/\[ga] (0x2F) or null-bytes (0x00) in their name.
Any other characters can be used in the names of files or folders.
Additionally, files or folders cannot be named either of the following: \[ga].\[ga] or \[ga]..\[ga]

Therefore rclone will automatically replace these characters,
if files or folders are stored or accessed with such names.

You can read about how this filename encoding works in general
[here](overview/#restricted-filenames).

Keep in mind that HiDrive only supports file or folder names
with a length of 255 characters or less.

### Transfers

HiDrive limits file sizes per single request to a maximum of 2 GiB.
To allow storage of larger files and allow for better upload performance,
the hidrive backend will use a chunked transfer for files larger than 96 MiB.
Rclone will upload multiple parts/chunks of the file at the same time.
Chunks in the process of being uploaded are buffered in memory,
so you may want to restrict this behaviour on systems with limited resources.

You can customize this behaviour using the following options:

* \[ga]chunk_size\[ga]: size of file parts
* \[ga]upload_cutoff\[ga]: files larger or equal to this in size will use a chunked transfer
* \[ga]upload_concurrency\[ga]: number of file-parts to upload at the same time

See the below section about configuration options for more details.

### Root folder

You can set the root folder for rclone.
This is the directory that rclone considers to be the root of your HiDrive.

Usually, you will leave this blank, and rclone will use the root of the account.

However, you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder hierarchy.

This works by prepending the contents of the \[ga]root_prefix\[ga] option
to any paths accessed by rclone.
For example, the following two ways to access the home directory are equivalent:

    rclone lsd --hidrive-root-prefix=\[dq]/users/test/\[dq] remote:path

    rclone lsd remote:/users/test/path

See the below section about configuration options for more details.

### Directory member count

By default, rclone will know the number of directory members contained in a directory.
For example, \[ga]rclone lsd\[ga] uses this information.

The acquisition of this information will result in additional time costs for HiDrive\[aq]s API.
When dealing with large directory structures, it may be desirable to circumvent this time cost,
especially when this information is not explicitly needed.
For this, the \[ga]disable_fetching_member_count\[ga] option can be used.

See the below section about configuration options for more details.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to hidrive (HiDrive).

#### --hidrive-client-id

OAuth Client Id.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --hidrive-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --hidrive-scope-access

Access permissions that rclone should use when requesting access from HiDrive.

Properties:

- Config:      scope_access
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_SCOPE_ACCESS
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]rw\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]rw\[dq]
        - Read and write access to resources.
    - \[dq]ro\[dq]
        - Read-only access to resources.

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to hidrive (HiDrive).

#### --hidrive-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --hidrive-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --hidrive-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --hidrive-scope-role

User-level that rclone should use when requesting access from HiDrive.

Properties:

- Config:      scope_role
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_SCOPE_ROLE
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]user\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]user\[dq]
        - User-level access to management permissions.
        - This will be sufficient in most cases.
    - \[dq]admin\[dq]
        - Extensive access to management permissions.
    - \[dq]owner\[dq]
        - Full access to management permissions.

#### --hidrive-root-prefix

The root/parent folder for all paths.

Fill in to use the specified folder as the parent for all paths given to the remote.
This way rclone can use any folder as its starting point.

Properties:

- Config:      root_prefix
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_ROOT_PREFIX
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]/\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]/\[dq]
        - The topmost directory accessible by rclone.
        - This will be equivalent with \[dq]root\[dq] if rclone uses a regular HiDrive user account.
    - \[dq]root\[dq]
        - The topmost directory of the HiDrive user account
    - \[dq]\[dq]
        - This specifies that there is no root-prefix for your paths.
        - When using this you will always need to specify paths to this remote with a valid parent e.g. \[dq]remote:/path/to/dir\[dq] or \[dq]remote:root/path/to/dir\[dq].

#### --hidrive-endpoint

Endpoint for the service.

This is the URL that API-calls will be made to.

Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]https://api.hidrive.strato.com/2.1\[dq]

#### --hidrive-disable-fetching-member-count

Do not fetch number of objects in directories unless it is absolutely necessary.

Requests may be faster if the number of objects in subdirectories is not fetched.

Properties:

- Config:      disable_fetching_member_count
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_DISABLE_FETCHING_MEMBER_COUNT
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --hidrive-chunk-size

Chunksize for chunked uploads.

Any files larger than the configured cutoff (or files of unknown size) will be uploaded in chunks of this size.

The upper limit for this is 2147483647 bytes (about 2.000Gi).
That is the maximum amount of bytes a single upload-operation will support.
Setting this above the upper limit or to a negative value will cause uploads to fail.

Setting this to larger values may increase the upload speed at the cost of using more memory.
It can be set to smaller values smaller to save on memory.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     48Mi

#### --hidrive-upload-cutoff

Cutoff/Threshold for chunked uploads.

Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of the configured chunksize.

The upper limit for this is 2147483647 bytes (about 2.000Gi).
That is the maximum amount of bytes a single upload-operation will support.
Setting this above the upper limit will cause uploads to fail.

Properties:

- Config:      upload_cutoff
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     96Mi

#### --hidrive-upload-concurrency

Concurrency for chunked uploads.

This is the upper limit for how many transfers for the same file are running concurrently.
Setting this above to a value smaller than 1 will cause uploads to deadlock.

If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed links
and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing
this may help to speed up the transfers.

Properties:

- Config:      upload_concurrency
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type:        int
- Default:     4

#### --hidrive-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,Dot

#### --hidrive-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HIDRIVE_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

### Symbolic links

HiDrive is able to store symbolic links (*symlinks*) by design,
for example, when unpacked from a zip archive.

There exists no direct mechanism to manage native symlinks in remotes.
As such this implementation has chosen to ignore any native symlinks present in the remote.
rclone will not be able to access or show any symlinks stored in the hidrive-remote.
This means symlinks cannot be individually removed, copied, or moved,
except when removing, copying, or moving the parent folder.

*This does not affect the \[ga].rclonelink\[ga]-files
that rclone uses to encode and store symbolic links.*

### Sparse files

It is possible to store sparse files in HiDrive.

Note that copying a sparse file will expand the holes
into null-byte (0x00) regions that will then consume disk space.
Likewise, when downloading a sparse file,
the resulting file will have null-byte regions in the place of file holes.

#  HTTP

The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a
webserver.  The webserver should provide file listings which rclone
will read and turn into a remote.  This has been tested with common
webservers such as Apache/Nginx/Caddy and will likely work with file
listings from most web servers.  (If it doesn\[aq]t then please file an
issue, or send a pull request!)

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:\[ga] or \[ga]remote:path\[ga].

The \[ga]remote:\[ga] represents the configured [url](#http-url), and any path following
it will be resolved relative to this url, according to the URL standard. This
means with remote url \[ga]https://beta.rclone.org/branch\[ga] and path \[ga]fix\[ga], the
resolved URL will be \[ga]https://beta.rclone.org/branch/fix\[ga], while with path
\[ga]/fix\[ga] the resolved URL will be \[ga]https://beta.rclone.org/fix\[ga] as the absolute
path is resolved from the root of the domain.

If the path following the \[ga]remote:\[ga] ends with \[ga]/\[ga] it will be assumed to point
to a directory. If the path does not end with \[ga]/\[ga], then a HEAD request is sent
and the response used to decide if it it is treated as a file or a directory
(run with \[ga]-vv\[ga] to see details). When [--http-no-head](#http-no-head) is
specified, a path without ending \[ga]/\[ga] is always assumed to be a file. If rclone
incorrectly assumes the path is a file, the solution is to specify the path with
ending \[ga]/\[ga]. When you know the path is a directory, ending it with \[ga]/\[ga] is always
better as it avoids the initial HEAD request.

To just download a single file it is easier to use
[copyurl](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyurl/).

## Configuration

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First
run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / HTTP
\ \[dq]http\[dq] [snip] Storage> http URL of http host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Connect to
example.com \ \[dq]https://example.com\[dq] url> https://beta.rclone.org
Remote config -------------------- [remote] url =
https://beta.rclone.org -------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit
this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y Current remotes:
.PP
Name Type ==== ==== remote http
.IP "e)" 3
Edit existing remote
.IP "f)" 3
New remote
.IP "g)" 3
Delete remote
.IP "h)" 3
Rename remote
.IP "i)" 3
Copy remote
.IP "j)" 3
Set configuration password
.IP "k)" 3
Quit config e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
This remote is called \[ga]remote\[ga] and can now be used like this

See all the top level directories

    rclone lsd remote:

List the contents of a directory

    rclone ls remote:directory

Sync the remote \[ga]directory\[ga] to \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga], deleting any excess files.

    rclone sync --interactive remote:directory /home/local/directory

### Read only

This remote is read only - you can\[aq]t upload files to an HTTP server.

### Modification times

Most HTTP servers store time accurate to 1 second.

### Checksum

No checksums are stored.

### Usage without a config file

Since the http remote only has one config parameter it is easy to use
without a config file:

    rclone lsd --http-url https://beta.rclone.org :http:

or:

    rclone lsd :http,url=\[aq]https://beta.rclone.org\[aq]:


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to http (HTTP).

#### --http-url

URL of HTTP host to connect to.

E.g. \[dq]https://example.com\[dq], or \[dq]https://user:pass\[at]example.com\[dq] to use a username and password.

Properties:

- Config:      url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HTTP_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to http (HTTP).

#### --http-headers

Set HTTP headers for all transactions.

Use this to set additional HTTP headers for all transactions.

The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs.  Standard
[CSV encoding](https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) may be used.

For example, to set a Cookie use \[aq]Cookie,name=value\[aq], or \[aq]\[dq]Cookie\[dq],\[dq]name=value\[dq]\[aq].

You can set multiple headers, e.g. \[aq]\[dq]Cookie\[dq],\[dq]name=value\[dq],\[dq]Authorization\[dq],\[dq]xxx\[dq]\[aq].

Properties:

- Config:      headers
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HTTP_HEADERS
- Type:        CommaSepList
- Default:     

#### --http-no-slash

Set this if the site doesn\[aq]t end directories with /.

Use this if your target website does not use / on the end of
directories.

A / on the end of a path is how rclone normally tells the difference
between files and directories.  If this flag is set, then rclone will
treat all files with Content-Type: text/html as directories and read
URLs from them rather than downloading them.

Note that this may cause rclone to confuse genuine HTML files with
directories.

Properties:

- Config:      no_slash
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HTTP_NO_SLASH
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --http-no-head

Don\[aq]t use HEAD requests.

HEAD requests are mainly used to find file sizes in dir listing.
If your site is being very slow to load then you can try this option.
Normally rclone does a HEAD request for each potential file in a
directory listing to:

- find its size
- check it really exists
- check to see if it is a directory

If you set this option, rclone will not do the HEAD request. This will mean
that directory listings are much quicker, but rclone won\[aq]t have the times or
sizes of any files, and some files that don\[aq]t exist may be in the listing.

Properties:

- Config:      no_head
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HTTP_NO_HEAD
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --http-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_HTTP_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

## Backend commands

Here are the commands specific to the http backend.

Run them with

    rclone backend COMMAND remote:

The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.

See the [backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command for more
info on how to pass options and arguments.

These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).

### set

Set command for updating the config parameters.

    rclone backend set remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

This set command can be used to update the config parameters
for a running http backend.

Usage Examples:

    rclone backend set remote: [-o opt_name=opt_value] [-o opt_name2=opt_value2]
    rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=remote: [-o opt_name=opt_value] [-o opt_name2=opt_value2]
    rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=remote: -o url=https://example.com

The option keys are named as they are in the config file.

This rebuilds the connection to the http backend when it is called with
the new parameters. Only new parameters need be passed as the values
will default to those currently in use.

It doesn\[aq]t return anything.




## Limitations

\[ga]rclone about\[ga] is not supported by the HTTP backend. Backends without
this capability cannot determine free space for an rclone mount or
use policy \[ga]mfs\[ga] (most free space) as a member of an rclone union
remote.

See [List of backends that do not support rclone about](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and [rclone about](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)

#  ImageKit
This is a backend for the [ImageKit.io](https://imagekit.io/) storage service.

#### About ImageKit
[ImageKit.io](https://imagekit.io/)  provides real-time image and video optimizations, transformations, and CDN delivery. Over 1,000 businesses and 70,000 developers trust ImageKit with their images and videos on the web.


#### Accounts & Pricing

To use this backend, you need to [create an account](https://imagekit.io/registration/) on ImageKit. Start with a free plan with generous usage limits. Then, as your requirements grow, upgrade to a plan that best fits your needs. See [the pricing details](https://imagekit.io/plans).

## Configuration

Here is an example of making an imagekit configuration.

Firstly create a [ImageKit.io](https://imagekit.io/) account and choose a plan.

You will need to log in and get the \[ga]publicKey\[ga] and \[ga]privateKey\[ga] for your account from the developer section.

Now run
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone config
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
.PP
Enter the name for the new remote.
name> imagekit-media-library
.PP
Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip] XX / ImageKit.io \ (imagekit) [snip] Storage> imagekit
.PP
Option endpoint.
You can find your ImageKit.io URL endpoint in your
dashboard (https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys) Enter a
value.
endpoint> https://ik.imagekit.io/imagekit_id
.PP
Option public_key.
You can find your ImageKit.io public key in your
dashboard (https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys) Enter a
value.
public_key> public_****************************
.PP
Option private_key.
You can find your ImageKit.io private key in your
dashboard (https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys) Enter a
value.
private_key> private_****************************
.PP
Edit advanced config?
y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n
.PP
Configuration complete.
Options: - type: imagekit - endpoint: https://ik.imagekit.io/imagekit_id
- public_key: public_**************************** - private_key:
private_****************************
.PP
Keep this \[dq]imagekit-media-library\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
List directories in the top level of your Media Library
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone lsd imagekit-media-library:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Make a new directory.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone mkdir imagekit-media-library:directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
List the contents of a directory.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone ls imagekit-media-library:directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
###   Modified time and hashes

ImageKit does not support modification times or hashes yet.

### Checksums

No checksums are supported.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to imagekit (ImageKit.io).

#### --imagekit-endpoint

You can find your ImageKit.io URL endpoint in your [dashboard](https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys)

Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_IMAGEKIT_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --imagekit-public-key

You can find your ImageKit.io public key in your [dashboard](https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys)

Properties:

- Config:      public_key
- Env Var:     RCLONE_IMAGEKIT_PUBLIC_KEY
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --imagekit-private-key

You can find your ImageKit.io private key in your [dashboard](https://imagekit.io/dashboard/developer/api-keys)

Properties:

- Config:      private_key
- Env Var:     RCLONE_IMAGEKIT_PRIVATE_KEY
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to imagekit (ImageKit.io).

#### --imagekit-only-signed

If you have configured \[ga]Restrict unsigned image URLs\[ga] in your dashboard settings, set this to true.

Properties:

- Config:      only_signed
- Env Var:     RCLONE_IMAGEKIT_ONLY_SIGNED
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --imagekit-versions

Include old versions in directory listings.

Properties:

- Config:      versions
- Env Var:     RCLONE_IMAGEKIT_VERSIONS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --imagekit-upload-tags

Tags to add to the uploaded files, e.g. \[dq]tag1,tag2\[dq].

Properties:

- Config:      upload_tags
- Env Var:     RCLONE_IMAGEKIT_UPLOAD_TAGS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --imagekit-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_IMAGEKIT_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Dollar,Question,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot,SquareBracket

#### --imagekit-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_IMAGEKIT_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

Any metadata supported by the underlying remote is read and written.

Here are the possible system metadata items for the imagekit backend.

| Name | Help | Type | Example | Read Only |
|------|------|------|---------|-----------|
| aws-tags | AI generated tags by AWS Rekognition associated with the image | string | tag1,tag2 | **Y** |
| btime | Time of file birth (creation) read from Last-Modified header | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00 | **Y** |
| custom-coordinates | Custom coordinates of the file | string | 0,0,100,100 | **Y** |
| file-type | Type of the file | string | image | **Y** |
| google-tags | AI generated tags by Google Cloud Vision associated with the image | string | tag1,tag2 | **Y** |
| has-alpha | Whether the image has alpha channel or not | bool |  | **Y** |
| height | Height of the image or video in pixels | int |  | **Y** |
| is-private-file | Whether the file is private or not | bool |  | **Y** |
| size | Size of the object in bytes | int64 |  | **Y** |
| tags | Tags associated with the file | string | tag1,tag2 | **Y** |
| width | Width of the image or video in pixels | int |  | **Y** |

See the [metadata](https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.



#  Internet Archive

The Internet Archive backend utilizes Items on [archive.org](https://archive.org/)

Refer to [IAS3 API documentation](https://archive.org/services/docs/api/ias3.html) for the API this backend uses.

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:bucket\[ga] (or \[ga]remote:\[ga] for the \[ga]lsd\[ga]
command.)  You may put subdirectories in too, e.g. \[ga]remote:item/path/to/dir\[ga].

Unlike S3, listing up all items uploaded by you isn\[aq]t supported.

Once you have made a remote, you can use it like this:

Make a new item

    rclone mkdir remote:item

List the contents of a item

    rclone ls remote:item

Sync \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga] to the remote item, deleting any excess
files in the item.

    rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:item

## Notes
Because of Internet Archive\[aq]s architecture, it enqueues write operations (and extra post-processings) in a per-item queue. You can check item\[aq]s queue at https://catalogd.archive.org/history/item-name-here . Because of that, all uploads/deletes will not show up immediately and takes some time to be available.
The per-item queue is enqueued to an another queue, Item Deriver Queue. [You can check the status of Item Deriver Queue here.](https://catalogd.archive.org/catalog.php?whereami=1) This queue has a limit, and it may block you from uploading, or even deleting. You should avoid uploading a lot of small files for better behavior.

You can optionally wait for the server\[aq]s processing to finish, by setting non-zero value to \[ga]wait_archive\[ga] key.
By making it wait, rclone can do normal file comparison.
Make sure to set a large enough value (e.g. \[ga]30m0s\[ga] for smaller files) as it can take a long time depending on server\[aq]s queue.

## About metadata
This backend supports setting, updating and reading metadata of each file.
The metadata will appear as file metadata on Internet Archive.
However, some fields are reserved by both Internet Archive and rclone.

The following are reserved by Internet Archive:
- \[ga]name\[ga]
- \[ga]source\[ga]
- \[ga]size\[ga]
- \[ga]md5\[ga]
- \[ga]crc32\[ga]
- \[ga]sha1\[ga]
- \[ga]format\[ga]
- \[ga]old_version\[ga]
- \[ga]viruscheck\[ga]
- \[ga]summation\[ga]

Trying to set values to these keys is ignored with a warning.
Only setting \[ga]mtime\[ga] is an exception. Doing so make it the identical behavior as setting ModTime.

rclone reserves all the keys starting with \[ga]rclone-\[ga]. Setting value for these keys will give you warnings, but values are set according to request.

If there are multiple values for a key, only the first one is returned.
This is a limitation of rclone, that supports one value per one key.
It can be triggered when you did a server-side copy.

Reading metadata will also provide custom (non-standard nor reserved) ones.

## Filtering auto generated files

The Internet Archive automatically creates metadata files after
upload. These can cause problems when doing an \[ga]rclone sync\[ga] as rclone
will try, and fail, to delete them. These metadata files are not
changeable, as they are created by the Internet Archive automatically.

These auto-created files can be excluded from the sync using [metadata
filtering](https://rclone.org/filtering/#metadata).

    rclone sync ... --metadata-exclude \[dq]source=metadata\[dq] --metadata-exclude \[dq]format=Metadata\[dq]

Which excludes from the sync any files which have the
\[ga]source=metadata\[ga] or \[ga]format=Metadata\[ga] flags which are added to
Internet Archive auto-created files.

## Configuration

Here is an example of making an internetarchive configuration.
Most applies to the other providers as well, any differences are described [below](#providers).

First run

    rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
XX / InternetArchive Items \ (internetarchive) Storage> internetarchive
Option access_key_id.
IAS3 Access Key.
Leave blank for anonymous access.
You can find one here: https://archive.org/account/s3.php Enter a value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
access_key_id> XXXX Option secret_access_key.
IAS3 Secret Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access.
Enter a value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
secret_access_key> XXXX Edit advanced config?
y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> y Option endpoint.
IAS3 Endpoint.
Leave blank for default value.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (https://s3.us.archive.org).
endpoint> Option front_endpoint.
Host of InternetArchive Frontend.
Leave blank for default value.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (https://archive.org).
front_endpoint> Option disable_checksum.
Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
uploading it so it can ask the server to check the object against
checksum.
This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for
large files to start uploading.
Enter a boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (true).
disable_checksum> true Option encoding.
The encoding for the backend.
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Enter a encoder.MultiEncoder value.
Press Enter for the default
(Slash,Question,Hash,Percent,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot).
encoding> Edit advanced config?
y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n -------------------- [remote] type =
internetarchive access_key_id = XXXX secret_access_key = XXXX
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d)
Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]

### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to internetarchive (Internet Archive).

#### --internetarchive-access-key-id

IAS3 Access Key.

Leave blank for anonymous access.
You can find one here: https://archive.org/account/s3.php

Properties:

- Config:      access_key_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_INTERNETARCHIVE_ACCESS_KEY_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --internetarchive-secret-access-key

IAS3 Secret Key (password).

Leave blank for anonymous access.

Properties:

- Config:      secret_access_key
- Env Var:     RCLONE_INTERNETARCHIVE_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to internetarchive (Internet Archive).

#### --internetarchive-endpoint

IAS3 Endpoint.

Leave blank for default value.

Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_INTERNETARCHIVE_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]https://s3.us.archive.org\[dq]

#### --internetarchive-front-endpoint

Host of InternetArchive Frontend.

Leave blank for default value.

Properties:

- Config:      front_endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_INTERNETARCHIVE_FRONT_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]https://archive.org\[dq]

#### --internetarchive-disable-checksum

Don\[aq]t ask the server to test against MD5 checksum calculated by rclone.
Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
uploading it so it can ask the server to check the object against checksum.
This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for
large files to start uploading.

Properties:

- Config:      disable_checksum
- Env Var:     RCLONE_INTERNETARCHIVE_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type:        bool
- Default:     true

#### --internetarchive-wait-archive

Timeout for waiting the server\[aq]s processing tasks (specifically archive and book_op) to finish.
Only enable if you need to be guaranteed to be reflected after write operations.
0 to disable waiting. No errors to be thrown in case of timeout.

Properties:

- Config:      wait_archive
- Env Var:     RCLONE_INTERNETARCHIVE_WAIT_ARCHIVE
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     0s

#### --internetarchive-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_INTERNETARCHIVE_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,LtGt,CrLf,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --internetarchive-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_INTERNETARCHIVE_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

Metadata fields provided by Internet Archive.
If there are multiple values for a key, only the first one is returned.
This is a limitation of Rclone, that supports one value per one key.

Owner is able to add custom keys. Metadata feature grabs all the keys including them.

Here are the possible system metadata items for the internetarchive backend.

| Name | Help | Type | Example | Read Only |
|------|------|------|---------|-----------|
| crc32 | CRC32 calculated by Internet Archive | string | 01234567 | **Y** |
| format | Name of format identified by Internet Archive | string | Comma-Separated Values | **Y** |
| md5 | MD5 hash calculated by Internet Archive | string | 01234567012345670123456701234567 | **Y** |
| mtime | Time of last modification, managed by Rclone | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z | **Y** |
| name | Full file path, without the bucket part | filename | backend/internetarchive/internetarchive.go | **Y** |
| old_version | Whether the file was replaced and moved by keep-old-version flag | boolean | true | **Y** |
| rclone-ia-mtime | Time of last modification, managed by Internet Archive | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z | N |
| rclone-mtime | Time of last modification, managed by Rclone | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z | N |
| rclone-update-track | Random value used by Rclone for tracking changes inside Internet Archive | string | aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa | N |
| sha1 | SHA1 hash calculated by Internet Archive | string | 0123456701234567012345670123456701234567 | **Y** |
| size | File size in bytes | decimal number | 123456 | **Y** |
| source | The source of the file | string | original | **Y** |
| summation | Check https://forum.rclone.org/t/31922 for how it is used | string | md5 | **Y** |
| viruscheck | The last time viruscheck process was run for the file (?) | unixtime | 1654191352 | **Y** |

See the [metadata](https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.



#  Jottacloud

Jottacloud is a cloud storage service provider from a Norwegian company, using its own datacenters
in Norway. In addition to the official service at [jottacloud.com](https://www.jottacloud.com/),
it also provides white-label solutions to different companies, such as:
* Telia
  * Telia Cloud (cloud.telia.se)
  * Telia Sky (sky.telia.no)
* Tele2
  * Tele2 Cloud (mittcloud.tele2.se)
* Onlime
  * Onlime Cloud Storage (onlime.dk)
* Elkj\[/o]p (with subsidiaries):
  * Elkj\[/o]p Cloud (cloud.elkjop.no)
  * Elgiganten Sweden (cloud.elgiganten.se)
  * Elgiganten Denmark (cloud.elgiganten.dk)
  * Giganti Cloud  (cloud.gigantti.fi)
  * ELKO Cloud (cloud.elko.is)

Most of the white-label versions are supported by this backend, although may require different
authentication setup - described below.

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:path\[ga]

Paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

## Authentication types

Some of the whitelabel versions uses a different authentication method than the official service,
and you have to choose the correct one when setting up the remote.

### Standard authentication

The standard authentication method used by the official service (jottacloud.com), as well as
some of the whitelabel services, requires you to generate a single-use personal login token
from the account security settings in the service\[aq]s web interface. Log in to your account,
go to \[dq]Settings\[dq] and then \[dq]Security\[dq], or use the direct link presented to you by rclone when
configuring the remote: <https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure>. Scroll down to the section
\[dq]Personal login token\[dq], and click the \[dq]Generate\[dq] button. Note that if you are using a
whitelabel service you probably can\[aq]t use the direct link, you need to find the same page in
their dedicated web interface, and also it may be in a different location than described above.

To access your account from multiple instances of rclone, you need to configure each of them
with a separate personal login token. E.g. you create a Jottacloud remote with rclone in one
location, and copy the configuration file to a second location where you also want to run
rclone and access the same remote. Then you need to replace the token for one of them, using
the [config reconnect](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_reconnect/) command, which
requires you to generate a new personal login token and supply as input. If you do not
do this, the token may easily end up being invalidated, resulting in both instances failing
with an error message something along the lines of:

    oauth2: cannot fetch token: 400 Bad Request
    Response: {\[dq]error\[dq]:\[dq]invalid_grant\[dq],\[dq]error_description\[dq]:\[dq]Stale token\[dq]}

When this happens, you need to replace the token as described above to be able to use your
remote again.

All personal login tokens you have taken into use will be listed in the web interface under
\[dq]My logged in devices\[dq], and from the right side of that list you can click the \[dq]X\[dq] button to
revoke individual tokens.

### Legacy authentication

If you are using one of the whitelabel versions (e.g. from Elkj\[/o]p) you may not have the option
to generate a CLI token. In this case you\[aq]ll have to use the legacy authentication. To do this select
yes when the setup asks for legacy authentication and enter your username and password.
The rest of the setup is identical to the default setup.

### Telia Cloud authentication

Similar to other whitelabel versions Telia Cloud doesn\[aq]t offer the option of creating a CLI token, and
additionally uses a separate authentication flow where the username is generated internally. To setup
rclone to use Telia Cloud, choose Telia Cloud authentication in the setup. The rest of the setup is
identical to the default setup.

### Tele2 Cloud authentication

As Tele2-Com Hem merger was completed this authentication can be used for former Com Hem Cloud and
Tele2 Cloud customers as no support for creating a CLI token exists, and additionally uses a separate
authentication flow where the username is generated internally. To setup rclone to use Tele2 Cloud,
choose Tele2 Cloud authentication in the setup. The rest of the setup is identical to the default setup.

### Onlime Cloud Storage authentication

Onlime has sold access to Jottacloud proper, while providing localized support to Danish Customers, but
have recently set up their own hosting, transferring their customers from Jottacloud servers to their
own ones.

This, of course, necessitates using their servers for authentication, but otherwise functionality and
architecture seems equivalent to Jottacloud.

To setup rclone to use Onlime Cloud Storage, choose Onlime Cloud authentication in the setup. The rest
of the setup is identical to the default setup.

## Configuration

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga] with the default setup.  First run:

    rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip] XX / Jottacloud \ (jottacloud) [snip] Storage> jottacloud Edit
advanced config?
y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n Option config_type.
Select authentication type.
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing string value.
Press Enter for the default (standard).
/ Standard authentication.
1 | Use this if you\[aq]re a normal Jottacloud user.
\ (standard) / Legacy authentication.
2 | This is only required for certain whitelabel versions of Jottacloud
and not recommended for normal users.
\ (legacy) / Telia Cloud authentication.
3 | Use this if you are using Telia Cloud.
\ (telia) / Tele2 Cloud authentication.
4 | Use this if you are using Tele2 Cloud.
\ (tele2) / Onlime Cloud authentication.
5 | Use this if you are using Onlime Cloud.
\ (onlime) config_type> 1 Personal login token.
Generate here: https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure Login Token> Use a
non-standard device/mountpoint?
Choosing no, the default, will let you access the storage used for the
archive section of the official Jottacloud client.
If you instead want to access the sync or the backup section, for
example, you must choose yes.
y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> y Option config_device.
The device to use.
In standard setup the built-in Jotta device is used, which contains
predefined mountpoints for archive, sync etc.
All other devices are treated as backup devices by the official
Jottacloud client.
You may create a new by entering a unique name.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own string value.
Press Enter for the default (DESKTOP-3H31129).
1 > DESKTOP-3H31129 2 > Jotta config_device> 2 Option config_mountpoint.
The mountpoint to use for the built-in device Jotta.
The standard setup is to use the Archive mountpoint.
Most other mountpoints have very limited support in rclone and should
generally be avoided.
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing string value.
Press Enter for the default (Archive).
1 > Archive 2 > Shared 3 > Sync config_mountpoint> 1
-------------------- [remote] type = jottacloud configVersion = 1
client_id = jottacli client_secret = tokenURL =
https://id.jottacloud.com/auth/realms/jottacloud/protocol/openid-connect/token
token = {........} username = 2940e57271a93d987d6f8a21 device = Jotta
mountpoint = Archive -------------------- y) Yes this is OK (default) e)
Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Once configured you can then use \[ga]rclone\[ga] like this,

List directories in top level of your Jottacloud

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your Jottacloud

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

### Devices and Mountpoints

The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you install
it on, and shows them in the backup section of the user interface. For each
folder you select for backup it will create a mountpoint within this device.
A built-in device called Jotta is special, and contains mountpoints Archive,
Sync and some others, used for corresponding features in official clients.

With rclone you\[aq]ll want to use the standard Jotta/Archive device/mountpoint in
most cases. However, you may for example want to access files from the sync or
backup functionality provided by the official clients, and rclone therefore
provides the option to select other devices and mountpoints during config.

You are allowed to create new devices and mountpoints. All devices except the
built-in Jotta device are treated as backup devices by official Jottacloud
clients, and the mountpoints on them are individual backup sets.

With the built-in Jotta device, only existing, built-in, mountpoints can be
selected. In addition to the mentioned Archive and Sync, it may contain
several other mountpoints such as: Latest, Links, Shared and Trash. All of
these are special mountpoints with a different internal representation than
the \[dq]regular\[dq] mountpoints. Rclone will only to a very limited degree support
them. Generally you should avoid these, unless you know what you are doing.

### --fast-list

This backend supports \[ga]--fast-list\[ga] which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.

Note that the implementation in Jottacloud always uses only a single
API request to get the entire list, so for large folders this could
lead to long wait time before the first results are shown.

Note also that with rclone version 1.58 and newer, information about
[MIME types](https://rclone.org/overview/#mime-type) and metadata item [utime](#metadata)
are not available when using \[ga]--fast-list\[ga].

### Modification times and hashes

Jottacloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.

Jottacloud supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the \[ga]--checksum\[ga]
flag.

Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the
source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached
temporarily on disk (in location given by
[--temp-dir](https://rclone.org/docs/#temp-dir-dir)) before it is uploaded.
Small files will be cached in memory - see the
[--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit](#jottacloud-md5-memory-limit) flag.
When uploading from local disk the source checksum is always available,
so this does not apply. Starting with rclone version 1.52 the same is
true for encrypted remotes (in older versions the crypt backend would not
calculate hashes for uploads from local disk, so the Jottacloud
backend had to do it as described above).

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \[dq]         | 0x22  | \[uFF02]          |
| *         | 0x2A  | \[uFF0A]          |
| :         | 0x3A  | \[uFF1A]          |
| <         | 0x3C  | \[uFF1C]          |
| >         | 0x3E  | \[uFF1E]          |
| ?         | 0x3F  | \[uFF1F]          |
| \[rs]|        | 0x7C  | \[uFF5C]          |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in XML strings.

### Deleting files

By default, rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. They will be permanently
deleted automatically after 30 days. You may bypass the trash and permanently delete files immediately
by using the [--jottacloud-hard-delete](#jottacloud-hard-delete) flag, or set the equivalent environment variable.
Emptying the trash is supported by the [cleanup](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/) command.

### Versions

Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it.
Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.

Versioning can be disabled by \[ga]--jottacloud-no-versions\[ga] option. This is achieved by deleting the remote file prior to uploading
a new version. If the upload the fails no version of the file will be available in the remote.

### Quota information

To view your current quota you can use the \[ga]rclone about remote:\[ga]
command which will display your usage limit (unless it is unlimited)
and the current usage.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to jottacloud (Jottacloud).

#### --jottacloud-client-id

OAuth Client Id.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --jottacloud-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to jottacloud (Jottacloud).

#### --jottacloud-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --jottacloud-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --jottacloud-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit

Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.

Properties:

- Config:      md5_memory_limit
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_MD5_MEMORY_LIMIT
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     10Mi

#### --jottacloud-trashed-only

Only show files that are in the trash.

This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.

Properties:

- Config:      trashed_only
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TRASHED_ONLY
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --jottacloud-hard-delete

Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.

Properties:

- Config:      hard_delete
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_HARD_DELETE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit

Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail\[aq]s.

Properties:

- Config:      upload_resume_limit
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_UPLOAD_RESUME_LIMIT
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     10Mi

#### --jottacloud-no-versions

Avoid server side versioning by deleting files and recreating files instead of overwriting them.

Properties:

- Config:      no_versions
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_NO_VERSIONS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --jottacloud-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --jottacloud-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

Jottacloud has limited support for metadata, currently an extended set of timestamps.

Here are the possible system metadata items for the jottacloud backend.

| Name | Help | Type | Example | Read Only |
|------|------|------|---------|-----------|
| btime | Time of file birth (creation), read from rclone metadata | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00 | N |
| content-type | MIME type, also known as media type | string | text/plain | **Y** |
| mtime | Time of last modification, read from rclone metadata | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00 | N |
| utime | Time of last upload, when current revision was created, generated by backend | RFC 3339 | 2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00 | **Y** |

See the [metadata](https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.



## Limitations

Note that Jottacloud is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file called
\[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].

There are quite a few characters that can\[aq]t be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical
looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to \[uFF1F] instead.

Jottacloud only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.

## Troubleshooting

Jottacloud exhibits some inconsistent behaviours regarding deleted files and folders which may cause Copy, Move and DirMove
operations to previously deleted paths to fail. Emptying the trash should help in such cases.

#  Koofr

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:path\[ga]

Paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

## Configuration

The initial setup for Koofr involves creating an application password for
rclone. You can do that by opening the Koofr
[web application](https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password),
giving the password a nice name like \[ga]rclone\[ga] and clicking on generate.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]koofr\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> koofr Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip] 22 / Koofr, Digi Storage and other Koofr-compatible storage
providers \ (koofr) [snip] Storage> koofr Option provider.
Choose your storage provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
1 / Koofr, https://app.koofr.net/ \ (koofr) 2 / Digi Storage,
https://storage.rcs-rds.ro/ \ (digistorage) 3 / Any other Koofr API
compatible storage service \ (other) provider> 1
.PD 0
.P
.PD
Option user.
Your user name.
Enter a value.
user> USERNAME Option password.
Your password for rclone (generate one at
https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password).
Choose an alternative below.
y) Yes, type in my own password g) Generate random password y/g> y Enter
the password: password: Confirm the password: password: Edit advanced
config?
y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n Remote config -------------------- [koofr]
type = koofr provider = koofr user = USERNAME password = *** ENCRYPTED
*** -------------------- y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
You can choose to edit advanced config in order to enter your own service URL
if you use an on-premise or white label Koofr instance, or choose an alternative
mount instead of your primary storage.

Once configured you can then use \[ga]rclone\[ga] like this,

List directories in top level of your Koofr

    rclone lsd koofr:

List all the files in your Koofr

    rclone ls koofr:

To copy a local directory to an Koofr directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source koofr:backup

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \[rs]         | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]           |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in XML strings.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to koofr (Koofr, Digi Storage and other Koofr-compatible storage providers).

#### --koofr-provider

Choose your storage provider.

Properties:

- Config:      provider
- Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_PROVIDER
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]koofr\[dq]
        - Koofr, https://app.koofr.net/
    - \[dq]digistorage\[dq]
        - Digi Storage, https://storage.rcs-rds.ro/
    - \[dq]other\[dq]
        - Any other Koofr API compatible storage service

#### --koofr-endpoint

The Koofr API endpoint to use.

Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_ENDPOINT
- Provider:    other
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --koofr-user

Your user name.

Properties:

- Config:      user
- Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_USER
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --koofr-password

Your password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password).

**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_PASSWORD
- Provider:    koofr
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to koofr (Koofr, Digi Storage and other Koofr-compatible storage providers).

#### --koofr-mountid

Mount ID of the mount to use.

If omitted, the primary mount is used.

Properties:

- Config:      mountid
- Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_MOUNTID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --koofr-setmtime

Does the backend support setting modification time.

Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend.

Properties:

- Config:      setmtime
- Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_SETMTIME
- Type:        bool
- Default:     true

#### --koofr-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --koofr-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

Note that Koofr is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file called
\[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].

## Providers

### Koofr

This is the original [Koofr](https://koofr.eu) storage provider used as main example and described in the [configuration](#configuration) section above.

### Digi Storage 

[Digi Storage](https://www.digi.ro/servicii/online/digi-storage) is a cloud storage service run by [Digi.ro](https://www.digi.ro/) that
provides a Koofr API.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]ds\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> ds Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip] 22 / Koofr, Digi Storage and other Koofr-compatible storage
providers \ (koofr) [snip] Storage> koofr Option provider.
Choose your storage provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
1 / Koofr, https://app.koofr.net/ \ (koofr) 2 / Digi Storage,
https://storage.rcs-rds.ro/ \ (digistorage) 3 / Any other Koofr API
compatible storage service \ (other) provider> 2 Option user.
Your user name.
Enter a value.
user> USERNAME Option password.
Your password for rclone (generate one at
https://storage.rcs-rds.ro/app/admin/preferences/password).
Choose an alternative below.
y) Yes, type in my own password g) Generate random password y/g> y Enter
the password: password: Confirm the password: password: Edit advanced
config?
y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n -------------------- [ds] type = koofr
provider = digistorage user = USERNAME password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d)
Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
### Other

You may also want to use another, public or private storage provider that runs a Koofr API compatible service, by simply providing the base URL to connect to.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]other\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> other Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip] 22 / Koofr, Digi Storage and other Koofr-compatible storage
providers \ (koofr) [snip] Storage> koofr Option provider.
Choose your storage provider.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
1 / Koofr, https://app.koofr.net/ \ (koofr) 2 / Digi Storage,
https://storage.rcs-rds.ro/ \ (digistorage) 3 / Any other Koofr API
compatible storage service \ (other) provider> 3 Option endpoint.
The Koofr API endpoint to use.
Enter a value.
endpoint> https://koofr.other.org Option user.
Your user name.
Enter a value.
user> USERNAME Option password.
Your password for rclone (generate one at your service\[aq]s settings
page).
Choose an alternative below.
y) Yes, type in my own password g) Generate random password y/g> y Enter
the password: password: Confirm the password: password: Edit advanced
config?
y) Yes n) No (default) y/n> n -------------------- [other] type = koofr
provider = other endpoint = https://koofr.other.org user = USERNAME
password = *** ENCRYPTED *** -------------------- y) Yes this is OK
(default) e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
#  Linkbox

Linkbox is [a private cloud drive](https://linkbox.to/).

## Configuration

Here is an example of making a remote for Linkbox.

First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
.PP
Enter name for new remote.
name> remote
.PP
Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
XX / Linkbox \ (linkbox) Storage> XX
.PP
Option token.
Token from https://www.linkbox.to/admin/account Enter a value.
token> testFromCLToken
.PP
Configuration complete.
Options: - type: linkbox - token: XXXXXXXXXXX Keep this
\[dq]linkbox\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]

### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to linkbox (Linkbox).

#### --linkbox-token

Token from https://www.linkbox.to/admin/account

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_LINKBOX_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to linkbox (Linkbox).

#### --linkbox-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_LINKBOX_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

#  Mail.ru Cloud

[Mail.ru Cloud](https://cloud.mail.ru/) is a cloud storage provided by a Russian internet company [Mail.Ru Group](https://mail.ru). The official desktop client is [Disk-O:](https://disk-o.cloud/en), available on Windows and Mac OS.

## Features highlights

- Paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga]
- Files have a \[ga]last modified time\[ga] property, directories don\[aq]t
- Deleted files are by default moved to the trash
- Files and directories can be shared via public links
- Partial uploads or streaming are not supported, file size must be known before upload
- Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free account, unlimited for paid accounts
- Storage keeps hash for all files and performs transparent deduplication,
  the hash algorithm is a modified SHA1
- If a particular file is already present in storage, one can quickly submit file hash
  instead of long file upload (this optimization is supported by rclone)

## Configuration

Here is an example of making a mailru configuration.

First create a Mail.ru Cloud account and choose a tariff.

You will need to log in and create an app password for rclone. Rclone
**will not work** with your normal username and password - it will
give an error like \[ga]oauth2: server response missing access_token\[ga].

- Click on your user icon in the top right
- Go to Security / \[dq]\[u041F]\[u0430]\[u0440]\[u043E]\[u043B]\[u044C] \[u0438] \[u0431]\[u0435]\[u0437]\[u043E]\[u043F]\[u0430]\[u0441]\[u043D]\[u043E]\[u0441]\[u0442]\[u044C]\[dq]
- Click password for apps / \[dq]\[u041F]\[u0430]\[u0440]\[u043E]\[u043B]\[u0438] \[u0434]\[u043B]\[u044F] \[u0432]\[u043D]\[u0435]\[u0448]\[u043D]\[u0438]\[u0445] \[u043F]\[u0440]\[u0438]\[u043B]\[u043E]\[u0436]\[u0435]\[u043D]\[u0438]\[u0439]\[dq]
- Add the password - give it a name - eg \[dq]rclone\[dq]
- Copy the password and use this password below - your normal login password won\[aq]t work.

Now run

    rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Mail.ru Cloud \ \[dq]mailru\[dq] [snip] Storage> mailru User name
(usually email) Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
user> username\[at]mail.ru Password
.PP
This must be an app password - rclone will not work with your normal
password.
See the Configuration section in the docs for how to make an app
password.
y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password y/g> y Enter
the password: password: Confirm the password: password: Skip full upload
if there is another file with same data hash.
This feature is called \[dq]speedup\[dq] or \[dq]put by hash\[dq].
It is especially efficient in case of generally available files like
popular books, video or audio clips [snip] Enter a boolean value (true
or false).
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]true\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Enable
\ \[dq]true\[dq] 2 / Disable \ \[dq]false\[dq] speedup_enable> 1 Edit
advanced config?
(y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config -------------------- [remote]
type = mailru user = username\[at]mail.ru pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
speedup_enable = true -------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit
this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Configuration of this backend does not require a local web browser.
You can use the configured backend as shown below:

See top level directories

    rclone lsd remote:

Make a new directory

    rclone mkdir remote:directory

List the contents of a directory

    rclone ls remote:directory

Sync \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga] to the remote path, deleting any
excess files in the path.

    rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:directory

### Modification times and hashes

Files support a modification time attribute with up to 1 second precision.
Directories do not have a modification time, which is shown as \[dq]Jan 1 1970\[dq].

File hashes are supported, with a custom Mail.ru algorithm based on SHA1.
If file size is less than or equal to the SHA1 block size (20 bytes),
its hash is simply its data right-padded with zero bytes.
Hashes of a larger file is computed as a SHA1 of the file data
bytes concatenated with a decimal representation of the data length.

### Emptying Trash

Removing a file or directory actually moves it to the trash, which is not
visible to rclone but can be seen in a web browser. The trashed file
still occupies part of total quota. If you wish to empty your trash
and free some quota, you can use the \[ga]rclone cleanup remote:\[ga] command,
which will permanently delete all your trashed files.
This command does not take any path arguments.

### Quota information

To view your current quota you can use the \[ga]rclone about remote:\[ga]
command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \[dq]         | 0x22  | \[uFF02]          |
| *         | 0x2A  | \[uFF0A]          |
| :         | 0x3A  | \[uFF1A]          |
| <         | 0x3C  | \[uFF1C]          |
| >         | 0x3E  | \[uFF1E]          |
| ?         | 0x3F  | \[uFF1F]          |
| \[rs]         | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]          |
| \[rs]|        | 0x7C  | \[uFF5C]          |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).

#### --mailru-client-id

OAuth Client Id.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --mailru-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --mailru-user

User name (usually email).

Properties:

- Config:      user
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_USER
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --mailru-pass

Password.

This must be an app password - rclone will not work with your normal
password. See the Configuration section in the docs for how to make an
app password.


**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      pass
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_PASS
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --mailru-speedup-enable

Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash.

This feature is called \[dq]speedup\[dq] or \[dq]put by hash\[dq]. It is especially efficient
in case of generally available files like popular books, video or audio clips,
because files are searched by hash in all accounts of all mailru users.
It is meaningless and ineffective if source file is unique or encrypted.
Please note that rclone may need local memory and disk space to calculate
content hash in advance and decide whether full upload is required.
Also, if rclone does not know file size in advance (e.g. in case of
streaming or partial uploads), it will not even try this optimization.

Properties:

- Config:      speedup_enable
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_ENABLE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     true
- Examples:
    - \[dq]true\[dq]
        - Enable
    - \[dq]false\[dq]
        - Disable

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).

#### --mailru-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --mailru-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --mailru-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --mailru-speedup-file-patterns

Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash).

Patterns are case insensitive and can contain \[aq]*\[aq] or \[aq]?\[aq] meta characters.

Properties:

- Config:      speedup_file_patterns
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_FILE_PATTERNS
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]\[dq]
        - Empty list completely disables speedup (put by hash).
    - \[dq]*\[dq]
        - All files will be attempted for speedup.
    - \[dq]*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3\[dq]
        - Only common audio/video files will be tried for put by hash.
    - \[dq]*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf\[dq]
        - Only common archives or PDF books will be tried for speedup.

#### --mailru-speedup-max-disk

This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files.

Reason is that preliminary hashing can exhaust your RAM or disk space.

Properties:

- Config:      speedup_max_disk
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_DISK
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     3Gi
- Examples:
    - \[dq]0\[dq]
        - Completely disable speedup (put by hash).
    - \[dq]1G\[dq]
        - Files larger than 1Gb will be uploaded directly.
    - \[dq]3G\[dq]
        - Choose this option if you have less than 3Gb free on local disk.

#### --mailru-speedup-max-memory

Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk.

Properties:

- Config:      speedup_max_memory
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_MEMORY
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     32Mi
- Examples:
    - \[dq]0\[dq]
        - Preliminary hashing will always be done in a temporary disk location.
    - \[dq]32M\[dq]
        - Do not dedicate more than 32Mb RAM for preliminary hashing.
    - \[dq]256M\[dq]
        - You have at most 256Mb RAM free for hash calculations.

#### --mailru-check-hash

What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid.

Properties:

- Config:      check_hash
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_CHECK_HASH
- Type:        bool
- Default:     true
- Examples:
    - \[dq]true\[dq]
        - Fail with error.
    - \[dq]false\[dq]
        - Ignore and continue.

#### --mailru-user-agent

HTTP user agent used internally by client.

Defaults to \[dq]rclone/VERSION\[dq] or \[dq]--user-agent\[dq] provided on command line.

Properties:

- Config:      user_agent
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_USER_AGENT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --mailru-quirks

Comma separated list of internal maintenance flags.

This option must not be used by an ordinary user. It is intended only to
facilitate remote troubleshooting of backend issues. Strict meaning of
flags is not documented and not guaranteed to persist between releases.
Quirks will be removed when the backend grows stable.
Supported quirks: atomicmkdir binlist unknowndirs

Properties:

- Config:      quirks
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_QUIRKS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --mailru-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --mailru-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



## Limitations

File size limits depend on your account. A single file size is limited by 2G
for a free account and unlimited for paid tariffs. Please refer to the Mail.ru
site for the total uploaded size limits.

Note that Mailru is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file called
\[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].

#  Mega

[Mega](https://mega.nz/) is a cloud storage and file hosting service
known for its security feature where all files are encrypted locally
before they are uploaded. This prevents anyone (including employees of
Mega) from accessing the files without knowledge of the key used for
encryption.

This is an rclone backend for Mega which supports the file transfer
features of Mega using the same client side encryption.

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:path\[ga]

Paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

## Configuration

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Mega
\ \[dq]mega\[dq] [snip] Storage> mega User name user>
you\[at]example.com Password.
y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password n) No leave
this optional password blank y/g/n> y Enter the password: password:
Confirm the password: password: Remote config --------------------
[remote] type = mega user = you\[at]example.com pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
-------------------- y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete
this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
**NOTE:** The encryption keys need to have been already generated after a regular login
via the browser, otherwise attempting to use the credentials in \[ga]rclone\[ga] will fail.

Once configured you can then use \[ga]rclone\[ga] like this,

List directories in top level of your Mega

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your Mega

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to an Mega directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

### Modification times and hashes

Mega does not support modification times or hashes yet.

### Restricted filename characters

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| NUL       | 0x00  | \[u2400]           |
| /         | 0x2F  | \[uFF0F]          |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

### Duplicated files

Mega can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a
normal file system).

Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
messages in the log about duplicates.

Use \[ga]rclone dedupe\[ga] to fix duplicated files.

### Failure to log-in

#### Object not found

If you are connecting to your Mega remote for the first time, 
to test access and synchronization, you may receive an error such as 
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Failed to create file system for \[dq]my-mega-remote:\[dq]: couldn\[aq]t
login: Object (typically, node or user) not found
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
The diagnostic steps often recommended in the [rclone forum](https://forum.rclone.org/search?q=mega)
start with the **MEGAcmd** utility. Note that this refers to 
the official C++ command from https://github.com/meganz/MEGAcmd 
and not the go language built command from t3rm1n4l/megacmd 
that is no longer maintained. 

Follow the instructions for installing MEGAcmd and try accessing 
your remote as they recommend. You can establish whether or not 
you can log in using MEGAcmd, and obtain diagnostic information 
to help you, and search or work with others in the forum. 
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
MEGA CMD> login me\[at]example.com Password: Fetching nodes ...
Loading transfers from local cache Login complete as me\[at]example.com
me\[at]example.com:/$
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Note that some have found issues with passwords containing special 
characters. If you can not log on with rclone, but MEGAcmd logs on 
just fine, then consider changing your password temporarily to 
pure alphanumeric characters, in case that helps.


#### Repeated commands blocks access

Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under \[dq]heavy use\[dq].
We haven\[aq]t worked out the exact blocking rules but it seems to be
related to fast paced, successive rclone commands.

For example, executing this command 90 times in a row \[ga]rclone link
remote:file\[ga] will cause the remote to become \[dq]blocked\[dq]. This is not an
abnormal situation, for example if you wish to get the public links of
a directory with hundred of files...  After more or less a week, the
remote will remote accept rclone logins normally again.

You can mitigate this issue by mounting the remote it with \[ga]rclone
mount\[ga]. This will log-in when mounting and a log-out when unmounting
only. You can also run \[ga]rclone rcd\[ga] and then use \[ga]rclone rc\[ga] to run
the commands over the API to avoid logging in each time.

Rclone does not currently close mega sessions (you can see them in the
web interface), however closing the sessions does not solve the issue.

If you space rclone commands by 3 seconds it will avoid blocking the
remote. We haven\[aq]t identified the exact blocking rules, so perhaps one
could execute the command 80 times without waiting and avoid blocking
by waiting 3 seconds, then continuing...

Note that this has been observed by trial and error and might not be
set in stone.

Other tools seem not to produce this blocking effect, as they use a
different working approach (state-based, using sessionIDs instead of
log-in) which isn\[aq]t compatible with the current stateless rclone
approach.

Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is
not a sure workaround: following megacmd login times have been
observed in succession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30
min, 30min. Web access looks unaffected though.

Investigation is continuing in relation to workarounds based on
timeouts, pacers, retrials and tpslimits - if you discover something
relevant, please post on the forum.

So, if rclone was working nicely and suddenly you are unable to log-in
and you are sure the user and the password are correct, likely you
have got the remote blocked for a while.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to mega (Mega).

#### --mega-user

User name.

Properties:

- Config:      user
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MEGA_USER
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --mega-pass

Password.

**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      pass
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MEGA_PASS
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to mega (Mega).

#### --mega-debug

Output more debug from Mega.

If this flag is set (along with -vv) it will print further debugging
information from the mega backend.

Properties:

- Config:      debug
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MEGA_DEBUG
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --mega-hard-delete

Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.

Normally the mega backend will put all deletions into the trash rather
than permanently deleting them.  If you specify this then rclone will
permanently delete objects instead.

Properties:

- Config:      hard_delete
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MEGA_HARD_DELETE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --mega-use-https

Use HTTPS for transfers.

MEGA uses plain text HTTP connections by default.
Some ISPs throttle HTTP connections, this causes transfers to become very slow.
Enabling this will force MEGA to use HTTPS for all transfers.
HTTPS is normally not necessary since all data is already encrypted anyway.
Enabling it will increase CPU usage and add network overhead.

Properties:

- Config:      use_https
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MEGA_USE_HTTPS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --mega-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MEGA_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --mega-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MEGA_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



### Process \[ga]killed\[ga]

On accounts with large files or something else, memory usage can significantly increase when executing list/sync instructions. When running on cloud providers (like AWS with EC2), check if the instance type has sufficient memory/CPU to execute the commands. Use the resource monitoring tools to inspect after sending the commands. Look [at this issue](https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-with-mega-appears-to-work-only-in-some-accounts/40233/4).

## Limitations

This backend uses the [go-mega go library](https://github.com/t3rm1n4l/go-mega) which is an opensource
go library implementing the Mega API. There doesn\[aq]t appear to be any
documentation for the mega protocol beyond the [mega C++ SDK](https://github.com/meganz/sdk) source code
so there are likely quite a few errors still remaining in this library.

Mega allows duplicate files which may confuse rclone.

#  Memory

The memory backend is an in RAM backend. It does not persist its
data - use the local backend for that.

The memory backend behaves like a bucket-based remote (e.g. like
s3). Because it has no parameters you can just use it with the
\[ga]:memory:\[ga] remote name.

## Configuration

You can configure it as a remote like this with \[ga]rclone config\[ga] too if
you want to:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Memory
\ \[dq]memory\[dq] [snip] Storage> memory ** See help for memory backend
at: https://rclone.org/memory/ **
.PP
Remote config
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l.
T{
[remote]
T}
T{
type = memory
T}
.TE
.IP "y)" 3
Yes this is OK (default)
.IP "z)" 3
Edit this remote
.IP "a)" 3
Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Because the memory backend isn\[aq]t persistent it is most useful for
testing or with an rclone server or rclone mount, e.g.

    rclone mount :memory: /mnt/tmp
    rclone serve webdav :memory:
    rclone serve sftp :memory:

### Modification times and hashes

The memory backend supports MD5 hashes and modification times accurate to 1 nS.

### Restricted filename characters

The memory backend replaces the [default restricted characters
set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters).


### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to memory (In memory object storage system.).

#### --memory-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_MEMORY_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



#  Akamai NetStorage

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:\[ga]
You may put subdirectories in too, e.g. \[ga]remote:/path/to/dir\[ga].
If you have a CP code you can use that as the folder after the domain such as \[rs]<domain>\[rs]/\[rs]<cpcode>\[rs]/\[rs]<internal directories within cpcode>.

For example, this is commonly configured with or without a CP code:
* **With a CP code**. \[ga][your-domain-prefix]-nsu.akamaihd.net/123456/subdirectory/\[ga]
* **Without a CP code**. \[ga][your-domain-prefix]-nsu.akamaihd.net\[ga]


See all buckets
   rclone lsd remote:
The initial setup for Netstorage involves getting an account and secret. Use \[ga]rclone config\[ga] to walk you through the setup process.

## Configuration

Here\[aq]s an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]ns1\[ga].

1. To begin the interactive configuration process, enter this command:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
rclone config
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
2. Type \[ga]n\[ga] to create a new remote.
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "n)" 3
New remote
.IP "o)" 3
Delete remote
.IP "p)" 3
Quit config e/n/d/q> n
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
3. For this example, enter \[ga]ns1\[ga] when you reach the name> prompt.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
name> ns1
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
4. Enter \[ga]netstorage\[ga] as the type of storage to configure.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value XX / NetStorage
\ \[dq]netstorage\[dq] Storage> netstorage
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
5. Select between the HTTP or HTTPS protocol. Most users should choose HTTPS, which is the default. HTTP is provided primarily for debugging purposes.

\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / HTTP protocol
\ \[dq]http\[dq] 2 / HTTPS protocol \ \[dq]https\[dq] protocol> 1
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
6. Specify your NetStorage host, CP code, and any necessary content paths using this format: \[ga]<domain>/<cpcode>/<content>/\[ga]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
host> baseball-nsu.akamaihd.net/123456/content/
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
7. Set the netstorage account name
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
account> username
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
8. Set the Netstorage account secret/G2O key which will be used for authentication purposes. Select the \[ga]y\[ga] option to set your own password then enter your secret.
Note: The secret is stored in the \[ga]rclone.conf\[ga] file with hex-encoded encryption.
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "y)" 3
Yes type in my own password
.IP "z)" 3
Generate random password y/g> y Enter the password: password: Confirm
the password: password:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
9. View the summary and confirm your remote configuration.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
[ns1] type = netstorage protocol = http host =
baseball-nsu.akamaihd.net/123456/content/ account = username secret =
*** ENCRYPTED *** -------------------- y) Yes this is OK (default) e)
Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
This remote is called \[ga]ns1\[ga] and can now be used.

## Example operations

Get started with rclone and NetStorage with these examples. For additional rclone commands, visit https://rclone.org/commands/.

### See contents of a directory in your project

    rclone lsd ns1:/974012/testing/

### Sync the contents local with remote

    rclone sync . ns1:/974012/testing/

### Upload local content to remote
    rclone copy notes.txt ns1:/974012/testing/

### Delete content on remote
    rclone delete ns1:/974012/testing/notes.txt

### Move or copy content between CP codes.

Your credentials must have access to two CP codes on the same remote. You can\[aq]t perform operations between different remotes.

    rclone move ns1:/974012/testing/notes.txt ns1:/974450/testing2/

## Features

### Symlink Support

The Netstorage backend changes the rclone \[ga]--links, -l\[ga] behavior. When uploading, instead of creating the .rclonelink file, use the \[dq]symlink\[dq] API in order to create the corresponding symlink on the remote. The .rclonelink file will not be created, the upload will be intercepted and only the symlink file that matches the source file name with no suffix will be created on the remote.

This will effectively allow commands like copy/copyto, move/moveto and sync to upload from local to remote and download from remote to local directories with symlinks. Due to internal rclone limitations, it is not possible to upload an individual symlink file to any remote backend. You can always use the \[dq]backend symlink\[dq] command to create a symlink on the NetStorage server, refer to \[dq]symlink\[dq] section below.

Individual symlink files on the remote can be used with the commands like \[dq]cat\[dq] to print the destination name, or \[dq]delete\[dq] to delete symlink, or copy, copy/to and move/moveto to download from the remote to local. Note: individual symlink files on the remote should be specified including the suffix .rclonelink.

**Note**: No file with the suffix .rclonelink should ever exist on the server since it is not possible to actually upload/create a file with .rclonelink suffix with rclone, it can only exist if it is manually created through a non-rclone method on the remote.

### Implicit vs. Explicit Directories

With NetStorage, directories can exist in one of two forms:

1. **Explicit Directory**. This is an actual, physical directory that you have created in a storage group.
2. **Implicit Directory**. This refers to a directory within a path that has not been physically created. For example, during upload of a file, nonexistent subdirectories can be specified in the target path. NetStorage creates these as \[dq]implicit.\[dq] While the directories aren\[aq]t physically created, they exist implicitly and the noted path is connected with the uploaded file.

Rclone will intercept all file uploads and mkdir commands for the NetStorage remote and will explicitly issue the mkdir command for each directory in the uploading path. This will help with the interoperability with the other Akamai services such as SFTP and the Content Management Shell (CMShell). Rclone will not guarantee correctness of operations with implicit directories which might have been created as a result of using an upload API directly.

### \[ga]--fast-list\[ga] / ListR support

NetStorage remote supports the ListR feature by using the \[dq]list\[dq] NetStorage API action to return a lexicographical list of all objects within the specified CP code, recursing into subdirectories as they\[aq]re encountered.

* **Rclone will use the ListR method for some commands by default**. Commands such as \[ga]lsf -R\[ga] will use ListR by default. To disable this, include the \[ga]--disable listR\[ga] option to use the non-recursive method of listing objects.

* **Rclone will not use the ListR method for some commands**. Commands such as \[ga]sync\[ga] don\[aq]t use ListR by default. To force using the ListR method, include the  \[ga]--fast-list\[ga] option.

There are pros and cons of using the ListR method, refer to [rclone documentation](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list). In general, the sync command over an existing deep tree on the remote will run faster with the \[dq]--fast-list\[dq] flag but with extra memory usage as a side effect. It might also result in higher CPU utilization but the whole task can be completed faster.

**Note**: There is a known limitation that \[dq]lsf -R\[dq] will display number of files in the directory and directory size as -1 when ListR method is used. The workaround is to pass \[dq]--disable listR\[dq] flag if these numbers are important in the output.

### Purge

NetStorage remote supports the purge feature by using the \[dq]quick-delete\[dq] NetStorage API action. The quick-delete action is disabled by default for security reasons and can be enabled for the account through the Akamai portal. Rclone will first try to use quick-delete action for the purge command and if this functionality is disabled then will fall back to a standard delete method.

**Note**: Read the [NetStorage Usage API](https://learn.akamai.com/en-us/webhelp/netstorage/netstorage-http-api-developer-guide/GUID-15836617-9F50-405A-833C-EA2556756A30.html) for considerations when using \[dq]quick-delete\[dq]. In general, using quick-delete method will not delete the tree immediately and objects targeted for quick-delete may still be accessible.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to netstorage (Akamai NetStorage).

#### --netstorage-host

Domain+path of NetStorage host to connect to.

Format should be \[ga]<domain>/<internal folders>\[ga]

Properties:

- Config:      host
- Env Var:     RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_HOST
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --netstorage-account

Set the NetStorage account name

Properties:

- Config:      account
- Env Var:     RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_ACCOUNT
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

#### --netstorage-secret

Set the NetStorage account secret/G2O key for authentication.

Please choose the \[aq]y\[aq] option to set your own password then enter your secret.

**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    true

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to netstorage (Akamai NetStorage).

#### --netstorage-protocol

Select between HTTP or HTTPS protocol.

Most users should choose HTTPS, which is the default.
HTTP is provided primarily for debugging purposes.

Properties:

- Config:      protocol
- Env Var:     RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_PROTOCOL
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]https\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]http\[dq]
        - HTTP protocol
    - \[dq]https\[dq]
        - HTTPS protocol

#### --netstorage-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

## Backend commands

Here are the commands specific to the netstorage backend.

Run them with

    rclone backend COMMAND remote:

The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.

See the [backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command for more
info on how to pass options and arguments.

These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).

### du

Return disk usage information for a specified directory

    rclone backend du remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

The usage information returned, includes the targeted directory as well as all
files stored in any sub-directories that may exist.

### symlink

You can create a symbolic link in ObjectStore with the symlink action.

    rclone backend symlink remote: [options] [<arguments>+]

The desired path location (including applicable sub-directories) ending in
the object that will be the target of the symlink (for example, /links/mylink).
Include the file extension for the object, if applicable.
\[ga]rclone backend symlink <src> <path>\[ga]



#  Microsoft Azure Blob Storage

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:container\[ga] (or \[ga]remote:\[ga] for the \[ga]lsd\[ga]
command.)  You may put subdirectories in too, e.g.
\[ga]remote:container/path/to/dir\[ga].

## Configuration

Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
configuration.  For a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Microsoft Azure Blob Storage \ \[dq]azureblob\[dq] [snip] Storage>
azureblob Storage Account Name account> account_name Storage Account Key
key> base64encodedkey== Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
endpoint> Remote config -------------------- [remote] account =
account_name key = base64encodedkey== endpoint = -------------------- y)
Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
See all containers

    rclone lsd remote:

Make a new container

    rclone mkdir remote:container

List the contents of a container

    rclone ls remote:container

Sync \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga] to the remote container, deleting any excess
files in the container.

    rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:container

### --fast-list

This remote supports \[ga]--fast-list\[ga] which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.

### Modification times and hashes

The modification time is stored as metadata on the object with the
\[ga]mtime\[ga] key.  It is stored using RFC3339 Format time with nanosecond
precision.  The metadata is supplied during directory listings so
there is no performance overhead to using it.

If you wish to use the Azure standard \[ga]LastModified\[ga] time stored on
the object as the modified time, then use the \[ga]--use-server-modtime\[ga]
flag. Note that rclone can\[aq]t set \[ga]LastModified\[ga], so using the
\[ga]--update\[ga] flag when syncing is recommended if using
\[ga]--use-server-modtime\[ga].

MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in
chunks only have an MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5
hashes, e.g. the local disk.

### Performance

When uploading large files, increasing the value of
\[ga]--azureblob-upload-concurrency\[ga] will increase performance at the cost
of using more memory. The default of 16 is set quite conservatively to
use less memory. It maybe be necessary raise it to 64 or higher to
fully utilize a 1 GBit/s link with a single file transfer.

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| /         | 0x2F  | \[uFF0F]           |
| \[rs]         | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]           |

File names can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| .         | 0x2E  | \[uFF0E]          |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

### Authentication {#authentication}

There are a number of ways of supplying credentials for Azure Blob
Storage. Rclone tries them in the order of the sections below.

#### Env Auth

If the \[ga]env_auth\[ga] config parameter is \[ga]true\[ga] then rclone will pull
credentials from the environment or runtime.

It tries these authentication methods in this order:

1. Environment Variables
2. Managed Service Identity Credentials
3. Azure CLI credentials (as used by the az tool)

These are described in the following sections

##### Env Auth: 1. Environment Variables

If \[ga]env_auth\[ga] is set and environment variables are present rclone
authenticates a service principal with a secret or certificate, or a
user with a password, depending on which environment variable are set.
It reads configuration from these variables, in the following order:

1. Service principal with client secret
    - \[ga]AZURE_TENANT_ID\[ga]: ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its \[dq]directory\[dq] ID.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_ID\[ga]: the service principal\[aq]s client ID
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_SECRET\[ga]: one of the service principal\[aq]s client secrets
2. Service principal with certificate
    - \[ga]AZURE_TENANT_ID\[ga]: ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its \[dq]directory\[dq] ID.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_ID\[ga]: the service principal\[aq]s client ID
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PATH\[ga]: path to a PEM or PKCS12 certificate file including the private key.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PASSWORD\[ga]: (optional) password for the certificate file.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_SEND_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN\[ga]: (optional) Specifies whether an authentication request will include an x5c header to support subject name / issuer based authentication. When set to \[dq]true\[dq] or \[dq]1\[dq], authentication requests include the x5c header.
3. User with username and password
    - \[ga]AZURE_TENANT_ID\[ga]: (optional) tenant to authenticate in. Defaults to \[dq]organizations\[dq].
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_ID\[ga]: client ID of the application the user will authenticate to
    - \[ga]AZURE_USERNAME\[ga]: a username (usually an email address)
    - \[ga]AZURE_PASSWORD\[ga]: the user\[aq]s password
4. Workload Identity
    - \[ga]AZURE_TENANT_ID\[ga]: Tenant to authenticate in.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_ID\[ga]: Client ID of the application the user will authenticate to.
    - \[ga]AZURE_FEDERATED_TOKEN_FILE\[ga]: Path to projected service account token file.
    - \[ga]AZURE_AUTHORITY_HOST\[ga]: Authority of an Azure Active Directory endpoint (default: login.microsoftonline.com).


##### Env Auth: 2. Managed Service Identity Credentials

When using Managed Service Identity if the VM(SS) on which this
program is running has a system-assigned identity, it will be used by
default. If the resource has no system-assigned but exactly one
user-assigned identity, the user-assigned identity will be used by
default.

If the resource has multiple user-assigned identities you will need to
unset \[ga]env_auth\[ga] and set \[ga]use_msi\[ga] instead. See the [\[ga]use_msi\[ga]
section](#use_msi).

##### Env Auth: 3. Azure CLI credentials (as used by the az tool)

Credentials created with the \[ga]az\[ga] tool can be picked up using \[ga]env_auth\[ga].

For example if you were to login with a service principal like this:

    az login --service-principal -u XXX -p XXX --tenant XXX

Then you could access rclone resources like this:

    rclone lsf :azureblob,env_auth,account=ACCOUNT:CONTAINER

Or

    rclone lsf --azureblob-env-auth --azureblob-account=ACCOUNT :azureblob:CONTAINER

Which is analogous to using the \[ga]az\[ga] tool:

    az storage blob list --container-name CONTAINER --account-name ACCOUNT --auth-mode login

#### Account and Shared Key

This is the most straight forward and least flexible way.  Just fill
in the \[ga]account\[ga] and \[ga]key\[ga] lines and leave the rest blank.

#### SAS URL

This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL.

To use it leave \[ga]account\[ga] and \[ga]key\[ga] blank and fill in \[ga]sas_url\[ga].

An account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained
from the Azure portal or the Azure Storage Explorer.  To get a
container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob
explorer in the Azure portal.

If you use a container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted
only on a particular container, e.g.

    rclone ls azureblob:container

You can also list the single container from the root. This will only
show the container specified by the SAS URL.

    $ rclone lsd azureblob:
    container/

Note that you can\[aq]t see or access any other containers - this will
fail

    rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer

Container level SAS URLs are useful for temporarily allowing third
parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an
untrusted environment such as a CI build server.

#### Service principal with client secret

If these variables are set, rclone will authenticate with a service principal with a client secret.

- \[ga]tenant\[ga]: ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its \[dq]directory\[dq] ID.
- \[ga]client_id\[ga]: the service principal\[aq]s client ID
- \[ga]client_secret\[ga]: one of the service principal\[aq]s client secrets

The credentials can also be placed in a file using the
\[ga]service_principal_file\[ga] configuration option.

#### Service principal with certificate

If these variables are set, rclone will authenticate with a service principal with certificate.

- \[ga]tenant\[ga]: ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its \[dq]directory\[dq] ID.
- \[ga]client_id\[ga]: the service principal\[aq]s client ID
- \[ga]client_certificate_path\[ga]: path to a PEM or PKCS12 certificate file including the private key.
- \[ga]client_certificate_password\[ga]: (optional) password for the certificate file.
- \[ga]client_send_certificate_chain\[ga]: (optional) Specifies whether an authentication request will include an x5c header to support subject name / issuer based authentication. When set to \[dq]true\[dq] or \[dq]1\[dq], authentication requests include the x5c header.

**NB** \[ga]client_certificate_password\[ga] must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

#### User with username and password

If these variables are set, rclone will authenticate with username and password.

- \[ga]tenant\[ga]: (optional) tenant to authenticate in. Defaults to \[dq]organizations\[dq].
- \[ga]client_id\[ga]: client ID of the application the user will authenticate to
- \[ga]username\[ga]: a username (usually an email address)
- \[ga]password\[ga]: the user\[aq]s password

Microsoft doesn\[aq]t recommend this kind of authentication, because it\[aq]s
less secure than other authentication flows. This method is not
interactive, so it isn\[aq]t compatible with any form of multi-factor
authentication, and the application must already have user or admin
consent. This credential can only authenticate work and school
accounts; it can\[aq]t authenticate Microsoft accounts.

**NB** \[ga]password\[ga] must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

#### Managed Service Identity Credentials {#use_msi}

If \[ga]use_msi\[ga] is set then managed service identity credentials are
used. This authentication only works when running in an Azure service.
\[ga]env_auth\[ga] needs to be unset to use this.

However if you have multiple user identities to choose from these must
be explicitly specified using exactly one of the \[ga]msi_object_id\[ga],
\[ga]msi_client_id\[ga], or \[ga]msi_mi_res_id\[ga] parameters.

If none of \[ga]msi_object_id\[ga], \[ga]msi_client_id\[ga], or \[ga]msi_mi_res_id\[ga] is
set, this is is equivalent to using \[ga]env_auth\[ga].


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).

#### --azureblob-account

Azure Storage Account Name.

Set this to the Azure Storage Account Name in use.

Leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator, otherwise it needs to be set.

If this is blank and if env_auth is set it will be read from the
environment variable \[ga]AZURE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT_NAME\[ga] if possible.


Properties:

- Config:      account
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCOUNT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-env-auth

Read credentials from runtime (environment variables, CLI or MSI).

See the [authentication docs](/azureblob#authentication) for full info.

Properties:

- Config:      env_auth
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENV_AUTH
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-key

Storage Account Shared Key.

Leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator.

Properties:

- Config:      key
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_KEY
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-sas-url

SAS URL for container level access only.

Leave blank if using account/key or Emulator.

Properties:

- Config:      sas_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SAS_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-tenant

ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its directory ID.

Set this if using
- Service principal with client secret
- Service principal with certificate
- User with username and password


Properties:

- Config:      tenant
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_TENANT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-client-id

The ID of the client in use.

Set this if using
- Service principal with client secret
- Service principal with certificate
- User with username and password


Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-client-secret

One of the service principal\[aq]s client secrets

Set this if using
- Service principal with client secret


Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-client-certificate-path

Path to a PEM or PKCS12 certificate file including the private key.

Set this if using
- Service principal with certificate


Properties:

- Config:      client_certificate_path
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PATH
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-client-certificate-password

Password for the certificate file (optional).

Optionally set this if using
- Service principal with certificate

And the certificate has a password.


**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      client_certificate_password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PASSWORD
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).

#### --azureblob-client-send-certificate-chain

Send the certificate chain when using certificate auth.

Specifies whether an authentication request will include an x5c header
to support subject name / issuer based authentication. When set to
true, authentication requests include the x5c header.

Optionally set this if using
- Service principal with certificate


Properties:

- Config:      client_send_certificate_chain
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CLIENT_SEND_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-username

User name (usually an email address)

Set this if using
- User with username and password


Properties:

- Config:      username
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USERNAME
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-password

The user\[aq]s password

Set this if using
- User with username and password


**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_PASSWORD
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-service-principal-file

Path to file containing credentials for use with a service principal.

Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want to use a service principal instead of interactive login.

    $ az ad sp create-for-rbac --name \[dq]<name>\[dq] \[rs]
      --role \[dq]Storage Blob Data Owner\[dq] \[rs]
      --scopes \[dq]/subscriptions/<subscription>/resourceGroups/<resource-group>/providers/Microsoft.Storage/storageAccounts/<storage-account>/blobServices/default/containers/<container>\[dq] \[rs]
      > azure-principal.json

See [\[dq]Create an Azure service principal\[dq]](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/create-an-azure-service-principal-azure-cli) and [\[dq]Assign an Azure role for access to blob data\[dq]](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-auth-aad-rbac-cli) pages for more details.

It may be more convenient to put the credentials directly into the
rclone config file under the \[ga]client_id\[ga], \[ga]tenant\[ga] and \[ga]client_secret\[ga]
keys instead of setting \[ga]service_principal_file\[ga].


Properties:

- Config:      service_principal_file
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_FILE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-use-msi

Use a managed service identity to authenticate (only works in Azure).

When true, use a [managed service identity](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/managed-identities-azure-resources/)
to authenticate to Azure Storage instead of a SAS token or account key.

If the VM(SS) on which this program is running has a system-assigned identity, it will
be used by default. If the resource has no system-assigned but exactly one user-assigned identity,
the user-assigned identity will be used by default. If the resource has multiple user-assigned
identities, the identity to use must be explicitly specified using exactly one of the msi_object_id,
msi_client_id, or msi_mi_res_id parameters.

Properties:

- Config:      use_msi
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USE_MSI
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-msi-object-id

Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.

Leave blank if msi_client_id or msi_mi_res_id specified.

Properties:

- Config:      msi_object_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_OBJECT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-msi-client-id

Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.

Leave blank if msi_object_id or msi_mi_res_id specified.

Properties:

- Config:      msi_client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-msi-mi-res-id

Azure resource ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.

Leave blank if msi_client_id or msi_object_id specified.

Properties:

- Config:      msi_mi_res_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_MI_RES_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-use-emulator

Uses local storage emulator if provided as \[aq]true\[aq].

Leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint.

Properties:

- Config:      use_emulator
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USE_EMULATOR
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-endpoint

Endpoint for the service.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-upload-cutoff

Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256 MiB) (deprecated).

Properties:

- Config:      upload_cutoff
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-chunk-size

Upload chunk size.

Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to
\[dq]--transfers\[dq] * \[dq]--azureblob-upload-concurrency\[dq] chunks stored at once
in memory.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     4Mi

#### --azureblob-upload-concurrency

Concurrency for multipart uploads.

This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently.

If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed
links and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then
increasing this may help to speed up the transfers.

In tests, upload speed increases almost linearly with upload
concurrency. For example to fill a gigabit pipe it may be necessary to
raise this to 64. Note that this will use more memory.

Note that chunks are stored in memory and there may be up to
\[dq]--transfers\[dq] * \[dq]--azureblob-upload-concurrency\[dq] chunks stored at once
in memory.

Properties:

- Config:      upload_concurrency
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type:        int
- Default:     16

#### --azureblob-list-chunk

Size of blob list.

This sets the number of blobs requested in each listing chunk. Default
is the maximum, 5000. \[dq]List blobs\[dq] requests are permitted 2 minutes
per megabyte to complete. If an operation is taking longer than 2
minutes per megabyte on average, it will time out (
[source](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/storageservices/setting-timeouts-for-blob-service-operations#exceptions-to-default-timeout-interval)
). This can be used to limit the number of blobs items to return, to
avoid the time out.

Properties:

- Config:      list_chunk
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_LIST_CHUNK
- Type:        int
- Default:     5000

#### --azureblob-access-tier

Access tier of blob: hot, cool, cold or archive.

Archived blobs can be restored by setting access tier to hot, cool or
cold. Leave blank if you intend to use default access tier, which is
set at account level

If there is no \[dq]access tier\[dq] specified, rclone doesn\[aq]t apply any tier.
rclone performs \[dq]Set Tier\[dq] operation on blobs while uploading, if objects
are not modified, specifying \[dq]access tier\[dq] to new one will have no effect.
If blobs are in \[dq]archive tier\[dq] at remote, trying to perform data transfer
operations from remote will not be allowed. User should first restore by
tiering blob to \[dq]Hot\[dq], \[dq]Cool\[dq] or \[dq]Cold\[dq].

Properties:

- Config:      access_tier
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCESS_TIER
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azureblob-archive-tier-delete

Delete archive tier blobs before overwriting.

Archive tier blobs cannot be updated. So without this flag, if you
attempt to update an archive tier blob, then rclone will produce the
error:

    can\[aq]t update archive tier blob without --azureblob-archive-tier-delete

With this flag set then before rclone attempts to overwrite an archive
tier blob, it will delete the existing blob before uploading its
replacement.  This has the potential for data loss if the upload fails
(unlike updating a normal blob) and also may cost more since deleting
archive tier blobs early may be chargable.


Properties:

- Config:      archive_tier_delete
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ARCHIVE_TIER_DELETE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-disable-checksum

Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.

Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files
to start uploading.

Properties:

- Config:      disable_checksum
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-memory-pool-flush-time

How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (no longer used)

Properties:

- Config:      memory_pool_flush_time
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
- Type:        Duration
- Default:     1m0s

#### --azureblob-memory-pool-use-mmap

Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool. (no longer used)

Properties:

- Config:      memory_pool_use_mmap
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8

#### --azureblob-public-access

Public access level of a container: blob or container.

Properties:

- Config:      public_access
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_PUBLIC_ACCESS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Examples:
    - \[dq]\[dq]
        - The container and its blobs can be accessed only with an authorized request.
        - It\[aq]s a default value.
    - \[dq]blob\[dq]
        - Blob data within this container can be read via anonymous request.
    - \[dq]container\[dq]
        - Allow full public read access for container and blob data.

#### --azureblob-directory-markers

Upload an empty object with a trailing slash when a new directory is created

Empty folders are unsupported for bucket based remotes, this option
creates an empty object ending with \[dq]/\[dq], to persist the folder.

This object also has the metadata \[dq]hdi_isfolder = true\[dq] to conform to
the Microsoft standard.
 

Properties:

- Config:      directory_markers
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DIRECTORY_MARKERS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-no-check-container

If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the container exists or create it.

This can be useful when trying to minimise the number of transactions
rclone does if you know the container exists already.


Properties:

- Config:      no_check_container
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_NO_CHECK_CONTAINER
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-no-head-object

If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects.

Properties:

- Config:      no_head_object
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_NO_HEAD_OBJECT
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azureblob-delete-snapshots

Set to specify how to deal with snapshots on blob deletion.

Properties:

- Config:      delete_snapshots
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DELETE_SNAPSHOTS
- Type:        string
- Required:    false
- Choices:
    - \[dq]\[dq]
        - By default, the delete operation fails if a blob has snapshots
    - \[dq]include\[dq]
        - Specify \[aq]include\[aq] to remove the root blob and all its snapshots
    - \[dq]only\[dq]
        - Specify \[aq]only\[aq] to remove only the snapshots but keep the root blob.

#### --azureblob-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



### Custom upload headers

You can set custom upload headers with the \[ga]--header-upload\[ga] flag. 

- Cache-Control
- Content-Disposition
- Content-Encoding
- Content-Language
- Content-Type

Eg \[ga]--header-upload \[dq]Content-Type: text/potato\[dq]\[ga]

## Limitations

MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5
sum.  This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.

\[ga]rclone about\[ga] is not supported by the Microsoft Azure Blob storage backend. Backends without
this capability cannot determine free space for an rclone mount or
use policy \[ga]mfs\[ga] (most free space) as a member of an rclone union
remote.

See [List of backends that do not support rclone about](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and [rclone about](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)

## Azure Storage Emulator Support

You can run rclone with the storage emulator (usually _azurite_).

To do this, just set up a new remote with \[ga]rclone config\[ga] following
the instructions in the introduction and set \[ga]use_emulator\[ga] in the
advanced settings as \[ga]true\[ga]. You do not need to provide a default
account name nor an account key. But you can override them in the
\[ga]account\[ga] and \[ga]key\[ga] options. (Prior to v1.61 they were hard coded to
_azurite_\[aq]s \[ga]devstoreaccount1\[ga].)

Also, if you want to access a storage emulator instance running on a
different machine, you can override the \[ga]endpoint\[ga] parameter in the
advanced settings, setting it to
\[ga]http(s)://<host>:<port>/devstoreaccount1\[ga]
(e.g. \[ga]http://10.254.2.5:10000/devstoreaccount1\[ga]).

#  Microsoft Azure Files Storage

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:\[ga] You may put subdirectories in too,
e.g. \[ga]remote:path/to/dir\[ga].

## Configuration

Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Files Storage
configuration.  For a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Microsoft Azure Files Storage \ \[dq]azurefiles\[dq] [snip]
.PP
Option account.
Azure Storage Account Name.
Set this to the Azure Storage Account Name in use.
Leave blank to use SAS URL or connection string, otherwise it needs to
be set.
If this is blank and if env_auth is set it will be read from the
environment variable \f[C]AZURE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT_NAME\f[R] if possible.
Enter a value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
account> account_name
.PP
Option share_name.
Azure Files Share Name.
This is required and is the name of the share to access.
Enter a value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
share_name> share_name
.PP
Option env_auth.
Read credentials from runtime (environment variables, CLI or MSI).
See the authentication docs for full info.
Enter a boolean value (true or false).
Press Enter for the default (false).
env_auth>
.PP
Option key.
Storage Account Shared Key.
Leave blank to use SAS URL or connection string.
Enter a value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
key> base64encodedkey==
.PP
Option sas_url.
SAS URL.
Leave blank if using account/key or connection string.
Enter a value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
sas_url>
.PP
Option connection_string.
Azure Files Connection String.
Enter a value.
Press Enter to leave empty.
connection_string> [snip]
.PP
Configuration complete.
Options: - type: azurefiles - account: account_name - share_name:
share_name - key: base64encodedkey== Keep this \[dq]remote\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default) e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Once configured you can use rclone.

See all files in the top level:

    rclone lsf remote:

Make a new directory in the root:

    rclone mkdir remote:dir

Recursively List the contents:

    rclone ls remote:

Sync \[ga]/home/local/directory\[ga] to the remote directory, deleting any
excess files in the directory.

    rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:dir

### Modified time

The modified time is stored as Azure standard \[ga]LastModified\[ga] time on
files

### Performance

When uploading large files, increasing the value of
\[ga]--azurefiles-upload-concurrency\[ga] will increase performance at the cost
of using more memory. The default of 16 is set quite conservatively to
use less memory. It maybe be necessary raise it to 64 or higher to
fully utilize a 1 GBit/s link with a single file transfer.

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \[dq]         | 0x22  | \[uFF02]          |
| *         | 0x2A  | \[uFF0A]          |
| :         | 0x3A  | \[uFF1A]          |
| <         | 0x3C  | \[uFF1C]          |
| >         | 0x3E  | \[uFF1E]          |
| ?         | 0x3F  | \[uFF1F]          |
| \[rs]         | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]          |
| \[rs]|        | 0x7C  | \[uFF5C]          |

File names can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| .         | 0x2E  | \[uFF0E]          |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

### Hashes

MD5 hashes are stored with files. Not all files will have MD5 hashes
as these have to be uploaded with the file.

### Authentication {#authentication}

There are a number of ways of supplying credentials for Azure Files
Storage. Rclone tries them in the order of the sections below.

#### Env Auth

If the \[ga]env_auth\[ga] config parameter is \[ga]true\[ga] then rclone will pull
credentials from the environment or runtime.

It tries these authentication methods in this order:

1. Environment Variables
2. Managed Service Identity Credentials
3. Azure CLI credentials (as used by the az tool)

These are described in the following sections

##### Env Auth: 1. Environment Variables

If \[ga]env_auth\[ga] is set and environment variables are present rclone
authenticates a service principal with a secret or certificate, or a
user with a password, depending on which environment variable are set.
It reads configuration from these variables, in the following order:

1. Service principal with client secret
    - \[ga]AZURE_TENANT_ID\[ga]: ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its \[dq]directory\[dq] ID.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_ID\[ga]: the service principal\[aq]s client ID
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_SECRET\[ga]: one of the service principal\[aq]s client secrets
2. Service principal with certificate
    - \[ga]AZURE_TENANT_ID\[ga]: ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its \[dq]directory\[dq] ID.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_ID\[ga]: the service principal\[aq]s client ID
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PATH\[ga]: path to a PEM or PKCS12 certificate file including the private key.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PASSWORD\[ga]: (optional) password for the certificate file.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_SEND_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN\[ga]: (optional) Specifies whether an authentication request will include an x5c header to support subject name / issuer based authentication. When set to \[dq]true\[dq] or \[dq]1\[dq], authentication requests include the x5c header.
3. User with username and password
    - \[ga]AZURE_TENANT_ID\[ga]: (optional) tenant to authenticate in. Defaults to \[dq]organizations\[dq].
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_ID\[ga]: client ID of the application the user will authenticate to
    - \[ga]AZURE_USERNAME\[ga]: a username (usually an email address)
    - \[ga]AZURE_PASSWORD\[ga]: the user\[aq]s password
4. Workload Identity
    - \[ga]AZURE_TENANT_ID\[ga]: Tenant to authenticate in.
    - \[ga]AZURE_CLIENT_ID\[ga]: Client ID of the application the user will authenticate to.
    - \[ga]AZURE_FEDERATED_TOKEN_FILE\[ga]: Path to projected service account token file.
    - \[ga]AZURE_AUTHORITY_HOST\[ga]: Authority of an Azure Active Directory endpoint (default: login.microsoftonline.com).


##### Env Auth: 2. Managed Service Identity Credentials

When using Managed Service Identity if the VM(SS) on which this
program is running has a system-assigned identity, it will be used by
default. If the resource has no system-assigned but exactly one
user-assigned identity, the user-assigned identity will be used by
default.

If the resource has multiple user-assigned identities you will need to
unset \[ga]env_auth\[ga] and set \[ga]use_msi\[ga] instead. See the [\[ga]use_msi\[ga]
section](#use_msi).

##### Env Auth: 3. Azure CLI credentials (as used by the az tool)

Credentials created with the \[ga]az\[ga] tool can be picked up using \[ga]env_auth\[ga].

For example if you were to login with a service principal like this:

    az login --service-principal -u XXX -p XXX --tenant XXX

Then you could access rclone resources like this:

    rclone lsf :azurefiles,env_auth,account=ACCOUNT:

Or

    rclone lsf --azurefiles-env-auth --azurefiles-account=ACCOUNT :azurefiles:

#### Account and Shared Key

This is the most straight forward and least flexible way.  Just fill
in the \[ga]account\[ga] and \[ga]key\[ga] lines and leave the rest blank.

#### SAS URL

To use it leave \[ga]account\[ga], \[ga]key\[ga] and \[ga]connection_string\[ga] blank and fill in \[ga]sas_url\[ga].

#### Connection String

To use it leave \[ga]account\[ga], \[ga]key\[ga] and \[dq]sas_url\[dq] blank and fill in \[ga]connection_string\[ga].

#### Service principal with client secret

If these variables are set, rclone will authenticate with a service principal with a client secret.

- \[ga]tenant\[ga]: ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its \[dq]directory\[dq] ID.
- \[ga]client_id\[ga]: the service principal\[aq]s client ID
- \[ga]client_secret\[ga]: one of the service principal\[aq]s client secrets

The credentials can also be placed in a file using the
\[ga]service_principal_file\[ga] configuration option.

#### Service principal with certificate

If these variables are set, rclone will authenticate with a service principal with certificate.

- \[ga]tenant\[ga]: ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its \[dq]directory\[dq] ID.
- \[ga]client_id\[ga]: the service principal\[aq]s client ID
- \[ga]client_certificate_path\[ga]: path to a PEM or PKCS12 certificate file including the private key.
- \[ga]client_certificate_password\[ga]: (optional) password for the certificate file.
- \[ga]client_send_certificate_chain\[ga]: (optional) Specifies whether an authentication request will include an x5c header to support subject name / issuer based authentication. When set to \[dq]true\[dq] or \[dq]1\[dq], authentication requests include the x5c header.

**NB** \[ga]client_certificate_password\[ga] must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

#### User with username and password

If these variables are set, rclone will authenticate with username and password.

- \[ga]tenant\[ga]: (optional) tenant to authenticate in. Defaults to \[dq]organizations\[dq].
- \[ga]client_id\[ga]: client ID of the application the user will authenticate to
- \[ga]username\[ga]: a username (usually an email address)
- \[ga]password\[ga]: the user\[aq]s password

Microsoft doesn\[aq]t recommend this kind of authentication, because it\[aq]s
less secure than other authentication flows. This method is not
interactive, so it isn\[aq]t compatible with any form of multi-factor
authentication, and the application must already have user or admin
consent. This credential can only authenticate work and school
accounts; it can\[aq]t authenticate Microsoft accounts.

**NB** \[ga]password\[ga] must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

#### Managed Service Identity Credentials {#use_msi}

If \[ga]use_msi\[ga] is set then managed service identity credentials are
used. This authentication only works when running in an Azure service.
\[ga]env_auth\[ga] needs to be unset to use this.

However if you have multiple user identities to choose from these must
be explicitly specified using exactly one of the \[ga]msi_object_id\[ga],
\[ga]msi_client_id\[ga], or \[ga]msi_mi_res_id\[ga] parameters.

If none of \[ga]msi_object_id\[ga], \[ga]msi_client_id\[ga], or \[ga]msi_mi_res_id\[ga] is
set, this is is equivalent to using \[ga]env_auth\[ga].


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to azurefiles (Microsoft Azure Files).

#### --azurefiles-account

Azure Storage Account Name.

Set this to the Azure Storage Account Name in use.

Leave blank to use SAS URL or connection string, otherwise it needs to be set.

If this is blank and if env_auth is set it will be read from the
environment variable \[ga]AZURE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT_NAME\[ga] if possible.


Properties:

- Config:      account
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_ACCOUNT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-share-name

Azure Files Share Name.

This is required and is the name of the share to access.


Properties:

- Config:      share_name
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_SHARE_NAME
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-env-auth

Read credentials from runtime (environment variables, CLI or MSI).

See the [authentication docs](/azurefiles#authentication) for full info.

Properties:

- Config:      env_auth
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_ENV_AUTH
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azurefiles-key

Storage Account Shared Key.

Leave blank to use SAS URL or connection string.

Properties:

- Config:      key
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_KEY
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-sas-url

SAS URL.

Leave blank if using account/key or connection string.

Properties:

- Config:      sas_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_SAS_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-connection-string

Azure Files Connection String.

Properties:

- Config:      connection_string
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_CONNECTION_STRING
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-tenant

ID of the service principal\[aq]s tenant. Also called its directory ID.

Set this if using
- Service principal with client secret
- Service principal with certificate
- User with username and password


Properties:

- Config:      tenant
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_TENANT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-client-id

The ID of the client in use.

Set this if using
- Service principal with client secret
- Service principal with certificate
- User with username and password


Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-client-secret

One of the service principal\[aq]s client secrets

Set this if using
- Service principal with client secret


Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-client-certificate-path

Path to a PEM or PKCS12 certificate file including the private key.

Set this if using
- Service principal with certificate


Properties:

- Config:      client_certificate_path
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PATH
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-client-certificate-password

Password for the certificate file (optional).

Optionally set this if using
- Service principal with certificate

And the certificate has a password.


**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      client_certificate_password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_CLIENT_CERTIFICATE_PASSWORD
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to azurefiles (Microsoft Azure Files).

#### --azurefiles-client-send-certificate-chain

Send the certificate chain when using certificate auth.

Specifies whether an authentication request will include an x5c header
to support subject name / issuer based authentication. When set to
true, authentication requests include the x5c header.

Optionally set this if using
- Service principal with certificate


Properties:

- Config:      client_send_certificate_chain
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_CLIENT_SEND_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azurefiles-username

User name (usually an email address)

Set this if using
- User with username and password


Properties:

- Config:      username
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_USERNAME
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-password

The user\[aq]s password

Set this if using
- User with username and password


**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).

Properties:

- Config:      password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_PASSWORD
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-service-principal-file

Path to file containing credentials for use with a service principal.

Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want to use a service principal instead of interactive login.

    $ az ad sp create-for-rbac --name \[dq]<name>\[dq] \[rs]
      --role \[dq]Storage Files Data Owner\[dq] \[rs]
      --scopes \[dq]/subscriptions/<subscription>/resourceGroups/<resource-group>/providers/Microsoft.Storage/storageAccounts/<storage-account>/blobServices/default/containers/<container>\[dq] \[rs]
      > azure-principal.json

See [\[dq]Create an Azure service principal\[dq]](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/create-an-azure-service-principal-azure-cli) and [\[dq]Assign an Azure role for access to files data\[dq]](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-auth-aad-rbac-cli) pages for more details.

**NB** this section needs updating for Azure Files - pull requests appreciated!

It may be more convenient to put the credentials directly into the
rclone config file under the \[ga]client_id\[ga], \[ga]tenant\[ga] and \[ga]client_secret\[ga]
keys instead of setting \[ga]service_principal_file\[ga].


Properties:

- Config:      service_principal_file
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_FILE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-use-msi

Use a managed service identity to authenticate (only works in Azure).

When true, use a [managed service identity](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/managed-identities-azure-resources/)
to authenticate to Azure Storage instead of a SAS token or account key.

If the VM(SS) on which this program is running has a system-assigned identity, it will
be used by default. If the resource has no system-assigned but exactly one user-assigned identity,
the user-assigned identity will be used by default. If the resource has multiple user-assigned
identities, the identity to use must be explicitly specified using exactly one of the msi_object_id,
msi_client_id, or msi_mi_res_id parameters.

Properties:

- Config:      use_msi
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_USE_MSI
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --azurefiles-msi-object-id

Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.

Leave blank if msi_client_id or msi_mi_res_id specified.

Properties:

- Config:      msi_object_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_MSI_OBJECT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-msi-client-id

Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.

Leave blank if msi_object_id or msi_mi_res_id specified.

Properties:

- Config:      msi_client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_MSI_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-msi-mi-res-id

Azure resource ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.

Leave blank if msi_client_id or msi_object_id specified.

Properties:

- Config:      msi_mi_res_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_MSI_MI_RES_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-endpoint

Endpoint for the service.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      endpoint
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_ENDPOINT
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --azurefiles-chunk-size

Upload chunk size.

Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to
\[dq]--transfers\[dq] * \[dq]--azurefile-upload-concurrency\[dq] chunks stored at once
in memory.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     4Mi

#### --azurefiles-upload-concurrency

Concurrency for multipart uploads.

This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently.

If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed
links and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then
increasing this may help to speed up the transfers.

Note that chunks are stored in memory and there may be up to
\[dq]--transfers\[dq] * \[dq]--azurefile-upload-concurrency\[dq] chunks stored at once
in memory.

Properties:

- Config:      upload_concurrency
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type:        int
- Default:     16

#### --azurefiles-max-stream-size

Max size for streamed files.

Azure files needs to know in advance how big the file will be. When
rclone doesn\[aq]t know it uses this value instead.

This will be used when rclone is streaming data, the most common uses are:

- Uploading files with \[ga]--vfs-cache-mode off\[ga] with \[ga]rclone mount\[ga]
- Using \[ga]rclone rcat\[ga]
- Copying files with unknown length

You will need this much free space in the share as the file will be this size temporarily.


Properties:

- Config:      max_stream_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_MAX_STREAM_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     10Gi

#### --azurefiles-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --azurefiles-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREFILES_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false



### Custom upload headers

You can set custom upload headers with the \[ga]--header-upload\[ga] flag. 

- Cache-Control
- Content-Disposition
- Content-Encoding
- Content-Language
- Content-Type

Eg \[ga]--header-upload \[dq]Content-Type: text/potato\[dq]\[ga]

## Limitations

MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5
sum.  This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.

#  Microsoft OneDrive

Paths are specified as \[ga]remote:path\[ga]

Paths may be as deep as required, e.g. \[ga]remote:directory/subdirectory\[ga].

## Configuration

The initial setup for OneDrive involves getting a token from
Microsoft which you need to do in your browser.  \[ga]rclone config\[ga] walks
you through it.

Here is an example of how to make a remote called \[ga]remote\[ga].  First run:

     rclone config

This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
\f[R]
.fi
.IP "e)" 3
Edit existing remote
.IP "f)" 3
New remote
.IP "g)" 3
Delete remote
.IP "h)" 3
Rename remote
.IP "i)" 3
Copy remote
.IP "j)" 3
Set configuration password
.IP "k)" 3
Quit config e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX /
Microsoft OneDrive \ \[dq]onedrive\[dq] [snip] Storage> onedrive
Microsoft App Client Id Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
client_id> Microsoft App Client Secret Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
client_secret> Edit advanced config?
(y/n)
.IP "l)" 3
Yes
.IP "m)" 3
No y/n> n Remote config Use web browser to automatically authenticate
rclone with remote?
.IP \[bu] 2
Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
.IP \[bu] 2
Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y.
If Y failed, try N.
.IP "y)" 3
Yes
.IP "z)" 3
No y/n> y If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the
following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize rclone
for access Waiting for code...
Got code Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value 1 /
OneDrive Personal or Business \ \[dq]onedrive\[dq] 2 / Sharepoint site
\ \[dq]sharepoint\[dq] 3 / Type in driveID \ \[dq]driveid\[dq] 4 / Type
in SiteID \ \[dq]siteid\[dq] 5 / Search a Sharepoint site
\ \[dq]search\[dq] Your choice> 1 Found 1 drives, please select the one
you want to use: 0: OneDrive (business)
id=b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk Chose
drive to use:> 0 Found drive \[aq]root\[aq] of type \[aq]business\[aq],
URL: https://org-my.sharepoint.com/personal/you/Documents Is that okay?
.IP "a)" 3
Yes
.IP "b)" 3
No y/n> y -------------------- [remote] type = onedrive token =
{\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]youraccesstoken\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]Bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]yourrefreshtoken\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2018-08-26T22:39:52.486512262+08:00\[dq]}
drive_id = b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk
drive_type = business --------------------
.IP "c)" 3
Yes this is OK
.IP "d)" 3
Edit this remote
.IP "e)" 3
Delete this remote y/e/d> y
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.

Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Microsoft. This only runs from the moment it
opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification
code.  This is on \[ga]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\[ga] and this it may require
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.

Once configured you can then use \[ga]rclone\[ga] like this,

List directories in top level of your OneDrive

    rclone lsd remote:

List all the files in your OneDrive

    rclone ls remote:

To copy a local directory to an OneDrive directory called backup

    rclone copy /home/source remote:backup

### Getting your own Client ID and Key

rclone uses a default Client ID when talking to OneDrive, unless a custom \[ga]client_id\[ga] is specified in the config.
The default Client ID and Key are shared by all rclone users when performing requests.

You may choose to create and use your own Client ID, in case the default one does not work well for you. 
For example, you might see throttling.

#### Creating Client ID for OneDrive Personal

To create your own Client ID, please follow these steps:

1. Open https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_RegisteredApps/ApplicationsListBlade and then click \[ga]New registration\[ga].
2. Enter a name for your app, choose account type \[ga]Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)\[ga], select \[ga]Web\[ga] in \[ga]Redirect URI\[ga], then type (do not copy and paste) \[ga]http://localhost:53682/\[ga] and click Register. Copy and keep the \[ga]Application (client) ID\[ga] under the app name for later use.
3. Under \[ga]manage\[ga] select \[ga]Certificates & secrets\[ga], click \[ga]New client secret\[ga]. Enter a description (can be anything) and set \[ga]Expires\[ga] to 24 months. Copy and keep that secret _Value_ for later use (you _won\[aq]t_ be able to see this value afterwards).
4. Under \[ga]manage\[ga] select \[ga]API permissions\[ga], click \[ga]Add a permission\[ga] and select \[ga]Microsoft Graph\[ga] then select \[ga]delegated permissions\[ga].
5. Search and select the following permissions: \[ga]Files.Read\[ga], \[ga]Files.ReadWrite\[ga], \[ga]Files.Read.All\[ga], \[ga]Files.ReadWrite.All\[ga], \[ga]offline_access\[ga], \[ga]User.Read\[ga] and \[ga]Sites.Read.All\[ga] (if custom access scopes are configured, select the permissions accordingly). Once selected click \[ga]Add permissions\[ga] at the bottom.

Now the application is complete. Run \[ga]rclone config\[ga] to create or edit a OneDrive remote.
Supply the app ID and password as Client ID and Secret, respectively. rclone will walk you through the remaining steps.

The access_scopes option allows you to configure the permissions requested by rclone.
See [Microsoft Docs](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/permissions-reference#files-permissions) for more information about the different scopes.

The \[ga]Sites.Read.All\[ga] permission is required if you need to [search SharePoint sites when configuring the remote](https://github.com/artpar/artpar/pull/5883). However, if that permission is not assigned, you need to exclude \[ga]Sites.Read.All\[ga] from your access scopes or set \[ga]disable_site_permission\[ga] option to true in the advanced options.

#### Creating Client ID for OneDrive Business

The steps for OneDrive Personal may or may not work for OneDrive Business, depending on the security settings of the organization.
A common error is that the publisher of the App is not verified.

You may try to [verify you account](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/publisher-verification-overview), or try to limit the App to your organization only, as shown below.

1. Make sure to create the App with your business account.
2. Follow the steps above to create an App. However, we need a different account type here: \[ga]Accounts in this organizational directory only (*** - Single tenant)\[ga]. Note that you can also change the account type after creating the App.
3. Find the [tenant ID](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-how-to-find-tenant) of your organization.
4. In the rclone config, set \[ga]auth_url\[ga] to \[ga]https://login.microsoftonline.com/YOUR_TENANT_ID/oauth2/v2.0/authorize\[ga].
5. In the rclone config, set \[ga]token_url\[ga] to \[ga]https://login.microsoftonline.com/YOUR_TENANT_ID/oauth2/v2.0/token\[ga].

Note: If you have a special region, you may need a different host in step 4 and 5. Here are [some hints](https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/bc23bf11db1c78c6ebbf8ea538fbebf7058b4176/backend/onedrive/onedrive.go#L86).


### Modification times and hashes

OneDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second.  These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.

OneDrive Personal, OneDrive for Business and Sharepoint Server support
[QuickXorHash](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash).

Before rclone 1.62 the default hash for Onedrive Personal was \[ga]SHA1\[ga].
For rclone 1.62 and above the default for all Onedrive backends is
\[ga]QuickXorHash\[ga].

Starting from July 2023 \[ga]SHA1\[ga] support is being phased out in Onedrive
Personal in favour of \[ga]QuickXorHash\[ga]. If necessary the
\[ga]--onedrive-hash-type\[ga] flag (or \[ga]hash_type\[ga] config option) can be used
to select \[ga]SHA1\[ga] during the transition period if this is important
your workflow.

For all types of OneDrive you can use the \[ga]--checksum\[ga] flag.

### --fast-list

This remote supports \[ga]--fast-list\[ga] which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.

This must be enabled with the \[ga]--onedrive-delta\[ga] flag (or \[ga]delta =
true\[ga] in the config file) as it can cause performance degradation.

It does this by using the delta listing facilities of OneDrive which
returns all the files in the remote very efficiently. This is much
more efficient than listing directories recursively and is Microsoft\[aq]s
recommended way of reading all the file information from a drive.

This can be useful with \[ga]rclone mount\[ga] and [rclone rc vfs/refresh
recursive=true](https://rclone.org/rc/#vfs-refresh)) to very quickly fill the mount with
information about all the files.

The API used for the recursive listing (\[ga]ListR\[ga]) only supports listing
from the root of the drive. This will become increasingly inefficient
the further away you get from the root as rclone will have to discard
files outside of the directory you are using.

Some commands (like \[ga]rclone lsf -R\[ga]) will use \[ga]ListR\[ga] by default - you
can turn this off with \[ga]--disable ListR\[ga] if you need to.

### Restricted filename characters

In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \[dq]         | 0x22  | \[uFF02]          |
| *         | 0x2A  | \[uFF0A]          |
| :         | 0x3A  | \[uFF1A]          |
| <         | 0x3C  | \[uFF1C]          |
| >         | 0x3E  | \[uFF1E]          |
| ?         | 0x3F  | \[uFF1F]          |
| \[rs]         | 0x5C  | \[uFF3C]          |
| \[rs]|        | 0x7C  | \[uFF5C]          |

File names can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP        | 0x20  | \[u2420]           |
| .         | 0x2E  | \[uFF0E]          |

File names can also not begin with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the first character in the name:

| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP        | 0x20  | \[u2420]           |
| \[ti]         | 0x7E  | \[uFF5E]          |

Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can\[aq]t be used in JSON strings.

### Deleting files

Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash.  Microsoft
doesn\[aq]t provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the
trash, so you will have to do that with one of Microsoft\[aq]s apps or via
the OneDrive website.


### Standard options

Here are the Standard options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).

#### --onedrive-client-id

OAuth Client Id.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-client-secret

OAuth Client Secret.

Leave blank normally.

Properties:

- Config:      client_secret
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-region

Choose national cloud region for OneDrive.

Properties:

- Config:      region
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_REGION
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]global\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]global\[dq]
        - Microsoft Cloud Global
    - \[dq]us\[dq]
        - Microsoft Cloud for US Government
    - \[dq]de\[dq]
        - Microsoft Cloud Germany
    - \[dq]cn\[dq]
        - Azure and Office 365 operated by Vnet Group in China

### Advanced options

Here are the Advanced options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).

#### --onedrive-token

OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.

Properties:

- Config:      token
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_TOKEN
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-auth-url

Auth server URL.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      auth_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_AUTH_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-token-url

Token server url.

Leave blank to use the provider defaults.

Properties:

- Config:      token_url
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_TOKEN_URL
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-chunk-size

Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes).

Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes) and
should not exceed 250M (262,144,000 bytes) else you may encounter \[rs]\[dq]Microsoft.SharePoint.Client.InvalidClientQueryException: The request message is too big.\[rs]\[dq]
Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.

Properties:

- Config:      chunk_size
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type:        SizeSuffix
- Default:     10Mi

#### --onedrive-drive-id

The ID of the drive to use.

Properties:

- Config:      drive_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-drive-type

The type of the drive (personal | business | documentLibrary).

Properties:

- Config:      drive_type
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_TYPE
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-root-folder-id

ID of the root folder.

This isn\[aq]t normally needed, but in special circumstances you might
know the folder ID that you wish to access but not be able to get
there through a path traversal.


Properties:

- Config:      root_folder_id
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-access-scopes

Set scopes to be requested by rclone.

Choose or manually enter a custom space separated list with all scopes, that rclone should request.


Properties:

- Config:      access_scopes
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ACCESS_SCOPES
- Type:        SpaceSepList
- Default:     Files.Read Files.ReadWrite Files.Read.All Files.ReadWrite.All Sites.Read.All offline_access
- Examples:
    - \[dq]Files.Read Files.ReadWrite Files.Read.All Files.ReadWrite.All Sites.Read.All offline_access\[dq]
        - Read and write access to all resources
    - \[dq]Files.Read Files.Read.All Sites.Read.All offline_access\[dq]
        - Read only access to all resources
    - \[dq]Files.Read Files.ReadWrite Files.Read.All Files.ReadWrite.All offline_access\[dq]
        - Read and write access to all resources, without the ability to browse SharePoint sites. 
        - Same as if disable_site_permission was set to true

#### --onedrive-disable-site-permission

Disable the request for Sites.Read.All permission.

If set to true, you will no longer be able to search for a SharePoint site when
configuring drive ID, because rclone will not request Sites.Read.All permission.
Set it to true if your organization didn\[aq]t assign Sites.Read.All permission to the
application, and your organization disallows users to consent app permission
request on their own.

Properties:

- Config:      disable_site_permission
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DISABLE_SITE_PERMISSION
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --onedrive-expose-onenote-files

Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.

By default, rclone will hide OneNote files in directory listings because
operations like \[dq]Open\[dq] and \[dq]Update\[dq] won\[aq]t work on them.  But this
behaviour may also prevent you from deleting them.  If you want to
delete OneNote files or otherwise want them to show up in directory
listing, set this option.

Properties:

- Config:      expose_onenote_files
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_EXPOSE_ONENOTE_FILES
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --onedrive-server-side-across-configs

Deprecated: use --server-side-across-configs instead.

Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different onedrive configs.

This will only work if you are copying between two OneDrive *Personal* drives AND
the files to copy are already shared between them.  In other cases, rclone will
fall back to normal copy (which will be slightly slower).

Properties:

- Config:      server_side_across_configs
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --onedrive-list-chunk

Size of listing chunk.

Properties:

- Config:      list_chunk
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LIST_CHUNK
- Type:        int
- Default:     1000

#### --onedrive-no-versions

Remove all versions on modifying operations.

Onedrive for business creates versions when rclone uploads new files
overwriting an existing one and when it sets the modification time.

These versions take up space out of the quota.

This flag checks for versions after file upload and setting
modification time and removes all but the last version.

**NB** Onedrive personal can\[aq]t currently delete versions so don\[aq]t use
this flag there.


Properties:

- Config:      no_versions
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_NO_VERSIONS
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --onedrive-link-scope

Set the scope of the links created by the link command.

Properties:

- Config:      link_scope
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_SCOPE
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]anonymous\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]anonymous\[dq]
        - Anyone with the link has access, without needing to sign in.
        - This may include people outside of your organization.
        - Anonymous link support may be disabled by an administrator.
    - \[dq]organization\[dq]
        - Anyone signed into your organization (tenant) can use the link to get access.
        - Only available in OneDrive for Business and SharePoint.

#### --onedrive-link-type

Set the type of the links created by the link command.

Properties:

- Config:      link_type
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_TYPE
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]view\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]view\[dq]
        - Creates a read-only link to the item.
    - \[dq]edit\[dq]
        - Creates a read-write link to the item.
    - \[dq]embed\[dq]
        - Creates an embeddable link to the item.

#### --onedrive-link-password

Set the password for links created by the link command.

At the time of writing this only works with OneDrive personal paid accounts.


Properties:

- Config:      link_password
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_PASSWORD
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

#### --onedrive-hash-type

Specify the hash in use for the backend.

This specifies the hash type in use. If set to \[dq]auto\[dq] it will use the
default hash which is QuickXorHash.

Before rclone 1.62 an SHA1 hash was used by default for Onedrive
Personal. For 1.62 and later the default is to use a QuickXorHash for
all onedrive types. If an SHA1 hash is desired then set this option
accordingly.

From July 2023 QuickXorHash will be the only available hash for
both OneDrive for Business and OneDriver Personal.

This can be set to \[dq]none\[dq] to not use any hashes.

If the hash requested does not exist on the object, it will be
returned as an empty string which is treated as a missing hash by
rclone.


Properties:

- Config:      hash_type
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_HASH_TYPE
- Type:        string
- Default:     \[dq]auto\[dq]
- Examples:
    - \[dq]auto\[dq]
        - Rclone chooses the best hash
    - \[dq]quickxor\[dq]
        - QuickXor
    - \[dq]sha1\[dq]
        - SHA1
    - \[dq]sha256\[dq]
        - SHA256
    - \[dq]crc32\[dq]
        - CRC32
    - \[dq]none\[dq]
        - None - don\[aq]t use any hashes

#### --onedrive-av-override

Allows download of files the server thinks has a virus.

The onedrive/sharepoint server may check files uploaded with an Anti
Virus checker. If it detects any potential viruses or malware it will
block download of the file.

In this case you will see a message like this

    server reports this file is infected with a virus - use --onedrive-av-override to download anyway: Infected (name of virus): 403 Forbidden: 

If you are 100% sure you want to download this file anyway then use
the --onedrive-av-override flag, or av_override = true in the config
file.


Properties:

- Config:      av_override
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_AV_OVERRIDE
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --onedrive-delta

If set rclone will use delta listing to implement recursive listings.

If this flag is set the onedrive backend will advertise \[ga]ListR\[ga]
support for recursive listings.

Setting this flag speeds up these things greatly:

    rclone lsf -R onedrive:
    rclone size onedrive:
    rclone rc vfs/refresh recursive=true

**However** the delta listing API **only** works at the root of the
drive. If you use it not at the root then it recurses from the root
and discards all the data that is not under the directory you asked
for. So it will be correct but may not be very efficient.

This is why this flag is not set as the default.

As a rule of thumb if nearly all of your data is under rclone\[aq]s root
directory (the \[ga]root/directory\[ga] in \[ga]onedrive:root/directory\[ga]) then
using this flag will be be a big performance win. If your data is
mostly not under the root then using this flag will be a big
performance loss.

It is recommended if you are mounting your onedrive at the root
(or near the root when using crypt) and using rclone \[ga]rc vfs/refresh\[ga].


Properties:

- Config:      delta
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DELTA
- Type:        bool
- Default:     false

#### --onedrive-metadata-permissions

Control whether permissions should be read or written in metadata.

Reading permissions metadata from files can be done quickly, but it
isn\[aq]t always desirable to set the permissions from the metadata.


Properties:

- Config:      metadata_permissions
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_METADATA_PERMISSIONS
- Type:        Bits
- Default:     off
- Examples:
    - \[dq]off\[dq]
        - Do not read or write the value
    - \[dq]read\[dq]
        - Read the value only
    - \[dq]write\[dq]
        - Write the value only
    - \[dq]read,write\[dq]
        - Read and Write the value.

#### --onedrive-encoding

The encoding for the backend.

See the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.

Properties:

- Config:      encoding
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ENCODING
- Type:        Encoding
- Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot

#### --onedrive-description

Description of the remote

Properties:

- Config:      description
- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DESCRIPTION
- Type:        string
- Required:    false

### Metadata

OneDrive supports System Metadata (not User Metadata, as of this writing) for
both files and directories. Much of the metadata is read-only, and there are some
differences between OneDrive Personal and Business (see table below for
details).

Permissions are also supported, if \[ga]--onedrive-metadata-permissions\[ga] is set. The
accepted values for \[ga]--onedrive-metadata-permissions\[ga] are \[ga]read\[ga], \[ga]write\[ga],
\[ga]read,write\[ga], and \[ga]off\[ga] (the default). \[ga]write\[ga] supports adding new permissions,
updating the \[dq]role\[dq] of existing permissions, and removing permissions. Updating
and removing require the Permission ID to be known, so it is recommended to use
\[ga]read,write\[ga] instead of \[ga]write\[ga] if you wish to update/remove permissions.

Permissions are read/written in JSON format using the same schema as the
[OneDrive API](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/rest-api/resources/permission?view=odsp-graph-online),
which differs slightly between OneDrive Personal and Business.

Example for OneDrive Personal:
\[ga]\[ga]\[ga]json
[
    {
        \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]1234567890ABC!123\[dq],
        \[dq]grantedTo\[dq]: {
            \[dq]user\[dq]: {
                \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]ryan\[at]contoso.com\[dq]
            },
            \[dq]application\[dq]: {},
            \[dq]device\[dq]: {}
        },
        \[dq]invitation\[dq]: {
            \[dq]email\[dq]: \[dq]ryan\[at]contoso.com\[dq]
        },
        \[dq]link\[dq]: {
            \[dq]webUrl\[dq]: \[dq]https://1drv.ms/t/s!1234567890ABC\[dq]
        },
        \[dq]roles\[dq]: [
            \[dq]read\[dq]
        ],
        \[dq]shareId\[dq]: \[dq]s!1234567890ABC\[dq]
    }
]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Example for OneDrive Business:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[
    {
        \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]48d31887-5fad-4d73-a9f5-3c356e68a038\[dq],
        \[dq]grantedToIdentities\[dq]: [
            {
                \[dq]user\[dq]: {
                    \[dq]displayName\[dq]: \[dq]ryan\[at]contoso.com\[dq]
                },
                \[dq]application\[dq]: {},
                \[dq]device\[dq]: {}
            }
        ],
        \[dq]link\[dq]: {
            \[dq]type\[dq]: \[dq]view\[dq],
            \[dq]scope\[dq]: \[dq]users\[dq],
            \[dq]webUrl\[dq]: \[dq]https://contoso.sharepoint.com/:w:/t/design/a577ghg9hgh737613bmbjf839026561fmzhsr85ng9f3hjck2t5s\[dq]
        },
        \[dq]roles\[dq]: [
            \[dq]read\[dq]
        ],
        \[dq]shareId\[dq]: \[dq]u!LKj1lkdlals90j1nlkascl\[dq]
    },
    {
        \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]5D33DD65C6932946\[dq],
        \[dq]grantedTo\[dq]: {
            \[dq]user\[dq]: {
                \[dq]displayName\[dq]: \[dq]John Doe\[dq],
                \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]efee1b77-fb3b-4f65-99d6-274c11914d12\[dq]
            },
            \[dq]application\[dq]: {},
            \[dq]device\[dq]: {}
        },
        \[dq]roles\[dq]: [
            \[dq]owner\[dq]
        ],
        \[dq]shareId\[dq]: \[dq]FWxc1lasfdbEAGM5fI7B67aB5ZMPDMmQ11U\[dq]
    }
]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To write permissions, pass in a \[dq]permissions\[dq] metadata key using
this same format.
The
\f[C]--metadata-mapper\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata-mapper)
tool can be very helpful for this.
.PP
When adding permissions, an email address can be provided in the
\f[C]User.ID\f[R] or \f[C]DisplayName\f[R] properties of
\f[C]grantedTo\f[R] or \f[C]grantedToIdentities\f[R].
Alternatively, an ObjectID can be provided in \f[C]User.ID\f[R].
At least one valid recipient must be provided in order to add a
permission for a user.
Creating a Public Link is also supported, if \f[C]Link.Scope\f[R] is set
to \f[C]\[dq]anonymous\[dq]\f[R].
.PP
Example request to add a \[dq]read\[dq] permission:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[
    {
            \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
            \[dq]grantedTo\[dq]: {
                    \[dq]user\[dq]: {},
                    \[dq]application\[dq]: {},
                    \[dq]device\[dq]: {}
            },
            \[dq]grantedToIdentities\[dq]: [
                    {
                            \[dq]user\[dq]: {
                                    \[dq]id\[dq]: \[dq]ryan\[at]contoso.com\[dq]
                            },
                            \[dq]application\[dq]: {},
                            \[dq]device\[dq]: {}
                    }
            ],
            \[dq]roles\[dq]: [
                    \[dq]read\[dq]
            ]
    }
]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that adding a permission can fail if a conflicting permission
already exists for the file/folder.
.PP
To update an existing permission, include both the Permission ID and the
new \f[C]roles\f[R] to be assigned.
\f[C]roles\f[R] is the only property that can be changed.
.PP
To remove permissions, pass in a blob containing only the permissions
you wish to keep (which can be empty, to remove all.)
.PP
Note that both reading and writing permissions requires extra API calls,
so if you don\[aq]t need to read or write permissions it is recommended
to omit \f[C]--onedrive-metadata-permissions\f[R].
.PP
Metadata and permissions are supported for Folders (directories) as well
as Files.
Note that setting the \f[C]mtime\f[R] or \f[C]btime\f[R] on a Folder
requires one extra API call on OneDrive Business only.
.PP
OneDrive does not currently support User Metadata.
When writing metadata, only writeable system properties will be written
-- any read-only or unrecognized keys passed in will be ignored.
.PP
TIP: to see the metadata and permissions for any file or folder, run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsjson remote:path --stat -M --onedrive-metadata-permissions read
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Here are the possible system metadata items for the onedrive backend.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(11.1n) lw(11.1n) lw(11.1n) lw(16.6n) lw(20.3n).
T{
Name
T}@T{
Help
T}@T{
Type
T}@T{
Example
T}@T{
Read Only
T}
_
T{
btime
T}@T{
Time of file birth (creation) with S accuracy (mS for OneDrive
Personal).
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05Z
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
content-type
T}@T{
The MIME type of the file.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
text/plain
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
created-by-display-name
T}@T{
Display name of the user that created the item.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
John Doe
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
created-by-id
T}@T{
ID of the user that created the item.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
48d31887-5fad-4d73-a9f5-3c356e68a038
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
description
T}@T{
A short description of the file.
Max 1024 characters.
Only supported for OneDrive Personal.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
Contract for signing
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
id
T}@T{
The unique identifier of the item within OneDrive.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
01BYE5RZ6QN3ZWBTUFOFD3GSPGOHDJD36K
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
last-modified-by-display-name
T}@T{
Display name of the user that last modified the item.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
John Doe
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
last-modified-by-id
T}@T{
ID of the user that last modified the item.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
48d31887-5fad-4d73-a9f5-3c356e68a038
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
malware-detected
T}@T{
Whether OneDrive has detected that the item contains malware.
T}@T{
boolean
T}@T{
true
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
mtime
T}@T{
Time of last modification with S accuracy (mS for OneDrive Personal).
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05Z
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
package-type
T}@T{
If present, indicates that this item is a package instead of a folder or
file.
Packages are treated like files in some contexts and folders in others.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
oneNote
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
permissions
T}@T{
Permissions in a JSON dump of OneDrive format.
Enable with --onedrive-metadata-permissions.
Properties: id, grantedTo, grantedToIdentities, invitation,
inheritedFrom, link, roles, shareId
T}@T{
JSON
T}@T{
{}
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
shared-by-id
T}@T{
ID of the user that shared the item (if shared).
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
48d31887-5fad-4d73-a9f5-3c356e68a038
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
shared-owner-id
T}@T{
ID of the owner of the shared item (if shared).
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
48d31887-5fad-4d73-a9f5-3c356e68a038
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
shared-scope
T}@T{
If shared, indicates the scope of how the item is shared: anonymous,
organization, or users.
T}@T{
string
T}@T{
users
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
shared-time
T}@T{
Time when the item was shared, with S accuracy (mS for OneDrive
Personal).
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05Z
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
T{
utime
T}@T{
Time of upload with S accuracy (mS for OneDrive Personal).
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05Z
T}@T{
\f[B]Y\f[R]
T}
.TE
.PP
See the metadata (https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.
.SS Limitations
.PP
If you don\[aq]t use rclone for 90 days the refresh token will expire.
This will result in authorization problems.
This is easy to fix by running the
\f[C]rclone config reconnect remote:\f[R] command to get a new token and
refresh token.
.SS Naming
.PP
Note that OneDrive is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file
called \[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].
.PP
There are quite a few characters that can\[aq]t be in OneDrive file
names.
These can\[aq]t occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms
they are common.
Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode
equivalent.
For example if a file has a \f[C]?\f[R] in it will be mapped to
\f[C]\[uFF1F]\f[R] instead.
.SS File sizes
.PP
The largest allowed file size is 250 GiB for both OneDrive Personal and
OneDrive for Business (Updated 13 Jan
2021) (https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/invalid-file-names-and-file-types-in-onedrive-and-sharepoint-64883a5d-228e-48f5-b3d2-eb39e07630fa?ui=en-us&rs=en-us&ad=us#individualfilesize).
.SS Path length
.PP
The entire path, including the file name, must contain fewer than 400
characters for OneDrive, OneDrive for Business and SharePoint Online.
If you are encrypting file and folder names with rclone, you may want to
pay attention to this limitation because the encrypted names are
typically longer than the original ones.
.SS Number of files
.PP
OneDrive seems to be OK with at least 50,000 files in a folder, but at
100,000 rclone will get errors listing the directory like
\f[C]couldn\[cq]t list files: UnknownError:\f[R].
See #2707 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/2707) for more info.
.PP
An official document about the limitations for different types of
OneDrive can be found
here (https://support.office.com/en-us/article/invalid-file-names-and-file-types-in-onedrive-onedrive-for-business-and-sharepoint-64883a5d-228e-48f5-b3d2-eb39e07630fa).
.SS Versions
.PP
Every change in a file OneDrive causes the service to create a new
version of the file.
This counts against a users quota.
For example changing the modification time of a file creates a second
version, so the file apparently uses twice the space.
.PP
For example the \f[C]copy\f[R] command is affected by this as rclone
copies the file and then afterwards sets the modification time to match
the source file which uses another version.
.PP
You can use the \f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] command (see below) to remove
all old versions.
.PP
Or you can set the \f[C]no_versions\f[R] parameter to \f[C]true\f[R] and
rclone will remove versions after operations which create new versions.
This takes extra transactions so only enable it if you need it.
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R] At the time of writing Onedrive Personal creates versions
(but not for setting the modification time) but the API for removing
them returns \[dq]API not found\[dq] so cleanup and
\f[C]no_versions\f[R] should not be used on Onedrive Personal.
.SS Disabling versioning
.PP
Starting October 2018, users will no longer be able to disable
versioning by default.
This is because Microsoft has brought an
update (https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/Microsoft-OneDrive-Blog/New-Updates-to-OneDrive-and-SharePoint-Team-Site-Versioning/ba-p/204390)
to the mechanism.
To change this new default setting, a PowerShell command is required to
be run by a SharePoint admin.
If you are an admin, you can run these commands in PowerShell to change
that setting:
.IP "1." 3
\f[C]Install-Module -Name Microsoft.Online.SharePoint.PowerShell\f[R]
(in case you haven\[aq]t installed this already)
.IP "2." 3
\f[C]Import-Module Microsoft.Online.SharePoint.PowerShell -DisableNameChecking\f[R]
.IP "3." 3
\f[C]Connect-SPOService -Url https://YOURSITE-admin.sharepoint.com -Credential YOU\[at]YOURSITE.COM\f[R]
(replacing \f[C]YOURSITE\f[R], \f[C]YOU\f[R], \f[C]YOURSITE.COM\f[R]
with the actual values; this will prompt for your credentials)
.IP "4." 3
\f[C]Set-SPOTenant -EnableMinimumVersionRequirement $False\f[R]
.IP "5." 3
\f[C]Disconnect-SPOService\f[R] (to disconnect from the server)
.PP
\f[I]Below are the steps for normal users to disable versioning. If you
don\[aq]t see the \[dq]No Versioning\[dq] option, make sure the above
requirements are met.\f[R]
.PP
User Weropol (https://github.com/Weropol) has found a method to disable
versioning on OneDrive
.IP "1." 3
Open the settings menu by clicking on the gear symbol at the top of the
OneDrive Business page.
.IP "2." 3
Click Site settings.
.IP "3." 3
Once on the Site settings page, navigate to Site Administration > Site
libraries and lists.
.IP "4." 3
Click Customize \[dq]Documents\[dq].
.IP "5." 3
Click General Settings > Versioning Settings.
.IP "6." 3
Under Document Version History select the option No versioning.
Note: This will disable the creation of new file versions, but will not
remove any previous versions.
Your documents are safe.
.IP "7." 3
Apply the changes by clicking OK.
.IP "8." 3
Use rclone to upload or modify files.
(I also use the --no-update-modtime flag)
.IP "9." 3
Restore the versioning settings after using rclone.
(Optional)
.SS Cleanup
.PP
OneDrive supports \f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] which causes rclone to look
through every file under the path supplied and delete all version but
the current version.
Because this involves traversing all the files, then querying each file
for versions it can be quite slow.
Rclone does \f[C]--checkers\f[R] tests in parallel.
The command also supports \f[C]--interactive\f[R]/\f[C]i\f[R] or
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R] which is a great way to see what it would do.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone cleanup --interactive remote:path/subdir # interactively remove all old version for path/subdir
rclone cleanup remote:path/subdir               # unconditionally remove all old version for path/subdir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Onedrive personal can\[aq]t currently delete versions
.SS Troubleshooting
.SS Excessive throttling or blocked on SharePoint
.PP
If you experience excessive throttling or is being blocked on SharePoint
then it may help to set the user agent explicitly with a flag like this:
\f[C]--user-agent \[dq]ISV|rclone.org|rclone/v1.55.1\[dq]\f[R]
.PP
The specific details can be found in the Microsoft document: Avoid
getting throttled or blocked in SharePoint
Online (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/how-to-avoid-getting-throttled-or-blocked-in-sharepoint-online#how-to-decorate-your-http-traffic-to-avoid-throttling)
.SS Unexpected file size/hash differences on Sharepoint
.PP
It is a
known (https://github.com/OneDrive/onedrive-api-docs/issues/935#issuecomment-441741631)
issue that Sharepoint (not OneDrive or OneDrive for Business) silently
modifies uploaded files, mainly Office files (.docx, .xlsx, etc.),
causing file size and hash checks to fail.
There are also other situations that will cause OneDrive to report
inconsistent file sizes.
To use rclone with such affected files on Sharepoint, you may disable
these checks with the following command line arguments:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--ignore-checksum --ignore-size
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Alternatively, if you have write access to the OneDrive files, it may be
possible to fix this problem for certain files, by attempting the steps
below.
Open the web interface for OneDrive (https://onedrive.live.com) and find
the affected files (which will be in the error messages/log for rclone).
Simply click on each of these files, causing OneDrive to open them on
the web.
This will cause each file to be converted in place to a format that is
functionally equivalent but which will no longer trigger the size
discrepancy.
Once all problematic files are converted you will no longer need the
ignore options above.
.SS Replacing/deleting existing files on Sharepoint gets \[dq]item not found\[dq]
.PP
It is a
known (https://github.com/OneDrive/onedrive-api-docs/issues/1068) issue
that Sharepoint (not OneDrive or OneDrive for Business) may return
\[dq]item not found\[dq] errors when users try to replace or delete
uploaded files; this seems to mainly affect Office files (.docx, .xlsx,
etc.) and web files (.html, .aspx, etc.).
As a workaround, you may use the \f[C]--backup-dir <BACKUP_DIR>\f[R]
command line argument so rclone moves the files to be replaced/deleted
into a given backup directory (instead of directly replacing/deleting
them).
For example, to instruct rclone to move the files into the directory
\f[C]rclone-backup-dir\f[R] on backend \f[C]mysharepoint\f[R], you may
use:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--backup-dir mysharepoint:rclone-backup-dir
\f[R]
.fi
.SS access_denied (AADSTS65005)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Error: access_denied
Code: AADSTS65005
Description: Using application \[aq]rclone\[aq] is currently not supported for your organization [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] because it is in an unmanaged state. An administrator needs to claim ownership of the company by DNS validation of [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] before the application rclone can be provisioned.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This means that rclone can\[aq]t use the OneDrive for Business API with
your account.
You can\[aq]t do much about it, maybe write an email to your admins.
.PP
However, there are other ways to interact with your OneDrive account.
Have a look at the WebDAV backend: https://rclone.org/webdav/#sharepoint
.SS invalid_grant (AADSTS50076)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Error: invalid_grant
Code: AADSTS50076
Description: Due to a configuration change made by your administrator, or because you moved to a new location, you must use multi-factor authentication to access \[aq]...\[aq].
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you see the error above after enabling multi-factor authentication
for your account, you can fix it by refreshing your OAuth refresh token.
To do that, run \f[C]rclone config\f[R], and choose to edit your
OneDrive backend.
Then, you don\[aq]t need to actually make any changes until you reach
this question: \f[C]Already have a token - refresh?\f[R].
For this question, answer \f[C]y\f[R] and go through the process to
refresh your token, just like the first time the backend is configured.
After this, rclone should work again for this backend.
.SS Invalid request when making public links
.PP
On Sharepoint and OneDrive for Business, \f[C]rclone link\f[R] may
return an \[dq]Invalid request\[dq] error.
A possible cause is that the organisation admin didn\[aq]t allow public
links to be made for the organisation/sharepoint library.
To fix the permissions as an admin, take a look at the docs:
1 (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/turn-external-sharing-on-or-off),
2 (https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/set-up-and-manage-access-requests-94b26e0b-2822-49d4-929a-8455698654b3).
.SS Can not access \f[C]Shared\f[R] with me files
.PP
Shared with me files is not supported by rclone
currently (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/4062), but there is a
workaround:
.IP "1." 3
Visit https://onedrive.live.com (https://onedrive.live.com/)
.IP "2." 3
Right click a item in \f[C]Shared\f[R], then click
\f[C]Add shortcut to My files\f[R] in the context
[IMAGE: make_shortcut (https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/60313789/206118040-7e762b3b-aa61-41a1-8649-cc18889f3572.png)]
.IP "3." 3
The shortcut will appear in \f[C]My files\f[R], you can access it with
rclone, it behaves like a normal folder/file.
[IMAGE: in_my_files (https://i.imgur.com/0S8H3li.png)]
[IMAGE: rclone_mount (https://i.imgur.com/2Iq66sW.png)]
.SS Live Photos uploaded from iOS (small video clips in .heic files)
.PP
The iOS OneDrive app introduced upload and
storage (https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/microsoft-onedrive-blog/live-photos-come-to-onedrive/ba-p/1953452)
of Live Photos (https://support.apple.com/en-gb/HT207310) in 2020.
The usage and download of these uploaded Live Photos is unfortunately
still work-in-progress and this introduces several issues when copying,
synchronising and mounting \[en] both in rclone and in the native
OneDrive client on Windows.
.PP
The root cause can easily be seen if you locate one of your Live Photos
in the OneDrive web interface.
Then download the photo from the web interface.
You will then see that the size of downloaded .heic file is smaller than
the size displayed in the web interface.
The downloaded file is smaller because it only contains a single frame
(still photo) extracted from the Live Photo (movie) stored in OneDrive.
.PP
The different sizes will cause \f[C]rclone copy/sync\f[R] to repeatedly
recopy unmodified photos something like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
DEBUG : 20230203_123826234_iOS.heic: Sizes differ (src 4470314 vs dst 1298667)
DEBUG : 20230203_123826234_iOS.heic: sha1 = fc2edde7863b7a7c93ca6771498ac797f8460750 OK
INFO  : 20230203_123826234_iOS.heic: Copied (replaced existing)
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
These recopies can be worked around by adding \f[C]--ignore-size\f[R].
Please note that this workaround only syncs the still-picture not the
movie clip, and relies on modification dates being correctly updated on
all files in all situations.
.PP
The different sizes will also cause \f[C]rclone check\f[R] to report
size errors something like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
ERROR : 20230203_123826234_iOS.heic: sizes differ
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
These check errors can be suppressed by adding \f[C]--ignore-size\f[R].
.PP
The different sizes will also cause \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] to fail
downloading with an error something like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
ERROR : 20230203_123826234_iOS.heic: ReadFileHandle.Read error: low level retry 1/10: unexpected EOF
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or like this when using \f[C]--cache-mode=full\f[R]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
INFO  : 20230203_123826234_iOS.heic: vfs cache: downloader: error count now 1: vfs reader: failed to write to cache file: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable:
ERROR : 20230203_123826234_iOS.heic: vfs cache: failed to download: vfs reader: failed to write to cache file: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable:
\f[R]
.fi
.SH OpenDrive
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / OpenDrive
   \[rs] \[dq]opendrive\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> opendrive
Username
username>
Password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
--------------------
[remote]
username =
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List directories in top level of your OpenDrive
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your OpenDrive
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to an OpenDrive directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
OpenDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second.
These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
.PP
The MD5 hash algorithm is supported.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
NUL
T}@T{
0x00
T}@T{
\[u2400]
T}
T{
/
T}@T{
0x2F
T}@T{
\[uFF0F]
T}
T{
\[dq]
T}@T{
0x22
T}@T{
\[uFF02]
T}
T{
*
T}@T{
0x2A
T}@T{
\[uFF0A]
T}
T{
:
T}@T{
0x3A
T}@T{
\[uFF1A]
T}
T{
<
T}@T{
0x3C
T}@T{
\[uFF1C]
T}
T{
>
T}@T{
0x3E
T}@T{
\[uFF1E]
T}
T{
?
T}@T{
0x3F
T}@T{
\[uFF1F]
T}
T{
\[rs]
T}@T{
0x5C
T}@T{
\[uFF3C]
T}
T{
|
T}@T{
0x7C
T}@T{
\[uFF5C]
T}
.TE
.PP
File names can also not begin or end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
name:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
SP
T}@T{
0x20
T}@T{
\[u2420]
T}
T{
HT
T}@T{
0x09
T}@T{
\[u2409]
T}
T{
LF
T}@T{
0x0A
T}@T{
\[u240A]
T}
T{
VT
T}@T{
0x0B
T}@T{
\[u240B]
T}
T{
CR
T}@T{
0x0D
T}@T{
\[u240D]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
.SS --opendrive-username
.PP
Username.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: username
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_USERNAME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --opendrive-password
.PP
Password.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
.SS --opendrive-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --opendrive-chunk-size
.PP
Files will be uploaded in chunks this size.
.PP
Note that these chunks are buffered in memory so increasing them will
increase memory use.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 10Mi
.SS --opendrive-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
Note that OpenDrive is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file
called \[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].
.PP
There are quite a few characters that can\[aq]t be in OpenDrive file
names.
These can\[aq]t occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms
they are common.
Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode
equivalent.
For example if a file has a \f[C]?\f[R] in it will be mapped to
\f[C]\[uFF1F]\f[R] instead.
.PP
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] is not supported by the OpenDrive backend.
Backends without this capability cannot determine free space for an
rclone mount or use policy \f[C]mfs\f[R] (most free space) as a member
of an rclone union remote.
.PP
See List of backends that do not support rclone
about (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)
.SH Oracle Object Storage
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Object Storage
Overview (https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/Object/Concepts/objectstorageoverview.htm)
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Object Storage
FAQ (https://www.oracle.com/cloud/storage/object-storage/faq/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Object Storage
Limits (https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/Resources/Assets/whitepapers/oci-object-storage-best-practices.pdf)
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:bucket\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R] for
the \f[C]lsd\f[R] command.) You may put subdirectories in too, e.g.
\f[C]remote:bucket/path/to/dir\f[R].
.PP
Sample command to transfer local artifacts to remote:bucket in oracle
object storage:
.PP
\f[C]rclone -vvv  --progress --stats-one-line --max-stats-groups 10 --log-format date,time,UTC,longfile --fast-list --buffer-size 256Mi --oos-no-check-bucket --oos-upload-cutoff 10Mi --multi-thread-cutoff 16Mi --multi-thread-streams 3000 --transfers 3000 --checkers 64  --retries 2  --oos-chunk-size 10Mi --oos-upload-concurrency 10000  --oos-attempt-resume-upload --oos-leave-parts-on-error sync ./artifacts  remote:bucket -vv\f[R]
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making an oracle object storage configuration.
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] walks you through it.
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n

Enter name for new remote.
name> remote

Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
[snip]
XX / Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Object Storage
   \[rs] (oracleobjectstorage)
Storage> oracleobjectstorage

Option provider.
Choose your Auth Provider
Choose a number from below, or type in your own string value.
Press Enter for the default (env_auth).
 1 / automatically pickup the credentials from runtime(env), first one to provide auth wins
   \[rs] (env_auth)
   / use an OCI user and an API key for authentication.
 2 | you\[cq]ll need to put in a config file your tenancy OCID, user OCID, region, the path, fingerprint to an API key.
   | https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/Concepts/sdkconfig.htm
   \[rs] (user_principal_auth)
   / use instance principals to authorize an instance to make API calls.
 3 | each instance has its own identity, and authenticates using the certificates that are read from instance metadata.
   | https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/Identity/Tasks/callingservicesfrominstances.htm
   \[rs] (instance_principal_auth)
   / use workload identity to grant Kubernetes pods policy-driven access to Oracle Cloud
 4 | Infrastructure (OCI) resources using OCI Identity and Access Management (IAM).
   | https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/ContEng/Tasks/contenggrantingworkloadaccesstoresources.htm
   \[rs] (workload_identity_auth)
 5 / use resource principals to make API calls
   \[rs] (resource_principal_auth)
 6 / no credentials needed, this is typically for reading public buckets
   \[rs] (no_auth)
provider> 2

Option namespace.
Object storage namespace
Enter a value.
namespace> idbamagbg734

Option compartment.
Object storage compartment OCID
Enter a value.
compartment> ocid1.compartment.oc1..aaaaaaaapufkxc7ame3sthry5i7ujrwfc7ejnthhu6bhanm5oqfjpyasjkba

Option region.
Object storage Region
Enter a value.
region> us-ashburn-1

Option endpoint.
Endpoint for Object storage API.
Leave blank to use the default endpoint for the region.
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
endpoint> 

Option config_file.
Full Path to OCI config file
Choose a number from below, or type in your own string value.
Press Enter for the default (\[ti]/.oci/config).
 1 / oci configuration file location
   \[rs] (\[ti]/.oci/config)
config_file> /etc/oci/dev.conf

Option config_profile.
Profile name inside OCI config file
Choose a number from below, or type in your own string value.
Press Enter for the default (Default).
 1 / Use the default profile
   \[rs] (Default)
config_profile> Test

Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n

Configuration complete.
Options:
- type: oracleobjectstorage
- namespace: idbamagbg734
- compartment: ocid1.compartment.oc1..aaaaaaaapufkxc7ame3sthry5i7ujrwfc7ejnthhu6bhanm5oqfjpyasjkba
- region: us-ashburn-1
- provider: user_principal_auth
- config_file: /etc/oci/dev.conf
- config_profile: Test
Keep this \[dq]remote\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See all buckets
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Create a new bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket --max-depth 1
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Authentication Providers
.PP
OCI has various authentication methods.
To learn more about authentication methods please refer oci
authentication
methods (https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/Concepts/sdk_authentication_methods.htm)
These choices can be specified in the rclone config file.
.PP
Rclone supports the following OCI authentication provider.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
User Principal
Instance Principal
Resource Principal
Workload Identity
No authentication
\f[R]
.fi
.SS User Principal
.PP
Sample rclone config file for Authentication Provider User Principal:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[oos]
type = oracleobjectstorage
namespace = id<redacted>34
compartment = ocid1.compartment.oc1..aa<redacted>ba
region = us-ashburn-1
provider = user_principal_auth
config_file = /home/opc/.oci/config
config_profile = Default
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Advantages: - One can use this method from any server within OCI or
on-premises or from other cloud provider.
.PP
Considerations: - you need to configure user\[cq]s privileges / policy
to allow access to object storage - Overhead of managing users and keys.
- If the user is deleted, the config file will no longer work and may
cause automation regressions that use the user\[aq]s credentials.
.SS Instance Principal
.PP
An OCI compute instance can be authorized to use rclone by using
it\[aq]s identity and certificates as an instance principal.
With this approach no credentials have to be stored and managed.
.PP
Sample rclone configuration file for Authentication Provider Instance
Principal:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[opc\[at]rclone \[ti]]$ cat \[ti]/.config/artpar/artpar.conf
[oos]
type = oracleobjectstorage
namespace = id<redacted>fn
compartment = ocid1.compartment.oc1..aa<redacted>k7a
region = us-ashburn-1
provider = instance_principal_auth
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Advantages:
.IP \[bu] 2
With instance principals, you don\[aq]t need to configure user
credentials and transfer/ save it to disk in your compute instances or
rotate the credentials.
.IP \[bu] 2
You don\[cq]t need to deal with users and keys.
.IP \[bu] 2
Greatly helps in automation as you don\[aq]t have to manage access keys,
user private keys, storing them in vault, using kms etc.
.PP
Considerations:
.IP \[bu] 2
You need to configure a dynamic group having this instance as member and
add policy to read object storage to that dynamic group.
.IP \[bu] 2
Everyone who has access to this machine can execute the CLI commands.
.IP \[bu] 2
It is applicable for oci compute instances only.
It cannot be used on external instance or resources.
.SS Resource Principal
.PP
Resource principal auth is very similar to instance principal auth but
used for resources that are not compute instances such as serverless
functions (https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/Functions/Concepts/functionsoverview.htm).
To use resource principal ensure Rclone process is started with these
environment variables set in its process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
export OCI_RESOURCE_PRINCIPAL_VERSION=2.2
export OCI_RESOURCE_PRINCIPAL_REGION=us-ashburn-1
export OCI_RESOURCE_PRINCIPAL_PRIVATE_PEM=/usr/share/model-server/key.pem
export OCI_RESOURCE_PRINCIPAL_RPST=/usr/share/model-server/security_token
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sample rclone configuration file for Authentication Provider Resource
Principal:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[oos]
type = oracleobjectstorage
namespace = id<redacted>34
compartment = ocid1.compartment.oc1..aa<redacted>ba
region = us-ashburn-1
provider = resource_principal_auth
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Workload Identity
.PP
Workload Identity auth may be used when running Rclone from Kubernetes
pod on a Container Engine for Kubernetes (OKE) cluster.
For more details on configuring Workload Identity, see Granting
Workloads Access to OCI
Resources (https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/ContEng/Tasks/contenggrantingworkloadaccesstoresources.htm).
To use workload identity, ensure Rclone is started with these
environment variables set in its process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
export OCI_RESOURCE_PRINCIPAL_VERSION=2.2
export OCI_RESOURCE_PRINCIPAL_REGION=us-ashburn-1
\f[R]
.fi
.SS No authentication
.PP
Public buckets do not require any authentication mechanism to read
objects.
Sample rclone configuration file for No authentication:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[oos]
type = oracleobjectstorage
namespace = id<redacted>34
compartment = ocid1.compartment.oc1..aa<redacted>ba
region = us-ashburn-1
provider = no_auth
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
The modification time is stored as metadata on the object as
\f[C]opc-meta-mtime\f[R] as floating point since the epoch, accurate to
1 ns.
.PP
If the modification time needs to be updated rclone will attempt to
perform a server side copy to update the modification if the object can
be copied in a single part.
In the case the object is larger than 5Gb, the object will be uploaded
rather than copied.
.PP
Note that reading this from the object takes an additional
\f[C]HEAD\f[R] request as the metadata isn\[aq]t returned in object
listings.
.PP
The MD5 hash algorithm is supported.
.SS Multipart uploads
.PP
rclone supports multipart uploads with OOS which means that it can
upload files bigger than 5 GiB.
.PP
Note that files uploaded \f[I]both\f[R] with multipart upload
\f[I]and\f[R] through crypt remotes do not have MD5 sums.
.PP
rclone switches from single part uploads to multipart uploads at the
point specified by \f[C]--oos-upload-cutoff\f[R].
This can be a maximum of 5 GiB and a minimum of 0 (ie always upload
multipart files).
.PP
The chunk sizes used in the multipart upload are specified by
\f[C]--oos-chunk-size\f[R] and the number of chunks uploaded
concurrently is specified by \f[C]--oos-upload-concurrency\f[R].
.PP
Multipart uploads will use \f[C]--transfers\f[R] *
\f[C]--oos-upload-concurrency\f[R] * \f[C]--oos-chunk-size\f[R] extra
memory.
Single part uploads to not use extra memory.
.PP
Single part transfers can be faster than multipart transfers or slower
depending on your latency from oos - the more latency, the more likely
single part transfers will be faster.
.PP
Increasing \f[C]--oos-upload-concurrency\f[R] will increase throughput
(8 would be a sensible value) and increasing \f[C]--oos-chunk-size\f[R]
also increases throughput (16M would be sensible).
Increasing either of these will use more memory.
The default values are high enough to gain most of the possible
performance without using too much memory.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to oracleobjectstorage (Oracle
Cloud Infrastructure Object Storage).
.SS --oos-provider
.PP
Choose your Auth Provider
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: provider
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_PROVIDER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]env_auth\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]env_auth\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
automatically pickup the credentials from runtime(env), first one to
provide auth wins
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]user_principal_auth\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
use an OCI user and an API key for authentication.
.IP \[bu] 2
you\[cq]ll need to put in a config file your tenancy OCID, user OCID,
region, the path, fingerprint to an API key.
.IP \[bu] 2
https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/Concepts/sdkconfig.htm
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]instance_principal_auth\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
use instance principals to authorize an instance to make API calls.
.IP \[bu] 2
each instance has its own identity, and authenticates using the
certificates that are read from instance metadata.
.IP \[bu] 2
https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/Identity/Tasks/callingservicesfrominstances.htm
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]workload_identity_auth\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
use workload identity to grant OCI Container Engine for Kubernetes
workloads policy-driven access to OCI resources using OCI Identity and
Access Management (IAM).
.IP \[bu] 2
https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/ContEng/Tasks/contenggrantingworkloadaccesstoresources.htm
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]resource_principal_auth\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
use resource principals to make API calls
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]no_auth\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
no credentials needed, this is typically for reading public buckets
.RE
.RE
.SS --oos-namespace
.PP
Object storage namespace
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: namespace
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_NAMESPACE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --oos-compartment
.PP
Object storage compartment OCID
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: compartment
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_COMPARTMENT
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: !no_auth
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --oos-region
.PP
Object storage Region
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: region
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_REGION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --oos-endpoint
.PP
Endpoint for Object storage API.
.PP
Leave blank to use the default endpoint for the region.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: endpoint
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_ENDPOINT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --oos-config-file
.PP
Path to OCI config file
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: config_file
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_CONFIG_FILE
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: user_principal_auth
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]\[ti]/.oci/config\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[ti]/.oci/config\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
oci configuration file location
.RE
.RE
.SS --oos-config-profile
.PP
Profile name inside the oci config file
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: config_profile
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_CONFIG_PROFILE
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: user_principal_auth
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]Default\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Default\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the default profile
.RE
.RE
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to oracleobjectstorage (Oracle
Cloud Infrastructure Object Storage).
.SS --oos-storage-tier
.PP
The storage class to use when storing new objects in storage.
https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/Object/Concepts/understandingstoragetiers.htm
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: storage_tier
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_STORAGE_TIER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]Standard\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Standard\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Standard storage tier, this is the default tier
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]InfrequentAccess\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
InfrequentAccess storage tier
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]Archive\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Archive storage tier
.RE
.RE
.SS --oos-upload-cutoff
.PP
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
.PP
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size.
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: upload_cutoff
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 200Mi
.SS --oos-chunk-size
.PP
Chunk size to use for uploading.
.PP
When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff or files with unknown
size (e.g.
from \[dq]rclone rcat\[dq] or uploaded with \[dq]rclone mount\[dq] they
will be uploaded as multipart uploads using this chunk size.
.PP
Note that \[dq]upload_concurrency\[dq] chunks of this size are buffered
in memory per transfer.
.PP
If you are transferring large files over high-speed links and you have
enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.
.PP
Rclone will automatically increase the chunk size when uploading a large
file of known size to stay below the 10,000 chunks limit.
.PP
Files of unknown size are uploaded with the configured chunk_size.
Since the default chunk size is 5 MiB and there can be at most 10,000
chunks, this means that by default the maximum size of a file you can
stream upload is 48 GiB.
If you wish to stream upload larger files then you will need to increase
chunk_size.
.PP
Increasing the chunk size decreases the accuracy of the progress
statistics displayed with \[dq]-P\[dq] flag.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 5Mi
.SS --oos-max-upload-parts
.PP
Maximum number of parts in a multipart upload.
.PP
This option defines the maximum number of multipart chunks to use when
doing a multipart upload.
.PP
OCI has max parts limit of 10,000 chunks.
.PP
Rclone will automatically increase the chunk size when uploading a large
file of a known size to stay below this number of chunks limit.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: max_upload_parts
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_MAX_UPLOAD_PARTS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 10000
.SS --oos-upload-concurrency
.PP
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
.PP
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently.
.PP
If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed links
and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing
this may help to speed up the transfers.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: upload_concurrency
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 10
.SS --oos-copy-cutoff
.PP
Cutoff for switching to multipart copy.
.PP
Any files larger than this that need to be server-side copied will be
copied in chunks of this size.
.PP
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: copy_cutoff
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_COPY_CUTOFF
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 4.656Gi
.SS --oos-copy-timeout
.PP
Timeout for copy.
.PP
Copy is an asynchronous operation, specify timeout to wait for copy to
succeed
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: copy_timeout
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_COPY_TIMEOUT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Duration
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 1m0s
.SS --oos-disable-checksum
.PP
Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
.PP
Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object.
This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for
large files to start uploading.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: disable_checksum
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --oos-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --oos-leave-parts-on-error
.PP
If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all
successfully uploaded parts for manual recovery.
.PP
It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions.
.PP
WARNING: Storing parts of an incomplete multipart upload counts towards
space usage on object storage and will add additional costs if not
cleaned up.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: leave_parts_on_error
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --oos-attempt-resume-upload
.PP
If true attempt to resume previously started multipart upload for the
object.
This will be helpful to speed up multipart transfers by resuming uploads
from past session.
.PP
WARNING: If chunk size differs in resumed session from past incomplete
session, then the resumed multipart upload is aborted and a new
multipart upload is started with the new chunk size.
.PP
The flag leave_parts_on_error must be true to resume and optimize to
skip parts that were already uploaded successfully.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: attempt_resume_upload
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_ATTEMPT_RESUME_UPLOAD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --oos-no-check-bucket
.PP
If set, don\[aq]t attempt to check the bucket exists or create it.
.PP
This can be useful when trying to minimise the number of transactions
rclone does if you know the bucket exists already.
.PP
It can also be needed if the user you are using does not have bucket
creation permissions.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_check_bucket
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_NO_CHECK_BUCKET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --oos-sse-customer-key-file
.PP
To use SSE-C, a file containing the base64-encoded string of the AES-256
encryption key associated with the object.
Please note only one of
sse_customer_key_file|sse_customer_key|sse_kms_key_id is needed.\[aq]
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_customer_key_file
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_FILE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.RE
.SS --oos-sse-customer-key
.PP
To use SSE-C, the optional header that specifies the base64-encoded
256-bit encryption key to use to encrypt or decrypt the data.
Please note only one of
sse_customer_key_file|sse_customer_key|sse_kms_key_id is needed.
For more information, see Using Your Own Keys for Server-Side Encryption
(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/Object/Tasks/usingyourencryptionkeys.htm)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_customer_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.RE
.SS --oos-sse-customer-key-sha256
.PP
If using SSE-C, The optional header that specifies the base64-encoded
SHA256 hash of the encryption key.
This value is used to check the integrity of the encryption key.
see Using Your Own Keys for Server-Side Encryption
(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/Object/Tasks/usingyourencryptionkeys.htm).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_customer_key_sha256
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_SHA256
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.RE
.SS --oos-sse-kms-key-id
.PP
if using your own master key in vault, this header specifies the OCID
(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm)
of a master encryption key used to call the Key Management service to
generate a data encryption key or to encrypt or decrypt a data
encryption key.
Please note only one of
sse_customer_key_file|sse_customer_key|sse_kms_key_id is needed.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_kms_key_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_SSE_KMS_KEY_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.RE
.SS --oos-sse-customer-algorithm
.PP
If using SSE-C, the optional header that specifies \[dq]AES256\[dq] as
the encryption algorithm.
Object Storage supports \[dq]AES256\[dq] as the encryption algorithm.
For more information, see Using Your Own Keys for Server-Side Encryption
(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/Object/Tasks/usingyourencryptionkeys.htm).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sse_customer_algorithm
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
None
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]AES256\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
AES256
.RE
.RE
.SS --oos-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_OOS_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Backend commands
.PP
Here are the commands specific to the oracleobjectstorage backend.
.PP
Run them with
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend COMMAND remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
.PP
See the backend (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command
for more info on how to pass options and arguments.
.PP
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).
.SS rename
.PP
change the name of an object
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend rename remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command can be used to rename a object.
.PP
Usage Examples:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend rename oos:bucket relative-object-path-under-bucket object-new-name
\f[R]
.fi
.SS list-multipart-uploads
.PP
List the unfinished multipart uploads
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend list-multipart-uploads remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command lists the unfinished multipart uploads in JSON format.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend list-multipart-uploads oos:bucket/path/to/object
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
It returns a dictionary of buckets with values as lists of unfinished
multipart uploads.
.PP
You can call it with no bucket in which case it lists all bucket, with a
bucket or with a bucket and path.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
  \[dq]test-bucket\[dq]: [
            {
                    \[dq]namespace\[dq]: \[dq]test-namespace\[dq],
                    \[dq]bucket\[dq]: \[dq]test-bucket\[dq],
                    \[dq]object\[dq]: \[dq]600m.bin\[dq],
                    \[dq]uploadId\[dq]: \[dq]51dd8114-52a4-b2f2-c42f-5291f05eb3c8\[dq],
                    \[dq]timeCreated\[dq]: \[dq]2022-07-29T06:21:16.595Z\[dq],
                    \[dq]storageTier\[dq]: \[dq]Standard\[dq]
            }
    ]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS cleanup
.PP
Remove unfinished multipart uploads.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend cleanup remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command removes unfinished multipart uploads of age greater than
max-age which defaults to 24 hours.
.PP
Note that you can use --interactive/-i or --dry-run with this command to
see what it would do.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend cleanup oos:bucket/path/to/object
rclone backend cleanup -o max-age=7w oos:bucket/path/to/object
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Durations are parsed as per the rest of rclone, 2h, 7d, 7w etc.
.PP
Options:
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]max-age\[dq]: Max age of upload to delete
.SS restore
.PP
Restore objects from Archive to Standard storage
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend restore remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command can be used to restore one or more objects from Archive to
Standard storage.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Usage Examples:

rclone backend restore oos:bucket/path/to/directory -o hours=HOURS
rclone backend restore oos:bucket -o hours=HOURS
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This flag also obeys the filters.
Test first with --interactive/-i or --dry-run flags
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone --interactive backend restore --include \[dq]*.txt\[dq] oos:bucket/path -o hours=72
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
All the objects shown will be marked for restore, then
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend restore --include \[dq]*.txt\[dq] oos:bucket/path -o hours=72

It returns a list of status dictionaries with Object Name and Status
keys. The Status will be \[dq]RESTORED\[dq]\[dq] if it was successful or an error message
if not.

[
    {
        \[dq]Object\[dq]: \[dq]test.txt\[dq]
        \[dq]Status\[dq]: \[dq]RESTORED\[dq],
    },
    {
        \[dq]Object\[dq]: \[dq]test/file4.txt\[dq]
        \[dq]Status\[dq]: \[dq]RESTORED\[dq],
    }
]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Options:
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]hours\[dq]: The number of hours for which this object will be
restored.
Default is 24 hrs.
.SS Tutorials
.SS Mounting Buckets (https://rclone.org/oracleobjectstorage/tutorial_mount/)
.SH QingStor
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:bucket\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R] for
the \f[C]lsd\f[R] command.) You may put subdirectories in too, e.g.
\f[C]remote:bucket/path/to/dir\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making an QingStor configuration.
First run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / QingStor Object Storage
   \[rs] \[dq]qingstor\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> qingstor
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter QingStor credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> 1
QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> access_key
QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> secret_key
Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
Leave blank will use the default value \[dq]https://qingstor.com:443\[dq]
endpoint>
Zone connect to. Default is \[dq]pek3a\[dq].
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
   / The Beijing (China) Three Zone
 1 | Needs location constraint pek3a.
   \[rs] \[dq]pek3a\[dq]
   / The Shanghai (China) First Zone
 2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
   \[rs] \[dq]sh1a\[dq]
zone> 1
Number of connection retry.
Leave blank will use the default value \[dq]3\[dq].
connection_retries>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = access_key
secret_access_key = secret_key
endpoint =
zone = pek3a
connection_retries =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This remote is called \f[C]remote\f[R] and can now be used like this
.PP
See all buckets
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Make a new bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a bucket
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote bucket, deleting any
excess files in the bucket.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --fast-list
.PP
This remote supports \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory.
See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
details.
.SS Multipart uploads
.PP
rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can
upload files bigger than 5 GiB.
Note that files uploaded with multipart upload don\[aq]t have an MD5SUM.
.PP
Note that incomplete multipart uploads older than 24 hours can be
removed with \f[C]rclone cleanup remote:bucket\f[R] just for one bucket
\f[C]rclone cleanup remote:\f[R] for all buckets.
QingStor does not ever remove incomplete multipart uploads so it may be
necessary to run this from time to time.
.SS Buckets and Zone
.PP
With QingStor you can list buckets (\f[C]rclone lsd\f[R]) using any
zone, but you can only access the content of a bucket from the zone it
was created in.
If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong zone, you will get an
error,
\f[C]incorrect zone, the bucket is not in \[aq]XXX\[aq] zone\f[R].
.SS Authentication
.PP
There are two ways to supply \f[C]rclone\f[R] with a set of QingStor
credentials.
In order of precedence:
.IP \[bu] 2
Directly in the rclone configuration file (as configured by
\f[C]rclone config\f[R])
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
set \f[C]access_key_id\f[R] and \f[C]secret_access_key\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Runtime configuration:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
set \f[C]env_auth\f[R] to \f[C]true\f[R] in the config file
.IP \[bu] 2
Exporting the following environment variables before running
\f[C]rclone\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Access Key ID: \f[C]QS_ACCESS_KEY_ID\f[R] or \f[C]QS_ACCESS_KEY\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Secret Access Key: \f[C]QS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY\f[R] or
\f[C]QS_SECRET_KEY\f[R]
.RE
.RE
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
The control characters 0x00-0x1F and / are replaced as in the default
restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters).
Note that 0x7F is not replaced.
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object
Storage).
.SS --qingstor-env-auth
.PP
Get QingStor credentials from runtime.
.PP
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: env_auth
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENV_AUTH
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]false\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enter QingStor credentials in the next step.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]true\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM).
.RE
.RE
.SS --qingstor-access-key-id
.PP
QingStor Access Key ID.
.PP
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: access_key_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ACCESS_KEY_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --qingstor-secret-access-key
.PP
QingStor Secret Access Key (password).
.PP
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: secret_access_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --qingstor-endpoint
.PP
Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
.PP
Leave blank will use the default value
\[dq]https://qingstor.com:443\[dq].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: endpoint
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENDPOINT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --qingstor-zone
.PP
Zone to connect to.
.PP
Default is \[dq]pek3a\[dq].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: zone
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ZONE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]pek3a\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The Beijing (China) Three Zone.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint pek3a.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]sh1a\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The Shanghai (China) First Zone.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint sh1a.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]gd2a\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The Guangdong (China) Second Zone.
.IP \[bu] 2
Needs location constraint gd2a.
.RE
.RE
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object
Storage).
.SS --qingstor-connection-retries
.PP
Number of connection retries.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: connection_retries
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CONNECTION_RETRIES
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 3
.SS --qingstor-upload-cutoff
.PP
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
.PP
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size.
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: upload_cutoff
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 200Mi
.SS --qingstor-chunk-size
.PP
Chunk size to use for uploading.
.PP
When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff they will be uploaded as
multipart uploads using this chunk size.
.PP
Note that \[dq]--qingstor-upload-concurrency\[dq] chunks of this size
are buffered in memory per transfer.
.PP
If you are transferring large files over high-speed links and you have
enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 4Mi
.SS --qingstor-upload-concurrency
.PP
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
.PP
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently.
.PP
NB if you set this to > 1 then the checksums of multipart uploads become
corrupted (the uploads themselves are not corrupted though).
.PP
If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed links
and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing
this may help to speed up the transfers.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: upload_concurrency
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 1
.SS --qingstor-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8
.SS --qingstor-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] is not supported by the qingstor backend.
Backends without this capability cannot determine free space for an
rclone mount or use policy \f[C]mfs\f[R] (most free space) as a member
of an rclone union remote.
.PP
See List of backends that do not support rclone
about (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)
.SH Quatrix
.PP
Quatrix by Maytech is Quatrix Secure Compliant File Sharing |
Maytech (https://www.maytech.net/products/quatrix-business).
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.,
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.PP
The initial setup for Quatrix involves getting an API Key from Quatrix.
You can get the API key in the user\[aq]s profile at
\f[C]https://<account>/profile/api-keys\f[R] or with the help of the API
-
https://docs.maytech.net/quatrix/quatrix-api/api-explorer#/API-Key/post_api_key_create.
.PP
See complete Swagger documentation for Quatrix -
https://docs.maytech.net/quatrix/quatrix-api/api-explorer
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Quatrix by Maytech
   \[rs] \[dq]quatrix\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> quatrix
API key for accessing Quatrix account.
api_key> your_api_key
Host name of Quatrix account.
host> example.quatrix.it

--------------------
[remote]
api_key = your_api_key
host = example.quatrix.it
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your Quatrix
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your Quatrix
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to an Quatrix directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS API key validity
.PP
API Key is created with no expiration date.
It will be valid until you delete or deactivate it in your account.
After disabling, the API Key can be enabled back.
If the API Key was deleted and a new key was created, you can update it
in rclone config.
The same happens if the hostname was changed.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone config
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
remote               quatrix

e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> e
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
 1 > remote
remote> remote
--------------------
[remote]
type = quatrix
host = some_host.quatrix.it
api_key = your_api_key
--------------------
Edit remote
Option api_key.
API key for accessing Quatrix account
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (your_api_key)
api_key>
Option host.
Host name of Quatrix account
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (some_host.quatrix.it).

--------------------
[remote]
type = quatrix
host = some_host.quatrix.it
api_key = your_api_key
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
Quatrix allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
microsecond.
These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
.PP
Quatrix does not support hashes, so you cannot use the
\f[C]--checksum\f[R] flag.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
File names in Quatrix are case sensitive and have limitations like the
maximum length of a filename is 255, and the minimum length is 1.
A file name cannot be equal to \f[C].\f[R] or \f[C]..\f[R] nor contain
\f[C]/\f[R] , \f[C]\[rs]\f[R] or non-printable ascii.
.SS Transfers
.PP
For files above 50 MiB rclone will use a chunked transfer.
Rclone will upload up to \f[C]--transfers\f[R] chunks at the same time
(shared among all multipart uploads).
Chunks are buffered in memory, and the minimal chunk size is 10_000_000
bytes by default, and it can be changed in the advanced configuration,
so increasing \f[C]--transfers\f[R] will increase the memory use.
The chunk size has a maximum size limit, which is set to 100_000_000
bytes by default and can be changed in the advanced configuration.
The size of the uploaded chunk will dynamically change depending on the
upload speed.
The total memory use equals the number of transfers multiplied by the
minimal chunk size.
In case there\[aq]s free memory allocated for the upload (which equals
the difference of \f[C]maximal_summary_chunk_size\f[R] and
\f[C]minimal_chunk_size\f[R] * \f[C]transfers\f[R]), the chunk size may
increase in case of high upload speed.
As well as it can decrease in case of upload speed problems.
If no free memory is available, all chunks will equal
\f[C]minimal_chunk_size\f[R].
.SS Deleting files
.PP
Files you delete with rclone will end up in Trash and be stored there
for 30 days.
Quatrix also provides an API to permanently delete files and an API to
empty the Trash so that you can remove files permanently from your
account.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to quatrix (Quatrix by Maytech).
.SS --quatrix-api-key
.PP
API key for accessing Quatrix account
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: api_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_API_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --quatrix-host
.PP
Host name of Quatrix account
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: host
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_HOST
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to quatrix (Quatrix by Maytech).
.SS --quatrix-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --quatrix-effective-upload-time
.PP
Wanted upload time for one chunk
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: effective_upload_time
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_EFFECTIVE_UPLOAD_TIME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]4s\[dq]
.SS --quatrix-minimal-chunk-size
.PP
The minimal size for one chunk
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: minimal_chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_MINIMAL_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 9.537Mi
.SS --quatrix-maximal-summary-chunk-size
.PP
The maximal summary for all chunks.
It should not be less than
\[aq]transfers\[aq]*\[aq]minimal_chunk_size\[aq]
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: maximal_summary_chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_MAXIMAL_SUMMARY_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 95.367Mi
.SS --quatrix-hard-delete
.PP
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: hard_delete
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_HARD_DELETE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --quatrix-skip-project-folders
.PP
Skip project folders in operations
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: skip_project_folders
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_SKIP_PROJECT_FOLDERS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --quatrix-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_QUATRIX_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Storage usage
.PP
The storage usage in Quatrix is restricted to the account during the
purchase.
You can restrict any user with a smaller storage limit.
The account limit is applied if the user has no custom storage limit.
Once you\[aq]ve reached the limit, the upload of files will fail.
This can be fixed by freeing up the space or increasing the quota.
.SS Server-side operations
.PP
Quatrix supports server-side operations (copy and move).
In case of conflict, files are overwritten during server-side operation.
.SH Sia
.PP
Sia (sia.tech (https://sia.tech/)) is a decentralized cloud storage
platform based on the blockchain (https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Blockchain)
technology.
With rclone you can use it like any other remote filesystem or mount Sia
folders locally.
The technology behind it involves a number of new concepts such as
Siacoins and Wallet, Blockchain and Consensus, Renting and Hosting, and
so on.
If you are new to it, you\[aq]d better first familiarize yourself using
their excellent support documentation (https://support.sia.tech/).
.SS Introduction
.PP
Before you can use rclone with Sia, you will need to have a running copy
of \f[C]Sia-UI\f[R] or \f[C]siad\f[R] (the Sia daemon) locally on your
computer or on local network (e.g.
a NAS).
Please follow the Get started (https://sia.tech/get-started) guide and
install one.
.PP
rclone interacts with Sia network by talking to the Sia daemon via HTTP
API (https://sia.tech/docs/) which is usually available on port
\f[I]9980\f[R].
By default you will run the daemon locally on the same computer so
it\[aq]s safe to leave the API password blank (the API URL will be
\f[C]http://127.0.0.1:9980\f[R] making external access impossible).
.PP
However, if you want to access Sia daemon running on another node, for
example due to memory constraints or because you want to share single
daemon between several rclone and Sia-UI instances, you\[aq]ll need to
make a few more provisions: - Ensure you have \f[I]Sia daemon\f[R]
installed directly or in a docker
container (https://github.com/SiaFoundation/siad/pkgs/container/siad)
because Sia-UI does not support this mode natively.
- Run it on externally accessible port, for example provide
\f[C]--api-addr :9980\f[R] and \f[C]--disable-api-security\f[R]
arguments on the daemon command line.
- Enforce API password for the \f[C]siad\f[R] daemon via environment
variable \f[C]SIA_API_PASSWORD\f[R] or text file named
\f[C]apipassword\f[R] in the daemon directory.
- Set rclone backend option \f[C]api_password\f[R] taking it from above
locations.
.PP
Notes: 1.
If your wallet is locked, rclone cannot unlock it automatically.
You should either unlock it in advance by using Sia-UI or via command
line \f[C]siac wallet unlock\f[R].
Alternatively you can make \f[C]siad\f[R] unlock your wallet
automatically upon startup by running it with environment variable
\f[C]SIA_WALLET_PASSWORD\f[R].
2.
If \f[C]siad\f[R] cannot find the \f[C]SIA_API_PASSWORD\f[R] variable or
the \f[C]apipassword\f[R] file in the \f[C]SIA_DIR\f[R] directory, it
will generate a random password and store in the text file named
\f[C]apipassword\f[R] under \f[C]YOUR_HOME/.sia/\f[R] directory on Unix
or
\f[C]C:\[rs]Users\[rs]YOUR_HOME\[rs]AppData\[rs]Local\[rs]Sia\[rs]apipassword\f[R]
on Windows.
Remember this when you configure password in rclone.
3.
The only way to use \f[C]siad\f[R] without API password is to run it
\f[B]on localhost\f[R] with command line argument
\f[C]--authorize-api=false\f[R], but this is insecure and \f[B]strongly
discouraged\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a \f[C]sia\f[R] remote called
\f[C]mySia\f[R].
First, run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> mySia
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
\&...
29 / Sia Decentralized Cloud
   \[rs] \[dq]sia\[dq]
\&...
Storage> sia
Sia daemon API URL, like http://sia.daemon.host:9980.
Note that siad must run with --disable-api-security to open API port for other hosts (not recommended).
Keep default if Sia daemon runs on localhost.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]http://127.0.0.1:9980\[dq]).
api_url> http://127.0.0.1:9980
Sia Daemon API Password.
Can be found in the apipassword file located in HOME/.sia/ or in the daemon directory.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
--------------------
[mySia]
type = sia
api_url = http://127.0.0.1:9980
api_password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Once configured, you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this:
.IP \[bu] 2
List directories in top level of your Sia storage
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd mySia:
\f[R]
.fi
.IP \[bu] 2
List all the files in your Sia storage
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls mySia:
\f[R]
.fi
.IP \[bu] 2
Upload a local directory to the Sia directory called \f[I]backup\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source mySia:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to sia (Sia Decentralized Cloud).
.SS --sia-api-url
.PP
Sia daemon API URL, like http://sia.daemon.host:9980.
.PP
Note that siad must run with --disable-api-security to open API port for
other hosts (not recommended).
Keep default if Sia daemon runs on localhost.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: api_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_API_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]http://127.0.0.1:9980\[dq]
.SS --sia-api-password
.PP
Sia Daemon API Password.
.PP
Can be found in the apipassword file located in HOME/.sia/ or in the
daemon directory.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: api_password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_API_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to sia (Sia Decentralized Cloud).
.SS --sia-user-agent
.PP
Siad User Agent
.PP
Sia daemon requires the \[aq]Sia-Agent\[aq] user agent by default for
security
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user_agent
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_USER_AGENT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]Sia-Agent\[dq]
.SS --sia-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,Question,Hash,Percent,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --sia-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.IP \[bu] 2
Modification times not supported
.IP \[bu] 2
Checksums not supported
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] not supported
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone can work only with \f[I]Siad\f[R] or \f[I]Sia-UI\f[R] at the
moment, the \f[B]SkyNet daemon is not supported yet.\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Sia does not allow control characters or symbols like question and pound
signs in file names.
rclone will transparently encode (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding)
them for you, but you\[aq]d better be aware
.SH Swift
.PP
Swift refers to OpenStack Object
Storage (https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/).
Commercial implementations of that being:
.IP \[bu] 2
Rackspace Cloud Files (https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Memset Memstore (https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/)
.IP \[bu] 2
OVH Object
Storage (https://www.ovh.co.uk/public-cloud/storage/object-storage/)
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Cloud
Storage (https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/integration/doc/configure-object-storage.html)
.IP \[bu] 2
Blomp Cloud Storage (https://www.blomp.com/cloud-storage/)
.IP \[bu] 2
IBM Bluemix Cloud ObjectStorage
Swift (https://console.bluemix.net/docs/infrastructure/objectstorage-swift/index.html)
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:container\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R]
for the \f[C]lsd\f[R] command.) You may put subdirectories in too, e.g.
\f[C]remote:container/path/to/dir\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making a swift configuration.
First run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Blomp Cloud Storage, Memset Memstore, OVH)
   \[rs] \[dq]swift\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> swift
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Enter swift credentials in the next step
   \[rs] \[dq]false\[dq]
 2 / Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this.
   \[rs] \[dq]true\[dq]
env_auth> true
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
user> 
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
key> 
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Rackspace US
   \[rs] \[dq]https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0\[dq]
 2 / Rackspace UK
   \[rs] \[dq]https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0\[dq]
 3 / Rackspace v2
   \[rs] \[dq]https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0\[dq]
 4 / Memset Memstore UK
   \[rs] \[dq]https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0\[dq]
 5 / Memset Memstore UK v2
   \[rs] \[dq]https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0\[dq]
 6 / OVH
   \[rs] \[dq]https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v3\[dq]
 7  / Blomp Cloud Storage
   \[rs] \[dq]https://authenticate.ain.net\[dq]
auth> 
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
user_id> 
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
domain> 
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
tenant> 
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
tenant_id> 
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
tenant_domain> 
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
region> 
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
storage_url> 
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
auth_token> 
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
auth_version> 
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Public (default, choose this if not sure)
   \[rs] \[dq]public\[dq]
 2 / Internal (use internal service net)
   \[rs] \[dq]internal\[dq]
 3 / Admin
   \[rs] \[dq]admin\[dq]
endpoint_type> 
Remote config
--------------------
[test]
env_auth = true
user = 
key = 
auth = 
user_id = 
domain = 
tenant = 
tenant_id = 
tenant_domain = 
region = 
storage_url = 
auth_token = 
auth_version = 
endpoint_type = 
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This remote is called \f[C]remote\f[R] and can now be used like this
.PP
See all containers
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Make a new container
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:container
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a container
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:container
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote container, deleting
any excess files in the container.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:container
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Configuration from an OpenStack credentials file
.PP
An OpenStack credentials file typically looks something something like
this (without the comments)
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
export OS_AUTH_URL=https://a.provider.net/v2.0
export OS_TENANT_ID=ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
export OS_TENANT_NAME=\[dq]1234567890123456\[dq]
export OS_USERNAME=\[dq]123abc567xy\[dq]
echo \[dq]Please enter your OpenStack Password: \[dq]
read -sr OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
export OS_PASSWORD=$OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
export OS_REGION_NAME=\[dq]SBG1\[dq]
if [ -z \[dq]$OS_REGION_NAME\[dq] ]; then unset OS_REGION_NAME; fi
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The config file needs to look something like this where
\f[C]$OS_USERNAME\f[R] represents the value of the \f[C]OS_USERNAME\f[R]
variable - \f[C]123abc567xy\f[R] in the example above.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[remote]
type = swift
user = $OS_USERNAME
key = $OS_PASSWORD
auth = $OS_AUTH_URL
tenant = $OS_TENANT_NAME
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that you may (or may not) need to set \f[C]region\f[R] too - try
without first.
.SS Configuration from the environment
.PP
If you prefer you can configure rclone to use swift using a standard set
of OpenStack environment variables.
.PP
When you run through the config, make sure you choose \f[C]true\f[R] for
\f[C]env_auth\f[R] and leave everything else blank.
.PP
rclone will then set any empty config parameters from the environment
using standard OpenStack environment variables.
There is a list of the
variables (https://godoc.org/github.com/ncw/swift#Connection.ApplyEnvironment)
in the docs for the swift library.
.SS Using an alternate authentication method
.PP
If your OpenStack installation uses a non-standard authentication method
that might not be yet supported by rclone or the underlying swift
library, you can authenticate externally (e.g.
calling manually the \f[C]openstack\f[R] commands to get a token).
Then, you just need to pass the two configuration variables
\f[C]auth_token\f[R] and \f[C]storage_url\f[R].
If they are both provided, the other variables are ignored.
rclone will not try to authenticate but instead assume it is already
authenticated and use these two variables to access the OpenStack
installation.
.SS Using rclone without a config file
.PP
You can use rclone with swift without a config file, if desired, like
this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
source openstack-credentials-file
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_TYPE=swift
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_ENV_AUTH=true
rclone lsd myremote:
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --fast-list
.PP
This remote supports \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory.
See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
details.
.SS --update and --use-server-modtime
.PP
As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object.
It is used by default for all operations that require checking the time
a file was last updated.
It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it
is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the
metadata.
.PP
For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote
is sufficient to determine if it is \[dq]dirty\[dq].
By using \f[C]--update\f[R] along with \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R],
you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload files whose local
modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
\f[C]X-Object-Meta-Mtime\f[R] as floating point since the epoch accurate
to 1 ns.
.PP
This is a de facto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
.PP
The MD5 hash algorithm is supported.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
NUL
T}@T{
0x00
T}@T{
\[u2400]
T}
T{
/
T}@T{
0x2F
T}@T{
\[uFF0F]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift
(Rackspace Cloud Files, Blomp Cloud Storage, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
.SS --swift-env-auth
.PP
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack
form.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: env_auth
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENV_AUTH
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]false\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enter swift credentials in the next step.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]true\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Get swift credentials from environment vars.
.IP \[bu] 2
Leave other fields blank if using this.
.RE
.RE
.SS --swift-user
.PP
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-key
.PP
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-auth
.PP
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rackspace US
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rackspace UK
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rackspace v2
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Memset Memstore UK
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Memset Memstore UK v2
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v3\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
OVH
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]https://authenticate.ain.net\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Blomp Cloud Storage
.RE
.RE
.SS --swift-user-id
.PP
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave
this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-domain
.PP
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: domain
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_DOMAIN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-tenant
.PP
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise
(OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: tenant
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-tenant-id
.PP
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise
(OS_TENANT_ID).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: tenant_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-tenant-domain
.PP
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: tenant_domain
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_DOMAIN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-region
.PP
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: region
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_REGION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-storage-url
.PP
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: storage_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-auth-token
.PP
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-application-credential-id
.PP
Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: application_credential_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-application-credential-name
.PP
Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: application_credential_name
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-application-credential-secret
.PP
Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: application_credential_secret
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --swift-auth-version
.PP
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version
(ST_AUTH_VERSION).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_version
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_VERSION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 0
.SS --swift-endpoint-type
.PP
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: endpoint_type
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENDPOINT_TYPE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]public\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]public\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Public (default, choose this if not sure)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]internal\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Internal (use internal service net)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]admin\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Admin
.RE
.RE
.SS --swift-storage-policy
.PP
The storage policy to use when creating a new container.
.PP
This applies the specified storage policy when creating a new container.
The policy cannot be changed afterwards.
The allowed configuration values and their meaning depend on your Swift
storage provider.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: storage_policy
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_POLICY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Default
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]pcs\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
OVH Public Cloud Storage
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]pca\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
OVH Public Cloud Archive
.RE
.RE
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift
(Rackspace Cloud Files, Blomp Cloud Storage, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
.SS --swift-leave-parts-on-error
.PP
If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure.
.PP
It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: leave_parts_on_error
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --swift-chunk-size
.PP
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
.PP
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
The default for this is 5 GiB which is its maximum value.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 5Gi
.SS --swift-no-chunk
.PP
Don\[aq]t chunk files during streaming upload.
.PP
When doing streaming uploads (e.g.
using rcat or mount) setting this flag will cause the swift backend to
not upload chunked files.
.PP
This will limit the maximum upload size to 5 GiB.
However non chunked files are easier to deal with and have an MD5SUM.
.PP
Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal
copy operations.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_chunk
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_NO_CHUNK
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --swift-no-large-objects
.PP
Disable support for static and dynamic large objects
.PP
Swift cannot transparently store files bigger than 5 GiB.
There are two schemes for doing that, static or dynamic large objects,
and the API does not allow rclone to determine whether a file is a
static or dynamic large object without doing a HEAD on the object.
Since these need to be treated differently, this means rclone has to
issue HEAD requests for objects for example when reading checksums.
.PP
When \f[C]no_large_objects\f[R] is set, rclone will assume that there
are no static or dynamic large objects stored.
This means it can stop doing the extra HEAD calls which in turn
increases performance greatly especially when doing a swift to swift
transfer with \f[C]--checksum\f[R] set.
.PP
Setting this option implies \f[C]no_chunk\f[R] and also that no files
will be uploaded in chunks, so files bigger than 5 GiB will just fail on
upload.
.PP
If you set this option and there \f[I]are\f[R] static or dynamic large
objects, then this will give incorrect hashes for them.
Downloads will succeed, but other operations such as Remove and Copy
will fail.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_large_objects
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_NO_LARGE_OBJECTS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --swift-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8
.SS --swift-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
The Swift API doesn\[aq]t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files
(Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won\[aq]t check or use the
MD5SUM for these.
.SS Troubleshooting
.SS Rclone gives Failed to create file system for \[dq]remote:\[dq]: Bad Request
.PP
Due to an oddity of the underlying swift library, it gives a \[dq]Bad
Request\[dq] error rather than a more sensible error when the
authentication fails for Swift.
.PP
So this most likely means your username / password is wrong.
You can investigate further with the \f[C]--dump-bodies\f[R] flag.
.PP
This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn\[aq]t
have (e.g.
OVH).
.SS Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn\[aq]t have storage url and auth token
.PP
This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when
setting up a swift remote.
.SS OVH Cloud Archive
.PP
To use rclone with OVH cloud archive, first use \f[C]rclone config\f[R]
to set up a \f[C]swift\f[R] backend with OVH, choosing \f[C]pca\f[R] as
the \f[C]storage_policy\f[R].
.SS Uploading Objects
.PP
Uploading objects to OVH cloud archive is no different to object
storage, you just simply run the command you like (move, copy or sync)
to upload the objects.
Once uploaded the objects will show in a \[dq]Frozen\[dq] state within
the OVH control panel.
.SS Retrieving Objects
.PP
To retrieve objects use \f[C]rclone copy\f[R] as normal.
If the objects are in a frozen state then rclone will ask for them all
to be unfrozen and it will wait at the end of the output with a message
like the following:
.PP
\f[C]2019/03/23 13:06:33 NOTICE: Received retry after error - sleeping until 2019-03-23T13:16:33.481657164+01:00 (9m59.99985121s)\f[R]
.PP
Rclone will wait for the time specified then retry the copy.
.SH pCloud
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
The initial setup for pCloud involves getting a token from pCloud which
you need to do in your browser.
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] walks you through it.
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Pcloud
   \[rs] \[dq]pcloud\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> pcloud
Pcloud App Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id> 
Pcloud App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret> 
Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
 * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
 * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id = 
client_secret = 
token = {\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]bearer\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]0001-01-01T00:00:00Z\[dq]}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to
set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
.PP
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from pCloud.
This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you
get back the verification code.
This is on \f[C]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\f[R] and this it may require you
to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your pCloud
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your pCloud
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to a pCloud directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
pCloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second.
These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
In order to set a Modification time pCloud requires the object be
re-uploaded.
.PP
pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 hashes in the US region, and SHA1 and
SHA256 hashes in the EU region, so you can use the \f[C]--checksum\f[R]
flag.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
In addition to the default restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
characters are also replaced:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
\[rs]
T}@T{
0x5C
T}@T{
\[uFF3C]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Deleting files
.PP
Deleted files will be moved to the trash.
Your subscription level will determine how long items stay in the trash.
\f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] can be used to empty the trash.
.SS Emptying the trash
.PP
Due to an API limitation, the \f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] command will only
work if you set your username and password in the advanced options for
this backend.
Since we generally want to avoid storing user passwords in the rclone
config file, we advise you to only set this up if you need the
\f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] command to work.
.SS Root folder ID
.PP
You can set the \f[C]root_folder_id\f[R] for rclone.
This is the directory (identified by its \f[C]Folder ID\f[R]) that
rclone considers to be the root of your pCloud drive.
.PP
Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct
root to use itself.
.PP
However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
hierarchy.
.PP
In order to do this you will have to find the \f[C]Folder ID\f[R] of the
directory you wish rclone to display.
This will be the \f[C]folder\f[R] field of the URL when you open the
relevant folder in the pCloud web interface.
.PP
So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
\f[C]https://my.pcloud.com/#page=filemanager&folder=5xxxxxxxx8&tpl=foldergrid\f[R]
in the browser, then you use \f[C]5xxxxxxxx8\f[R] as the
\f[C]root_folder_id\f[R] in the config.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
.SS --pcloud-client-id
.PP
OAuth Client Id.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pcloud-client-secret
.PP
OAuth Client Secret.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_secret
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_SECRET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
.SS --pcloud-token
.PP
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pcloud-auth-url
.PP
Auth server URL.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_AUTH_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pcloud-token-url
.PP
Token server url.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_TOKEN_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pcloud-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --pcloud-root-folder-id
.PP
Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: root_folder_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]d0\[dq]
.SS --pcloud-hostname
.PP
Hostname to connect to.
.PP
This is normally set when rclone initially does the oauth connection,
however you will need to set it by hand if you are using remote config
with rclone authorize.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: hostname
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_HOSTNAME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]api.pcloud.com\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]api.pcloud.com\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Original/US region
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eapi.pcloud.com\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU region
.RE
.RE
.SS --pcloud-username
.PP
Your pcloud username.
.PP
This is only required when you want to use the cleanup command.
Due to a bug in the pcloud API the required API does not support OAuth
authentication so we have to rely on user password authentication for
it.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: username
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_USERNAME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pcloud-password
.PP
Your pcloud password.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pcloud-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SH PikPak
.PP
PikPak is a private cloud drive (https://mypikpak.com/).
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R], and may be as deep as
required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making a remote for PikPak.
.PP
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n

Enter name for new remote.
name> remote

Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
XX / PikPak
   \[rs] (pikpak)
Storage> XX

Option user.
Pikpak username.
Enter a value.
user> USERNAME

Option pass.
Pikpak password.
Choose an alternative below.
y) Yes, type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:

Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> 

Configuration complete.
Options:
- type: pikpak
- user: USERNAME
- pass: *** ENCRYPTED ***
- token: {\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]eyJ...\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]Bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]os...\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2023-01-26T18:54:32.170582647+09:00\[dq]}
Keep this \[dq]remote\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
PikPak keeps modification times on objects, and updates them when
uploading objects, but it does not support changing only the
modification time
.PP
The MD5 hash algorithm is supported.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to pikpak (PikPak).
.SS --pikpak-user
.PP
Pikpak username.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_USER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --pikpak-pass
.PP
Pikpak password.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: pass
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_PASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to pikpak (PikPak).
.SS --pikpak-client-id
.PP
OAuth Client Id.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_CLIENT_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pikpak-client-secret
.PP
OAuth Client Secret.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_secret
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_CLIENT_SECRET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pikpak-token
.PP
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pikpak-auth-url
.PP
Auth server URL.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_AUTH_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pikpak-token-url
.PP
Token server url.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_TOKEN_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pikpak-root-folder-id
.PP
ID of the root folder.
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: root_folder_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --pikpak-use-trash
.PP
Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently.
.PP
Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash.
Use \f[C]--pikpak-use-trash=false\f[R] to delete files permanently
instead.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_trash
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_USE_TRASH
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --pikpak-trashed-only
.PP
Only show files that are in the trash.
.PP
This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: trashed_only
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_TRASHED_ONLY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --pikpak-hash-memory-limit
.PP
Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate hash if
required.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: hash_memory_limit
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_HASH_MEMORY_LIMIT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 10Mi
.SS --pikpak-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --pikpak-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PIKPAK_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Backend commands
.PP
Here are the commands specific to the pikpak backend.
.PP
Run them with
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend COMMAND remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
.PP
See the backend (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command
for more info on how to pass options and arguments.
.PP
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).
.SS addurl
.PP
Add offline download task for url
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend addurl remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command adds offline download task for url.
.PP
Usage:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend addurl pikpak:dirpath url
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Downloads will be stored in \[aq]dirpath\[aq].
If \[aq]dirpath\[aq] is invalid, download will fallback to default
\[aq]My Pack\[aq] folder.
.SS decompress
.PP
Request decompress of a file/files in a folder
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend decompress remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This command requests decompress of file/files in a folder.
.PP
Usage:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend decompress pikpak:dirpath {filename} -o password=password
rclone backend decompress pikpak:dirpath {filename} -o delete-src-file
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
An optional argument \[aq]filename\[aq] can be specified for a file
located in \[aq]pikpak:dirpath\[aq].
You may want to pass \[aq]-o password=password\[aq] for a
password-protected files.
Also, pass \[aq]-o delete-src-file\[aq] to delete source files after
decompression finished.
.PP
Result:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
{
    \[dq]Decompressed\[dq]: 17,
    \[dq]SourceDeleted\[dq]: 0,
    \[dq]Errors\[dq]: 0
}
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Limitations
.SS Hashes may be empty
.PP
PikPak supports MD5 hash, but sometimes given empty especially for
user-uploaded files.
.SS Deleted files still visible with trashed-only
.PP
Deleted files will still be visible with \f[C]--pikpak-trashed-only\f[R]
even after the trash emptied.
This goes away after few days.
.SH premiumize.me
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
The initial setup for premiumize.me (https://premiumize.me/) involves
getting a token from premiumize.me which you need to do in your browser.
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] walks you through it.
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / premiumize.me
   \[rs] \[dq]premiumizeme\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> premiumizeme
** See help for premiumizeme backend at: https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/ **

Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
 * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
 * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
type = premiumizeme
token = {\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]Bearer\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXX\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2029-08-07T18:44:15.548915378+01:00\[dq]}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> 
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to
set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
.PP
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from premiumize.me.
This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you
get back the verification code.
This is on \f[C]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\f[R] and this it may require you
to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your premiumize.me
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your premiumize.me
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to an premiumize.me directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
premiumize.me does not support modification times or hashes, therefore
syncing will default to \f[C]--size-only\f[R] checking.
Note that using \f[C]--update\f[R] will work.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
In addition to the default restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
characters are also replaced:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
\[rs]
T}@T{
0x5C
T}@T{
\[uFF3C]
T}
T{
\[dq]
T}@T{
0x22
T}@T{
\[uFF02]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
.SS --premiumizeme-client-id
.PP
OAuth Client Id.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_CLIENT_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --premiumizeme-client-secret
.PP
OAuth Client Secret.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_secret
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_CLIENT_SECRET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --premiumizeme-api-key
.PP
API Key.
.PP
This is not normally used - use oauth instead.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: api_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_API_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
.SS --premiumizeme-token
.PP
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --premiumizeme-auth-url
.PP
Auth server URL.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_AUTH_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --premiumizeme-token-url
.PP
Token server url.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_TOKEN_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --premiumizeme-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --premiumizeme-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
Note that premiumize.me is case insensitive so you can\[aq]t have a file
called \[dq]Hello.doc\[dq] and one called \[dq]hello.doc\[dq].
.PP
premiumize.me file names can\[aq]t have the \f[C]\[rs]\f[R] or
\f[C]\[dq]\f[R] characters in.
rclone maps these to and from an identical looking unicode equivalents
\f[C]\[uFF3C]\f[R] and \f[C]\[uFF02]\f[R]
.PP
premiumize.me only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
.SH Proton Drive
.PP
Proton Drive (https://proton.me/drive) is an end-to-end encrypted Swiss
vault for your files that protects your data.
.PP
This is an rclone backend for Proton Drive which supports the file
transfer features of Proton Drive using the same client-side encryption.
.PP
Due to the fact that Proton Drive doesn\[aq]t publish its API
documentation, this backend is implemented with best efforts by reading
the open-sourced client source code and observing the Proton Drive
traffic in the browser.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] This backend is currently in Beta.
It is believed to be correct and all the integration tests pass.
However the Proton Drive protocol has evolved over time there may be
accounts it is not compatible with.
Please post on the rclone forum (https://forum.rclone.org/) if you find
an incompatibility.
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configurations
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Proton Drive
   \[rs] \[dq]Proton Drive\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> protondrive
User name
user> you\[at]protonmail.com
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Option 2fa.
2FA code (if the account requires one)
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
2fa> 123456
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = protondrive
user = you\[at]protonmail.com
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]NOTE:\f[R] The Proton Drive encryption keys need to have been
already generated after a regular login via the browser, otherwise
attempting to use the credentials in \f[C]rclone\f[R] will fail.
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your Proton Drive
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your Proton Drive
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to an Proton Drive directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
Proton Drive Bridge does not support updating modification times yet.
.PP
The SHA1 hash algorithm is supported.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), also left and
right spaces will be removed (code
reference (https://github.com/ProtonMail/WebClients/blob/b4eba99d241af4fdae06ff7138bd651a40ef5d3c/applications/drive/src/app/store/_links/validation.ts#L51))
.SS Duplicated files
.PP
Proton Drive can not have two files with exactly the same name and path.
If the conflict occurs, depending on the advanced config, the file might
or might not be overwritten.
.SS Mailbox password (https://proton.me/support/the-difference-between-the-mailbox-password-and-login-password)
.PP
Please set your mailbox password in the advanced config section.
.SS Caching
.PP
The cache is currently built for the case when the rclone is the only
instance performing operations to the mount point.
The event system, which is the proton API system that provides
visibility of what has changed on the drive, is yet to be implemented,
so updates from other clients won\[cq]t be reflected in the cache.
Thus, if there are concurrent clients accessing the same mount point,
then we might have a problem with caching the stale data.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to protondrive (Proton Drive).
.SS --protondrive-username
.PP
The username of your proton account
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: username
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_USERNAME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --protondrive-password
.PP
The password of your proton account.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --protondrive-2fa
.PP
The 2FA code
.PP
The value can also be provided with --protondrive-2fa=000000
.PP
The 2FA code of your proton drive account if the account is set up with
two-factor authentication
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: 2fa
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_2FA
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to protondrive (Proton Drive).
.SS --protondrive-mailbox-password
.PP
The mailbox password of your two-password proton account.
.PP
For more information regarding the mailbox password, please check the
following official knowledge base article:
https://proton.me/support/the-difference-between-the-mailbox-password-and-login-password
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: mailbox_password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_MAILBOX_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-client-uid
.PP
Client uid key (internal use only)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_uid
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_CLIENT_UID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-client-access-token
.PP
Client access token key (internal use only)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_access_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_CLIENT_ACCESS_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-client-refresh-token
.PP
Client refresh token key (internal use only)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_refresh_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_CLIENT_REFRESH_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-client-salted-key-pass
.PP
Client salted key pass key (internal use only)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_salted_key_pass
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_CLIENT_SALTED_KEY_PASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --protondrive-original-file-size
.PP
Return the file size before encryption
.PP
The size of the encrypted file will be different from (bigger than) the
original file size.
Unless there is a reason to return the file size after encryption is
performed, otherwise, set this option to true, as features like Open()
which will need to be supplied with original content size, will fail to
operate properly
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: original_file_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_ORIGINAL_FILE_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --protondrive-app-version
.PP
The app version string
.PP
The app version string indicates the client that is currently performing
the API request.
This information is required and will be sent with every API request.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: app_version
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_APP_VERSION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]macos-drive\[at]1.0.0-alpha.1+rclone\[dq]
.SS --protondrive-replace-existing-draft
.PP
Create a new revision when filename conflict is detected
.PP
When a file upload is cancelled or failed before completion, a draft
will be created and the subsequent upload of the same file to the same
location will be reported as a conflict.
.PP
The value can also be set by --protondrive-replace-existing-draft=true
.PP
If the option is set to true, the draft will be replaced and then the
upload operation will restart.
If there are other clients also uploading at the same file location at
the same time, the behavior is currently unknown.
Need to set to true for integration tests.
If the option is set to false, an error \[dq]a draft exist - usually
this means a file is being uploaded at another client, or, there was a
failed upload attempt\[dq] will be returned, and no upload will happen.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: replace_existing_draft
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_REPLACE_EXISTING_DRAFT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --protondrive-enable-caching
.PP
Caches the files and folders metadata to reduce API calls
.PP
Notice: If you are mounting ProtonDrive as a VFS, please disable this
feature, as the current implementation doesn\[aq]t update or clear the
cache when there are external changes.
.PP
The files and folders on ProtonDrive are represented as links with
keyrings, which can be cached to improve performance and be friendly to
the API server.
.PP
The cache is currently built for the case when the rclone is the only
instance performing operations to the mount point.
The event system, which is the proton API system that provides
visibility of what has changed on the drive, is yet to be implemented,
so updates from other clients won\[cq]t be reflected in the cache.
Thus, if there are concurrent clients accessing the same mount point,
then we might have a problem with caching the stale data.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: enable_caching
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_ENABLE_CACHING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --protondrive-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
This backend uses the
Proton-API-Bridge (https://github.com/henrybear327/Proton-API-Bridge),
which is based on
go-proton-api (https://github.com/henrybear327/go-proton-api), a fork of
the official repo (https://github.com/ProtonMail/go-proton-api).
.PP
There is no official API documentation available from Proton Drive.
But, thanks to Proton open sourcing
proton-go-api (https://github.com/ProtonMail/go-proton-api) and the web,
iOS, and Android client codebases, we don\[aq]t need to completely
reverse engineer the APIs by observing the web client traffic!
.PP
proton-go-api (https://github.com/ProtonMail/go-proton-api) provides the
basic building blocks of API calls and error handling, such as 429
exponential back-off, but it is pretty much just a barebone interface to
the Proton API.
For example, the encryption and decryption of the Proton Drive file are
not provided in this library.
.PP
The Proton-API-Bridge, attempts to bridge the gap, so rclone can be
built on top of this quickly.
This codebase handles the intricate tasks before and after calling
Proton APIs, particularly the complex encryption scheme, allowing
developers to implement features for other software on top of this
codebase.
There are likely quite a few errors in this library, as there isn\[aq]t
official documentation available.
.SH put.io
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
put.io paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
The initial setup for put.io involves getting a token from put.io which
you need to do in your browser.
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] walks you through it.
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> putio
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Put.io
   \[rs] \[dq]putio\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> putio
** See help for putio backend at: https://rclone.org/putio/ **

Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
 * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
 * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[putio]
type = putio
token = {\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]XXXXXXXX\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]0001-01-01T00:00:00Z\[dq]}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
putio                putio

e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to
set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
.PP
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from put.io if using web browser to automatically
authenticate.
This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you
get back the verification code.
This is on \f[C]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\f[R] and this it may require you
to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use
manual mode.
.PP
You can then use it like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your put.io
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your put.io
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to a put.io directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
In addition to the default restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
characters are also replaced:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
\[rs]
T}@T{
0x5C
T}@T{
\[uFF3C]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to putio (Put.io).
.SS --putio-client-id
.PP
OAuth Client Id.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_CLIENT_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --putio-client-secret
.PP
OAuth Client Secret.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_secret
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_CLIENT_SECRET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to putio (Put.io).
.SS --putio-token
.PP
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --putio-auth-url
.PP
Auth server URL.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_AUTH_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --putio-token-url
.PP
Token server url.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_TOKEN_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --putio-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --putio-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
put.io has rate limiting.
When you hit a limit, rclone automatically retries after waiting the
amount of time requested by the server.
.PP
If you want to avoid ever hitting these limits, you may use the
\f[C]--tpslimit\f[R] flag with a low number.
Note that the imposed limits may be different for different operations,
and may change over time.
.SH Proton Drive
.PP
Proton Drive (https://proton.me/drive) is an end-to-end encrypted Swiss
vault for your files that protects your data.
.PP
This is an rclone backend for Proton Drive which supports the file
transfer features of Proton Drive using the same client-side encryption.
.PP
Due to the fact that Proton Drive doesn\[aq]t publish its API
documentation, this backend is implemented with best efforts by reading
the open-sourced client source code and observing the Proton Drive
traffic in the browser.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] This backend is currently in Beta.
It is believed to be correct and all the integration tests pass.
However the Proton Drive protocol has evolved over time there may be
accounts it is not compatible with.
Please post on the rclone forum (https://forum.rclone.org/) if you find
an incompatibility.
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configurations
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Proton Drive
   \[rs] \[dq]Proton Drive\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> protondrive
User name
user> you\[at]protonmail.com
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Option 2fa.
2FA code (if the account requires one)
Enter a value. Press Enter to leave empty.
2fa> 123456
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = protondrive
user = you\[at]protonmail.com
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]NOTE:\f[R] The Proton Drive encryption keys need to have been
already generated after a regular login via the browser, otherwise
attempting to use the credentials in \f[C]rclone\f[R] will fail.
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your Proton Drive
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your Proton Drive
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to an Proton Drive directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
Proton Drive Bridge does not support updating modification times yet.
.PP
The SHA1 hash algorithm is supported.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), also left and
right spaces will be removed (code
reference (https://github.com/ProtonMail/WebClients/blob/b4eba99d241af4fdae06ff7138bd651a40ef5d3c/applications/drive/src/app/store/_links/validation.ts#L51))
.SS Duplicated files
.PP
Proton Drive can not have two files with exactly the same name and path.
If the conflict occurs, depending on the advanced config, the file might
or might not be overwritten.
.SS Mailbox password (https://proton.me/support/the-difference-between-the-mailbox-password-and-login-password)
.PP
Please set your mailbox password in the advanced config section.
.SS Caching
.PP
The cache is currently built for the case when the rclone is the only
instance performing operations to the mount point.
The event system, which is the proton API system that provides
visibility of what has changed on the drive, is yet to be implemented,
so updates from other clients won\[cq]t be reflected in the cache.
Thus, if there are concurrent clients accessing the same mount point,
then we might have a problem with caching the stale data.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to protondrive (Proton Drive).
.SS --protondrive-username
.PP
The username of your proton account
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: username
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_USERNAME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --protondrive-password
.PP
The password of your proton account.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --protondrive-2fa
.PP
The 2FA code
.PP
The value can also be provided with --protondrive-2fa=000000
.PP
The 2FA code of your proton drive account if the account is set up with
two-factor authentication
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: 2fa
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_2FA
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to protondrive (Proton Drive).
.SS --protondrive-mailbox-password
.PP
The mailbox password of your two-password proton account.
.PP
For more information regarding the mailbox password, please check the
following official knowledge base article:
https://proton.me/support/the-difference-between-the-mailbox-password-and-login-password
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: mailbox_password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_MAILBOX_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-client-uid
.PP
Client uid key (internal use only)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_uid
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_CLIENT_UID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-client-access-token
.PP
Client access token key (internal use only)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_access_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_CLIENT_ACCESS_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-client-refresh-token
.PP
Client refresh token key (internal use only)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_refresh_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_CLIENT_REFRESH_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-client-salted-key-pass
.PP
Client salted key pass key (internal use only)
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_salted_key_pass
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_CLIENT_SALTED_KEY_PASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --protondrive-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --protondrive-original-file-size
.PP
Return the file size before encryption
.PP
The size of the encrypted file will be different from (bigger than) the
original file size.
Unless there is a reason to return the file size after encryption is
performed, otherwise, set this option to true, as features like Open()
which will need to be supplied with original content size, will fail to
operate properly
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: original_file_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_ORIGINAL_FILE_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --protondrive-app-version
.PP
The app version string
.PP
The app version string indicates the client that is currently performing
the API request.
This information is required and will be sent with every API request.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: app_version
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_APP_VERSION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]macos-drive\[at]1.0.0-alpha.1+rclone\[dq]
.SS --protondrive-replace-existing-draft
.PP
Create a new revision when filename conflict is detected
.PP
When a file upload is cancelled or failed before completion, a draft
will be created and the subsequent upload of the same file to the same
location will be reported as a conflict.
.PP
The value can also be set by --protondrive-replace-existing-draft=true
.PP
If the option is set to true, the draft will be replaced and then the
upload operation will restart.
If there are other clients also uploading at the same file location at
the same time, the behavior is currently unknown.
Need to set to true for integration tests.
If the option is set to false, an error \[dq]a draft exist - usually
this means a file is being uploaded at another client, or, there was a
failed upload attempt\[dq] will be returned, and no upload will happen.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: replace_existing_draft
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_REPLACE_EXISTING_DRAFT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --protondrive-enable-caching
.PP
Caches the files and folders metadata to reduce API calls
.PP
Notice: If you are mounting ProtonDrive as a VFS, please disable this
feature, as the current implementation doesn\[aq]t update or clear the
cache when there are external changes.
.PP
The files and folders on ProtonDrive are represented as links with
keyrings, which can be cached to improve performance and be friendly to
the API server.
.PP
The cache is currently built for the case when the rclone is the only
instance performing operations to the mount point.
The event system, which is the proton API system that provides
visibility of what has changed on the drive, is yet to be implemented,
so updates from other clients won\[cq]t be reflected in the cache.
Thus, if there are concurrent clients accessing the same mount point,
then we might have a problem with caching the stale data.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: enable_caching
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_ENABLE_CACHING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --protondrive-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_PROTONDRIVE_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
This backend uses the
Proton-API-Bridge (https://github.com/henrybear327/Proton-API-Bridge),
which is based on
go-proton-api (https://github.com/henrybear327/go-proton-api), a fork of
the official repo (https://github.com/ProtonMail/go-proton-api).
.PP
There is no official API documentation available from Proton Drive.
But, thanks to Proton open sourcing
proton-go-api (https://github.com/ProtonMail/go-proton-api) and the web,
iOS, and Android client codebases, we don\[aq]t need to completely
reverse engineer the APIs by observing the web client traffic!
.PP
proton-go-api (https://github.com/ProtonMail/go-proton-api) provides the
basic building blocks of API calls and error handling, such as 429
exponential back-off, but it is pretty much just a barebone interface to
the Proton API.
For example, the encryption and decryption of the Proton Drive file are
not provided in this library.
.PP
The Proton-API-Bridge, attempts to bridge the gap, so rclone can be
built on top of this quickly.
This codebase handles the intricate tasks before and after calling
Proton APIs, particularly the complex encryption scheme, allowing
developers to implement features for other software on top of this
codebase.
There are likely quite a few errors in this library, as there isn\[aq]t
official documentation available.
.SH Seafile
.PP
This is a backend for the Seafile (https://www.seafile.com/) storage
service: - It works with both the free community edition or the
professional edition.
- Seafile versions 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 9.x are all supported.
- Encrypted libraries are also supported.
- It supports 2FA enabled users - Using a Library API Token is
\f[B]not\f[R] supported
.SS Configuration
.PP
There are two distinct modes you can setup your remote: - you point your
remote to the \f[B]root of the server\f[R], meaning you don\[aq]t
specify a library during the configuration: Paths are specified as
\f[C]remote:library\f[R].
You may put subdirectories in too, e.g.
\f[C]remote:library/path/to/dir\f[R].
- you point your remote to a specific library during the configuration:
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path/to/dir\f[R].
\f[B]This is the recommended mode when using encrypted libraries\f[R].
(\f[I]This mode is possibly slightly faster than the root mode\f[R])
.SS Configuration in root mode
.PP
Here is an example of making a seafile configuration for a user with
\f[B]no\f[R] two-factor authentication.
First run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
To authenticate you will need the URL of your server, your email (or
username) and your password.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> seafile
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Seafile
   \[rs] \[dq]seafile\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> seafile
** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **

URL of seafile host to connect to
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
   \[rs] \[dq]https://cloud.seafile.com/\[dq]
url> http://my.seafile.server/
User name (usually email address)
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
user> me\[at]example.com
Password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Two-factor authentication (\[aq]true\[aq] if the account has 2FA enabled)
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
2fa> false
Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
library>
Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
y/g/n> n
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
Remote config
Two-factor authentication is not enabled on this account.
--------------------
[seafile]
type = seafile
url = http://my.seafile.server/
user = me\[at]example.com
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
2fa = false
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This remote is called \f[C]seafile\f[R].
It\[aq]s pointing to the root of your seafile server and can now be used
like this:
.PP
See all libraries
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd seafile:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Create a new library
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir seafile:library
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a library
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls seafile:library
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote library, deleting any
excess files in the library.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory seafile:library
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Configuration in library mode
.PP
Here\[aq]s an example of a configuration in library mode with a user
that has the two-factor authentication enabled.
Your 2FA code will be asked at the end of the configuration, and will
attempt to authenticate you:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> seafile
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Seafile
   \[rs] \[dq]seafile\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> seafile
** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **

URL of seafile host to connect to
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
   \[rs] \[dq]https://cloud.seafile.com/\[dq]
url> http://my.seafile.server/
User name (usually email address)
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
user> me\[at]example.com
Password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Two-factor authentication (\[aq]true\[aq] if the account has 2FA enabled)
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
2fa> true
Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
library> My Library
Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
y/g/n> n
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
Remote config
Two-factor authentication: please enter your 2FA code
2fa code> 123456
Authenticating...
Success!
--------------------
[seafile]
type = seafile
url = http://my.seafile.server/
user = me\[at]example.com
pass = 
2fa = true
library = My Library
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
You\[aq]ll notice your password is blank in the configuration.
It\[aq]s because we only need the password to authenticate you once.
.PP
You specified \f[C]My Library\f[R] during the configuration.
The root of the remote is pointing at the root of the library
\f[C]My Library\f[R]:
.PP
See all files in the library:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd seafile:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Create a new directory inside the library
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir seafile:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls seafile:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote library, deleting any
excess files in the library.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory seafile:
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --fast-list
.PP
Seafile version 7+ supports \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] which allows you to
use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
details.
Please note this is not supported on seafile server version 6.x
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
In addition to the default restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
characters are also replaced:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
/
T}@T{
0x2F
T}@T{
\[uFF0F]
T}
T{
\[dq]
T}@T{
0x22
T}@T{
\[uFF02]
T}
T{
\[rs]
T}@T{
0x5C
T}@T{
\[uFF3C]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Seafile and rclone link
.PP
Rclone supports generating share links for non-encrypted libraries only.
They can either be for a file or a directory:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone link seafile:seafile-tutorial.doc
http://my.seafile.server/f/fdcd8a2f93f84b8b90f4/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or if run on a directory you will get:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone link seafile:dir
http://my.seafile.server/d/9ea2455f6f55478bbb0d/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Please note a share link is unique for each file or directory.
If you run a link command on a file/dir that has already been shared,
you will get the exact same link.
.SS Compatibility
.PP
It has been actively developed using the seafile docker
image (https://github.com/haiwen/seafile-docker) of these versions: -
6.3.4 community edition - 7.0.5 community edition - 7.1.3 community
edition - 9.0.10 community edition
.PP
Versions below 6.0 are not supported.
Versions between 6.0 and 6.3 haven\[aq]t been tested and might not work
properly.
.PP
Each new version of \f[C]rclone\f[R] is automatically tested against the
latest docker image (https://hub.docker.com/r/seafileltd/seafile-mc/) of
the seafile community server.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to seafile (seafile).
.SS --seafile-url
.PP
URL of seafile host to connect to.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]https://cloud.seafile.com/\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Connect to cloud.seafile.com.
.RE
.RE
.SS --seafile-user
.PP
User name (usually email address).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_USER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --seafile-pass
.PP
Password.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: pass
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_PASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --seafile-2fa
.PP
Two-factor authentication (\[aq]true\[aq] if the account has 2FA
enabled).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: 2fa
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_2FA
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --seafile-library
.PP
Name of the library.
.PP
Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: library
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --seafile-library-key
.PP
Library password (for encrypted libraries only).
.PP
Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: library_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --seafile-auth-token
.PP
Authentication token.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_AUTH_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to seafile (seafile).
.SS --seafile-create-library
.PP
Should rclone create a library if it doesn\[aq]t exist.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: create_library
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_CREATE_LIBRARY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --seafile-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8
.SS --seafile-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SH SFTP
.PP
SFTP is the Secure (or SSH) File Transfer
Protocol (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol).
.PP
The SFTP backend can be used with a number of different providers:
.IP \[bu] 2
Hetzner Storage Box
.IP \[bu] 2
rsync.net
.PP
SFTP runs over SSH v2 and is installed as standard with most modern SSH
installations.
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R].
If the path does not begin with a \f[C]/\f[R] it is relative to the home
directory of the user.
An empty path \f[C]remote:\f[R] refers to the user\[aq]s home directory.
For example, \f[C]rclone lsd remote:\f[R] would list the home directory
of the user configured in the rclone remote config
(\f[C]i.e /home/sftpuser\f[R]).
However, \f[C]rclone lsd remote:/\f[R] would list the root directory for
remote machine (i.e.
\f[C]/\f[R])
.PP
Note that some SFTP servers will need the leading / - Synology is a good
example of this.
rsync.net and Hetzner, on the other hand, requires users to OMIT the
leading /.
.PP
Note that by default rclone will try to execute shell commands on the
server, see shell access considerations.
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making an SFTP configuration.
First run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / SSH/SFTP
   \[rs] \[dq]sftp\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> sftp
SSH host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Connect to example.com
   \[rs] \[dq]example.com\[dq]
host> example.com
SSH username
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]$USER\[dq]).
user> sftpuser
SSH port number
Enter a signed integer. Press Enter for the default (22).
port>
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> n
Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
key_file>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
host = example.com
user = sftpuser
port =
pass =
key_file =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This remote is called \f[C]remote\f[R] and can now be used like this:
.PP
See all directories in the home directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See all directories in the root directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Make a new directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:path/to/directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote directory, deleting
any excess files in the directory.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Mount the remote path \f[C]/srv/www-data/\f[R] to the local path
\f[C]/mnt/www-data\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mount remote:/srv/www-data/ /mnt/www-data
\f[R]
.fi
.SS SSH Authentication
.PP
The SFTP remote supports three authentication methods:
.IP \[bu] 2
Password
.IP \[bu] 2
Key file, including certificate signed keys
.IP \[bu] 2
ssh-agent
.PP
Key files should be PEM-encoded private key files.
For instance \f[C]/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa\f[R].
Only unencrypted OpenSSH or PEM encrypted files are supported.
.PP
The key file can be specified in either an external file (key_file) or
contained within the rclone config file (key_pem).
If using key_pem in the config file, the entry should be on a single
line with new line (\[aq]\[aq] or \[aq]\[aq]) separating lines.
i.e.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
key_pem = -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----\[rs]nMaMbaIXtE\[rs]n0gAMbMbaSsd\[rs]nMbaass\[rs]n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will generate it correctly for key_pem for use in the config:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
awk \[aq]{printf \[dq]%s\[rs]\[rs]n\[dq], $0}\[aq] < \[ti]/.ssh/id_rsa
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you don\[aq]t specify \f[C]pass\f[R], \f[C]key_file\f[R], or
\f[C]key_pem\f[R] or \f[C]ask_password\f[R] then rclone will attempt to
contact an ssh-agent.
You can also specify \f[C]key_use_agent\f[R] to force the usage of an
ssh-agent.
In this case \f[C]key_file\f[R] or \f[C]key_pem\f[R] can also be
specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.
.PP
Using an ssh-agent is the only way to load encrypted OpenSSH keys at the
moment.
.PP
If you set the \f[C]ask_password\f[R] option, rclone will prompt for a
password when needed and no password has been configured.
.SS Certificate-signed keys
.PP
With traditional key-based authentication, you configure your private
key only, and the public key built into it will be used during the
authentication process.
.PP
If you have a certificate you may use it to sign your public key,
creating a separate SSH user certificate that should be used instead of
the plain public key extracted from the private key.
Then you must provide the path to the user certificate public key file
in \f[C]pubkey_file\f[R].
.PP
Note: This is not the traditional public key paired with your private
key, typically saved as \f[C]/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa.pub\f[R].
Setting this path in \f[C]pubkey_file\f[R] will not work.
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[remote]
type = sftp
host = example.com
user = sftpuser
key_file = \[ti]/id_rsa
pubkey_file = \[ti]/id_rsa-cert.pub
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you concatenate a cert with a private key then you can specify the
merged file in both places.
.PP
Note: the cert must come first in the file.
e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
cat id_rsa-cert.pub id_rsa > merged_key
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Host key validation
.PP
By default rclone will not check the server\[aq]s host key for
validation.
This can allow an attacker to replace a server with their own and if you
use password authentication then this can lead to that password being
exposed.
.PP
Host key matching, using standard \f[C]known_hosts\f[R] files can be
turned on by enabling the \f[C]known_hosts_file\f[R] option.
This can point to the file maintained by \f[C]OpenSSH\f[R] or can point
to a unique file.
.PP
e.g.
using the OpenSSH \f[C]known_hosts\f[R] file:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[remote]
type = sftp
host = example.com
user = sftpuser
pass = 
known_hosts_file = \[ti]/.ssh/known_hosts
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Alternatively you can create your own known hosts file like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
ssh-keyscan -t dsa,rsa,ecdsa,ed25519 example.com >> known_hosts
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
There are some limitations:
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone\f[R] will not \f[I]manage\f[R] this file for you.
If the key is missing or wrong then the connection will be refused.
.IP \[bu] 2
If the server is set up for a certificate host key then the entry in the
\f[C]known_hosts\f[R] file \f[I]must\f[R] be the
\f[C]\[at]cert-authority\f[R] entry for the CA
.PP
If the host key provided by the server does not match the one in the
file (or is missing) then the connection will be aborted and an error
returned such as
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
NewFs: couldn\[aq]t connect SSH: ssh: handshake failed: knownhosts: key mismatch
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
or
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
NewFs: couldn\[aq]t connect SSH: ssh: handshake failed: knownhosts: key is unknown
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you see an error such as
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
NewFs: couldn\[aq]t connect SSH: ssh: handshake failed: ssh: no authorities for hostname: example.com:22
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
then it is likely the server has presented a CA signed host certificate
and you will need to add the appropriate \f[C]\[at]cert-authority\f[R]
entry.
.PP
The \f[C]known_hosts_file\f[R] setting can be set during
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] as an advanced option.
.SS ssh-agent on macOS
.PP
Note that there seem to be various problems with using an ssh-agent on
macOS due to recent changes in the OS.
The most effective work-around seems to be to start an ssh-agent in each
session, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
eval \[ga]ssh-agent -s\[ga] && ssh-add -A
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And then at the end of the session
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
eval \[ga]ssh-agent -k\[ga]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
These commands can be used in scripts of course.
.SS Shell access
.PP
Some functionality of the SFTP backend relies on remote shell access,
and the possibility to execute commands.
This includes checksum, and in some cases also about.
The shell commands that must be executed may be different on different
type of shells, and also quoting/escaping of file path arguments
containing special characters may be different.
Rclone therefore needs to know what type of shell it is, and if shell
access is available at all.
.PP
Most servers run on some version of Unix, and then a basic Unix shell
can be assumed, without further distinction.
Windows 10, Server 2019, and later can also run a SSH server, which is a
port of OpenSSH (see official installation
guide (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/administration/openssh/openssh_install_firstuse)).
On a Windows server the shell handling is different: Although it can
also be set up to use a Unix type shell, e.g.
Cygwin bash, the default is to use Windows Command Prompt (cmd.exe), and
PowerShell is a recommended alternative.
All of these have behave differently, which rclone must handle.
.PP
Rclone tries to auto-detect what type of shell is used on the server,
first time you access the SFTP remote.
If a remote shell session is successfully created, it will look for
indications that it is CMD or PowerShell, with fall-back to Unix if not
something else is detected.
If unable to even create a remote shell session, then shell command
execution will be disabled entirely.
The result is stored in the SFTP remote configuration, in option
\f[C]shell_type\f[R], so that the auto-detection only have to be
performed once.
If you manually set a value for this option before first run, the
auto-detection will be skipped, and if you set a different value later
this will override any existing.
Value \f[C]none\f[R] can be set to avoid any attempts at executing shell
commands, e.g.
if this is not allowed on the server.
.PP
When the server is rclone serve
sftp (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/), the rclone SFTP
remote will detect this as a Unix type shell - even if it is running on
Windows.
This server does not actually have a shell, but it accepts input
commands matching the specific ones that the SFTP backend relies on for
Unix shells, e.g.
\f[C]md5sum\f[R] and \f[C]df\f[R].
Also it handles the string escape rules used for Unix shell.
Treating it as a Unix type shell from a SFTP remote will therefore
always be correct, and support all features.
.SS Shell access considerations
.PP
The shell type auto-detection logic, described above, means that by
default rclone will try to run a shell command the first time a new sftp
remote is accessed.
If you configure a sftp remote without a config file, e.g.
an on the fly (https://rclone.org/docs/#backend-path-to-dir%5D) remote,
rclone will have nowhere to store the result, and it will re-run the
command on every access.
To avoid this you should explicitly set the \f[C]shell_type\f[R] option
to the correct value, or to \f[C]none\f[R] if you want to prevent rclone
from executing any remote shell commands.
.PP
It is also important to note that, since the shell type decides how
quoting and escaping of file paths used as command-line arguments are
performed, configuring the wrong shell type may leave you exposed to
command injection exploits.
Make sure to confirm the auto-detected shell type, or explicitly set the
shell type you know is correct, or disable shell access until you know.
.SS Checksum
.PP
SFTP does not natively support checksums (file hash), but rclone is able
to use checksumming if the same login has shell access, and can execute
remote commands.
If there is a command that can calculate compatible checksums on the
remote system, Rclone can then be configured to execute this whenever a
checksum is needed, and read back the results.
Currently MD5 and SHA-1 are supported.
.PP
Normally this requires an external utility being available on the
server.
By default rclone will try commands \f[C]md5sum\f[R], \f[C]md5\f[R] and
\f[C]rclone md5sum\f[R] for MD5 checksums, and the first one found
usable will be picked.
Same with \f[C]sha1sum\f[R], \f[C]sha1\f[R] and \f[C]rclone sha1sum\f[R]
commands for SHA-1 checksums.
These utilities normally need to be in the remote\[aq]s PATH to be
found.
.PP
In some cases the shell itself is capable of calculating checksums.
PowerShell is an example of such a shell.
If rclone detects that the remote shell is PowerShell, which means it
most probably is a Windows OpenSSH server, rclone will use a predefined
script block to produce the checksums when no external checksum commands
are found (see shell access).
This assumes PowerShell version 4.0 or newer.
.PP
The options \f[C]md5sum_command\f[R] and \f[C]sha1_command\f[R] can be
used to customize the command to be executed for calculation of
checksums.
You can for example set a specific path to where md5sum and sha1sum
executables are located, or use them to specify some other tools that
print checksums in compatible format.
The value can include command-line arguments, or even shell script
blocks as with PowerShell.
Rclone has subcommands
md5sum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_md5sum/) and
sha1sum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sha1sum/) that use
compatible format, which means if you have an rclone executable on the
server it can be used.
As mentioned above, they will be automatically picked up if found in
PATH, but if not you can set something like
\f[C]/path/to/rclone md5sum\f[R] as the value of option
\f[C]md5sum_command\f[R] to make sure a specific executable is used.
.PP
Remote checksumming is recommended and enabled by default.
First time rclone is using a SFTP remote, if options
\f[C]md5sum_command\f[R] or \f[C]sha1_command\f[R] are not set, it will
check if any of the default commands for each of them, as described
above, can be used.
The result will be saved in the remote configuration, so next time it
will use the same.
Value \f[C]none\f[R] will be set if none of the default commands could
be used for a specific algorithm, and this algorithm will not be
supported by the remote.
.PP
Disabling the checksumming may be required if you are connecting to SFTP
servers which are not under your control, and to which the execution of
remote shell commands is prohibited.
Set the configuration option \f[C]disable_hashcheck\f[R] to
\f[C]true\f[R] to disable checksumming entirely, or set
\f[C]shell_type\f[R] to \f[C]none\f[R] to disable all functionality
based on remote shell command execution.
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
Modified times are stored on the server to 1 second precision.
.PP
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported.
.PP
Some SFTP servers disable setting/modifying the file modification time
after upload (for example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with
mod_sftp).
If you are using one of these servers, you can set the option
\f[C]set_modtime = false\f[R] in your RClone backend configuration to
disable this behaviour.
.SS About command
.PP
The \f[C]about\f[R] command returns the total space, free space, and
used space on the remote for the disk of the specified path on the
remote or, if not set, the disk of the root on the remote.
.PP
SFTP usually supports the
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/) command, but it
depends on the server.
If the server implements the vendor-specific VFS statistics extension,
which is normally the case with OpenSSH instances, it will be used.
If not, but the same login has access to a Unix shell, where the
\f[C]df\f[R] command is available (e.g.
in the remote\[aq]s PATH), then this will be used instead.
If the server shell is PowerShell, probably with a Windows OpenSSH
server, rclone will use a built-in shell command (see shell access).
If none of the above is applicable, \f[C]about\f[R] will fail.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP).
.SS --sftp-host
.PP
SSH host to connect to.
.PP
E.g.
\[dq]example.com\[dq].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: host
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_HOST
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --sftp-user
.PP
SSH username.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]$USER\[dq]
.SS --sftp-port
.PP
SSH port number.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: port
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PORT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 22
.SS --sftp-pass
.PP
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: pass
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-key-pem
.PP
Raw PEM-encoded private key.
.PP
If specified, will override key_file parameter.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: key_pem
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_PEM
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-key-file
.PP
Path to PEM-encoded private key file.
.PP
Leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
.PP
Leading \f[C]\[ti]\f[R] will be expanded in the file name as will
environment variables such as \f[C]${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}\f[R].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: key_file
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-key-file-pass
.PP
The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
.PP
Only PEM encrypted key files (old OpenSSH format) are supported.
Encrypted keys in the new OpenSSH format can\[aq]t be used.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: key_file_pass
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE_PASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-pubkey-file
.PP
Optional path to public key file.
.PP
Set this if you have a signed certificate you want to use for
authentication.
.PP
Leading \f[C]\[ti]\f[R] will be expanded in the file name as will
environment variables such as \f[C]${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}\f[R].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: pubkey_file
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PUBKEY_FILE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-key-use-agent
.PP
When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
.PP
When key-file is also set, the \[dq].pub\[dq] file of the specified
key-file is read and only the associated key is requested from the
ssh-agent.
This allows to avoid
\f[C]Too many authentication failures for *username*\f[R] errors when
the ssh-agent contains many keys.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: key_use_agent
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_USE_AGENT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --sftp-use-insecure-cipher
.PP
Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
.PP
This enables the use of the following insecure ciphers and key exchange
methods:
.IP \[bu] 2
aes128-cbc
.IP \[bu] 2
aes192-cbc
.IP \[bu] 2
aes256-cbc
.IP \[bu] 2
3des-cbc
.IP \[bu] 2
diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256
.IP \[bu] 2
diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1
.PP
Those algorithms are insecure and may allow plaintext data to be
recovered by an attacker.
.PP
This must be false if you use either ciphers or key_exchange advanced
options.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_insecure_cipher
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_INSECURE_CIPHER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]false\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use default Cipher list.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]true\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher and
diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256, diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1
key exchange.
.RE
.RE
.SS --sftp-disable-hashcheck
.PP
Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file
hashing is available.
.PP
Leave blank or set to false to enable hashing (recommended), set to true
to disable hashing.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: disable_hashcheck
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_HASHCHECK
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --sftp-ssh
.PP
Path and arguments to external ssh binary.
.PP
Normally rclone will use its internal ssh library to connect to the SFTP
server.
However it does not implement all possible ssh options so it may be
desirable to use an external ssh binary.
.PP
Rclone ignores all the internal config if you use this option and
expects you to configure the ssh binary with the user/host/port and any
other options you need.
.PP
\f[B]Important\f[R] The ssh command must log in without asking for a
password so needs to be configured with keys or certificates.
.PP
Rclone will run the command supplied either with the additional
arguments \[dq]-s sftp\[dq] to access the SFTP subsystem or with
commands such as \[dq]md5sum /path/to/file\[dq] appended to read
checksums.
.PP
Any arguments with spaces in should be surrounded by \[dq]double
quotes\[dq].
.PP
An example setting might be:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
ssh -o ServerAliveInterval=20 user\[at]example.com
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that when using an external ssh binary rclone makes a new ssh
connection for every hash it calculates.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: ssh
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SSH
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SpaceSepList
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP).
.SS --sftp-known-hosts-file
.PP
Optional path to known_hosts file.
.PP
Set this value to enable server host key validation.
.PP
Leading \f[C]\[ti]\f[R] will be expanded in the file name as will
environment variables such as \f[C]${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}\f[R].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: known_hosts_file
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KNOWN_HOSTS_FILE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]\[ti]/.ssh/known_hosts\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use OpenSSH\[aq]s known_hosts file.
.RE
.RE
.SS --sftp-ask-password
.PP
Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
.PP
If this is set and no password is supplied then rclone will: - ask for a
password - not contact the ssh agent
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: ask_password
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_ASK_PASSWORD
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --sftp-path-override
.PP
Override path used by SSH shell commands.
.PP
This allows checksum calculation when SFTP and SSH paths are different.
This issue affects among others Synology NAS boxes.
.PP
E.g.
if shared folders can be found in directories representing volumes:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --sftp-path-override /volume2/directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
E.g.
if home directory can be found in a shared folder called \[dq]home\[dq]:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/home/directory --sftp-path-override /volume1/homes/USER/directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To specify only the path to the SFTP remote\[aq]s root, and allow rclone
to add any relative subpaths automatically (including
unwrapping/decrypting remotes as necessary), add the \[aq]\[at]\[aq]
character to the beginning of the path.
.PP
E.g.
the first example above could be rewritten as:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --sftp-path-override \[at]/volume2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that when using this method with Synology \[dq]home\[dq] folders,
the full \[dq]/homes/USER\[dq] path should be specified instead of
\[dq]/home\[dq].
.PP
E.g.
the second example above should be rewritten as:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/homes/USER/directory --sftp-path-override \[at]/volume1
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: path_override
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PATH_OVERRIDE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-set-modtime
.PP
Set the modified time on the remote if set.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: set_modtime
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SET_MODTIME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --sftp-shell-type
.PP
The type of SSH shell on remote server, if any.
.PP
Leave blank for autodetect.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: shell_type
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SHELL_TYPE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]none\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
No shell access
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]unix\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Unix shell
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]powershell\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
PowerShell
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]cmd\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Windows Command Prompt
.RE
.RE
.SS --sftp-md5sum-command
.PP
The command used to read md5 hashes.
.PP
Leave blank for autodetect.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: md5sum_command
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_MD5SUM_COMMAND
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-sha1sum-command
.PP
The command used to read sha1 hashes.
.PP
Leave blank for autodetect.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: sha1sum_command
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SHA1SUM_COMMAND
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-skip-links
.PP
Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: skip_links
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SKIP_LINKS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --sftp-subsystem
.PP
Specifies the SSH2 subsystem on the remote host.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: subsystem
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SUBSYSTEM
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]sftp\[dq]
.SS --sftp-server-command
.PP
Specifies the path or command to run a sftp server on the remote host.
.PP
The subsystem option is ignored when server_command is defined.
.PP
If adding server_command to the configuration file please note that it
should not be enclosed in quotes, since that will make rclone fail.
.PP
A working example is:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[remote_name]
type = sftp
server_command = sudo /usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: server_command
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SERVER_COMMAND
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-use-fstat
.PP
If set use fstat instead of stat.
.PP
Some servers limit the amount of open files and calling Stat after
opening the file will throw an error from the server.
Setting this flag will call Fstat instead of Stat which is called on an
already open file handle.
.PP
It has been found that this helps with IBM Sterling SFTP servers which
have \[dq]extractability\[dq] level set to 1 which means only 1 file can
be opened at any given time.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: use_fstat
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_FSTAT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --sftp-disable-concurrent-reads
.PP
If set don\[aq]t use concurrent reads.
.PP
Normally concurrent reads are safe to use and not using them will
degrade performance, so this option is disabled by default.
.PP
Some servers limit the amount number of times a file can be downloaded.
Using concurrent reads can trigger this limit, so if you have a server
which returns
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Failed to copy: file does not exist
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then you may need to enable this flag.
.PP
If concurrent reads are disabled, the use_fstat option is ignored.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: disable_concurrent_reads
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_CONCURRENT_READS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --sftp-disable-concurrent-writes
.PP
If set don\[aq]t use concurrent writes.
.PP
Normally rclone uses concurrent writes to upload files.
This improves the performance greatly, especially for distant servers.
.PP
This option disables concurrent writes should that be necessary.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: disable_concurrent_writes
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_CONCURRENT_WRITES
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --sftp-idle-timeout
.PP
Max time before closing idle connections.
.PP
If no connections have been returned to the connection pool in the time
given, rclone will empty the connection pool.
.PP
Set to 0 to keep connections indefinitely.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: idle_timeout
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_IDLE_TIMEOUT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Duration
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 1m0s
.SS --sftp-chunk-size
.PP
Upload and download chunk size.
.PP
This controls the maximum size of payload in SFTP protocol packets.
The RFC limits this to 32768 bytes (32k), which is the default.
However, a lot of servers support larger sizes, typically limited to a
maximum total package size of 256k, and setting it larger will increase
transfer speed dramatically on high latency links.
This includes OpenSSH, and, for example, using the value of 255k works
well, leaving plenty of room for overhead while still being within a
total packet size of 256k.
.PP
Make sure to test thoroughly before using a value higher than 32k, and
only use it if you always connect to the same server or after
sufficiently broad testing.
If you get errors such as \[dq]failed to send packet payload: EOF\[dq],
lots of \[dq]connection lost\[dq], or \[dq]corrupted on transfer\[dq],
when copying a larger file, try lowering the value.
The server run by rclone serve sftp sends packets with standard 32k
maximum payload so you must not set a different chunk_size when
downloading files, but it accepts packets up to the 256k total size, so
for uploads the chunk_size can be set as for the OpenSSH example above.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 32Ki
.SS --sftp-concurrency
.PP
The maximum number of outstanding requests for one file
.PP
This controls the maximum number of outstanding requests for one file.
Increasing it will increase throughput on high latency links at the cost
of using more memory.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: concurrency
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_CONCURRENCY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 64
.SS --sftp-set-env
.PP
Environment variables to pass to sftp and commands
.PP
Set environment variables in the form:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
VAR=value
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
to be passed to the sftp client and to any commands run (eg md5sum).
.PP
Pass multiple variables space separated, eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
VAR1=value VAR2=value
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
and pass variables with spaces in quotes, eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\[dq]VAR3=value with space\[dq] \[dq]VAR4=value with space\[dq] VAR5=nospacehere
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: set_env
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SET_ENV
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SpaceSepList
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
.SS --sftp-ciphers
.PP
Space separated list of ciphers to be used for session encryption,
ordered by preference.
.PP
At least one must match with server configuration.
This can be checked for example using ssh -Q cipher.
.PP
This must not be set if use_insecure_cipher is true.
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
aes128-ctr aes192-ctr aes256-ctr aes128-gcm\[at]openssh.com aes256-gcm\[at]openssh.com
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: ciphers
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_CIPHERS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SpaceSepList
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
.SS --sftp-key-exchange
.PP
Space separated list of key exchange algorithms, ordered by preference.
.PP
At least one must match with server configuration.
This can be checked for example using ssh -Q kex.
.PP
This must not be set if use_insecure_cipher is true.
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
sntrup761x25519-sha512\[at]openssh.com curve25519-sha256 curve25519-sha256\[at]libssh.org ecdh-sha2-nistp256
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: key_exchange
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_EXCHANGE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SpaceSepList
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
.SS --sftp-macs
.PP
Space separated list of MACs (message authentication code) algorithms,
ordered by preference.
.PP
At least one must match with server configuration.
This can be checked for example using ssh -Q mac.
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
umac-64-etm\[at]openssh.com umac-128-etm\[at]openssh.com hmac-sha2-256-etm\[at]openssh.com
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: macs
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_MACS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SpaceSepList
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
.SS --sftp-host-key-algorithms
.PP
Space separated list of host key algorithms, ordered by preference.
.PP
At least one must match with server configuration.
This can be checked for example using ssh -Q HostKeyAlgorithms.
.PP
Note: This can affect the outcome of key negotiation with the server
even if server host key validation is not enabled.
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
ssh-ed25519 ssh-rsa ssh-dss
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: host_key_algorithms
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_HOST_KEY_ALGORITHMS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SpaceSepList
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
.SS --sftp-socks-proxy
.PP
Socks 5 proxy host.
.PP
Supports the format user:pass\[at]host:port, user\[at]host:port,
host:port.
.PP
Example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
myUser:myPass\[at]localhost:9005
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: socks_proxy
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SOCKS_PROXY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sftp-copy-is-hardlink
.PP
Set to enable server side copies using hardlinks.
.PP
The SFTP protocol does not define a copy command so normally server side
copies are not allowed with the sftp backend.
.PP
However the SFTP protocol does support hardlinking, and if you enable
this flag then the sftp backend will support server side copies.
These will be implemented by doing a hardlink from the source to the
destination.
.PP
Not all sftp servers support this.
.PP
Note that hardlinking two files together will use no additional space as
the source and the destination will be the same file.
.PP
This feature may be useful backups made with --copy-dest.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: copy_is_hardlink
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_COPY_IS_HARDLINK
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --sftp-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
On some SFTP servers (e.g.
Synology) the paths are different for SSH and SFTP so the hashes
can\[aq]t be calculated properly.
For them using \f[C]disable_hashcheck\f[R] is a good idea.
.PP
The only ssh agent supported under Windows is Putty\[aq]s pageant.
.PP
The Go SSH library disables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher by default,
due to security concerns.
This can be re-enabled on a per-connection basis by setting the
\f[C]use_insecure_cipher\f[R] setting in the configuration file to
\f[C]true\f[R].
Further details on the insecurity of this cipher can be found in this
paper (http://www.isg.rhul.ac.uk/~kp/SandPfinal.pdf).
.PP
SFTP isn\[aq]t supported under plan9 until this
issue (https://github.com/pkg/sftp/issues/156) is fixed.
.PP
Note that since SFTP isn\[aq]t HTTP based the following flags don\[aq]t
work with it: \f[C]--dump-headers\f[R], \f[C]--dump-bodies\f[R],
\f[C]--dump-auth\f[R].
.PP
Note that \f[C]--timeout\f[R] and \f[C]--contimeout\f[R] are both
supported.
.SS rsync.net
.PP
rsync.net is supported through the SFTP backend.
.PP
See rsync.net\[aq]s documentation of rclone
examples (https://www.rsync.net/products/rclone.html).
.SS Hetzner Storage Box
.PP
Hetzner Storage Boxes are supported through the SFTP backend on port 23.
.PP
See Hetzner\[aq]s documentation for
details (https://docs.hetzner.com/robot/storage-box/access/access-ssh-rsync-borg#rclone)
.SH SMB
.PP
SMB is a communication protocol to share files over
network (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Server_Message_Block).
.PP
This relies on go-smb2
library (https://github.com/hirochachacha/go-smb2/) for communication
with SMB protocol.
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:sharename\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R]
for the \f[C]lsd\f[R] command.) You may put subdirectories in too, e.g.
\f[C]remote:item/path/to/dir\f[R].
.SS Notes
.PP
The first path segment must be the name of the share, which you entered
when you started to share on Windows.
On smbd, it\[aq]s the section title in \f[C]smb.conf\f[R] (usually in
\f[C]/etc/samba/\f[R]) file.
You can find shares by querying the root if you\[aq]re unsure (e.g.
\f[C]rclone lsd remote:\f[R]).
.PP
You can\[aq]t access to the shared printers from rclone, obviously.
.PP
You can\[aq]t use Anonymous access for logging in.
You have to use the \f[C]guest\f[R] user with an empty password instead.
The rclone client tries to avoid 8.3 names when uploading files by
encoding trailing spaces and periods.
Alternatively, the local
backend (https://rclone.org/local/#paths-on-windows) on Windows can
access SMB servers using UNC paths, by
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R].
This doesn\[aq]t apply to non-Windows OSes, such as Linux and macOS.
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making a SMB configuration.
.PP
First run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Option Storage.
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value.
XX / SMB / CIFS
   \[rs] (smb)
Storage> smb

Option host.
Samba hostname to connect to.
E.g. \[dq]example.com\[dq].
Enter a value.
host> localhost

Option user.
Samba username.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (lesmi).
user> guest

Option port.
Samba port number.
Enter a signed integer. Press Enter for the default (445).
port> 

Option pass.
Samba password.
Choose an alternative below. Press Enter for the default (n).
y) Yes, type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No, leave this optional password blank (default)
y/g/n> g
Password strength in bits.
64 is just about memorable
128 is secure
1024 is the maximum
Bits> 64
Your password is: XXXX
Use this password? Please note that an obscured version of this 
password (and not the password itself) will be stored under your 
configuration file, so keep this generated password in a safe place.
y) Yes (default)
n) No
y/n> y

Option domain.
Domain name for NTLM authentication.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (WORKGROUP).
domain> 

Edit advanced config?
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n

Configuration complete.
Options:
- type: samba
- host: localhost
- user: guest
- pass: *** ENCRYPTED ***
Keep this \[dq]remote\[dq] remote?
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> d
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to smb (SMB / CIFS).
.SS --smb-host
.PP
SMB server hostname to connect to.
.PP
E.g.
\[dq]example.com\[dq].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: host
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_HOST
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --smb-user
.PP
SMB username.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_USER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]$USER\[dq]
.SS --smb-port
.PP
SMB port number.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: port
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_PORT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 445
.SS --smb-pass
.PP
SMB password.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: pass
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_PASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --smb-domain
.PP
Domain name for NTLM authentication.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: domain
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_DOMAIN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]WORKGROUP\[dq]
.SS --smb-spn
.PP
Service principal name.
.PP
Rclone presents this name to the server.
Some servers use this as further authentication, and it often needs to
be set for clusters.
For example:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
cifs/remotehost:1020
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Leave blank if not sure.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: spn
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_SPN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to smb (SMB / CIFS).
.SS --smb-idle-timeout
.PP
Max time before closing idle connections.
.PP
If no connections have been returned to the connection pool in the time
given, rclone will empty the connection pool.
.PP
Set to 0 to keep connections indefinitely.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: idle_timeout
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_IDLE_TIMEOUT
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Duration
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 1m0s
.SS --smb-hide-special-share
.PP
Hide special shares (e.g.
print$) which users aren\[aq]t supposed to access.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: hide_special_share
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_HIDE_SPECIAL_SHARE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --smb-case-insensitive
.PP
Whether the server is configured to be case-insensitive.
.PP
Always true on Windows shares.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: case_insensitive
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_CASE_INSENSITIVE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: true
.SS --smb-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --smb-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SMB_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SH Storj
.PP
Storj (https://storj.io) is an encrypted, secure, and cost-effective
object storage service that enables you to store, back up, and archive
large amounts of data in a decentralized manner.
.SS Backend options
.PP
Storj can be used both with this native backend and with the s3 backend
using the Storj S3 compatible gateway (https://rclone.org/s3/#storj)
(shared or private).
.PP
Use this backend to take advantage of client-side encryption as well as
to achieve the best possible download performance.
Uploads will be erasure-coded locally, thus a 1gb upload will result in
2.68gb of data being uploaded to storage nodes across the network.
.PP
Use the s3 backend and one of the S3 compatible Hosted Gateways to
increase upload performance and reduce the load on your systems and
network.
Uploads will be encrypted and erasure-coded server-side, thus a 1GB
upload will result in only in 1GB of data being uploaded to storage
nodes across the network.
.PP
Side by side comparison with more details:
.IP \[bu] 2
Characteristics:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: Uses native RPC protocol, connects directly to
the storage nodes which hosts the data.
Requires more CPU resource of encoding/decoding and has network
amplification (especially during the upload), uses lots of TCP
connections
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: Uses S3 compatible HTTP Rest API via the shared
gateways.
There is no network amplification, but performance depends on the shared
gateways and the secret encryption key is shared with the gateway.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Typical usage:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: Server environments and desktops with enough
resources, internet speed and connectivity - and applications where
storjs client-side encryption is required.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: Desktops and similar with limited resources,
internet speed or connectivity.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Security:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: \f[B]strong\f[R].
Private encryption key doesn\[aq]t need to leave the local computer.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: \f[B]weaker\f[R].
Private encryption key is shared
with (https://docs.storj.io/dcs/api-reference/s3-compatible-gateway#security-and-encryption)
the authentication service of the hosted gateway, where it\[aq]s stored
encrypted.
It can be stronger when combining with the rclone crypt backend.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bandwidth usage (upload):
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: \f[B]higher\f[R].
As data is erasure coded on the client side both the original data and
the parities should be uploaded.
About \[ti]2.7 times more data is required to be uploaded.
Client may start to upload with even higher number of nodes (\[ti]3.7
times more) and abandon/stop the slow uploads.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: \f[B]normal\f[R].
Only the raw data is uploaded, erasure coding happens on the gateway.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bandwidth usage (download)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: \f[B]almost normal\f[R].
Only the minimal number of data is required, but to avoid very slow data
providers a few more sources are used and the slowest are ignored (max
1.2x overhead).
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: \f[B]normal\f[R].
Only the raw data is downloaded, erasure coding happens on the shared
gateway.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
CPU usage:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: \f[B]higher\f[R], but more predictable.
Erasure code and encryption/decryption happens locally which requires
significant CPU usage.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: \f[B]less\f[R].
Erasure code and encryption/decryption happens on shared s3 gateways
(and as is, it depends on the current load on the gateways)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
TCP connection usage:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: \f[B]high\f[R].
A direct connection is required to each of the Storj nodes resulting in
110 connections on upload and 35 on download per 64 MB segment.
Not all the connections are actively used (slow ones are pruned), but
they are all opened.
Adjusting the max open file
limit (https://rclone.org/storj/#known-issues) may be required.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: \f[B]normal\f[R].
Only one connection per download/upload thread is required to the shared
gateway.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Overall performance:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: with enough resources (CPU and bandwidth)
\f[I]storj\f[R] backend can provide even 2x better performance.
Data is directly downloaded to / uploaded from to the client instead of
the gateway.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: Can be faster on edge devices where CPU and
network bandwidth is limited as the shared S3 compatible gateways take
care about the encrypting/decryption and erasure coding and no
download/upload amplification.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Decentralization:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: \f[B]high\f[R].
Data is downloaded directly from the distributed cloud of storage
providers.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: \f[B]low\f[R].
Requires a running S3 gateway (either self-hosted or Storj-hosted).
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Limitations:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]Storj backend\f[R]: \f[C]rclone checksum\f[R] is not possible
without download, as checksum metadata is not calculated during upload
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[I]S3 backend\f[R]: secret encryption key is shared with the gateway
.RE
.SS Configuration
.PP
To make a new Storj configuration you need one of the following: *
Access Grant that someone else shared with you.
* API
Key (https://documentation.storj.io/getting-started/uploading-your-first-object/create-an-api-key)
of a Storj project you are a member of.
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.SS Setup with access grant
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Storj Decentralized Cloud Storage
   \[rs] \[dq]storj\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> storj
** See help for storj backend at: https://rclone.org/storj/ **

Choose an authentication method.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]existing\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Use an existing access grant.
   \[rs] \[dq]existing\[dq]
 2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
   \[rs] \[dq]new\[dq]
provider> existing
Access Grant.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
access_grant> your-access-grant-received-by-someone-else
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = storj
access_grant = your-access-grant-received-by-someone-else
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Setup with API key and passphrase
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Storj Decentralized Cloud Storage
   \[rs] \[dq]storj\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> storj
** See help for storj backend at: https://rclone.org/storj/ **

Choose an authentication method.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]existing\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Use an existing access grant.
   \[rs] \[dq]existing\[dq]
 2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
   \[rs] \[dq]new\[dq]
provider> new
Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: \[ga]<nodeid>\[at]<address>:<port>\[ga].
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]us1.storj.io\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / US1
   \[rs] \[dq]us1.storj.io\[dq]
 2 / EU1
   \[rs] \[dq]eu1.storj.io\[dq]
 3 / AP1
   \[rs] \[dq]ap1.storj.io\[dq]
satellite_address> 1
API Key.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
api_key> your-api-key-for-your-storj-project
Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
passphrase> your-human-readable-encryption-passphrase
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = storj
satellite_address = 12EayRS2V1kEsWESU9QMRseFhdxYxKicsiFmxrsLZHeLUtdps3S\[at]us1.storj.io:7777
api_key = your-api-key-for-your-storj-project
passphrase = your-human-readable-encryption-passphrase
access_grant = the-access-grant-generated-from-the-api-key-and-passphrase
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to storj (Storj Decentralized
Cloud Storage).
.SS --storj-provider
.PP
Choose an authentication method.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: provider
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_PROVIDER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]existing\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]existing\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use an existing access grant.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]new\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and
passphrase.
.RE
.RE
.SS --storj-access-grant
.PP
Access grant.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: access_grant
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_ACCESS_GRANT
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: existing
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --storj-satellite-address
.PP
Satellite address.
.PP
Custom satellite address should match the format:
\f[C]<nodeid>\[at]<address>:<port>\f[R].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: satellite_address
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_SATELLITE_ADDRESS
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: new
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]us1.storj.io\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]us1.storj.io\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
US1
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu1.storj.io\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
EU1
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]ap1.storj.io\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
AP1
.RE
.RE
.SS --storj-api-key
.PP
API key.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: api_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_API_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: new
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --storj-passphrase
.PP
Encryption passphrase.
.PP
To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: passphrase
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_PASSPHRASE
.IP \[bu] 2
Provider: new
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to storj (Storj Decentralized
Cloud Storage).
.SS --storj-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Usage
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:bucket\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R] for
the \f[C]lsf\f[R] command.) You may put subdirectories in too, e.g.
\f[C]remote:bucket/path/to/dir\f[R].
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this.
.SS Create a new bucket
.PP
Use the \f[C]mkdir\f[R] command to create new bucket, e.g.
\f[C]bucket\f[R].
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.SS List all buckets
.PP
Use the \f[C]lsf\f[R] command to list all buckets.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note the colon (\f[C]:\f[R]) character at the end of the command line.
.SS Delete a bucket
.PP
Use the \f[C]rmdir\f[R] command to delete an empty bucket.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone rmdir remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Use the \f[C]purge\f[R] command to delete a non-empty bucket with all
its content.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone purge remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Upload objects
.PP
Use the \f[C]copy\f[R] command to upload an object.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --progress /home/local/directory/file.ext remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The \f[C]--progress\f[R] flag is for displaying progress information.
Remove it if you don\[aq]t need this information.
.PP
Use a folder in the local path to upload all its objects.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Only modified files will be copied.
.SS List objects
.PP
Use the \f[C]ls\f[R] command to list recursively all objects in a
bucket.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Add the folder to the remote path to list recursively all objects in
this folder.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Use the \f[C]lsf\f[R] command to list non-recursively all objects in a
bucket or a folder.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsf remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Download objects
.PP
Use the \f[C]copy\f[R] command to download an object.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext /home/local/directory/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The \f[C]--progress\f[R] flag is for displaying progress information.
Remove it if you don\[aq]t need this information.
.PP
Use a folder in the remote path to download all its objects.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Delete objects
.PP
Use the \f[C]deletefile\f[R] command to delete a single object.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone deletefile remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Use the \f[C]delete\f[R] command to delete all object in a folder.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone delete remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Print the total size of objects
.PP
Use the \f[C]size\f[R] command to print the total size of objects in a
bucket or a folder.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone size remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Sync two Locations
.PP
Use the \f[C]sync\f[R] command to sync the source to the destination,
changing the destination only, deleting any excess files.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive --progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The \f[C]--progress\f[R] flag is for displaying progress information.
Remove it if you don\[aq]t need this information.
.PP
Since this can cause data loss, test first with the \f[C]--dry-run\f[R]
flag to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.
.PP
The sync can be done also from Storj to the local file system.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or between two Storj buckets.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive --progress remote-us:bucket/path/to/dir/ remote-europe:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Or even between another cloud storage and Storj.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive --progress s3:bucket/path/to/dir/ storj:bucket/path/to/dir/
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Limitations
.PP
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] is not supported by the rclone Storj backend.
Backends without this capability cannot determine free space for an
rclone mount or use policy \f[C]mfs\f[R] (most free space) as a member
of an rclone union remote.
.PP
See List of backends that do not support rclone
about (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)
.SS Known issues
.PP
If you get errors like \f[C]too many open files\f[R] this usually
happens when the default \f[C]ulimit\f[R] for system max open files is
exceeded.
Native Storj protocol opens a large number of TCP connections (each of
which is counted as an open file).
For a single upload stream you can expect 110 TCP connections to be
opened.
For a single download stream you can expect 35.
This batch of connections will be opened for every 64 MiB segment and
you should also expect TCP connections to be reused.
If you do many transfers you eventually open a connection to most
storage nodes (thousands of nodes).
.PP
To fix these, please raise your system limits.
You can do this issuing a \f[C]ulimit -n 65536\f[R] just before you run
rclone.
To change the limits more permanently you can add this to your shell
startup script, e.g.
\f[C]$HOME/.bashrc\f[R], or change the system-wide configuration,
usually \f[C]/etc/sysctl.conf\f[R] and/or
\f[C]/etc/security/limits.conf\f[R], but please refer to your operating
system manual.
.SH SugarSync
.PP
SugarSync (https://sugarsync.com) is a cloud service that enables active
synchronization of files across computers and other devices for file
backup, access, syncing, and sharing.
.SS Configuration
.PP
The initial setup for SugarSync involves getting a token from SugarSync
which you can do with rclone.
\f[C]rclone config\f[R] walks you through it.
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Sugarsync
   \[rs] \[dq]sugarsync\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> sugarsync
** See help for sugarsync backend at: https://rclone.org/sugarsync/ **

Sugarsync App ID.
Leave blank to use rclone\[aq]s.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
app_id> 
Sugarsync Access Key ID.
Leave blank to use rclone\[aq]s.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
access_key_id> 
Sugarsync Private Access Key
Leave blank to use rclone\[aq]s.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
private_access_key> 
Permanently delete files if true
otherwise put them in the deleted files.
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
hard_delete> 
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
Remote config
Username (email address)> nick\[at]craig-wood.com
Your Sugarsync password is only required during setup and will not be stored.
password:
--------------------
[remote]
type = sugarsync
refresh_token = https://api.sugarsync.com/app-authorization/XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that the config asks for your email and password but doesn\[aq]t
store them, it only uses them to get the initial token.
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories (sync folders) in top level of your SugarSync
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your SugarSync folder \[dq]Test\[dq]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:Test
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to an SugarSync folder called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] you can\[aq]t create files in the top level folder you have
to create a folder, which rclone will create as a \[dq]Sync Folder\[dq]
with SugarSync.
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
SugarSync does not support modification times or hashes, therefore
syncing will default to \f[C]--size-only\f[R] checking.
Note that using \f[C]--update\f[R] will work as rclone can read the time
files were uploaded.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
SugarSync replaces the default restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) except for DEL.
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in XML strings.
.SS Deleting files
.PP
Deleted files will be moved to the \[dq]Deleted items\[dq] folder by
default.
.PP
However you can supply the flag \f[C]--sugarsync-hard-delete\f[R] or set
the config parameter \f[C]hard_delete = true\f[R] if you would like
files to be deleted straight away.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to sugarsync (Sugarsync).
.SS --sugarsync-app-id
.PP
Sugarsync App ID.
.PP
Leave blank to use rclone\[aq]s.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: app_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_APP_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-access-key-id
.PP
Sugarsync Access Key ID.
.PP
Leave blank to use rclone\[aq]s.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: access_key_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ACCESS_KEY_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-private-access-key
.PP
Sugarsync Private Access Key.
.PP
Leave blank to use rclone\[aq]s.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: private_access_key
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_PRIVATE_ACCESS_KEY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-hard-delete
.PP
Permanently delete files if true otherwise put them in the deleted
files.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: hard_delete
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_HARD_DELETE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to sugarsync (Sugarsync).
.SS --sugarsync-refresh-token
.PP
Sugarsync refresh token.
.PP
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: refresh_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_REFRESH_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-authorization
.PP
Sugarsync authorization.
.PP
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: authorization
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_AUTHORIZATION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-authorization-expiry
.PP
Sugarsync authorization expiry.
.PP
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: authorization_expiry
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_AUTHORIZATION_EXPIRY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-user
.PP
Sugarsync user.
.PP
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_USER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-root-id
.PP
Sugarsync root id.
.PP
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: root_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ROOT_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-deleted-id
.PP
Sugarsync deleted folder id.
.PP
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: deleted_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_DELETED_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --sugarsync-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --sugarsync-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] is not supported by the SugarSync backend.
Backends without this capability cannot determine free space for an
rclone mount or use policy \f[C]mfs\f[R] (most free space) as a member
of an rclone union remote.
.PP
See List of backends that do not support rclone
about (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) and rclone
about (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_about/)
.SH Tardigrade
.PP
The Tardigrade backend has been renamed to be the Storj
backend (https://rclone.org/storj/).
Old configuration files will continue to work.
.SH Uptobox
.PP
This is a Backend for Uptobox file storage service.
Uptobox is closer to a one-click hoster than a traditional cloud storage
provider and therefore not suitable for long term storage.
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
To configure an Uptobox backend you\[aq]ll need your personal api token.
You\[aq]ll find it in your account
settings (https://uptobox.com/my_account)
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R] with
the default setup.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
TestUptobox          uptobox

e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n
name> uptobox
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[...]
37 / Uptobox
   \[rs] \[dq]uptobox\[dq]
[...]
Storage> uptobox
** See help for uptobox backend at: https://rclone.org/uptobox/ **

Your API Key, get it from https://uptobox.com/my_account
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
api_key> xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[uptobox]
type = uptobox
api_key = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> 
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your Uptobox
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your Uptobox
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to an Uptobox directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
Uptobox supports neither modified times nor checksums.
All timestamps will read as that set by \f[C]--default-time\f[R].
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
In addition to the default restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
characters are also replaced:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
\[dq]
T}@T{
0x22
T}@T{
\[uFF02]
T}
T{
\[ga]
T}@T{
0x41
T}@T{
\[uFF40]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in XML strings.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to uptobox (Uptobox).
.SS --uptobox-access-token
.PP
Your access token.
.PP
Get it from https://uptobox.com/my_account.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: access_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UPTOBOX_ACCESS_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to uptobox (Uptobox).
.SS --uptobox-private
.PP
Set to make uploaded files private
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: private
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UPTOBOX_PRIVATE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --uptobox-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UPTOBOX_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,BackQuote,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --uptobox-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UPTOBOX_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
Uptobox will delete inactive files that have not been accessed in 60
days.
.PP
\f[C]rclone about\f[R] is not supported by this backend an overview of
used space can however been seen in the uptobox web interface.
.SH Union
.PP
The \f[C]union\f[R] backend joins several remotes together to make a
single unified view of them.
.PP
During the initial setup with \f[C]rclone config\f[R] you will specify
the upstream remotes as a space separated list.
The upstream remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.
.PP
The attributes \f[C]:ro\f[R], \f[C]:nc\f[R] and \f[C]:writeback\f[R] can
be attached to the end of the remote to tag the remote as \f[B]read
only\f[R], \f[B]no create\f[R] or \f[B]writeback\f[R], e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory:ro\f[R] or
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory:nc\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]:ro\f[R] means files will only be read from here and never written
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]:nc\f[R] means new files or directories won\[aq]t be created here
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]:writeback\f[R] means files found in different remotes will be
written back here.
See the writeback section for more info.
.PP
Subfolders can be used in upstream remotes.
Assume a union remote named \f[C]backup\f[R] with the remotes
\f[C]mydrive:private/backup\f[R].
Invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir backup:desktop\f[R] is exactly the same as
invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop\f[R].
.PP
There is no special handling of paths containing \f[C]..\f[R] segments.
Invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir backup:../desktop\f[R] is exactly the same as
invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a union called \f[C]remote\f[R] for
local folders.
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Union merges the contents of several remotes
   \[rs] \[dq]union\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> union
List of space separated upstreams.
Can be \[aq]upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:\[aq], \[aq]\[rs]\[dq]upstreama:test/space:ro dir\[rs]\[dq] upstreamb:\[aq], etc.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
upstreams> remote1:dir1 remote2:dir2 remote3:dir3
Policy to choose upstream on ACTION class.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]epall\[dq]).
action_policy>
Policy to choose upstream on CREATE class.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]epmfs\[dq]).
create_policy>
Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH class.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]ff\[dq]).
search_policy>
Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
Enter a signed integer. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]120\[dq]).
cache_time>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = union
upstreams = remote1:dir1 remote2:dir2 remote3:dir3
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:

Name                 Type
====                 ====
remote               union

e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level in \f[C]remote1:dir1\f[R],
\f[C]remote2:dir2\f[R] and \f[C]remote3:dir3\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in \f[C]remote1:dir1\f[R], \f[C]remote2:dir2\f[R] and
\f[C]remote3:dir3\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Copy another local directory to the union directory called source, which
will be placed into \f[C]remote3:dir3\f[R]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy C:\[rs]source remote:source
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Behavior / Policies
.PP
The behavior of union backend is inspired by
trapexit/mergerfs (https://github.com/trapexit/mergerfs).
All functions are grouped into 3 categories: \f[B]action\f[R],
\f[B]create\f[R] and \f[B]search\f[R].
These functions and categories can be assigned a policy which dictates
what file or directory is chosen when performing that behavior.
Any policy can be assigned to a function or category though some may not
be very useful in practice.
For instance: \f[B]rand\f[R] (random) may be useful for file creation
(create) but could lead to very odd behavior if used for
\f[C]delete\f[R] if there were more than one copy of the file.
.SS Function / Category classifications
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(5.8n) lw(15.0n) lw(49.2n).
T{
Category
T}@T{
Description
T}@T{
Functions
T}
_
T{
action
T}@T{
Writing Existing file
T}@T{
move, rmdir, rmdirs, delete, purge and copy, sync (as destination when
file exist)
T}
T{
create
T}@T{
Create non-existing file
T}@T{
copy, sync (as destination when file not exist)
T}
T{
search
T}@T{
Reading and listing file
T}@T{
ls, lsd, lsl, cat, md5sum, sha1sum and copy, sync (as source)
T}
T{
N/A
T}@T{
T}@T{
size, about
T}
.TE
.SS Path Preservation
.PP
Policies, as described below, are of two basic types.
\f[C]path preserving\f[R] and \f[C]non-path preserving\f[R].
.PP
All policies which start with \f[C]ep\f[R] (\f[B]epff\f[R],
\f[B]eplfs\f[R], \f[B]eplus\f[R], \f[B]epmfs\f[R], \f[B]eprand\f[R]) are
\f[C]path preserving\f[R].
\f[C]ep\f[R] stands for \f[C]existing path\f[R].
.PP
A path preserving policy will only consider upstreams where the relative
path being accessed already exists.
.PP
When using non-path preserving policies paths will be created in target
upstreams as necessary.
.SS Quota Relevant Policies
.PP
Some policies rely on quota information.
These policies should be used only if your upstreams support the
respective quota fields.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l l.
T{
Policy
T}@T{
Required Field
T}
_
T{
lfs, eplfs
T}@T{
Free
T}
T{
mfs, epmfs
T}@T{
Free
T}
T{
lus, eplus
T}@T{
Used
T}
T{
lno, eplno
T}@T{
Objects
T}
.TE
.PP
To check if your upstream supports the field, run
\f[C]rclone about remote: [flags]\f[R] and see if the required field
exists.
.SS Filters
.PP
Policies basically search upstream remotes and create a list of files /
paths for functions to work on.
The policy is responsible for filtering and sorting.
The policy type defines the sorting but filtering is mostly uniform as
described below.
.IP \[bu] 2
No \f[B]search\f[R] policies filter.
.IP \[bu] 2
All \f[B]action\f[R] policies will filter out remotes which are tagged
as \f[B]read-only\f[R].
.IP \[bu] 2
All \f[B]create\f[R] policies will filter out remotes which are tagged
\f[B]read-only\f[R] or \f[B]no-create\f[R].
.PP
If all remotes are filtered an error will be returned.
.SS Policy descriptions
.PP
The policies definition are inspired by
trapexit/mergerfs (https://github.com/trapexit/mergerfs) but not exactly
the same.
Some policy definition could be different due to the much larger latency
of remote file systems.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(16.2n) lw(53.8n).
T{
Policy
T}@T{
Description
T}
_
T{
all
T}@T{
Search category: same as \f[B]epall\f[R].
Action category: same as \f[B]epall\f[R].
Create category: act on all upstreams.
T}
T{
epall (existing path, all)
T}@T{
Search category: Given this order configured, act on the first one found
where the relative path exists.
Action category: apply to all found.
Create category: act on all upstreams where the relative path exists.
T}
T{
epff (existing path, first found)
T}@T{
Act on the first one found, by the time upstreams reply, where the
relative path exists.
T}
T{
eplfs (existing path, least free space)
T}@T{
Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one
with the least free space.
T}
T{
eplus (existing path, least used space)
T}@T{
Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one
with the least used space.
T}
T{
eplno (existing path, least number of objects)
T}@T{
Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one
with the least number of objects.
T}
T{
epmfs (existing path, most free space)
T}@T{
Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one
with the most free space.
T}
T{
eprand (existing path, random)
T}@T{
Calls \f[B]epall\f[R] and then randomizes.
Returns only one upstream.
T}
T{
ff (first found)
T}@T{
Search category: same as \f[B]epff\f[R].
Action category: same as \f[B]epff\f[R].
Create category: Act on the first one found by the time upstreams reply.
T}
T{
lfs (least free space)
T}@T{
Search category: same as \f[B]eplfs\f[R].
Action category: same as \f[B]eplfs\f[R].
Create category: Pick the upstream with the least available free space.
T}
T{
lus (least used space)
T}@T{
Search category: same as \f[B]eplus\f[R].
Action category: same as \f[B]eplus\f[R].
Create category: Pick the upstream with the least used space.
T}
T{
lno (least number of objects)
T}@T{
Search category: same as \f[B]eplno\f[R].
Action category: same as \f[B]eplno\f[R].
Create category: Pick the upstream with the least number of objects.
T}
T{
mfs (most free space)
T}@T{
Search category: same as \f[B]epmfs\f[R].
Action category: same as \f[B]epmfs\f[R].
Create category: Pick the upstream with the most available free space.
T}
T{
newest
T}@T{
Pick the file / directory with the largest mtime.
T}
T{
rand (random)
T}@T{
Calls \f[B]all\f[R] and then randomizes.
Returns only one upstream.
T}
.TE
.SS Writeback
.PP
The tag \f[C]:writeback\f[R] on an upstream remote can be used to make a
simple cache system like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[union]
type = union
action_policy = all
create_policy = all
search_policy = ff
upstreams = /local:writeback remote:dir
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
When files are opened for read, if the file is in \f[C]remote:dir\f[R]
but not \f[C]/local\f[R] then rclone will copy the file entirely into
\f[C]/local\f[R] before returning a reference to the file in
\f[C]/local\f[R].
The copy will be done with the equivalent of \f[C]rclone copy\f[R] so
will use \f[C]--multi-thread-streams\f[R] if configured.
Any copies will be logged with an INFO log.
.PP
When files are written, they will be written to both
\f[C]remote:dir\f[R] and \f[C]/local\f[R].
.PP
As many remotes as desired can be added to \f[C]upstreams\f[R] but there
should only be one \f[C]:writeback\f[R] tag.
.PP
Rclone does not manage the \f[C]:writeback\f[R] remote in any way other
than writing files back to it.
So if you need to expire old files or manage the size then you will have
to do this yourself.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to union (Union merges the
contents of several upstream fs).
.SS --union-upstreams
.PP
List of space separated upstreams.
.PP
Can be \[aq]upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:\[aq],
\[aq]\[dq]upstreama:test/space:ro dir\[dq] upstreamb:\[aq], etc.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: upstreams
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_UPSTREAMS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --union-action-policy
.PP
Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: action_policy
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_ACTION_POLICY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]epall\[dq]
.SS --union-create-policy
.PP
Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: create_policy
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CREATE_POLICY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]epmfs\[dq]
.SS --union-search-policy
.PP
Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: search_policy
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_SEARCH_POLICY
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: \[dq]ff\[dq]
.SS --union-cache-time
.PP
Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds).
.PP
This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: cache_time
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CACHE_TIME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: int
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 120
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to union (Union merges the
contents of several upstream fs).
.SS --union-min-free-space
.PP
Minimum viable free space for lfs/eplfs policies.
.PP
If a remote has less than this much free space then it won\[aq]t be
considered for use in lfs or eplfs policies.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: min_free_space
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_MIN_FREE_SPACE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 1Gi
.SS --union-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Metadata
.PP
Any metadata supported by the underlying remote is read and written.
.PP
See the metadata (https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.
.SH WebDAV
.PP
Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
.PP
Paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
To configure the WebDAV remote you will need to have a URL for it, and a
username and password.
If you know what kind of system you are connecting to then rclone can
enable extra features.
.PP
Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
First run:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
 rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / WebDAV
   \[rs] \[dq]webdav\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> webdav
URL of http host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Connect to example.com
   \[rs] \[dq]https://example.com\[dq]
url> https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
Name of the WebDAV site/service/software you are using
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / Fastmail Files
   \[rs] (fastmail)
 2 / Nextcloud
   \[rs] (nextcloud)
 3 / Owncloud
   \[rs] (owncloud)
 4 / Sharepoint Online, authenticated by Microsoft account
   \[rs] (sharepoint)
 5 / Sharepoint with NTLM authentication, usually self-hosted or on-premises
   \[rs] (sharepoint-ntlm)
 6 / rclone WebDAV server to serve a remote over HTTP via the WebDAV protocol
   \[rs] (rclone)
 7 / Other site/service or software
   \[rs] (other)
vendor> 2
User name
user> user
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Bearer token instead of user/pass (e.g. a Macaroon)
bearer_token>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = webdav
url = https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
vendor = nextcloud
user = user
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
bearer_token =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
List directories in top level of your WebDAV
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List all the files in your WebDAV
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
To copy a local directory to an WebDAV directory called backup
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
Plain WebDAV does not support modified times.
However when used with Fastmail Files, Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will
support modified times.
.PP
Likewise plain WebDAV does not support hashes, however when used with
Fastmail Files, Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support SHA1 and MD5
hashes.
Depending on the exact version of Owncloud or Nextcloud hashes may
appear on all objects, or only on objects which had a hash uploaded with
them.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to webdav (WebDAV).
.SS --webdav-url
.PP
URL of http host to connect to.
.PP
E.g.
https://example.com.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: true
.SS --webdav-vendor
.PP
Name of the WebDAV site/service/software you are using.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: vendor
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_VENDOR
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]fastmail\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fastmail Files
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]nextcloud\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Nextcloud
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]owncloud\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Owncloud
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]sharepoint\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Sharepoint Online, authenticated by Microsoft account
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]sharepoint-ntlm\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Sharepoint with NTLM authentication, usually self-hosted or on-premises
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]rclone\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone WebDAV server to serve a remote over HTTP via the WebDAV protocol
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]other\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Other site/service or software
.RE
.RE
.SS --webdav-user
.PP
User name.
.PP
In case NTLM authentication is used, the username should be in the
format \[aq]Domain\[aq].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: user
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_USER
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --webdav-pass
.PP
Password.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Input to this must be obscured - see rclone
obscure (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_obscure/).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: pass
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_PASS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --webdav-bearer-token
.PP
Bearer token instead of user/pass (e.g.
a Macaroon).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: bearer_token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to webdav (WebDAV).
.SS --webdav-bearer-token-command
.PP
Command to run to get a bearer token.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: bearer_token_command
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN_COMMAND
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --webdav-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Default encoding is
Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8
for sharepoint-ntlm or identity otherwise.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --webdav-headers
.PP
Set HTTP headers for all transactions.
.PP
Use this to set additional HTTP headers for all transactions
.PP
The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs.
Standard CSV encoding (https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) may be used.
.PP
For example, to set a Cookie use \[aq]Cookie,name=value\[aq], or
\[aq]\[dq]Cookie\[dq],\[dq]name=value\[dq]\[aq].
.PP
You can set multiple headers, e.g.
\[aq]\[dq]Cookie\[dq],\[dq]name=value\[dq],\[dq]Authorization\[dq],\[dq]xxx\[dq]\[aq].
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: headers
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_HEADERS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: CommaSepList
.IP \[bu] 2
Default:
.SS --webdav-pacer-min-sleep
.PP
Minimum time to sleep between API calls.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: pacer_min_sleep
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_PACER_MIN_SLEEP
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Duration
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 10ms
.SS --webdav-nextcloud-chunk-size
.PP
Nextcloud upload chunk size.
.PP
We recommend configuring your NextCloud instance to increase the max
chunk size to 1 GB for better upload performances.
See
https://docs.nextcloud.com/server/latest/admin_manual/configuration_files/big_file_upload_configuration.html#adjust-chunk-size-on-nextcloud-side
.PP
Set to 0 to disable chunked uploading.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: nextcloud_chunk_size
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_NEXTCLOUD_CHUNK_SIZE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: SizeSuffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: 10Mi
.SS --webdav-owncloud-exclude-shares
.PP
Exclude ownCloud shares
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: owncloud_exclude_shares
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_OWNCLOUD_EXCLUDE_SHARES
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --webdav-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Provider notes
.PP
See below for notes on specific providers.
.SS Fastmail Files
.PP
Use \f[C]https://webdav.fastmail.com/\f[R] or a subdirectory as the URL,
and your Fastmail email \f[C]username\[at]domain.tld\f[R] as the
username.
Follow this
documentation (https://www.fastmail.help/hc/en-us/articles/360058752854-App-passwords)
to create an app password with access to \f[C]Files (WebDAV)\f[R] and
use this as the password.
.PP
Fastmail supports modified times using the \f[C]X-OC-Mtime\f[R] header.
.SS Owncloud
.PP
Click on the settings cog in the bottom right of the page and this will
show the WebDAV URL that rclone needs in the config step.
It will look something like
\f[C]https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/\f[R].
.PP
Owncloud supports modified times using the \f[C]X-OC-Mtime\f[R] header.
.SS Nextcloud
.PP
This is configured in an identical way to Owncloud.
Note that Nextcloud initially did not support streaming of files
(\f[C]rcat\f[R]) whereas Owncloud did, but
this (https://github.com/nextcloud/nextcloud-snap/issues/365) seems to
be fixed as of 2020-11-27 (tested with rclone v1.53.1 and Nextcloud
Server v19).
.SS Sharepoint Online
.PP
Rclone can be used with Sharepoint provided by OneDrive for Business or
Office365 Education Accounts.
This feature is only needed for a few of these Accounts, mostly
Office365 Education ones.
These accounts are sometimes not verified by the domain owner
github#1975 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/1975)
.PP
This means that these accounts can\[aq]t be added using the official API
(other Accounts should work with the \[dq]onedrive\[dq] option).
However, it is possible to access them using webdav.
.PP
To use a sharepoint remote with rclone, add it like this: First, you
need to get your remote\[aq]s URL:
.IP \[bu] 2
Go here (https://onedrive.live.com/about/en-us/signin/) to open your
OneDrive or to sign in
.IP \[bu] 2
Now take a look at your address bar, the URL should look like this:
\f[C]https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspx\f[R]
.PP
You\[aq]ll only need this URL up to the email address.
After that, you\[aq]ll most likely want to add \[dq]/Documents\[dq].
That subdirectory contains the actual data stored on your OneDrive.
.PP
Add the remote to rclone like this: Configure the \f[C]url\f[R] as
\f[C]https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents\f[R]
and use your normal account email and password for \f[C]user\f[R] and
\f[C]pass\f[R].
If you have 2FA enabled, you have to generate an app password.
Set the \f[C]vendor\f[R] to \f[C]sharepoint\f[R].
.PP
Your config file should look like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[sharepoint]
type = webdav
url = https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents
vendor = sharepoint
user = YourEmailAddress
pass = encryptedpassword
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Sharepoint with NTLM Authentication
.PP
Use this option in case your (hosted) Sharepoint is not tied to OneDrive
accounts and uses NTLM authentication.
.PP
To get the \f[C]url\f[R] configuration, similarly to the above, first
navigate to the desired directory in your browser to get the URL, then
strip everything after the name of the opened directory.
.PP
Example: If the URL is:
https://example.sharepoint.com/sites/12345/Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx
.PP
The configuration to use would be:
https://example.sharepoint.com/sites/12345/Documents
.PP
Set the \f[C]vendor\f[R] to \f[C]sharepoint-ntlm\f[R].
.PP
NTLM uses domain and user name combination for authentication, set
\f[C]user\f[R] to \f[C]DOMAIN\[rs]username\f[R].
.PP
Your config file should look like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[sharepoint]
type = webdav
url = https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]/some-path-to/Documents
vendor = sharepoint-ntlm
user = DOMAIN\[rs]user
pass = encryptedpassword
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Required Flags for SharePoint
.PP
As SharePoint does some special things with uploaded documents, you
won\[aq]t be able to use the documents size or the documents hash to
compare if a file has been changed since the upload / which file is
newer.
.PP
For Rclone calls copying files (especially Office files such as .docx,
\&.xlsx, etc.) from/to SharePoint (like copy, sync, etc.), you should
append these flags to ensure Rclone uses the \[dq]Last Modified\[dq]
datetime property to compare your documents:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
--ignore-size --ignore-checksum --update
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Rclone
.PP
Use this option if you are hosting remotes over WebDAV provided by
rclone.
Read rclone serve webdav for more details.
.PP
rclone serve supports modified times using the \f[C]X-OC-Mtime\f[R]
header.
.SS dCache
.PP
dCache is a storage system that supports many protocols and
authentication/authorisation schemes.
For WebDAV clients, it allows users to authenticate with username and
password (BASIC), X.509, Kerberos, and various bearer tokens, including
Macaroons (https://www.dcache.org/manuals/workshop-2017-05-29-Umea/000-Final/anupam_macaroons_v02.pdf)
and OpenID-Connect (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenID_Connect) access
tokens.
.PP
Configure as normal using the \f[C]other\f[R] type.
Don\[aq]t enter a username or password, instead enter your Macaroon as
the \f[C]bearer_token\f[R].
.PP
The config will end up looking something like this.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[dcache]
type = webdav
url = https://dcache...
vendor = other
user =
pass =
bearer_token = your-macaroon
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
There is a
script (https://github.com/sara-nl/GridScripts/blob/master/get-macaroon)
that obtains a Macaroon from a dCache WebDAV endpoint, and creates an
rclone config file.
.PP
Macaroons may also be obtained from the dCacheView
web-browser/JavaScript client that comes with dCache.
.SS OpenID-Connect
.PP
dCache also supports authenticating with OpenID-Connect access tokens.
OpenID-Connect is a protocol (based on OAuth 2.0) that allows services
to identify users who have authenticated with some central service.
.PP
Support for OpenID-Connect in rclone is currently achieved using another
software package called
oidc-agent (https://github.com/indigo-dc/oidc-agent).
This is a command-line tool that facilitates obtaining an access token.
Once installed and configured, an access token is obtained by running
the \f[C]oidc-token\f[R] command.
The following example shows a (shortened) access token obtained from the
\f[I]XDC\f[R] OIDC Provider.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
paul\[at]celebrimbor:\[ti]$ oidc-token XDC
eyJraWQ[...]QFXDt0
paul\[at]celebrimbor:\[ti]$
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]Note\f[R] Before the \f[C]oidc-token\f[R] command will work, the
refresh token must be loaded into the oidc agent.
This is done with the \f[C]oidc-add\f[R] command (e.g.,
\f[C]oidc-add XDC\f[R]).
This is typically done once per login session.
Full details on this and how to register oidc-agent with your OIDC
Provider are provided in the oidc-agent
documentation (https://indigo-dc.gitbooks.io/oidc-agent/).
.PP
The rclone \f[C]bearer_token_command\f[R] configuration option is used
to fetch the access token from oidc-agent.
.PP
Configure as a normal WebDAV endpoint, using the \[aq]other\[aq] vendor,
leaving the username and password empty.
When prompted, choose to edit the advanced config and enter the command
to get a bearer token (e.g., \f[C]oidc-agent XDC\f[R]).
.PP
The following example config shows a WebDAV endpoint that uses
oidc-agent to supply an access token from the \f[I]XDC\f[R] OIDC
Provider.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[dcache]
type = webdav
url = https://dcache.example.org/
vendor = other
bearer_token_command = oidc-token XDC
\f[R]
.fi
.SH Yandex Disk
.PP
Yandex Disk (https://disk.yandex.com) is a cloud storage solution
created by Yandex (https://yandex.com).
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making a yandex configuration.
First run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Yandex Disk
   \[rs] \[dq]yandex\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> yandex
Yandex Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Yandex Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
 * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
 * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]OAuth\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2016-12-29T12:27:11.362788025Z\[dq]}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to
set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
.PP
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Yandex Disk.
This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you
get back the verification code.
This is on \f[C]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\f[R] and this it may require you
to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
See top level directories
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Make a new directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote path, deleting any
excess files in the path.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Yandex paths may be as deep as required, e.g.
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
Modified times are supported and are stored accurate to 1 ns in custom
metadata called \f[C]rclone_modified\f[R] in RFC3339 with nanoseconds
format.
.PP
The MD5 hash algorithm is natively supported by Yandex Disk.
.SS Emptying Trash
.PP
If you wish to empty your trash you can use the
\f[C]rclone cleanup remote:\f[R] command which will permanently delete
all your trashed files.
This command does not take any path arguments.
.SS Quota information
.PP
To view your current quota you can use the
\f[C]rclone about remote:\f[R] command which will display your usage
limit (quota) and the current usage.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
The default restricted characters
set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) are replaced.
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be used in JSON strings.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
.SS --yandex-client-id
.PP
OAuth Client Id.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --yandex-client-secret
.PP
OAuth Client Secret.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_secret
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_SECRET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
.SS --yandex-token
.PP
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --yandex-auth-url
.PP
Auth server URL.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_AUTH_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --yandex-token-url
.PP
Token server url.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_TOKEN_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --yandex-hard-delete
.PP
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: hard_delete
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_HARD_DELETE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --yandex-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
.SS --yandex-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Limitations
.PP
When uploading very large files (bigger than about 5 GiB) you will need
to increase the \f[C]--timeout\f[R] parameter.
This is because Yandex pauses (perhaps to calculate the MD5SUM for the
entire file) before returning confirmation that the file has been
uploaded.
The default handling of timeouts in rclone is to assume a 5 minute pause
is an error and close the connection - you\[aq]ll see
\f[C]net/http: timeout awaiting response headers\f[R] errors in the logs
if this is happening.
Setting the timeout to twice the max size of file in GiB should be
enough, so if you want to upload a 30 GiB file set a timeout of
\f[C]2 * 30 = 60m\f[R], that is \f[C]--timeout 60m\f[R].
.PP
Having a Yandex Mail account is mandatory to use the Yandex.Disk
subscription.
Token generation will work without a mail account, but Rclone won\[aq]t
be able to complete any actions.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[403 - DiskUnsupportedUserAccountTypeError] User account type is not supported.
\f[R]
.fi
.SH Zoho Workdrive
.PP
Zoho WorkDrive (https://www.zoho.com/workdrive/) is a cloud storage
solution created by Zoho (https://zoho.com).
.SS Configuration
.PP
Here is an example of making a zoho configuration.
First run
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone config
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
No remotes found, make a new one?
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Zoho
   \[rs] \[dq]zoho\[dq]
[snip]
Storage> zoho
** See help for zoho backend at: https://rclone.org/zoho/ **

OAuth Client Id
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
client_id> 
OAuth Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
client_secret> 
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No (default)
y/n> n
Remote config
Use web browser to automatically authenticate rclone with remote?
 * Say Y if the machine running rclone has a web browser you can use
 * Say N if running rclone on a (remote) machine without web browser access
If not sure try Y. If Y failed, try N.
y) Yes (default)
n) No
y/n> 
If your browser doesn\[aq]t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth?state=LVn0IHzxej1ZkmQw31d0wQ
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / MyTeam
   \[rs] \[dq]4u28602177065ff22426787a6745dba8954eb\[dq]
Enter a Team ID> 1
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 1 / General
   \[rs] \[dq]4u2869d2aa6fca04f4f2f896b6539243b85b1\[dq]
Enter a Workspace ID> 1
--------------------
[remote]
type = zoho
token = {\[dq]access_token\[dq]:\[dq]xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]token_type\[dq]:\[dq]Zoho-oauthtoken\[dq],\[dq]refresh_token\[dq]:\[dq]xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\[dq],\[dq]expiry\[dq]:\[dq]2020-10-12T00:54:52.370275223+02:00\[dq]}
root_folder_id = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> 
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to
set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
.PP
Rclone runs a webserver on your local computer to collect the
authorization token from Zoho Workdrive.
This is only from the moment your browser is opened until the token is
returned.
The webserver runs on \f[C]http://127.0.0.1:53682/\f[R].
If local port \f[C]53682\f[R] is protected by a firewall you may need to
temporarily unblock the firewall to complete authorization.
.PP
Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this,
.PP
See top level directories
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone lsd remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Make a new directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone mkdir remote:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
List the contents of a directory
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone ls remote:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote path, deleting any
excess files in the path.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/local/directory remote:directory
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Zoho paths may be as deep as required, eg
\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
.SS Modification times and hashes
.PP
Modified times are currently not supported for Zoho Workdrive
.PP
No hash algorithms are supported.
.SS Usage information
.PP
To view your current quota you can use the
\f[C]rclone about remote:\f[R] command which will display your current
usage.
.SS Restricted filename characters
.PP
Only control characters and invalid UTF-8 are replaced.
In addition most Unicode full-width characters are not supported at all
and will be removed from filenames during upload.
.SS Standard options
.PP
Here are the Standard options specific to zoho (Zoho).
.SS --zoho-client-id
.PP
OAuth Client Id.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_id
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_CLIENT_ID
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --zoho-client-secret
.PP
OAuth Client Secret.
.PP
Leave blank normally.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: client_secret
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_CLIENT_SECRET
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --zoho-region
.PP
Zoho region to connect to.
.PP
You\[aq]ll have to use the region your organization is registered in.
If not sure use the same top level domain as you connect to in your
browser.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: region
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_REGION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]com\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
United states / Global
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]eu\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Europe
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]in\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
India
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]jp\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Japan
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]com.cn\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
China
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]com.au\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Australia
.RE
.RE
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to zoho (Zoho).
.SS --zoho-token
.PP
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_TOKEN
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --zoho-auth-url
.PP
Auth server URL.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: auth_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_AUTH_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --zoho-token-url
.PP
Token server url.
.PP
Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: token_url
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_TOKEN_URL
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS --zoho-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8
.SS --zoho-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Setting up your own client_id
.PP
For Zoho we advise you to set up your own client_id.
To do so you have to complete the following steps.
.IP "1." 3
Log in to the Zoho API Console (https://api-console.zoho.com)
.IP "2." 3
Create a new client of type \[dq]Server-based Application\[dq].
The name and website don\[aq]t matter, but you must add the redirect URL
\f[C]http://localhost:53682/\f[R].
.IP "3." 3
Once the client is created, you can go to the settings tab and enable it
in other regions.
.PP
The client id and client secret can now be used with rclone.
.SH Local Filesystem
.PP
Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, e.g.
\f[C]/path/to/wherever\f[R], so
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive /home/source /tmp/destination
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Will sync \f[C]/home/source\f[R] to \f[C]/tmp/destination\f[R].
.SS Configuration
.PP
For consistencies sake one can also configure a remote of type
\f[C]local\f[R] in the config file, and access the local filesystem
using rclone remote paths, e.g.
\f[C]remote:path/to/wherever\f[R], but it is probably easier not to.
.SS Modification times
.PP
Rclone reads and writes the modification times using an accuracy
determined by the OS.
Typically this is 1ns on Linux, 10 ns on Windows and 1 Second on OS X.
.SS Filenames
.PP
Filenames should be encoded in UTF-8 on disk.
This is the normal case for Windows and OS X.
.PP
There is a bit more uncertainty in the Linux world, but new
distributions will have UTF-8 encoded files names.
If you are using an old Linux filesystem with non UTF-8 file names (e.g.
latin1) then you can use the \f[C]convmv\f[R] tool to convert the
filesystem to UTF-8.
This tool is available in most distributions\[aq] package managers.
.PP
If an invalid (non-UTF8) filename is read, the invalid characters will
be replaced with a quoted representation of the invalid bytes.
The name \f[C]gro\[rs]xdf\f[R] will be transferred as
\f[C]gro\[u201B]DF\f[R].
\f[C]rclone\f[R] will emit a debug message in this case (use
\f[C]-v\f[R] to see), e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Local file system at .: Replacing invalid UTF-8 characters in \[dq]gro\[rs]xdf\[dq]
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Restricted characters
.PP
With the local backend, restrictions on the characters that are usable
in file or directory names depend on the operating system.
To check what rclone will replace by default on your system, run
\f[C]rclone help flags local-encoding\f[R].
.PP
On non Windows platforms the following characters are replaced when
handling file names.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
NUL
T}@T{
0x00
T}@T{
\[u2400]
T}
T{
/
T}@T{
0x2F
T}@T{
\[uFF0F]
T}
.TE
.PP
When running on Windows the following characters are replaced.
This list is based on the Windows file naming
conventions (https://docs.microsoft.com/de-de/windows/desktop/FileIO/naming-a-file#naming-conventions).
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
NUL
T}@T{
0x00
T}@T{
\[u2400]
T}
T{
SOH
T}@T{
0x01
T}@T{
\[u2401]
T}
T{
STX
T}@T{
0x02
T}@T{
\[u2402]
T}
T{
ETX
T}@T{
0x03
T}@T{
\[u2403]
T}
T{
EOT
T}@T{
0x04
T}@T{
\[u2404]
T}
T{
ENQ
T}@T{
0x05
T}@T{
\[u2405]
T}
T{
ACK
T}@T{
0x06
T}@T{
\[u2406]
T}
T{
BEL
T}@T{
0x07
T}@T{
\[u2407]
T}
T{
BS
T}@T{
0x08
T}@T{
\[u2408]
T}
T{
HT
T}@T{
0x09
T}@T{
\[u2409]
T}
T{
LF
T}@T{
0x0A
T}@T{
\[u240A]
T}
T{
VT
T}@T{
0x0B
T}@T{
\[u240B]
T}
T{
FF
T}@T{
0x0C
T}@T{
\[u240C]
T}
T{
CR
T}@T{
0x0D
T}@T{
\[u240D]
T}
T{
SO
T}@T{
0x0E
T}@T{
\[u240E]
T}
T{
SI
T}@T{
0x0F
T}@T{
\[u240F]
T}
T{
DLE
T}@T{
0x10
T}@T{
\[u2410]
T}
T{
DC1
T}@T{
0x11
T}@T{
\[u2411]
T}
T{
DC2
T}@T{
0x12
T}@T{
\[u2412]
T}
T{
DC3
T}@T{
0x13
T}@T{
\[u2413]
T}
T{
DC4
T}@T{
0x14
T}@T{
\[u2414]
T}
T{
NAK
T}@T{
0x15
T}@T{
\[u2415]
T}
T{
SYN
T}@T{
0x16
T}@T{
\[u2416]
T}
T{
ETB
T}@T{
0x17
T}@T{
\[u2417]
T}
T{
CAN
T}@T{
0x18
T}@T{
\[u2418]
T}
T{
EM
T}@T{
0x19
T}@T{
\[u2419]
T}
T{
SUB
T}@T{
0x1A
T}@T{
\[u241A]
T}
T{
ESC
T}@T{
0x1B
T}@T{
\[u241B]
T}
T{
FS
T}@T{
0x1C
T}@T{
\[u241C]
T}
T{
GS
T}@T{
0x1D
T}@T{
\[u241D]
T}
T{
RS
T}@T{
0x1E
T}@T{
\[u241E]
T}
T{
US
T}@T{
0x1F
T}@T{
\[u241F]
T}
T{
/
T}@T{
0x2F
T}@T{
\[uFF0F]
T}
T{
\[dq]
T}@T{
0x22
T}@T{
\[uFF02]
T}
T{
*
T}@T{
0x2A
T}@T{
\[uFF0A]
T}
T{
:
T}@T{
0x3A
T}@T{
\[uFF1A]
T}
T{
<
T}@T{
0x3C
T}@T{
\[uFF1C]
T}
T{
>
T}@T{
0x3E
T}@T{
\[uFF1E]
T}
T{
?
T}@T{
0x3F
T}@T{
\[uFF1F]
T}
T{
\[rs]
T}@T{
0x5C
T}@T{
\[uFF3C]
T}
T{
|
T}@T{
0x7C
T}@T{
\[uFF5C]
T}
.TE
.PP
File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
l c c.
T{
Character
T}@T{
Value
T}@T{
Replacement
T}
_
T{
SP
T}@T{
0x20
T}@T{
\[u2420]
T}
T{
\&.
T}@T{
0x2E
T}@T{
\[uFF0E]
T}
.TE
.PP
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be
replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[aq]t
be converted to UTF-16.
.SS Paths on Windows
.PP
On Windows there are many ways of specifying a path to a file system
resource.
Local paths can be absolute, like
\f[C]C:\[rs]path\[rs]to\[rs]wherever\f[R], or relative, like
\f[C]..\[rs]wherever\f[R].
Network paths in UNC format, \f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R], are
also supported.
Path separator can be either \f[C]\[rs]\f[R] (as in
\f[C]C:\[rs]path\[rs]to\[rs]wherever\f[R]) or \f[C]/\f[R] (as in
\f[C]C:/path/to/wherever\f[R]).
Length of these paths are limited to 259 characters for files and 247
characters for directories, but there is an alternative extended-length
path format increasing the limit to (approximately) 32,767 characters.
This format requires absolute paths and the use of prefix
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]?\[rs]\f[R], e.g.
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]?\[rs]D:\[rs]some\[rs]very\[rs]long\[rs]path\f[R].
For convenience rclone will automatically convert regular paths into the
corresponding extended-length paths, so in most cases you do not have to
worry about this (read more below).
.PP
Note that Windows supports using the same prefix
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]?\[rs]\f[R] to specify path to volumes identified by
their GUID, e.g.
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]?\[rs]Volume{b75e2c83-0000-0000-0000-602f00000000}\[rs]some\[rs]path\f[R].
This is \f[I]not\f[R] supported in rclone, due to an
issue (https://github.com/golang/go/issues/39785) in go.
.SS Long paths
.PP
Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to
extended-length path
format (https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/fileio/maximum-file-path-limitation),
which allows paths up to 32,767 characters.
.PP
This conversion will ensure paths are absolute and prefix them with the
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]?\[rs]\f[R].
This is why you will see that your paths, for instance
\f[C].\[rs]files\f[R] is shown as path
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]?\[rs]C:\[rs]files\f[R] in the output, and
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R] as
\f[C]\[rs]\[rs]?\[rs]UNC\[rs]server\[rs]share\f[R].
.PP
However, in rare cases this may cause problems with buggy file system
drivers like EncFS (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/261).
To disable UNC conversion globally, add this to your
\f[C].rclone.conf\f[R] file:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[local]
nounc = true
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you want to selectively disable UNC, you can add it to a separate
entry like this:
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
[nounc]
type = local
nounc = true
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
And use rclone like this:
.PP
\f[C]rclone copy c:\[rs]src nounc:z:\[rs]dst\f[R]
.PP
This will use UNC paths on \f[C]c:\[rs]src\f[R] but not on
\f[C]z:\[rs]dst\f[R].
Of course this will cause problems if the absolute path length of a file
exceeds 259 characters on z, so only use this option if you have to.
.SS Symlinks / Junction points
.PP
Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave
like symlinks under Windows).
.PP
If you supply \f[C]--copy-links\f[R] or \f[C]-L\f[R] then rclone will
follow the symlink and copy the pointed to file or directory.
Note that this flag is incompatible with \f[C]--links\f[R] /
\f[C]-l\f[R].
.PP
This flag applies to all commands.
.PP
For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ tree /tmp/a
/tmp/a
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] b -> ../b
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] expected -> ../expected
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] one
\[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] two
    \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] three
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Then you can see the difference with and without the flag like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone ls /tmp/a
        6 one
        6 two/three
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
and
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone -L ls /tmp/a
     4174 expected
        6 one
        6 two/three
        6 b/two
        6 b/one
\f[R]
.fi
.SS --links, -l
.PP
Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave
like symlinks under Windows).
.PP
If you supply this flag then rclone will copy symbolic links from the
local storage, and store them as text files, with a
\[aq].rclonelink\[aq] suffix in the remote storage.
.PP
The text file will contain the target of the symbolic link (see
example).
.PP
This flag applies to all commands.
.PP
For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ tree /tmp/a
/tmp/a
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file1 -> ./file4
\[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file2 -> /home/user/file3
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Copying the entire directory with \[aq]-l\[aq]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone copyto -l /tmp/a/file1 remote:/tmp/a/
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The remote files are created with a \[aq].rclonelink\[aq] suffix
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone ls remote:/tmp/a
       5 file1.rclonelink
      14 file2.rclonelink
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The remote files will contain the target of the symbolic links
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone cat remote:/tmp/a/file1.rclonelink
\&./file4

$ rclone cat remote:/tmp/a/file2.rclonelink
/home/user/file3
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Copying them back with \[aq]-l\[aq]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone copyto -l remote:/tmp/a/ /tmp/b/

$ tree /tmp/b
/tmp/b
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file1 -> ./file4
\[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file2 -> /home/user/file3
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
However, if copied back without \[aq]-l\[aq]
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone copyto remote:/tmp/a/ /tmp/b/

$ tree /tmp/b
/tmp/b
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file1.rclonelink
\[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file2.rclonelink
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that this flag is incompatible with \f[C]-copy-links\f[R] /
\f[C]-L\f[R].
.SS Restricting filesystems with --one-file-system
.PP
Normally rclone will recurse through filesystems as mounted.
.PP
However if you set \f[C]--one-file-system\f[R] or \f[C]-x\f[R] this
tells rclone to stay in the filesystem specified by the root and not to
recurse into different file systems.
.PP
For example if you have a directory hierarchy like this
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
root
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] disk1     - disk1 mounted on the root
\[br]\ \  \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file3 - stored on disk1
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] disk2     - disk2 mounted on the root
\[br]\ \  \[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file4 - stored on disk12
\[u251C]\[u2500]\[u2500] file1     - stored on the root disk
\[u2514]\[u2500]\[u2500] file2     - stored on the root disk
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Using \f[C]rclone --one-file-system copy root remote:\f[R] will only
copy \f[C]file1\f[R] and \f[C]file2\f[R].
Eg
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone -q --one-file-system ls root
        0 file1
        0 file2
\f[R]
.fi
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
$ rclone -q ls root
        0 disk1/file3
        0 disk2/file4
        0 file1
        0 file2
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] Rclone (like most unix tools such as \f[C]du\f[R],
\f[C]rsync\f[R] and \f[C]tar\f[R]) treats a bind mount to the same
device as being on the same filesystem.
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] This flag is only available on Unix based systems.
On systems where it isn\[aq]t supported (e.g.
Windows) it will be ignored.
.SS Advanced options
.PP
Here are the Advanced options specific to local (Local Disk).
.SS --local-nounc
.PP
Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: nounc
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NOUNC
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.IP \[bu] 2
Examples:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]true\[dq]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disables long file names.
.RE
.RE
.SS --copy-links / -L
.PP
Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: copy_links
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_COPY_LINKS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --links / -l
.PP
Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a \[aq].rclonelink\[aq]
extension.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: links
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_LINKS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --skip-links
.PP
Don\[aq]t warn about skipped symlinks.
.PP
This flag disables warning messages on skipped symlinks or junction
points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: skip_links
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-zero-size-links
.PP
Assume the Stat size of links is zero (and read them instead)
(deprecated).
.PP
Rclone used to use the Stat size of links as the link size, but this
fails in quite a few places:
.IP \[bu] 2
Windows
.IP \[bu] 2
On some virtual filesystems (such ash LucidLink)
.IP \[bu] 2
Android
.PP
So rclone now always reads the link.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: zero_size_links
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ZERO_SIZE_LINKS
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-unicode-normalization
.PP
Apply unicode NFC normalization to paths and filenames.
.PP
This flag can be used to normalize file names into unicode NFC form that
are read from the local filesystem.
.PP
Rclone does not normally touch the encoding of file names it reads from
the file system.
.PP
This can be useful when using macOS as it normally provides decomposed
(NFD) unicode which in some language (eg Korean) doesn\[aq]t display
properly on some OSes.
.PP
Note that rclone compares filenames with unicode normalization in the
sync routine so this flag shouldn\[aq]t normally be used.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: unicode_normalization
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_UNICODE_NORMALIZATION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-no-check-updated
.PP
Don\[aq]t check to see if the files change during upload.
.PP
Normally rclone checks the size and modification time of files as they
are being uploaded and aborts with a message which starts \[dq]can\[aq]t
copy - source file is being updated\[dq] if the file changes during
upload.
.PP
However on some file systems this modification time check may fail (e.g.
Glusterfs #2206 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/2206)) so this
check can be disabled with this flag.
.PP
If this flag is set, rclone will use its best efforts to transfer a file
which is being updated.
If the file is only having things appended to it (e.g.
a log) then rclone will transfer the log file with the size it had the
first time rclone saw it.
.PP
If the file is being modified throughout (not just appended to) then the
transfer may fail with a hash check failure.
.PP
In detail, once the file has had stat() called on it for the first time
we:
.IP \[bu] 2
Only transfer the size that stat gave
.IP \[bu] 2
Only checksum the size that stat gave
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t update the stat info for the file
.PP
\f[B]NB\f[R] do not use this flag on a Windows Volume Shadow (VSS).
For some unknown reason, files in a VSS sometimes show different sizes
from the directory listing (where the initial stat value comes from on
Windows) and when stat is called on them directly.
Other copy tools always use the direct stat value and setting this flag
will disable that.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_check_updated
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_CHECK_UPDATED
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --one-file-system / -x
.PP
Don\[aq]t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: one_file_system
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ONE_FILE_SYSTEM
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-case-sensitive
.PP
Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
.PP
Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on
Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else.
Use this flag to override the default choice.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: case_sensitive
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_SENSITIVE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-case-insensitive
.PP
Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive.
.PP
Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on
Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else.
Use this flag to override the default choice.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: case_insensitive
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_INSENSITIVE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-no-preallocate
.PP
Disable preallocation of disk space for transferred files.
.PP
Preallocation of disk space helps prevent filesystem fragmentation.
However, some virtual filesystem layers (such as Google Drive File
Stream) may incorrectly set the actual file size equal to the
preallocated space, causing checksum and file size checks to fail.
Use this flag to disable preallocation.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_preallocate
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_PREALLOCATE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-no-sparse
.PP
Disable sparse files for multi-thread downloads.
.PP
On Windows platforms rclone will make sparse files when doing
multi-thread downloads.
This avoids long pauses on large files where the OS zeros the file.
However sparse files may be undesirable as they cause disk fragmentation
and can be slow to work with.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_sparse
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SPARSE
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-no-set-modtime
.PP
Disable setting modtime.
.PP
Normally rclone updates modification time of files after they are done
uploading.
This can cause permissions issues on Linux platforms when the user
rclone is running as does not own the file uploaded, such as when
copying to a CIFS mount owned by another user.
If this option is enabled, rclone will no longer update the modtime
after copying a file.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: no_set_modtime
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SET_MODTIME
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: bool
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: false
.SS --local-encoding
.PP
The encoding for the backend.
.PP
See the encoding section in the
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ENCODING
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: Encoding
.IP \[bu] 2
Default: Slash,Dot
.SS --local-description
.PP
Description of the remote
.PP
Properties:
.IP \[bu] 2
Config: description
.IP \[bu] 2
Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_DESCRIPTION
.IP \[bu] 2
Type: string
.IP \[bu] 2
Required: false
.SS Metadata
.PP
Depending on which OS is in use the local backend may return only some
of the system metadata.
Setting system metadata is supported on all OSes but setting user
metadata is only supported on linux, freebsd, netbsd, macOS and Solaris.
It is \f[B]not\f[R] supported on Windows yet (see
pkg/attrs#47 (https://github.com/pkg/xattr/issues/47)).
.PP
User metadata is stored as extended attributes (which may not be
supported by all file systems) under the \[dq]user.*\[dq] prefix.
.PP
Metadata is supported on files and directories.
.PP
Here are the possible system metadata items for the local backend.
.PP
.TS
tab(@);
lw(11.1n) lw(11.1n) lw(11.1n) lw(16.6n) lw(20.3n).
T{
Name
T}@T{
Help
T}@T{
Type
T}@T{
Example
T}@T{
Read Only
T}
_
T{
atime
T}@T{
Time of last access
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
btime
T}@T{
Time of file birth (creation)
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
gid
T}@T{
Group ID of owner
T}@T{
decimal number
T}@T{
500
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
mode
T}@T{
File type and mode
T}@T{
octal, unix style
T}@T{
0100664
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
mtime
T}@T{
Time of last modification
T}@T{
RFC 3339
T}@T{
2006-01-02T15:04:05.999999999Z07:00
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
rdev
T}@T{
Device ID (if special file)
T}@T{
hexadecimal
T}@T{
1abc
T}@T{
N
T}
T{
uid
T}@T{
User ID of owner
T}@T{
decimal number
T}@T{
500
T}@T{
N
T}
.TE
.PP
See the metadata (https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) docs for more info.
.SS Backend commands
.PP
Here are the commands specific to the local backend.
.PP
Run them with
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend COMMAND remote:
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
.PP
See the backend (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command
for more info on how to pass options and arguments.
.PP
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend-command).
.SS noop
.PP
A null operation for testing backend commands
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone backend noop remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This is a test command which has some options you can try to change the
output.
.PP
Options:
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]echo\[dq]: echo the input arguments
.IP \[bu] 2
\[dq]error\[dq]: return an error based on option value
.SH Changelog
.SS v1.66.0 - 2024-03-10
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.65.0...v1.66.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
Major features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rclone will now sync directory modification times if the backend
supports it.
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This can be disabled with
--no-update-dir-modtime (https://rclone.org/docs/#no-update-dir-modtime)
.IP \[bu] 2
See the overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#features) and look for
the \f[C]D\f[R] flags in the \f[C]ModTime\f[R] column to see which
backends support it.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Rclone will now sync directory metadata if the backend supports it when
\f[C]-M\f[R]/\f[C]--metadata\f[R] is in use.
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
See the overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#features) and look for
the \f[C]D\f[R] flags in the \f[C]Metadata\f[R] column to see which
backends support it.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync has received many updates see below for more details or
bisync\[aq]s changelog (https://rclone.org/bisync/#changelog)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Removed backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
amazonclouddrive: Remove Amazon Drive backend code and docs (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
backend
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add description field for all backends (Paul Stern)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to go1.22 and make go1.20 the minimum required version (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]CVE-2024-24786\f[R] by upgrading
\f[C]google.golang.org/protobuf\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
check: Respect \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] and
\f[C]--ignore-case-sync\f[R] for \f[C]--checkfile\f[R] (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd: Much improved shell auto completion which reduces the size of the
completion file and works faster (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
doc updates (albertony, ben-ba, Eli, emyarod, huajin tong, Jack
Provance, kapitainsky, keongalvin, Nick Craig-Wood, nielash, rarspace01,
rzitzer, Tera, Vincent Murphy)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Add more detailed logging for file includes/excludes (Kyle Reynolds)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsf
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--time-format\f[R] flag (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make metadata appear for directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Make metadata appear for directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]srcFs\f[R] and \f[C]dstFs\f[R] to \f[C]core/stats\f[R] and
\f[C]core/transferred\f[R] stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]operations/hashsum\f[R] to the rc as \f[C]rclone hashsum\f[R]
equivalent (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]config/paths\f[R] to the rc as \f[C]rclone config paths\f[R]
equivalent (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
sync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Optionally report list of synced paths to file (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement directory sync for mod times and metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t set directory modtimes if already set (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t sync directory modtimes from backends which don\[aq]t have
directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
backend
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make backends which use oauth implement the \f[C]Shutdown\f[R] and
shutdown the oauth properly (rkonfj)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
bisync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle unicode and case normalization consistently (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Partial uploads known issue on
\f[C]local\f[R]/\f[C]ftp\f[R]/\f[C]sftp\f[R] has been resolved (unless
using \f[C]--inplace\f[R]) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed handling of unicode normalization and case insensitivity, support
for \f[C]--fix-case\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#fix-case),
\f[C]--ignore-case-sync\f[R], \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R]
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync no longer fails to find the correct listing file when configs are
overridden with backend-specific flags.
(nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
nfsmount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix exit after external unmount (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--volname\f[R] being ignored (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix renaming a file on macOS (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix case-insensitive moves in operations.Move (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix TestCaseInsensitiveMoveFileDryRun on chunker integration tests
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix TestMkdirModTime test (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix TestSetDirModTime for backends with SetDirModTime but not Metadata
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix typo in log messages (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve nfs: Fix writing files via Finder on macOS (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Fix error handling (Michael Eischer)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: Fix \f[C]--baseurl\f[R] without leading / (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
stats: Fix race between ResetCounters and stopAverageLoop called from
time.AfterFunc (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--fix-case\f[R] flag to rename case insensitive dest (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use operations.DirMove instead of sync.MoveDir for \f[C]--fix-case\f[R]
(nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
systemd: Fix detection and switch to the coreos package everywhere
rather than having 2 separate libraries (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix macOS not noticing errors with \f[C]--daemon\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Notice daemon dying much quicker (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix unicode normalization on macOS (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Copies and deletes are now handled in one operation instead of two
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--track-renames\f[R] and \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] are now supported
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Final listings are now generated from sync results, to avoid needing to
re-list (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync is now much more resilient to changes that happen during a bisync
run, and far less prone to critical errors / undetected changes
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync is now capable of rolling a file listing back in cases of
uncertainty, essentially marking the file as needing to be rechecked
next time.
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
A few basic terminal colors are now supported, controllable with
\f[C]--color\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#color-when)
(\f[C]AUTO\f[R]|\f[C]NEVER\f[R]|\f[C]ALWAYS\f[R]) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Initial listing snapshots of Path1 and Path2 are now generated
concurrently, using the same \[dq]march\[dq] infrastructure as
\f[C]check\f[R] and \f[C]sync\f[R], for performance improvements and
less risk of error.
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--resync\f[R] is now much more efficient (especially for users of
\f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R]) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Docs (and other files of unknown size) are now supported (with
the same options as in \f[C]sync\f[R]) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Equality checks before a sync conflict rename now fall back to
\f[C]cryptcheck\f[R] (when possible) or \f[C]--download\f[R], (nielash)
instead of of \f[C]--size-only\f[R], when \f[C]check\f[R] is not
available.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync now fully supports comparing based on any combination of size,
modtime, and checksum, lifting the prior restriction on backends without
modtime support.
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync now supports a \[dq]Graceful Shutdown\[dq] mode to cleanly cancel
a run early without requiring \f[C]--resync\f[R].
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
New \f[C]--recover\f[R] flag allows robust recovery in the event of
interruptions, without requiring \f[C]--resync\f[R].
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
A new \f[C]--max-lock\f[R] setting allows lock files to automatically
renew and expire, for better automatic recovery when a run is
interrupted.
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync now supports auto-resolving sync conflicts and customizing rename
behavior with new \f[C]--conflict-resolve\f[R],
\f[C]--conflict-loser\f[R], and \f[C]--conflict-suffix\f[R] flags.
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
A new \f[C]--resync-mode\f[R] flag allows more control over which
version of a file gets kept during a \f[C]--resync\f[R].
(nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bisync now supports
\f[C]--retries\f[R] (https://rclone.org/docs/#retries-int) and
\f[C]--retries-sleep\f[R] (when \f[C]--resilient\f[R] is set.) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clarify file operation directions in dry-run logs (Kyle Reynolds)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix cleanRootPath on Windows after go1.21.4 stdlib update (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement modtime and metadata for directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix setting of btime on directories on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Delete backend implementation of Purge to speed up and make stats (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support metadata setting and mapping on server side Move (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (if supported by
wrapped remote) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting metadata on directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (if supported by
wrapped remote) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting metadata on directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve handling of undecryptable file names (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add missing error check spotted by linter (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--azureblob-delete-snapshots\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Clarify exactly what \f[C]--b2-download-auth-duration\f[R] does in the
docs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (if supported by
wrapped remote) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting metadata on directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Combine
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (if supported by
wrapped remote) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting metadata on directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory metadata error on upstream root (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory move across upstreams (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (if supported by
wrapped remote) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting metadata on directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement modtime and metadata setting for directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support metadata setting and mapping on server side Move,Copy (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix mkdir with rsftp which is returning the wrong code (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hasher
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (if supported by
wrapped remote) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting metadata on directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error from trying to stop an already-stopped db (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Look for cached hash if passed hash unexpectedly blank (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Imagekit
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Updated docs and web content (Harshit Budhraja)
.IP \[bu] 2
Updated overview - supported operations (Harshit Budhraja)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic with go1.22 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Netstorage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Root to return correct directory when pointing to a file (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add metadata support (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix moving file/folder within the same parent dir (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Object Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support \f[C]backend restore\f[R] command (Nikhil Ahuja)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support workload identity authentication for OKE (Anders Swanson)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Protondrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix encoding of Root method (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Quatrix
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]Content-Range\f[R] header (Volodymyr)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option to skip project folders (Oksana Zhykina)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Root to return correct directory when pointing to a file (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-version-deleted\f[R] to show delete markers in listings
when using versions.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add IPv6 support with option \f[C]--s3-use-dual-stack\f[R] (Anthony
Metzidis)
.IP \[bu] 2
Copy parts in parallel when doing chunked server side copy (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
GCS provider: fix server side copy of files bigger than 5G (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support metadata setting and mapping on server side Copy (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix download/upload error when \f[C]FILE_SERVER_ROOT\f[R] is relative
(DanielEgbers)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Root to return correct directory when pointing to a file (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Set directory modtimes update on write flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Shorten wait delay for external ssh binaries now that we are using
go1.20 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid unnecessary container versioning check (Joe Cai)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting modification time on directories (if supported by
wrapped remote) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement setting metadata on directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce priority of chunks upload log (Gabriel Ramos)
.IP \[bu] 2
owncloud: Add config \f[C]owncloud_exclude_shares\f[R] which allows to
exclude shared files and folders when listing remote resources (Thomas
M\[:u]ller)
.RE
.SS v1.65.2 - 2024-01-24
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.65.1...v1.65.2)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build: bump github.com/cloudflare/circl from 1.3.6 to 1.3.7 (dependabot)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs updates (Nick Craig-Wood, kapitainsky, nielash, Tera, Harshit
Budhraja)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix stale data when using \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] full (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] Fix data corruption bug - see
#7590 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/7590) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.65.1 - 2024-01-08
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.65.0...v1.65.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Bump golang.org/x/crypto to fix ssh terrapin CVE-2023-48795 (dependabot)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to go1.21.5 to fix Windows path problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix docker build on arm/v6 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
install.sh: fix harmless error message on install (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: fix stats to show server side transfers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
doc fixes (albertony, ben-ba, Eli Orzitzer, emyarod, keongalvin,
rarspace01)
.IP \[bu] 2
nfsmount: Compile for all unix oses, add \f[C]--sudo\f[R] and fix
error/option handling (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Fix files moved by rclone move not being counted as
transfers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
oauthutil: Avoid panic when \f[C]*token\f[R] and \f[C]*ts.token\f[R] are
the same (rkonfj)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve s3: Fix listing oddities (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Note that \f[C]--vfs-refresh\f[R] runs in the background (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azurefiles
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix storage base url (Oksana)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rclone move a file over itself deleting the file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rclone move a file over itself deleting the file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rclone move a file over itself deleting the file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix used space on dropbox team accounts (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multi-thread copy (WeidiDeng)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Googlephotos
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer exception when batch failed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hasher
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rclone move a file over itself deleting the file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix invalid memory address error when MaxAge == 0 (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error listing: unknown object type \f[C]<nil>\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]unauthenticated: Unauthenticated\[dq] errors when uploading
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracleobjectstorage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix object storage endpoint for custom endpoints (Manoj Ghosh)
.IP \[bu] 2
Multipart copy create bucket if it doesn\[aq]t exist.
(Manoj Ghosh)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Protondrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix CVE-2023-45286 / GHSA-xwh9-gc39-5298 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash if no UploadId in multipart upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Smb
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix shares not listed by updating go-smb2 (halms)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rclone move a file over itself deleting the file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.65.0 - 2023-11-26
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.64.0...v1.65.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Files (karan, moongdal, Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
ImageKit (Abhinav Dhiman)
.IP \[bu] 2
Linkbox (viktor, Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]serve s3\f[R]: Let rclone act as an S3 compatible server (Mikubill,
Artur Neumann, Saw-jan, Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]nfsmount\f[R]: mount command to provide mount mechanism on macOS
without FUSE (Saleh Dindar)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]serve nfs\f[R]: to serve a remote for use by \f[C]nfsmount\f[R]
(Saleh Dindar)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
install.sh: Clean up temp files in install script (Jacob Hands)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update all dependencies (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor version info and icon resource handling on windows (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
doc updates (albertony, alfish2000, asdffdsazqqq, Dimitri Papadopoulos,
Herby Gillot, Joda St\[:o]\[ss]er, Manoj Ghosh, Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--metadata-mapper\f[R] to transform metatadata with a
user supplied program (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]ChunkWriterDoesntSeek\f[R] feature flag and set it for b2 (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/http: Export basic go string functions for use in
\f[C]--template\f[R] (Gabriel Espinoza)
.IP \[bu] 2
makefile: Use POSIX compatible install arguments (Mina Gali\['c])
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use less memory when doing multithread uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--partial-suffix\f[R] to control extension of temporary
file names (Volodymyr)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]operations/check\f[R] to the rc API (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Always report an error as JSON (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Set \f[C]Last-Modified\f[R] header for files served by
\f[C]--rc-serve\f[R] (Nikita Shoshin)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
size: Dont show duplicate object count when less than 1k (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Fix \f[C]--contimeout\f[R] being ignored
(\[u4F60]\[u77E5]\[u9053]\[u672A]\[u6765]\[u5417])
.IP \[bu] 2
march: Fix excessive parallelism when using \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Fix crash when re-entering changed directory after rescan (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix overwrite of destination when multi-thread transfer fails (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix invalid UTF-8 when truncating file names when not using
\f[C]--inplace\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dnla: Fix crash on graceful exit (wuxingzhong)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable mount for freebsd and alias cmount as mount on that platform
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--vfs-refresh\f[R] flag to read all the directories on start
(Beyond Meat)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Name() method in WriteFileHandle and ReadFileHandle (Saleh
Dindar)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add go-billy dependency and make sure vfs.Handle implements billy.File
(Saleh Dindar)
.IP \[bu] 2
Error out early if can\[aq]t upload 0 length file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix copying from Windows Volume Shadows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for cold tier (Ivan Yanitra)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \[dq]rclone backend lifecycle\[dq] to read and set bucket
lifecycles (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--b2-lifecycle\f[R] to control lifecycle when creating
buckets (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing all buckets when not needed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multi-thread upload with copyto going to wrong name (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server side chunked copy when file size was exactly
\f[C]--b2-copy-cutoff\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix streaming chunked files an exact multiple of chunk size (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Filter more EventIDs when polling (David Sze)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add more logging for polling (David Sze)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix performance problem reading metadata for single files (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add read/write metadata support (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for SHA-1 and SHA-256 checksums (rinsuki)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-show-all-gdocs\f[R] to allow unexportable gdocs to be
server side copied (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add a note that \f[C]--drive-scope\f[R] accepts comma-separated list of
scopes (Keigo Imai)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error updating created time metadata on existing object (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix integration tests by enabling metadata support from the context
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Factor batcher into lib/batcher (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing encoding for rclone purge (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix 400 Bad request errors when using multi-thread copy (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Googlephotos
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement batcher for uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hdfs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added support for list of namenodes in hdfs remote config
(Tayo-pasedaRJ)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement set backend command to update running backend (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable methods used with WebDAV (Alen \[vS]iljak)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for reading and writing metadata (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement ListR method which gives \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] support (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This must be enabled with the \f[C]--onedrive-delta\f[R] flag
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Quatrix
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add partial upload support (Oksana Zhykina)
.IP \[bu] 2
Overwrite files on conflict during server-side move (Oksana Zhykina)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Linode provider (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add docs on how to add a new provider (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix no error being returned when creating a bucket we don\[aq]t own
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Emit a debug message if anonymous credentials are in use (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-disable-multipart-uploads\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Detect looping when using gcs and versions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--sftp-copy-is-hardlink\f[R] to server side copy as
hardlink (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Smb
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incorrect \f[C]about\f[R] size by switching to
\f[C]github.com/cloudsoda/go-smb2\f[R] fork (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix modtime of multithread uploads by setting PartialUploads (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added an rclone vendor to work with \f[C]rclone serve webdav\f[R]
(Adithya Kumar)
.RE
.SS v1.64.2 - 2023-10-19
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.64.1...v1.64.2)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
selfupdate: Fix \[dq]invalid hashsum signature\[dq] error (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Fix docker build running out of space (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.64.1 - 2023-10-17
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.64.0...v1.64.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd: Make \f[C]--progress\f[R] output logs in the same format as without
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs fixes (Dimitri Papadopoulos Orfanos, Herby Gillot, Manoj Ghosh,
Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Make sure we set the global metadata flag too (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ensure concurrency is no greater than the number of chunks (Pat
Patterson)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix OpenOptions ignored in copy if operation was a multiThreadCopy
(Vitor Gomes)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error message on delete to have file name (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Return not supported error for not supported commands (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Upgrade golang.org/x/net to v0.17.0 to fix HTTP/2 rapid reset
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
pacer: Fix b2 deadlock by defaulting max connections to unlimited (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix automount not detecting drive is ready (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix update dir modification time (Saleh Dindar)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]fatal error: concurrent map writes\[dq] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multipart upload: corrupted on transfer: sizes differ XXX vs 0 (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix locking window when getting mutipart upload URL (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server side copies greater than 4GB (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix chunked streaming uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce default \f[C]--b2-upload-concurrency\f[R] to 4 to reduce memory
usage (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix the configurator to allow \f[C]/teams/ID\f[R] in the config (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracleobjectstorage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix OpenOptions being ignored in uploadMultipart with chunkWriter (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix slice bounds out of range error when listing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix OpenOptions being ignored in uploadMultipart with chunkWriter (Vitor
Gomes)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update storj.io/uplink to v1.12.0 (Kaloyan Raev)
.RE
.SS v1.64.0 - 2023-09-11
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.63.0...v1.64.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Proton Drive (https://rclone.org/protondrive/) (Chun-Hung Tseng)
.IP \[bu] 2
Quatrix (https://rclone.org/quatrix/) (Oksana, Volodymyr Kit)
.IP \[bu] 2
New S3 providers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Synology C2 (https://rclone.org/s3/#synology-c2) (BakaWang)
.IP \[bu] 2
Leviia (https://rclone.org/s3/#leviia) (Benjamin)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Jottacloud providers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Onlime (https://rclone.org/jottacloud/) (Fjodor42)
.IP \[bu] 2
Telia Sky (https://rclone.org/jottacloud/) (NoLooseEnds)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Major changes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Multi-thread transfers (Vitor Gomes, Nick Craig-Wood, Manoj Ghosh, Edwin
Mackenzie-Owen)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Multi-thread transfers are now available when transferring to:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R], \f[C]azureblob\f[R], \f[C]b2\f[R],
\f[C]oracleobjectstorage\f[R] and \f[C]smb\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
This greatly improves transfer speed between two network sources.
.IP \[bu] 2
In memory buffering has been unified between all backends and should
share memory better.
.IP \[bu] 2
See --multi-thread docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#multi-thread-cutoff)
for more info
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone config redacted\f[R] support mechanism for showing redacted
config (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Show server side stats in own lines and not as bytes transferred (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
bisync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add new \f[C]--ignore-listing-checksum\f[R] flag to distinguish from
\f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R] (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add experimental \f[C]--resilient\f[R] mode to allow recovery from
self-correctable errors (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R] (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Dry runs no longer commit filter changes (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enforce \f[C]--check-access\f[R] during \f[C]--resync\f[R] (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Apply filters correctly during deletes (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Equality check before renaming (leave identical files alone) (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]dryRun\f[R] rc parameter being ignored (nielash)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to \f[C]go1.21\f[R] and make \f[C]go1.19\f[R] the minimum
required version (Anagh Kumar Baranwal, Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update dependencies (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add snap installation (hideo aoyama)
.IP \[bu] 2
Change Winget Releaser job to \f[C]ubuntu-latest\f[R] (sitiom)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd: Refactor and use sysdnotify in more commands (eNV25)
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Add \f[C]--multi-thread-chunk-size\f[R] flag (Vitor Gomes)
.IP \[bu] 2
doc updates (antoinetran, Benjamin, Bj\[/o]rn Smith, Dean Attali,
gabriel-suela, James Braza, Justin Hellings, kapitainsky, Mahad,
Masamune3210, Nick Craig-Wood, Nihaal Sangha, Niklas Hamb\[:u]chen,
Raymond Berger, r-ricci, Sawada Tsunayoshi, Tiago Boeing, Vladislav
Vorobev)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use atomic types everywhere (Roberto Ricci)
.IP \[bu] 2
When \f[C]--max-transfer\f[R] limit is reached exit with code (10)
(kapitainsky)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add rclone completion powershell - basic implementation only (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
http servers: Allow CORS to be set with \f[C]--allow-origin\f[R] flag
(yuudi)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/rest: Remove unnecessary \f[C]nil\f[R] check (Eng Zer Jun)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Add keybinding to rescan filesystem (eNV25)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]executeId\f[R] to job listings (yuudi)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]core/du\f[R] to measure local disk usage (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]operations/settier\f[R] to API (Drew Stinnett)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone test info: Add \f[C]--check-base32768\f[R] flag to check can
store all base32768 characters (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rmdirs: Remove directories concurrently controlled by
\f[C]--checkers\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Don\[aq]t stop calculating average transfer speed until the
operation is complete (Jacob Hands)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Fix \f[C]transferTime\f[R] not being set in JSON logs (Jacob Hands)
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Fix \f[C]--bind 0.0.0.0\f[R] allowing IPv6 and
\f[C]--bind ::0\f[R] allowing IPv4 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Fix overlapping check on case insensitive file systems (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna: Fix MIME type if backend can\[aq]t identify it (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve ftp: Fix race condition when using the auth proxy (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Fix hash calculations with \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode full\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: Fix error: Expecting fs.Object or fs.Directory, got
\f[C]nil\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Fix lockup with \f[C]--cutoff-mode=soft\f[R] and
\f[C]--max-duration\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
fix: Mount parsing for linux (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--vfs-cache-min-free-space\f[R] to control minimum free space
on the disk containing the cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added cache cleaner for directories to reduce memory usage (Anagh Kumar
Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update parent directory modtimes on vfs actions (David Pedersen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Keep virtual directory status accurate and reduce deadlock potential
(Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure struct field is aligned for atomic access (Roberto Ricci)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rmdir return an error if the path is not a dir (zjx20)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]OpenChunkWriter\f[R] and multi-thread uploads (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix creation of directory markers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix purging with directory markers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]OpenChunkWriter\f[R] and multi-thread uploads (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rclone link when object path contains special characters (Alishan
Ladhani)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add polling support (David Sze)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--box-impersonate\f[R] to impersonate a user ID (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix unhelpful decoding of error messages into decimal numbers (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update documentation to mention issue with small files (Ricardo D\[aq]O.
Albanus)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ChangeNotify (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-fast-list-bug-fix\f[R] to control ListR bug workaround
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]DirMove\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error code parsing (alexia)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add socks_proxy support for SOCKS5 proxies (Zach)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix 425 \[dq]TLS session of data connection not resumed\[dq] errors
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hdfs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry \[dq]replication in progress\[dq] errors when uploading (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading to the wrong object on Update with overridden remote name
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
CORS should not be sent if not set (yuudi)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix webdav OPTIONS response (yuudi)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix List on a just deleted and remade directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracleobjectstorage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use rclone\[aq]s rate limiter in multipart transfers (Manoj Ghosh)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]OpenChunkWriter\f[R] and multi-thread uploads (Manoj
Ghosh)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor multipart upload to use \f[C]OpenChunkWriter\f[R] and
\f[C]ChunkWriter\f[R] (Vitor Gomes)
.IP \[bu] 2
Factor generic multipart upload into \f[C]lib/multipart\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix purging of root directory with \f[C]--s3-directory-markers\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]rclone backend set\f[R] command to update the running config
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]rclone backend restore-status\f[R] command (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop uploads re-using the same ssh connection to improve performance
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--sftp-ssh\f[R] to specify an external ssh binary to use (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add socks_proxy support for SOCKS5 proxies (Zach)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support dynamic \f[C]--sftp-path-override\f[R] (nielash)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix spurious warning when using \f[C]--sftp-ssh\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Smb
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement multi-threaded writes for copies to smb (Edwin Mackenzie-Owen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Performance improvement for large file uploads (Kaloyan Raev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix HEADing 0-length objects when \f[C]--swift-no-large-objects\f[R] set
(Julian Lepinski)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]:writback\f[R] to act as a simple cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Nextcloud: fix segment violation in low-level retry (Paul)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove Range requests workarounds to fix integration tests (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.63.1 - 2023-07-17
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.63.0...v1.63.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Fix macos builds for versions < 12 (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
dirtree: Fix performance with large directories of directories and
\f[C]--fast-list\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deadlock when using \f[C]lsd\f[R]/\f[C]ls\f[R] with
\f[C]--progress\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C].rclonelink\f[R] files not being converted back to symlinks
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
doc fixes (Dean Attali, Mahad, Nick Craig-Wood, Sawada Tsunayoshi,
Vladislav Vorobev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix partial directory read for corrupted filesystem (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix reconnect failing with HTTP 400 Bad Request (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Smb
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]Statfs failed: bucket or container name is needed\[dq] when
mounting (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Nextcloud: fix must use /dav/files/USER endpoint not /webdav error
(Paul)
.IP \[bu] 2
Nextcloud chunking: add more guidance for the user to check the config
(darix)
.RE
.SS v1.63.0 - 2023-06-30
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.62.0...v1.63.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Pikpak (https://rclone.org/pikpak/) (wiserain)
.IP \[bu] 2
New S3 providers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
petabox.io (https://rclone.org/s3/#petabox) (Andrei Smirnov)
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage (https://rclone.org/s3/#google-cloud-storage)
(Anthony Pessy)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New WebDAV providers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fastmail (https://rclone.org/webdav/#fastmail-files) (Arnavion)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Major changes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Files will be copied to a temporary name ending in \f[C].partial\f[R]
when copying to \f[C]local\f[R],\f[C]ftp\f[R],\f[C]sftp\f[R] then
renamed at the end of the transfer.
(Janne Hellsten, Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This helps with data integrity as we don\[aq]t delete the existing file
until the new one is complete.
.IP \[bu] 2
It can be disabled with the --inplace (https://rclone.org/docs/#inplace)
flag.
.IP \[bu] 2
This behaviour will also happen if the backend is wrapped, for example
\f[C]sftp\f[R] wrapped with \f[C]crypt\f[R].
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
The s3 (https://rclone.org/s3/#s3-directory-markers), azureblob and gcs
backends now support directory markers so empty directories are
supported (J\[u0101]nis Bebr\[u012B]tis, Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
The --default-time (https://rclone.org/docs/#default-time-time) flag now
controls the unknown modification time of files/dirs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
If a file or directory does not have a modification time rclone can read
then rclone will display this fixed time instead.
.IP \[bu] 2
For the old behaviour use \f[C]--default-time 0s\f[R] which will set
this time to the time rclone started up.
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Modernise linters in use and fixup all affected code (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Push docker beta to GHCR (GitHub container registry) (Richard Tweed)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
cat: Add \f[C]--separator\f[R] option to cat command (Loren Gordon)
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not remove/overwrite other files during config file save (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not overwrite config file symbolic link (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop \f[C]config create\f[R] making invalid config files (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
doc updates (Adam K, Aditya Basu, albertony, asdffdsazqqq, Damo,
danielkrajnik, Dimitri Papadopoulos, dlitster, Drew Parsons, jumbi77,
kapitainsky, mac-15, Mariusz Suchodolski, Nick Craig-Wood, NickIAm,
Rintze Zelle, Stanislav Gromov, Tareq Sharafy, URenko, yuudi, Zach Kipp)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]size\f[R] to JSON logs when moving or copying an object (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow boolean features to be enabled with \f[C]--disable !Feature\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
genautocomplete: Rename to \f[C]completion\f[R] with alias to the old
name (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
librclone: Added example on using \f[C]librclone\f[R] with Go (alankrit)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Make \f[C]--stat\f[R] more efficient (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--multi-thread-write-buffer-size\f[R] for speed
improvements on downloads (Paulo Schreiner)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reopen downloads on error when using \f[C]check --download\f[R] and
\f[C]cat\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: \f[C]config/listremotes\f[R] includes remotes defined with
environment variables (kapitainsky)
.IP \[bu] 2
selfupdate: Obey \f[C]--no-check-certificate\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Trigger systemd notify (Shyim)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: Implement owncloud checksum and modtime extensions
(WeidiDeng)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: \f[C]--suffix-keep-extension\f[R] preserve 2 part extensions like
\&.tar.gz (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Prometheus metrics to be the same as \f[C]core/stats\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bwlimit signal handler should always start (Sam Lai)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
bisync: Fix \f[C]maxDelete\f[R] parameter being ignored via the rc (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd/ncdu: Fix screen corruption when logging (eNV25)
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Fix deadlock with errors on \f[C]--files-from\f[R] (douchen)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix interaction between \f[C]--progress\f[R] and \f[C]--interactive\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix infinite recursive call in pacer ModifyCalculator (fixes issue
reported by the staticcheck linter) (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/atexit: Ensure OnError only calls cancel function once (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/rest: Fix problems re-using HTTP connections (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]operations/stat\f[R] with trailing \f[C]/\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing \f[C]--rc\f[R] flags (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix output of Time values in \f[C]options/get\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna: Fix potential data race (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
version: Fix reported os/kernel version for windows (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--mount-case-insensitive\f[R] to force the mount to be case
insensitive (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Removed unnecessary byte slice allocation for reads (Anagh Kumar
Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clarify rclone mount error when installed via homebrew (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added _netdev to the example mount so it gets treated as a remote-fs
rather than local-fs (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Updated go-fuse version (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed statfs (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable xattrs (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add MkdirAll function to make a directory and all beneath (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix reload: failed to add virtual dir entry: file does not exist (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix writing to a read only directory creating spurious directory entries
(WeidiDeng)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix potential data race (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix backends being Shutdown too early when startup takes a long time
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix filtering of symlinks with \f[C]-l\f[R]/\f[C]--links\f[R] flag (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix /path/to/file.rclonelink when \f[C]-l\f[R]/\f[C]--links\f[R] is in
use (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash with \f[C]--metadata\f[R] on Android (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix backends shutting down when in use when used via the rc (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--crypt-suffix\f[R] option to set a custom suffix for encrypted
files (jladbrook)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--crypt-pass-bad-blocks\f[R] to allow corrupted file output
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix reading 0 length files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Try not to return \[dq]unexpected EOF\[dq] error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce allocations (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Recommend Dropbox for \f[C]base32768\f[R] encoding (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Empty directory markers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support azure workload identities (Tareq Sharafy)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix azure blob uploads with multiple bits of metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix azurite compatibility by sending nil tier if set to empty string
(Roel Arents)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Combine
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement missing methods (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix goroutine stack overflow on bad object (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-env-auth\f[R] to get IAM credentials from runtime
(Peter Brunner)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update drive service account guide (Juang, Yi-Lin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix change notify picking up files outside the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix trailing slash mis-identificaton of folder as file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incorrect remote after Update on object (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--dropbox-pacer-min-sleep\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix the dropbox batcher stalling (Misty)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ficicher-cdn\f[R] option to use the CDN for download (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Lower log message priority when \f[C]SetModTime\f[R] is not supported to
debug (Tobias Gion)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]unsupported LIST line\[dq] errors on startup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]501 Not a valid pathname.\[dq] errors when creating directories
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Empty directory markers (J\[u0101]nis Bebr\[u012B]tis, Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]--gcs-user-project\f[R] needed for requester pays
(Christopher Merry)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add client certificate user auth middleware.
This can auth \f[C]serve restic\f[R] from the username in the client
cert.
(Peter Fern)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix vfs writeback stuck in a failed upload loop with file versioning
disabled (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--onedrive-av-override\f[R] flag to download files flagged as
virus (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix quickxorhash on 32 bit architectures (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Report any list errors during \f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Putio
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading to the wrong object on Update with overridden remote name
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix modification times not being preserved for server side copy and move
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server side copy failures (400 errors) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Empty directory markers (J\[u0101]nis Bebr\[u012B]tis, Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update Scaleway storage classes (Brian Starkey)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--s3-versions\f[R] on individual objects (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix hang on aborting multipart upload with iDrive e2 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing \[dq]tier\[dq] metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix V3sign: add missing subresource delete (cc)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Arvancloud Domain and region changes and alphabetise the provider
(Ehsan Tadayon)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Qiniu KODO quirks virtualHostStyle is false (zzq)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--sftp-host-key-algorithms\f[R] to allow specifying SSH host
key algorithms (Joel)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix using \f[C]--sftp-key-use-agent\f[R] and \f[C]--sftp-key-file\f[R]
together needing private key file (Arnav Singh)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix move to allow overwriting existing files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t stat directories before listing them (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check remote points to a file if it ends with / (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Sharefile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable streamed transfers as they no longer work (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Smb
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Code cleanup to avoid overwriting ctx before first use (fixes issue
reported by the staticcheck linter) (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]uplink: too many requests\[dq] errors when uploading to the
same file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading to the wrong object on Update with overridden remote name
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore 404 error when deleting an object (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement missing methods (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow errors to be unwrapped for inspection (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Uptobox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--uptobox-private\f[R] flag to make all uploaded files private
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix improper regex (Aaron Gokaslan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Update returning the wrong object (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rmdir declaring that directories weren\[aq]t empty (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
nextcloud: Add support for chunked uploads (Paul)
.IP \[bu] 2
Set modtime using propset for owncloud and nextcloud (WeidiDeng)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make pacer minSleep configurable with \f[C]--webdav-pacer-min-sleep\f[R]
(ed)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server side copy/move not overwriting (WeidiDeng)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix modtime on server side copy for owncloud and nextcloud (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix 400 Bad Request on transfer failure (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix downloads with \f[C]Range:\f[R] header returning the wrong data
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.62.2 - 2023-03-16
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.62.1...v1.62.2)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
docker volume plugin: Add missing fuse3 dependency (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs: Fix size documentation (asdffdsazqqq)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix 426 errors on downloads with vsftpd (Lesmiscore)
.RE
.SS v1.62.1 - 2023-03-15
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.62.0...v1.62.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
docker: Add missing fuse3 dependency (cycneuramus)
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Update release docs to be more careful with the tag (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Set Github release to draft while uploading binaries (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.62.0 - 2023-03-14
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.61.0...v1.62.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Make checkers show what they are doing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
authorize: Add support for custom templates (Hunter Wittenborn)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to go1.20 (Nick Craig-Wood, Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add winget releaser workflow (Ryan Caezar Itang)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add dependabot (Ryan Caezar Itang)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
doc updates (albertony, Bryan Kaplan, Gerard Bosch, IMTheNachoMan,
Justin Winokur, Manoj Ghosh, Nick Craig-Wood, Ole Frost, Peter Brunner,
piyushgarg, Ryan Caezar Itang, Simmon Li, ToBeFree)
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Emit INFO message when can\[aq]t work out directory filters
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added multiple ca certificate support.
(alankrit)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--max-delete-size\f[R] a delete size threshold (Leandro
Sacchet)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fspath: Allow the symbols \f[C]\[at]\f[R] and \f[C]+\f[R] in remote
names (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/terminal: Enable windows console virtual terminal sequences
processing (ANSI/VT100 colors) (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
move: If \f[C]--check-first\f[R] and \f[C]--order-by\f[R] are set then
delete with perfect ordering (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http: Support \f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] (Matthias Baur)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid negative ETA values for very slow speeds (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Limit length of ETA string (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Show human readable elapsed time when longer than a day (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
all: Apply codeql fixes (Aaron Gokaslan)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix condition for manual workflow run (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix building for ARMv5 and ARMv6 (albertony)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
selfupdate: Consider ARM version
.IP \[bu] 2
install.sh: fix ARMv6 download
.IP \[bu] 2
version: Report ARM version
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
deletefile: Return error code 4 if file does not exist (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docker: Fix volume plugin does not remount volume on docker restart
(logopk)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Fix race conditions in \f[C]--max-delete\f[R] and
\f[C]--max-delete-size\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/oauthutil: Handle fatal errors better (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
mount2: Fix \f[C]--allow-non-empty\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Fix concurrency: use \f[C]--checkers\f[R] unless
transferring files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve ftp: Fix timestamps older than 1 year in listings (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Fix concurrency: use \f[C]--checkers\f[R] unless transferring
files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
tree
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer exception on stat failure (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix colored output on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix display of files with illegal Windows file system names (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix creating and renaming files on case insensitive backends (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not treat \f[C]\[rs]\[rs]?\[rs]\f[R] prefixed paths as network share
paths on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix check for empty mount point on Linux (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--allow-non-empty\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid incorrect or premature overlap check on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to fuse3 after bazil.org/fuse update (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make uploaded files retain modtime with non-modtime backends (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incorrect modtime on fs which don\[aq]t support setting modtime
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rename of directory containing files to be uploaded (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]%!w(<nil>)\f[R] in \[dq]failed to read directory\[dq] error
(Marks Polakovs)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix exclusion of dangling symlinks with -L/--copy-links (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Obey \f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix for unencrypted directory names on case insensitive remotes (Ole
Frost)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove workarounds for SDK bugs after v0.6.1 update (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading files bigger than 1TiB (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Note that \f[C]--drive-acknowledge-abuse\f[R] needs SA Manager
permission (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--drive-stop-on-upload-limit\f[R] to respond to
storageQuotaExceeded (Ninh Pham)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry 426 errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry errors when initiating downloads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Revert to upstream \f[C]github.com/jlaffaye/ftp\f[R] now fix is merged
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--gcs-env-auth\f[R] to pick up IAM credentials from
env/instance (Peter Brunner)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--mega-use-https\f[R] flag (NodudeWasTaken)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Default onedrive personal to QuickXorHash as Microsoft is removing SHA1
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--onedrive-hash-type\f[R] to change the hash in use (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve speed of QuickXorHash (LXY)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle Object Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Speed up operations by using S3 pacer and setting minsleep to 10ms
(Manoj Ghosh)
.IP \[bu] 2
Expose the \f[C]storage_tier\f[R] option in config (Manoj Ghosh)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bring your own encryption keys (Manoj Ghosh)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Check multipart upload ETag when \f[C]--s3-no-head\f[R] is in use (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-sts-endpoint\f[R] to specify STS endpoint (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incorrect tier support for StorJ and IDrive when pointing at a file
(Ole Frost)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix AWS STS failing if \f[C]--s3-endpoint\f[R] is set (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make purge remove directory markers too (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Renew library password (Fred)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploads being 65% slower than they should be with crypt (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Smb
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow SPN (service principal name) to be configured (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Check smb connection is closed (happyxhw)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone link\f[R] (Kaloyan Raev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone purge\f[R] (Kaloyan Raev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update satellite urls and labels (Kaloyan Raev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix interop with davrods server (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.61.1 - 2022-12-23
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.61.0...v1.61.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
docs:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Show only significant parts of version number in version introduced
label (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix unescaped HTML (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/http: Shutdown all servers on exit to remove unix socket (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Fix \f[C]--rc-addr\f[R] flag (which is an alternate for
\f[C]--url\f[R]) (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t serve via http if serving via \f[C]--stdio\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix immediate exit when not using stdio (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--baseurl\f[R] handling after \f[C]lib/http\f[R] refactor (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix running duplicate Serve call (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]409 Public access is not permitted on this storage account\[dq]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
storj: Update endpoints (Kaloyan Raev)
.RE
.SS v1.61.0 - 2022-12-20
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.60.0...v1.61.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
New S3 providers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Liara LOS (https://rclone.org/s3/#liara-cloud) (MohammadReza)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Add vulnerability testing using govulncheck (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd: Enable \f[C]SIGINFO\f[R] (Ctrl-T) handler on FreeBSD, NetBSD,
OpenBSD and Dragonfly BSD (x3-apptech)
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Add config/setpath (https://rclone.org/rc/#config-setpath) for
setting config path via rc/librclone (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Count Checks in the stats while scanning for duplicates (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make dedupe obey the filters (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
dlna: Properly attribute code used from https://github.com/anacrolix/dms
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add minimum versions and status badges to backend and command docs (Nick
Craig-Wood, albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remote names may not start or end with space (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Add metadata filters
--metadata-include/exclude/filter (https://rclone.org/filtering/#metadata)
and friends (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make all duration flags take \f[C]y\f[R], \f[C]M\f[R], \f[C]w\f[R],
\f[C]d\f[R] etc suffixes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add global flag \f[C]--color\f[R] to control terminal colors (Kevin
Verstaen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fspath: Allow unicode numbers and letters in remote names (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/file: Improve error message for creating dir on non-existent network
host on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/http: Finish port of rclone servers to \f[C]lib/http\f[R] (Tom
Mombourquette, Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/oauthutil: Improved usability of config flows needing web browser
(Ole Frost)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for modification time (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fallback to sort by name also for sort by average size (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Rework to use tcell directly instead of the termbox wrapper (eNV25)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Add commands to set GC
Percent (https://rclone.org/rc/#debug-set-gc-percent) & Memory Limit (go
1.19+) (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
rcat: Preserve metadata when Copy falls back to Rcat (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd: Refactor rclone rc server to use \f[C]lib/http\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rcserver: Avoid generating default credentials with htpasswd (Kamui)
.IP \[bu] 2
restic: Refactor to use \f[C]lib/http\f[R] (Nolan Woods)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http: Support unix sockets and multiple listeners (Tom
Mombourquette)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: Refactor to use \f[C]lib/http\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
test: Replace defer cleanup with \f[C]t.Cleanup\f[R] (Eng Zer Jun)
.IP \[bu] 2
test memory: Read metadata if \f[C]-M\f[R] flag is specified (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
wasm: Comply with \f[C]wasm_exec.js\f[R] licence terms (Matthew Vernon)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Update \f[C]golang.org/x/net/http2\f[R] to fix GO-2022-1144 (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
restic: Fix typo in docs \[aq]remove\[aq] should be \[aq]remote\[aq]
(asdffdsazqqq)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna: Fix panic: Logger uninitialized.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update cgofuse for FUSE-T support for mounting volumes on Mac (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Windows: fix slow opening of exe files by not truncating files when not
necessary (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix IO Error opening a file with \f[C]O_CREATE|O_RDONLY\f[R] in
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] not full (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix compress wrapping crypt giving upload errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Port to new SDK (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Revamp authentication to include all methods and docs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Port old authentication methods to new SDK (Nick Craig-Wood, Brad
Ackerman)
.IP \[bu] 2
Thanks to Stonebranch (https://www.stonebranch.com/) for sponsoring this
work.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--azureblob-no-check-container\f[R] to assume container exists
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--use-server-modtime\f[R] support (Abdullah Saglam)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for custom upload headers (rkettelerij)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow emulator account/key override (Roel Arents)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support simple \[dq]environment credentials\[dq] (Nathaniel Wesley
Filardo)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore \f[C]AuthorizationFailure\f[R] when trying to create a create a
container (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added note on Box API rate limits (Ole Frost)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle shared drives with leading/trailing space in name (related to)
(albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update help text of implicit/explicit TLS options to refer to FTPS
instead of FTP (ycdtosa)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve performance to speed up \f[C]--files-from\f[R] and
\f[C]NewObject\f[R] (Anthony Pessy)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Parse GET responses when \f[C]no_head\f[R] is set (Arnie97)
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not update object size based on \f[C]Range\f[R] requests (Arnie97)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support \f[C]Content-Range\f[R] response header (Arnie97)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Document workaround for shared with me files (vanplus)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Liara LOS to provider list (MohammadReza)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add DigitalOcean Spaces regions \f[C]sfo3\f[R], \f[C]fra1\f[R],
\f[C]syd1\f[R] (Jack)
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid privileged \f[C]GetBucketLocation\f[R] to resolve s3 region
(Anthony Pessy)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop setting object and bucket ACL to \f[C]private\f[R] if it is an
empty string (Philip Harvey)
.IP \[bu] 2
If bucket or object ACL is empty string then don\[aq]t add
\f[C]X-Amz-Acl:\f[R] header (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce memory consumption for s3 objects (Erik Agterdenbos)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing loop when using v2 listing on v1 server (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer exception when using Versions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix excess memory usage when using versions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore versionIDs from uploads unless using \f[C]--s3-versions\f[R] or
\f[C]--s3-versions-at\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add configuration options to set ssh Ciphers / MACs / KeyExchange
(dgouju)
.IP \[bu] 2
Auto-detect shell type for fish (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix NewObject with leading / (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Smb
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix issue where spurious dot directory is created (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement server side Copy (Kaloyan Raev)
.RE
.SS v1.60.1 - 2022-11-17
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.60.0...v1.60.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/cache: Fix alias backend shutting down too soon (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
wasm: Fix walltime link error by adding up-to-date wasm_exec.js
(Jo\[~a]o Henrique Franco)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update faq.md with bisync (Samuel Johnson)
.IP \[bu] 2
Corrected download links in windows install docs (coultonluke)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add direct download link for windows arm64 (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove link to rclone slack as it is no longer supported (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Faq: how to use a proxy server that requires a username and password
(asdffdsazqqq)
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle-object-storage: doc fix (Manoj Ghosh)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix typo \f[C]remove\f[R] in rclone_serve_restic command (Joda
St\[:o]\[ss]er)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix character that was incorrectly interpreted as markdown (Cl\['e]ment
Notin)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deadlock caused by cache cleaner and upload finishing (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Clean absolute paths (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix -L/--copy-links with filters missing directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mailru
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Note that an app password is now needed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow timestamps to be before the epoch 1970-01-01 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add provider quirk \f[C]--s3-might-gzip\f[R] to fix corrupted on
transfer: sizes differ (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow Storj to server side copy since it seems to work now (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix for unchecked err value in s3 listv2 (Aaron Gokaslan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add additional Wasabi locations (techknowlogick)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Smb
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]Failed to sync: context canceled\f[R] at the end of syncs (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Move/Copy/DirMove when using -server-side-across-configs (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.60.0 - 2022-10-21
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.59.0...v1.60.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Oracle object storage (https://rclone.org/oracleobjectstorage/) (Manoj
Ghosh)
.IP \[bu] 2
SMB (https://rclone.org/smb/) / CIFS (Windows file sharing) (Lesmiscore)
.IP \[bu] 2
New S3 providers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
IONOS Cloud Storage (https://rclone.org/s3/#ionos) (Dmitry Deniskin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Qiniu KODO (https://rclone.org/s3/#qiniu) (Bachue Zhou)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to go1.19 and make go1.17 the minimum required version (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Install.sh: fix arm-v7 download (Ole Frost)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Warn the user when using an existing remote name without a colon
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
httplib: Add \f[C]--xxx-min-tls-version\f[R] option to select minimum
TLS version for HTTP servers (Robert Newson)
.IP \[bu] 2
librclone: Add PHP bindings and test program (Jordi Gonzalez Mu\[~n]oz)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--server-side-across-configs\f[R] global flag for any backend
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Optimise \f[C]--copy-dest\f[R] and \f[C]--compare-dest\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: add \f[C]job/stopgroup\f[R] to stop group (Evan Spensley)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--announce-interval\f[R] to control SSDP Announce Interval
(YanceyChiew)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--interface\f[R] to Specify SSDP interface names line (Simon
Bos)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for more external subtitles (YanceyChiew)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add verification of addresses (YanceyChiew)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Optimise \f[C]--copy-dest\f[R] and \f[C]--compare-dest\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
doc updates (albertony, Alexander Knorr, anonion, Jo\[~a]o Henrique
Franco, Josh Soref, Lorenzo Milesi, Marco Molteni, Mark Trolley, Ole
Frost, partev, Ryan Morey, Tom Mombourquette, YFdyh000)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
filter
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incorrect filtering with \f[C]UseFilter\f[R] context flag and
wrapping backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure we check \f[C]--files-from\f[R] when looking for a single file
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]mount/listmounts\f[R] not returning the full Fs entered in
\f[C]mount/mount\f[R] (Tom Mombourquette)
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle external unmount when mounting (Isaac Aymerich)
.IP \[bu] 2
Validate Daemon option is not set when mounting a volume via RC (Isaac
Aymerich)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Update docs and error messages to reflect fixes to overlap checks
(Nick Naumann)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce memory use by embedding \f[C]sync.Cond\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce memory usage by re-ordering commonly used structures (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix excess CPU used by VFS cache cleaner looping (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Obey file filters in listing to fix errors on excluded files (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]Failed to read metadata: function not implemented\[dq] on old
Linux kernels (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash due to nil metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error handling to not use or return nil objects (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--drive-stop-on-upload-limit\f[R] obey quota exceeded error
(Steve Kowalik)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ftp-force-list-hidden\f[R] option to show hidden items
(\[/O]yvind Heddeland Instefjord)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix hang when using ExplicitTLS to certain servers.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--gcs-endpoint\f[R] flag and config parameter (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hubic
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove backend as service has now shut down (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rename Onedrive(cn) 21Vianet to Vnet Group (Yen Hu)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable change notify in China region since it is not supported (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--s3-versions\f[R] flag to show old versions of objects
if enabled (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--s3-version-at\f[R] flag to show versions of objects at
a particular time (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]backend versioning\f[R] command to get/set bucket
versioning (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]Purge\f[R] to purge versions and
\f[C]backend cleanup-hidden\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-decompress\f[R] flag to decompress gzip-encoded files
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-sse-customer-key-base64\f[R] to supply keys with binary
data (Richard Bateman)
.IP \[bu] 2
Try to keep the maximum precision in ModTime with
\f[C]--user-server-modtime\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Drop binary metadata with an ERROR message as it can\[aq]t be stored
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-no-system-metadata\f[R] to suppress read and write of
system metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory creation races (Lesmiscore)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--swift-no-large-objects\f[R] to reduce HEAD requests (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Propagate SlowHash feature to fix hasher interaction (Lesmiscore)
.RE
.SS v1.59.2 - 2022-09-15
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.59.1...v1.59.2)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Move locking to fix fatal error: concurrent map read and map
write (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable xattr support if the filesystems indicates it is not supported
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix chunksize calculations producing too many parts (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix chunksize calculations producing too many parts (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix chunksize calculations producing too many parts (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.59.1 - 2022-08-08
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.59.0...v1.59.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix panic in core/stats-reset with unknown group (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Fix android build after GitHub actions change (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
dlna: Fix SOAP action header parsing (Joram Schrijver)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs: Fix links to mount command from install docs (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
dropbox: Fix ChangeNotify was unable to decrypt errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Fix parsing of times and durations of the form \[dq]YYYY-MM-DD
HH:MM:SS\[dq] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Fix checksum detection (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Add accidentally missed filter-sensitivity to --backup-dir option
(Nick Naumann)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Combine
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix docs showing \f[C]remote=\f[R] instead of \f[C]upstreams=\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Throw error if duplicate directory name is specified (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix errors with backends shutting down while in use (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix hang on quit with --dropbox-batch-mode off (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix infinite loop on uploading a corrupted file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Internetarchive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore checksums for files using the different method (Lesmiscore)
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle hash symbol in the middle of filename (Lesmiscore)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix working with whitelabel Elgiganten Cloud
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not store username in config when using standard auth (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer exception when bad node received (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --s3-no-head panic: reflect: Elem of invalid type s3.PutObjectInput
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix issue with WS_FTP by working around failing RealPath (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix duplicated files when using directories with leading / (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multiple files being uploaded when roots don\[aq]t exist (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic due to misalignment of struct field in 32 bit architectures
(r-ricci)
.RE
.SS v1.59.0 - 2022-07-09
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.58.0...v1.59.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Combine multiple remotes in one directory tree (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Hidrive (https://rclone.org/hidrive/) (Ovidiu Victor Tatar)
.IP \[bu] 2
Internet Archive (https://rclone.org/internetarchive/) (Lesmiscore
(Naoya Ozaki))
.IP \[bu] 2
New S3 providers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
ArvanCloud AOS (https://rclone.org/s3/#arvan-cloud) (ehsantdy)
.IP \[bu] 2
Cloudflare R2 (https://rclone.org/s3/#cloudflare-r2) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Huawei OBS (https://rclone.org/s3/#huawei-obs) (m00594701)
.IP \[bu] 2
IDrive e2 (https://rclone.org/s3/#idrive-e2) (vyloy)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
test makefile (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test_makefile/):
Create a single file for testing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Metadata framework (https://rclone.org/docs/#metadata) to read and write
system and user metadata on backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implemented initially for \f[C]local\f[R], \f[C]s3\f[R] and
\f[C]internetarchive\f[R] backends
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata\f[R]/\f[C]-M\f[R] flag to control whether metadata is
copied
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--metadata-set\f[R] flag to specify metadata for uploads
.IP \[bu] 2
Thanks to Manz Solutions (https://manz-solutions.at/) for sponsoring
this work.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to go1.18 and make go1.16 the minimum required version (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update android go build to 1.18.x and NDK to 23.1.7779620 (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
All windows binaries now no longer CGO (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]linux/arm/v6\f[R] to docker images (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
A huge number of fixes found with staticcheck (https://staticcheck.io/)
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Configurable version suffix independent of version number (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
check: Implement \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] and
\f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Readability improvements (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl: Add \f[C]--header-filename\f[R] to honor the HTTP header
filename directive (J-P Treen)
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Allow multiple \f[C]--exclude-if-present\f[R] flags (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Add \f[C]--disable-http-keep-alives\f[R] to disable HTTP Keep
Alives (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
install.sh
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Set the modes on the files and/or directories on macOS (Michael C
Tiernan - MIT-Research Computing Project)
.IP \[bu] 2
Pre verify sudo authorization \f[C]-v\f[R] before calling curl.
(Michael C Tiernan - MIT-Research Computing Project)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/encoder: Add Semicolon encoding (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsf: Add metadata support with \f[C]M\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Add \f[C]--metadata\f[R]/\f[C]-M\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement multi selection (CrossR)
.IP \[bu] 2
Replace termbox with tcell\[aq]s termbox wrapper (eNV25)
.IP \[bu] 2
Display correct path in delete confirmation dialog (Roberto Ricci)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Speed up hash checking by aborting the other hash if first returns
nothing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use correct src/dst in some log messages (zzr93)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rcat: Check checksums by default like copy does (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
selfupdate: Replace deprecated \f[C]x/crypto/openpgp\f[R] package with
\f[C]ProtonMail/go-crypto\f[R] (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve ftp: Check \f[C]--passive-port\f[R] arguments are correct (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
size: Warn about inaccurate results when objects with unknown size
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Overlap check is now filter-sensitive so \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R]
can be in the root provided it is filtered (Nick)
.IP \[bu] 2
test info: Check file name lengths using 1,2,3,4 byte unicode characters
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
test makefile(s): \f[C]--sparse\f[R], \f[C]--zero\f[R],
\f[C]--pattern\f[R], \f[C]--ascii\f[R], \f[C]--chargen\f[R] flags to
control file contents (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure we call the \f[C]Shutdown\f[R] method on backends (Martin
Czygan)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix unknown length file transfers counting 3 transfers each
(buda)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Fix issue where dir size is summed when file sizes are -1
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync/copy/move
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] \f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R] and
\f[C]--exclude\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--max-duration\f[R] and \f[C]--cutoff-mode soft\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix fs cache unpin (Martin Czygan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Set proper exit code for errors that are not low-level retried (e.g.
size/timestamp changing) (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support \f[C]windows/arm64\f[R] (may still be problems - see
#5828 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/5828)) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Log IO errors at ERROR level (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore \f[C]_netdev\f[R] mount argument (Hugal31)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--vfs-fast-fingerprint\f[R] for less accurate but faster
fingerprints (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--vfs-disk-space-total-size\f[R] option to manually set the
total disk space (Claudio Maradonna)
.IP \[bu] 2
vfscache: Fix fatal error: sync: unlock of unlocked mutex error (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix parsing of \f[C]--local-nounc\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Metadata support (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Calculate Chunksize/blocksize to stay below maxUploadParts (Leroy van
Logchem)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use chunksize lib to determine chunksize dynamically (Derek Battams)
.IP \[bu] 2
Case insensitive access tier (Rob Pickerill)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow remote emulator (azurite) (Lorenzo Maiorfi)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--b2-version-at\f[R] flag to show file versions at time
specified (SwazRGB)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use chunksize lib to determine chunksize dynamically (Derek Battams)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Mark as not supporting metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]backend config -o config\f[R] add a combined
\f[C]AllDrives:\f[R] remote (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--drive-shared-with-me\f[R] work with shared drives (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-resource-key\f[R] for accessing link-shared files (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add backend commands \f[C]exportformats\f[R] and \f[C]importformats\f[R]
for debugging (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix 404 errors on copy/server side copy objects from public folder (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update Internal OAuth consent screen docs (Phil Shackleton)
.IP \[bu] 2
Moved \f[C]root_folder_id\f[R] to advanced section (Abhiraj)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Migrate from deprecated api (m8rge)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add logs to show when poll interval limits are exceeded (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer exception on dropbox impersonate user not found (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Parse api error codes and them accordingly (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]disable_utf8\f[R] option (Jason Zheng)
.IP \[bu] 2
Revert to upstream \f[C]github.com/jlaffaye/ftp\f[R] from our fork (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--gcs-no-check-bucket\f[R] to minimise transactions and perms
(Nick Gooding)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--gcs-decompress\f[R] flag to decompress gzip-encoded files
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
by default these will be downloaded compressed (which previously failed)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hasher
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing response when using custom auth handler (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for upload to custom device and mountpoint (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Always store username in config and use it to avoid initial API request
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix issue with server-side copy when destination is in trash (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing output of remote with special characters (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mailru
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix timeout by using int instead of time.Duration for keeping number of
seconds (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Document using MEGAcmd to help with login failures (Art M.
Gallagher)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--poll-interval\f[R] for onedrive (Hugo Laloge)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add access scopes option (Sven Gerber)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Resolve lag and truncate bugs (Scott Grimes)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix about with no free space left (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix cleanup (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use PUT Object instead of presigned URLs to upload single part objects
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Backend restore command to skip non-GLACIER objects (Vincent Murphy)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use chunksize lib to determine chunksize dynamically (Derek Battams)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry RequestTimeout errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement reading and writing of metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for about and hashsum on windows server (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use vendor-specific VFS statistics extension for about if available
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--sftp-chunk-size\f[R] to control packets sizes for high
latency links (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--sftp-concurrency\f[R] to improve high latency transfers (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--sftp-set-env\f[R] option to set environment variables (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Hetzner Storage Boxes to supported sftp backends (Anthrazz)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix put which lead to the file being unreadable when using mount (Erik
van Velzen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]min_free_space\f[R] option for \f[C]lfs\f[R]/\f[C]eplfs\f[R]
policies (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading files to union of all bucket based remotes (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix get free space for remotes which don\[aq]t support it (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]eplus\f[R] policy to select correct entry for existing files
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Uptobox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix root path handling (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add SharePoint in other specific regions support (Noah Hsu)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle api error on server-side move (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Japan and China regions (buengese)
.RE
.SS v1.58.1 - 2022-04-29
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.58.0...v1.58.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Update github.com/billziss-gh to github.com/winfsp (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Fix timezone of \f[C]--min-age\f[R]/\f[C]-max-age\f[R] from UTC
to local as documented (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc/js: Correct RC method names (S\[u01A1]n Tr\[u1EA7]n-Nguy\[u1EC5]n)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix some links to command pages (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--multi-thread-streams\f[R] note to \f[C]--transfers\f[R].
(Zsolt Ero)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--devname\f[R] and fusermount: unknown option \[aq]fsname\[aq]
when mounting via rc (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove wording which suggests VFS is only for mounting (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix retries of multipart uploads with incorrect_offset error (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the s3 pacer to speed up transactions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
pacer: Default the Google pacer to a burst of 100 to fix gcs pacing
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix scope in token request (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Netstorage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix unescaped HTML in documentation (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make levels of headings consistent (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support contacts to netstorage doc (Nil Alexandrov)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Note that sharepoint also changes web files (.html, .aspx) (GH)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Putio
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle rate limit errors (Berkan Teber)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multithread download and other ranged requests (rafma0)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add ChinaMobile EOS to provider list (GuoXingbin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Sync providers in config description with providers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix OpenSSH 8.8+ RSA keys incompatibility (KARBOWSKI Piotr)
.IP \[bu] 2
Note that Scaleway C14 is deprecating SFTP in favor of S3 (Adrien
Rey-Jarthon)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix bucket creation on Move (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t override Referer if user sets it (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.58.0 - 2022-03-18
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.57.0...v1.58.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Akamai Netstorage (Nil Alexandrov)
.IP \[bu] 2
Seagate Lyve (https://rclone.org/s3/#lyve), SeaweedFS, Storj, RackCorp
via s3 backend
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj (https://rclone.org/storj/) (renamed from Tardigrade - your old
config files will continue working)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
bisync (https://rclone.org/bisync/) - experimental bidirectional cloud
sync (Ivan Andreev, Chris Nelson)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]windows/arm64\f[R] build (\f[C]rclone mount\f[R] not supported
yet) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Raise minimum go version to go1.15 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Allow dot in remote names and improve config editing (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe: Add quit as a choice in interactive mode (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
dlna: Change icons to the newest ones.
(Alain Nussbaumer)
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Add \f[C]{{ regexp }}\f[R]
syntax (https://rclone.org/filtering/#regexp) to pattern matches (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Add prometheus metrics for HTTP status code (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.IP \[bu] 2
hashsum: Support creating hash from data received on stdin (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
librclone
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow empty string or null input instead of empty json object
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for mount commands (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Add server-side moves to stats (Ole Frost)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Allow user to disable authentication for web gui (negative0)
.IP \[bu] 2
tree: Remove obsolete \f[C]--human\f[R] replaced by global
\f[C]--human-readable\f[R] (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
version: Report correct friendly-name for newer Windows 10/11 versions
(albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ARM architecture version in .deb packages after nfpm change (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Hard fork \f[C]github.com/jlaffaye/ftp\f[R] to fix
\f[C]go get github.com/artpar/artpar\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
oauthutil: Fix crash when webbrowser requests \f[C]/robots.txt\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Fix goroutine leak in case of copy retry (Ankur Gupta)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]operations/publiclink\f[R] default for \f[C]expires\f[R]
parameter (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing computation of \f[C]transferQueueSize\f[R] when summing up
statistics group (Carlo Mion)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing \f[C]StatsInfo\f[R] fields in the computation of the group
sum (Carlo Mion)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Fix \f[C]--max-duration\f[R] so it doesn\[aq]t retry when the
duration is exceeded (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
touch: Fix issue where a directory is created instead of a file
(albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--devname\f[R] to set the device name sent to FUSE for mount
display (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]vfs/stats\f[R] remote control to show statistics (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix
\f[C]failed to _ensure cache internal error: downloaders is nil error\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix handling of special characters in file names (Bumsu Hyeon)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix hash invalidation which caused errors with local crypt mount (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]base64\f[R] and \f[C]base32768\f[R] filename encoding options
(Max Sum, Sinan Tan)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--azureblob-upload-concurrency\f[R] parameter to speed
uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove 100MB upper limit on \f[C]chunk_size\f[R] as it is no longer
needed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Raise \f[C]--azureblob-upload-concurrency\f[R] to 16 by default (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash with SAS URL and no container (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash if metadata upload failed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix memory leak (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]--drive-copy-shortcut-content\f[R] (Abhiraj)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable OAuth OOB flow (copy a token) due to Google deprecation (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
See the deprecation
note (https://developers.googleblog.com/2022/02/making-oauth-flows-safer.html#disallowed-oob).
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-skip-dangling-shortcuts\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
When using a link type \f[C]--drive-export-formats\f[R] shows all doc
types (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Speed up directory listings by specifying 1000 items in a chunk (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Save an API request when at the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implemented About functionality (Gourav T)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ftp-ask-password\f[R] to prompt for password when needed
(Borna Butkovic)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add missing regions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable OAuth OOB flow (copy a token) due to Google deprecation (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
See the deprecation
note (https://developers.googleblog.com/2022/02/making-oauth-flows-safer.html#disallowed-oob).
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Googlephotos
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable OAuth OOB flow (copy a token) due to Google deprecation (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
See the deprecation
note (https://developers.googleblog.com/2022/02/making-oauth-flows-safer.html#disallowed-oob).
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hasher
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash on object not found (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hdfs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add file (Move) and directory move (DirMove) support (Andy Jackson)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Improved recognition of URL pointing to a single file (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Change API used by recursive list (ListR) (Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for Tele2 Cloud (Fredric Arklid)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Koofr
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Digistorage service as a Koofr provider.
(jaKa)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mailru
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix int32 overflow on arm32 (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add config option for oauth scope \f[C]Sites.Read.All\f[R] (Charlie
Jiang)
.IP \[bu] 2
Minor optimization of quickxorhash (Isaac Levy)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--onedrive-root-folder-id\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not retry on \f[C]400 pathIsTooLong\f[R] error (ctrl-q)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for recursive list (ListR) (Niels van de Weem)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix pre-1970 time stamps (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \f[C]ListObjectsV2\f[R] for faster listings (Felix Bu\[u0308]nemann)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fallback to \f[C]ListObject\f[R] v1 on unsupported providers (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the \f[C]ETag\f[R] on multipart transfers to verify the transfer was
OK (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-use-multipart-etag\f[R] provider quirk to disable this on
unsupported providers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Providers
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
RackCorp object storage (bbabich)
.IP \[bu] 2
Seagate Lyve Cloud storage (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
SeaweedFS (Chris Lu)
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj Shared gateways (M\['a]rton Elek, Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Wasabi AP Northeast 2 endpoint info (lindwurm)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]GLACIER_IR\f[R] storage class (Yunhai Luo)
.IP \[bu] 2
Document \f[C]Content-MD5\f[R] workaround for object-lock enabled
buckets (Paulo Martins)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multipart upload with \f[C]--no-head\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Simplify content length processing in s3 with download url (Logeshwaran
Murugesan)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add rclone to list of supported \f[C]md5sum\f[R]/\f[C]sha1sum\f[R]
commands to look for (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor so we only have one way of running remote commands (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix timeout on hashing large files by sending keepalives (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix unnecessary seeking when uploading and downloading files (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update docs on how to create \f[C]known_hosts\f[R] file (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Storj
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rename tardigrade backend to storj backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement server side Move for files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update docs to explain differences between s3 and this backend (Elek,
M\['a]rton)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix About so it shows info about the current container only (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix treatment of remotes with \f[C]//\f[R] in (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deadlock when one part of a multi-upload fails (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix eplus policy returned nil (Vitor Arruda)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add permanent deletion support (deinferno)
.RE
.SS v1.57.0 - 2021-11-01
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.56.0...v1.57.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Sia: for Sia decentralized cloud (Ian Levesque, Matthew Sevey, Ivan
Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Hasher: caches hashes and enable hashes for backends that don\[aq]t
support them (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson --stat: to get info about a single file/dir and
\f[C]operations/stat\f[R] api (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
config paths: show configured paths (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
about: Make human-readable output more consistent with other commands
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use go1.17 for building and make go1.14 the minimum supported (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update Go to 1.16 and NDK to 22b for Android builds (x0b)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support hyphen in remote name from environment variable (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make temporary directory user-configurable (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Convert \f[C]--cache-dir\f[R] value to an absolute path (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not override MIME types from OS defaults (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Toc styling and header levels cleanup (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Extend documentation on valid remote names (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Mention make for building and cmount tag for macos (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
\&...and many more contributions to numerous to mention!
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Move with \f[C]--ignore-existing\f[R] will not delete skipped files
(Nathan Collins)
.IP \[bu] 2
hashsum
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Treat hash values in sum file as case insensitive (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t put \f[C]ERROR\f[R] or \f[C]UNSUPPORTED\f[R] in output (Ivan
Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/encoder: Add encoding of square brackets (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/file: Improve error message when attempting to create dir on
nonexistent drive on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/http: Factor password hash salt into options with default (Nolan
Woods)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/kv: Add key-value database api (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
librclone
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]RcloneFreeString\f[R] function (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Free strings in python example (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
log: Optionally print pid in logs (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
ls: Introduce \f[C]--human-readable\f[R] global option to print
human-readable sizes (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Introduce key \f[C]u\f[R] to toggle human-readable (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Add \f[C]rmdirs -v\f[R] output (Justin Winokur)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Generate an ECDSA server key as well as RSA (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Generate an Ed25519 server key as well as ECDSA and RSA (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve docker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow to customize proxy settings of docker plugin (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Build docker plugin for multiple platforms (Thomas Stachl)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
size: Include human-readable count (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
touch: Add support for touching files in directory, with recursive
option, filtering and \f[C]--dry-run\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R] (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
tree: Option to print human-readable sizes removed in favor of global
option (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/http
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix bad username check in single auth secret provider (Nolan Woods)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix handling of SSL credentials (Nolan Woods)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve ftp: Ensure modtime is passed as UTC always to fix timezone
oddities (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Fix generation of server keys on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve docker: Fix octal umask (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable rclone to be run as mount helper direct from the fstab (Ivan
Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use procfs to validate mount on linux (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Correctly daemonize for compatibility with automount (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ensure names used in cache path are legal on current OS (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore \f[C]ECLOSED\f[R] when truncating file handles to fix
intermittent bad file descriptor error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor default OS encoding out from local backend into shared encoder
lib (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Return wrapped object even with \f[C]--crypt-no-data-encryption\f[R]
(Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploads with \f[C]--crypt-no-data-encryption\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--azureblob-no-head-object\f[R] (Tatsuya Noyori)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make listings of heavily used directories more reliable (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
When doing cleanup delete as much as possible (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--box-list-chunk\f[R] to control listing chunk size (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Delete items in parallel in cleanup using \f[C]--checkers\f[R] threads
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--box-owned-by\f[R] to only show items owned by the login
passed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry \f[C]operation_blocked_temporary\f[R] errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Md5all must create metadata if base hash is slow (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Speed up directory listings by constraining the API listing using the
current filters (fotile96, Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix buffering for single request upload for files smaller than
\f[C]--drive-upload-cutoff\f[R] (YenForYang)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]-o config\f[R] option to \f[C]backend drives\f[R] to make
config for all shared drives (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--dropbox-batch-commit-timeout\f[R] to control batch timeout
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Filefabric
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make backoff exponential for error_background to fix errors (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory move after API change (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable tls session cache by default (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option to disable tls13 (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix timeout after long uploads (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for precise time (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable CI for ProFtpd, PureFtpd, VsFtpd (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Googlephotos
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use encoder for album names to fix albums with control characters (Parth
Shukla)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]SetModTime\f[R] to support modtime-only changes
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improved error handling with \f[C]SetModTime\f[R] and corrupt files in
general (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]UserInfo\f[R] (\f[C]rclone config userinfo\f[R])
feature (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Return direct download link from \f[C]rclone link\f[R] command
(albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Koofr
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Create direct share link (Dmitry Bogatov)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add sha256 support (Ken Enrique Morel)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Premiumizeme
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory listing after API changes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server side move after API change (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server side directory move after API changes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support to use CDN URL to download the file (Logeshwaran)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add AWS Snowball Edge to providers examples (r0kk3rz)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use a combination of SDK retries and rclone retries (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix IAM Role for Service Account not working and other auth problems
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]shared_credentials_file\f[R] auth after reverting incorrect fix
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix corrupted on transfer: sizes differ 0 vs xxxx with Ceph (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error when not configured for 2fa (Fred)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix timeout when doing MD5SUM of large file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update OCI URL (David Liu)
.IP \[bu] 2
Document OVH Cloud Archive (HNGamingUK)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rename not working with union of local disk and bucket based remote
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.56.2 - 2021-10-01
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.56.1...v1.56.2)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http: Re-add missing auth to http service (Nolan Woods)
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Update golang.org/x/sys to fix crash on macOS when compiled with
go1.17 (Herby Gillot)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deadlock after failed update when concurrency=1 (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.SS v1.56.1 - 2021-09-19
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.56.0...v1.56.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix maximum bwlimit by scaling scale max token bucket size
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Fix speed does not update in core/stats (negative0)
.IP \[bu] 2
selfupdate: Fix \f[C]--quiet\f[R] option, not quite quiet (yedamo)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http: Fix \f[C]serve http\f[R] exiting directly after starting
(Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Apply gofmt from golang 1.17 (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update Go to 1.16 and NDK to 22b for android/any (x0b)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--daemon\f[R] mode (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix duplicates on rename (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash when truncating a just uploaded object (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix issue where empty dirs would build up in cache meta dir (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix instructions for auto config (Greg Sadetsky)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix lsf example without drive-impersonate (Greg Sadetsky)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle HTTP 400 better in PublicLink (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clarification of the process for creating custom client_id (Mariano
Absatz)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Return an early error when Put is called with an unknown size (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Try harder to delete a failed upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Wasabi\[aq]s AP-Northeast endpoint info (hota)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix typo in s3 documentation (Greg Sadetsky)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix 2fa config state machine (Fred)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove spurious error message on
\f[C]--sftp-disable-concurrent-reads\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Sugarsync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix initial connection after config re-arrangement (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.56.0 - 2021-07-20
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.55.0...v1.56.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Uptobox (https://rclone.org/uptobox/) (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
serve docker (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_docker/) (Antoine
GIRARD) (Ivan Andreev)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
and accompanying docker volume plugin (https://rclone.org/docker/)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
checksum (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_checksum/) to check files
against a file of checksums (Ivan Andreev)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this is also available as \f[C]rclone md5sum -C\f[R] etc
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
config touch (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_touch/): ensure
config exists at configured location (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
test
changenotify (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test_changenotify/):
command to help debugging changenotify (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Deprecations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]dbhashsum\f[R]: Remove command deprecated a year ago (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]cache\f[R]: Deprecate cache backend (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
rework config system so it can be used non-interactively via cli and rc
API.
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
See docs in config
create (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/)
.IP \[bu] 2
This is a very big change to all the backends so may cause breakages -
please file bugs!
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
librclone - export the rclone RC as a C library (lewisxy) (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Link a C-API rclone shared object into your project
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the RC as an in memory interface
.IP \[bu] 2
Python example supplied
.IP \[bu] 2
Also supports Android and gomobile
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--disable-http2\f[R] for global http2 disable (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--dump\f[R] imply \f[C]-vv\f[R] (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use binary prefixes for size and rate units (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use decimal prefixes for counts (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add google search widget to rclone.org (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Calculate rolling average speed (Haochen Tong)
.IP \[bu] 2
atexit: Terminate with non-zero status after receiving signal (Michael
Hanselmann)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Only run event-based workflow scripts under rclone repo with manual
override (Mathieu Carbou)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Android build with gomobile (x0b)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
check: Log the hash in use like cryptcheck does (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
version: Print os/version, kernel and bitness (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Prevent use of Windows reserved names in config file name (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Create config file in windows appdata directory by default (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Treat any config file paths with filename notfound as memory-only config
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Delay load config file (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Replace defaultConfig with a thread-safe in-memory implementation (Chris
Macklin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow \f[C]config create\f[R] and friends to take \f[C]key=value\f[R]
parameters (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed issues with flags/options set by environment vars.
(Ole Frost)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Implement graceful DSCP error handling (Tyson Moore)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/http - provides an abstraction for a central http server that
services can bind routes to (Nolan Woods)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--template\f[R] config and flags to serve/data (Nolan Woods)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add default 404 handler (Nolan Woods)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
link: Use \[dq]off\[dq] value for unset expiry (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
oauthutil: Raise fatal error if token expired without refresh token
(Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
rcat: Add \f[C]--size\f[R] flag for more efficient uploads of known size
(Nazar Mishturak)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Add \f[C]--stdio\f[R] flag to serve via stdio (Tom)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Don\[aq]t warn about \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] when
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] is set (Nick Gaya)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]test makefiles\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--seed\f[R] flag and make data generated repeatable (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add log levels and speed summary (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix startTime of statsGroups.sum (Haochen Tong)
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd/ncdu: Fix out of range panic in delete (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix issues with memory-only config file paths (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix in memory config not saving on the fly backend config (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Fix address parsing for DSCP (Tyson Moore)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Update termbox-go library to fix crash (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
oauthutil: Fix old authorize result not recognised (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Don\[aq]t update timestamps of files in
\f[C]--compare-dest\f[R] (Nick Gaya)
.IP \[bu] 2
selfupdate: fix archive name on macos (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor before adding serve docker (Antoine GIRARD)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add cache reset for \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] handling at cache
poll interval (Leo Luan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix modtime changing when reading file into cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid unnecessary subdir in cache path (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix that umask option cannot be set as environment variable (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not print notice about missing poll-interval support when set to 0
(albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Always use readlink to read symlink size for better compatibility (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--local-unicode-normalization\f[R] (and remove
\f[C]--local-no-unicode-normalization\f[R]) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Skip entries removed concurrently with List() (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support timestamped filenames from \f[C]--b2-versions\f[R] (Dominik
Mydlil)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t include the bucket name in public link file prefixes (Jeffrey
Tolar)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix versions and .files with no extension (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Factor version handling into lib/version (Dominik Mydlil)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use upload preflight check to avoid listings in file uploads (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Return errors instead of calling log.Fatal with them (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Switch to the Drives API for looking up shared drives (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix some google docs being treated as files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--dropbox-batch-mode\f[R] flag to speed up uploading (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Read the batch mode (https://rclone.org/dropbox/#batch-mode) docs for
more info
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Set visibility in link sharing when \f[C]--expire\f[R] is set (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Simplify chunked uploads (Alexey Ivanov)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve \[dq]own App IP\[dq] instructions (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Check if more than one upload link is returned (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support downloading password protected files and folders (Florian
Penzkofer)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make error messages report text from the API (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix move of files in the same directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Check that we actually got a download token and retry if we didn\[aq]t
(buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Filefabric
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing after change of from field from \[dq]int\[dq] to int.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make upload error 250 indicate success (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
GCS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make compatible with gsutil\[aq]s mtime metadata (database64128)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clean up time format constants (database64128)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Photos
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix read only scope not being used properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Replace httplib with lib/http (Nolan Woods)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clean up Bind to better use middleware (Nolan Woods)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix legacy auth with state based config system (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix invalid url in output from link command (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add no versions option (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]list_chunk option\f[R] (Nick Gaya)
.IP \[bu] 2
Also report root error if unable to cancel multipart upload (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix failed to configure: empty token found error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make link return direct download link (Xuanchen Wu)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-no-head-object\f[R] (Tatsuya Noyori)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove WebIdentityRoleProvider to fix crash on auth (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check to see if remote is object if it ends with / (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add SeaweedFS (Chris Lu)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update Alibaba OSS endpoints (Chuan Zh)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix performance regression by re-enabling concurrent writes (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Expand tilde and environment variables in configured
\f[C]known_hosts_file\f[R] (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Tardigrade
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Upgrade to uplink v1.4.6 (Caleb Case)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use negative offset (Caleb Case)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add warning about \f[C]too many open files\f[R] (acsfer)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix sharepoint auth over http (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add headers option (Antoon Prins)
.RE
.SS v1.55.1 - 2021-04-26
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.55.0...v1.55.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
selfupdate
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Dont detect FUSE if build is static (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add build tag noselfupdate (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Fix incorrect error reported by graceful cutoff (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
install.sh: fix macOS arm64 download (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Fix version numbers in android branch builds (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Contributing.md: update setup instructions for go1.16 (Nick Gaya)
.IP \[bu] 2
WinFsp 2021 is out of beta (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Minor cleanup of space around code section (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed some typos (albertony)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix a code path which allows dirty data to be removed causing data loss
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix compressed name regexp (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix backend copyid of google doc to directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t open browser when service account...
(Ansh Mittal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add missing team_data.member scope for use with --impersonate (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix About after scopes changes - rclone config reconnect needed (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Unable to decrypt returned paths from changeNotify (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix implicit TLS (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around for random \[dq]Unable to initialize RPS\[dq] errors
(OleFrost)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Revert sftp library to v1.12.0 from v1.13.0 to fix performance
regression (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Update ReadFrom failed: failed to send packet: EOF errors (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error when region isn\[aq]t set (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not ask for mountpoint twice when using headless setup (buengese)
.RE
.SS v1.55.0 - 2021-03-31
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.54.0...v1.55.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
selfupdate (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_selfupdate/) (Ivan
Andreev)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allows rclone to update itself in-place or via a package (using
\f[C]--package\f[R] flag)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reads cryptographically signed signatures for non beta releases
.IP \[bu] 2
Works on all OSes.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
test (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_test/) - these are test
commands - use with care!
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]histogram\f[R] - Makes a histogram of file name characters.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]info\f[R] - Discovers file name or other limitations for paths.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]makefiles\f[R] - Make a random file hierarchy for testing.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]memory\f[R] - Load all the objects at remote:path into memory and
report memory stats.
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Connection strings (https://rclone.org/docs/#connection-strings)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Config parameters can now be passed as part of the remote name as a
connection string.
.IP \[bu] 2
For example, to do the equivalent of \f[C]--drive-shared-with-me\f[R]
use \f[C]drive,shared_with_me:\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure we don\[aq]t save on the fly remote config to the config file
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure backends with additional config have a different name for
caching (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
This work was sponsored by CERN, through the CS3MESH4EOSC
Project (https://cs3mesh4eosc.eu/).
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
CS3MESH4EOSC has received funding from the European Union\[cq]s Horizon
2020
.IP \[bu] 2
research and innovation programme under Grant Agreement no.
863353.
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update go build version to go1.16 and raise minimum go version to go1.13
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make a macOS ARM64 build to support Apple Silicon (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Install macfuse 4.x instead of osxfuse 3.x (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \f[C]GO386=softfloat\f[R] instead of deprecated \f[C]GO386=387\f[R]
for 386 builds (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable IOS builds for the time being (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Androids builds made with up to date NDK (x0b)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add an rclone user to the Docker image but don\[aq]t use it by default
(cynthia kwok)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe: Make largest directory primary to minimize data moved (Saksham
Khanna)
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Wrap config library in an interface (Fionera)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make config file system pluggable (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--config \[dq]\[dq]\f[R] or \f[C]\[dq]/notfound\[dq]\f[R] for in
memory config only (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clear fs cache of stale entries when altering config (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl: Add option to print resulting auto-filename (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
delete: Make \f[C]--rmdirs\f[R] obey the filters (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs - many fixes and reworks from edwardxml, albertony, pvalls, Ivan
Andreev, Evan Harris, buengese, Alexey Tabakman
.IP \[bu] 2
encoder/filename - add SCSU as tables (Klaus Post)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add multiple paths support to \f[C]--compare-dest\f[R] and
\f[C]--copy-dest\f[R] flag (K265)
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Make \f[C]--exclude \[dq]dir/\[dq]\f[R] equivalent to
\f[C]--exclude \[dq]dir/**\[dq]\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Add DSCP support with \f[C]--dscp\f[R] for QoS with
differentiated services (Max Sum)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/cache: Add Delete and DeletePrefix methods (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/file
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make pre-allocate detect disk full errors and return them (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t run preallocate concurrently (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry preallocate on EINTR (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Made copy and sync operations obey a RetryAfterError (Ankur
Gupta)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add string alternatives for setting options over the rc (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]options/local\f[R] to see the options configured in the context
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]_config\f[R] parameter to set global config for just this rc
call (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement passing filter config with \f[C]_filter\f[R] parameter (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]fscache/clear\f[R] and \f[C]fscache/entries\f[R] to control the
fs cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid +Inf value for speed in \f[C]core/stats\f[R] (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add a full set of stats to \f[C]core/stats\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow \f[C]fs=\f[R] params to be a JSON blob (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd: Added systemd notification during the \f[C]rclone rcd\f[R] command.
(Naveen Honest Raj)
.IP \[bu] 2
rmdirs: Make \f[C]--rmdirs\f[R] obey the filters (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
version: Show build tags and type of executable (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
install.sh: make it fail on download errors (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix excessive retries missing \f[C]--max-duration\f[R] timeout (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash when \f[C]--low-level-retries=0\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix failed token refresh on mounts created via the rc (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Fix bandwidth limiting after bad merge (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/atexit
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Unregister interrupt handler once it has fired so users can interrupt
again (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix occasional failure to unmount with CTRL-C (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deadlock calling Finalise while Run is running (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/rest: Fix multipart uploads not stopping on context cancel (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow mounting to root directory on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improved handling of relative paths on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix unicode issues with accented characters on macOS (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Docs: document the new FileSecurity option in WinFsp 2021 (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Docs: add note about volume path syntax on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix caching of old directories after renaming them (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update cgofuse to the latest version to bring in macfuse 4 fix (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--vfs-used-is-size\f[R] to report used space using recursive scan
(tYYGH)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t set modification time if it was already correct (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Create causing windows explorer to truncate files on CTRL-C CTRL-V
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix modtimes not updating when writing via cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix modtimes changing by fractional seconds after upload (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix modtime set if \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode writes\f[R]/\f[C]full\f[R] and
no write (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Rename files in cache and cancel uploads on directory rename (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory renaming by renaming dirs cached in memory (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add flag \f[C]--local-no-preallocate\f[R] (David Sze)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]nounc\f[R] an advanced option except on Windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t ignore preallocate disk full errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--fs-cache-expire-duration\f[R] to control the fs cache (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option to not encrypt data (Vesnyx)
.IP \[bu] 2
Log hash ok on upload (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add container public access level support.
(Manish Kumar)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix HTML files downloaded via cloudflare (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix transfers getting stuck on token expiry after API change (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Partially implement no-rename transactions (Maxwell Calman)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t stop server side copy if couldn\[aq]t read description (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Pass context on to drive SDK - to help with cancellation (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add polling for changes support (Robert Thomas)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--timeout 0\f[R] work properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Raise priority of rate limited message to INFO to make it more
noticeable (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement copy & move (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement public link (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Shutdown method (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Close idle connections after \f[C]--ftp-idle-timeout\f[R] (1m by
default) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--timeout 0\f[R] work properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ftp-close-timeout\f[R] flag for use with awkward ftp servers
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry connections and logins on 421 errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hdfs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix permissions for when directory is created (Lucas Messenger)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--timeout 0\f[R] work properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--s3-profile\f[R] which wasn\[aq]t working (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Close idle connections after \f[C]--sftp-idle-timeout\f[R] (1m by
default) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]file not found\[dq] errors for read once servers (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix SetModTime stat failed: object not found with
\f[C]--sftp-set-modtime=false\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update github.com/ncw/swift to v2.0.0 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement copying large objects (nguyenhuuluan434)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash when using epff policy (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix union attempting to update files on a read only file system (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor to use fspath.SplitFs instead of fs.ParseRemote (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix initialisation broken in refactor (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for sharepoint with NTLM authentication (Rauno Ots)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sharepoint-ntlm docs more consistent (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve terminology in sharepoint-ntlm docs (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable HTTP/2 for NTLM authentication (georne)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix sharepoint-ntlm error 401 for parallel actions (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Check that purged directory really exists (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--timeout 0\f[R] work properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Replace client id - you will need to \f[C]rclone config reconnect\f[R]
after this (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add forgotten setupRegion() to NewFs - this finally fixes regions other
than EU (buengese)
.RE
.SS v1.54.1 - 2021-03-08
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.54.0...v1.54.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix --bwlimit when up or down is off (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nesting of brackets and backticks in ftp docs (edwardxml)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix broken link in sftp page (edwardxml)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix typo in crypt.md (Romeo Kienzler)
.IP \[bu] 2
Changelog: Correct link to digitalis.io (Alex JOST)
.IP \[bu] 2
Replace #file-caching with #vfs-file-caching (Miron Veryanskiy)
.IP \[bu] 2
Convert bogus example link to code (edwardxml)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove dead link from rc.md (edwardxml)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Sync,copy,move: document createEmptySrcDirs parameter (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Fix unterminated JSON in the presence of errors (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix mount dropping on macOS by setting --daemon-timeout 10m (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Document simultaneous usage with the same cache shouldn\[aq]t be used
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Automatically raise upload cutoff to avoid spurious error (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix failed to create file system with application key limited to a
prefix (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Refer to Shared Drives instead of Team Drives (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add scopes to oauth request and optionally \[dq]members.read\[dq] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix failed to create file system with folder level permissions policy
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Wasabi HEAD requests returning stale data by using only 1 transport
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix shared_credentials_file auth (Dmitry Chepurovskiy)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --s3-no-head to reducing costs docs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix mkdir at root with remote:/ (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix custom client id\[aq]s (buengese)
.RE
.SS v1.54.0 - 2021-02-02
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.53.0...v1.54.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Compression remote (experimental) (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enterprise File Fabric (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This work was sponsored by Storage Made
Easy (https://storagemadeeasy.com/)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HDFS (Hadoop Distributed File System) (Yury Stankevich)
.IP \[bu] 2
Zoho workdrive (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Deglobalise the config (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Global config now read from the context
.IP \[bu] 2
This will enable passing of global config via the rc
.IP \[bu] 2
This work was sponsored by Digitalis (https://digitalis.io/)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--bwlimit\f[R] for upload and download (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Obey bwlimit in http Transport for better limiting
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Enhance systemd integration (Hekmon)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
log level identification, manual activation with flag, automatic systemd
launch detection
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t compile systemd log integration for non unix systems (Benjamin
Gustin)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add a \f[C]--download\f[R] flag to md5sum/sha1sum/hashsum to force
rclone to download and hash files locally (lostheli)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--progress-terminal-title\f[R] to print ETA to terminal title
(LaSombra)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make backend env vars show in help as the defaults for backend flags
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Raise minimum go version to go1.12 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--by-hash\f[R] to dedupe on content hash not file name (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--dedupe-mode list\f[R] to just list dupes, changing nothing
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add warning if used on a remote which can\[aq]t have duplicate names
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Shutdown optional method for backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
When using \f[C]--files-from\f[R] check files concurrently (zhucan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Accumulate stats when using \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] (Ingo Weiss)
.IP \[bu] 2
Always show stats when using \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] or
\f[C]--interactive\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for flag \f[C]--no-console\f[R] on windows to hide the
console window (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
genautocomplete: Add support to output to stdout (Ingo)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Highlight read errors instead of aborting (Claudio Bantaloukas)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add sort by average size in directory (Adam Pl\['a]nsk\['y])
.IP \[bu] 2
Add toggle option for average s3ize in directory - key \[aq]a\[aq] (Adam
Pl\['a]nsk\['y])
.IP \[bu] 2
Add empty folder flag into ncdu browser (Adam Pl\['a]nsk\['y])
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]!\f[R] (error) and \f[C].\f[R] (unreadable) file flags to go
with \f[C]e\f[R] (empty) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
obscure: Make \f[C]rclone obscure -\f[R] ignore newline at end of line
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add logs when need to upload files to set mod times (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Move and copy log name of the destination object in verbose (Adam
Pl\['a]nsk\['y])
.IP \[bu] 2
Add size if known to skipped items and JSON log (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Prefer actual listener address if using \[dq]:port\[dq] or
\[dq]addr:0\[dq] only (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add listener for finished jobs (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve ftp: Add options to enable TLS (Deepak Sah)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http/webdav: Redirect requests to the base url without the / (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Implement object cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
stats: Add counter for deleted directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Only print \[dq]There was nothing to transfer\[dq] if no errors
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
webui
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Prompt user for updating webui if an update is available (Chaitanya
Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix plugins initialization (negative0)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
fs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer on copy & move operations directly to remote (Anagh
Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix parsing of ..
when joining remotes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
log: Fix enabling systemd logging when using \f[C]--log-file\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
check
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make the error count match up in the log message (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
move: Fix data loss when source and destination are the same object
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--cutoff-mode\f[R] hard not cutting off immediately (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--immutable\f[R] error message (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
sync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--cutoff-mode\f[R] soft & cautious so it doesn\[aq]t end the
transfer early (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--immutable\f[R] errors retrying many times (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Many fixes and a rewrite of the filtering docs (edwardxml)
.IP \[bu] 2
Many spelling and grammar fixes (Josh Soref)
.IP \[bu] 2
Doc fixes for commands delete, purge, rmdir, rmdirs and mount
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
And thanks to these people for many doc fixes too numerous to list
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ameer Dawood, Antoine GIRARD, Bob Bagwill, Christopher Stewart
.IP \[bu] 2
CokeMine, David, Dov Murik, Durval Menezes, Evan Harris, gtorelly
.IP \[bu] 2
Ilyess Bachiri, Janne Johansson, Kerry Su, Marcin Zelent,
.IP \[bu] 2
Martin Michlmayr, Milly, S\[u01A1]n Tr\[u1EA7]n-Nguy\[u1EC5]n
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update systemd status with cache stats (Hekmon)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable bazil/fuse based mount on macOS (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] actually run \f[C]rclone cmount\f[R] under
macOS (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement mknod to make NFS file creation work (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure we don\[aq]t call umount more than once (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
More user friendly mounting as network drive on windows (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Detect if uid or gid are set in same option string: -o uid=123,gid=456
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t attempt to unmount if fs has been destroyed already (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix virtual entries causing deleted files to still appear (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]file already exists\[dq] error for stale cache files (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix file leaks with \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] full and
\f[C]--buffer-size 0\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix invalid cache path on windows when using :backend: as remote
(albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Continue listing files/folders when a circular symlink is detected
(Manish Gupta)
.IP \[bu] 2
New flag \f[C]--local-zero-size-links\f[R] to fix sync on some virtual
filesystems (Riccardo Iaconelli)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for service principals (James Lim)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for managed identities (Brad Ackerman)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add examples for access tier (Bob Pusateri)
.IP \[bu] 2
Utilize the streaming capabilities from the SDK for multipart uploads
(Denis Neuling)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix setting of mime types (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash when listing outside a SAS URL\[aq]s root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Delete archive tier blobs before update if
\f[C]--azureblob-archive-tier-delete\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash on startup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix memory usage by upgrading the SDK to v0.13.0 and implementing a
TransferManager (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Require go1.14+ to compile due to SDK changes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make NewObject use less expensive API calls (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This will improve \f[C]--files-from\f[R] and \f[C]restic serve\f[R] in
particular
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixed crash on an empty file name (lluuaapp)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix NewObject for files that differ in case (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix finding directories in a case insensitive way (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Skip long local hashing, hash in-transit (fixes) (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Set Features ReadMimeType to false as Object.MimeType not supported
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix case-insensitive NewObject, test metadata detection (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone backend copyid\f[R] command for copying files by
ID (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added flag \f[C]--drive-stop-on-download-limit\f[R] to stop transfers
when the download limit is exceeded (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement CleanUp workaround for team drives (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow shortcut resolution and creation to be retried (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Log that emptying the trash can take some time (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add xdg office icons to xdg desktop files (Pau Rodriguez-Estivill)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for viewing shared files and folders (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable short lived access tokens (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement IDer on Objects so \f[C]rclone lsf\f[R] etc can read the IDs
(buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Set Features ReadMimeType to false as Object.MimeType not supported
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make malformed_path errors from too long files not retriable (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Test file name length before upload to fix upload loop (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Set Features ReadMimeType to true as Object.MimeType is supported (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ftp-disable-msld\f[R] option to ignore MLSD for really old
servers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--tpslimit apply\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Storage class object header support (Laurens Janssen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix anonymous client to use rclone\[aq]s HTTP client (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix
\f[C]Entry doesn\[aq]t belong in directory \[dq]\[dq] (same as directory) - ignoring\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Googlephotos
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
New flag \f[C]--gphotos-include-archived\f[R] to show archived photos as
well (Nicolas Rueff)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t erroneously report support for writing mime types (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for Telia Cloud (Patrik Nordl\['e]n)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mailru
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Accept special folders eg camera-upload (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid prehashing of large local files (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploads after recent changes on server (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix range requests after June 2020 changes on server (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix invalid timestamp on corrupted files (fixes) (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove deprecated protocol quirks (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Memory
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix setting of mime types (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for China region operated by 21vianet and other regional
suppliers (NyaMisty)
.IP \[bu] 2
Warn on gateway timeout errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fall back to normal copy if server-side copy unavailable (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server-side copy completely disabled on OneDrive for Business (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
(business only) workaround to replace existing file on server-side copy
(Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enhance link creation with expiry, scope, type and password (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove % and # from the set of encoded characters (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support addressing site by server-relative URL (kice)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix finding directories in a case insensitive way (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix setting of mime types (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Premiumizeme
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix finding directories in a case insensitive way (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Qingstor
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error propagation in CleanUp (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rclone cleanup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]--s3-disable-http2\f[R] to disable http/2 (Anagh Kumar
Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Complete SSE-C implementation (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix hashes on small files with AWS:KMS and SSE-C (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add MD5 metadata to objects uploaded with SSE-AWS/SSE-C (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-no-head parameter\f[R] to minimise transactions on upload
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update docs with a Reducing Costs section (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added error handling for error code 429 indicating too many requests
(Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add requester pays option (kelv)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix copy multipart with v2 auth failing with
\[aq]SignatureDoesNotMatch\[aq] (Louis Koo)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow cert based auth via optional pubkey (Stephen Harris)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow user to optionally check server hosts key to add security (Stephen
Harris)
.IP \[bu] 2
Defer asking for user passwords until the SSH connection succeeds
(Stephen Harris)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remember entered password in AskPass mode (Stephen Harris)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Shutdown method (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement keyboard interactive authentication (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--tpslimit\f[R] apply (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--sftp-use-fstat\f[R] for unusual SFTP servers (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Sugarsync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix NewObject for files that differ in case (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix finding directories in a case insensitive way (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deletion of parts of Static Large Object (SLO) (Nguy\[u1EC5]n
H\[u1EEF]u Lu\[^a]n)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ensure partially uploaded large files are uploaded unless
\f[C]--swift-leave-parts-on-error\f[R] (Nguy\[u1EC5]n H\[u1EEF]u
Lu\[^a]n)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Tardigrade
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Upgrade to uplink v1.4.1 (Caleb Case)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Updated docs to show streaming to nextcloud is working (Durval Menezes)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Set Features WriteMimeType to false as Yandex ignores mime types (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.53.4 - 2021-01-20
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.53.3...v1.53.4)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix data race in Transferred() (Maciej Zimnoch)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop tagged releases making a current beta (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Upgrade docker buildx action (Matteo Pietro Dazzi)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add -buildmode to cross-compile.go (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix docker build by upgrading ilteoood/docker_buildx (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Revert GitHub actions brew fix since this is now fixed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix brew install --cask syntax for macOS build (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update nfpm syntax to fix build of .deb/.rpm packages (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix for Windows build errors (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Parseduration: fixed tests to use UTC time (Ankur Gupta)
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Prevent overlap of HTTP headers in logs (Nathan Collins)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix core/command giving 500 internal error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Copy method to rc.Params (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix 500 error when marshalling errors from core/command (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
plugins: Create plugins files only if webui is enabled.
(negative0)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http: Fix serving files of unknown length (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Fix authentication on one connection blocking others (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add optional \f[C]brew\f[R] tag to throw an error when using mount in
the binaries installed via Homebrew (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \[dq].\[dq] and \[dq]..\[dq] to directories to match cmount and
expectations (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make cache dir absolute before using it to fix path too long errors
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve detection of incompatible metadata (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server side copy of large objects (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix token renewer to fix long uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix token refresh failed: is not a regular file error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Only use SHA1 hashes in EU region (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Sharefile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Undo Fix backend due to API swapping integers for strings (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Open Range requests to fix 4shared mount (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \[dq]Depth: 0\[dq] to GET requests to fix bitrix (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.53.3 - 2020-11-19
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.53.2...v1.53.3)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
random: Fix incorrect use of math/rand instead of crypto/rand
CVE-2020-28924 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Passwords you have generated with \f[C]rclone config\f[R] may be
insecure
.IP \[bu] 2
See issue #4783 (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues/4783) for more
details and a checking tool
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
random: Seed math/rand in one place with crypto strong seed (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix vfs/refresh calls with fs= parameter (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Sharefile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix backend due to API swapping integers for strings (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.53.2 - 2020-10-26
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.53.1...v1.53.2)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incorrect speed and transferTime in core/stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stabilize display order of transfers on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix use of --suffix without --backup-dir (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix spurious \[dq]--checksum is in use but the source and destination
have no hashes in common\[dq] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around GitHub actions brew problem (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop using set-env and set-path in the GitHub actions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
mount2: Fix the swapped UID / GID values (Russell Cattelan)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Detect and recover from a file being removed externally from the cache
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix a deadlock vulnerability in downloaders.Close (Leo Luan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix a race condition in retryFailedResets (Leo Luan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missed concurrency control between some item operations and reset
(Leo Luan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add exponential backoff during ENOSPC retries (Leo Luan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add a missed update of used cache space (Leo Luan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --no-modtime to not attempt to set modtimes (as documented) (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix sizes and syncing with --links option on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable ListR to fix missing files on GDrive (workaround) (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload over crypt (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Increase maximum file size from 100GB to 300GB (gyutw)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove clientSecret from config when upgrading to token based
authentication (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid double url escaping of device/mountpoint (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove DirMove workaround as it\[aq]s not required anymore - also
(buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mailru
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploads after recent changes on server (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix range requests after june changes on server (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix invalid timestamp on corrupted files (fixes) (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix disk usage for sharepoint (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add missing regions for AWS (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix accessing libraries > 2GB on 32 bit systems (Muffin King)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Always convert the checksum to lower case (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Create root directories if none exist (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.53.1 - 2020-09-13
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.53.0...v1.53.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Remove new line from end of --stats-one-line display (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
check
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add back missing --download flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix docs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Note --log-file does append (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add full stops for consistency in rclone --help (edwardxml)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Tencent COS to s3 provider list (wjielai)
.IP \[bu] 2
Updated mount command to reflect that it requires Go 1.13 or newer (Evan
Harris)
.IP \[bu] 2
jottacloud: Mention that uploads from local disk will not need to cache
files to disk for md5 calculation (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix formatting of rc docs page (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Include vendor tar ball in release and fix startdev (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]Illegal instruction\[dq] error for ARMv6 builds (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix architecture name in ARMv7 build (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix spurious error \[dq]vfs cache: failed to _ensure cache EOF\[dq]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Log an ERROR if we fail to set the file to be sparse (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Log an ERROR if we fail to set the file to be sparse (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Re-adds special oauth help text (Tim Gallant)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not retry 400 errors (Evan Harris)
.RE
.SS v1.53.0 - 2020-09-02
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.52.0...v1.53.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The VFS
layer (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#vfs-virtual-file-system)
was heavily reworked for this release - see below for more details
.IP \[bu] 2
Interactive mode -i/--interactive (https://rclone.org/docs/#interactive)
for destructive operations (fishbullet)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add
--bwlimit-file (https://rclone.org/docs/#bwlimit-file-bandwidth-spec)
flag to limit speeds of individual file transfers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Transfers are sorted by start time in the stats and progress output (Max
Sum)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure backends expand \f[C]\[ti]\f[R] and environment vars in file
names they use (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --refresh-times (https://rclone.org/docs/#refresh-times) flag to set
modtimes on hashless backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove vendor directory in favour of Go modules (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Build with go1.15.x by default (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Drop macOS 386 build as it is no longer supported by go1.15 (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add ARMv7 to the supported builds (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable \f[C]rclone cmount\f[R] on macOS (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make rclone build with gccgo (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make rclone build with wasm (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Change beta numbering to be semver compatible (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add file properties and icon to Windows executable (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add experimental interface for integrating rclone into browsers (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lib: Add file name compression (Klaus Post)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow installation and use of plugins and test plugins with rclone-webui
(Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add reverse proxy pluginsHandler for serving plugins (Chaitanya
Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]mount/listmounts\f[R] option for listing current mounts
(Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]operations/uploadfile\f[R] to upload a file through rc using
encoding multipart/form-data (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]core/command\f[R] to execute rclone terminal commands.
(Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone check\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add reporting of filenames for same/missing/changed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make check command obey
\f[C]--dry-run\f[R]/\f[C]-i\f[R]/\f[C]--interactive\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make check do \f[C]--checkers\f[R] files concurrently (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry downloads if they fail when using the \f[C]--download\f[R] flag
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make it show stats by default (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone obscure\f[R]: Allow obscure command to accept password on
STDIN (David Ibarra)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone config\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Set RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR for use in config files and subprocesses (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reject remote names starting with a dash.
(jtagcat)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone cryptcheck\f[R]: Add reporting of filenames for
same/missing/changed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone dedupe\f[R]: Make it obey the \f[C]--size-only\f[R] flag for
duplicate detection (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone link\f[R]: Add \f[C]--expire\f[R] and \f[C]--unlink\f[R]
flags (Roman Kredentser)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone mkdir\f[R]: Warn when using mkdir on remotes which can\[aq]t
have empty directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone rc\f[R]: Allow JSON parameters to simplify command line
usage (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone serve ftp\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t compile on < go1.13 after dependency update (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add error message if auth proxy fails (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use refactored goftp.io/server library for binary shrink (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone serve restic\f[R]: Expose interfaces so that rclone can be
used as a library from within restic (Jack)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone sync\f[R]: Add \f[C]--track-renames-strategy leaf\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone touch\f[R]: Add ability to set nanosecond resolution times
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone tree\f[R]: Remove \f[C]-i\f[R] shorthand for
\f[C]--noindent\f[R] as it conflicts with
\f[C]-i\f[R]/\f[C]--interactive\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix documentation for \f[C]speed\f[R]/\f[C]speedAvg\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix elapsed time not show actual time since beginning (Chaitanya
Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deadlock in stats printing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix file handle leak in GitHub release tool (Garrett Squire)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone check\f[R]: Fix successful retries with \f[C]--download\f[R]
counting errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone dedupe\f[R]: Fix logging to be easier to understand (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Warn macOS users that mount implementation is changing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
to test the new implementation use \f[C]rclone cmount\f[R] instead of
\f[C]rclone mount\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
this is because the library rclone uses has dropped macOS support
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc interface
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add call for unmount all (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]mount/mount\f[R] remote control take vfsOpt option (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add mountOpt to \f[C]mount/mount\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add VFS and Mount options to \f[C]mount/listmounts\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Catch panics in cgofuse initialization and turn into error messages
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Always supply stat information in Readdir (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for reading unknown length files using direct IO (Windows)
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix On Windows don\[aq]t add \f[C]-o uid/gid=-1\f[R] if user supplies
\f[C]-o uid/gid\f[R].
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix macOS losing directory contents in cmount (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix volume name broken in recent refactor (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement partial reads for \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode full\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--vfs-writeback\f[R] option to delay writes back to cloud
storage (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--vfs-read-ahead\f[R] parameter for use with
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode full\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Restart pending uploads on restart of the cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support synchronous cache space recovery upon ENOSPC (Leo Luan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow ReadAt and WriteAt to run concurrently with themselves (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Change modtime of file before upload to current (Rob Calistri)
.IP \[bu] 2
Recommend \f[C]--vfs-cache-modes writes\f[R] on backends which can\[aq]t
stream (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add an optional \f[C]fs\f[R] parameter to vfs rc methods (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix errors when using > 260 char files in the cache in Windows (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix renaming of items while they are being uploaded (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix very high load caused by slow directory listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix renamed files not being uploaded with
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode minimal\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory locking caused by slow directory listings (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix saving from chrome without \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode writes\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--local-no-updated\f[R] to provide a consistent view of
changing objects (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--local-no-set-modtime\f[R] option to prevent modtime changes
(tyhuber1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix race conditions updating and reading Object metadata (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make any created backends be cached to fix rc problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix dedupe on caches wrapping drives (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--crypt-server-side-across-configs\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make any created backends be cached to fix rc problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Alias
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make any created backends be cached to fix rc problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t compile on < go1.13 after dependency update (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement server-side copy for files > 5GB (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Cancel in progress multipart uploads and copies on rclone exit (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Note that b2\[aq]s encoding now allows \ but rclone\[aq]s hasn\[aq]t
changed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix transfers when using download_url (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement rclone cleanup (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Cancel in progress multipart uploads and copies on rclone exit (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow authentication with access token (David)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make any created backends be cached to fix rc problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]rclone backend drives\f[R] to list shared drives (teamdrives)
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone backend untrash\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around drive bug which didn\[aq]t set modtime of copied docs (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]--drive-starred-only\f[R] to only show starred files (Jay
McEntire)
.IP \[bu] 2
Deprecate \f[C]--drive-alternate-export\f[R] as it is no longer needed
(themylogin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix duplication of Google docs on server-side copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]panic: send on closed channel\[dq] when recycling dir entries
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add copyright detector info in limitations section in the docs (Alex
Guerrero)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]rclone link\f[R] by removing expires parameter (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Detect Flood detected: IP Locked error and sleep for 30s (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add explicit TLS support (Heiko Bornholdt)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--dump bodies\f[R] and \f[C]--dump auth\f[R] for
debugging (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix interoperation with pure-ftpd (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for anonymous access (Kai L\[:u]ke)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Bring back legacy authentication for use with whitelabel versions
(buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Switch to new api root - also implement a very ugly workaround for the
DirMove failures (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rework cancel of multipart uploads on rclone exit (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement rclone cleanup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--onedrive-no-versions\f[R] flag to remove old versions (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone link\f[R] for public link creation (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Qingstor
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Cancel in progress multipart uploads on rclone exit (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Preserve metadata when doing multipart copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Cancel in progress multipart uploads and copies on rclone exit (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]rclone link\f[R] for public link sharing (Roman Kredentser)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]rclone backend restore\f[R] command to restore objects from
GLACIER (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] and \f[C]rclone backend cleanup\f[R] to
clean unfinished multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]rclone backend list-multipart-uploads\f[R] to list unfinished
multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-max-upload-parts\f[R] support (Kamil Trzci\[u0144]ski)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-no-check-bucket\f[R] for minimising rclone transactions
and perms (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-profile\f[R] and \f[C]--s3-shared-credentials-file\f[R]
options (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use regional s3 us-east-1 endpoint (David)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Scaleway provider (Vincent Feltz)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update IBM COS endpoints (Egor Margineanu)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce the default \f[C]--s3-copy-cutoff\f[R] to < 5GB for Backblaze S3
compatibility (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix detection of bucket existing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the absolute path instead of the relative path for listing for
improved compatibility (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--sftp-subsystem\f[R] and \f[C]--sftp-server-command\f[R]
options (aus)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix dangling large objects breaking the listing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix purge not deleting directory markers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix update multipart object removing all of its own parts (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing hash from object returned from upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Tardigrade
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Upgrade to uplink v1.2.0 (Kaloyan Raev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix writing with the all policy (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory creation with 4shared (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.52.3 - 2020-08-07
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.52.2...v1.52.3)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable smart typography (e.g.
en-dash) in MANUAL.* and man page (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update install.md to reflect minimum Go version (Evan Harris)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update install from source instructions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
make_manual: Support SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH (Morten Linderud)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
log: Fix --use-json-log going to stderr not --log-file on Windows (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna: Fix file list on Samsung Series 6+ TVs (Matteo Pietro Dazzi)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Fix deadlock with --track-renames-strategy modtime (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix moveto/copyto remote:file remote:file2 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop using root_folder_id as a cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make dangling shortcuts appear in listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Drop \[dq]Disabling ListR\[dq] messages down to debug (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Workaround and policy for Google Drive API (Dmitry Ustalov)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add note to docs about home vs root directory selection (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix reverting to Copy when Move would have worked (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid comma rendered in URL in onedrive.md (Kevin)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix oauth on European region \[dq]eapi.pcloud.com\[dq] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix bucket Region auto detection when Region unset in config (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.52.2 - 2020-06-24
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.52.1...v1.52.2)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix docker release build action (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix custom timezone in Docker image (NoLooseEnds)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
check: Fix misleading message which printed errors instead of
differences (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
errors: Add WSAECONNREFUSED and more to the list of retriable Windows
errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd: Fix incorrect prometheus metrics (Gary Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Fix flags so they use environment variables (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: Fix flags so they use environment variables (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: Fix --track-renames-strategy modtime (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix not being able to delete a directory with a trashed shortcut (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix creating a directory inside a shortcut (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --drive-impersonate with cached root_folder_id (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix SSH key PEM loading (Zac Rubin)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Speed up deletes by not retrying segment container deletes (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Tardigrade
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Upgrade to uplink v1.1.1 (Caleb Case)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix free/used display for rclone about/df for certain backends (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.52.1 - 2020-06-10
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.52.0...v1.52.1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
lib/file: Fix SetSparse on Windows 7 which fixes downloads of files >
250MB (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update go.mod to go1.14 to enable -mod=vendor build (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove quicktest from Dockerfile (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Build Docker images with GitHub actions (Matteo Pietro Dazzi)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update Docker build workflows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Set user_allow_other in /etc/fuse.conf in the Docker image (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix xgo build after go1.14 go.mod update (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
docs
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add link to source and modified time to footer of every page (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove manually set dates and use git dates instead (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Minor tense, punctuation, brevity and positivity changes for the home
page (edwardxml)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove leading slash in page reference in footer when present (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Note commands which need obscured input in the docs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
obscure: Write more help as we are referencing it elsewhere (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix OS vs Unix path confusion - fixes ChangeNotify on Windows (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing items when listing using --fast-list / ListR (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Putio
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic on Object.Open (Cenk Alti)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload of single files into buckets without create permission (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --header-upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Tardigrade
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing bug by upgrading to v1.0.7
.IP \[bu] 2
Set UserAgent to rclone (Caleb Case)
.RE
.SS v1.52.0 - 2020-05-27
.PP
Special thanks to Martin Michlmayr for proof reading and correcting all
the docs and Edward Barker for helping re-write the front page.
.PP
See commits (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/compare/v1.51.0...v1.52.0)
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Tardigrade (https://rclone.org/tardigrade/) backend for use with
storj.io (Caleb Case)
.IP \[bu] 2
Union (https://rclone.org/union/) re-write to have multiple writable
remotes (Max Sum)
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile for Seafile server (Fred \[at]creativeprojects)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
backend: command for backend-specific commands (see backends) (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
cachestats: Deprecate in favour of \f[C]rclone backend stats cache:\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
dbhashsum: Deprecate in favour of \f[C]rclone hashsum DropboxHash\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--header-download\f[R] and \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] flags for
setting HTTP headers when uploading/downloading (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--header\f[R] flag to add HTTP headers to every HTTP
transaction (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--check-first\f[R] to do all checking before starting transfers
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--track-renames-strategy\f[R] for configurable matching
criteria for \f[C]--track-renames\f[R] (Bernd Schoolmann)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--cutoff-mode\f[R] hard,soft,cautious (Shing Kit Chan &
Franklyn Tackitt)
.IP \[bu] 2
Filter flags (e.g.
\f[C]--files-from -\f[R]) can read from stdin (fishbullet)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--error-on-no-transfer\f[R] option (Jon Fautley)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--order-by xxx,mixed\f[R] for copying some small and some
big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow \f[C]--max-backlog\f[R] to be negative meaning as large as
possible (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]--no-unicode-normalization\f[R] flag to allow Unicode
filenames to remain unique (Ben Zenker)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow \f[C]--min-age\f[R]/\f[C]--max-age\f[R] to take a date as well as
a duration (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add rename statistics for file and directory renames (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add statistics output to JSON log (reddi)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make stats be printed on non-zero exit code (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
When running \f[C]--password-command\f[R] allow use of stdin
(S\['e]bastien Gross)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop empty strings being a valid remote path (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: support WriterTo for less memory copying (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to use go1.14 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]-trimpath\f[R] to release build for reproduceable builds (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove GOOS and GOARCH from Dockerfile (Brandon Philips)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fsync the config file after writing to save more reliably (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--obscure\f[R] and \f[C]--no-obscure\f[R] flags to
\f[C]config create\f[R]/\f[C]update\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]config show\f[R] take \f[C]remote:\f[R] as well as
\f[C]remote\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl: Add \f[C]--no-clobber\f[R] flag (Denis)
.IP \[bu] 2
delete: Added \f[C]--rmdirs\f[R] flag to delete directories as well
(Kush)
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Added \f[C]--files-from-raw\f[R] flag (Ankur Gupta)
.IP \[bu] 2
genautocomplete: Add support for fish shell (Matan Rosenberg)
.IP \[bu] 2
log: Add support for syslog LOCAL facilities (Patryk Jakuszew)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Add \f[C]--hash-type\f[R] parameter and use it in lsf to speed
up hashing (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]-o\f[R]/\f[C]--opt\f[R] and \f[C]-a\f[R]/\f[C]--arg\f[R] for
more structured input (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]backend/command\f[R] for running backend-specific
commands remotely (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]mount/mount\f[R] command for starting \f[C]rclone mount\f[R]
via the API (Chaitanya)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd: Add Prometheus metrics support (Gary Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added a \f[C]--template\f[R] flag for user defined markup (calistri)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Last-Modified headers to files and directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Add support for multiple host keys by repeating
\f[C]--key\f[R] flag (Maxime Suret)
.IP \[bu] 2
touch: Add \f[C]--localtime\f[R] flag to make \f[C]--timestamp\f[R]
localtime not UTC (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Restore \[dq]Max number of stats groups reached\[dq] log line
(Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.IP \[bu] 2
Correct exitcode on Transfer Limit Exceeded flag.
(Anuar Serdaliyev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reset bytes read during copy retry (Ankur Gupta)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix race clearing stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
copy: Only create empty directories when they don\[aq]t exist on the
remote (Ishuah Kariuki)
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe: Stop dedupe deleting files with identical IDs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
oauth
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use custom http client so that \f[C]--no-check-certificate\f[R] is
honored by oauth token fetch (Mark Spieth)
.IP \[bu] 2
Replace deprecated oauth2.NoContext (Lars Lehtonen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix setting the timestamp on Windows for multithread copy (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make rcat obey \f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--max-transfer\f[R] more accurate (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix dropped error (Lars Lehtonen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix misplaced http server config (Xiaoxing Ye)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable duplicate log (ElonH)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Cds: don\[aq]t specify childCount at all when unknown (Dan Walters)
.IP \[bu] 2
Cds: use modification time as date in dlna metadata (Dan Walters)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Fix tests after restic project removed vendoring (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incorrect \[dq]nothing to transfer\[dq] message using
\f[C]--delete-before\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Only create empty directories when they don\[aq]t exist on the remote
(Ishuah Kariuki)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--async-read\f[R] flag to disable asynchronous reads (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore \f[C]--allow-root\f[R] flag with a warning as it has been removed
upstream (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Warn if \f[C]--allow-non-empty\f[R] used on Windows and clarify docs
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Constrain to go1.13 or above otherwise bazil.org/fuse fails to compile
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix fail because of too long volume name (evileye)
.IP \[bu] 2
Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Map more rclone errors into file systems errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix disappearing cwd problem (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use ReaddirPlus on Windows to improve directory listing performance
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Send a hint as to whether the filesystem is case insensitive or not
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add rc command \f[C]mount/types\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Change maximum leaf name length to 1024 bytes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--vfs-read-wait\f[R] and \f[C]--vfs-write-wait\f[R] flags to
control time waiting for a sequential read/write (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Change default \f[C]--vfs-read-wait\f[R] to 20ms (it was 5ms and not
configurable) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]df\f[R] output more consistent on a rclone mount.
(Yves G)
.IP \[bu] 2
Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix race condition caused by unlocked reading of Dir.path (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make File lock and Dir lock not overlap to avoid deadlock (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement lock ordering between File and Dir to eliminate deadlocks
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Factor the vfs cache into its own package (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Pin the Fs in use in the Fs cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add SetSys() methods to Node to allow caching stuff on a node (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore file not found errors from Hash in Read.Release (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix hang in read wait code (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Speed up multi thread downloads by using sparse files on Windows (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--local-no-sparse\f[R] flag for disabling sparse files
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone backend noop\f[R] for testing purposes (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]file not found\[dq] errors on post transfer Hash calculation
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone backend stats\f[R] command (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Server Side Copy with Temp Upload (Brandon McNama)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove Unused Functions (Lars Lehtonen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable race tests until bbolt is fixed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Move methods used for testing into test file (greatroar)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Pin and Unpin and canonicalised lookup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use proper import path go.etcd.io/bbolt (Robert-Andr\['e] Mauchin)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Calculate hashes for uploads from local disk (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This allows encrypted Jottacloud uploads without using local disk
.IP \[bu] 2
This means encrypted s3/b2 uploads will now have hashes
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]rclone backend decode\f[R]/\f[C]encode\f[R] commands to
replicate functionality of \f[C]cryptdecode\f[R] (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Get rid of the unused Cipher interface as it obfuscated the code (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement streaming of unknown sized files so \f[C]rcat\f[R] is now
supported (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement memory pooling to control memory use (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--azureblob-disable-checksum\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry \f[C]InvalidBlobOrBlock\f[R] error as it may indicate block
concurrency problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove unused \f[C]Object.parseTimeString()\f[R] (Lars Lehtonen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix permission error on SAS URL limited to container (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Force the case of the SHA1 to lowercase (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove unused \f[C]largeUpload.clearUploadURL()\f[R] (Lars Lehtonen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement About to read size used (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add token renew function for jwt auth (David Bramwell)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added support for interchangeable root folder for Box backend (Sunil
Patra)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove unnecessary iat from jws claims (David)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Follow shortcuts by default, skip with \f[C]--drive-skip-shortcuts\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone backend shortcut\f[R] command for creating
shortcuts (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]rclone backend\f[R] command to change
\f[C]service_account_file\f[R] and \f[C]chunk_size\f[R] (Anagh Kumar
Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing files when using \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] and
\f[C]--drive-shared-with-me\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix duplicate items when using \f[C]--drive-shared-with-me\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Extend \f[C]--drive-stop-on-upload-limit\f[R] to respond to
\f[C]teamDriveFileLimitExceeded\f[R].
(harry)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t delete files with multiple parents to avoid data loss (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Server side copy docs use default description if empty (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make error insufficient space to be fatal (harry)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add info about required redirect url (Elan Ruusam\[:a]e)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement custom pacer to deal with the new rate limiting (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix lockup when using concurrency limit on failed connections (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix lockup on failed upload when using concurrency limit (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix lockup on Close failures when using concurrency limit (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around pureftp sending spurious 150 messages (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]ARCHIVE\f[R] storage class to help (Adam Stroud)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore directory markers at the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Googlephotos
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make the start year configurable (Daven)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Create feature/favorites directory (Brandon Philips)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]concurrent map write\[dq] error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t put an image in error message (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Improved directory listing with new template from Caddy project
(calisro)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--jottacloud-trashed-only\f[R] (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \f[C]RawURLEncoding\f[R] when decoding base64 encoded login token
(buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement cleanup (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update docs regarding cleanup, removed remains from old auth, and added
warning about special mountpoints.
(albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mailru
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Describe 2FA requirements (valery1707)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--onedrive-server-side-across-configs\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix occasional 416 errors on multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added maximum chunk size limit warning in the docs (Harry)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing drive on config (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make error \f[C]quotaLimitReached\f[R] to be fatal (harry)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added support for interchangeable root folder for pCloud backend (Sunil
Patra)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix initial config \[dq]Auth state doesn\[aq]t match\[dq] message (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Premiumizeme
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Prune unused functions (Lars Lehtonen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Putio
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make downloading files use the rclone http Client (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix parsing of remotes with leading and trailing / (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Qingstor
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] remove pending multipart uploads older
than 24h (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Try harder to cancel failed multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Prune \f[C]multiUploader.list()\f[R] (Lars Lehtonen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Lint fix (Lars Lehtonen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use memory pool for buffer allocations (Maciej Zimnoch)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add SSE-C support for AWS, Ceph, and MinIO (Jack Anderson)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fail fast multipart upload (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.IP \[bu] 2
Report errors on bucket creation (mkdir) correctly (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Specify that Minio supports URL encoding in listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added 500 as retryErrorCode (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \f[C]--low-level-retries\f[R] as the number of SDK retries
(Aleksandar Jankovi\['c])
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multipart abort context (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.IP \[bu] 2
Replace deprecated \f[C]session.New()\f[R] with
\f[C]session.NewSession()\f[R] (Lars Lehtonen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the provided size parameter when allocating a new memory pool
(Joachim Brandon LeBlanc)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use rclone\[aq]s low level retries instead of AWS SDK to fix listing
retries (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use single memory pool (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not resize buf on put to memBuf (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve docs for \f[C]--s3-disable-checksum\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t leak memory or tokens in edge cases for multipart upload (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Seafile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement 2FA (Fred)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]--sftp-pem-key\f[R] to support inline key files (calisro)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix post transfer copies failing with 0 size when using
\f[C]set_modtime=false\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Sharefile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Sugarsync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix cosmetic issue in error message (Martin Michlmayr)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server-side copy (Max Sum)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement ListR (Max Sum)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable ListR when upstreams contain local (Max Sum)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]X-OC-Mtime\f[R] header for Transip compatibility (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Report full and consistent usage with \f[C]about\f[R] (Yves G)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]--header-upload\f[R] and
\f[C]--header-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
.RE
.SS v1.51.0 - 2020-02-01
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Memory (https://rclone.org/memory/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Sugarsync (https://rclone.org/sugarsync/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Adjust all backends to have \f[C]--backend-encoding\f[R] parameter (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this enables the encoding for special characters to be adjusted or
disabled
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--max-duration\f[R] flag to control the maximum duration of a
transfer session (boosh)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--expect-continue-timeout\f[R] flag, default 1s (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--no-check-dest\f[R] flag for copying without testing the
destination (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--order-by\f[R] flag to order transfers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t show entries in both transferring and checking (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option to delete stats (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Compress the test builds with gzip (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement a framework for starting test servers during tests (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd: Always print elapsed time to tenth place seconds in progress (Gary
Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--password-command\f[R] to allow dynamic config password (Damon
Permezel)
.IP \[bu] 2
Give config questions default values (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Check a remote exists when creating a new one (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl: Add \f[C]--stdout\f[R] flag to write to stdout (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe: Implement keep smallest too (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
hashsum: Add flag \f[C]--base64\f[R] flag (landall)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsf: Speed up on s3/swift/etc by not reading mimetype by default (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Add \f[C]--no-mimetype\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Add methods to turn on blocking and mutex profiling (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Adding group parameter to stats (Chaitanya)
.IP \[bu] 2
Move webgui apart; option to disable browser (Xiaoxing Ye)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Add support for public key with auth proxy (Paul Tinsley)
.IP \[bu] 2
stats: Show deletes in stats and hide zero stats (anuar45)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error counter counting multiple times (Ankur Gupta)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error count shown as checks (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clear finished transfer in stats-reset (Maciej Zimnoch)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added StatsInfo locking in statsGroups sum function (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
asyncreader: Fix EOF error (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
check: Fix \f[C]--one-way\f[R] recursing more directories than it needs
to (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
chunkedreader: Disable hash calculation for first segment (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not open browser on headless on drive/gcs/google photos (Xiaoxing Ye)
.IP \[bu] 2
SetValueAndSave ignore error if config section does not exist yet
(buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd: Fix completion with an encrypted config (Danil Semelenov)
.IP \[bu] 2
dbhashsum: Stop it returning UNSUPPORTED on dropbox (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe: Add missing modes to help string (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix dedupe continuing on errors like insufficientFilePersimmon
(SezalAgrawal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clear accounting before low level retry (Maciej Zimnoch)
.IP \[bu] 2
Write debug message when hashes could not be checked (Ole Sch\[:u]tt)
.IP \[bu] 2
Move interface assertion to tests to remove pflag dependency (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make NewOverrideObjectInfo public and factor uses (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
proxy: Replace use of bcrypt with sha256 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
vendor
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update bazil.org/fuse to fix FreeBSD 12.1 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update github.com/t3rm1n4l/go-mega to fix mega \[dq]illegal base64 data
at input byte 22\[dq] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update termbox-go to fix ncdu command on FreeBSD (Kuang-che Wu)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update t3rm1n4l/go-mega - fixes mega: couldn\[aq]t login: crypto/aes:
invalid key size 0 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable async reads for a 20% speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Replace use of WriteAt with Write for cache mode >= writes and O_APPEND
(Brett Dutro)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure we call unmount when exiting (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t build on go1.10 as bazil/fuse no longer supports it (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
When setting dates discard out of range dates (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add a newly created file straight into the directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Only calculate one hash for reads for a speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make ReadAt for non cached files work better with non-sequential reads
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix edge cases when reading ModTime from file (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure existing files opened for write show correct size (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t cache the path in RW file objects to fix renaming (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rename of open files when using the VFS cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
When renaming files in the cache, rename the cache item in memory too
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix open file renaming on drive when using
\f[C]--vfs-cache-mode writes\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incorrect modtime for mv into mount with
\f[C]--vfs-cache-modes writes\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
On rename, rename in cache too if the file exists (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make source file being updated errors be NoLowLevelRetry errors (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix update of hidden files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Follow move of upstream library github.com/coreos/bbolt
github.com/etcd-io/bbolt (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]fatal error: concurrent map writes\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reorder the filename encryption options (Thomas Eales)
.IP \[bu] 2
Correctly handle trailing dot (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce length of temporary suffix (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-stop-on-upload-limit\f[R] flag to stop syncs when
upload limit reached (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-use-shared-date\f[R] to use date file was shared
instead of modified date (Garry McNulty)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure invalid auth for teamdrives always reports an error (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] when using appDataFolder (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use multipart resumable uploads for streaming and uploads in mount (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Log an ERROR if an incomplete search is returned (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Hide dangerous config from the configurator (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Treat \f[C]insufficient_space\f[R] errors as non retriable errors (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use new auth method used by official client (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add URL to generate Login Token to config wizard (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support whitelabel versions (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Koofr
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use rclone HTTP client.
(jaKa)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Sites.Read.All permission (Benjamin Richter)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support \[dq]Retry-After\[dq] header (Motonori IWAMURO)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--opendrive-chunk-size\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Re-implement multipart upload to fix memory issues (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-copy-cutoff\f[R] for size to switch to multipart copy
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add new region Asia Pacific (Hong Kong) (Outvi V)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce memory usage streaming files by reducing max stream upload size
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-list-chunk\f[R] option for bucket listing (Thomas
Kriechbaumer)
.IP \[bu] 2
Force path style bucket access to off for AWS deprecation (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use AWS web identity role provider if available (Tennix)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add StackPath Object Storage Support (Dave Koston)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ExpiryWindow value (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix DisableChecksum condition (Aleksandar Jankovi\['c])
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix URL decoding of NextMarker (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--sftp-skip-links\f[R] to skip symlinks and non regular files
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry Creation of Connection (Sebastian Brandt)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]failed to parse private key file: ssh: not an encrypted
key\[dq] error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Open files for update write only to fix AWS SFTP interop (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reserve segments of dynamic large object when delete objects in
container what was enabled versioning.
(Nguy\[u1EC5]n H\[u1EEF]u Lu\[^a]n)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix parsing of X-Object-Manifest (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update OVH API endpoint (unbelauscht)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make nextcloud only upload SHA1 checksums (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix case of \[dq]Bearer\[dq] in Authorization: header to agree with RFC
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Referer header to fix problems with WAFs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.50.2 - 2019-11-19
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix memory leak on retries operations (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing of the root directory with drive.files scope (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --drive-root-folder-id with team/shared drives (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.50.1 - 2019-11-02
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
hash: Fix accidentally changed hash names for \f[C]DropboxHash\f[R] and
\f[C]CRC-32\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Fix error reporting on tpslimit token bucket errors (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: Don\[aq]t print token bucket errors on context cancelled (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listings of .
on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix DirMove/Move after Onedrive change (Xiaoxing Ye)
.RE
.SS v1.50.0 - 2019-10-26
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Citrix Sharefile (https://rclone.org/sharefile/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Chunker (https://rclone.org/chunker/) - an overlay backend to split
files into smaller parts (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Mail.ru Cloud (https://rclone.org/mailru/) (Ivan Andreev)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
encodings (Fabian M\[:o]ller & Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
All backends now use file name encoding to ensure any file name can be
written to any backend.
.IP \[bu] 2
See the restricted file name
docs (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-filenames) for more info
and the local backend docs.
.IP \[bu] 2
Some file names may look different in rclone if you are using any
control characters in names or unicode FULLWIDTH
symbols (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block)).
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to use go1.13 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Drop support for go1.9 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Build rclone with GitHub actions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Convert python scripts to python3 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Swap Azure/go-ansiterm for mattn/go-colorable (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Dockerfile fixes (Matei David)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add plugin
support (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md#writing-a-plugin)
for backends and commands (Richard Patel)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use alternating Red/Green in config to make more obvious (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
contrib
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add sample DLNA server Docker Compose manifest.
(pataquets)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add sample WebDAV server Docker Compose manifest.
(pataquets)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--auto-filename\f[R] flag for using file name from URL in
destination path (Denis)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Many compatibility improvements (Dan Walters)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support for external srt subtitles (Dan Walters)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added command core/quit (Saksham Khanna)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
sync
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--update\f[R]/\f[C]-u\f[R] not transfer files that haven\[aq]t
changed (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Free objects after they come out of the transfer pipe to save memory
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--files-from without --no-traverse\f[R] doing a recursive scan
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
operations
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix accounting for server-side copies (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Display \[aq]All duplicates removed\[aq] only if dedupe successful
(Sezal Agrawal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Display \[aq]Deleted X extra copies\[aq] only if dedupe successful
(Sezal Agrawal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Only allow up to 100 completed transfers in the accounting list to save
memory (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Cull the old time ranges when possible to save memory (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic due to server-side copy fallback (Ivan Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix memory leak noticeable for transfers of large numbers of objects
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix total duration calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix environment variables not setting command line flags (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make autocomplete compatible with bash\[aq]s posix mode for macOS (Danil
Semelenov)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--progress\f[R] work in git bash on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[aq]compopt: command not found\[aq] on autocomplete on macOS (Danil
Semelenov)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
config
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix setting of non top level flags from environment variables (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Check config names more carefully and report errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove error: can\[aq]t use \f[C]--size-only\f[R] and
\f[C]--ignore-size\f[R] together.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Prevent mixing options when \f[C]--files-from\f[R] is in use
(Michele Caci)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Fix crash on unsupported operations (e.g.
Readlink) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow files of unknown size to be read properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Skip tests on <= 2 CPUs to avoid lockup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic on File.Open (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]mount_fusefs: -o timeout=: option not supported\[dq] on FreeBSD
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t pass huge filenames (>4k) to FUSE as it can\[aq]t cope (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add flag \f[C]--vfs-case-insensitive\f[R] for windows/macOS mounts (Ivan
Andreev)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make objects of unknown size readable through the VFS (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Move writeback of dirty data out of close() method into its own method
(FlushWrites) and remove close() call from Flush() (Brett Dutro)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop empty dirs disappearing when renamed on bucket-based remotes (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop change notify polling clearing so much of the directory cache (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable logging to the Windows event log (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove \f[C]unverified:\f[R] prefix on sha1 to improve interop (e.g.
with CyberDuck) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add options to get access token via JWT auth (David)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable HTTP/2 by default to work around INTERNAL_ERROR problems (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure that drive root ID is always canonical (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--drive-shared-with-me\f[R] from the root with lsand
\f[C]--fast-list\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ChangeNotify polling for shared drives (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix change notify polling when using appDataFolder (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make disallowed filenames errors not retry (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer exception on restricted files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix accessing files > 2GB on 32 bit systems (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow disabling EPSV mode (Jon Fautley)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
HEAD directory entries in parallel to speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--http-no-head\f[R] to stop rclone doing HEAD in listings (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Putio
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add ability to resume uploads (Cenk Alti)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix signature v2_auth headers (Anthony Rusdi)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix encoding for control characters (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Only ask for URL encoded directory listings if we need them on Ceph
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option for multipart failure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support for multipart copy (\[u5E84]\[u5929]\[u7FFC])
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer reference if no metadata returned for object (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--sftp-ask-password\f[R] trying to contact the ssh agent (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix hashes of files with backslashes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Include more ciphers with \f[C]--sftp-use-insecure-cipher\f[R] (Carlos
Ferreyra)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Parse and return Sharepoint error response (Henning Surmeier)
.RE
.SS v1.49.5 - 2019-10-05
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Revert back to go1.12.x for the v1.49.x builds as go1.13.x was causing
issues (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rpm packages by using master builds of nfpm (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix macOS build after brew changes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.49.4 - 2019-09-29
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd/rcd: Address ZipSlip vulnerability (Richard Patel)
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix file handle leak on errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
oauthutil: Fix security problem when running with two users on the same
machine (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing of an empty root returning: error dir not found (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix SetModTime on GLACIER/ARCHIVE objects and implement set/get tier
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.49.3 - 2019-09-15
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix total duration calculation (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]file already closed\[dq] on transfer retries (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.SS v1.49.2 - 2019-09-08
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Add Docker workflow support (Alfonso Montero)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix locking in Transfer to avoid deadlock with
\f[C]--progress\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs: Fix template argument for mktemp in install.sh (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Fix \f[C]-u\f[R]/\f[C]--update\f[R] with google photos /
files of unknown size (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Fix docs for config/create /update /password (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix need for elevated permissions on SetModTime (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.49.1 - 2019-08-28
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Fix generated passwords being stored as empty password (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd: Added missing parameter for web-gui info logs.
(Chaitanya)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Googlephotos
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash on error response (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash on error response (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.49.0 - 2019-08-26
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
1fichier (https://rclone.org/fichier/) (Laura Hausmann)
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Photos (https://rclone.org/googlephotos/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Putio (https://rclone.org/putio/) (Cenk Alti)
.IP \[bu] 2
premiumize.me (https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Experimental web GUI (https://rclone.org/gui/) (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--compare-dest\f[R] & \f[C]--copy-dest\f[R] (yparitcher)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--suffix\f[R] without \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] for backup
to current dir (yparitcher)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]config reconnect\f[R] to re-login (re-run the oauth login) for the
backend.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]config userinfo\f[R] to discover which user you are logged in as.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]config disconnect\f[R] to disconnect you (log out) from the
backend.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--use-json-log\f[R] for JSON logging (justinalin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add context propagation to rclone (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reworking internal statistics interfaces so they work with rc jobs
(Aleksandar Jankovic)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Higher units for ETA (AbelThar)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update rclone logos to new design (Andreas Chlupka)
.IP \[bu] 2
hash: Add CRC-32 support (Cenk Alti)
.IP \[bu] 2
help showbackend: Fixed advanced option category when there are no
standard options (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Display/Copy to Clipboard Current Path (Gary Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Run hashing operations in parallel (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t calculate checksums when using \f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Check transfer hashes when using \f[C]--size-only\f[R] mode (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable multi thread copy for local to local copies (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Debug successful hashes as well as failures (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add ability to stop async jobs (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.IP \[bu] 2
Return current settings if core/bwlimit called without parameters (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Rclone-WebUI integration with rclone (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added command line parameter to control the cross origin resource
sharing (CORS) in the rcd.
(Security Improvement) (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add anchor tags to the docs so links are consistent (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove _async key from input parameters after parsing so later
operations won\[aq]t get confused (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add call to clear stats (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Auto-login for web-gui (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--baseurl\f[R] for rcd and web-gui (Chaitanya Bankanhal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Only select interfaces which can multicast for SSDP (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add more builtin mime types to cover standard audio/video (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing mime types on Android causing missing videos (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve ftp
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor to bring into line with other serve commands (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http: Implement \f[C]--baseurl\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Implement \f[C]--baseurl\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement auth proxy (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix detection of whether server is authorized (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--baseurl\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support \f[C]--auth-proxy\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \[dq]bad record MAC\[dq] a retriable error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl: Fix copying files that return HTTP errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
march: Fix checking sub-directories when using \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R]
(buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix unmarshalable http.AuthFn in options and put in test for
marshalability (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Move job expire flags to rc to fix initialization problem (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--loopback\f[R] with rc/list and others (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rcat: Fix slowdown on systems with multiple hashes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd: Fix permissions problems on cache directory with web gui download
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Default \f[C]--daemon-timeout\f[R] to 15 minutes on macOS and FreeBSD
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update docs to show mounting from root OK for bucket-based (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove nonseekable flag from write files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make write without cache more efficient (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode minimal\f[R] and \f[C]writes\f[R] ignoring
cached files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--local-case-sensitive\f[R] and
\f[C]--local-case-insensitive\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid polluting page cache when uploading local files to remote backends
(Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t calculate any hashes by default (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fadvise run syscall on a dedicated go routine (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Storage Emulator support (Sandeep)
.IP \[bu] 2
Updated config help details to remove connection string references
(Sandeep)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement link sharing (yparitcher)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable server-side copy to copy between buckets (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server-side copy of big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update API for teamdrive use (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add error for purge with \f[C]--drive-trashed-only\f[R] (ginvine)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fichier
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make FolderID int and adjust related code (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce oauth scope requested as suggested by Google (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--http-headers\f[R] flag for setting arbitrary headers (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use new api for retrieving internal username (buengese)
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor configuration and minor cleanup (buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Koofr
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support setting modification times on Koofr backend.
(jaKa)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Refactor to use existing lib/rest facilities for uploads (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Qingstor
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Upgrade to v3 SDK and fix listing loop (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class (Matti Niemenmaa)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add missing interface check and fix About (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Completely ignore all modtime checks if SetModTime=false (Jon Fautley)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support md5/sha1 with rsync.net (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Save the md5/sha1 command in use to the config file for efficiency (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Opt-in support for diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256
diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 (Yi FU)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use FixRangeOption to fix 0 length files via the VFS (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload when using no_chunk to return the correct size (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make all operations work from the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix segments leak during failed large file uploads.
(nguyenhuuluan434)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--webdav-bearer-token-command\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Refresh token when it expires with
\f[C]--webdav-bearer-token-command\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add docs for using bearer_token_command with oidc-agent (Paul Millar)
.RE
.SS v1.48.0 - 2019-06-15
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
serve sftp: Serve an rclone remote over SFTP (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Multi threaded downloads to local storage (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
controlled with \f[C]--multi-thread-cutoff\f[R] and
\f[C]--multi-thread-streams\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Use rclone.conf from rclone executable directory to enable portable use
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow sync of a file and a directory with the same name (forgems)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this is common on bucket-based remotes, e.g.
s3, gcs
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ignore-case-sync\f[R] for forced case insensitivity
(garry415)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--stats-one-line-date\f[R] and
\f[C]--stats-one-line-date-format\f[R] (Peter Berbec)
.IP \[bu] 2
Log an ERROR for all commands which exit with non-zero status (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use go-homedir to read the home directory more reliably (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable creating encrypted config through external script invocation
(Wojciech Smigielski)
.IP \[bu] 2
build: Drop support for go1.8 (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Make config create/update encrypt passwords where necessary
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl: Honor \f[C]--no-check-certificate\f[R] (Stefan Breunig)
.IP \[bu] 2
install: Linux skip man pages if no mandb (didil)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsf: Support showing the Tier of the object (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added EncryptedPath to output (calisro)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support showing the Tier of the object (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add IsBucket field for bucket-based remote listing of the root (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--loopback\f[R] flag to run commands directly without a server
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Skip auth for OPTIONS request (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd/providers: Add DefaultStr, ValueStr and Type fields (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
jobs: Make job expiry timeouts configurable (Aleksandar Jankovic)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna reworked and improved (Dan Walters)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve ftp: add \f[C]--ftp-public-ip\f[R] flag to specify public IP
(calistri)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Add support for \f[C]--private-repos\f[R] in
\f[C]serve restic\f[R] (Florian Apolloner)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: Combine serve webdav and serve http (Gary Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
size: Ignore negative sizes when calculating total (Garry McNulty)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make move and copy individual files obey \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
If \f[C]--ignore-checksum\f[R] is in effect, don\[aq]t calculate
checksum (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
moveto: Fix case-insensitive same remote move (Gary Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Fix serving bucket-based objects with \f[C]--rc-serve\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: Fix serveDir not being updated with changes from webdav
(Gary Kim)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix poll interval documentation (Animosity022)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make WriteAt for non cached files work with non-sequential writes (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Only calculate the required hashes for big speedup (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Log errors when listing instead of returning an error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix preallocate warning on Linux with ZFS (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make rclone dedupe work through crypt (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix wrapping of ChangeNotify to decrypt directories properly (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support PublicLink (rclone link) of underlying backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Optional methods SetTier, GetTier (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement server-side copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement SetModTime (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix move and copy from TeamDrive to GDrive (Fionera)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add notes that cleanup works in the background on drive (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-server-side-across-configs\f[R] to default back to old
server-side copy semantics by default (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-size-as-quota\f[R] to show storage quota usage for file
size (Garry McNulty)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add FTP List timeout (Jeff Quinn)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add FTP over TLS support (Gary Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ftp-no-check-certificate\f[R] option for FTPS (Gary Kim)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload errors when uploading pre 1970 files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for selecting device and mountpoint.
(buengese)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add cleanup support (Gary Kim)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
More accurately check if root is found (Cnly)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support S3 Accelerated endpoints with
\f[C]--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add config info for Wasabi\[aq]s EU Central endpoint (Robert Marko)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make SetModTime work for GLACIER while syncing (Philip Harvey)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add About support (Gary Kim)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix about parsing of \f[C]df\f[R] results so it can cope with -ve
results (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Send custom client version and debug server version (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry on 423 Locked errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.47.0 - 2019-04-13
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Backend for Koofr cloud storage service.
(jaKa)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Resume downloads if the reader fails in copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this means rclone will restart transfers if the source has an error
.IP \[bu] 2
this is most useful for downloads or cloud to cloud copies
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] for listing operations where it won\[aq]t use
more memory (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this should speed up the following operations on remotes which support
\f[C]ListR\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]dedupe\f[R], \f[C]serve restic\f[R] \f[C]lsf\f[R], \f[C]ls\f[R],
\f[C]lsl\f[R], \f[C]lsjson\f[R], \f[C]lsd\f[R], \f[C]md5sum\f[R],
\f[C]sha1sum\f[R], \f[C]hashsum\f[R], \f[C]size\f[R], \f[C]delete\f[R],
\f[C]cat\f[R], \f[C]settier\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
use \f[C]--disable ListR\f[R] to get old behaviour if required
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--files-from\f[R] traverse the destination unless
\f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] is set (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this fixes \f[C]--files-from\f[R] with Google drive and excessive API
use in general.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Make server-side copy account bytes and obey \f[C]--max-transfer\f[R]
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R] flag and default to not creating
empty dirs (ishuah)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add client side TLS/SSL flags
\f[C]--ca-cert\f[R]/\f[C]--client-cert\f[R]/\f[C]--client-key\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--suffix-keep-extension\f[R] for use with
\f[C]--suffix\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Switch to semver compliant version tags to be go modules compliant (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to use go1.12.x for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna: Add connection manager service description to improve
compatibility (Dan Walters)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsf: Add \[aq]e\[aq] format to show encrypted names and \[aq]o\[aq] for
original IDs (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Added \f[C]--files-only\f[R] and \f[C]--dirs-only\f[R] flags
(calistri)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Implement operations/publiclink the equivalent of
\f[C]rclone link\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting: Fix total ETA when \f[C]--stats-unit bits\f[R] is in effect
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Bash TAB completion
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use private custom func to fix clash between rclone and kubectl (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix for remotes with underscores in their names (Six)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix completion of remotes (Florian Gamb\[:o]ck)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix autocompletion of remote paths with spaces (Danil Semelenov)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna: Fix root XML service descriptor (Dan Walters)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Fix display corruption with Chinese characters (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add SIGTERM to signals which run the exit handlers on unix (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Reload filter when the options are set via the rc (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS / Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix FreeBSD: Ignore Truncate if called with no readers and already the
correct size (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Read directory and check for a file before mkdir (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Shorten the locking window for vfs/refresh (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable MD5 checksums when uploading files bigger than the
\[dq]Cutoff\[dq] (Dr.Rx)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix SAS URL support (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow manual configuration of backblaze downloadUrl (Vince)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore already_hidden error on remove (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore malformed \f[C]src_last_modified_millis\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--skip-checksum-gphotos\f[R] to ignore incorrect checksums on
Google Photos (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow server-side move/copy between different remotes.
(Fionera)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add docs on team drives and \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] eventual consistency
(Nestar47)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix imports of text files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix range requests on 0 length files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix creation of duplicates with server-side copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry blank errors to fix long listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ftp-concurrency\f[R] to limit maximum number of connections
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fall back to default application credentials (marcintustin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow bucket policy only buckets (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--http-no-slash\f[R] for websites with directories with no
slashes (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove duplicates from listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix socket leak on 404 errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix token refresh (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add device registration (Oliver Heyme)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement graceful cancel of multipart uploads if rclone is interrupted
(Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
Always add trailing colon to path when addressing items, (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
Return errors instead of panic for invalid uploads (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \[dq]Glacier Deep Archive\[dq] storage class (Manu)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update Dreamhost endpoint (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Note incompatibility with CEPH Jewel (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow custom ssh client config (Alexandru Bumbacea)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Obey Retry-After to enable OVH restore from cold storage (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around token expiry on CEPH (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow IsCollection property to be integer or boolean (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix race when creating directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix About/df when reading the available/total returns 0 (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.46 - 2019-02-09
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) OSS via the s3 backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
serve dlna: serves a remove via DLNA for the local network (nicolov)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
copy, move: Restore deprecated \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] flag (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This is useful for when transferring a small number of files into a
large destination
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
genautocomplete: Add remote path completion for bash completion
(Christopher Peterson & Danil Semelenov)
.IP \[bu] 2
Buffer memory handling reworked to return memory to the OS better (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Buffer recycling library to replace sync.Pool
.IP \[bu] 2
Optionally use memory mapped memory for better memory shrinking
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable with \f[C]--use-mmap\f[R] if having memory problems - not default
yet
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Parallelise reading of files specified by \f[C]--files-from\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
check: Add stats showing total files matched.
(Dario Guzik)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow rename/delete open files under Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Use exactly the correct number of decimal places in the seconds
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add cookie support with cmdline switch \f[C]--use-cookies\f[R] for all
HTTP based remotes (qip)
.IP \[bu] 2
Warn if \f[C]--checksum\f[R] is set but there are no hashes available
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Rework rate limiting (pacer) to be more accurate and allow bursting
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve error reporting for too many/few arguments in commands (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
listremotes: Remove \f[C]-l\f[R] short flag as it conflicts with the new
global flag (weetmuts)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make http serving with auth generate INFO messages on auth fail (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix layout of stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--progress\f[R] crash under Windows Jenkins (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix transfer of google/onedrive docs by calling Rcat in Copy when size
is -1 (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl: Fix checking of \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] (Denis Skovpen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Check that mountpoint and local directory to mount don\[aq]t overlap
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix mount size under 32 bit Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement renaming of directories for backends without DirMove (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
now all backends except b2 support renaming directories
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--vfs-cache-max-size\f[R] to limit the total size of the
cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--dir-perms\f[R] and \f[C]--file-perms\f[R] flags to set
default permissions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deadlock on concurrent operations on a directory (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deadlock between RWFileHandle.close and File.Remove (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix renaming/deleting open files with cache mode \[dq]writes\[dq] under
Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic on rename with \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] set (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix vfs/refresh with recurse=true needing the \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] flag
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for \f[C]-l\f[R]/\f[C]--links\f[R] (symbolic link
translation) (yair\[at]unicorn)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this works by showing links as \f[C]link.rclonelink\f[R] - see local
backend docs for more info
.IP \[bu] 2
this errors if used with \f[C]-L\f[R]/\f[C]--copy-links\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix renaming/deleting open files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Check for maximum length before decrypting filename to fix panic (Garry
McNulty)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow building azureblob backend on *BSD (themylogin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the rclone HTTP client to support \f[C]--dump headers\f[R],
\f[C]--tpslimit\f[R], etc.
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the s3 pacer for 0 delay in non error conditions (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore directory markers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop Mkdir attempting to create existing containers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
cleanup: will remove unfinished large files >24hrs old (Garry McNulty)
.IP \[bu] 2
For a bucket limited application key check the bucket name (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
before this, rclone would use the authorised bucket regardless of what
you put on the command line
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Added \f[C]--b2-disable-checksum\f[R] flag (Wojciech Smigielski)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this enables large files to be uploaded without a SHA-1 hash for speed
reasons
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Set default pacer to 100ms for 10 tps (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This fits the Google defaults much better and reduces the 403 errors
massively
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-pacer-min-sleep\f[R] and \f[C]--drive-pacer-burst\f[R]
to control the pacer
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve ChangeNotify support for items with multiple parents (Fabian
M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ListR for items with multiple parents - this fixes oddities with
\f[C]vfs/refresh\f[R] (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix using \f[C]--drive-impersonate\f[R] and appfolders (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix google docs in rclone mount for some (not all) applications (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry-After support for Dropbox backend (Mathieu Carbou)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Wait for 60 seconds for a connection to Close then declare it dead (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
helps with indefinite hangs on some FTP servers
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update google cloud storage endpoints (weetmuts)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add an example with username and password which is supported but
wasn\[aq]t documented (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix backend with \f[C]--files-from\f[R] and nonexistent files (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hubic
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make error message more informative if authentication fails (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Resume and deduplication support (Oliver Heyme)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use token auth for all API requests Don\[aq]t store password anymore
(Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for 2-factor authentication (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement v2 account login which fixes logins for newer Mega accounts
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Return error if an unknown length file is attempted to be uploaded (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add new error codes for better error reporting (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix broken support for \[dq]shared with me\[dq] folders (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix root ID not normalised (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
Return err instead of panic on unknown-sized uploads (Cnly)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Qingstor
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix go routine leak on multipart upload errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add upload chunk size/concurrency/cutoff control (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Default \f[C]--qingstor-upload-concurrency\f[R] to 1 to work around bug
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--s3-upload-cutoff\f[R] for single part uploads below
this (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Change \f[C]--s3-upload-concurrency\f[R] default to 4 to increase
performance (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-bucket-acl\f[R] to control bucket ACL (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Auto detect region for buckets on operation failure (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add GLACIER storage class (William Cocker)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Scaleway to s3 documentation (R\['e]my L\['e]one)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add AWS endpoint eu-north-1 (weetmuts)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for PEM encrypted private keys (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option to force the usage of an ssh-agent (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Perform environment variable expansion on key-file (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rmdir on Windows based servers (e.g.
CrushFTP) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rmdir deleting directory contents on some SFTP servers (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error on dangling symlinks (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--swift-no-chunk\f[R] to disable segmented uploads in
rcat/mount (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Introduce application credential auth support (kayrus)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix memory usage by slimming Object (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix extra requests on upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix reauth on big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix poll-interval not working (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support About which means rclone mount will show the correct disk size
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support MD5 and SHA1 hashes with Owncloud and Nextcloud (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fail soft on time parsing errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix infinite loop on failed directory creation (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix identification of directories for Bitrix Site Manager (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload of 0 length files on some servers (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix if MKCOL fails with 423 Locked assume the directory exists (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.45 - 2018-11-24
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The Yandex backend was re-written - see below for details (Sebastian
B\[:u]nger)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
rcd: New command just to serve the remote control API (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The remote control API (rc) was greatly expanded to allow full control
over rclone (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
sensitive operations require authorization or the \f[C]--rc-no-auth\f[R]
flag
.IP \[bu] 2
config/* operations to configure rclone
.IP \[bu] 2
options/* for reading/setting command line flags
.IP \[bu] 2
operations/* for all low level operations, e.g.
copy file, list directory
.IP \[bu] 2
sync/* for sync, copy and move
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--rc-files\f[R] flag to serve files on the rc http server
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this is for building web native GUIs for rclone
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Optionally serving objects on the rc http server
.IP \[bu] 2
Ensure rclone fails to start up if the \f[C]--rc\f[R] port is in use
already
.IP \[bu] 2
See the rc docs (https://rclone.org/rc/) for more info
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
sync/copy/move
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--files-from\f[R] only read the objects specified and
don\[aq]t scan directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This is a huge speed improvement for destinations with lots of files
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: Add \f[C]--ignore-case\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Add remove function (\[aq]d\[aq] key) (Henning Surmeier)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc command
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--json\f[R] flag for structured JSON input (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--user\f[R] and \f[C]--pass\f[R] flags and interpret
\f[C]--rc-user\f[R], \f[C]--rc-pass\f[R], \f[C]--rc-addr\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Require go1.8 or later for compilation (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable softfloat on MIPS arch (Scott Edlund)
.IP \[bu] 2
Integration test framework revamped with a better report and better
retries (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd: Make \f[C]--progress\f[R] update the stats correctly at the end
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Create config directory on save if it is missing (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe: Check for existing filename before renaming a dupe file (ssaqua)
.IP \[bu] 2
move: Don\[aq]t create directories with \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
operations: Fix Purge and Rmdirs when dir is not the root (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http/webdav/restic: Ensure rclone exits if the port is in use
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--volname\f[R] work for Windows and macOS (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Avoid context deadline exceeded error by setting a large TryTimeout
value (brused27)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix erroneous Rmdir error \[dq]directory not empty\[dq] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Wait for up to 60s to create a just deleted container (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add dropbox impersonate support (Jake Coggiano)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix bug in \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] handing of empty folders (albertony)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Opendrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix transfer of files with \f[C]+\f[R] and \f[C]&\f[R] in (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix retries of upload chunks (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Set ACL for server-side copies to that provided by the user (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix role_arn, credential_source, ...
(Erik Swanson)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add config info for Wasabi\[aq]s US-West endpoint (Henry Ptasinski)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ensure file hash checking is really disabled (Jon Fautley)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add pacer for retries to make swift more reliable (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add Content-Type to PUT requests (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix config parsing so \f[C]--webdav-user\f[R] and
\f[C]--webdav-pass\f[R] flags work (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add RFC3339 date format (Ralf Hemberger)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The yandex backend was re-written (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This implements low level retries (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.IP \[bu] 2
Copy, Move, DirMove, PublicLink and About optional interfaces (Sebastian
B\[:u]nger)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improved general error handling (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.IP \[bu] 2
Removed ListR for now due to inconsistent behaviour (Sebastian
B\[:u]nger)
.RE
.RE
.SS v1.44 - 2018-10-15
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
serve ftp: Add ftp server (Antoine GIRARD)
.IP \[bu] 2
settier: perform storage tier changes on supported remotes (sandeepkru)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reworked command line help
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make default help less verbose (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Split flags up into global and backend flags (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement specialised help for flags and backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Show URL of backend help page when starting config (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
stats: Long names now split in center (Joanna Marek)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--log-format\f[R] flag for more control over log output (dcpu)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: Add support for OPTIONS and basic CORS (frenos)
.IP \[bu] 2
stats: show FatalErrors and NoRetryErrors in stats (C\['e]dric Connes)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix -P not ending with a new line (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
config: don\[aq]t create default config dir when user supplies
\f[C]--config\f[R] (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t print non-ASCII characters with \f[C]--progress\f[R] on
windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Correct logs for excluded items (ssaqua)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove EXPERIMENTAL tags (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix race condition detected by serve ftp tests (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add vfs/poll-interval rc command (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable rename for nearly all remotes using server-side Move or Copy
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce directory cache cleared by poll-interval (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove EXPERIMENTAL tags (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Skip bad symlinks in dir listing with -L enabled (C\['e]dric Connes)
.IP \[bu] 2
Preallocate files on Windows to reduce fragmentation (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Preallocate files on linux with fallocate(2) (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add cache/fetch rc function (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix worker scale down (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve performance by not sending info requests for cached chunks
(dcpu)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error return value of cache/fetch rc method (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Documentation fix for cache-chunk-total-size (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.IP \[bu] 2
Preserve leading / in wrapped remote path (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add plex_insecure option to skip certificate validation (Fabian
M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove entries that no longer exist in the source (dcpu)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Preserve leading / in wrapped remote path (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Alias
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix handling of Windows network paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--azureblob-list-chunk\f[R] parameter (Santiago Rodr\['i]guez)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implemented settier command support on azureblob remote.
(sandeepkru)
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around SDK bug which causes errors for chunk-sized files (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement link sharing.
(Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-import-formats\f[R] - google docs can now be imported
(Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rewrite mime type and extension handling (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add document links (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for multipart document extensions (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for apps-script to json export (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix escaped chars in documents during list (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-v2-download-min-size\f[R] a workaround for slow
downloads (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve directory notifications in ChangeNotify (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
When listing team drives in config, continue on failure (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add a small pause after failed upload before deleting file (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix service_account_file being ignored (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Minor improvement in quota info (omit if unlimited) (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] support (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add permanent delete support: \f[C]--jottacloud-hard-delete\f[R]
(albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add link sharing support (albertony)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix handling of reserved characters.
(Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix socket leak on Object.Remove (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rework to support Microsoft Graph (Cnly)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[B]NB\f[R] this will require re-authenticating the remote
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads (Oliver Heyme)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use single-part upload for empty files (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix new fields not saved when editing old config (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix sometimes special chars in filenames not replaced (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore OneNote files by default (Alex Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add link sharing support (jackyzy823)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use custom pacer, to retry operations when reasonable (Craig Miskell)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use configured server-side-encryption and storage class options when
calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--s3-v2-auth\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix v2 auth on files with spaces (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Union
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement union backend which reads from multiple backends (Felix
Brucker)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement optional interfaces (Move, DirMove, Copy, etc.) (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ChangeNotify to support multiple remotes (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] on union backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add another time format (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add a small pause after failed upload before deleting file (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add workaround for missing mtime (buergi)
.IP \[bu] 2
Sharepoint: Renew cookies after 12hrs (Henning Surmeier)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove redundant nil checks (teresy)
.RE
.SS v1.43.1 - 2018-09-07
.PP
Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: Return error instead of log.Fatal in Show (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
cmd: Fix crash with \f[C]--progress\f[R] and \f[C]--stats 0\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
docs: Tidy website display (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multi-part uploads.
(sandeepkru)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hubic
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry auth fetching if it fails to make hubic more reliable (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.43 - 2018-09-01
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
copyurl: copies a URL to a remote (Denis)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reworked config for backends (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
All backend config can now be supplied by command line, env var or
config file
.IP \[bu] 2
Advanced section in the config wizard for the optional items
.IP \[bu] 2
A large step towards rclone backends being usable in other go software
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow on the fly remotes with :backend: syntax
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Stats revamp
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--progress\f[R]/\f[C]-P\f[R] flag to show interactive progress
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Show the total progress of the sync in the stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--stats-one-line\f[R] flag for single line stats (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Added weekday schedule into \f[C]--bwlimit\f[R] (Mateusz)
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson: Add option to show the original object IDs (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: Make Content-Type without reading the file and add
\f[C]--etag-hash\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
build
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Build macOS with native compiler (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to use go1.11 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added core/stats to return the stats (reddi1)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]version --check\f[R]: Prints the current release and beta versions
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
accounting
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix time to completion estimates (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix moving average speed for file stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
config: Fix error reading password from piped input (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
move: Fix \f[C]--delete-empty-src-dirs\f[R] flag to delete all empty
dirs on move (ishuah)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--daemon-timeout\f[R] flag for OSXFUSE (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix mount \f[C]--daemon\f[R] not working with encrypted config (Alex
Chen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clip the number of blocks to 2\[ha]32-1 on macOS - fixes borg backup
(Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable vfs-read-chunk-size by default (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add the vfs/refresh rc command (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add non recursive mode to vfs/refresh rc command (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Try to seek buffer on read only files (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash when deprecated \f[C]--local-no-unicode-normalization\f[R] is
supplied (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix mkdir error when trying to copy files to the root of a drive on
windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer deref when using lsjson on cached directory (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer deref for occasional crash on playback (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix accounting when checking hashes on upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Cloud Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make very clear in the docs that rclone has no ACD keys (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add connection string and SAS URL auth (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
List the container to see if it exists (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Port new Azure Blob Storage SDK (sandeepkru)
.IP \[bu] 2
Added blob tier, tier between Hot, Cool and Archive.
(sandeepkru)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support Application Keys (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload of > 2GB files on 32 bit platforms (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--box-commit-retries\f[R] flag defaulting to 100 to fix large
uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-keep-revision-forever\f[R] flag (lewapm)
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle gdocs when filtering file names in list (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Support using \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] for large speedups (Fabian
M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Put mkParentDir failed: 521 for BunnyCDN (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix index out of range error with \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Jottacloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix MD5 error check (Oliver Heyme)
.IP \[bu] 2
Handle empty time values (Martin Polden)
.IP \[bu] 2
Calculate missing MD5s (Oliver Heyme)
.IP \[bu] 2
Docs, fixes and tests for MD5 calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add optional MimeTyper interface.
(Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement optional About interface (for \f[C]df\f[R] support).
(Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Wait for events instead of arbitrary sleeping (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--mega-hard-delete\f[R] flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix failed logins with upper case chars in email (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Shared folder support (Yoni Jah)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement DirMove (Cnly)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix rmdir sometimes deleting directories with contents (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Delete half uploaded files on upload error (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Qingstor
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix index out of range error with \f[C]--fast-list\f[R] (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-force-path-style\f[R] (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for KMS Key ID (bsteiss)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]storage_policy\f[R] (Ruben Vandamme)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make it so just \f[C]storage_url\f[R] or \f[C]auth_token\f[R] can be
overridden (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server-side copy bug for unusual file names (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ensure we call MKCOL with a URL with a trailing / for QNAP interop (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
If root ends with / then don\[aq]t check if it is a file (Nick
Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t accept redirects when reading metadata (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add bearer token (Macaroon) support for dCache (Nick Craig-Wood)
.IP \[bu] 2
Document dCache and Macaroons (Onno Zweers)
.IP \[bu] 2
Sharepoint recursion with different depth (Henning)
.IP \[bu] 2
Attempt to remove failed uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing/deleting files in the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
.RE
.SS v1.42 - 2018-06-16
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
OpenDrive (Oliver Heyme, Jakub Karlicek, ncw)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
deletefile command (Filip Bartodziej)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
copy, move: Copy single files directly, don\[aq]t use
\f[C]--files-from\f[R] work-around
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this makes them much more efficient
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--max-transfer\f[R] flag to quit transferring at a limit
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
make exit code 8 for \f[C]--max-transfer\f[R] exceeded
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
copy: copy empty source directories to destination (Ishuah Kariuki)
.IP \[bu] 2
check: Add \f[C]--one-way\f[R] flag (Kasper Byrdal Nielsen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add siginfo handler for macOS for ctrl-T stats (kubatasiemski)
.IP \[bu] 2
rc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
add core/gc to run a garbage collection on demand
.IP \[bu] 2
enable go profiling by default on the \f[C]--rc\f[R] port
.IP \[bu] 2
return error from remote on failure
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lsf
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--absolute\f[R] flag to add a leading / onto path names
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--csv\f[R] flag for compliant CSV output
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \[aq]m\[aq] format specifier to show the MimeType
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \[aq]i\[aq] format for showing object ID
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
lsjson
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add MimeType to the output
.IP \[bu] 2
Add ID field to output to show Object ID
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--retries-sleep\f[R] flag (Benjamin Joseph Dag)
.IP \[bu] 2
Oauth tidy up web page and error handling (Henning Surmeier)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Password prompt output with \f[C]--log-file\f[R] fixed for unix (Filip
Bartodziej)
.IP \[bu] 2
Calculate ModifyWindow each time on the fly to fix various problems
(Stefan Breunig)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Only print \[dq]File.rename error\[dq] if there actually is an error
(Stefan Breunig)
.IP \[bu] 2
Delay rename if file has open writers instead of failing outright
(Stefan Breunig)
.IP \[bu] 2
Ensure atexit gets run on interrupt
.IP \[bu] 2
macOS enhancements
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--noappledouble\f[R] \f[C]--noapplexattr\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--volname\f[R] flag and remove special chars from it
.IP \[bu] 2
Make Get/List/Set/Remove xattr return ENOSYS for efficiency
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--daemon\f[R] work for macOS without CGO
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size\f[R] and
\f[C]--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit\f[R] (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ChangeNotify for new or changed folders (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix symlink/junction point directory handling under Windows
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[B]NB\f[R] you will need to add \f[C]-L\f[R] to your command line to
copy files with reparse points
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add non cached dirs on notifications (Remus Bunduc)
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow root to be expired from rc (Remus Bunduc)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clean remaining empty folders from temp upload path (Remus Bunduc)
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache lists using batch writes (Remus Bunduc)
.IP \[bu] 2
Use secure websockets for HTTPS Plex addresses (John Clayton)
.IP \[bu] 2
Reconnect plex websocket on failures (Remus Bunduc)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic when running without plex configs (Remus Bunduc)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix root folder caching (Remus Bunduc)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Check the encrypted hash of files when uploading for extra data security
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make Dropbox for business folders accessible using an initial
\f[C]/\f[R] in the path
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Low level retry all operations if necessary
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-acknowledge-abuse\f[R] to download flagged files
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-alternate-export\f[R] to fix large doc export
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t attempt to choose Team Drives when using rclone config create
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix change list polling with team drives
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ChangeNotify for folders (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix about (and df on a mount) for team drives
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Errorhandler for onedrive for business requests (Henning Surmeier)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Adjust upload concurrency with \f[C]--s3-upload-concurrency\f[R]
(themylogin)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--s3-chunk-size\f[R] which was always using the minimum
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ssh-path-override\f[R] flag (Piotr Oleszczyk)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix slow downloads for long latency connections
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Webdav
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add workarounds for biz.mail.ru
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore Reason-Phrase in status line to fix 4shared (Rodrigo)
.IP \[bu] 2
Better error message generation
.RE
.SS v1.41 - 2018-04-28
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Mega support added
.IP \[bu] 2
Webdav now supports SharePoint cookie authentication (hensur)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
link: create public link to files and folders (Stefan Breunig)
.IP \[bu] 2
about: gets quota info from a remote (a-roussos, ncw)
.IP \[bu] 2
hashsum: a generic tool for any hash to produce md5sum like output
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
lsd: Add -R flag and fix and update docs for all ls commands
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: added a \[dq]refresh\[dq] key - CTRL-L (Keith Goldfarb)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Add append-only mode (Steve Kriss)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Disallow overwriting files in append-only mode (Alexander
Neumann)
.IP \[bu] 2
serve restic: Print actual listener address (Matt Holt)
.IP \[bu] 2
size: Add --json flag (Matthew Holt)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: implement --ignore-errors (Mateusz Pabian)
.IP \[bu] 2
dedupe: Add dedupe largest functionality (Richard Yang)
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Extend SizeSuffix to include TB and PB for rclone about
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: add --dump goroutines and --dump openfiles for debugging
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: implement core/memstats to print internal memory usage info
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: new call rc/pid (Michael P.
Dubner)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Drop support for go1.6
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Release
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]make tarball\f[R] (Chih-Hsuan Yen)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
filter: fix --min-age and --max-age together check
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: limit MaxIdleConns and MaxIdleConnsPerHost in transport
.IP \[bu] 2
lsd,lsf: make sure all times we output are in local time
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: fix setting bwlimit to unlimited
.IP \[bu] 2
rc: take note of the --rc-addr flag too as per the docs
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use About to return the correct disk total/used/free (e.g.
in \f[C]df\f[R])
.IP \[bu] 2
Set \f[C]--attr-timeout default\f[R] to \f[C]1s\f[R] - fixes:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone using too much memory
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone not serving files to samba
.IP \[bu] 2
excessive time listing directories
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]df -i\f[R] (upstream fix)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Filter files \f[C].\f[R] and \f[C]..\f[R] from directory listing
.IP \[bu] 2
Only make the VFS cache if --vfs-cache-mode > Off
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --local-no-check-updated to disable updated file checks
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry remove on Windows sharing violation error
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Flush the memory cache after close
.IP \[bu] 2
Purge file data on notification
.IP \[bu] 2
Always forget parent dir for notifications
.IP \[bu] 2
Integrate with Plex websocket
.IP \[bu] 2
Add rc cache/stats (seuffert)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add info log on notification
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix failure reading large directories - parse file/directory size as
float
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crypt+obfuscate on dropbox
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix repeatedly uploading the same files
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around strange response from box FTP server
.IP \[bu] 2
More workarounds for FTP servers to fix mkParentDir error
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix no error on listing nonexistent directory
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add service_account_credentials (Matt Holt)
.IP \[bu] 2
Detect bucket presence by listing it - minimises permissions needed
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore zero length directory markers
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add service_account_credentials (Matt Holt)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory move leaving a hardlinked directory behind
.IP \[bu] 2
Return proper google errors when Opening files
.IP \[bu] 2
When initialized with a filepath, optional features used incorrect root
path (Stefan Breunig)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix sync for servers which don\[aq]t return Content-Length in HEAD
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add QuickXorHash support for OneDrive for business
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix socket leak in multipart session upload
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Look in S3 named profile files for credentials
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--s3-disable-checksum\f[R] to disable checksum uploading (Chris
Redekop)
.IP \[bu] 2
Hierarchical configuration support (Giri Badanahatti)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add in config for all the supported S3 providers
.IP \[bu] 2
Add One Zone Infrequent Access storage class (Craig Rachel)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --use-server-modtime support (Peter Baumgartner)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --s3-chunk-size option to control multipart uploads
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore zero length directory markers
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update docs to match code, fix typos and clarify disable_hashcheck
prompt (Michael G.
Noll)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update docs with Synology quirks
.IP \[bu] 2
Fail soft with a debug on hash failure
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --use-server-modtime support (Peter Baumgartner)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Webdav
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support SharePoint cookie authentication (hensur)
.IP \[bu] 2
Strip leading and trailing / off root
.RE
.SS v1.40 - 2018-03-19
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Alias backend to create aliases for existing remote names (Fabian
M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsf\f[R]: list for parsing purposes (Jakub Tasiemski)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
by default this is a simple non recursive list of files and directories
.IP \[bu] 2
it can be configured to add more info in an easy to parse way
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]serve restic\f[R]: for serving a remote as a Restic REST endpoint
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This enables restic to use any backends that rclone can access
.IP \[bu] 2
Thanks Alexander Neumann for help, patches and review
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rc\f[R]: enable the remote control of a running rclone
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
The running rclone must be started with --rc and related flags.
.IP \[bu] 2
Currently there is support for bwlimit, and flushing for mount and
cache.
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--max-delete\f[R] flag to add a delete threshold (Bj\[/o]rn Erik
Pedersen)
.IP \[bu] 2
All backends now support RangeOption for ranged Open
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]cat\f[R]: Use RangeOption for limited fetches to make more
efficient
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]cryptcheck\f[R]: make reading of nonce more efficient with
RangeOption
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http/webdav/restic
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
support SSL/TLS
.IP \[bu] 2
add \f[C]--user\f[R] \f[C]--pass\f[R] and \f[C]--htpasswd\f[R] for
authentication
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]copy\f[R]/\f[C]move\f[R]: detect file size change during copy/move
and abort transfer (ishuah)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]cryptdecode\f[R]: added option to return encrypted file names.
(ishuah)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]lsjson\f[R]: add \f[C]--encrypted\f[R] to show encrypted name
(Jakub Tasiemski)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--stats-file-name-length\f[R] to specify the printed file name
length for stats (Will Gunn)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Code base was shuffled and factored
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
backends moved into a backend directory
.IP \[bu] 2
large packages split up
.IP \[bu] 2
See the CONTRIBUTING.md doc for info as to what lives where now
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to using go1.10 as the default go version
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement daily full integration
tests (https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Release
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Include a source tarball and sign it and the binaries
.IP \[bu] 2
Sign the git tags as part of the release process
.IP \[bu] 2
Add .deb and .rpm packages as part of the build
.IP \[bu] 2
Make a beta release for all branches on the main repo (but not pull
requests)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
config: fixes errors on nonexistent config by loading config file only
on first access
.IP \[bu] 2
config: retry saving the config after failure (Mateusz)
.IP \[bu] 2
sync: when using \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R] don\[aq]t delete files if we
can\[aq]t set their modtime
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this fixes odd behaviour with Dropbox and \f[C]--backup-dir\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
fshttp: fix idle timeouts for HTTP connections
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]serve http\f[R]: fix serving files with : in - fixes
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--exclude-if-present\f[R] to ignore directories which it
doesn\[aq]t have permission for (Iakov Davydov)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make accounting work properly with crypt and b2
.IP \[bu] 2
remove \f[C]--no-traverse\f[R] flag because it is obsolete
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--attr-timeout\f[R] flag to control attribute caching in kernel
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this now defaults to 0 which is correct but less efficient
.IP \[bu] 2
see the mount
docs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching) for
more info
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--daemon\f[R] flag to allow mount to run in the background
(ishuah)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix: Return ENOSYS rather than EIO on attempted link
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This fixes FileZilla accessing an rclone mount served over sftp.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix setting modtime twice
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount tests now run on CI for Linux (mount & cmount)/Mac/Windows
.IP \[bu] 2
Many bugs fixed in the VFS layer - see below
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
VFS
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Many fixes for \f[C]--vfs-cache-mode\f[R] writes and above
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update cached copy if we know it has changed (fixes stale data)
.IP \[bu] 2
Clean path names before using them in the cache
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable cache cleaner if \f[C]--vfs-cache-poll-interval=0\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Fill and clean the cache immediately on startup
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Windows opening every file when it stats the file
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix applying modtime for an open Write Handle
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix creation of files when truncating
.IP \[bu] 2
Write 0 bytes when flushing unwritten handles to avoid race conditions
in FUSE
.IP \[bu] 2
Downgrade \[dq]poll-interval is not supported\[dq] message to Info
.IP \[bu] 2
Make OpenFile and friends return EINVAL if O_RDONLY and O_TRUNC
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Downgrade \[dq]invalid cross-device link: trying copy\[dq] to debug
.IP \[bu] 2
Make DirMove return fs.ErrorCantDirMove to allow fallback to Copy for
cross device
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix race conditions updating the hashes
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Cache
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for polling - cache will update when remote changes on
supported backends
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce log level for Plex api
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix dir cache issue
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--cache-db-wait-time\f[R] flag
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve efficiency with RangeOption and RangeSeek
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix dirmove with temp fs enabled
.IP \[bu] 2
Notify vfs when using temp fs
.IP \[bu] 2
Offline uploading
.IP \[bu] 2
Remote control support for path flushing
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon cloud drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rclone no longer has any working keys - disable integration tests
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement DirChangeNotify to notify cache/vfs/mount of changes
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Azureblob
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve accounting for chunked uploads
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve accounting for chunked uploads
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix custom oauth client parameters
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Migrate to api v3 (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add scope configuration and root folder selection
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-impersonate\f[R] for service accounts
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
thanks to everyone who tested, explored and contributed docs
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-use-created-date\f[R] to use created date as modified
date (nbuchanan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Request the export formats only when required
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This makes rclone quicker when there are no google docs
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix finding paths with latin1 chars (a workaround for a drive bug)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix copying of a single Google doc file
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]--drive-auth-owner-only\f[R] to look in all directories
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix handling of directories with & in
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this stops the creation of multiple versions on business onedrive
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Overwrite object size value with real size when reading file.
(Victor)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this fixes oddities when onedrive misreports the size of images
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove unused chunked upload flag and code
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Qingstor
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support hashes for multipart files (Chris Redekop)
.IP \[bu] 2
Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)
.IP \[bu] 2
Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server-side copy and set modtime on files with + in
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option to disable remote hash check command execution (Jon Fautley)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--sftp-ask-password\f[R] flag to prompt for password when
needed (Leo R.
Lundgren)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]set_modtime\f[R] configuration option
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix following of symlinks
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix reading config file outside of Fs setup
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix reading $USER in username fallback not $HOME
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix running under crontab - Use correct OS way of reading username
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix refresh of authentication token
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens - this fixes it
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Webdav
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add new time formats to support mydrive.ch and others
.RE
.SS v1.39 - 2017-12-23
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
WebDAV
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
tested with nextcloud, owncloud, put.io and others!
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Pcloud
.IP \[bu] 2
cache - wraps a cache around other backends (Remus Bunduc)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
useful in combination with mount
.IP \[bu] 2
NB this feature is in beta so use with care
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
serve command with subcommands:
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
serve webdav: this implements a webdav server for any rclone remote.
.IP \[bu] 2
serve http: command to serve a remote over HTTP
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
config: add sub commands for full config file management
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
create/delete/dump/edit/file/password/providers/show/update
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
touch: to create or update the timestamp of a file (Jakub Tasiemski)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
curl install for rclone (Filip Bartodziej)
.IP \[bu] 2
--stats now shows percentage, size, rate and ETA in condensed form
(Ishuah Kariuki)
.IP \[bu] 2
--exclude-if-present to exclude a directory if a file is present (Iakov
Davydov)
.IP \[bu] 2
rmdirs: add --leave-root flag (lewapm)
.IP \[bu] 2
move: add --delete-empty-src-dirs flag to remove dirs after move (Ishuah
Kariuki)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --dump flag, introduce --dump requests, responses and remove
--dump-auth, --dump-filters
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Obscure X-Auth-Token: from headers when dumping too
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Document and implement exit codes for different failure modes (Ishuah
Kariuki)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compile
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry lots more different types of errors to make multipart transfers
more reliable
.IP \[bu] 2
Save the config before asking for a token, fixes disappearing oauth
config
.IP \[bu] 2
Warn the user if --include and --exclude are used together (Ernest
Borowski)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix duplicate files (e.g.
on Google drive) causing spurious copies
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow trailing and leading whitespace for passwords (Jason Rose)
.IP \[bu] 2
ncdu: fix crashes on empty directories
.IP \[bu] 2
rcat: fix goroutine leak
.IP \[bu] 2
moveto/copyto: Fix to allow copying to the same name
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
--vfs-cache mode to make writes into mounts more reliable.
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this requires caching files on the disk (see --cache-dir)
.IP \[bu] 2
As this is a new feature, use with care
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Use sdnotify to signal systemd the mount is ready (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.IP \[bu] 2
Check if directory is not empty before mounting (Ernest Borowski)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add error message for cross file system moves
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix equality check for times
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rework multipart upload
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
buffer the chunks when uploading large files so they can be retried
.IP \[bu] 2
change default chunk size to 48MB now we are buffering them in memory
.IP \[bu] 2
retry every error after the first chunk is done successfully
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix error when renaming directories
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash on bad authentication
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add service account support (Tim Cooijmans)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make it work properly with Digital Ocean Spaces (Andrew
Starr-Bochicchio)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash if a bad listing is received
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for ECS task IAM roles (David Minor)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix multipart upload retries
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --hard-delete to make it work 100% of the time
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow authentication with storage URL and auth key (Giovanni Pizzi)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add new fields for swift configuration to support IBM Bluemix Swift
(Pierre Carlson)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add OS_TENANT_ID and OS_USER_ID to config
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow configs with user id instead of user name
.IP \[bu] 2
Check if swift segments container exists before creating (John Leach)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix memory leak in swift transfers (upstream fix)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option to enable the use of aes128-cbc cipher (Jon Fautley)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon cloud drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix download of large files failing with \[dq]Only one auth mechanism
allowed\[dq]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Option to encrypt directory names or leave them intact
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement DirChangeNotify (Fabian M\[:o]ller)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add option to choose resourceURL during setup of OneDrive Business
account if more than one is available for user
.RE
.SS v1.38 - 2017-09-30
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Azure Blob Storage (thanks Andrei Dragomir)
.IP \[bu] 2
Box
.IP \[bu] 2
Onedrive for Business (thanks Oliver Heyme)
.IP \[bu] 2
QingStor from QingCloud (thanks wuyu)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rcat\f[R] - read from standard input and stream upload
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]tree\f[R] - shows a nicely formatted recursive listing
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]cryptdecode\f[R] - decode encrypted file names (thanks ishuah)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]config show\f[R] - print the config file
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]config file\f[R] - print the config file location
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Empty directories are deleted on \f[C]sync\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]dedupe\f[R] - implement merging of duplicate directories
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]check\f[R] and \f[C]cryptcheck\f[R] made more consistent and use
less memory
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]cleanup\f[R] for remaining remotes (thanks ishuah)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--immutable\f[R] for ensuring that files don\[aq]t change (thanks
Jacob McNamee)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--user-agent\f[R] option (thanks Alex McGrath Kraak)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--disable\f[R] flag to disable optional features
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--bind\f[R] flag for choosing the local addr on outgoing
connections
.IP \[bu] 2
Support for zsh auto-completion (thanks bpicode)
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop normalizing file names but do a normalized compare in
\f[C]sync\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update to using go1.9 as the default go version
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove snapd build due to maintenance problems
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve retriable error detection which makes multipart uploads better
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]check\f[R] obey \f[C]--ignore-size\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix bwlimit toggle in conjunction with schedules (thanks cbruegg)
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]config\f[R] ensures newly written config is on the same mount
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Revert to copy when moving file across file system boundaries
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--skip-links\f[R] to suppress symlink warnings (thanks Zhiming
Wang)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reuse \f[C]rcat\f[R] internals to support uploads from all remotes
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]entry doesn\[aq]t belong in directory\[dq] error
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop using deprecated API methods
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix server-side copy to empty container with \f[C]--fast-list\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Change the default for \f[C]--drive-use-trash\f[R] to \f[C]true\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Set session token when using STS (thanks Girish Ramakrishnan)
.IP \[bu] 2
Glacier docs and error messages (thanks Jan Varho)
.IP \[bu] 2
Read 1000 (not 1024) items in dir listings to fix Wasabi
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix SHA1 mismatch when downloading files with no SHA1
.IP \[bu] 2
Calculate missing hashes on the fly instead of spooling
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--b2-hard-delete\f[R] to permanently delete (not hide) files
(thanks John Papandriopoulos)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Hubic
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix creating containers - no longer have to use the \f[C]default\f[R]
container
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Optionally configure from a standard set of OpenStack environment vars
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]endpoint_type\f[R] config
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix bucket creation to work with limited permission users
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement connection pooling for multiple ssh connections
.IP \[bu] 2
Limit new connections per second
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for MD5 and SHA1 hashes where available (thanks Christian
Br\[:u]ggemann)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix URL encoding issues
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directories with \f[C]:\f[R] in
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic with URL encoded content
.RE
.SS v1.37 - 2017-07-22
.IP \[bu] 2
New backends
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
FTP - thanks to Antonio Messina
.IP \[bu] 2
HTTP - thanks to Vasiliy Tolstov
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone ncdu - for exploring a remote with a text based user interface.
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone lsjson - for listing with a machine-readable output
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone dbhashsum - to show Dropbox style hashes of files (local or
Dropbox)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --fast-list flag
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This allows remotes to list recursively if they can
.IP \[bu] 2
This uses less transactions (important if you pay for them)
.IP \[bu] 2
This may or may not be quicker
.IP \[bu] 2
This will use more memory as it has to hold the listing in memory
.IP \[bu] 2
--old-sync-method deprecated - the remaining uses are covered by
--fast-list
.IP \[bu] 2
This involved a major re-write of all the listing code
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --tpslimit and --tpslimit-burst to limit transactions per second
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this is useful in conjunction with \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] to limit
external apps
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --stats-log-level so can see --stats without -v
.IP \[bu] 2
Print password prompts to stderr - Hraban Luyat
.IP \[bu] 2
Warn about duplicate files when syncing
.IP \[bu] 2
Oauth improvements
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
allow auth_url and token_url to be set in the config file
.IP \[bu] 2
Print redirection URI if using own credentials.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t Mkdir at the start of sync to save transactions
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Compile
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Update build to go1.8.3
.IP \[bu] 2
Require go1.6 for building rclone
.IP \[bu] 2
Compile 386 builds with \[dq]GO386=387\[dq] for maximum compatibility
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix menu selection when no remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
Config saving reworked to not kill the file if disk gets full
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t delete remote if name does not change while renaming
.IP \[bu] 2
moveto, copyto: report transfers and checks as per move and copy
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --local-no-unicode-normalization flag - Bob Potter
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Now supported on Windows using cgofuse and WinFsp - thanks to Bill
Zissimopoulos for much help
.IP \[bu] 2
Compare checksums on upload/download via FUSE
.IP \[bu] 2
Unmount when program ends with SIGINT (Ctrl+C) or SIGTERM -
J\['e]r\[^o]me Vizcaino
.IP \[bu] 2
On read only open of file, make open pending until first read
.IP \[bu] 2
Make --read-only reject modify operations
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement ModTime via FUSE for remotes that support it
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow modTime to be changed even before all writers are closed
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic on renames
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix hang on errored upload
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Report the name:root as specified by the user
.IP \[bu] 2
Add an \[dq]obfuscate\[dq] option for filename encryption - Stephen
Harris
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix initialization order for token renewer
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove revoked credentials, allow oauth proxy config and update docs
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce minimum chunk size to 5MB
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add team drive support
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce bandwidth by adding fields for partial responses - Martin
Kristensen
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --drive-shared-with-me flag to view shared with me files -
Danny Tsai
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --drive-trashed-only to read only the files in the trash
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove obsolete --drive-full-list
.IP \[bu] 2
Add missing seek to start on retries of chunked uploads
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix stats accounting for upload
.IP \[bu] 2
Convert / in names to a unicode equivalent (\[uFF0F])
.IP \[bu] 2
Poll for Google Drive changes when mounted
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
OneDrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix the uploading of files with spaces
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix initialization order for token renewer
.IP \[bu] 2
Display speeds accurately when uploading - Yoni Jah
.IP \[bu] 2
Swap to using http://localhost:53682/ as redirect URL - Michael Ledin
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry on token expired error, reset upload body on retry - Yoni Jah
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add ability to specify location and storage class via config and command
line - thanks gdm85
.IP \[bu] 2
Create container if necessary on server-side copy
.IP \[bu] 2
Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance
.IP \[bu] 2
Obtain a refresh token for GCS - Steven Lu
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix the name reported in log messages (was empty)
.IP \[bu] 2
Correct error return for listing empty directory
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rewritten to use the v2 API
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Now supports ModTime
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Can only set by uploading the file again
.IP \[bu] 2
If you uploaded with an old rclone, rclone may upload everything again
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \f[C]--size-only\f[R] or \f[C]--checksum\f[R] to avoid this
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Now supports the Dropbox content hashing scheme
.IP \[bu] 2
Now supports low level retries
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around eventual consistency in bucket creation
.IP \[bu] 2
Create container if necessary on server-side copy
.IP \[bu] 2
Add us-east-2 (Ohio) and eu-west-2 (London) S3 regions - Zahiar Ahmed
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift, Hubic
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix zero length directory markers showing in the subdirectory listing
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this caused lots of duplicate transfers
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix paged directory listings
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this caused duplicate directory errors
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Create container if necessary on server-side copy
.IP \[bu] 2
Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sensible error if the user forgets the container
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for using ssh key files
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix under Windows
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ssh agent on Windows
.IP \[bu] 2
Adapt to latest version of library - Igor Kharin
.RE
.SS v1.36 - 2017-03-18
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
SFTP remote (Jack Schmidt)
.IP \[bu] 2
Re-implement sync routine to work a directory at a time reducing memory
usage
.IP \[bu] 2
Logging revamped to be more inline with rsync - now much quieter * -v
only shows transfers * -vv is for full debug * --syslog to log to syslog
on capable platforms
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --backup-dir and --suffix
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --track-renames (initial implementation by Bj\[/o]rn Erik
Pedersen)
.IP \[bu] 2
Add time-based bandwidth limits (Lukas Loesche)
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone cryptcheck: checks integrity of crypt remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow all config file variables and options to be set from environment
variables
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --buffer-size parameter to control buffer size for copy
.IP \[bu] 2
Make --delete-after the default
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --ignore-checksum flag (fixed by Hisham Zarka)
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone check: Add --download flag to check all the data, not just hashes
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone cat: add --head, --tail, --offset, --count and --discard
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config: when choosing from a list, allow the value to be entered
too
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone config: allow rename and copy of remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone obscure: for generating encrypted passwords for rclone\[aq]s
config (T.C.
Ferguson)
.IP \[bu] 2
Comply with XDG Base Directory specification (Dario Giovannetti)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
this moves the default location of the config file in a backwards
compatible way
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Release changes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ubuntu snap support (Dedsec1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Compile with go 1.8
.IP \[bu] 2
MIPS/Linux big and little endian support
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix copyto copying things to the wrong place if the destination dir
didn\[aq]t exist
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix parsing of remotes in moveto and copyto
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --delete-before deleting files on copy
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --files-from with an empty file copying everything
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix sync: don\[aq]t update mod times if --dry-run set
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix MimeType propagation
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix filters to add ** rules to directory rules
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement -L, --copy-links flag to allow rclone to follow symlinks
.IP \[bu] 2
Open files in write only mode so rclone can write to an rclone mount
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix unnormalised unicode causing problems reading directories
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix interaction between -x flag and --max-depth
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement proper directory handling (mkdir, rmdir, renaming)
.IP \[bu] 2
Make include and exclude filters apply to mount
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement read and write async buffers - control with --buffer-size
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix fsync on for directories
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix retry on network failure when reading off crypt
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --crypt-show-mapping to show encrypted file mapping
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crypt writer getting stuck in a loop
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[B]IMPORTANT\f[R] this bug had the potential to cause data corruption
when
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
reading data from a network based remote and
.IP \[bu] 2
writing to a crypt on Google Drive
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Use the cryptcheck command to validate your data if you are concerned
.IP \[bu] 2
If syncing two crypt remotes, sync the unencrypted remote
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panics on Move (rename)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic on token expiry
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix inconsistent listings and rclone check
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading empty files with go1.8
.IP \[bu] 2
Constrain memory usage when doing multipart uploads
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload url not being refreshed properly
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Rmdir on directories with trashed files
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]Ignoring unknown object\[dq] when downloading
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --drive-list-chunk
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --drive-skip-gdocs (K\['a]roly Ol\['a]h)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
OneDrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Move
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix Copy
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix overwrite detection in Copy
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix waitForJob to parse errors correctly
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Use token renewer to stop auth errors on long uploads
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading empty files with go1.8
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix depth 1 directory listings
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix single level directory listing
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Normalise the case for single level directory listings
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix depth 1 listing
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Added ca-central-1 region (Jon Yergatian)
.RE
.SS v1.35 - 2017-01-02
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
moveto and copyto commands for choosing a destination name on copy/move
.IP \[bu] 2
rmdirs command to recursively delete empty directories
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow repeated --include/--exclude/--filter options
.IP \[bu] 2
Only show transfer stats on commands which transfer stuff
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
show stats on any command using the \f[C]--stats\f[R] flag
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow overlapping directories in move when server-side dir move is
supported
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --stats-unit option - thanks Scott McGillivray
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclone instances are
running
.IP \[bu] 2
Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix compilation on mips
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix not transferring files that don\[aq]t differ in size
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix panic on nil retry/fatal error
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Mount
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry reads on error - should help with reliability a lot
.IP \[bu] 2
Report the modification times for directories from the remote
.IP \[bu] 2
Add bandwidth accounting and limiting (fixes --bwlimit)
.IP \[bu] 2
If --stats provided will show stats and which files are transferring
.IP \[bu] 2
Support R/W files if truncate is set.
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement statfs interface so df works
.IP \[bu] 2
Note that write is now supported on Amazon Drive
.IP \[bu] 2
Report number of blocks in a file - thanks Stefan Breunig
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Prevent the user pointing crypt at itself
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix failed to authenticate decrypted block errors
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
these will now return the underlying unexpected EOF instead
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for server-side move and directory move - thanks Stefan
Breunig
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix nil pointer deref on size attribute
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use new prefix and delimiter parameters in directory listings
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This makes --max-depth 1 dir listings as used in mount much faster
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Reauth the account while doing uploads too - should help with token
expiry
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make DirMove more efficient and complain about moving the root
.IP \[bu] 2
Create destination directory on Move()
.RE
.SS v1.34 - 2016-11-06
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop single file and \f[C]--files-from\f[R] operations iterating through
the source bucket.
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop removing failed upload to cloud storage remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
Make ContentType be preserved for cloud to cloud copies
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support to toggle bandwidth limits via SIGUSR2 - thanks Marco
Paganini
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone check\f[R] shows count of hashes that couldn\[aq]t be
checked
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone listremotes\f[R] command
.IP \[bu] 2
Support linux/arm64 build - thanks Fredrik Fornwall
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove \f[C]Authorization:\f[R] lines from \f[C]--dump-headers\f[R]
output
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore files with control characters in the names
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]rclone move\f[R] command
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Delete src files which already existed in dst
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deletion of src file when dst file older
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]rclone check\f[R] on encrypted file systems
.IP \[bu] 2
Make failed uploads not count as \[dq]Transferred\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure high level retries show with \f[C]-q\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Use a vendor directory with godep for repeatable builds
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]rclone mount\f[R] - FUSE
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement FUSE mount options
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--no-modtime\f[R], \f[C]--debug-fuse\f[R], \f[C]--read-only\f[R],
\f[C]--allow-non-empty\f[R], \f[C]--allow-root\f[R],
\f[C]--allow-other\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--default-permissions\f[R], \f[C]--write-back-cache\f[R],
\f[C]--max-read-ahead\f[R], \f[C]--umask\f[R], \f[C]--uid\f[R],
\f[C]--gid\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--dir-cache-time\f[R] to control caching of directory entries
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement seek for files opened for read (useful for video players)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
with \f[C]-no-seek\f[R] flag to disable
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash on 32 bit ARM (alignment of 64 bit counter)
.IP \[bu] 2
\&...and many more internal fixes and improvements!
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Crypt
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t show encrypted password in configurator to stop confusion
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
New wait for upload option \f[C]--acd-upload-wait-per-gb\f[R]
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
upload timeouts scale by file size and can be disabled
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Add 502 Bad Gateway to list of errors we retry
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix overwriting a file with a zero length file
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix ACD file size warning limit - thanks Felix B\[:u]nemann
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Unix: implement \f[C]-x\f[R]/\f[C]--one-file-system\f[R] to stay on a
single file system
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
thanks Durval Menezes and Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Windows: ignore the symlink bit on files
.IP \[bu] 2
Windows: Ignore directory-based junction points
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure each upload has at least one upload slot - fixes strange
upload stats
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploads when using crypt
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix download of large files (sha1 mismatch)
.IP \[bu] 2
Return error when we try to create a bucket which someone else owns
.IP \[bu] 2
Update B2 docs with Data usage, and Crypt section - thanks Tomasz Mazur
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Command line and config file support for
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Setting/overriding ACL - thanks Radek \[vS]enfeld
.IP \[bu] 2
Setting storage class - thanks Asko Tamm
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make exponential backoff work exactly as per Google specification
.IP \[bu] 2
add \f[C].epub\f[R], \f[C].odp\f[R] and \f[C].tsv\f[R] as export
formats.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t read metadata for directory marker objects
.RE
.SS v1.33 - 2016-08-24
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement encryption
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
data encrypted in NACL secretbox format
.IP \[bu] 2
with optional file name encryption
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
New commands
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone mount - implements FUSE mounting of remotes (EXPERIMENTAL)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
works on Linux, FreeBSD and OS X (need testers for the last 2!)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone cat - outputs remote file or files to the terminal
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone genautocomplete - command to make a bash completion script for
rclone
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Editing a remote using \f[C]rclone config\f[R] now goes through the
wizard
.IP \[bu] 2
Compile with go 1.7 - this fixes rclone on macOS Sierra and on 386
processors
.IP \[bu] 2
Use cobra for sub commands and docs generation
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Document how to make your own client_id
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
s3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
User-configurable Amazon S3 ACL (thanks Radek \[vS]enfeld)
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
b2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix stats accounting for upload - no more jumping to 100% done
.IP \[bu] 2
On cleanup delete hide marker if it is the current file
.IP \[bu] 2
New B2 API endpoint (thanks Per Cederberg)
.IP \[bu] 2
Set maximum backoff to 5 Minutes
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
onedrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix URL escaping in file names - e.g.
uploading files with \f[C]+\f[R] in them.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
amazon cloud drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix token expiry during large uploads
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around 408 REQUEST_TIMEOUT and 504 GATEWAY_TIMEOUT errors
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix filenames with invalid UTF-8 not being uploaded
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix problem with some UTF-8 characters on OS X
.RE
.SS v1.32 - 2016-07-13
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload of files large files not in root
.RE
.SS v1.31 - 2016-07-13
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Reduce memory on sync by about 50%
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --no-traverse flag to stop copy traversing the destination
remote.
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This can be used to reduce memory usage down to the smallest possible.
.IP \[bu] 2
Useful to copy a small number of files into a large destination folder.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement cleanup command for emptying trash / removing old versions of
files
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Currently B2 only
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Single file handling improved
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Now copied with --files-from
.IP \[bu] 2
Automatically sets --no-traverse when copying a single file
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Info on using installing with ansible - thanks Stefan Weichinger
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --no-update-modtime flag to stop rclone fixing the remote
modified times.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix move command - stop it running for overlapping Fses - this was
causing data loss.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix incomplete hashes - this was causing problems for B2.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Rename Amazon Cloud Drive to Amazon Drive - no changes to config file
needed.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for non-default project domain - thanks Antonio Messina.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add instructions on how to use rclone with minio.
.IP \[bu] 2
Add ap-northeast-2 (Seoul) and ap-south-1 (Mumbai) regions.
.IP \[bu] 2
Skip setting the modified time for objects > 5GB as it isn\[aq]t
possible.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retrieved.
.IP \[bu] 2
Treat 403 errors (e.g.
cap exceeded) as fatal.
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement cleanup command for deleting old file versions.
.IP \[bu] 2
Make error handling compliant with B2 integrations notes.
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix handling of token expiry.
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --b2-test-mode to set \f[C]X-Bz-Test-Mode\f[R] header.
.IP \[bu] 2
Set cutoff for chunked upload to 200MB as per B2 guidelines.
.IP \[bu] 2
Make upload multi-threaded.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t retry 461 errors.
.RE
.SS v1.30 - 2016-06-18
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Directory listing code reworked for more features and better error
reporting (thanks to Klaus Post for help).
This enables
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Directory include filtering for efficiency
.IP \[bu] 2
--max-depth parameter
.IP \[bu] 2
Better error reporting
.IP \[bu] 2
More to come
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry more errors
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --ignore-size flag - for uploading images to onedrive
.IP \[bu] 2
Log -v output to stdout by default
.IP \[bu] 2
Display the transfer stats in more human-readable form
.IP \[bu] 2
Make 0 size files specifiable with \f[C]--max-size 0b\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]b\f[R] suffix so we can specify bytes in --bwlimit, --min-size,
etc.
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \[dq]password:\[dq] instead of \[dq]password>\[dq] prompt - thanks
Klaus Post and Leigh Klotz
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix retry doing one too many retries
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix problems with OS X and UTF-8 characters
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Check a file exists before uploading to help with 408 Conflict errors
.IP \[bu] 2
Reauth on 401 errors - this has been causing a lot of problems
.IP \[bu] 2
Work around spurious 403 errors
.IP \[bu] 2
Restart directory listings on error
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Check a file exists before uploading to help with duplicates
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix retry of multipart uploads
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement large file uploading
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add AES256 server-side encryption for - thanks Justin R.
Wilson
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make sure we don\[aq]t use conflicting content types on upload
.IP \[bu] 2
Add service account support - thanks Michal Witkowski
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add auth version parameter
.IP \[bu] 2
Add domain option for openstack (v3 auth) - thanks Fabian Ruff
.RE
.SS v1.29 - 2016-04-18
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]-I, --ignore-times\f[R] for unconditional upload
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve \f[C]dedupe\f[R]command
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Now removes identical copies without asking
.IP \[bu] 2
Now obeys \f[C]--dry-run\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--dedupe-mode\f[R] for non interactive running
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode interactive\f[R] - interactive the default.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode skip\f[R] - removes identical files then skips
anything left.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode first\f[R] - removes identical files then keeps the
first one.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode newest\f[R] - removes identical files then keeps the
newest one.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode oldest\f[R] - removes identical files then keeps the
oldest one.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]--dedupe-mode rename\f[R] - removes identical files then renames
the rest to be different.
.RE
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make rclone check obey the \f[C]--size-only\f[R] flag.
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \[dq]application/octet-stream\[dq] if discovered mime type is
invalid.
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix missing \[dq]quit\[dq] option when there are no remotes.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Increase default chunk size to 8 MB - increases upload speed of big
files
.IP \[bu] 2
Speed up directory listings and make more reliable
.IP \[bu] 2
Add missing retries for Move and DirMove - increases reliability
.IP \[bu] 2
Preserve mime type on file update
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Enable mod time syncing
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This means that B2 will now check modification times
.IP \[bu] 2
It will upload new files to update the modification times
.IP \[bu] 2
(there isn\[aq]t an API to just set the mod time.)
.IP \[bu] 2
If you want the old behaviour use \f[C]--size-only\f[R].
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Update API to new version
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix parsing of mod time when not in metadata
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift/Hubic
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t return an MD5SUM for static large objects
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading files bigger than 50GB
.RE
.SS v1.28 - 2016-03-01
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Configuration file encryption - thanks Klaus Post
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve \f[C]rclone config\f[R] adding more help and making it easier to
understand
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]-u\f[R]/\f[C]--update\f[R] so creation times can be used
on all remotes
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]--low-level-retries\f[R] flag
.IP \[bu] 2
Optionally disable gzip compression on downloads with
\f[C]--no-gzip-encoding\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Bug fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t make directories if \f[C]--dry-run\f[R] set
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix and document the \f[C]move\f[R] command
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix redirecting stderr on unix-like OSes when using \f[C]--log-file\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \f[C]delete\f[R] command to wait until all finished - fixes missing
deletes.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use one upload URL per go routine fixes
\f[C]more than one upload using auth token\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Add pacing, retries and reauthentication - fixes token expiry problems
.IP \[bu] 2
Upload without using a temporary file from local (and remotes which
support SHA1)
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix reading metadata for all files when it shouldn\[aq]t have been
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix listing drive documents at root
.IP \[bu] 2
Disable copy and move for Google docs
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading of chunked files with non ASCII characters
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow setting of \f[C]storage_url\f[R] in the config - thanks Xavier
Lucas
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow IAM role and credentials from environment variables - thanks Brian
Stengaard
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow low privilege users to use S3 (check if directory exists during
Mkdir) - thanks Jakub Gedeon
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Retry on more things to make directory listings more reliable
.RE
.SS v1.27 - 2016-01-31
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Easier headless configuration with \f[C]rclone authorize\f[R]
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for multiple hash types - we now check SHA1 as well as MD5
hashes.
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]delete\f[R] command which does obey the filters (unlike
\f[C]purge\f[R])
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[C]dedupe\f[R] command to deduplicate a remote.
Useful with Google Drive.
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--ignore-existing\f[R] flag to skip all files that exist on
destination.
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--delete-before\f[R], \f[C]--delete-during\f[R],
\f[C]--delete-after\f[R] flags.
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--memprofile\f[R] flag to debug memory use.
.IP \[bu] 2
Warn the user about files with same name but different case
.IP \[bu] 2
Make \f[C]--include\f[R] rules add their implicit exclude * at the end
of the filter list
.IP \[bu] 2
Deprecate compiling with go1.3
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix download of files > 10 GB
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix directory traversal (\[dq]Next token is expired\[dq]) for large
directory listings
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove 409 conflict from error codes we will retry - stops very long
pauses
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Backblaze B2
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
SHA1 hashes now checked by rclone core
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-auth-owner-only\f[R] to only consider files owned by
the user - thanks Bj\[:o]rn Harrtell
.IP \[bu] 2
Export Google documents
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make file exclusion error controllable with -q
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix upload from unprivileged user.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix updating of mod times of files with \f[C]+\f[R] in.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add local file system option to disable UNC on Windows.
.RE
.SS v1.26 - 2016-01-02
.IP \[bu] 2
New Features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Yandex storage backend - thank you Dmitry Burdeev (\[dq]dibu\[dq])
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Backblaze B2 storage backend
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --min-age and --max-age flags - thank you Adriano Aur\['e]lio
Meirelles
.IP \[bu] 2
Make ls/lsl/md5sum/size/check obey includes and excludes
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix crash in http logging
.IP \[bu] 2
Upload releases to github too
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix sync for chunked files
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
OneDrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Re-enable server-side copy
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t mask HTTP error codes with JSON decode error
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix corrupting Content-Type on mod time update (thanks Joseph Spurrier)
.RE
.SS v1.25 - 2015-11-14
.IP \[bu] 2
New features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Hubic storage system
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix deletion of some excluded files without --delete-excluded
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This could have deleted files unexpectedly on sync
.IP \[bu] 2
Always check first with \f[C]--dry-run\f[R]!
.RE
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop SetModTime losing metadata (e.g.
X-Object-Manifest)
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This could have caused data loss for files > 5GB in size
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Use ContentType from Object to avoid lookups in listings
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
OneDrive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
disable server-side copy as it seems to be broken at Microsoft
.RE
.SS v1.24 - 2015-11-07
.IP \[bu] 2
New features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add support for Microsoft OneDrive
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--no-check-certificate\f[R] option to disable server
certificate verification
.IP \[bu] 2
Add async readahead buffer for faster transfer of big files
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow spaces in remotes and check remote names for validity at creation
time
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow \[aq]&\[aq] and disallow \[aq]:\[aq] in Windows filenames.
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore directory marker objects where appropriate - allows working with
Hubic
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t delete the container if fs wasn\[aq]t at root
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t delete the bucket if fs wasn\[aq]t at root
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Cloud Storage
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t delete the bucket if fs wasn\[aq]t at root
.RE
.SS v1.23 - 2015-10-03
.IP \[bu] 2
New features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement \f[C]rclone size\f[R] for measuring remotes
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix headless config for drive and gcs
.IP \[bu] 2
Tell the user they should try again if the webserver method failed
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve output of \f[C]--dump-headers\f[R]
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
S3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Allow anonymous access to public buckets
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Stop chunked operations logging \[dq]Failed to read info: Object Not
Found\[dq]
.IP \[bu] 2
Use Content-Length on uploads for extra reliability
.RE
.SS v1.22 - 2015-09-28
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement rsync like include and exclude flags
.IP \[bu] 2
swift
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Support files > 5GB - thanks Sergey Tolmachev
.RE
.SS v1.21 - 2015-09-22
.IP \[bu] 2
New features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Display individual transfer progress
.IP \[bu] 2
Make lsl output times in localtime
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix allowing user to override credentials again in Drive, GCS and ACD
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement compliant pacing scheme
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Google Drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make directory reads concurrent for increased speed.
.RE
.SS v1.20 - 2015-09-15
.IP \[bu] 2
New features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Amazon Drive support
.IP \[bu] 2
Oauth support redone - fix many bugs and improve usability
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Use \[dq]golang.org/x/oauth2\[dq] as oauth library of choice
.IP \[bu] 2
Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup
.IP \[bu] 2
drive, googlecloudstorage: optionally use auto config for the oauth
token
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --dump-headers and --dump-bodies debug flags
.IP \[bu] 2
Show multiple matched commands if abbreviation too short
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement server-side move where possible
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
local
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Always use UNC paths internally on Windows - fixes a lot of bugs
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
force use of our custom transport which makes timeouts work
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Thanks to Klaus Post for lots of help with this release
.SS v1.19 - 2015-08-28
.IP \[bu] 2
New features
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Server side copies for s3/swift/drive/dropbox/gcs
.IP \[bu] 2
Move command - uses server-side copies if it can
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --retries flag - tries 3 times by default
.IP \[bu] 2
Build for plan9/amd64 and solaris/amd64 too
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fixes
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Make a current version download with a fixed URL for scripting
.IP \[bu] 2
Ignore rmdir in limited fs rather than throwing error
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Increase chunk size to improve upload speeds massively
.IP \[bu] 2
Issue an error message when trying to upload bad file name
.RE
.SS v1.18 - 2015-08-17
.IP \[bu] 2
drive
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \f[C]--drive-use-trash\f[R] flag so rclone trashes instead of
deletes
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \[dq]Forbidden to download\[dq] message for files with no
downloadURL
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
dropbox
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove datastore
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
This was deprecated and it caused a lot of problems
.IP \[bu] 2
Modification times and MD5SUMs no longer stored
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading files > 2GB
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
s3
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
use official AWS SDK from github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go
.IP \[bu] 2
\f[B]NB\f[R] will most likely require you to delete and recreate remote
.IP \[bu] 2
enable multipart upload which enables files > 5GB
.IP \[bu] 2
tested with Ceph / RadosGW / S3 emulation
.IP \[bu] 2
many thanks to Sam Liston and Brian Haymore at the Utah Center for High
Performance Computing (https://www.chpc.utah.edu/) for a Ceph test
account
.RE
.IP \[bu] 2
misc
.RS 2
.IP \[bu] 2
Show errors when reading the config file
.IP \[bu] 2
Do not print stats in quiet mode - thanks Leonid Shalupov
.IP \[bu] 2
Add FAQ
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix created directories not obeying umask
.IP \[bu] 2
Linux installation instructions - thanks Shimon Doodkin
.RE
.SS v1.17 - 2015-06-14
.IP \[bu] 2
dropbox: fix case insensitivity issues - thanks Leonid Shalupov
.SS v1.16 - 2015-06-09
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix uploading big files which was causing timeouts or panics
.IP \[bu] 2
Don\[aq]t check md5sum after download with --size-only
.SS v1.15 - 2015-06-06
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --checksum flag to only discard transfers by MD5SUM - thanks Alex
Couper
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --size-only flag to sync on size not checksum & modtime
.IP \[bu] 2
Expand docs and remove duplicated information
.IP \[bu] 2
Document rclone\[aq]s limitations with directories
.IP \[bu] 2
dropbox: update docs about case insensitivity
.SS v1.14 - 2015-05-21
.IP \[bu] 2
local: fix encoding of non utf-8 file names - fixes a duplicate file
problem
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: docs about rate limiting
.IP \[bu] 2
google cloud storage: Fix compile after API change in
\[dq]google.golang.org/api/storage/v1\[dq]
.SS v1.13 - 2015-05-10
.IP \[bu] 2
Revise documentation (especially sync)
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --timeout and --conntimeout
.IP \[bu] 2
s3: ignore etags from multipart uploads which aren\[aq]t md5sums
.SS v1.12 - 2015-03-15
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: Use chunked upload for files above a certain size
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: add --drive-chunk-size and --drive-upload-cutoff parameters
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: switch to insert from update when a failed copy deletes the
upload
.IP \[bu] 2
core: Log duplicate files if they are detected
.SS v1.11 - 2015-03-04
.IP \[bu] 2
swift: add region parameter
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: fix crash on failed to update remote mtime
.IP \[bu] 2
In remote paths, change native directory separators to /
.IP \[bu] 2
Add synchronization to ls/lsl/lsd output to stop corruptions
.IP \[bu] 2
Ensure all stats/log messages to go stderr
.IP \[bu] 2
Add --log-file flag to log everything (including panics) to file
.IP \[bu] 2
Make it possible to disable stats printing with --stats=0
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement --bwlimit to limit data transfer bandwidth
.SS v1.10 - 2015-02-12
.IP \[bu] 2
s3: list an unlimited number of items
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix getting stuck in the configurator
.SS v1.09 - 2015-02-07
.IP \[bu] 2
windows: Stop drive letters (e.g.
C:) getting mixed up with remotes (e.g.
drive:)
.IP \[bu] 2
local: Fix directory separators on Windows
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: fix rate limit exceeded errors
.SS v1.08 - 2015-02-04
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: fix subdirectory listing to not list entire drive
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: Fix SetModTime
.IP \[bu] 2
dropbox: adapt code to recent library changes
.SS v1.07 - 2014-12-23
.IP \[bu] 2
google cloud storage: fix memory leak
.SS v1.06 - 2014-12-12
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix \[dq]Couldn\[aq]t find home directory\[dq] on OSX
.IP \[bu] 2
swift: Add tenant parameter
.IP \[bu] 2
Use new location of Google API packages
.SS v1.05 - 2014-08-09
.IP \[bu] 2
Improved tests and consequently lots of minor fixes
.IP \[bu] 2
core: Fix race detected by go race detector
.IP \[bu] 2
core: Fixes after running errcheck
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: reset root directory on Rmdir and Purge
.IP \[bu] 2
fs: Document that Purger returns error on empty directory, test and fix
.IP \[bu] 2
google cloud storage: fix ListDir on subdirectory
.IP \[bu] 2
google cloud storage: re-read metadata in SetModTime
.IP \[bu] 2
s3: make reading metadata more reliable to work around eventual
consistency problems
.IP \[bu] 2
s3: strip trailing / from ListDir()
.IP \[bu] 2
swift: return directories without / in ListDir
.SS v1.04 - 2014-07-21
.IP \[bu] 2
google cloud storage: Fix crash on Update
.SS v1.03 - 2014-07-20
.IP \[bu] 2
swift, s3, dropbox: fix updated files being marked as corrupted
.IP \[bu] 2
Make compile with go 1.1 again
.SS v1.02 - 2014-07-19
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Dropbox remote
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement Google Cloud Storage remote
.IP \[bu] 2
Verify Md5sums and Sizes after copies
.IP \[bu] 2
Remove times from \[dq]ls\[dq] command - lists sizes only
.IP \[bu] 2
Add add \[dq]lsl\[dq] - lists times and sizes
.IP \[bu] 2
Add \[dq]md5sum\[dq] command
.SS v1.01 - 2014-07-04
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: fix transfer of big files using up lots of memory
.SS v1.00 - 2014-07-03
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: fix whole second dates
.SS v0.99 - 2014-06-26
.IP \[bu] 2
Fix --dry-run not working
.IP \[bu] 2
Make compatible with go 1.1
.SS v0.98 - 2014-05-30
.IP \[bu] 2
s3: Treat missing Content-Length as 0 for some ceph installations
.IP \[bu] 2
rclonetest: add file with a space in
.SS v0.97 - 2014-05-05
.IP \[bu] 2
Implement copying of single files
.IP \[bu] 2
s3 & swift: support paths inside containers/buckets
.SS v0.96 - 2014-04-24
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: Fix multiple files of same name being created
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: Use o.Update and fs.Put to optimise transfers
.IP \[bu] 2
Add version number, -V and --version
.SS v0.95 - 2014-03-28
.IP \[bu] 2
rclone.org: website, docs and graphics
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: fix path parsing
.SS v0.94 - 2014-03-27
.IP \[bu] 2
Change remote format one last time
.IP \[bu] 2
GNU style flags
.SS v0.93 - 2014-03-16
.IP \[bu] 2
drive: store token in config file
.IP \[bu] 2
cross compile other versions
.IP \[bu] 2
set strict permissions on config file
.SS v0.92 - 2014-03-15
.IP \[bu] 2
Config fixes and --config option
.SS v0.91 - 2014-03-15
.IP \[bu] 2
Make config file
.SS v0.90 - 2013-06-27
.IP \[bu] 2
Project named rclone
.SS v0.00 - 2012-11-18
.IP \[bu] 2
Project started
.SH Bugs and Limitations
.SS Limitations
.SS Directory timestamps aren\[aq]t preserved on some backends
.PP
As of \f[C]v1.66\f[R], rclone supports syncing directory modtimes, if
the backend supports it.
Some backends do not support it -- see
overview (https://rclone.org/overview/) for a complete list.
Additionally, note that empty directories are not synced by default
(this can be enabled with \f[C]--create-empty-src-dirs\f[R].)
.SS Rclone struggles with millions of files in a directory/bucket
.PP
Currently rclone loads each directory/bucket entirely into memory before
using it.
Since each rclone object takes 0.5k-1k of memory this can take a very
long time and use a large amount of memory.
.PP
Millions of files in a directory tends to occur on bucket-based remotes
(e.g.
S3 buckets) since those remotes do not segregate subdirectories within
the bucket.
.SS Bucket-based remotes and folders
.PP
Bucket-based remotes (e.g.
S3/GCS/Swift/B2) do not have a concept of directories.
Rclone therefore cannot create directories in them which means that
empty directories on a bucket-based remote will tend to disappear.
.PP
Some software creates empty keys ending in \f[C]/\f[R] as directory
markers.
Rclone doesn\[aq]t do this as it potentially creates more objects and
costs more.
This ability may be added in the future (probably via a flag/option).
.SS Bugs
.PP
Bugs are stored in rclone\[aq]s GitHub project:
.IP \[bu] 2
Reported
bugs (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Abug)
.IP \[bu] 2
Known
issues (https://github.com/artpar/artpar/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+milestone%3A%22Known+Problem%22)
.SH Frequently Asked Questions
.SS Do all cloud storage systems support all rclone commands
.PP
Yes they do.
All the rclone commands (e.g.
\f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R], etc.) will work on all the remote
storage systems.
.SS Can I copy the config from one machine to another
.PP
Sure! Rclone stores all of its config in a single file.
If you want to find this file, run \f[C]rclone config file\f[R] which
will tell you where it is.
.PP
See the remote setup docs (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for more
info.
.SS How do I configure rclone on a remote / headless box with no browser?
.PP
This has now been documented in its own remote setup
page (https://rclone.org/remote_setup/).
.SS Can rclone sync directly from drive to s3
.PP
Rclone can sync between two remote cloud storage systems just fine.
.PP
Note that it effectively downloads the file and uploads it again, so the
node running rclone would need to have lots of bandwidth.
.PP
The syncs would be incremental (on a file by file basis).
.PP
e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
rclone sync --interactive drive:Folder s3:bucket
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Using rclone from multiple locations at the same time
.PP
You can use rclone from multiple places at the same time if you choose
different subdirectory for the output, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Server A> rclone sync --interactive /tmp/whatever remote:ServerA
Server B> rclone sync --interactive /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy
otherwise the two instances of rclone may delete each other\[aq]s files,
e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
Server B> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The file names you upload from Server A and Server B should be different
in this case, otherwise some file systems (e.g.
Drive) may make duplicates.
.SS Why doesn\[aq]t rclone support partial transfers / binary diffs like rsync?
.PP
Rclone stores each file you transfer as a native object on the remote
cloud storage system.
This means that you can see the files you upload as expected using
alternative access methods (e.g.
using the Google Drive web interface).
There is a 1:1 mapping between files on your hard disk and objects
created in the cloud storage system.
.PP
Cloud storage systems (at least none I\[aq]ve come across yet) don\[aq]t
support partially uploading an object.
You can\[aq]t take an existing object, and change some bytes in the
middle of it.
.PP
It would be possible to make a sync system which stored binary diffs
instead of whole objects like rclone does, but that would break the 1:1
mapping of files on your hard disk to objects in the remote cloud
storage system.
.PP
All the cloud storage systems support partial downloads of content, so
it would be possible to make partial downloads work.
However to make this work efficiently this would require storing a
significant amount of metadata, which breaks the desired 1:1 mapping of
files to objects.
.SS Can rclone do bi-directional sync?
.PP
Yes, since rclone v1.58.0, bidirectional cloud
sync (https://rclone.org/bisync/) is available.
.SS Can I use rclone with an HTTP proxy?
.PP
Yes.
rclone will follow the standard environment variables for proxies,
similar to cURL and other programs.
.PP
In general the variables are called \f[C]http_proxy\f[R] (for services
reached over \f[C]http\f[R]) and \f[C]https_proxy\f[R] (for services
reached over \f[C]https\f[R]).
Most public services will be using \f[C]https\f[R], but you may wish to
set both.
.PP
The content of the variable is \f[C]protocol://server:port\f[R].
The protocol value is the one used to talk to the proxy server, itself,
and is commonly either \f[C]http\f[R] or \f[C]socks5\f[R].
.PP
Slightly annoyingly, there is no \f[I]standard\f[R] for the name; some
applications may use \f[C]http_proxy\f[R] but another one
\f[C]HTTP_PROXY\f[R].
The \f[C]Go\f[R] libraries used by \f[C]rclone\f[R] will try both
variations, but you may wish to set all possibilities.
So, on Linux, you may end up with code similar to
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
export http_proxy=http://proxyserver:12345
export https_proxy=$http_proxy
export HTTP_PROXY=$http_proxy
export HTTPS_PROXY=$http_proxy
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note: If the proxy server requires a username and password, then use
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
export http_proxy=http://username:password\[at]proxyserver:12345
export https_proxy=$http_proxy
export HTTP_PROXY=$http_proxy
export HTTPS_PROXY=$http_proxy
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The \f[C]NO_PROXY\f[R] allows you to disable the proxy for specific
hosts.
Hosts must be comma separated, and can contain domains or parts.
For instance \[dq]foo.com\[dq] also matches \[dq]bar.foo.com\[dq].
.PP
e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
export no_proxy=localhost,127.0.0.0/8,my.host.name
export NO_PROXY=$no_proxy
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
Note that the FTP backend does not support \f[C]ftp_proxy\f[R] yet.
.SS Rclone gives x509: failed to load system roots and no roots provided error
.PP
This means that \f[C]rclone\f[R] can\[aq]t find the SSL root
certificates.
Likely you are running \f[C]rclone\f[R] on a NAS with a cut-down Linux
OS, or possibly on Solaris.
.PP
Rclone (via the Go runtime) tries to load the root certificates from
these places on Linux.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
\[dq]/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt\[dq], // Debian/Ubuntu/Gentoo etc.
\[dq]/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt\[dq],   // Fedora/RHEL
\[dq]/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem\[dq],             // OpenSUSE
\[dq]/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem\[dq],            // OpenELEC
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
So doing something like this should fix the problem.
It also sets the time which is important for SSL to work properly.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
mkdir -p /etc/ssl/certs/
curl -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
ntpclient -s -h pool.ntp.org
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
The two environment variables \f[C]SSL_CERT_FILE\f[R] and
\f[C]SSL_CERT_DIR\f[R], mentioned in the x509
package (https://godoc.org/crypto/x509), provide an additional way to
provide the SSL root certificates.
.PP
Note that you may need to add the \f[C]--insecure\f[R] option to the
\f[C]curl\f[R] command line if it doesn\[aq]t work without.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
curl --insecure -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
\f[R]
.fi
.SS Rclone gives Failed to load config file: function not implemented error
.PP
Likely this means that you are running rclone on Linux version not
supported by the go runtime, ie earlier than version 2.6.23.
.PP
See the system requirements section in the go install
docs (https://golang.org/doc/install) for full details.
.SS All my uploaded docx/xlsx/pptx files appear as archive/zip
.PP
This is caused by uploading these files from a Windows computer which
hasn\[aq]t got the Microsoft Office suite installed.
The easiest way to fix is to install the Word viewer and the Microsoft
Office Compatibility Pack for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint 2007 and later
versions\[aq] file formats
.SS tcp lookup some.domain.com no such host
.PP
This happens when rclone cannot resolve a domain.
Please check that your DNS setup is generally working, e.g.
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
# both should print a long list of possible IP addresses
dig www.googleapis.com          # resolve using your default DNS
dig www.googleapis.com \[at]8.8.8.8 # resolve with Google\[aq]s DNS server
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
If you are using \f[C]systemd-resolved\f[R] (default on Arch Linux),
ensure it is at version 233 or higher.
Previous releases contain a bug which causes not all domains to be
resolved properly.
.PP
The Go resolver decision can be influenced with the
\f[C]GODEBUG=netdns=...\f[R] environment variable.
This also allows to resolve certain issues with DNS resolution.
On Windows or MacOS systems, try forcing use of the internal Go resolver
by setting \f[C]GODEBUG=netdns=go\f[R] at runtime.
On other systems (Linux, *BSD, etc) try forcing use of the system name
resolver by setting \f[C]GODEBUG=netdns=cgo\f[R] (and recompile rclone
from source with CGO enabled if necessary).
See the name resolution section in the go
docs (https://golang.org/pkg/net/#hdr-Name_Resolution).
.SS Failed to start auth webserver on Windows
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Error: config failed to refresh token: failed to start auth webserver: listen tcp 127.0.0.1:53682: bind: An attempt was made to access a socket in a way forbidden by its access permissions.
\&...
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss Fatal error: config failed to refresh token: failed to start auth webserver: listen tcp 127.0.0.1:53682: bind: An attempt was made to access a socket in a way forbidden by its access permissions.
\f[R]
.fi
.PP
This is sometimes caused by the Host Network Service causing issues with
opening the port on the host.
.PP
A simple solution may be restarting the Host Network Service with eg.
Powershell
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Restart-Service hns
\f[R]
.fi
.SS The total size reported in the stats for a sync is wrong and keeps changing
.PP
It is likely you have more than 10,000 files that need to be synced.
By default, rclone only gets 10,000 files ahead in a sync so as not to
use up too much memory.
You can change this default with the
--max-backlog (https://rclone.org/docs/#max-backlog-n) flag.
.SS Rclone is using too much memory or appears to have a memory leak
.PP
Rclone is written in Go which uses a garbage collector.
The default settings for the garbage collector mean that it runs when
the heap size has doubled.
.PP
However it is possible to tune the garbage collector to use less memory
by setting GOGC (https://dave.cheney.net/tag/gogc) to a lower value, say
\f[C]export GOGC=20\f[R].
This will make the garbage collector work harder, reducing memory size
at the expense of CPU usage.
.PP
The most common cause of rclone using lots of memory is a single
directory with thousands or millions of files in.
Rclone has to load this entirely into memory as rclone objects.
Each rclone object takes 0.5k-1k of memory.
.SS Rclone changes fullwidth Unicode punctuation marks in file names
.PP
For example: On a Windows system, you have a file with name
\f[C]Test\[uFF1A]1.jpg\f[R], where \f[C]\[uFF1A]\f[R] is the Unicode
fullwidth colon symbol.
When using rclone to copy this to your Google Drive, you will notice
that the file gets renamed to \f[C]Test:1.jpg\f[R], where \f[C]:\f[R] is
the regular (halfwidth) colon.
.PP
The reason for such renames is the way rclone handles different
restricted filenames (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-filenames)
on different cloud storage systems.
It tries to avoid ambiguous file names as much and allow moving files
between many cloud storage systems transparently, by replacing invalid
characters with similar looking Unicode characters when transferring to
one storage system, and replacing back again when transferring to a
different storage system where the original characters are supported.
When the same Unicode characters are intentionally used in file names,
this replacement strategy leads to unwanted renames.
Read more
here (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-filenames-caveats).
.SH License
.PP
This is free software under the terms of the MIT license (check the
COPYING file included with the source code).
.IP
.nf
\f[C]
Copyright (C) 2019 by Nick Craig-Wood https://www.craig-wood.com/nick/

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the \[dq]Software\[dq]), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED \[dq]AS IS\[dq], WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
\f[R]
.fi
.SH Authors and contributors
.SS Authors
.IP \[bu] 2
Nick Craig-Wood <nick@craig-wood.com>
.SS Contributors
.PP
{{< rem
\f[C]email addresses removed from here need to be added to bin/.ignore-emails to make sure update-authors.py doesn\[aq]t immediately put them back in again.\f[R]
>}}
.IP \[bu] 2
Alex Couper <amcouper@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Leonid Shalupov <leonid@shalupov.com> <shalupov@diverse.org.ru>
.IP \[bu] 2
Shimon Doodkin <helpmepro1@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Colin Nicholson <colin@colinn.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Klaus Post <klauspost@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sergey Tolmachev <tolsi.ru@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Adriano Aur\['e]lio Meirelles <adriano@atinge.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
C.
Bess <cbess@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dmitry Burdeev <dibu28@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Joseph Spurrier <github@josephspurrier.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bj\[:o]rn Harrtell <bjorn@wololo.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Xavier Lucas <xavier.lucas@corp.ovh.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Werner Beroux <werner@beroux.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Brian Stengaard <brian@stengaard.eu>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jakub Gedeon <jgedeon@sofi.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jim Tittsler <jwt@onjapan.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michal Witkowski <michal@improbable.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fabian Ruff <fabian.ruff@sap.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Leigh Klotz <klotz@quixey.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Romain Lapray <lapray.romain@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Justin R.
Wilson <jrw972@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Antonio Messina <antonio.s.messina@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Stefan G.
Weichinger <office@oops.co.at>
.IP \[bu] 2
Per Cederberg <cederberg@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Radek \[vS]enfeld <rush@logic.cz>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fredrik Fornwall <fredrik@fornwall.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Asko Tamm <asko@deekit.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
xor-zz <xor@gstocco.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tomasz Mazur <tmazur90@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Marco Paganini <paganini@paganini.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Felix B\[:u]nemann <buenemann@louis.info>
.IP \[bu] 2
Durval Menezes <jmrclone@durval.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana <maxd13_luiz_carlos@hotmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Stefan Breunig <stefan-github@yrden.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alishan Ladhani <ali-l@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
0xJAKE <0xJAKE@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Thibault Molleman <thibaultmol@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Scott McGillivray <scott.mcgillivray@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bj\[/o]rn Erik Pedersen <bjorn.erik.pedersen@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lukas Loesche <lukas@mesosphere.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
emyarod <emyarod@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
T.C.
Ferguson <tcf909@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Brandur <brandur@mutelight.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dario Giovannetti <dev@dariogiovannetti.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
K\['a]roly Ol\['a]h <okaresz@aol.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jon Yergatian <jon@macfanatic.ca>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jack Schmidt <github@mowsey.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dedsec1 <Dedsec1@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Hisham Zarka <hzarka@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
J\['e]r\[^o]me Vizcaino <jerome.vizcaino@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mike Tesch <mjt6129@rit.edu>
.IP \[bu] 2
Marvin Watson <marvwatson@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Danny Tsai <danny8376@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Yoni Jah <yonjah+git@gmail.com> <yonjah+github@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Stephen Harris <github@spuddy.org> <sweharris@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ihor Dvoretskyi <ihor.dvoretskyi@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jon Craton <jncraton@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Hraban Luyat <hraban@0brg.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michael Ledin <mledin89@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Martin Kristensen <me@azgul.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Too Much IO <toomuchio@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Anisse Astier <anisse@astier.eu>
.IP \[bu] 2
Zahiar Ahmed <zahiar@live.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Igor Kharin <igorkharin@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bill Zissimopoulos <billziss@navimatics.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bob Potter <bobby.potter@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Steven Lu <tacticalazn@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sjur Fredriksen <sjurtf@ifi.uio.no>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ruwbin <hubus12345@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fabian M\[:o]ller <fabianm88@gmail.com> <f.moeller@nynex.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Edward Q.
Bridges <github@eqbridges.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vasiliy Tolstov <v.tolstov@selfip.ru>
.IP \[bu] 2
Harshavardhana <harsha@minio.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
sainaen <sainaen@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
gdm85 <gdm85@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Yaroslav Halchenko <debian@onerussian.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
John Papandriopoulos <jpap@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Zhiming Wang <zmwangx@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andy Pilate <cubox@cubox.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
Oliver Heyme <olihey@googlemail.com> <olihey@users.noreply.github.com>
<de8olihe@lego.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
wuyu <wuyu@yunify.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andrei Dragomir <adragomi@adobe.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Christian Br\[:u]ggemann <mail@cbruegg.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alex McGrath Kraak <amkdude@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
bpicode <bjoern.pirnay@googlemail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Daniel Jagszent <daniel@jagszent.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Josiah White <thegenius2009@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ishuah Kariuki <kariuki@ishuah.com> <ishuah91@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jan Varho <jan@varho.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Girish Ramakrishnan <girish@cloudron.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
LingMan <LingMan@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jacob McNamee <jacobmcnamee@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
jersou <jertux@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
thierry <thierry@substantiel.fr>
.IP \[bu] 2
Simon Leinen <simon.leinen@gmail.com> <ubuntu@s3-test.novalocal>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dan Dascalescu <ddascalescu+github@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jason Rose <jason@jro.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andrew Starr-Bochicchio <a.starr.b@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
John Leach <john@johnleach.co.uk>
.IP \[bu] 2
Corban Raun <craun@instructure.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Pierre Carlson <mpcarl@us.ibm.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ernest Borowski <er.borowski@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Remus Bunduc <remus.bunduc@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Iakov Davydov <iakov.davydov@unil.ch> <dav05.gith@myths.ru>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jakub Tasiemski <tasiemski@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Minor <dminor@saymedia.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tim Cooijmans <cooijmans.tim@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Laurence <liuxy6@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Giovanni Pizzi <gio.piz@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Filip Bartodziej <filipbartodziej@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jon Fautley <jon@dead.li>
.IP \[bu] 2
lewapm <32110057+lewapm@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Yassine Imounachen <yassine256@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chris Redekop <chris-redekop@users.noreply.github.com>
<chris.redekop@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jon Fautley <jon@adenoid.appstal.co.uk>
.IP \[bu] 2
Will Gunn <WillGunn@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lucas Bremgartner <lucas@bremis.ch>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jody Frankowski <jody.frankowski@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andreas Roussos <arouss1980@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
nbuchanan <nbuchanan@utah.gov>
.IP \[bu] 2
Durval Menezes <rclone@durval.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Victor <vb-github@viblo.se>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mateusz <pabian.mateusz@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Daniel Loader <spicypixel@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David0rk <davidork@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alexander Neumann <alexander@bumpern.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Giri Badanahatti <gbadanahatti@us.ibm.com@Giris-MacBook-Pro.local>
.IP \[bu] 2
Leo R.
Lundgren <leo@finalresort.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
wolfv <wolfv6@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dave Pedu <dave@davepedu.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Stefan Lindblom <lindblom@spotify.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
seuffert <oliver@seuffert.biz>
.IP \[bu] 2
gbadanahatti <37121690+gbadanahatti@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Keith Goldfarb <barkofdelight@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Steve Kriss <steve@heptio.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chih-Hsuan Yen <yan12125@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alexander Neumann <fd0@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matt Holt <mholt@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Eri Bastos <bastos.eri@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michael P.
Dubner <pywebmail@list.ru>
.IP \[bu] 2
Antoine GIRARD <sapk@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mateusz Piotrowski <mpp302@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Animosity022 <animosity22@users.noreply.github.com>
<earl.texter@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Peter Baumgartner <pete@lincolnloop.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Craig Rachel <craig@craigrachel.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michael G.
Noll <miguno@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
hensur <me@hensur.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Oliver Heyme <de8olihe@lego.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Richard Yang <richard@yenforyang.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Piotr Oleszczyk <piotr.oleszczyk@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Rodrigo <rodarima@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
NoLooseEnds <NoLooseEnds@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jakub Karlicek <jakub@karlicek.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
John Clayton <john@codemonkeylabs.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kasper Byrdal Nielsen <byrdal76@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Benjamin Joseph Dag <bjdag1234@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
themylogin <themylogin@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Onno Zweers <onno.zweers@surfsara.nl>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jasper Lievisse Adriaanse <jasper@humppa.nl>
.IP \[bu] 2
sandeepkru <sandeep.ummadi@gmail.com>
<sandeepkru@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
HerrH <atomtigerzoo@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andrew <4030760+sparkyman215@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
dan smith <XX1011@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Oleg Kovalov <iamolegkovalov@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ruben Vandamme <github-com-00ff86@vandamme.email>
.IP \[bu] 2
Cnly <minecnly@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andres Alvarez <1671935+kir4h@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
reddi1 <xreddi@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matt Tucker <matthewtckr@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sebastian B\[:u]nger <buengese@gmail.com> <buengese@protonmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Martin Polden <mpolden@mpolden.no>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alex Chen <Cnly@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Denis <deniskovpen@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
bsteiss <35940619+bsteiss@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
C\['e]dric Connes <cedric.connes@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dr.
Tobias Quathamer <toddy15@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
dcpu <42736967+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sheldon Rupp <me@shel.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
albertony <12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
cron410 <cron410@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Anagh Kumar Baranwal <6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Felix Brucker <felix@felixbrucker.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Santiago Rodr\['i]guez <scollazo@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Craig Miskell <craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Antoine GIRARD <sapk@sapk.fr>
.IP \[bu] 2
Joanna Marek <joanna.marek@u2i.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
frenos <frenos@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
ssaqua <ssaqua@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
xnaas <me@xnaas.info>
.IP \[bu] 2
Frantisek Fuka <fuka@fuxoft.cz>
.IP \[bu] 2
Paul Kohout <pauljkohout@yahoo.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
dcpu <43330287+dcpu@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
jackyzy823 <jackyzy823@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Haguenauer <ml@kurokatta.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
teresy <hi.teresy@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
buergi <patbuergi@gmx.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Florian Gamboeck <mail@floga.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ralf Hemberger <10364191+rhemberger@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Scott Edlund <sedlund@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Erik Swanson <erik@retailnext.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jake Coggiano <jake@stripe.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
brused27 <brused27@noemailaddress>
.IP \[bu] 2
Peter Kaminski <kaminski@istori.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Henry Ptasinski <henry@logout.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alexander <kharkovalexander@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Garry McNulty <garrmcnu@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mathieu Carbou <mathieu.carbou@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mark Otway <mark@otway.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
William Cocker <37018962+WilliamCocker@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fran\[,c]ois Leurent <131.js@cloudyks.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Arkadius Stefanski <arkste@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jay <dev@jaygoel.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
andrea rota <a@xelera.eu>
.IP \[bu] 2
nicolov <nicolov@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matt Joiner <anacrolix@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dario Guzik <dario@guzik.com.ar>
.IP \[bu] 2
qip <qip@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
yair\[at]unicorn <yair@unicorn>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matt Robinson <brimstone@the.narro.ws>
.IP \[bu] 2
kayrus <kay.diam@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
R\['e]my L\['e]one <remy.leone@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Wojciech Smigielski <wojciech.hieronim.smigielski@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
weetmuts <oehrstroem@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jonathan <vanillajonathan@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
James Carpenter <orbsmiv@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vince <vince0villamora@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nestar47 <47841759+Nestar47@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Six <brbsix@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alexandru Bumbacea <alexandru.bumbacea@booking.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
calisro <robert.calistri@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dr.Rx <david.rey@nventive.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
marcintustin <marcintustin@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
jaKa Mo\[u010D]nik <jaka@koofr.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fionera <fionera@fionera.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dan Walters <dan@walters.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
Danil Semelenov <sgtpep@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
xopez <28950736+xopez@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ben Boeckel <mathstuf@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Manu <manu@snapdragon.cc>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kyle E.
Mitchell <kyle@kemitchell.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Gary Kim <gary@garykim.dev>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jon <jonathn@github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jeff Quinn <jeffrey.quinn@bluevoyant.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Peter Berbec <peter@berbec.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
didil <1284255+didil@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
id01 <gaviniboom@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Philip Harvey <32467456+pharveybattelle@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
JorisE <JorisE@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
garry415 <garry.415@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
forgems <forgems@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Florian Apolloner <florian@apolloner.eu>
.IP \[bu] 2
Aleksandar Jankovi\['c] <office@ajankovic.com>
<ajankovic@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Maran <maran@protonmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
nguyenhuuluan434 <nguyenhuuluan434@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Laura Hausmann <zotan@zotan.pw> <laura@hausmann.dev>
.IP \[bu] 2
yparitcher <y@paritcher.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
AbelThar <abela.tharen@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matti Niemenmaa <matti.niemenmaa+git@iki.fi>
.IP \[bu] 2
Russell Davis <russelldavis@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Yi FU <yi.fu@tink.se>
.IP \[bu] 2
Paul Millar <paul.millar@desy.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
justinalin <justinalin@qnap.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
EliEron <subanimehd@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
justina777 <chiahuei.lin@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chaitanya Bankanhal <bchaitanya15@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Micha\[/l] Matczuk <michal@scylladb.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Macavirus <macavirus@zoho.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Abhinav Sharma <abhi18av@outlook.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
ginvine <34869051+ginvine@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Patrick Wang <mail6543210@yahoo.com.tw>
.IP \[bu] 2
Cenk Alti <cenkalti@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andreas Chlupka <andy@chlupka.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alfonso Montero <amontero@tinet.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ivan Andreev <ivandeex@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Baumgold <david@davidbaumgold.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lars Lehtonen <lars.lehtonen@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matei David <matei.david@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David <david.bramwell@endemolshine.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Anthony Rusdi <33247310+antrusd@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Richard Patel <me@terorie.dev>
.IP \[bu] 2
\[u5E84]\[u5929]\[u7FFC] <zty0826@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
SwitchJS <dev@switchjs.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Raphael <PowershellNinja@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sezal Agrawal <sezalagrawal@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tyler <TylerNakamura@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Brett Dutro <brett.dutro@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vighnesh SK <booterror99@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Arijit Biswas <dibbyo456@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michele Caci <michele.caci@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
AlexandrBoltris <ua2fgb@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bryce Larson <blarson@saltstack.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Carlos Ferreyra <crypticmind@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Saksham Khanna <sakshamkhanna@outlook.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
dausruddin <5763466+dausruddin@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
zero-24 <zero-24@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Xiaoxing Ye <ye@xiaoxing.us>
.IP \[bu] 2
Barry Muldrey <barry@muldrey.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sebastian Brandt <sebastian.brandt@friday.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Marco Molteni <marco.molteni@mailbox.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ankur Gupta <7876747+ankur0493@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Maciej Zimnoch <maciej@scylladb.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
anuar45 <serdaliyev.anuar@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fernando <ferferga@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Cole <david.cole@sohonet.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Wei He <git@weispot.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Outvi V <19144373+outloudvi@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Thomas Kriechbaumer <thomas@kriechbaumer.name>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tennix <tennix@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ole Sch\[:u]tt <ole@schuett.name>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kuang-che Wu <kcwu@csie.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Thomas Eales <wingsuit@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Paul Tinsley <paul.tinsley@vitalsource.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Felix Hungenberg <git@shiftgeist.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Benjamin Richter <github@dev.telepath.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
landall <cst_zf@qq.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
thestigma <thestigma@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
jtagcat <38327267+jtagcat@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Damon Permezel <permezel@me.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
boosh <boosh@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
unbelauscht <58393353+unbelauscht@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Motonori IWAMURO <vmi@nifty.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Benjapol Worakan <benwrk@live.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dave Koston <dave.koston@stackpath.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Durval Menezes <DurvalMenezes@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tim Gallant <me@timgallant.us>
.IP \[bu] 2
Frederick Zhang <frederick888@tsundere.moe>
.IP \[bu] 2
valery1707 <valery1707@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Yves G <theYinYeti@yalis.fr>
.IP \[bu] 2
Shing Kit Chan <chanshingkit@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Franklyn Tackitt <franklyn@tackitt.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Robert-Andr\['e] Mauchin <zebob.m@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
evileye <48332831+ibiruai@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Joachim Brandon LeBlanc <brandon@leblanc.codes>
.IP \[bu] 2
Patryk Jakuszew <patryk.jakuszew@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
fishbullet <shindu666@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
greatroar <\[at]>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bernd Schoolmann <mail@quexten.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Elan Ruusam\[:a]e <glen@pld-linux.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Max Sum <max@lolyculture.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mark Spieth <mspieth@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
harry <me@harry.plus>
.IP \[bu] 2
Samantha McVey <samantham@posteo.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jack Anderson <jack.anderson@metaswitch.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michael G <draget@speciesm.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Brandon Philips <brandon@ifup.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Daven <dooven@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Martin Stone <martin@d7415.co.uk>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Bramwell <13053834+dbramwell@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sunil Patra <snl_su@live.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Adam Stroud <adam.stroud@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kush <kushsharma@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matan Rosenberg <matan129@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
gitch1 <63495046+gitch1@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
ElonH <elonhhuang@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fred <fred@creativeprojects.tech>
.IP \[bu] 2
S\['e]bastien Gross <renard@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Maxime Suret <11944422+msuret@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Caleb Case <caleb@storj.io> <calebcase@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ben Zenker <imbenzenker@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Martin Michlmayr <tbm@cyrius.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Brandon McNama <bmcnama@pagerduty.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Daniel Slyman <github@skylayer.eu>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alex Guerrero <guerrero@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matteo Pietro Dazzi <matteopietro.dazzi@gft.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
edwardxml <56691903+edwardxml@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Roman Kredentser <shareed2k@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kamil Trzci\[u0144]ski <ayufan@ayufan.eu>
.IP \[bu] 2
Zac Rubin <z-0@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vincent Feltz <psycho@feltzv.fr>
.IP \[bu] 2
Heiko Bornholdt <bornholdt@informatik.uni-hamburg.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matteo Pietro Dazzi <matteopietro.dazzi@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
jtagcat <gitlab@c7.ee>
.IP \[bu] 2
Petri Salminen <petri@salminen.dev>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tim Burke <tim.burke@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kai L\[:u]ke <kai@kinvolk.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
Garrett Squire <github@garrettsquire.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Evan Harris <eharris@puremagic.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kevin <keyam@microsoft.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Morten Linderud <morten@linderud.pw>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dmitry Ustalov <dmitry.ustalov@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jack <196648+jdeng@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
kcris <cristian.tarsoaga@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
tyhuber1 <68970760+tyhuber1@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Ibarra <david.ibarra@realty.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tim Gallant <tim@lilt.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kaloyan Raev <kaloyan@storj.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jay McEntire <jay.mcentire@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Leo Luan <leoluan@us.ibm.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
aus <549081+aus@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Aaron Gokaslan <agokaslan@fb.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Egor Margineanu <egmar@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lucas Kanashiro <lucas.kanashiro@canonical.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
WarpedPixel <WarpedPixel@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sam Edwards <sam@samedwards.ca>
.IP \[bu] 2
wjielai <gouki0123@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Muffin King <jinxz_k@live.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Christopher Stewart <6573710+1f47a@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Russell Cattelan <cattelan@digitalelves.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
gyutw <30371241+gyutw@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Hekmon <edouardhur@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
LaSombra <lasombra@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dov Murik <dov.murik@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ameer Dawood <ameer1234567890@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dan Hipschman <dan.hipschman@opendoor.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Josh Soref <jsoref@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David <david@staron.nl>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ingo <ingo@hoffmann.cx>
.IP \[bu] 2
Adam Pl\['a]nsk\['y] <adamplansky@users.noreply.github.com>
<adamplansky@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Manish Gupta <manishgupta.ait@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Deepak Sah <sah.sslpu@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Marcin Zelent <marcin@zelent.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
zhucan <zhucan.k8s@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
James Lim <james.lim@samsara.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Laurens Janssen <BD69BM@insim.biz>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bob Bagwill <bobbagwill@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nathan Collins <colli372@msu.edu>
.IP \[bu] 2
lostheli
.IP \[bu] 2
kelv <kelvin@acks.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Milly <milly.ca@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
gtorelly <gtorelly@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Brad Ackerman <brad@facefault.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mitsuo Heijo <mitsuo.heijo@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Claudio Bantaloukas <rockdreamer@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Benjamin Gustin <gustin.ben@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ingo Weiss <ingo@redhat.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kerry Su <me@sshockwave.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ilyess Bachiri <ilyess.bachiri@sonder.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Yury Stankevich <urykhy@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
kice <wslikerqs@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Denis Neuling <denisneuling@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Janne Johansson <icepic.dz@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Patrik Nordl\['e]n <patriki@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
CokeMine <aptx4561@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
S\[u01A1]n Tr\[u1EA7]n-Nguy\[u1EC5]n <github@sntran.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
lluuaapp <266615+lluuaapp@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Zach Kipp <kipp.zach@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Riccardo Iaconelli <riccardo@kde.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sakuragawa Misty <gyc990326@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nicolas Rueff <nicolas@rueff.fr>
.IP \[bu] 2
Pau Rodriguez-Estivill <prodrigestivill@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bob Pusateri <BobPusateri@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alex JOST <25005220+dimejo@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alexey Tabakman <samosad.ru@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Sze <sze.david@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
cynthia kwok <cynthia.m.kwok@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Miron Veryanskiy <MironVeryanskiy@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
K265 <k.265@qq.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vesnyx <Vesnyx@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dmitry Chepurovskiy <me@dm3ch.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Rauno Ots <rauno.ots@cgi.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Georg Neugschwandtner <georg.neugschwandtner@gmx.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
pvalls <polvallsrue@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Robert Thomas <31854736+wolveix@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Romeo Kienzler <romeo.kienzler@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
tYYGH <tYYGH@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
georne <77802995+georne@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Maxwell Calman <mcalman@MacBook-Pro.local>
.IP \[bu] 2
Naveen Honest Raj <naveendurai19@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lucas Messenger <lmesseng@cisco.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Manish Kumar <krmanish260@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
x0b <x0bdev@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
CERN through the CS3MESH4EOSC Project
.IP \[bu] 2
Nick Gaya <nicholasgaya+github@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ashok Gelal <401055+ashokgelal@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dominik Mydlil <dominik.mydlil@outlook.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nazar Mishturak <nazarmx@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ansh Mittal <iamAnshMittal@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
noabody <noabody@yahoo.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
OleFrost <82263101+olefrost@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kenny Parsons <kennyparsons93@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jeffrey Tolar <tolar.jeffrey@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
jtagcat <git-514635f7@jtag.cat>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tatsuya Noyori <63089076+public-tatsuya-noyori@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
lewisxy <lewisxy@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nolan Woods <nolan_w@sfu.ca>
.IP \[bu] 2
Gautam Kumar <25435568+gautamajay52@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chris Macklin <chris.macklin@10xgenomics.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Antoon Prins <antoon.prins@surfsara.nl>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alexey Ivanov <rbtz@dropbox.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Serge Pouliquen <sp31415@free.fr>
.IP \[bu] 2
acsfer <carlos@reendex.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tom <tom@tom-fitzhenry.me.uk>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tyson Moore <tyson@tyson.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
database64128 <free122448@hotmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chris Lu <chrislusf@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Reid Buzby <reid@rethink.software>
.IP \[bu] 2
darrenrhs <darrenrhs@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Florian Penzkofer <fp@nullptr.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Xuanchen Wu <117010292@link.cuhk.edu.cn>
.IP \[bu] 2
partev <petrosyan@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dmitry Sitnikov <fo2@inbox.ru>
.IP \[bu] 2
Haochen Tong <i@hexchain.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michael Hanselmann <public@hansmi.ch>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chuan Zh <zhchuan7@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Antoine GIRARD <antoine.girard@sapk.fr>
.IP \[bu] 2
Justin Winokur (Jwink3101) <Jwink3101@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mariano Absatz (git) <scm@baby.com.ar>
.IP \[bu] 2
Greg Sadetsky <lepetitg@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
yedamo <logindaveye@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
hota <lindwurm.q@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
vinibali <vinibali1@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ken Enrique Morel <ken.morel.santana@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Justin Hellings <justin.hellings@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Parth Shukla <pparth@pparth.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
wzl <wangzl31@outlook.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
HNGamingUK <connor@earnshawhome.co.uk>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jonta <359397+Jonta@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
YenForYang <YenForYang@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
SimJoSt / Joda St\[:o]\[ss]er <git@simjo.st>
.IP \[bu] 2
Logeshwaran <waranlogesh@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Rajat Goel <rajat@dropbox.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
r0kk3rz <r0kk3rz@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matthew Sevey <mjsevey@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Filip Rysavy <fil@siasky.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ian Levesque <ian@ianlevesque.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Thomas Stachl <thomas@stachl.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dmitry Bogatov <git#v1@kaction.cc>
.IP \[bu] 2
thomae <4493560+thomae@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
trevyn <trevyn-git@protonmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Liu <david.yx.liu@oracle.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chris Nelson <stuff@cjnaz.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Felix Bu\[u0308]nemann <felix.buenemann@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
At\['i]lio Ant\[^o]nio <atiliodadalto@hotmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Carlo Mion <mion00@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chris Lu <chris.lu@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vitor Arruda <vitor.pimenta.arruda@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
bbabich <bbabich@datamossa.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
David <dp.davide.palma@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Borna Butkovic <borna@favicode.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fredric Arklid <fredric.arklid@consid.se>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andy Jackson <Andrew.Jackson@bl.uk>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sinan Tan <i@tinytangent.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
deinferno <14363193+deinferno@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
rsapkf <rsapkfff@pm.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
Will Holtz <wholtz@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
GGG KILLER <gggkiller2@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Logeshwaran Murugesan <logeshwaran@testpress.in>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lu Wang <coolwanglu@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bumsu Hyeon <ksitht@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Shmz Ozggrn <98463324+ShmzOzggrn@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kim <kim@jotta.no>
.IP \[bu] 2
Niels van de Weem <n.van.de.weem@smile.nl>
.IP \[bu] 2
Koopa <codingkoopa@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Yunhai Luo <yunhai-luo@hotmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Charlie Jiang <w@chariri.moe>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alain Nussbaumer <alain.nussbaumer@alleluia.ch>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vanessasaurus <814322+vsoch@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Isaac Levy <isaac.r.levy@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Gourav T <workflowautomation@protonmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Paulo Martins <paulo.pontes.m@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
viveknathani <viveknathani2402@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Eng Zer Jun <engzerjun@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Abhiraj <abhiraj.official15@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
M\['a]rton Elek <elek@apache.org> <elek@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vincent Murphy <vdm@vdm.ie>
.IP \[bu] 2
ctrl-q <34975747+ctrl-q@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nil Alexandrov <nalexand@akamai.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
GuoXingbin <101376330+guoxingbin@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Berkan Teber <berkan@berkanteber.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
.IP \[bu] 2
KARBOWSKI Piotr <piotr.karbowski@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
GH <geeklihui@foxmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
rafma0 <int.main@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Adrien Rey-Jarthon <jobs@adrienjarthon.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nick Gooding <73336146+nickgooding@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Leroy van Logchem <lr.vanlogchem@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Zsolt Ero <zsolt.ero@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lesmiscore <nao20010128@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
ehsantdy <ehsan.tadayon@arvancloud.com> <ehsantadayon85@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
SwazRGB <65694696+swazrgb@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mateusz Puczyn\[u0301]ski <mati6095@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michael C Tiernan - MIT-Research Computing Project <mtiernan@mit.edu>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kaspian <34658474+KaspianDev@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Werner <EvilOlaf@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Hugal31 <hugo.laloge@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Christian Galo <36752715+cgalo5758@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Erik van Velzen <erik@evanv.nl>
.IP \[bu] 2
Derek Battams <derek@battams.ca>
.IP \[bu] 2
Paul <devnoname120@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
SimonLiu <simonliu009@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Hugo Laloge <hla@lescompanions.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mr-Kanister <68117355+Mr-Kanister@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Rob Pickerill <r.pickerill@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andrey <to.merge@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Eric Wolf <19wolf@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nick <nick.naumann@mailbox.tu-dresden.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jason Zheng <jszheng17@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matthew Vernon <mvernon@wikimedia.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Noah Hsu <i@nn.ci>
.IP \[bu] 2
m00594701 <mengpengbo@huawei.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Art M.
Gallagher <artmg50@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sven Gerber <49589423+svengerber@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
CrossR <r.cross@lancaster.ac.uk>
.IP \[bu] 2
Maciej Radzikowski <maciej@radzikowski.com.pl>
.IP \[bu] 2
Scott Grimes <scott.grimes@spaciq.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Phil Shackleton <71221528+philshacks@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
eNV25 <env252525@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Caleb <inventor96@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
J-P Treen <jp@wraptious.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Martin Czygan <53705+miku@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
buda <sandrojijavadze@protonmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
mirekphd <36706320+mirekphd@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
vyloy <vyloy@qq.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Anthrazz <25553648+Anthrazz@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
zzr93 <34027824+zzr93@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Paul Norman <penorman@mac.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lorenzo Maiorfi <maiorfi@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Claudio Maradonna <penguyman@stronzi.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ovidiu Victor Tatar <ovi.tatar@googlemail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Evan Spensley <epspensley@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Yen Hu <61753151+0x59656e@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Steve Kowalik <steven@wedontsleep.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jordi Gonzalez Mu\[~n]oz <jordigonzm@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Joram Schrijver <i@joram.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mark Trolley <marktrolley@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jo\[~a]o Henrique Franco <joaohenrique.franco@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
anonion <aman207@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ryan Morey <4590343+rmorey@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Simon Bos <simonbos9@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
YFdyh000 <yfdyh000@gmail.com> * Josh Soref
<2119212+jsoref@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
\[/O]yvind Heddeland Instefjord <instefjord@outlook.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dmitry Deniskin <110819396+ddeniskin@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alexander Knorr <106825+opexxx@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Richard Bateman <richard@batemansr.us>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dimitri Papadopoulos Orfanos
<3234522+DimitriPapadopoulos@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Lorenzo Milesi <lorenzo.milesi@yetopen.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Isaac Aymerich <isaac.aymerich@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
YanceyChiew <35898533+YanceyChiew@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Manoj Ghosh <msays2000@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bachue Zhou <bachue.shu@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Manoj Ghosh <manoj.ghosh@oracle.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tom Mombourquette <tom@devnode.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Robert Newson <rnewson@apache.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
Samuel Johnson <esamueljohnson@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
coultonluke <luke@luke.org.uk>
.IP \[bu] 2
Anthony Pessy <anthony@cogniteev.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Philip Harvey <pharvey@battelleecology.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
dgouju <dgouju@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Cl\['e]ment Notin <clement.notin@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
x3-apptech <66947598+x3-apptech@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Arnie97 <arnie97@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Roel Arents <2691308+roelarents@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Aaron Gokaslan <aaronGokaslan@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
techknowlogick <matti@mdranta.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
rkettelerij <richard@mindloops.nl>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kamui <fin-kamui@pm.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
asdffdsazqqq <90116442+asdffdsazqqq@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nathaniel Wesley Filardo <nfilardo@microsoft.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
ycdtosa <ycdtosa@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Erik Agterdenbos <agterdenbos@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kevin Verstaen <48050031+kverstae@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
MohammadReza <mrvashian@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
vanplus <60313789+vanplus@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jack <16779171+jkpe@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Abdullah Saglam <abdullah.saglam@stonebranch.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Marks Polakovs <github@markspolakovs.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
piyushgarg <piyushgarg80@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kaloyan Raev <kaloyan-raev@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
IMTheNachoMan <imthenachoman@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
alankrit <alankrit@google.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bryan Kaplan <#\[at]bryankaplan.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
LXY <767763591@qq.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Simmon Li (he/him) <li.simmon@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
happyxhw <44490504+happyxhw@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Simmon Li (he/him) <hello@crespire.dev>
.IP \[bu] 2
Matthias Baur <baurmatt@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Hunter Wittenborn <hunter@hunterwittenborn.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
logopk <peter@kreuser.name>
.IP \[bu] 2
Gerard Bosch <30733556+gerardbosch@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
ToBeFree <github@tfrei.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
NodudeWasTaken <75137537+NodudeWasTaken@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Peter Brunner <peter@lugoues.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ninh Pham <dongian.rapclubkhtn@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ryan Caezar Itang <sitiom@proton.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
Peter Brunner <peter@psykhe.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Leandro Sacchet <leandro.sacchet@animati.com.br>
.IP \[bu] 2
dependabot[bot] <49699333+dependabot[bot]\[at]users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
cycneuramus <56681631+cycneuramus@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Arnavion <me@arnavion.dev>
.IP \[bu] 2
Christopher Merry <christopher.merry@mlb.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Thibault Coupin <thibault.coupin@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Richard Tweed <RichardoC@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Zach Kipp <Zacho2@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
yuudi <26199752+yuudi@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
NickIAm <NickIAm@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Juang, Yi-Lin <frankyjuang@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
jumbi77 <jumbi77@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Aditya Basu <ab.aditya.basu@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
ed <s@ocv.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
Drew Parsons <dparsons@emerall.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Joel <joelnb@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
wiserain <mail275@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Roel Arents <roel.arents@kadaster.nl>
.IP \[bu] 2
Shyim <github@shyim.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Rintze Zelle <78232505+rzelle-lallemand@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Damo <damoclark@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
WeidiDeng <weidi_deng@icloud.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Brian Starkey <stark3y@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
jladbrook <jhladbrook@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Loren Gordon <lorengordon@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
dlitster <davidlitster@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tobias Gion <tobias@gion.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
J\[u0101]nis Bebr\[u012B]tis <janis.bebritis@wunder.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
Adam K <github.com@ak.tidy.email>
.IP \[bu] 2
Andrei Smirnov <smirnov.captain@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Janne Hellsten <jjhellst@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
cc <12904584+shvc@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tareq Sharafy <tareq.sha@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
kapitainsky <dariuszb@me.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
douchen <playgoobug@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sam Lai <70988+slai@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
URenko <18209292+URenko@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Stanislav Gromov <kullfar@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Paulo Schreiner <paulo.schreiner@delivion.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mariusz Suchodolski <mariusz@suchodol.ski>
.IP \[bu] 2
danielkrajnik <dan94kra@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Peter Fern <github@0xc0dedbad.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
zzq <i@zhangzqs.cn>
.IP \[bu] 2
mac-15 <usman.ilamdin@phpstudios.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Sawada Tsunayoshi <34431649+TsunayoshiSawada@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dean Attali <daattali@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Fjodor42 <molgaard@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
BakaWang <wa11579@hotmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mahad <56235065+Mahad-lab@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vladislav Vorobev <x.miere@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
darix <darix@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Benjamin <36415086+bbenjamin-sys@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Chun-Hung Tseng <henrybear327@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ricardo D\[aq]O.
Albanus <rdalbanus@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
gabriel-suela <gscsuela@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tiago Boeing <contato@tiagoboeing.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Edwin Mackenzie-Owen <edwin.mowen@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Niklas Hamb\[:u]chen <mail@nh2.me>
.IP \[bu] 2
yuudi <yuudi@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Zach <github@prozach.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
nielash <31582349+nielash@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Julian Lepinski <lepinsk@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Raymond Berger <RayBB@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nihaal Sangha <nihaal.git@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Masamune3210 <1053504+Masamune3210@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
James Braza <jamesbraza@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
antoinetran <antoinetran@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
alexia <me@alexia.lol>
.IP \[bu] 2
nielash <nielronash@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Vitor Gomes <vitor.gomes@delivion.de> <mail@vitorgomes.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jacob Hands <jacob@gogit.io>
.IP \[bu] 2
hideo aoyama <100831251+boukendesho@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Roberto Ricci <io@r-ricci.it>
.IP \[bu] 2
Bj\[/o]rn Smith <bjornsmith@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alishan Ladhani <8869764+aladh@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
zjx20 <zhoujianxiong2@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Oksana <142890647+oks-maytech@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Volodymyr Kit <v.kit@maytech.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
David Pedersen <limero@me.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Drew Stinnett <drew@drewlink.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Pat Patterson <pat@backblaze.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Herby Gillot <herby.gillot@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nikita Shoshin <shoshin_nikita@fastmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
rinsuki <428rinsuki+git@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Beyond Meat <51850644+beyondmeat@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Saleh Dindar <salh@fb.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Volodymyr <142890760+vkit-maytech@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Gabriel Espinoza <31670639+gspinoza@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Keigo Imai <keigo.imai@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Ivan Yanitra <iyanitra@tesla-consulting.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
alfish2000 <alfish2000@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
wuxingzhong <qq330332812@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Adithya Kumar <akumar42@protonmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tayo-pasedaRJ <138471223+Tayo-pasedaRJ@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Peter Kreuser <logo@kreuser.name>
.IP \[bu] 2
Piyush
.IP \[bu] 2
fotile96 <fotile96@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Luc Ritchie <luc.ritchie@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
cynful <cynful@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
wjielai <wjielai@tencent.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jack Deng <jackdeng@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mikubill <31246794+Mikubill@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Artur Neumann <artur@jankaritech.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Saw-jan <saw.jan.grg3e@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Oksana Zhykina <o.zhykina@maytech.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
karan <karan.gupta92@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
viktor <viktor@yakovchuk.net>
.IP \[bu] 2
moongdal <moongdal@tutanota.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Mina Gali\['c] <freebsd@igalic.co>
.IP \[bu] 2
Alen \[vS]iljak <dev@alensiljak.eu.org>
.IP \[bu] 2
\[u4F60]\[u77E5]\[u9053]\[u672A]\[u6765]\[u5417] <rkonfj@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Abhinav Dhiman <8640877+ahnv@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
halms <7513146+halms@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
ben-ba <benjamin.brauner@gmx.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Eli Orzitzer <e_orz@yahoo.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Anthony Metzidis <anthony.metzidis@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
emyarod <afw5059@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
keongalvin <keongalvin@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
rarspace01 <rarspace01@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Paul Stern <paulstern45@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Nikhil Ahuja <nikhilahuja@live.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Harshit Budhraja <52413945+harshit-budhraja@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Tera <24725862+teraa@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Kyle Reynolds <kylereynoldsdev@gmail.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Michael Eischer <michael.eischer@gmx.de>
.IP \[bu] 2
Thomas M\[:u]ller <1005065+DeepDiver1975@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
DanielEgbers <27849724+DanielEgbers@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Jack Provance <49460795+njprov@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Gabriel Ramos <109390599+gabrielramos02@users.noreply.github.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Dan McArdle <d@nmcardle.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Joe Cai <joe.cai@bigcommerce.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
Anders Swanson <anders.swanson@oracle.com>
.IP \[bu] 2
huajin tong <137764712+thirdkeyword@users.noreply.github.com>
.SH Contact the rclone project
.SS Forum
.PP
Forum for questions and general discussion:
.IP \[bu] 2
https://forum.rclone.org
.SS Business support
.PP
For business support or sponsorship enquiries please see:
.IP \[bu] 2
https://rclone.com/
.IP \[bu] 2
sponsorship\[at]rclone.com
.SS GitHub repository
.PP
The project\[aq]s repository is located at:
.IP \[bu] 2
https://github.com/artpar/artpar
.PP
There you can file bug reports or contribute with pull requests.
.SS Twitter
.PP
You can also follow Nick on twitter for rclone announcements:
.IP \[bu] 2
[\[at]njcw](https://twitter.com/njcw)
.SS Email
.PP
Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or
confidential
.IP \[bu] 2
info\[at]rclone.com
.PP
Please don\[aq]t email requests for help to this address - those are
better directed to the forum unless you\[aq]d like to sign up for
business support.
.SH AUTHORS
Nick Craig-Wood.